Rexroth Hydraulics Product Catalog PDF [PDF]

Zitiervorschau

Hydraulics Product Catalog With Preferred & Spotlight Delivery Programs Section

Authorized Distibution Network

The Drive & Control Company

Full-line Bosch Rexroth Hydraulic Distributors Bosch Rexroth is proud to work with the highest qualified Distributors in the hydraulics industry. These distributors add value by extending the level of technical and industry expertise available to users of fluid power across the country. They work closely with our applications engineering personnel to deliver innovative, effective, and reliable solutions to your most challenging needs. Following is the list of our authorized full-line Hydraulic Distributors: A & L Hydraulics, Inc. 4412 South 87th Street Omaha, NE 68127 (402) 339-3873

Fluid System Components, Inc. 1700 Suburban Drive DePere, WI 54115 (920) 337-0234

Airline Hydraulics, Inc. Expressway 95 Business Ctr. 3557 Progress Drive Bensalem, PA 19020 (215) 638-4700

Gulf Controls Company, LLC 5201 Tampa West Boulevard Tampa, FL 33634 (813) 884-0471

Catey Controls, Inc. 3102 West Broadway Missoula, MT 59808 (406) 728-7860

Hydraulic Controls, Inc. 4700 San Pablo Avenue Emeryville, CA 94608 (510) 658-8300

Flodyne/Hydradyne, Inc. 1000 Muirfield Drive Hanover Park, IL 60103 (630) 563-3600

Hydrotech, Inc. 10052 Commerce Park Drive Cincinnati, OH 45246 (513) 881-7000

FPS Technologies, Inc. 1417 Forestdale Boulevard Birmingham, AL 35214 (205) 798-9440

Innotek Engineered Products 9140 Zachary Lane North Maple Grove, MN 55369 (763) 488-9910

Interstate Hydraulics, Inc. 426 West 9160 South Sandy, UT 84070 (801) 566-4333

Pacific Power Tech, LLC 18977 NE Portal Way Portland, OR 97230 (503) 667-9222

Iowa Fluid Power, Inc. 1610 Blairs Ferry Road NE Cedar Rapids, IA 52402 (319) 395-7000

Womack Machine Supply Co. 2010 Shea Road Dallas, TX 75235 (214) 357-3871

John Henry Foster, Co. 4700 Lebourget Drive St. Louis, MO 63134 (314) 427-0600 Livingston & Haven, Inc. 11616 Wilmar Boulevard Charlotte, NC 28273 (704) 588-3670 Morrell, Inc. 3333 Bald Mountain Road Auburn Hills, MI 48326 (248) 373-1600

For more information on distributor coverage in your local area, go to our Web site www.boschrexroth-us.com and enter Web code US0017.

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

To our valued Bosch Rexroth Customer; The Bosch Rexroth Corporation’s Hydraulic Technology Group, is pleased to provide a Hydraulics Product Program Catalog including a specific listing of Preferred and Spotlight products. Purpose: This catalog represents an overview of the North American Bosch Rexroth Hydraulic product portfolio, and an identified, focused range of Rexroth Preferred & Spotlight Products to guide selections for a wide range of typical applications. The focus on a range of Preferred & Spotlight products allows us to offer a higher service level including: • Delivery of Preferred items not to exceed four weeks† • Delivery of Spotlight items not to exceed two weeks*† • Simplified pricing • Enhanced customer service * See Hydraulics Preferred Products Component List for specific Preferred and Spotlight product identification, in Section XX. † Nine (9) pieces per material number, per order, is the maximum quantity permitted. We reserve the right to limit quantities; however, will acknowledge all orders and the quantity which will be delivered to Preferred and Spotlight lead times. If quantities greater than (9) pieces per material number are required, please consult us for price and delivery. Material numbers listed in the Preferred and Spotlight section of this catalog for quantities (9) or less will be considered preferred product orders, unless specified under another agreement. Delivery, Preferred products will be delivered in (4) weeks or less, Spotlight products will be delivered in (2) weeks or less.

Distributed by:

Please visit our website at www.boschrexroth-us.com and select the Sales Locator for the name of your nearest Bosch Rexroth Distributor or call 1-800-REXROTH. All items subject to prior sale. It is advisable to confirm critical delivery requirements at time of order.

WARNING! FAILURE, IMPROPER SELECTION OR IMPROPER USE OF THE PRODUCTS AND/OR SYSTEMS DESCRIBED HEREIN OR OF RELATED ITEMS CAN CAUSE DEATH, PERSONAL INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE. This document and other information from Bosch Rexroth Corporation and its divisions provide products and/or system options for further investigation by users having technical expertise. It is important that you analyze all aspects of your application and review the information concerning the products or systems in Rexroth’s Technical Data Sheets & Catalogs. Due to the variety of operating conditions and applications for these products or systems, the user, through his own analysis and testing, is solely responsible for making the final selection of the products and systems and assuring that all performance, safety andwarning requirements are met. The products described herein, including without limitation, product features, specifications, designs, and prices are subject to change at any time without notice.

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

For a complete copy of the data sheets in this catalog, visit our website at: www.boschrexroth-us.com u Products and Solutions u Industrial Hydraulics u Products and Catalogs u Preferred Product Catalog

Table of Contents

The Drive & Control Company

• Section 1. Pumps and Motors ............................... 1 • Section 2. Check Valves .................................... 127 • Section 3. Directional Valves............................. 147 • Section 4. Mobile Controls ................................ 181 • Section 5. Pressure Control Valves ................. 219 • Section 6. Flow Control Valves......................... 257 • Section 7. Proportional Valves .......................... 275 • Section 8. Proportional Electronics ................. 361 • Section 9. Mobile Electronics ........................... 411 • Section 10. Accessories .................................... 461 • Section 11. Manifolds ......................................... 481 • Section 12. Tie Rod Cylinders .......................... 489 • Section 13. Power Packs ................................... 497 • Section 14. Gear Drives ..................................... 503 • Section 15. Seal Kits........................................... 543 • Section 16. Preferred & Spotlight Delivery Programs Section.................................................. 547 iii iii

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

For a complete copy of the data sheets in this catalog, visit our website at: www.boschrexroth-us.com u Products and Solutions u Industrial Hydraulics u Products and Catalogs u Preferred Product Catalog

Section 1 Pumps and Motors

The Drive & Control Company

– External gear pump – F, N & G ......................................... 2 – External gear motors – F & N ............................................ 8 – Internal gear pump, fixed displacement • PGF....................................................................................11 • PGH ...................................................................................14 – Fixed displacement vane pump – PVV..........................17 – Variable displacement vane pumps – PSV ..................19 – Radial piston pump – R4 .................................................21 – Radial piston pump – R4 mini .........................................23

– Variable displacement pump, open – A4VSO ............73

– Variable vane pumps – VPV ............................................25

– Axial piston variable pump for HFC fluids (water-glycol) – AA4VSO ................................................78

– Radial piston motor, low speed, high torque • MCR 03 ............................................................................28 • MCR 05 ............................................................................33 • MCR 10 ............................................................................37 • MCR 15 ............................................................................41 • MCR 20 ............................................................................44

– Variable displacement pump, closed – A4VSG .........82 – Axial piston-compact unit – AA4CSG (A4CSG) .......87 – Variable displacement pump, open – AA11VO ..........91 – Variable displacement pump, open – A10V(S)O .......95 – Variable displacement pump, open – A10VO ............99

– Fixed displacement motor, open and closed – AA2FM (A2FM) ..................................................................47

– Variable displacement pump, open – AA10VSO (A10VSO: sizes 10 & 18) ........................ 103

– Fixed displacement motor, open and closed – A10FM, standard version; A10FE, plug-in version.....52

– Variable displacement pump, open – A10VSO....... 107 – Variable displacement pump, open – A10VNO ...... 111

– Fixed displacement pump, open – AA2FO (A2FO) ..................................................................56

– Variable displacement pump, closed – AA10VG ............................................................................ 114

– Variable displacement motor, open and closed – AA6VM (A6VM) ..................................................................60

– Closed loop pressure and flow control system – SYDFE1 ............................................................................ 118

– Dual displacement motor, open and closed – A10VM; A10VE, plug-in version .....................................64

– Pressure and flow closed loop – SYDFEE ............... 121 – Pressure-flow closed loop control – SYHDFEE ...... 124

– Variable displacement pump, closed – AA4VG .........68 1 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 10 097/02.06 Page 1 of 6 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

External gear pumps Series F, N, & G Fixed displacement pumps Sizes 4.1...63.0 cm3 (0.26...3.84 in3) – – – – – –

Displacements of 4cc to 63cc Plain bearings for heavy duty applications Drive shafts SAE or ISO Multiple Pump Assemblies Port connections: flange or threaded Optimized pressure pulsation, which reduces noise levels and vibration excitation in the system – Consistent high quality – Considerably longer life due to reinforced shaft and housing

Series G

Series N

Pumps and Motors

2

Series F

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 10 097/02.06 Page 2 of 6 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Ordering code F series pump

* Common S0 Codes: S0022 – Long Keyed Shaft Contact factory for additional codes. Pumps and Motors

3

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 10 097/02.06 Page 3 of 6 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Ordering code N series pump

* Common S0 Codes: S0075 – Tapered Shaft Contact factory for additional codes. Pumps and Motors

4

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 10 097/02.06 Page 4 of 6 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Ordering code G series pump

Note: Consult factory for availability

Pumps and Motors

5

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 10 097/02.06 Page 5 of 6 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Ordering code for multiple pumps

* Contact factory for availability of units with no ordering number listed. ** Refer to page 18 for SAE O-Ring Boss specifications and dimensions.

Pumps and Motors

6

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 10 097/02.06 Page 6 of 6 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Performance ratings F Series Performance Ratings Size Displacement Inlet pressure max. continuous pressure p1 max. intermittent pressure p2 max. peak pressure p3 min. rotational speed (RPM) % 100 max. rotational speed at (RPM) max. Drehzahl bei N Series Performance Ratings Size Displacement Inlet pressure max. continuous pressure p1

cm3/rev bar bar psi bar psi bar psi RPM p10 p 20

bar bar psi bar psi bar psi

max. peak pressure p3

G Series Performance Ratings Size Displacement: Range Speed: Pressure - Rated: p1 Intermittent: p2 Max Peak: p3 Inlet Pressure:

Pumps and Motors

600

cm3/rev

max. intermittent pressure p2

min. rotational speed (RPM) % 100 max. rotational speed at (RPM) p1 0 max. Drehzahl bei p2 0

004 4.1

RPM

cm3/rev cu in/rev Min RPM Max RPM (Bar) (PSI) (Bar) (PSI) (Bar) (PSI) Continuous Intermittent

005 5.6

008 8.2

011 014 016 019 11.3 14.3 16.5 19.5 min. 0.7 max. 3 (absolute) 250 210 3625 3045 280 230 4060 3335 300 250 4350 3625 500 500 500 500 500 3000 2500 2000 2000 3500 3500 3500 3000

500 3500 4000

020 20.4

022 23.1

230 3335 250 3625 270 3915 500 2500 3000

230 3335 250 3625 270 3915 500 2500 3000

025 028 25.8 28.4 min. 0.7 max. 3 (absolute) 230 210 3335 3045 250 230 3625 3335 270 250 3915 3625 500 500 2500 2300 3000 2800

022 22.9

025 25.4

028 28.5

180 2610 210 3045 230 3335 500 2000 2750

200 2900 220 3190 240 3528 500 2000 2500

170 2465 190 2755 210 3045 500 2000 2500

032 32.4

036 36.4

180 2610 200 2900 220 3190 500 2300 2800

160 2610 180 2610 200 2900 500 2100 2600

32 36 45 56 32 36 45 56 2.20 2.75 3.42 1.95 400 400 400 400 2800 2600 2300 2800 250 250 250 195 3625 3625 3625 2828 280 280 280 225 4060 4060 4060 3263 300 300 250 300 4350 4350 4350 3625 0.7 - 3.0 bar absolute (9in Hg vacuum to 29 PSIG 0.1 - 10 bar absolute (26in Hg vacuum to 130 PSIG

7

63 63 3.84 400 2300 170 2465 200 2900 230 3335

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 14 025/08.06 Page 1 of 3 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

External gear motors Series F & N Fixed displacement motors Sizes 8.2...36.4 cm3 (0.51...2.28 in3) – – – – –

Plain bearings for heavy duty applications Drive shafts SAE or ISO Port connections: flange or threaded Consistent high quality Considerably longer life due to reinforced shaft and housing

Ratings and specifications

Pumps and Motors

8

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 14 025/08.06 Page 2 of 3 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Ordering code F series motor

* Common S0 Codes: S0018 = Cross check valve in rear cover (internal case drain), S0022 = Long keyed shaft, S0030 = S0018 + S0022, S0028 = Pressure relief valve and anti-cavitation valve. Pumps and Motors

9

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 14 025/08.06 Page 3 of 3 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Ordering code N series motor

* Common S0 Codes: S0018 = Cross check valve in rear cover (internal case drain), S0022 = Long keyed shaft, S0030 = S0018 + S0022, S0028 = Pressure relief valve and anti-cavitation valve. Pumps and Motors

10

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 10213/04.05 Page 1 of 3 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Internal gear pump, fixed displacement Model PGF Frame sizes 1, 2 and 3 Component series: 2X (FS1 and 2) 3X (FS3) Max. operating pressure up to 250 bar (3626 PSI) Max. displacement 1.7 to 40 cm3 (0.10 to 2.44 in3) – – – – – – – – – –

Fixed displacement Low operating noise Low flow pulsation High efficiency even at low viscosity due to sealing gap compensation Long service life due to plain bearings and sealing gap compensation Suitable for a wide viscosity and speed range Excellent suction characteristics All frame sizes can be combined with each other Can be combined with PGH internal gear pumps, PV7 vane pumps and axial piston pumps Valve technology can be integrated in the cover plate on inquiry

Model PGF1... for direct mounting

Model PGF3... for direct mounting

Pumps and Motors

11

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 10213/04.05 Page 2 of 3 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Ordering code PG F Series Medium-pressure pump

–

/

V

* Further details in clear text

=F

Frame size – component series FS1 – component series 2X = 1–2X (component series 20 to 29: unchanged installation and connection dimensions) FS2 – component series 2X = 2–2X (component series 20 to 29: unchanged installation and connection dimensions) FS3 – component series 3X = 3–3X (component series 30 to 39: unchanged installation and connection dimensions)

N= D= K=

Mounting flange centering Special flange to ISO 7653-1985 (for truck PTO) E4 = 4-hole mounting flange to ISO 3019/2 and VDMA 24560 part 1 U2 = SAE 2-hole mounting flange M= 2-hole mounting, centering Ø32 mm (1.26 in.) – FS1, centering Ø52 mm (2.05 in.) – FS2 and 3 2 hole mounting, P= centering Ø 50 mm (1.97 in.) 2-hole mounting, P1 = centering Ø 45.24 mm (1.78 in.) 2-hole mounting, P2 = centering Ø 63 mm (2.48 in.) K4 =

Size Size

Displacement/ revolution

FS1

1.7 2.2 2.8 3.2 4.1 5.0

1.7 cm3 (0.10 in3) 2.2 cm3 (0.13 in3) 2.8 cm3 (0.17 in3) 3.2 cm3 (0.20 in3) 4.1 cm3 (0.25 in3) 5.0 cm3 (0.31 in3)

= 1.7 = 2.2 = 2.8 = 3.2 = 4.1 = 5.0

FS2

6.3 8.0 11.0 13.0 16.0 19.0 22.0

6.5 cm3 (0.40 in3) 8.2 cm3 (0.50 in3) 11.0 cm3 (0.67 in3) 13.3 cm3 (0.81 in3) 16.0 cm3 (0.98 in3) 18.9 cm3 (1.15 in3) 22.0 cm3 (1.34 in3)

= 006 = 008 = 011 = 013 = 016 = 019 = 022

20.0 22.0 25.0 32.0 40.0

20.6 cm3 (1.26 in3) 22.2 cm3 (1.35 in3) 25.4 cm3 (1.55 in3) 32.5 cm3 (1.98 in3) 40.5 cm3 (2.47 in3)

= 020 = 022 = 025 = 032 = 040

FS3

V=

01 = 07 1) = 20 =

A= E= T= J= N= L= S= O= R= L= 1)

Pumps and Motors

Options Anti-cavitation valve Pressure relief valve Cover plate for mounting the next smaller size

Seal material FKM seals Please observe our regulations to data sheet RE 07075! Suction and pressure port BSP to ISO 228/1 SAE flange connection Square flange connection to DIN 3901 or DIN 3902, metric mounting thread Shaft versions Cylindrical Cylindrical with output Involute splines Involute splines with output Two flats for claw coupling Two flats for claw coupling with output Conical 1 : 5 Conical with output 1 : 5 Direction of rotation (viewed to shaft end) Clockwise Counter-clockwise

Part code 07 is only available on FS3 option

12

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 10213/04.05 Page 3 of 3 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data Frame Size 1 Nominal Displacement

cc/rev. 3

1.7

2.2

2.8

3.2

4.1

5.0

0.13

0.17

0.20

0.25

0.31

Actual Displacement

in /rev.

0.10

Max. Outlet Pressure

psig

2610

3045

Inlet Pressure Range

psia 11.8 to 29.0

Viscosity

SUS 55 to 1450

Bulk Fluid Temperature

2610

°F –4 to +212

Minimum Speed

rpm 600

Maximum Speed

rpm

Rotation

4500

3600

4000

3600

RH or LH possible (not capable of bi-directional rotation) Frame Size 2

Nominal Displacement

cc/rev. 3

6.3

8

11

13

16

19

22

0.40

0.50

0.67

0.81

0.98

1.15

1.34

Actual Displacement

in /rev.

Max. Outlet Pressure

psig

Inlet Pressure Range

psia 8.9 to 29.0

Viscosity

SUS 55 to 1450

Bulk Fluid Temperature

3045

2610

3600

3000

°F –4 to +212

Minimum Speed

rpm 600

Maximum Speed

rpm

Rotation

RH or LH possible (not capable of bi-directional rotation) Frame Size 3

Nominal Displacement

cc/rev.

20

22

25

32

40

Actual Displacement

in3/rev.

1.26

1.35

1.55

1.98

2.47

Max. Outlet Pressure

psig

Inlet Pressure Range

psia 8.9 to 29.0

Viscosity

SUS 55 to 1450

Bulk Fluid Temperature

3045

°F –4 to +212

Minimum Speed

rpm 500

Maximum Speed

rpm

Rotation

Pumps and Motors

2610

3600

3400

3200

3000

2500

RH or LH possible (not capable of bi-directional rotation)

13

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 10223/03.05 Page 1 of 3 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Internal gear pump, fixed displacement Model PGH Frame sizes 2, 3, 4 and 5 Component series: 2X Max. operating pressure up to 350 bar (5076 PSI) Max. displacement 250 cm3 (15.26 in3) – – – – – – – –

Fixed displacement Low operating noise Low flow pulsation High efficiency even at low speed and viscosity due to sealing gap compensation Suitable for wide viscosity and speed ranges All frame sizes and nominal sizes can freely combined with each other Can be combined with PGF internal gear pumps, vane pumps and axial piston pumps Suitable for operation with HFC fluids (seal version “W“)

Model PGH... with SAE 2-hole mounting flange

Double pump model PGH4 + PGH3

Pumps and Motors

14

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 10223/03.05 Page 2 of 3 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Ordering code PG H Series High pressure pump

– 2X /

* Further details in clear text

=H

Frame size FS2 FS3 FS4 FS5

U2 = E4 = 1)

=2 =3 =4 =5

Component series: Component series 20 to 29 (20 to 29: unchanged installation and connection dimensions)

V= W = 2)

= 2X

07 = 11 =

Size Size 5.0 6.3 8.0

Displacement/ revolution 5.2 cm3 (0.32 in3) 6.5 cm3 (0.40 in3) 8.2 cm3 (0.50 in3)

= 005 = 006 = 008

FS3

11 13 16

11.0 cm3 (0.67 in3) 13.3 cm3 (0.81 in3) 16.0 cm3 (0.98 in3)

= 011 = 013 = 016

FS4

20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100

20.1 cm3 (1.23 in3) 25.3 cm3 (1.54 in3) 32.7 cm3 (2.00 in3) 40.1 cm3 (2.45 in3) 50.7 cm3 (3.09 in3) 65.5 cm3 (4.00 in3) 80.3 cm3 (4.90 in3) 101.4 cm3 (6.19 in3)

= 020 = 025 = 032 = 040 = 050 = 063 = 080 = 100

63 80 100 125 160 200 250

64.7 cm3 (3.95 in3) 81.4 cm3 (4.97 in3) 100.2 cm3 (6.11 in3) 125.3 cm3 (7.65 in3) 162.8 cm3 (9.93 in3) 200.4 cm3 (12.23 in3) 250.5 cm3 (15.29 in3)

= 063 = 080 = 100 = 125 = 160 = 200 = 250

FS2

E= R= R= L= 1)

FS5

Pumps and Motors

2) 3)

15

Mounting flange SAE 2-hole mounting flange ISO 4-hole mounting flange to ISO 3019/2 and VDMA 24560 part 1 Seal material FKM seals Shaft seal ring made of NBR (other seals made of FKM)

Suction and pressure port to SAE 3) Pressure port for standard pressure series Pressure port for high pressure series Shaft version Cylindrical SAE involute splined shaft Direction of rotation (viewed to shaft end) Clockwise Counter-clockwise

Only in conjunction with cylindrical shaft (to VDMA), frame sizes 4 and 5 only, clockwise rotation only FS4 and FS5 only for operation with HFC fluid A type of connection 07 or 11 is determined for each size: 07: PGH2-2X/005/006/008… PGH3-2X/011/013/016… PGH4-2X/063/080/100… PGH5-2X/160/200/250… 11: PGH4-2X/020/025/032/040/050… PGH5-2X/063/080/100/125… The suction ports are standard pressure series ports (for the dimensions, see page 17).

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 10223/03.05 Page 3 of 3 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data Frame Size 2 Nominal Displacement Actual Displacement

cc/rev. 3

in /rev.

6

8

11

13

16

0.32

0.40

0.50

0.67

0.81

0.98

Max. Outlet Pressure

psig 4570

Inlet Pressure Range

psia 11.5 to 29.0

Viscosity

SUS 55 to 1450

Bulk Fluid Temperature

Frame Size 3

5

°F 14 to 176

Minimum Speed

rpm 600

Maximum Speed

rpm 3000

Rotation

RH or LH possible (not capable of bi-directional rotation) Frame Size 4

Nominal Displacement

cc/rev. 3

20

25

32

40

50

63

80

100

1.23

1.54

2.00

2.45

3.09

4.00

4.90

6.19

Actual Displacement

in /rev.

Max. Outlet Pressure

psig

Inlet Pressure Range

psia 11.5 to 29.0

Viscosity

SUS 55 to 1450

Bulk Fluid Temperature

3625

3045

2320

°F 14 to 176

Minimum Speed

rpm

Maximum Speed

rpm

Rotation

500

400

3000

2600

2200

RH or LH possible (not capable of bi-directional rotation) Frame Size 5

Nominal Displacement

cc/rev. 3

63

80

3.95

4.97

Actual Displacement

in /rev.

Max. Outlet Pressure

psig

Inlet Pressure Range

psia 11.5 to 29.0

Viscosity

SUS 55 to 1450

Bulk Fluid Temperature

rpm

Maximum Speed

rpm

Pumps and Motors

125

6.11

7.65

3625

160

200

250

9.93

12.23

15.29

3045

2320

1810

°F 14 to 176

Minimum Speed

Rotation

100

400 2600

300 2200

1800

RH or LH possible (not capable of bi-directional rotation)

16

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 10335/11.02 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 01.01

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Fixed displacement vane pump Model PVV Series 1X Max. pressure up to 210 bar (3050 PSI) Max. displacement 18–193 cm3 (1.09–11.78 in3) – 4 frame sizes – single pumps – double pumps – Standard, right hand rotation – SAE dimensions – Direct replacement capability to other manufacturers’ product – Fixed displacement – Long bearing life due to minimal shaft loading – Low wear due to minimal vane tip loading – Low operating noise – Easy to service due to exchangable pump cartridges – Good efficiency – Optional positioning of the pressure connection – Keyed or splined drive shafts available Double pump: – Very compact design – The position of the pressure connections is separately selectable – Industrial version PVV

Single pump model PVV2-1X/...A15D..

Double pump model PVV21-1X/...A15DD..

Technical data Design

vane pump, fixed

Type

PVV

Mounting style

flange mounting to SAE J744

Pipe connections

SAE flange version (UNC mounting bolts)

Direction of rotation

clockwise or counter-clockwise

Direction of flow

inlet and outlet are independent of the direction of rotation

Drive

direct, radial and axial forces are not permitted

Frame size (pump cartridge)

1

2

4

5

≈ V cm3 18 27 36 40 46 40 45 55 60 68 69 82 98 113 122 139 154 162 183 193 in3 1.09 1.64 2.19 2.44 2.80 2.44 2.74 3.35 3.66 4.14 4.21 5.00 5.97 6.89 7.44 8.48 9.39 9.88 11.1 11.7

Nom. displacement

Max. flow (qv) L/min 26 39 53 59 70 59 66 80 89 100 101 120 141 167 177 203 223 234 267 285 at n = 1500 RPM, GPM 6.8 10.3 14.0 15.5 18.5 15.5 17.4 21.1 23.5 26.4 26.6 31.7 37.2 44.1 46.7 53.6 58.9 61.8 70.5 75.2 p = 0.7 bar (10.2 PSI) and n = 25 mm2/s (119 SUS) Outlet

continuous for PVV pmax

RPM:

peak pmax nmin

at 1 bar (14.5 PSI)

nmax for PVV

Pumps and Motors

bar 210 210 210 160 140 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 PSI 3000 3000 3000 2400 2000 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 a max. of 10 % above the max. continuous output pressure; not longer than 0.5 seconds RPM RPM

600 2700

2000

17

600

600

600

1800

1800

1800

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 10335/11.02 Page 2 of 2 Issue: 04.03

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Ordering code PV Pump type Industrial version

– 1X /

R

15

D

M

* Further details to be written in clear text

=V

Frame size Single pumps

1 2 4 5 21 41 42 51 52 54

Double pumps

Series Series 10 to 19 (10 to 19, unchanged installation and connection dimensions)

Flange version SAE-B-2 hole flange (Frame sizes 1; 2; 21) SAE-C-2 hole flange (Frame sizes 4; 5 and Frame sizes 41 to 54)

B=

C=

Seals NBR seals

M=

Only for double pump pressure connection (as viewed from cover) Frame sizes 21 to 52 Top (45° to the right of the inlet) Frame size 54 Top (0° from the inlet)

= 1X D=

Nominal Displacement(For codes please see table on next page)

D=

Direction of rotation (viewed on the shaft end) Clockwise

Ordering example, single pump: PVV2-1X/055RA15DMB

=R

Shaft end Drive shaft (keyed) Splined drive shaft (SAE)

Ordering example, double pump: PVV52-1X/154-068RB15DDMC

= A = J

Connections SAE suction and pressure connections, UNC mounting bolt

= 15

Position of the pressure connection (as viewed from rear) (Front pump or single pump, flange end) Top (0° from the inlet)

=D

Technical data (continued from page 1) Alternative pressure fluids: Max. perm. operating pressure

Water in oil emulsion

Water glycol fluids

70 (1015)

140 (2030)

bar (PSI)

Only in conjunction with a return filter, retention efficiency b10 ≥ 100 or higher. The permissible pressure fluid temperature range is 15 °C to 50 °C (59 °F to 122 °F). Maximum permissible RPM: 1200. Please consult us before applying fixed displacement vane pumps with alternative fluids! Weight

Frame size kg (lbs.)

Pumps and Motors

1

2

4

5

21

41

42

51

12 (26.45)

14.8 (32.62)

23 (50.69)

34 (74.94)

20 (44.08)

34 (74.94)

34.5 (76.04)

43 (94.77)

18

52

54

46 54 (101.38) (119.02)

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from 9535233084, 9535233089, See Section 16 for applicable 9535233090, & Preferred/Spotlight part numbers 9535233091 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 06.06

and unit price.

Vane pumps Model PSV Series 5X and 6X Max. pressure up to 140 bar (2000 PSI) Max. displacement 164 cm3 (10 in3) The PSV product is a variable displacement vane pump from the Racine Fluid Power legacy. The success of the PSV pump over the years’ has created a large installed base of satisfied customers. Bosch Rexroth is pleased to continue the support of this product in the market for both new and replacement business. In most cases, current production is backwards compatible with previous designs and can be upgraded with little or no rework by the end user. A complete array of spare parts and kits also remain available for service requests.

PSV10/15 PSV20/25 PSV40 PSV80/100

Datasheet number 9535233084 Datasheet number 9535233089 Datasheet number 9535233090 Datasheet number 9535233091

Complete details on the PSV product line can be retrieved from the product datasheets online in the Bosch branded product section.

Ordering code PSV

F

R

–

Model designation Compensator type Pressure comp. with remote capability Solenoid two pressure Volume control Volume control No volume control Mounting type Subplate Pilot (flange) with threaded ports Pilot (flange) with flanged ports Seal type Viton Displacement 1.0 cid 1.5 cid 2.0 cid 2.6 cid 4.0 cid 8.0 cid 10.0 cid

Pumps and Motors

Design series 5X = 6X =

=P =S

M= D= L= S=

=S =N

Shaft type Keyed/combination Thru Long Short Rotation RH only

=S =A =C

H= G= E= D=

=F

Pressure rating 2000 PSI 1500 PSI 1000 PSI 750 PSI

= 10 = 15 = 20 = 25 = 40 = 80 = 100

19

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from 9535233084, 9535233089, See Section 16 for applicable 9535233090, & Preferred/Spotlight part numbers 9535233091 Page 2 of 2 Issue: 06.06

and unit price.

Technical data PSV10 Displacement Max. Outlet Pressure

3

in /rev PSI

Max. Inlet Vacuum Pressure Max. Case Pressure Viscosity Bulk Fluid Temperature Speed Range

PSV15

PSV20

PSV25

PSV100

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.6

4.0

8.0

10.0

1000

2000

1000

2000

1500

1000

6 in. of Hg PSIG 10 SUS °F

100 - 1000

150 - 1000

130 Max.

rpm 750 to 1800 RH Only (CW as viewed from shaft end)

Fluid Compatibility

Mineral Oil and Esters OK, Water Glycol Prohibited

Pumps and Motors

PSV80

2000

Rotation Mounting Types S = Subplate P = Pilot / Flanged”

PSV40

S&P

S&P

20

S&P

S&P

P Only

P Only

P Only

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 11263/03.05 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 07.05

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Radial piston pump Model R4 Sizes 1.6 to 20, Series 3X Max. pressure up to 700 bar (10,000 PSI) Max. displacement to 19.43 cm3 (1.19 in3) – Self-priming, check valve operated – 14 sizes, with overlapping displacements with varying pressure capacity – Hydro-dynamically lubricated bearings for long bearing life – Cylinder outlets can be connected in various combinations

Ordering code PR Series Series 30 to 39 (30 to 39: installation and connection dimensions remain unchanged) Size Displacement 1.51 cm3 (0.092 in3) 2.14 cm3 (0.131 in3) 2.59 cm3 (0.158 in3) 3.57 cm3 (0.218 in3) 4.32 cm3 (0.264 in3) 7.14 cm3 (0.527 in3) 8.63 cm3 (0.207 in3) 3.39 cm3 (0.294 in3) 5.83 cm3 (0.356 in3) 8.03 cm3 (0.490 in3) 16.07 cm3 (0.981 in3) 19.43 cm3 (1.186 in3)

(3) (3) (3) (5) (5) (10) (3) (3) (3) (5) (10) (10)

4 – 3X /

R

A 12 M /

* Further details to be written in clear text

= 3X

Size–pmax = 1.60 – 700 = 2.00 – 700 = 2.50 – 700 = 3.15 – 700 = 4.00 – 700 = 8.00 – 700 = 3.15 – 700 = 5.00 – 500 = 6.30 – 500 = 8.00 – 500 = 16.00 – 500 = 20.00 – 500

Code

No. of output ports

01

1

M= 12 = A=

NBR – seals, suitable for mineral oil (HLP) petroleum oils SAE threaded outlet port parallel shaft end

(3), (5), (10) ≈ Radial piston pump with 3, 5, 10 pistons

Pumps and Motors

21

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 11263/03.05 Page 2 of 2 Issue: 07.05

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data Speed range Operating pressure

rpm 1000 to 2000 – inlet

bar (PSIA) 0.8 to 2.5 absolute (12 to 35) Cylinder I.D.

– outlet Max. torque (drive shaft)

Ø 10 mm (0.394 in)

Ø 15 mm (0.591 in)

700 (10,150)

500 (7250)

bar (PSI)

Nm (lb-ft) 160 (118)

Mounting position

optional

Shaft loading

radial- and axial forces may not be transmitted

Mounting

face mounting

Connection ports

threaded ports

Direction of rotation

clockwise

Fluid

HLP mineral oils to DIN 51 524 part 2 Also, please observe the fluid specifications in RA 07 075!

Fluid temperature range Viscosity range

°C (°F) –10 … +70 (14 … 158) 2

mm /s (SUS) 10 to 200 (45 … 930)

Maximum permissible degree of contamination of fluid to NAS 1638 Class 9. Weight

Pumps and Motors

kg (lbs.)

22

3 pistons

5 pistons

10 pistons

6.8 (15)

8.6 (19)

12.7 (28)

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 11260/08.05 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 06.04

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Radial piston pump Model R4 mini Series 1X Operating pressure up to 700 bar (10,000 PSI) Sizes 0.40 to 2.00 mm3 (0.024 to 0.122 in3) – Self-priming, valve controlled – Very low noise – High bearing life due to hydro-dynamically lubricated plain bearings – Very compact design, therefore installation-friendly dimensions – Can be combined with fixed and variable displacement vane pumps – Five nominal sizes

Ordering code

PR4 – 1X / Series Series 10 to 19 (10 to 19: installation and connection dimensions remain unchanged) Size Displacement 0.40 mm3 (0.024 in3) 0.63 mm3 (0.038 in3) 1.00 mm3 (0.061 in3) 1.60 mm3 (0.098 in3) 2.00 mm3 (0.122 in3)

W

01

01

* Further details to be written in clear text

= 1X 01 = M= Size–pmax = 0.40 – 700 = 0.63 – 700 = 1.00 – 450 = 1.60 – 250 = 2.00 – 175

Direction of rotation Counter- and clockwise

V= 01 = G= =W

A=

Number of pressure ports 1 pressure port NBR seals, suitable for mineral oil HLP to DIN 51 524, part 2 FKM seals Suction and pressure ports Pipe threads to ISO 228/1

Splined shaft end (for use as combination pump with vane pumps) Cylinderical shaft end

Note: All five sizes of pump have 3 pistons

Pumps and Motors

23

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 11260/07.02 Page 2 of 2 Issue: 06.04

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data mm3 (in3)

0.40 (0.024)

0.63 (0.038)

1.00 (0.061)

1.60 (0.098)

2.00 (0.122)

rpm

1000–3400

1000–3000

1000–2000

1000–2000

1000–2000

Inlet (absolute)

bar (PSI)

0.80–1.5 (11.6–21.8)

0.80–1.5 (11.6–21.8)

0.80–1.5 (11.6–21.8)

0.80–1.5 (11.6–21.8)

0.80–1.5 (11.6–21.8)

Outlet (max. permissible)

bar (PSI)

700 (10,000)

700 (10,000)

450 (6527)

250 (3626)

175 (2538)

Size Speed range Operating pressure range

Size: 0.024 in3 – 10,000 PSI Horizontal: The suction port should lie vertically above the pressure port. This improves the bleeding of the pump Vertical: No limitation All other sizes have no installation limitations.

Installation

Max. permissible torque (drive shaft)

Nm (lb-ft)

10 (7.38)

Shaft loading

Radial and axial forces are not permitted.

Mounting style

Face mounting

Pipe connections

Threaded connections

Direction of rotation

Clockwise and counter-clockwise, does not affect the direction of flow

Pressure fluid

HLP mineral oil to DIN 51 524 part 2, other pressure fluid upon request. Also, please observe the fluid specifications in RA 07 075!

Pressure fluid temperature range Viscosity range

°C (°F) 2

mm /s (SUS)

Required filtration Weight

Pumps and Motors

–10 … +70 (14 … 158) 10 … 200 (45 … 930) Maximum permissible degree of contamination of fluid to NAS 1638 Class 9.

kg (lbs.)

2.6 (5.7)

24

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from 9 535 233 724/10.03 Page 1 of 3 Issue: 06.04

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Vane pumps Model VPV Sizes 16 to 164, Pressure to 210 bar (3050 PSI) Rexroth is leading the way in advanced variable vane pump technology. Market conditions favor hydraulic components that operate at low noise levels without sacrificing efficiency or durability while keeping pricing competitive. VPV pumps feature an outstanding response to the needs of the market today and for the future. – Flows from 30 to 287 L/min (7.6 to 75.8 GPM) in single pumps – Available in combination with other VPV pumps and Rexroth gear pumps – Through-drive horsepower transfer is 100% to the second pump – VPV pumps are available with through shaft versions for quick combinations – Pressures to 210 bar (3050 PSI) – Continuous speeds from 1000 to 1800 rpm – Overall efficiencies to 89% – A variety of fluids can be used: mineral oil, phosphate ester, and environmentally friendly fluids – Controls include standard pressure compensation, remote pressure compensation, load sense, solenoid 2-pressure, and solenoid vented

w SAE Size – in3/rev (cc/rev) 1)

Flow

Max. Pressure

1.0 (16)

1.5 (25)

2.0 (32)

2.75 (45) 3.84 (63) 4.88 (80) 6.0 (100)

L/min GPM

30 (7.6)

43 (11.4)

57 (15.1)

79 (20.8)

110 (29.1)

140 (37.0)

bar (PSI)

210 (3000)

210 (3000)

210 (3000)

210 (3000)

210 (3000)

210 (3000)

Speed range

7.93 (130)

10.0 (164)

172 (45.4)

227 (60.0)

287 (75.8)

210 (3000)

210 (3000)

210 (3000)

74

76

77

1000 to 1800 rpm

Mounting

Flange to ISO 3019/1

Mount Position

Any

Rotation

RH 2)

Sound Pressure Level

67

69

69

68

69

71

1) 1750 rpm in GPM. 2) dB(A) at 3000 PSI, 1750 rpm, full flow in a hemi-anechoic chamber with microphone placed 1 meter away at 7 discrete locations. Sound pressure levels are spacially and time weighted averaged.

Pumps and Motors

25

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from 9 535 233 724/10.03 Page 2 of 3 Issue: 06.04

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

VPV “Whisper Pumps” ™ Size in3/rev Mount (cc/rev)

Maximum L/min (GPM) Pressure Rotation @ 1750 bar (PSI)

Description

Matl. No.

Weight kg (lbs)

1.00 (16)

SAE A 210 (3050)

30 (7.6)

R

0513R18C3VPV16SM21HYB03

0 513 300 212

17.7 (39.0)

1.00 (16)

SAE A 210 (3050)

30 (7.6)

R

0513R18C3VPV16SM21HYB03P1

0 513 300 246

20.9 (46.0)

1.50 (25)

SAE B 210 (3050)

43 (11.4)

R

0513R18C3VPV25SM21HYB03

0 513 400 212

30.4 (67.0)

1.50 (25)

SAE B 210 (3050)

43 (11.4)

R

0513R18C3VPV25SM21HYB03P1

0 513 400 248

33.6 (74.0)

2.00 (32)

SAE B 210 (3050)

57 (15.1)

R

0513R18C3VPV32SM21HYB03

0 513 500 220

30.4 (67.0)

2.00 (32)

SAE B 210 (3050)

57 (15.1)

R

0513R18C3VPV32SM21HYB03P1

0 513 500 254

33.7 (74.0)

2.75 (45)

SAE C 210 (3050)

79 (20.8)

R

0513R18C3VPV45SM21HYB05

0 513 600 214 57.6 (127.0)

2.75 (45)

SAE C 210 (3050)

79 (20.8)

R

0513R18C3VPV45SM21HYB05P1

0 513 600 234 61.2 (135.0)

3.84 (63)

SAE C 210 (3050)

110 (29.1)

R

0513R18C3VPV63SM21HYB05

0 513 700 218 57.6 (127.0)

3.84 (63)

SAE C 210 (3050)

110 (29.1)

R

0513R18C3VPV63SM21HYB05P1

0 513 700 242 61.2 (135.0)

4.88 (80)

SAE C 210 (3050)

140 (37.0)

R

0513R18C3VPV80SM21HYB05

0 513 800 248 57.6 (127.0)

4.88 (80)

SAE C 210 (3050)

140 (37.0)

R

0513R18C3VPV80SM21HYB05P1

0 513 800 238 61.2 (135.0)

6.00 (100)

SAE D 210 (3050)

172 (45.4)

R

0513R18C3VPV100SM21HYB04

0 513 850 216 111.1 (245.0)

6.00 (100)

SAE D 210 (3050)

172 (45.4)

R

0513R18C3VPV100SM21HYB04P1 0 513 850 214 115.7 (255.0)

7.93 (130)

SAE D 210 (3050)

227 (60.0)

R

0513R18C3VPV130SM21HYB04

7.93 (130)

SAE D 210 (3050)

227 (60.0)

R

0513R18C3VPV130SM21HYB04P1 0 513 860 258 115.7 (255.0)

10.0 (164)

SAE D 210 (3050)

287 (75.8)

R

0513R18C3VPV164SM21HYB04

10.0 (164)

SAE D 210 (3050)

287 (75.8)

R

0513R18C3VPV164SM21HYB04P1 0 513 870 216 115.7 (255.0)

0 513 860 250 111.1 (245.0) 0 513 870 226 111.1 (245.0)

See catalog #9 535 233 724 for complete description and performance specifications.

Adaptor Kits for Combinations VPV 16 to VPV 16 SAE

Old Number

Matl. No.

9 511 230 518

9 511 230 518

VPV 16 to “F” Gear Pump SAE Key

9 511 230 521

R978711779

VPV 25/32 to VPV 25/32 SAE

9 511 230 523

9 511 230 523

VPV 25/32 to VPV 16 SAE

9 511 230 525

9 511 230 525

VPV 45/63/80 to VPV 45/63/80 SAE

9 511 230 528

9 511 230 528

VPV 45/63/80 to VPV 16 SAE

9 511 230 532

9 511 230 532

VPV 45/63/80 to VPV 25/32

9 511 230 530

9 511 230 530

VPV 45/63/80 to “F” Gear Pump SAE Key

9 511 230 533

R978711781

VPV 45/63/80 to “G” Gear Pump SAE Key

9 511 230 534

R978711782

VPV 100/130/164 to VPV 100/130/164

9 511 230 536

9 511 230 536

VPV 100/130/164 to VPV 45/63/80

9 511 230 538

9 511 230 538

VPV 100/130/164 to VPV 25/32

9 511 230 540

9 511 230 540

VPV 100/130/164 to VPV 16

9 511 230 542

9 511 230 542

VPV 100/130/164 to “F” Gear Pump SAE Key

9 511 230 543

R978711783

VPV 100/130/164 to “G” Gear Pump SAE Key

9 511 230 594

R978711808

See catalog #9 535 233 724 for complete description and performance specifications.

Pumps and Motors

26

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from 9 535 233 724/10.03 Page 3 of 3 Issue: 06.04

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

VPV “Whisper Pumps” TM (continued) Pump Repair Kits SAE 210 bar (3050 PSI)

Old Number

Matl. No.

VPV 16 Standard Pump

9 511 230 606

R978711812

VPV 16 “P1” Pump

9 511 230 608

R978711814

VPV 25/32 Standard Pump

9 511 230 598

R978711809

VPV 25/32 “P1” Pump

9 511 230 623

R978711825

VPV 45/63 Standard Pump

9 511 230 639

R978711838

VPV 45/63 “P1” Pump

9 511 230 642

R978711841

VPV 80 Standard Pump

9 511 230 641

R978711840

VPV 80 “P1” Pump

9 511 230 643

R978711842

VPV 100/130 Standard Pump

9 511 230 650

R978711849

VPV 100/130 “P1” Pump

9 511 230 652

R978711851

VPV 164 Standard Pump

9 511 230 651

R978711850

VPV 164 “P1” Pump

9 511 230 653

R978711852

Old Number

Material No.

VPV 16

9 511 230 605

9 511 230 605

VPV 25/32

9 511 230 597

9 511 230 597

VPV 45/63/80

9 511 230 658

9 511 230 658

VPV 100/130/164

9 511 230 659

9 511 230 659

Seal Kits for VPV SAE

See catalog #9 535 233 724 for complete description and performance specifications.

Pumps and Motors

27

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 15 205/02.98 Page 1 of 5 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Hydraulic motor Radial piston, low speed, high torque Model MCR 03 Sizes 160 to 400 Series 3X Maximum operating pressure 6500 psi (450 bar) Maximum displacement volume 24.4 in3 (400 cm3) Maximum output torque 1702 lb-ft (2307 Nm) – – – – – – – – –

Compact, sturdy construction Smooth running even at very low speeds Low noise Reversible Sealed taper roller bearings High radial forces permitted on the output shaft Shaft seal up to 10 bar Freewheeling Available with optional built-on holding (multi-disc) brake or dynamic (drum) brake

Function Closed circuit Minimum inlet pressure must be adapted to suit operating conditions; the following must be taken into consideration: Idling pressure. flow resistances. pump operation. Minimum flow of the feed pump must be adapted to suit operating conditions. Open circuit Minimum inlet pressure must be adapted to suit operating conditions; the following must be taken into consideration: Idling pressure. flow resistances. pump operation. The outlet pressure must be at least 2 bar greater than the pressure in the housing. Note: If the motor circuits are in series please consult the manufacturer.

Pumps and Motors

28

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 15 205/02.98 Page 2 of 5 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Ordering code

MCR 03 Frame size Size 3 Flange housing Compact version Flange motor Wheel motor Hydrobase Nominal size, displacement V Size 160 = 160 cm3 Size 225 = 225 cm3 Size 255 = 255 cm3 Size 280 = 280 cm3 Size 325 = 325 cm3 Size 365 = 365 cm3 Size 400 = 400 cm3 Single shaft end Splined to DIN 5480 Parallel with key Ø 40 mm With flange Ø 172 mm Without 2nd shaft end

Z – 3X /

further information in clear text =A =D =F =H

Wheel stud without wheel stud with wheel stud Ports pipe thread to ISO 228/1 UNF-SAE-thread

No code = /S = 01 = 12 =

= 160 = 225 = 255 = 280 = 325 = 365 = 400 = W40 = L40 = F180

No code = 2W = M=

) ) 3 )

A0 B2

2

=Z maximum torque 1500 Nm maximum torque 1500 Nm

Two speed operation not switchable switchable operation

Seals NBR seals suitable for mineral oil to DIN 51 524 (HL,HLP) (except dynamic brake see p.10)

Brake mounting without brake hydraulic release holding brake (spring pressure disc brake) 3 ) C2R = dynamic brake (drum brake) for right hand side of vehicle (see Fig., p.10) 3 ) C2L = dynamic brake (drum brake) for left hand side of vehicle (see Fig., p.10)

1

2

) only with flange housing D

*

/

= 03

1

) only with flange housing A

M

= =

3

) only with flange housing F 3X =

Pumps and Motors

29

Series Series 32 to 39 (30 to 39: externally interchangeable)

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 15 205/02.98 Page 3 of 5 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data (For applications outside these parameters please consult us) Description Frame size Type of mounting Cable connections Mounting position Shaft load Direction of rotation Frame size Nominal size Displacement volume Flow at n =100 rpm/100bar Output torque 1; 7) – specific torque (at Δp = 100 bar) – peak torque Output speed 1; 7) – min. speed – max. continuous speed – max. peak speed – freewheeling speed Output power 1; 7) – continuous power – cont. power half displacement Weight Polar moment of inertia Hydraulic Nominal pressure Pressure differential, fixed 2; 6) – with mineral oil (HL, HLP) Pressure differential, peak 3; 6) – with mineral oil (HL, HLP) Inlet pressure 6) Port “A” or “B” Summated pressure 4; 6) Port “A” + “B” Case drain pressure max. Hydraulic fluid 5) Hydraulic fluid temperature range Viscosity range Fluid cleanliness Brake Holding brake (disc brake) Holding torque Release pressure volume to operate brake

V qV

Radial piston multi-disc motor with fixed displacement MCR 03... Flange mounting; face mounting Threaded or flanged Optional See page 7 Right/left – reversible 3 160 225 255 280 325 365 160 225 255 280 325 365 cm3 L/min 16 22.5 25.5 28 32.5 36.5

T T

Nm Nm

580 2105

636 2307

n n n n

rpm 5 to 10 when running smooth, dependent on application rpm 320 320 280 260 240 240 rpm 400 400 360 330 310 280 rpm 900

240 260

P P

kW kW

22 14

Jm p Δp

kgmm2

225 1022

405 1570

445 1760

517 1875

18 18 18 18 22 22 12 12 12 12 14 14 see unit dimensions pages 8 to 10 see unit dimensions pages 8 to 10 (rotating mass only)

bar 250 bar 250

Δp p p p ϑ ν

T p V

bar 450 400 bar 450 420 400 bar 450 420 400 bar 10 Mineral oil (HL, HLP) to DIN 51 524 °C – 20 to +80 mm2/s 10 to 2000 Max. degree of contamination of the fluid to NAS 1638 class 9. We recommend a filter with a min retention rate of ß10 ≥ 75.

Nm 2200 bar min. 15; max. 30 cm3 23

1

) The data given apply after 100 hours running-in time ) Continuous operation 3 ) Peak values may occur for a maximum duration of one second within an operating minute. 4 ) In the return line we recommend pmin = 15 ba 5) Environmentally

friendly fluids HETG. HEPG. HEE to RE 90 221 ) For connection in series. consult the technical sales department. 7 ) Warning! During the running-in time of the motor (min. 20 hours) motors should not be run unloaded at greater than 50% of maximum speed.

2

Pumps and Motors

358 1386

400 400 40

6

30

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 15 205/02.98 Page 4 of 5 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data (Mean values, measured at ν = 46 mm2/s and ϑ = 45 °C) Pressure 0

diff.

25

T q qVL T 200 q qVL T 300 q qVL T 400 q qVL T 450 q qVL Charge pressure p Pressure 100

Nm L/min L/min Nm L/min L/min Nm L/min L/min Nm L/min L/min Nm L/min L/min bar

diff.

147 0.3 0.15 321 0.3 0.15 519 0.4 0.20 693 0.6 0.30 779 1.0 0.5 1

214 4.3 0.15 438 4.3 0.15 659 4.4 0.20 876 4.6 0.30 985 5.4 0.7 2

0

25

215 0.3 0.15 466 0.3 0.15 752 0.4 0.20 1003 0.6 0.3 1128 1.0 0.5

308 5.9 0.15 630 5.9 0.15 946 6.0 0.20 1261 6.2 0.3 1386 7.0 0.7

300

400

450

320

0

25

219 224 8.3 16.3 0.15 0.15 453 463 8.3 16.6 0.15 0.30 680 695 8.4 16.8 0.20 0.40 908 926 8.8 17.0 0.40 0.5 1022 9.8 0 2 3 Speed n in rpm 50 100

T q qVL T q qVL T q qVL T q qVL T q qVL

Nm L/min L/min L/min L/min L/min Nm L/min L/min Nm L/min L/min Nm L/min L/min

315 11.6 0.15 651 11.6 0.15 978 11.7 0.20 1304 12.1 0.4

322 22.8 0.15 666 23.1 0.3 999 23.3 0.40

Speed n in rpm 50 100 150

200

240

412 66.0 0.50

79.0 0.50

8

10

200

240

483 74.0 0.5

462 88.6 0.5

MCR 03. 325

222 32.6 0.30 463 32.8 0.40

213 48.7 0.35

208 52.0 0.40

284 0.8 0.40 672 2.0 1.00 1086 3.6 1.80 1489 4.4 2.20

447 8.9 0.40 917 10.1 1.00 1397 11.3 1.60 1875 12.1 2.00

6

9

10

1

2

150

220

0

25

305 68.2 0.35

320 0.8 0.4 755 2.0 1.0 1219 3.6 1.80 1673 4.4 2.2

503 9.9 0.4 1030 11.1 1.0 1570 12.3 1.60 2105 13.1 2.0

MCR 03 . 225

Δp in bar

200

300

MCR 03 . 160

Δp in bar

100

Speed n in rpm 50 100 200

318 45.6 0.3 651 45.8 0.4

467 17.1 0.40 952 18.3 1.00 1432 19.5 1.60

452 33.3 0.40 952 34.5 1.00 1440 35.9 1.70

429 49.6 0.40 937 51.2 1.20

3 4 6 Speed n in rpm 50 100 150 MCR 03 . 365

– All torques given apply to run-in motors (see page 4. footnote 7 of complete data sheet.) – For “half displacement” operating mode multiply the torques and Q–values by 0.5. – For maximum case leakage multiply QL by 2

524 19.1 0.4 1069 20.3 1.0 1609 21.5 1.60

507 37.3 0.4 1068 38.5 1.0 1617 39.9 1.70

495 55.6 0.4 1053 57.2 1.2

T = torque in Nm Q = input flow in L/min QL = mean case leakage in L/min p = min. charge pressure in pump mode

Pumps and Motors

31

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 15 205/02.98 Page 5 of 5 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data (Mean values, measured at ν = 46 mm2/s and ϑ = 45 °C) Charge pressure p Pressure

bar

diff.

1

2

0

25

2 3 6 Speed n in rpm 50 100 150

T 100 q qVL T 200 q qVL T 300 q qVL T 400 q qVL T 450 q qVL Charge pressure p Pressure

Nm 239 L/min 0.4 L/min 0.2 Nm 517 L/min 0.4 L/min 0.2 Nm 836 L/min 0.6 L/min 0.3 Nm 1114 L/min 0.8 L/min 0.4 Nm 1253 L/min 1.6 L/min 0.8 bar 1 0

diff.

342 6.8 0.2 700 6.8 0.2 1051 7.0 0.3 1401 7.2 0.4 1575 8.4 1.0 2 25

350 13.2 0.2 724 13.2 0.2 1087 13.4 0.3 1449 14.0 0.6

300

400

450

358 25.9 0.2 740 26.3 0.4 1110 26.7 0.6

3

3 5 6 Speed n in rpm 50 100 150

220

0

25

338 72.4 0.5

350 0.8 0.4 828 2.0 1.0 1337 3.6 1.8 1834 4.4 2.20

551 10.8 0.4 1129 12.0 1.0 1721 13.2 1.6 2307 14.0 2.00

575 20.8 0.4 1171 22.0 1.0 1762 23.2 1.6

556 40.8 0.4 1171 42.0 1.0 1772 43.4 1.7

9

1

3

3

5

9

11

543 60.8 0.4 1153 62.4 1.20

529 81.0 0.5

506 97.0 0.5

6

9

11

MCR 03 . 400

354 51.8 0.4 724 52.2 0.6

2 4 6 Speed n in rpm 50 100 200

300

MCR 03. 280

Δp in bar

200

1

MCR 03 . 255

Δp in bar

100

9

T q qVL T q qVL T q qVL T q qVL T q qVL

Charge pressure p

Nm L/min L/min L/min L/min L/min Nm L/min L/min Nm L/min L/min Nm L/min L/min bar

287 383 392 401 0.6 7.6 14.6 28.6 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 579 784 811 829 0.6 7.6 14.6 28.8 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.40 936 1177 1217 1243 0.6 7.6 14.6 29.2 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.60 1248 1569 1623 0.8 7.8 15.2 0.40 0.40 0.60 1404 1764 1.6 9.0 0.8 1.0 1

2

2

4

397 56.8 0.40 811 57.2 0.60

365 85.0 0.50

7

10

– All torques given apply to run-in motors (see page 4. footnote 7 of complete data sheet.) – For “half displacement” operating mode multiply the torques and Q–values by 0.5. – For maximum case leakage multiply QL by 2

T = torque in Nm Q = input flow in L/min QL = mean case leakage in L/min p = min. charge pressure in pump mode

Pumps and Motors

32

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 15 206/02.98 Page 1 of 4 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Hydraulic motor Radial piston, low speed, high torque Model MCR 05 Sizes 380 to 820 Series 3X Maximum operating pressure 6500 psi (450 bar) Maximum displacement volume 50 in3 (820 cm3) Maximum output torque 3573 lb-ft (4844 Nm) – – – – – – – – –

Compact, sturdy construction Smooth running even at very low speeds Low noise Reversible Sealed taper roller bearings High radial forces permitted on the output shaft Shaft seal up to 10 bar Freewheeling Available with optional built-on holding (multi-disc) brake or dynamic (drum) brake

Model MCR 05 C...F180Z-3X/B4M/..

Function Closed circuit Minimum inlet pressure must be adapted to suit operating conditions; the following must be taken into consideration: Idling pressure. flow resistances. pump operation. Minimum flow of the feed pump must be adapted to suit operating conditions. Open circuit Minimum inlet pressure must be adapted to suit operating conditions; the following must be taken into consideration: Idling pressure. flow resistances. pump operation. The outlet pressure must be at least 2 bar greater than the pressure in the housing. Note: If the motor circuits are in series please consult the manufacturer.

Pumps and Motors

33

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 15 206/02.98 Page 2 of 4 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Ordering code

MCR 05 Frame size Size 05

Nominal size, displacement V Size 380 = 380 cm3 Size 470 = 470 cm3 Size 520 = 520 cm3 Size 565 = 565 cm3 Size 680 = 680 cm3 Size 750 = 750 cm3 Size 820 = 820 cm3 Single shaft end Splined to DIN 5480 Parallel with key Ø 50 mm With flange Ø 180 mm Without shaft Without 2nd shaft end ) ) 3 ) 4 ) 5 ) 2

only with flange housing A only with flange housing D only with flange housing C or F only with flange housing F only with Hydrobase

Pumps and Motors

M

/

* Further information in clear text

= 05

Flange housing Short motor Compact version Flange motor Wheel motor Hydrobase

1

Z – 3X /

Wheel stud No code = without wheel stud /S = with wheel stud

=A =C =D =F =H

01 = 12 =

= 380 = 470 = 520 = 565 = 680 = 750 = 820 = W50 = L50 = F180 =Z

No code = 2W = M=

Two speed operating not switchable switchable operation

Seals NBR seals suitable for mineral oil to DIN 51 524 (HL,HLP) (except drum brake see p.12)

Brake mounting without brake hydraulic release holding brake (spring pressure disc brake) 4 ) C4R = dynamic brake (drum brake) for right hand side of vehicle (see Fig., p.12) 4 ) C4L = travel brake (drum brake) for left hand side of vehicle (see Fig., p.12) A0 B4

1

) 2 ) 3 ) 5 ) =Z

maximum torque 3000 Nm maximum torque 3000 Nm 3X =

34

Ports Pipe thread to ISO 228/1 UNF-SAE-thread

= =

Series Series 32 to 39 (30 to 39: externally interchangeable)

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 15 206/02.98 Page 3 of 4 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data (For applications outside these parameters please consult us!) Radial piston multi-disc motor with fixed displacement Frame size Type of mounting Pipe connections Mounting position Shaft loading Direction of rotation Frame size Nominal size Displacement V cm3 Flow at n = 100 rpm/100 bar qV L/min Output torque 1; 7) – specific torque (at Δp = 100 bar) T Nm – peak torque T Nm Output speed 1; 7) – min. speed n rpm – max. speed n rpm – freewheeling speed n rpm Output power 1; 7) – cont. power at full displacenent P kW – cont. power at half displacement P kW Weight m kg Polar moment of inertia Jm kgmm2 Hydraulic Nominal pressure p bar Pressure differential, cont. 2; 3) Δp – with mineral oil (HL, HLP) bar Pressure differential, peak 4; 3) Δp – with mineral oil (HL, HLP) bar Inlet pressure Port “A” or “B” p bar Summated pressure 5; 3) ports “A” + “B” p bar Case drain pressure,max p bar Hydraulic fluid 6) ϑ Hydraulic fluid temperature range °C ν Viscosity range mm2/s Fluid cleanliness

MCR 05... Flange mounting; face mounting Threaded or flanged optional see page 7 Right/left - reversible 05 380 470 520 565 380 470 520 565 38 47 52 56.5

680 680 70

750 750 77

820 820 84

1082 4017

1194 4430

1305 4844

5 to 10 when running smoothly, dependent on application 220 220 220 220 200 170 600

150

604 2528

827 3459

899 3759

29 29 29 29 19 19 19 19 see unit dimensions pages 8 to 12 see unit dimensions pages 8 to 12

35 23

35 23

35 23

250 250 450 470 470

400 420 420

10 Mineral oils (HL, HLP) to DIN 51 524 – 20 to +80 10 to 2000 Maximum degree of contamination of the fluid to NAS 1638 class 9. We therefore recommend a filter with a minimum retention rate of ß10 ≥ 75.

Brake Holding brake (disc brake) Holding torque T Nm Release pressure, min – max p bar Volume to operate brake V cm3 1 ) The data given apply after 100 hours running-in time 2 ) Continuous operation 3 ) Peak values may occur for a maximum duration of one second within an operating minute. 4 ) In the return line we recommend pmin = 15 bar Pumps and Motors

748 3127

B2 B4 2200 5000 15 – 30 15 – 30 23 46 5 ) Environmentally friendly fluids HETG. HEPG. HEE to RE 90 221 6 ) For connection in series. consult the technical sales department. 7 ) Warning! During the running-in time of the motor (min. 20 hours) motors should not be run unloaded at greater than 50% of maximum speed. 35

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Technical data (Mean values, measured at ν = 46 mm2/s and ϑ = 45 °C) Pressure diff. Δp in bar

0

25

T qV qV L T 200 qV qVL T 300 qV qVL T 400 qV qVL T 450 qV qVL Charge pressure p Speed n

Nm L/min L/min Nm L/min L/min Nm L/min L/min Nm L/min L/min Nm L/min L/min bar rpm

393 0.3 0.15 846 0.7 0.35 1268 0.9 0.45 1691 1.5 0.75 1903 2.2 1.1 1 0

513 9.8 0.15 1075 10.2 0.35 1613 10.4 0.45 2150 11.0 0.75 2419 11.7 1.1 4 25

T qV qV L T 200 qV qV L T 300 qV qV L T 400 qV qV L T 450 qV qV L Charge pressure p Speed n

Nm L/min L/min L/min L/min L/min Nm L/min L/min Nm L/min L/min Nm L/min L/min bar min-1

484 0.40 0.20 1042 0.80 0.40 1562 1.2 0.60 2083 2.0 1.0 2344 3.0 1.5 1 0

632 12.2 0.20 1324 12.6 0.40 1986 13.0 0.60 2649 13.8 1.0 2980 14.8 1.5 5 25

T qV 100 qV L T 200 qV qV L T 300 qV qV L T 400 qV qVL T 450 qV qV L Charge pressure p

Nm L/min L/min Nm L/min L/min Nm L/min L/min Nm L/min L/min Nm L/min L/min bar

538 0.4 0.20 1158 0.80 0.40 1735 1.2 0.60 2314 2.0 1.00 2604 3.0 1.5 1

702 13.4 0.20 1472 13.8 0.40 2207 14.2 0.60 2942 15.0 1.00 3310 16.0 1.5 6

100

100

Speed n in rpm 50 100 150 220 MCR 05 . 380 538 544 525 507 19.3 38.6 57.7 84.4 0.15 0.30 0.35 0.40 1123 1111 1087 19.7 38.9 58.0 0.35 0.45 0.50 1685 1667 19.9 39.2 0.45 0.60 2247 20.5 0.75 2528 21.2 1.1 4 6 9 14 50 100 150 220 MCR 05 . 470 662 670 647 625 23.9 47.8 71.5 105.0 0.20 0.40 0.50 0.80 1384 1369 1339 24.3 48.2 71.9 0.40 0.60 0.70 2076 2053 24.7 48.6 0.60 0.80 2768 25.5 1.0 3114 26.5 1.5 5 7 10 16 50 100 150 220 MCR 05 . 520 737 744 683 620 26.4 52.8 79.0 116.0 0.20 0.40 0.50 0.80 1537 1520 1487 26.8 53.2 79.4 0.40 0.60 0.70 2305 2281 27.2 53.6 0.60 0.80 3074 28.0 1.00 3459 29.0 1.5 6 7 11 17

0

25

5.95 0.88 0.44 1407 2.4 1.20 2338 3.7 1.85 3116 4.34 2.17

989 17.64 0.47 1938 18.55 1.22 2964 19.24 1.91 3939 19.91 2.35

1 0

2 25

657 0.88 0.44 1551 2.40 1.20 2578 3.7 1.85 3438 4.34 2.17

1091 19.39 0.47 2137 20.30 1.22 3270 20.99 1.91 4345 21.66 2.35

1 0

3 25

718 0.88 0.44 1697 2.40 1.20 2819 3.70 1.85 3758 4.34 2.17

1192 21.14 0.47 2337 22.05 1.22 3573 22.74 1.91 4750 23.35 2.35

1

4

– All torques given apply to run-in motors (see page 4. footnote 7 of complete data sheet.) – For “half displacement” operating mode multiply the torques and Q–values by 0.5. – For maximum case leakage multiply QL by 2 Pumps and Motors

36

Speed n in rpm 50 100 150 220 MCR 05. 680 995 908 821 698 34.93 70.01 102.76 139.54 0.50 0.57 0.64 0.64 2017 1973 1862 36.09 72.17 103.61 1.24 1.30 1.41 3026 3013 36.82 71.98 1.97 2.14 4017 38.18 2.33

3 50

7 12 100 150 MCR 05 . 750 1098 1002 906 38.43 77.01 113.26 0.50 0.57 0.64 2224 2176 39.59 79.17 1.24 1.30 3338 40.32 1.97 4430 41.73 2.37

23

4 50

9 15 100 150 MCR 05 . 820 1200 1095 990 41.93 84.01 123.76 0.50 0.57 0.64 2432 2380 43.09 86.17 1.24 1.30 3649 43.82 1.97 4844 45.18 2.37

6

11

19

T = torque in Nm Q = input flow in L/min QL = mean case leakage in L/min Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 15 207/02.98 Page 1 of 4 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Hydraulic motor Radial piston, low speed, high torque Model MCR 10 Sizes 780 to 1340 Series 3X Maximum operating pressure 6500 psi (450 bar) Maximum displacement volume 81.8 in3 (1340 cm3) Maximum output torque 5920 lb-ft (8027 Nm) – – – – – – – –

Compact, robust construction Smooth running even at very low speeds Low noise Reversible Sealed taper roller bearings High radial forces permitted on the output shaft Shaft seal up to 10 bar Available with optional built-on holding (multi-disc) brake or dynamic (drum) brake – switchable • free-running • half displacement volume – for open and closed circuit operation

Model MCR 10 F...F250Z-3X/A0M...

Function

Model MCR 10 F...F250Z-3X/B7M...

Closed circuit Minimum inlet pressure must be adapted to suit operating conditions; the following must be taken into consideration: Idling pressure. flow resistances. pump operation. Minimum flow of the feed pump must be adapted to suit operating conditions. Open circuit Minimum inlet pressure must be adapted to suit operating conditions; the following must be taken into consideration: Idling pressure. flow resistances. pump operation. The outlet pressure must be at least 2 bar greater than the pressure in the housing. Note: If the motor circuits are in series please consult the manufacturer.

Pumps and Motors

Model MCR 10 F...F250Z-3X/C7.M...

37

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 15 207/02.98 Page 2 of 4 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Ordering code

MCR 10 Frame size Frame size 10

Z – 3X

M

*

Further details in clear text

= 10

Flange housing Short motor Wheel motor Flange motor

No code = /S =

=C =F =D

Size/displacement volume V Size 780 = 780 cm3 Size 940 = 940 cm3 Size 1120 = 1120 cm3 Size 1250 = 1250 cm3 Size 1340 = 1340 cm3 Single shaft end With flange Ø 250 Parallel with key Ø 60

/11 = /42 =

= 780 = 940 = 1120 = 1250 = 1340

No code = 2W = M=

= F250 1) = L60 2; 3)

Without 2nd shaft end Series nos. Series 30 to 39 (30 to 39, externally interchangeable)

=Z

A0 = B7 =

= 3X 4

) C7R =

4

) C7L =

1

) Only with flange housing C or F 2 ) Only with flange housing D 3 ) Max. permitted pressure differential Δp = 250 bar

Studs without studs with studs for wheel mounting

Connections Pipe thread to ISO 228/1 UNF-SAE-thread Switchable displacement not switchable switchable operation

Seals NBR seals suitable for mineral oil to DIN 51 524 (HL, HLP) Brake mounting no brake hydraulically released holding brake (spring pressure disc brake) travel brake (drum brake) for right hand side of vehicle, see fig., p. 9 travel brake (drum brake) for left hand side of vehicle, see fig., p. 9

4

) Only with flange housing F

Pumps and Motors

38

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 15 207/02.98 Page 3 of 4 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data (For applications outside these parameters please consult us) Description Model description Type of mounting Connections Mounting position Shaft loading Rotation Frame size Size Displacement Flow n = 100 rpm/100 bar Output torque 1; 7) – specific torque (at Δp = 100 bar) – peak torque Output speed 1; 7) – min. speed – max. speed – freewheeling speed Output power 1; 7) – continuous power Weight – motor – motor with holding brake – motor with travel brake Hydraulic Nominal pressure Pressure differential, cont. 2; 6; 7; 8) – for mineral oil (HL, HLP) Pressure differential, peak 3; 6; 7; 8) –for mineral oil (HL, HLP) Inlet pressure 6) Port “A” or “B” Summated pressure 4; 6) Port “A” + “B” Case drain pressure, max. Switching pressure (displacement switching) Hydraulic fluid 5) Hydraulic fluid temperature range Viscosity range Fluid cleanliness:

Brake Holding brake (disc brake) Holding torque Release pressure

V qV

Radial piston multi-disc motor, switchable displacement MCR 10... Flange mounting; face mounting Threaded or flanged Optional See page 6 clockwise/anti-clockwise - reversible 10 780 940 1120 1250 1340 780 940 1120 1250 1340 cm3 L/min 79 95 113.5 126.5 136.5

T T

Nm Nm

n n n

rpm 5 to 10 for smooth running, depending on application rpm 170 150 150 140 120 rpm 400

P m m m

kW kg kg kg

p Δp

bar 250

44 69 81 92

1494 6187

44

1783 6659

50

1990 7432

50

2130 8027

50

bar 250 Δp p p pmax

ϑ ν

bar 450 400 bar 470 420 bar 470 420 bar 10 bar 10 to 30 Mineral oil (HL, HLP) to DIN 51 524 °C – 20 to +80 mm2/s 10 to 2000 Maximum permissible degree of contamination of fluid to NAS 1638 Class 9. We therefore recommend a filter with a minimum retention rate of ß10 ≥ 75.

T p

Nm 7000 bar min. 15; max. 30 6

) For connection in series. consult the technical sales department. ) Warning! During the running-in time of the motor (min. 20 hours) motors should not be run unloaded at greater than 50% of maximum speed. 8 ) For single shaft end “L60” max. permissible pressure differential Δp = 250 bar

1

) The data given apply after 100 hours running-in time 2 ) Continuous operation 3 ) Peak values may occur for a maximum duration of one second within an operating minute. 4 ) In the return line we recommend pmin = 15 bar 5 ) Environmentally friendly fluids HETG. HEPG. HEE to RE 90 221 Pumps and Motors

1240 5134

7

39

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 15 207/02.98 Page 4 of 4 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data (Mean values, measured at ν = 46 mm2/s and ϑ = 45 °C) Nominal Size Speed n in rev/min T Nm 100 qV L/min qVL L/min T Nm L/min 200 qV qVL L/min T Nm L/min 300 qV qVL L/min T Nm L/min 400 qV qVL L/min T Nm L/min 450 qV qVL L/min Nominal Size Speed n in rev/min T Nm 100 qV L/min qVL L/min T L/min L/min 200 qV qVL L/min T Nm L/min 300 qV qVL L/min T Nm L/min 400 qV qVL L/min T Nm L/min 450 qV qVL L/min Nominal Size Speed n in rev/min T Nm 100 qV L/min qVL L/min T Nm L/min 200 qV qVL L/min T Nm 300 qV L/min qVL L/min T Nm L/min qV 400 qVL L/min Pumps and Motors

0 806 0.3 0.15 1736 0.60 0.30 2604 0.80 0.40 3472 1.40 0.70 3906 1.6 0.8

25 994 19.8 0.15 2232 20.10 0.30 3348 20.30 0.40 4464 20.90 0.70 5022 21.10 0.8

0 971 1.00 0.15 2091 0.60 0.30 3137 0.80 0.40 4183 1.40 0.70 4706 1.60 0.80

25 1198 23.80 0.15 2690 24.10 0.30 4035 24.30 0.40 5380 24.90 0.70 6052 25.10 0.80

0 980 1.00 0.50 2317 2.86 1.43 3743 4.08 2.04 5134 5.68 2.84

25 1629 28.82 0.56 3287 29.76 1.44 4973 30.76 2.10 6660 31.76 2.92

780 50 1049 39.47 0.24 2282 39.80 0.40 3422 40.00 0.50 4563 40.80 0.90 5134 41.00 1.00 940 50 1264 47.47 0.24 2750 47.80 0.40 4124 48.00 0.50 5500 48.80 0.90 6187 49.00 1.00 1120 50 1547 57.19 0.63 3301 58.07 1.45 4994 59.49 2.16 6645 60.87 3.00

100 1029 79.00 0.50 2232 79.50 0.75 3348 80.00 1.00

150 911 118.20 0.60 2158 118.8 0.9

0 1094 1.00 0.50 2586 2.86 1.43 4178 4.08 2.04 5730 5.68 2.84

25 1818 32.09 0.56 3669 33.03 1.44 5550 34.08 2.10 7432 35.11 2.92

1250 50 1726 63.73 0.63 3684 64.63 1.45 5574 66.16 2.16 7416 67.35 3.00

100 1240 95.00 0.50 2689 95.50 0.75

150 1098 142.20 0.60

0 1182 1.00 0.50 2793 2.86 1.43 4512 4.08 2.04 6188 5.68 2.84

25 1964 34.61 0.56 3962 35.56 1.44 5994 36.64 2.10 8027 37.67 2.92

1340 50 1865 68.78 0.63 3979 69.68 1.45 6020 71.24 2.16 8010 72.50 3.00

100 1360 113.62 0.76 3134 114.71 1.46

150 1173 169.80 0.90

100 1517 126.69 0.76 3497 127.82 1.46

150 1309 189.30 0.90

100 1639 136.76 0.76 3777 137.93 1.46

Notes on the technical data T = torque in Nm Q = input flow in L/min QL = mean case leakage in L/min – All torques given apply to run-in motors (see page 4. footnote 7 of complete data sheet.) – For “half displacement” operating mode multiply the torques and Q–values by 0.5. – For maximum case leakage multiply QL by 2

40

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 15 208/10.94 Page 1 of 3 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Hydraulic motor Radial piston, low speed, high torque Model MCR 15 Sizes 1130 to 2150 Series 3X Maximum operating pressure 6500 psi (450 bar) Maximum displacement volume 131 in3 (2150 cm3) Maximum output torque 10096 lb-ft (13688 Nm) – – – – – – – –

compact. sturdy construction smooth running even at very low speeds low noise reversible sealed tapered roller bearing high radial forces permitted on output shaft shaft seal up to 10 bar optional integral holding brake (multi-disc brake) or wheel brake (drum brake) – switchable • freewheeling • half displacement – for open and closed circuits

Function Closed circuit Minimum inlet pressure must be adapted to suit operating conditions; the following must be taken into consideration: Idling pressure. flow resistances. pump operation. Min. flow of the pump must be adapted to suit operating conditions. Open circuit Minimum inlet pressure must be adapted to suit operating conditions; the following must be taken into consideration: Idling pressure. flow resistances. pump operation. The outlet pressure must be at least 2 bar greater than the pressure in the housing. Note: If the motor circuits are in series please consult the manufacturer.

Ordering code

MCR 15

Flange housing Wheel version Sizes/Displacement V Size 1130 = 1130 cm3 Size 1250 = 1250 cm3 Size 1500 = 1500 cm3 Size 1780 = 1780 cm3 Size 2150 = 2150 cm3 1st shaft end with flange 280 without 2nd shaft end Series Series 30 to 39 (30 to 39. externally interchangeable)

Pumps and Motors

Z – 3X

M

Further details in clear text

* no code = /S =

=F 11 = 42 =

= 1130 = 1250 = 1500 = 1780 = 2150

no code = 2R = 2L =

= F 280 =Z

M= = 3X AO = B11 =

41

Studs without studs with studs for wheel mounting

Ports BSP thread to ISO 228/1 UNF-SAE threads not switchable. anti-clockwise rotation preferred

switchable. clockw. rotation preferred switchable. anti-clw. rotation preferred Seals NBR seals. suitable for mineral oil to DIN 51 524 (HL. HLP) Brake mounting without brake hydraulic holding brake (spring pressure disc brake) Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 15 208/10.94 Page 2 of 3 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data (For applications outside these parameters please consult us) Type Model Type code Type of mounting Type of connection Mounting position Shaft load Direction of rotation Frame size Nominal size Displacement Displacement flow at n = 100 rev/min/100 bar Output torque 1), 7) – spec. torque (at Δp = 100 bar) – max. torque Output torque 1; 7) – min. speed – max. speed – freewheeling Output power 1) – continuous power Weight – motor – motor with holding brake – motor with wheel brake Hydraulic Nominal pressure Pressure difference, cont. 2), 6), 7) – with mineral oil (HL, HLP) Pressure difference, peak 3), 6), 7) – with mineral oil (HL, HLP) Inlet pressure port “A” or “B” Summated pressure 4; 6) port “A” + “B” Case drain pressure Fluid 5) Fluid temperature range Viscosity range Fluid cleanliness

Brake Holding brake (multi-disc brake) Holding torque Brake release pressure, min – max Wheel brake (drum brake)

V Q

Piston machine Radial piston multi-stroke motor, switchable displacement MCR 15... Flange mounting; face mounting Threaded, flange Optional See pages 6, 7 Right / left - reversible 15 1130 1250 1500 1780 2150 1130 1250 1500 1780 2150 114 126 151 179 216

cm3 L/min

T T

Nm Nm

1799 8095

n n n

rev/min rev/min rev/min

P

kW

m m m

kg kg kg

93 120 135

p Δp

bar

250

bar

250

2388 9552

2833 11332

3422 13688

5 to 10 when running smooth, depending on application 150 150 150 125 125 300 55

55

55

60

60

Δp p p p

bar bar bar bar

450 470 470

ϑ ν

°C mm2/s

T p

Nm bar

400 420 420

10 Mineral oil (HL, HLP) to DIN 51 524 – 20 to +80 10 to 2000 Max. permissible degree of contamination of the fluid to NAS 1638 class 9. We therefore recommend a filter with a minimum retention rate of ß10 ≥ 75.

11 000 Min. 15 max. 30 See table page 8

1

5

2

6

) The data given apply after 100 hours running-in time ) Continuous operation 3 ) Peak values may occur for a maximum duration of one second within an operating minute. 4 ) In the return line we recommend pmin = 15 bar Pumps and Motors

1990 8955

) Environmentally friendly fluids HETG. HEPG. HEE to RE 90 221 ) For connection in series. consult the technical sales department. 7 ) Warning! During the running-in time of the motor (min. 20 hours) motors should not be run unloaded at greater than 50% of maximum speed. 42

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 15 208/10.94 Page 3 of 3 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data (Mean values, measured at ν = 46 mm2/s and ϑ = 45 °C) Nominal Size Speed n in rev/min T Nm 100 Q L/min L/min QL T Nm 200 Q L/min L/min QL T Nm 300 Q L/min L/min QL T Nm 400 Q L/min L/min QL T Nm 450 Q L/min L/min QL Nominal Size Speed n in rev/min T Nm 100 Q L/min L/min QL T Nm 200 Q L/min L/min QL T Nm 300 Q L/min L/min QL T Nm 400 Q L/min L/min QL T Nm 450 Q L/min QL L/min Nominal Size Speed n in rev/min T Nm 100 Q L/min QL L/min T Nm 200 Q L/min L/min QL T Nm 300 Q L/min L/min QL T Nm 400 Q L/min L/min QL T Nm 450 Q L/min L/min QL Pumps and Motors

0 1133 0.72 0.20 2447 2.18 0.40 3670 4.04 0.50 4892 5.84 1.00 5503 6.90 1.10 0 1253 0.74 0.20 2707 2.18 0.40 4060 4.04 0.50 5411 5.82 1.00 6088 6.90 1.10 0 1504 0.40 0.20 3248 0.80 0.40 4872 1.00 0.50 6494 2.00 1.00 7305 2.20 1.10

1130 25 1529 28.95 0.20 3166 29.59 0.40 4749 30.10 0.50 6331 31.00 1.00 7122 31.46 1.10 1250 25 1692 31.95 0.20 3503 32.59 0.40 5254 33.10 0.50 7003 34.00 1.00 7878 34.46 1.10 1500 25 2030 37.90 0.20 4203 38.30 0.40 6304 38.50 0.50 8403 39.50 1.00 9454 39.70 1.10

50 1583 57.40 0.30 3238 58.09 0.50 4858 59.02 0.70 6474 59.81 1.00 7284 60.59 1.30

100 1493 114.19 0.50 3166 114.98 0.60 4694 115.52 0.70

150 1397 171.31 0.90 3133 172.16 1.00

0 1558 0.74 0.37 3683 2.18 1.09 5949 4.04 2.02 8160 5.82 2.92

1780 25 2456 45.41 0.41 5049 46.55 1.11 7692 48.00 2.15 10335 49.46 3.21

50 1751 63.40 0.30 3582 64.09 0.50 5373 65.02 0.70 7162 65.81 1.00 8057 66.59 1.30

100 1691 126.19 0.50 3503 126.98 0.60

150 1512 189.31 0.90

0 1882 0.72 0.37 4448 2.18 1.09 7186 4.04 2.02 9855 5.84 2.92

2150 25 2967 54.66 0.41 6098 55.80 1.11 9290 57.25 2.15 12483 58.71 3.21

50 2101 75.60 0.30 4298 76.00 0.50 6448 76.40 0.70 8594 77.40 1.00 9669 77.60 1.30

100 1983 151.00 0.50 4203 151.20 0.60

150 1719 226.80 0.90

50 2420 90.05 0.45 5116 91.22 1.13 7794 93.10 2.28 10425 94.81 3.50

100 2043 179.22 0.53 4833 180.55 1.17

50 2922 108.55 0.45 6180 109.72 1.13 9414 111.60 2.28

100 2467 216.22 0.53

150

Notes on the technical data T = torque in Nm Q = input flow in L/min QL = mean case leakage in L/min – All torques given apply to run-in motors (see page 4. footnote 7 of complete data sheet.) – For “half displacement” operating mode multiply the torques and Q–values by 0.5. – For maximum case leakage multiply QL by 2

43

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 15 209/03.95 Page 1 of 3 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Hydraulic motor Radial piston, low speed, high torque Model MCR 20 Sizes 1750 to 3000 Series 3X Maximum operating pressure 6500 psi (450 bar) Maximum displacement volume 183 in3 (3000 cm3) Maximum output torque 12570 lb-ft (17043 Nm) – compact, sturdy construction – smooth running even at very low speeds

Function

– low noise – reversible

Closed circuit

– sealed tapered roller bearing

Minimum inlet pressure must be adapted to suit operating conditions; the following must be taken into consideration:

– high radial forces permitted on output shaft – shaft seal up to 10 bar

Idling pressure. flow resistances. pump operation.

– optional integral holding brake (multi-disc brake)

Min. flow of the pump must be adapted to suit operating conditions.

– switchable • freewheeling

Open circuit

• half displacement

Minimum inlet pressure must be adapted to suit operating conditions; the following must be taken into consideration:

– for open and closed circuits

Idling pressure. flow resistances. pump operation. The outlet pressure must be at least 2 bar greater than the pressure in the housing. Note: If the motor circuits are in series please consult the manufacturer.

Ordering code

MCR 20 C

Z – 3X

M

*

Further details in clear text

no code = /S =

Sizes/Displacement V Size 1750 = 1750 cm3 Size 2100 = 2100 cm3 Size 2500 = 2500 cm3 Size 3000 = 3000 cm3 1st shaft end with flange 280 without 2nd shaft end Series Series 30 to 39 (30 to 39, externally interchangeable)

Pumps and Motors

= 1750 = 2100 = 2500 = 3000 M=

= F 280 =Z = 3X

44

AO = B19 =

Studs without studs with studs for wheel mounting

11 = 42 =

Ports BSP thread to ISO 228/1 UNF-SAE threads

no code = 2W =

not switchable, switchable displacement

Seals NBR seals, suitable for mineral oil to DIN 51 524 (HL, HLP) Brake mounting without brake hydraulic holding brake (spring pressure disc brake) Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 15 209/03.95 Page 2 of 3 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data (For applications outside these parameters please consult us) Type Model Type code Type of mounting Type of connection Mounting position Shaft load Direction of rotation Frame size Nominal size Displacement Displacement flow at n = 100 rev/min/100 bar Output torque 1), 7) – spec. torque (at Δp = 100 bar) – max. torque Output speed – min. speed – max. continious speed – max. intermitent speed – freewheeling Output power 1) Weight – continuous power – motor – motor with holding brake Hydraulic Nominal pressure Pressure difference, cont. 2), 6), 7) – with mineral oil (HL, HLP) Pressure difference, peak 3), 6), 7) – with mineral oil (HL, HLP) Inlet pressure port “A” or “B” Summated pressure 4; 6) port “A” + “B” Case drain pressure Fluid 5) Fluid temperature range Viscosity range Fluid cleanliness

Brake Holding brake (multi-disc brake) Holding torque Brake release pressure, min – max

V Q T T n n n n

Piston machine Radial piston multi-stroke motor, switchable displacement MCR 20... Flange mounting; face mounting Threaded, flange Optional See page 6 Right / left - reversible 20 1750 2100 2500 3000 1750 2100 2500 3000 cm3 L/min 176 211 252 302 Nm Nm

2785 11 531

3979 14 244

4775 17 093

rev/min 5 to 10 when running smoothly, depending on application rev/min 125 125 115 115 rev/min 160 160 115 115 rev/min 500

P m m

kW 70 kg 110 kg 140

p Δp

bar 250

70

85

85

bar 250 Δp p p p ϑ ν

T p

bar 450 400 bar 470 420 bar 470 420 bar 10 Mineral oil (HL, HLP) to DIN 51 524 °C – 20 to +80 mm2/s 10 to 2000 Max. permissible degree of contamination of the fluid to NAS 1638 class 9. We therefore recommend a filter with a minimum retention rate of ß10 ≥ 75.

Nm 19 000 bar Min. 15

1

6

2

7

) The data given apply after 100 hours running-in time ) Continuous operation 3 ) Peak values may occur for a maximum duration of one second within an operating minute. 4 ) In the return line we recommend pmin = 15 bar 5 ) Environmentally friendly fluids HETG, HEPG, HEE to RE 90 221 Pumps and Motors

3342 13 762

Max. 30

) For connection in series, consult the technical sales department. ) Warning! During the running-in time of the motor (min. 20 hours) motors should not be run unloaded at greater than 50% of maximum speed.

45

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 15 209/03.95 Page 3 of 3 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data (Mean values, measured at ν = 46 mm2/s and ϑ = 45 °C) Pressure Differential

25

2423 45.4 0.8 5013 46.2 1.2 7520 47.2 1.7 10028 48.2 2.2 11281 48.6 2.4 25

Δp bar 100

200

300

400

450 Speed

100

200

300

400

450 Speed

100

200

300

400

T Q QL T Q QL T Q QL T Q QL T Q QL n

Nm L/min L/min Nm L/min L/min Nm L/min L/min Nm L/min L/min Nm L/min L/min rpm

1950 1.6 0.8 3899 2.4 1.2 5850 3.4 1.7 7799 4.4 2.2 8774 4.8 2.4 0

T Q QL Q QL T Q QL T Q QL T Q QL n

Nm L/min L/min T L/min L/min Nm L/min L/min Nm L/min L/min Nm L/min L/min rpm

2335 1.6 0.8 Nm 2.4 1.2 7006 3.4 1.7 9341 4.4 2.2 10508 4.8 2.4 0

T Q QL T Q QL T Q QL T Q QL

Nm L/min L/min Nm L/min L/min Nm L/min L/min Nm L/min L/min

2188 1.6 0.8 5173 2.4 1.2 8356 3.4 1.7 11459 4.4 2.2

Pumps and Motors

Speed in RPM 50 100 MCR20. 1750

0

2507 2206 89.3 176.8 0.9 0.9 5124 5013 90.3 178.0 1.4 1.5 7688 91.3 1.9 10251 92.1 2.3 11531 92.6 2.6 50 100 MCR20. 2100 2902 3002 2570 54.1 106.8 211.8 0.8 0.9 0.9 4670 6005 6138 54.9 107.8 213 1.2 1.4 1.5 9007 9207 55.9 108.8 1.7 1.9 12010 12276 56.9 109.6 2.2 2.3 13510 57.3 2.4 25 50 100 MCR20. 2500 3263 3342 2706 64.1 126.8 251.8 0.8 0.9 0.9 6844 7003 6605 64.9 127.8 253 1.2 1.4 1.5 10504 10743 65.9 128.8 1.7 1.9 14165 14244 66.9 129.6 2.2 2.3 46

Speed in RPM 50 100 MCR20. 3000

125

0

25

2111 221.0 1.1

2626 1.6 0.8 6207 2.4 1.2 10027 3.4 1.7 13751 4.4 2.2

3915 76.6 0.8 8212 77.4 1.2 126052 78.4 1.7 16998 79.4 2.2

4011 151.8 0.9 8403 152.8 1.4 12891 153.8 1.9

3247 301.8 0.9

115 2435 347.0 1.0

125 2390 269.7 1.1 6005

Notes on the technical data T = torque in Nm Q = input flow in L/min QL = mean case leakage in L/min – All torques given apply to run-in motors (see page 4. footnote 7 of complete data sheet.) – For “half displacement” operating mode multiply the torques and Q–values by 0.5. – For maximum case leakage multiply QL by 2

115 2594 289.5 1.0

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 91 001/11.04 Page 1 of 5 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Fixed displacement motor for open and closed circuits, Axial piston, bent axis design Model AA2FM (A2FM) Sizes 5, Series 6 Nominal pressure 315 bar (4600 PSI) Maximum pressure 350 bar (5100 PSI) Size 10 to 200, Series 6 Nominal pressure 400 bar (5800 PSI) Maximum pressure 450 bar (6500 PSI) Size 250 to 1000, Series 6 Nominal pressure 350 bar (5100 PSI) Maximum pressure 400 bar (5800 PSI) – Fixed displacement motor AA2FM of axial piston, bent axis design, suitable for hydrostatic drives in open and closed circuits – Use in mobile and industrial applications – The output speed depends on the flow capacity of the pump and the displacement of the motor – The torque increases with the pressure differential between the high and low pressure side and with increasing displacement – Careful selection of the displacements offered, permit sizes to be matched to practically every application – High power density – Compact design – High overall efficiency – Excellent starting torque efficiency – Economical conception – One piece pistons with piston rings

Pumps and Motors

47

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 91 001/11.04 Page 2 of 5 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Ordering code

Pressure fluid Mineral oil, HFD for sizes 250-1000 only in combination with long-life bearing “L“ (no code) HFB-, HFC pressure fluid Sizes 10...200 (no code) Sizes 250...1000 (only in combination with long-life bearing “L“) Axial piston unita 10...180 200 250 355...1000 l l Bent axis design, Version SAE — — fixed displacement l l — Version ISO — 10...200 l —

Drive shaft bearing Mechanical bearing (no code) Long-life bearing Mode of operation Motor (plug-in motor A2FE see RE 91008) Size Size ≈ displacement Vg cm3/rev.

Size in3/rev. Size in3/rev.

90 5.49

10 0.63 107 6.51

250...500 l l

E-

AA2F A2F

710...1000 — l

L M

12 0.73 125 7.63

16 0.98 160 9.79

23 28 32 45 56 63 80 1.40 1.71 1.95 2.78 3.42 3.84 4.91 180 200 250 355 500 710 1000 10.98 12.20 15.25 21.66 30.51 43.33 61.02

Series 6 Index

Direction of rotation Viewed on shaft end Seals FKM (flour-caoutchouc) Shaft end SAE Version SAE Splined shaft (AA2F)

Cylindrical shaft with key DIN 6885 SAE cyl. shaft with key ISO Version

10 l – – – l – –

12 l – – – l – –

16 l – – – l – –

23 l – – – l – –

28 l – – – l – –

32 l – – – l – –

Cylindrical shaft with key DIN 6885

ISO Version (A2F)

10 l – –

12 l – –

16 l – –

23 – l –

28 – l –

32 – l –

ISO 4-bolt ISO 8-bolt

Pumps and Motors

1 3 0

alternating

W V

Splined shaft DIN 5480

Mounting flange SAE Version SAE 2-bolt (AA2F) SAE 4-bolt

sizes 10...180 size 200 sizes 250...1000

48

45 56 l l l – – – – – – l l – – – 200 –

63 80 l – l – l – – l l – – – – – 355 l

l – l

– l –

45 56 – – l l – – 200 l –

63 80 – – l – l – 355 – l

90 107 125 160 180 250 l l l – l l – – – – – – l l l – – – l – – – – – – l l l l – – – – – – – – – – – – l 500 710 1000 l l l – l –

– l –

– l –

90 107 125 160 180 250 – – – – – – l l l l l – l – – – – – 500 710 1000 – – – l l l

S T U Q B P K Z A P B C D DN B H

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 91 001/11.04 Page 3 of 5 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

M

/6

W– V

–

6)

Pressure fluid Axial piston unita Drive shaft bearing Mode of operation Size Series Index Direction of rotation Seals Shaft end Mounting flange Service line connections AA2F 1) SAE ports A and B, rear SAE ports A and B at side, opposite side Threaded ports A and B at side, opposite side Threaded ports A and B at side and rear 2) SAE ports A and B bottom Port plate for fitting a counterbalance valve 3) Port plate with integrated pressure relief valves 3) A2F 3) SAE ports A and B rear SAE ports A and B, bottom

51 0 52 0 7

10 – – –

12 – – –

16 – – –

23 l l –

28 l l –

32 l l –

45 l l l

56 l l l

63 l l l

80 l l l

90 107 125 160 180 250 l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l

510 520 527

53 0

l

l

l

l

l

l

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

530

54 0

–

–

–

l

l

l

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

540

60 0

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

l

l

–

–

–

600

18 1

–

–

–

–

l

l

l

l

l

l

l

l

l

l

l

–

181

19 1 2

– –

– –

– –

– –

l l

l l

l l l l 200 l – –

l l l l 355 l l l

l l

l l 500 l l –

l l

l l 710 l ¢ –

l – l – 1000 l ¢ –

191 192

01 0 7 10 0

Valves without valves with pressure relief valves (without pressure sequence range) with pressure relief valves (with pressure sequence range) with flushing and boost pressure valve Speed measurement 10...16 l without speed measurement (no code) prepared for speed measurement with ID sensor 4) — prepared for speed measurement with HDD sensor 4) — Special design Standard design (no code) Special design for slew drive applications (standard for port plate 19) 1) 2)

l

= available

¢

= in preparation

–

= not available

3) 4)

Pumps and Motors

5) 6)

0 1 2 7 23...180 l l l

200 l – l

250 l – – 5)

355...1000 l – ¢

sizes 23...180

010 017 100

D F

J

Threads of fixing screws and service lines are SAE (UN/UNF) Threaded ports at side are plugged with locking screw Threads of fixing screws are metric Complete order recommended (AA2FM inc. speed sensor) See RE 91001 (ISO-Version) No code = standard version, S = special version (sizes 5...200), SO = special version (sizes 250...1000), K = combination with mounting part or mounting pump (sizes 5...200)

49

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 91 001/11.04 Page 4 of 5 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical Data Operational pressure range – Maximum pressure on port A or B (pressure data according to DIN 24312) AA2F Sizes Shaft end: S S Q Q T U B P K A2F Sizes Shaft end: Z A P B B C

10

12

16

23

5

28

32

200

45

56

355

63

80

90 107 125 160 180

500

710

250

1000

Nominal pressure 400 bar (5800 psi) 350 bar (5100 psi) 300 bar (4350 psi) 280 bar (4000 psi) 400 bar (5800 psi) 400 bar (5800 psi) 350 bar (5100 psi) 350 bar (5100 psi) 350 bar (5100 psi) Nominal pressure 350 bar (5100 psi) 400 bar (5800 psi) 350 bar (5100 psi) 350 bar (5100 psi) 210 bar (3000 psi) 315 bar (4600 psi)

Peak pressure 450 bar (6500 psi) 400 bar (5800 psi) 350 bar (5100 psi) 315 bar (4600 psi) 450 bar (6500 psi) 450 bar (6500 psi) 400 bar (5800 psi) 400 bar (5800 psi) 400 bar (5800 psi) Peak pressure 400 bar (5800 psi) 450 bar (6500 psi) 400 bar (5800 psi) 400 bar (5800 psi) 250 bar (3600 psi) 350 bar (5100 psi)

With pulsating loads over pN = 315 bar (4600 psi) (pmax = 350 [5100 psi]); we recommend the use of a splined shaft (AA2FM 10...250: S, T or U / A2FM 200: A / A2FM 355...1000: Z) The sum of the pressure at ports A and B may not exceed 700 bar (10000 psi) (A2F5: 630 bar (9000 psi)) Attention: shaft end with drives of radial force loads at the drive shaft (pinion, V-belt drives) necessitate reduction of the nominal pressure to pN = 315 bar (4600 psi)! Sizes 250...1000 please contact us.x

Permissible radial and axial loading on the drive shaft – These are maximum values and do not apply to continous operation. Size 1)

Radial force, max. at distance a (from shaft collar)

Axial force, max. 3)

– Fax +

Fq

Fq max

a

a +Fax max –Fax max

Permissible axial force/bar (psi)±Fax per./ operating pressure bar (psi)

N (lbf) mm (in) N (lbf) N (lbf) N/bar (lbf/psi)

Size

5 10 12 710 2100 2500 (160) (472) (562) 12 16 16 (0.47) (0.63) (0.63) 180 320 320 (40) (72) (72) 180 320 320 (40) (72) (72) 1.5 3.0 3.0 (0.023) (0.05) (0.05)

16 23 28 32 45 56 63 80 3250 3850 4800 5400 7250 8150 9150 10250 (730) (865) (1079) (1214) (1630) (1832) (2057) (2304)2) 16 16 16 16 18 18 18 20 (0.63) (0.63) (0.63) (0.63) (0.71) (0.71) (0.71) (0.79) 320 500 500 500 630 800 800 1000 (72) (112) (112) (112) (142) (180) (180) (225) 320 500 500 500 630 800 800 1000 (72) (112) (112) (112) (142) (180) (180) (225) 3.0 5.2 5.2 5.2 7.0 8.7 8.7 10.6 (0.05) (0.08) (0.08) (0.08) (0.11) (0.13) (0.13) (0.16)

107 125 160 180 200 250 355 500 710 1000 12100 14100 16300 18300 22900 12004) 15004) 19004) 30004) 26004) (2720) (3170) (3664) (4114) (5148) (270) (337) (427) (674) (584) 20 20 25 25 25 41 52.5 52.5 67.5 67.5 (0.79) (0.79) (0.98) (0.98) (0.98) (1.61) (2.07) (2.07) (2.66) (2.66) 1250 1250 1600 1600 1600 2000 2500 3000 4400 4400 (281) (281) (360) (360) (360) (450) (562) (674) (989) (989) 1250 1250 1600 1600 1600 2000 2500 3000 4400 4400 (281) (281) (360) (360) (360) (450) (562) (674) (989) (989) 12.9 12.9 16.7 16.7 16.7 5) 5) 5) 5) 5) (0.20) (0.20) (0.26) (0.26) (0.26) 1) When considering the permissible axial force, the force-transfer during intermittent operation (sizes 5...200) 2) direction must be taken into account. value for Q-shaft: Fq max = 9000 N (2023 lb-ft) 3) max. permissible axial force when stopped or when axial piston unit – Fax max = increase in sevice life of bearings working in pressureless conditions. + Fax max = reduction in service life of bearings (avoid if at all possible) 4) when stopped or when axial piston unit working in pressureless conditions. Higher forces are permitted when under pressure, please contact us. 5) please contact us N Fq max Radial force, max. Fq (lbf) at distance a mm a (from shaft collar) a (in) N +F – ax max (lbf) F ax 3) Axial force, max. + N –Fax max (lbf) Permissible axial force/bar (psi) ±Fax per./bar N/bar operating pressure (psi) (lbf/psi) 1)

Pumps and Motors

90 11450 (2574)2) 20 (0.79) 1000 (225) 1000 (225) 10.6 (0.16)

50

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 91 001/11.04 Page 5 of 5 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical Data Table of values (theoretical values, ignoring ηmh and ηvi; values rounded) Size Diplacement Speed max.

Vg

Flow max.

nmax nmax intermit.1) qV max

Torque constants

TK

Torque at

Δp = 5100 psi Δp = 350 bar Δp = 5800 psi Δp = 400 bar Rotary stiffness

T T T T

Mass moment of inertia around output shaft Filling capacity

J

Mass (approx.)

m

Size Displacement

Vg

in3 cm3 rpm rpm gpm L/min lb-ft/psi Nm/bar lb-ft Nm lb-ft Nm lb-ft/° Nm/° lbs-ft2 kgm2 gal L lbs kg

5 0.30 4.93 10000 11000 13 49 0.004 0.076 18 2) 24.7 2) – – 40 54 0.0019 0.00008

5.5 2.5

10 0.63 10.3 8000 8800 21.8 82 0.0084 0.164 42 57 48 65 89 120 0.0095 0.0004 0.045 0.17 12 5.4

12 0.73 12.0 8000 8800 25.3 96 0.0097 0.19 49 67 56 76 89 120 0.0095 0.0004 0.045 0.17 12 5.4

16 0.98 16.0 8000 8800 33.9 128 0.013 0.25 66 88 75 100 89 120 0.0095 0.0004 0.045 0.17 12 5.4

23 1.40 22.9 6300 6900 38.2 144 0.019 0.36 94 126 107 144 170 230 0.0285 0.0012 0.053 0.20 21 9.5

28 1.71 28.1 6300 6900 46.6 176 0.023 0.445 115 156 131 178 170 230 0.0285 0.0012 0.053 0.20 21 9.5

32 1.95 32.0 6300 6900 52.2 201 0.026 0.509 132 178 150 204 170 230 0.0285 0.0012 0.053 0.20 21 9.5

45 2.78 45.6 5600 6200 67.4 255 0.037 0.725 188 254 213 290 243 330 0.0569 0.0024 0.087 0.33 30 13.5

56 3.42 56.1 5000 5500 74.0 280 0.045 0.89 231 312 263 356 325 440 0.0997 0.0042 0.119 0.45 40 18

63 3.84 63.0 5000 5500 83.1 315 0.051 1.0 259 350 295 400 325 440 0.0997 0.0042 0.119 0.45 40 18

80 4.91 80.4 4500 5000 95.6 360 0.065 1.27 332 445 377 508 494 670 0.1708 0.0072 0.145 0.55 51 23

90 107 125 160 180 200 250 355 500 710 1000 in3 5.49 6.51 7.63 9.79 10.98 12.20 15.25 21.66 30.51 43.33 61.02 cm3 90 106.7 125 160.4 180 200 250 355 500 710 1000 Speed max. rpm 4500 4000 4000 3600 3600 2750 2700 2240 2000 1600 1600 nmax 5000 4400 4400 4000 4000 3000 – – – – – nmax intermit.1) rpm Flow max. gpm 106.9 112.7 132.1 152.5 171.1 145.2 178 210 264 300 422 qV max L/min 405 427 500 577 648 550 675 795 1000 1136 1600 lb-ft/psi 0.073 0.086 0.101 0.130 0.146 0.162 0.202 0.287 0.405 0.575 0.809 Torque constants TK Nm/bar 1,43 1,70 1,99 2,54 2,86 3,18 3,98 5,65 7,96 11,3 15,9 lb-ft 371 440 516 662 742 825 1030 1465 2063 2930 4127 Torque at Δp = 5100 psi T Nm 501 595 697 889 1001 1114 1393 1978 2785 3955 5570 Δp = 350 bar T lb-ft 422 500 587 753 844 938 – – – – – Δp = 5800 psi T Nm 572 680 796 1016 1144 1272 – – – – – Δp = 400 bar T Rotary stiffness lb-ft/° 494 649 649 996 996 2146 2753 3756 6069 13832 13832 Nm/° 670 880 880 1350 1350 2910 3733 5092 8228 18753 18753 lbs-ft2 Mass moment of inertia J 0.1708 0.2753 0.2753 0.5221 0.5221 0.8970 1.4475 2.4205 4.2240 13.052 13.052 around output shaft kgm2 0.0072 0.0116 0.0116 0.0220 0.0220 0.0378 0.061 0.102 0.178 0.55 0.55 Filling capacity gal 0.145 0.211 0.211 0.291 0.291 0.713 0.660 0.925 1.110 2.113 2.113 L 0.55 0.8 0.8 1.1 1.1 2.7 2.5 3.5 4.2 8 8 Mass (approx.) lbs 51 71 71 99 99 145 161 242 342 715 741 m kg 23 32 32 45 45 66 73 110 155 325 336 1) intermittent maximum speed: overspeed at discharge and over-running travel operations, t < 5 sec. and Δp < 150 bar (2200 psi) 2) Δp = 315 bar (4600 psi) Pumps and Motors

51

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 91 172/10.03 Page 1 of 4 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Fixed displacement motor for open and closed circuits, Axial piston, swashplate design Model A10FM, Standard version Model A10FE, Plug-in version Size 10...63 Series 5 Nominal pressure 4060 psi (280 bar) Peak pressure 5100 psi (350 bar) – Output speed proportional to inlet flow – Output torque increases with the pressure gradient between high and low-pressure sides – For mobile and industrial use – Long service life – High permissible output speeds – Well proven A10-rotary group – High power to weight ratio- compact size – Low noise levels – Mechanical and hydraulic connections acc. to SAE standards – Optional speed pickup – Integrated anti cavitation valve optional, i.e. fan drives – Plug-in version for space saving installation

Model A10FM, size 23 to 63

A10FE, size 10 to 45 (2-hole flange)

Pumps and Motors

52

A10FE, size 11 to 18 (8-hole flange)

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 91 172/10.03 Page 2 of 4 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Ordering code A10F M Hydraulic fluid Mineral oil (without prefix) Axial piston motor Swashplate design fixed displacement, nominal pressure 4060psi (280 bar) peak pressure 5000 psi (350 bar) Operating mode Motor Size Displacement Vg in cm3 18 23 in3/rev 1.10 1.43 cm3/rev 18 23.5 ❍ ● Series

/

5

2

–

V

C

A10F

M 28 37 45 58 1.73 2.23 2.71 3.53 28.5 36.7 44.5 58 ● ● ● ●

63 3.84 63.1 ● 5

Index 2 Direction of rotation (Looking at shaft end) changing right 1) left 1)

W R L

with valve option “2“ only with valve option “2“ only Seals FPM fluororubber Shaft end 18 23 28 37 45 58 ❍ SAE splined shaft with runout ● ● ● ● ● ❍ ❍ SAE splined shaft with runout ● ● ● — ❍ ❍ ● ● ● ● Tapered with woodruff key Mounting flange ❍ SAE 2-hole ● ● ● ● ● Ports for service lines 18 23 28 37 Ports A/B on side - same side; SAE flange, UNC threaded bolt holes — ● ● ● ❍ ● Threaded ports A/B on side - same side; UNF thread ● ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ● Ports A/B at rear - SAE flange, UNC threaded bolt holes ❍ ● ● ● SAE threaded ports at rear - UNF thread Valves 18 23 28 37 ❍ ● ● ● Without valves ● ● — ● Integrated flushing valve ❍ ● ● ● Integrated anti-cavitation valve Speed pickup ❍ ● Without speed pickup (no code) ● ● ❍ ● ● ● Prepared for speed pickup (for inductive sensor ID) 1 ) Integrated anti-cav valve requires selection of R- or L hand rotation 2 ● = available ) with port for service lines option “60N00“ and “66N00“ Pumps and Motors

53

V 63 ● ●

R W C

❍

● 45 ● ● ● ● 45 ● ● ● ● ●

C 58 ● ●

63 ● ●

❍

❍

❍

❍

58 ● ● ●

63 ● ● ●

● ●

● ●

60N00 66N00 61N00 64N00

❍ = in preparation

0 7 2) 2 1,2)

D – = not available Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 91 172/10.03 Page 3 of 4 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Ordering code A10F M Hydraulic fluid Mineral oil (without prefix) Axial piston motor Swashplate design fixed displacement, nomiA10F nal pressure 4060psi (280 bar) peak pressure 5000 psi (350 bar) Operating mode Motor E Size Displacement Vg in cm3 10 11 14 16 18 23 28 37 45 0.65 0.70 0.86 0.98 1.10 1.43 1.73 2.24 2.71 in3/rev 10.6 11.5 14.1 16.1 18.0 23.5 28.5 36.7 44.5 cm3/rev ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Series

E

/

5

2

–

V

58 63 3.53 3.84 58.0 63.1 ❍

❍

5 Index 2 Direction of rotation (Looking at shaft end) changing W with valve option “2“ only right 1) R with valve option “2“ only left 1) L Seals FPM fluororubber V Shaft end 10 11 14 16 18 23 28 37 45 58 63 ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ SAE splined shaft with runout R ● ● ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ SAE splined shaft with runout W — — — — — ❍ ❍ Tapered with woodruff key ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● C Mounting flange SAE 2-hole C ● ● ● ● ● — — — — — — ❍ ❍ ● ● ● Special 2-hole flange F — — — — — ● ● ● ● Special 8-hole flange H — ● — — — — — — Ports for service lines 10 11 14 16 18 23 28 37 45 58 63 Ports A/B on side - same side; SAE flange, UNC threaded bolt holes — — — — — ● ● ● ● ❍ ❍ 60N00 ● ❍ ● ● ● ❍ ❍ ● ● ❍ ❍ 66N00 Threaded ports A/B on side - same side; UNF thread — — — — — ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ 61N00 Ports A/B at rear - SAE flange, UNC threaded bolt holes — — — — — ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ 64N00 SAE threaded ports at rear - UNF thread Valves 10 11 14 16 18 23 28 37 45 58 63 ❍● ❍● ● ● ● ● ● ❍ ❍ Without valves 0 — — — — — ❍ ❍● ● ❍ ❍ Integrated flushing valve 7 2) ● ❍● ● ● ● ● ❍● ❍ ❍ Integrated anti-cavitation valve 2 1,2) Speed pickup Without speed pickup (no code) ❍● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ❍ ❍ — — — — — ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ Prepared for speed pickup (for inductive sensor ID) D 1 ) Integrated anti-cav valve requires selection of R- or L hand rotation 2 ) with port for service lines option “60N00“ and “66N00“ ❍ = in preparation – = not available ● = available

Pumps and Motors

54

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 91 172/10.03 Page 4 of 4 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data Table of values (theoretical values, without considering ηmh and ηv: values rounded) Size

10

Motor displacement

Vg max

Max. speed 1)

nmax

rpm

qv max

Max. inlet flow

at nmax

Max. power

at nmax

Δp = 4060 psi (280 bar)

Max. torque

at Vg max

Δp = 4060 psi (280 bar)

Mass moment of inertia (about the output shaft)

11

14

16

18

in3 (cm3) 0.65 (10.6) 0.70 (11.5) 0.86 (14.1) 0.98 (16.1) gpm (L/min)

5000

4200

4200

1.10 (18)

4200

4200

14 (53)

12.7 (48)

15.6 (59)

17.9 (68)

20.1 (76)

Pmax

HP (kW)

33 (24.7)

30 (22.5)

37 (27.6)

42 (31.6)

47 (35.3)

Tmax

lb-ft (Nm)

34.6 (47)

37.6 (51)

46.5 (63)

53.1 (72)

59 (80)

0.014

0.022

0.022

0.022

0.022

(0.0006)

(0.00093)

(0.00093)

(0.00093)

(0.00093)

lb-ft2

J

(kgm2) Filling volume. approx.

gal. (L) 0.026(0.1) 0.039(0.15) 0.039(0.15) 0.039(0.15) 0.039(0.15)

Weight. approx.

m

lbs (kg)

Fq max

Actual starting torque at n = 0 min–1 Δp = 4060 psi (280 bar)

T

14.3 (6.5)

14.3 (6.5)

14.3 (6.5)

14.3 (6.5)

lbf (N) 900 (400) 1570 (700) 1570 (700) 1570 (700) 1570 (700)

Permissible load on output shaft. max. perm. axial force Fax max Max. perm. radial force

11 (5)

lbf (N) 560 (250)

790 (350)

790 (350)

790 (350)

790 (350)

lb-ft (Nm) 27.6 (37.5)

22.1 (30)

33.2 (45)

39.1 (53)

49.8 (67.5)

Table of values (theoretical values, without considering ηmh and ηv: values rounded) Size

23

Motor displacement

Vg max

Max. speed 1)

nmax

rpm

4900

qv max gpm (L/min) 30.4(115)

Max. inlet flow at nmax

Δp = 4060 psi (280 bar) Pmax

Max. power

at nmax

Max. torque

at Vg max Δp = 4060 psi (280 bar) Tmax

Mass moment of inertia (about the output shaft)

Fax max

Max. perm. radial force

Fq max

Actual starting torque at n = 0 min–1 Δp = 4060 psi (280 bar)

T

58

63

3.53(58)

3.84(63.1)

4700

4200

4000

3600

3400

55.2(209)

56.8(215)

40.7(154)

47(178)

83(62.5)

95(71.8)

111(83.1)

130(97.4) 133(100.1)

lb-ft (Nm) 77.4(105)

93.7(127)

120(163)

146(198)

190(258)

207(281)

0.04

0.078

0.078

0.133

0.133

(0.0033)

(0.0033)

lb-ft2

Filling volume. approx. m

45

35.4(134)

2

Permissible load on output shaft. max. perm. axial force

37

71(53.6)

HP (kW)

J

Weight. approx.

28

in3 (cm3) 1.43(23.5) 1.73(28.5) 2.24(36.7) 2.71(44.5)

0.04

(kgm )

(0.0017)

(0.0017)

gal. (L)

0.16(0.6)

0.16(0.6)

lbs (kg)

26.5(12)

26.5(12)

0.185(0.7) 0.185(0.7) 37.5(17)

37.5(17)

(0.0056)

(0.0056)

0.21(0.8)

0.21(0.8)

48.5(22)

48.5(22)

lbf (N) 2250(1000) 2250(1000) 3370(1500) 3370(1500) 4500(2000) 4500(2000) lbf (N) 2700(1200) 2700(1200) 3370(1500) 3370(1500) 3820(1700) 3820(1700) lb-ft (Nm)

55.3(75)

77.4(105)

92.2(125)

125(170)

151(205)

169(230)

1

) Maximum speed depending on outlet pressure

Motor speed n/nmax

1.00

Applied force with shaft R and W

Applied force with shaft C

0.95

Fq

0.90

± Fax

± Fax

0.85

X/2

X/2

0.80 0

29 (2)

58 87 116 145 174 203 232 261 (4) (6) (8) (10) (12) (14) (16) (18) Outlet pressure PND in PSI (bar)

Pumps and Motors

X

55

Fq

X/2

X/2 X

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 91 401/07.05 Page 1 of 4 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Fixed displacement pump for open circuits, Axial piston, bent axis design Model AA2FO (A2FO) Sizes 5 10...200 250...1000 Series 6

Nominal pressure/Peak pressure 4600/5100 psi (315/350 bar) 5800/6500 psi (400/450 bar) 5100/5800 psi (350/400 bar)

– Fixed displacement pump AA2FO of axial piston, bent axis design, suitable for hydrostatic drives in open circuits – Use in mobile and industrial applications – Output flow is proportional to drive speed and displacement – The drive shaft bearings are designed to give the service life expected in these areas of operation – High power density – Compact design – High overall efficiency – Cost effective concept – One piece pistons with piston rings

Ordering code for size 5

Additional instructions in text form Seals The fixed pump A2F5 is equipped with Buna-N (NBR) seals in standard design. In case of need FKM- (fluor-caoutchouc) seals please indicate when ordering in clear text: "with FKM-seals"

A2F

5

01

02

/

60 03

– 04

7 05

Axial piston unit 01 Bent axis design, fixed displacement Size Size 02 ≈ Displacement Vg

in3/rev. cm3/rev.

A2F 5 0.30 4.93

Series 03

04

Pumps and Motors

06

60 Direction of rotation Viewed on shaft end

clockwise counter-clockwise

R L

Shaft end Parallel keyed shaft DIN 6885 05 Tapered shaft with threaded end and woodruff key per DIN 6888

B C

Service line ports 06 Threaded ports A und B at side, metric

7

56

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 91 401/07.05 Page 2 of 4 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Ordering code

O 01

02

03

/

04

6

05

06

– 07

V

08

09

10

11

12

Hydraulic fluid Mineral oil, HFD for sizes 250...1000 only in combination with long-life bearing “L“ (no code) 01 HFB-, HFC hydraulic fluid

Sizes 10...200 (no code) Sizes 250...1000 (only in combination with long-life bearing “L“)

Axial piston unit 02

03

10...180 Version SAE

Bent axis design, fixed displacement

Version ISO

200 –

250 –

–

Drive shaft bearing Mechanical bearing (no code)

10...200

Long-life bearing

355...1000 –

E-

AA2F A2F

250...500

710...1000 – L

–

Mode of operation 04 Pump, open circuits

O

Size Size ≈ displacement Vg (cm3) Size 3

in /rev.

05

12

16

23

28

32

45

56

63

80

0.63

0.73

0.98

1.40

1.71

1.95

2.78

3.42

3.84

4.91

90

107

125

160

180

200

250

355

500

710

1000

5.49

6.51

7.63

9.79

10.98

12.20

15.25

21.66

30.51

43.33

61.02

Size in3/rev.

10

Series 06

6 Index

07

08

Direction of rotation Viewed on shaft end

Seals 09 FKM (flour-caoutchouc)

Pumps and Motors

sizes 10...180

1

size 200

3

sizes 250...1000

0

clockwise

R

counter-clockwise

L

V

57

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 91 401/07.05 Page 3 of 4 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Ordering code

O 01

02

03

Shaft end SAE Version (AA2F)

10

04

/

6

05

SAE Splined shaft

–

06

07

08

09

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Parallel keyed shaft DIN 6885

–

–

–

–

–

–

SAE parallel keyed shaft

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Splined shaft DIN 5480

12

–

–

–

– –

–

–

–

T

–

–

U

–

–

–

Q

–

B

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

P K

355

500

710

1000

–

–

–

–

A

–

–

–

–

B

Z

–

P

–

4-bolt – SAE

–

–

–

–

–

–

– –

–

–

–

–

200

SAE flange ports A and B, at side and SAE flange port S, rear

–

C D

–

–

–

–

–

–

355

500

710

1000

–

–

–

–

4-bolt – ISO 8-bolt – ISO

S

–

10 12 16 23 28 32 45 56 63 80 90 107 125 160 180 250 – – – – – – – – – – – – –

Service line ports AA2F 1)

DN B H

–

10 12 16 23 28 32 45 56 63 80 90 107 125 160 180 250 –

–

55

–

Threaded ports A and B, at side and SAE flange port S, rear 12

11

2-bolt – SAE

11 ISO Version (A2F)

–

–

–

Parallel keyed shaft DIN 6885 Mounting flange SAE Version (AA2F)

10

10 12 16 23 28 32 45 56 63 80 90 107 125 160 180 250 – –

200 ISO Version (A2F)

V

–

A2F 2)

–

–

–

–

200

SAE flange ports A and B, at side and SAE flange port S, rear SAE flange ports A and B, rear and SAE flange port S, rear

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

355

500

710

1000

–

–

–

–

56

05 11

1

) threads of fastening screws and service lines are SAE (UN/UNF) ) threads of fastening screws are metric = available – = not available

2

Pumps and Motors

58

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 91 401/07.05 Page 4 of 4 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data (theoretical values, without considering ηmh and ηv; values rounded) Size

63 3.84 63 2000 3750 33.3 126 99 73.5 113 84 260 350 295 400 0.0997 0.0042 0.119 0.45 40 18

80 4.91 80.4 1800 3350 38.0 144 113 84 129 96 331 445 377 511 0.1708 0.0072 0.145 0.55 51 23

90 107 125 160 180 200 250 355 500 710 in3 5.49 6.51 7.63 9.79 10.98 12.20 15.25 21.66 30.51 43.33 Displacement 90 106.7 125 160.4 180 200 250 355 500 710 cm3 1 Speed max. nmax ) rpm 1800 1600 1600 1450 1450 1550 1500 1320 1200 1200 3350 3000 3000 2650 2650 2750 1800 1600 1500 1500 nmax limit 2) rpm Flow max. qV max gpm 42.8 44.9 52.8 61.2 69.0 81.9 99.1 123.9 158.5 218.2 L/min 162 170 200 232 261 310 375 469 600 826 Power at Δp = 5100 psi Pmax HP 127 134 157 183 205 244 295 368 472 670 Δp = 350 bar Pmax kW 95 100 117 135 152 181 219 273 350 497 Δp = 5800 psi Pmax HP 145 153 179 208 233 277 – – – – Δp = 400 bar Pmax kW 108 114 133 155 174 207 – – – – Torque at Δp = 5100 psi T lb-ft 372 442 517 664 746 828 1036 1470 2070 2940 Δp = 350 bar T Nm 501 594 696 893 1003 1114 1393 1978 2785 3955 Δp = 5800 psi T lb-ft 422 500 586 752 845 938 – – – – Δp = 400 bar T Nm 572 678 795 1020 1145 1272 – – – – lbs-ft2 0.1708 0.2753 0.2753 0.5221 0.5221 0.8970 1.4475 2.4205 4.2240 13.052 Mass moment of inertia J around output shaft kgm2 0.0072 0.0116 0.0116 0.0220 0.0220 0.0378 0.061 0.102 0.178 0.55 Case fill capacity gal 0.145 0.211 0.211 0.291 0.291 0.713 0.660 0.925 1.110 2.113 L 0.55 0.8 0.8 1.1 1.1 2.7 2.5 3.5 4.2 8 Weight (approx.) m lbs 51 71 71 99 99 145 161 242 342 715 kg 23 32 32 45 45 66 73 110 155 325 1 ) The values shown are valid for an absolute pressure (pabs) of 14.5 psi (1 bar) at the suction inlet S and when operated on mineral oil (with a specific mass of 7.36 lbs/gal (0.88 kg/L)). 2 ) By increase of the input pressure (pabs > 14.5 psi / 1 bar) the rotational speeds can be increased to the max. admissible speeds nmax limit (speed limits). 3 ) Δp = 4600 psi (315 bar)

1000 61.02 1000 950 1200 251.0 950 747 554 – – 4141 5570 – – 13.052 0.55 2.113 8 741 336

Diplacement Speed max. Flow max. Power at Δp = 5100 psi Δp = 350 bar Δp = 5800 psi Δp = 400 bar Torque at Δp = 5100 psi Δp = 350 bar Δp = 5800 psi Δp = 400 bar Mass moment of inertia around output shaft Case fill capacity Weight (approx.)

in3 cm3 1 nmax ) rpm nmax limit 2) rpm qV max gpm L/min Pmax HP Pmax kW Pmax HP Pmax kW T lb-ft T Nm T lb-ft T Nm J lbs-ft2 kgm2 gal L m lbs kg Vg

5 0.30 4.93 5600 8000 7.3 27.6 19.53) 14.53) – – 18 3) 24.7 3) – – 0.0019 0.00008

5.5 2.5

10 0.63 10.3 3150 6000 8.6 32.4 25 18.9 30 22 42 57 48 65 0.0095 0.0004 0.045 0.17 12 5.4

12 0.73 12 3150 6000 10.0 37.8 30 22 34 25 50 67 56 76 0.0095 0.0004 0.045 0.17 12 5.4

Size

Vg

Pumps and Motors

59

16 0.98 16 3150 6000 13.2 50 39 29.2 45 34 65 88 75 101 0.0095 0.0004 0.045 0.17 12 5.4

23 1.40 22.9 2500 4750 15.1 57 44 33 51 38 94 126 107 145 0.0285 0.0012 0.053 0.20 21 9.5

28 1.71 28.1 2500 4750 18.5 70 55 41 63 47 116 156 131 178 0.0285 0.0012 0.053 0.20 21 9.5

32 1.95 32 2500 4750 21.1 80 63 47 71 53 132 178 150 203 0.0285 0.0012 0.053 0.20 21 9.5

45 2.78 45.6 2240 4250 27.0 102 80 59.5 91 68 189 254 214 290 0.0569 0.0024 0.087 0.33 30 13.5

56 3.42 56.1 2000 3750 29.6 112 88 65 100 75 232 312 263 356 0.0997 0.0042 0.119 0.45 40 18

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 91 604/02.04 Page 1 of 4 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Variable displacement motor for open and closed circuits, Axial piston, bent axis design Model AA6VM (A6VM) Sizes 28...1000 Series 6 Nominal pressure 5800 psi (400 bar) Peak pressure 6500 psi (450 bar) Sizes 250...1000 Nominal pressure 5100 psi (350 bar) Peak pressure 5800 psi (400 bar) – Variable displacement axial piston motor of bent axis design for hydrostatic transmissions in open and closed circuits – For use in mobile and stationary applications – The wide control range enables the variable displacement motor to satisfy the requirement for high rotational speed and high torque. – The displacement is continuously variable from Vg max to Vg min = 0. – The output speed depends on the flow capacity of the pumps and the displacement of the motor. – The torque increases with the pressure differential between the high and low pressure side and with increasing displacement. – Wide control range with hydrostatic transmissions – Wide selection of regulating and control devices – Cost savings as no need for shiftable gearboxes and possibility to use smaller pumps – Rugged, compact bearing system with long service life – High power density – Favorable start-up efficiency – Low moment of inertia – Large swivel range

Pumps and Motors

60

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 91 604/02.04 Page 4 of 4 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical Data Table of values (theoretical values, ignoring η and η ; values rounded) mh

Size Displacement 1)

3

Vg max Vg 0

Rotational speed max. nmax at Vg max nmax1 at Vg < Vg,1 (while adhering to max. permitted flow) Vg,1

Flow max.

nmax 0 at Vg 0 qV max

Torque max.

Tmax at Vg max 2)

Torsional rigidity Mass moment of inertia J around output shaft Filling capacity Mass (approx.)

m

in cm3 in3 cm3 rpm rpm in3 cm3 rpm gpm L/min lb-ft Nm lb-ft/rad Nm/rad lbs-ft2 kgm2 L lbs kg

28 1.71 28.1 0 0 5550 8750 1.10 18 10450 41 156 132 179 266 360 0.033 0.0014 0.5 35 16

v

55 3.34 54.8 0 0 4450 7000 2.14 35 8350 64 244 257 349 516 700 0.100 0.0042 0.75 57 26

80 4.88 80 0 0 3900 6150 3.11 51 7350 82 312 ??? 509 848 1150 0.190 0.0080 1.2 75 34

107 6.53 107 0 0 3550 5600 4.15 68 6300 100 380 502 681 1151 1560 0.301 0.0127 1.5 104 47

140 8.54 140 0 0 3250 5150 5.37 88 5750 120 455 657 891 1545 2095 0.491 0.0207 1.8 132 60

160 9.76 160 0 0 3100 4900 6.16 101 5500 131 496 752 1019 1711 2320 0.600 0.0253 2.4 141 64

200 12.20 200 0 0 2900 4600 7.69 126 5100 153 580 939 1273 2146 2910 0.838 0.0353 2.7 176 80

250 15.25 250 0 0 2700 3600 11.47 188 3600 178 675 1026 1391 2753 3733 1.448 0.061 3.0 198 90

355 21.66 355 0 0 2240 2950 16.48 270 2950 210 795 1459 1978 3756 5092 2.420 0.102 5.0 375 170

500 30.51 500 0 0 2000 2650 23.00 377 2650 264 1000 2054 2785 6069 8228 4.224 0.178 7.0 463 210

1000 61.02 1000 0 0 1600 2100 46.5 762 2100 423 1600 4109 5571 13832 18753 13.05 0.550 16.0 948 430

) The minimum and maximum displacement are continuously variable, see model codes on page 2. (default setting sizes 250 to 1000 unless specified in order: Vg min = 0.2 • Vg max , Vg max = Vg max). ) sizes 28 to 200: Δp = 5800 psi (400 bar); sizes 250 to 1000: Δp = 5100 psi (350 bar)

1

2

Permitted displacement in relation to rotational speed

230 (16)

Displacement Vg / Vg max

Inlet pressure pabs. min psi (bar)

Minimum inlet pressure on service line port A(B)

200 (14) 175 (12)

Vg max

145 (10) Vg 1

115 (8) 90 (6)

0.3 Vg max

60 (4) 30 (2) 15 (1)

1.0 sizes 28...200

0.8 0.6 0.4

sizes 250...1000

0.2

0 1 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 0.2 n / nmax 0 To prevent damage to the variable displacement motor, there has to be a minimum inlet pressure in the inlet area. The minimum inlet pressure depends on the speed and swivel angle (displacement) of the variable displacement motor. 0

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

1.6 n / nmax

Please contact us if these conditions cannot be satisfied. Pumps and Motors

61

Section 1

Ordering Electric DrivesCode and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Pressure fluid Petroleum oil (no character), HFD for sizes 250-1000 only in combination with long-life bearing “L” HFB, HFC pressure fluid Sizes 28 to 200 (no character) Sizes 250 to 1000 (only in combination with long-life bearing “L”) E Axial piston unit 28 1655 80 107 140 160 200 250 355 500 1000 See Section for applicable Preferred/Spotlight Bent-axis type, variable Version SAE – ● part ● numbers ● – ● ● ● – – – AA6V 1 1 1 1 1 1 and unit price. Version ISO ● ) ) ) ● ) ) ) ● ● ● A6V 28...200 250 355 500 1000 Drive shaft bearing Standard bearing (no character) ● ● ● ● – Long-life bearing – ● ● ● ● L Operation mode Motor (A6VE plug-in motor, see RE 91606) M Size Displacement Vg max in3/rev 1.71 3.34 4.88 6.53 8.54 9.76 12.20 15.25 21.66 30.51 61.02 cm3/rev 28 55 80 107 140 160 200 250 355 500 1000 Control device 28 55 80 107 140 160 200 250 355 500 1000 Hydraulic control, Δp = 145 psi (10 bar) HD1 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● HD1 pilot pressure dependent Δp = 365 psi (25 bar) HD2 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● HD2 Δp = 508 psi (35 bar) HD3 – – – – – – – ● ● ● ● HD3 Hydraulic two-point control HZ – – – – – – – ● ● ● ● HZ HZ1 ● – – – ● ● ● – – – – HZ1 HZ3 – ● ● ● – – – – – – – HZ3 Electrical control, with 12 V EP1 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● EP1 proportional solenoid (sizes 28 to 200) 2) 24 V EP2 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● EP2 Electrical two-point control, 12 V EZ1 ● – – – ● ● ● ● ● ● ● EZ1 with solenoid 24 V EZ2 ● – – – ● ● ● ● ● ● ● EZ2 12 V EZ3 – ● ● ● – – – – – – – EZ3 24 V EZ4 – ● ● ● – – – – – – – EZ4 Automatic control, without pressure rise HA1 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● HA1 high-pressure dependent with pressure rise Δp = 1450 psi (100 bar) HA2 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● HA2 Hydraulic control, speed dependent DA – – – – – – – ● ● ● ❍ DA pSt/pHD = 3/100, hydraulic travel direction valve pSt/pHD = 5/100, hydraulic travel direction valve DA1 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● – – – – DA1 electrical travel direction valve 12 V DA2 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● – – – – DA2 + electrical Vg max switch 24 V DA3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● – – – – DA3 pSt/pHD = 8/100, hydraulic travel direction valve DA4 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● – – – – DA4 electrical travel direction valve 12 V DA5 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● – – – – DA5 + electrical Vg max switch 24 V DA6 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● – – – – DA6 28 55 80 107 140 160 200 250 355 500 1000 Pressure control (for HD, EP only) without pressure control (no character) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Pressure control direct ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● D direct, with 2nd pressure setting ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 3) 3) 3) 3) E remotely controlled – – – – – – – ● ● ● ● G Overriding HA control (for HA1, HA2 only) without override (no character) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Hydraulic override ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● T Electrical override 12 V ● ● ● ● ● ● ● – – – – U1 24 V ● ● ● ● ● ● ● – – – – U2 Electrical override 12 V ● ● ● ● ● ● ● – – – – R1 + electrical travel direction valve 24 V ● ● ● ● ● ● ● – – – – R2 Series Series 6, Index 3 63 Direction of rotation when viewing shaft end, alternating W 28 55 80 107 140 160 200 250 355 500 1000 Setting range for displacement 4) Vg min = 0 to 0.8 Vg max (no character) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● – – – – Vg min = 0 to 0.4 Vg max Vg max = Vg max to 0.8 Vg max – – – – – – – ● ● ● ● 1 Vg min > 0.4 Vg max to 0.8 Vg max Vg max = Vg max to 0.8 Vg max – – – – – – – ● ● ● ● 2 1

3 ) ISO-Version see RE 91604 2) with proportional valve (sizes 250 to 1000) ) supplied as standard with D version (sizes 250 to 1000) ) please specify precise values for Vg min and Vg max in plain text when placing your order: Vg min = ... cm3, Vg max = ... cm3

4

Pumps and Motors

62

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

M

Pneumatics

/ 6 3Service W - V

Pressure fluid Axial piston unit Transmission shaft bearing Operation mode Size Control device

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Series/Index Direction of rotation Setting range for displacement Seals FKM (fluor-caoutchouc) V 28 55 80 107 140 160 200 250 355 500 1000 Shaft end SAE-Version (AA6VM) SAE-splined shaft – ● ● ● – ● ● ● – – – S ISO-Version (A6VM) ● – – – – – – – – – – A Splined shaft DIN 5480 ● – – – ● – – – ● ● ● Z Cylindrical shaft with key DIN 6885 – – – – – – – – ● ● ● P Mounting flange SAE-Version SAE J744 – 2-bolt – – ● – – – – – – – – C (AA6VM) SAE J744 – 4-bolt – ● – ● – ● ● ● – – – D ISO-Version ISO 3019-2 – 4-bolt ● – – – ● – – – – – – B (A6VM) ISO 3019-2 – 8-bolt – – – – – – – – ● ● ● H 28 55 80 107 140 160 200 250 355 500 1000 Service line connections SAE-Version Ports A, B: SAE rear 51 0 – ● ● ● – ● ● ● – – – 510 (AA6VM) (UN threads) 7 – ● ● ● – ● ● ● – – – 517 Ports A, B: SAE side, opposite 52 0 – ● ● ● – ● ● ● – – – 520 (UN threads) 7 – ● ● ● – ● ● ● – – – 527 Port plate with pressure relief valve, 37 0 – – – ● – – – – – – – 370 for fitting a counterbalance valve ) 38 0 – ● ● ● ● ● – – – – – 380 ISO-Version Ports A, B: SAE rear 01 0 ● – – – ● – – – ● ● ● 010 (A6VM) (metric threads) 7 ● – – – ● – – – ● ● ● 017 Ports A, B: SAE side, opposite 02 0 ● – – – ● – – – ● ● ● 020 (metric threads) 7 ● – – – ● – – – ● ● ● 027 Ports A, B: SAE side, opposite + rear 15 0 – – – – – – – – ● ● ● 150 Valves no valves 0 with flushing and boost pressure valve 7 Speed measurement 28 55 80 107 140 160 200 250 355 500 1000 no speed measurement (no character) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● prepared for speed measurement (ID) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● – – – – D prepared for speed measurement (HDD) – ❍ ● ● ❍ ● ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ F Swivel angle indicator no swivel angle indicator (no character) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● – with optical swivel angle indicator – – – – – – – ● ● ● ● V with electrical swivel angle indicator – – – – – – – ● ● ● ● E EP1/2 EZ1/2 EZ3/4 HA.U. HA.R. DA. Connectors for solenoids (sizes 28 to 200 only) ) DEUTSCH DT04-2P-EP04 injection molded, without bidirectional quenching diode ● ● – – – ● P 2-pin injection molded, with bidirectional quenching diode – ❍ – – – ❍ Q with lead, without bidirectional quenching diode ) ) ● ● ● ● ● ● T Hirschmann according to DIN EN 175 301-803-A, without bidirectional quenching diode ) ● ● ● ● ● ● H 28 55 80 107 140 160 200 250 355 500 1000 Start of control at Vg min (standard for HA) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● A at Vg max (standard for HD, HZ, EP, EZ, DA) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● B 1

2

3

4

4

) only possible in combination with HD, EP, HA control

1

) for sizes 250 to 1000, the DIN connector is a Hirschmann one as standard (no character)

2

) under development for size 28

3

● = available

) not for new projects (sizes 28 to 200)

4

Pumps and Motors

63

❍ = under development

– = not available

Section 1

Electric Electric DrivesDrives and Controls and Controls

Hydraulics Hydraulics

LinearLinear MotionMotion and and Assembly Assembly Technologies Technologies

Pneumatics Pneumatics

Service Service

Extracted from RA 91 703/11.04 Page 1 of 4 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Dual displacement motor for open and closed circuits, Axial piston, swashplate design Model A10VM Model A10VE, Plug-in version Size 28...63 Series 5 Nominal pressure 4000 psi (280 bar) Peak pressure 5100 psi (350 bar) – Dual displacement motor, axial piston swashplate design, for hydrostatic transmissions in open and closed circuits – Output speed directly proportional to inlet flow and inversely proportional to motor displacement – Output torque increases proportional to the pressure difference between high and low pressure sides and increasing displacement – Heavy duty bearings for long service life – High permissible output speed – Well proven A10 rotary unit technology – High power/weight ratio – compact size – Cost effective – Low noise – Control range 1 : 3.75 – External direct control supply possible – Minimum displacement can be set externally – SAE 2-bolt mounting flange on A10VM – Special 2-bolt mounting flange on A10VE

Model A10VM

Model A10VE

Pumps and Motors

64

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 91 703/11.04 Page 4 of 4 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data Table of values (Theoretical values, without considering ηmh and ηv; values rounded) Size Motor displacement Speed maximum1) at

Vg max Vg min

45

63

in3 in3

1.71 0.49(VM)0.61(VE)

2.75 0.73

3.78 0.98

nmax

rpm rpm rpm

4700 5300 250

4000 4600 250

3300 3800 250

qv max

gpm

34.8

47.5

54

Pmax

HP

81

111

126

Tc

lb-ft/psi

0,022

0,036

0,049

Tmax

lb-ft

91

146

200

lb-ft

67

108

149

0.0403

0.0783

0.1329

cont.

Speed minimum Inlet flow

28 Vg max Vg min

nmax nmin at nmax cont. and Vg max

Power

at nmax cont. and Vg

Δp = 4000 psi

max

Torque constant at

Vg max

Torque

at Vg max

Δp = 4000 psi

Actual starting torque

at n = 0 rpm

Δp = 4000 psi

Mass moment of inertia (about output shaft) Angular acceleration

maximum

Rotational stiffness of

Output shaft

2

lb-ft

J

2

R W

Filling volume Weight 1)

approx.

m

rad/s

5500

4000

3300

lb-ft/rad lb-ft/rad

18900 14400

29800 25000

50500 39300

gal

0.16

0.185

0.21

lbs

30.9

39.7

57.3

At max. speed the low pressure side must see at least 260 psi (18 bar).

n nmax

nmax bei Vgmax

Permissible displacement dependent on speed 1,2 1,15 1,1 1,05

Speed

1,0 0,95 0,9 0

0,2

0,4

0,6

0,8

1,0 Vg

Displacement

Vgmax

Permissible radial and axial force on output shaft Fq

Size Max. perm. axial force Max. perm. radialforce

Pumps and Motors

on output shaft on output shaft

± Fax X/2

X/2

28

45

Fax max lfb (N)

225 (1000)

337 (1500) 450 (2000)

lfb (N)

270 (1200)

337 (1500) 382 (1700)

Fq max

X

65

63

Section 1

Ordering code

A10V Axial piston unit Swash plate design, variable, nom. press. 4000 psi (280 bar) peak press. 5100 psi (350 bar) Operating mode Motor Size Motor displacement Vg max

M

/ 5 2 W

-

V

A10V

M 28 45 63 1.71 2.75 3.78 28 45 62

in3 / rev. cm3 / rev.

Control devices Two-point direct control, external control supply, without pilot valve Two-point control, hydraulically operated Control voltage Two-point con12V trol ,electrically Control voltage operated, with 24V solenoid valve with stroking time orifice Series

DG HZ HZ EZ EZ EZ EZ

6 1 6 2 7

●

●

● ● ● ● ● ●

● ● ● ● ● ●

DG ● ● ● ● ● ●

HZ HZ6 EZ1 EZ6 EZ2 EZ7

5 Design index 2 Direction of rotation bi-directional Min. displacement Vg min in3 (cm3) infinitely variable

Adjustment, please state in clear text

W from to from to

28 0.49 (8) 1.71 (28) – –

Seal FKM fluororubber (DIN ISO 1629) Shaft end SAE splined (for details see unit dimensions) SAE splined (for details see unit dimensions) Mounting flange SAE 2-hole

63 0.98 (16) 1 2.32 (38) 2.44 (40) 2 3.78 (62)

V

Ports for service lines A/B at side-same side; SAE flange,UNC fixing screws A/B at side-same side; UNF threaded ports A/B at rear, SAE flange; UNC fixing screws A/B at rear, UNF threaded ports Valves without valves integrated flushing valve, only with side ports (60N00, 66N00) Speed pickup without speed pickup (no code) prepared for speed pickup(IDR 18/20-L250) – = not available = in preparation ● = available

Pumps and Motors

45 0.73 (12) 1.52 (25) 1.59 (26) 2.75 (45)

66

● –

● ●

● ●

●

●

●

C

● ● – –

● ● ● ●

● ● – –

60N00 66N00 61N00 64N00

● ●

● ●

● ●

● ●

● ●

● ●

R W

0 7 D

Section 1

Ordering code

A10V Axial piston unit Swash plate design, variable, nom. press. 4000 psi (280 bar) peak press. 5100 psi (350 bar)

E

/ 5 2 W

-

V

A10V

Operating mode Plug-in motor

E

Size 28 Motor displacement Vg max

in3 / rev. cm3 / rev.

Control devices Two-point direct control, external control supply, without pilot valve Two-point control, hydraulically operated Control voltage Two-point con12V trol ,electrically Control voltage operated, with 24V solenoid valve with stroking time orifice

DG HZ HZ EZ EZ EZ EZ

45

63

1.71 2.75 3.78

6 1 6 2 7

28

45

●

●

● ● ● ● ● ●

● ● ● ● ● ●

62

DG ● ● ● ● ● ●

HZ HZ6 EZ1 EZ6 EZ2 EZ7

Series 5 Design index 2 Direction of rotation bi-directional

W

Min. displacement Vg min in3 (cm3) infinitely variable

from to from to

Adjustment, please state in clear text

28 0.61 (10) 1.71 (28) – –

45 0.73 (12) 1.52 (25) 1.59 (26) 2.75 (45)

63 0.98 (16) 1 2.32 (38) 2.44 (40) 2 3.78 (62)

Seal FKM fluororubber (DIN ISO 1629)

V

Shaft end SAE splined (for details see unit dimensions) SAE splined (for details see unit dimensions)

● –

● ●

● ●

Mounting flange Special 2-hole

●

●

●

F

Ports for service lines A/B at side-same side; SAE flange,UNC fixing screws A/B at side-same side; UNF threaded ports A/B at rear, SAE flange; UNC fixing screws A/B at rear, UNF threaded ports

● ● – –

● ● ● ●

●

60N00 66N00 61N00 64N00

Valves without valves integrated flushing valve, only with side ports (60N00, 66N00)

● ●

● ●

● ●

●

● ●

●

Speed pickup without speed pickup (no code) prepared for speed pickup(IDR 18/20-L250) – = not available Pumps and Motors

= in preparation

– –

R W

0 7 D

● = available 67

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 92 003/05.06 Page 1 of 5 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Variable displacement pump for closed circuits, Axial piston, swashplate design Model AA4VG Sizes 28...250 Series 3 Nominal pressure 5800 psi (400 bar) Peak pressure 6500 psi (450 bar) – Variable displacement axial piston pump of swashplate design for hydrostatic closed circuit transmissions – Flow is proportional to drive speed and displacement and is infinitely variable – Output flow increases with swivel angle from 0 to its maximum value – Swivelling the pump over center smoothly changes the direction of flow – Availability of a highly adaptable range of control and regulating devices – The pump is equipped with two pressure relief valves on the high pressure ports to protect the hydrostatic transmission (pump and motor) from overloads – These valves also function as boost inlet valves – An integral auxiliary pump serves as boost and pilot oil pump – The maximum boost pressure is limited by a built-in boost pressure relief valve – The integral pressure cut-off is standard

Changes in ordering code from 02.04 issue – Control device - new standard: supply filtration at HD3, EP3 and EP4 control - not for new projects: HD1, EP1, EP2 – Service line ports - new: sophisticated designation of the position of suction port S – Filtration - new: contamination indicator with electr. signal and DEUTSCH male connector - not for new projects: M and L – Range of male connectors for solenoids - not for new projects: H

Pumps and Motors

68

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 92 003/05.06 Page 2 of 5 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Ordering code

AA4V G 01

02

D 03

04

05

/ 32 06

07

08

09

10

– N 11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

Axial piston unit 01 Variable swashplate design, nominal pressure 5800 psi (400 bar), peak pressure 6500 psi (450 bar)

AA4V

Operation 02 Pump in closed circuit

03

G

Size ≈ Displacement Vg max

cm3

28

in3 Control device Without control unit Hydraulic control

21

40

56

71

90

125 180 250

1.71 2.44 3.42 4.33 5.49 7.63 10.9815.25

28 ● ▲ ● ● ● ● ● ▲ ▲ ● ● ● ●

40 ● ▲ ● ● ● ● ● ▲ ▲ ● ● ● ●

56 ● ▲ ● ● ● ● ● ▲ ▲ ● ● ● ●

71 ● ▲ ● ● ● ● ● ▲ ▲ ● ● ● ●

90 ● ● ❍ ● ● ● ● ● ● ❍ ❍ ● ●

125 180 250 ● ● ● NV ● ● ● HD1 1) ❍ ❍ ❍ HD3 ● ● ● HW ● ● ● DG ● ● ● DA1 ● ● ● DA2 ● ● ● EP1 1) ● ● ● EP2 1) ❍ ❍ ❍ EP3 ❍ ❍ ❍ EP4 ● ● ● EZ1 ● ● ● EZ2

Pressure cut-off 05 With pressure cut-off (standard)

28 ●

40 ●

56 ●

71 ●

90 ●

125 180 250 ● ● ●

D

Neutral position switch (only for HW) Without neutral position switch (no code) 06 With neutral position switch

28 ● ●

40 ● ●

56 ● ●

71 ● ●

90 ● ●

125 180 250 ● ● ● ● ● ●

L

Mechanical stroke limiter Without mechanical stroke limiter (no code) 07 With mechanical stroke limiter, external adjustable

28 ● ●

40 ● ●

56 ● ●

71 ● ●

90 ● ●

125 180 250 ● ● ● ● ● ●

M

Ports X3, X4 for positioning pressure Without ports X3, X4 (no code) 08 With ports X3, X4

28 ● ●

40 ● ●

56 ● ●

71 ● ●

90 ● ●

125 180 250 ● ● ● ● ● ●

T

NV ● – – –

HD ● ● ● ●

HW ● ● ● ●

DG ● ● ● ●

DA – ● ● ●

EP ● ● ● ●

EZ ● – – –

28...250 ● ● ● ●

1 2 3L 3R

–

–

–

–

●

–

–

●

4

–

●

●

●

●

●

–

●

7

–

–

–

–

●

–

–

●

8

04 Electrical control

pilot pressure without supply filtration related with supply filtration mechanical servo direct operated speed related U = 12 V DC U = 24 V DC U = 12 V DC with proportional solenoid without supply filtration U = 24 V DC U = 12 V DC with proportional solenoid with supply filtration U = 24 V DC with switching solenoid U = 12 V DC U = 24 V DC

DA control valve Without DA control valve With DA control valve, fixed setting With DA control valve, mech. operating direction counter-clockwise adjust. with control lever operating direction clockwise 09 With DA control valve, fixed setting and hydraulic inch valve built-on, control with brake fluid With DA control valve, fixed setting, connections for master controller With DA control valve, fixed setting and hydraulic inch valve built-on, control with mineral oil

Pumps and Motors

69

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 92 003/05.06 Page 3 of 5 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Ordering code

AA4V G 01

02

D 03

04

05

/ 32 06

07

08

09

10

– N 11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

Series 10 Series 3, Index 2

11

Direction of rotation Viewed from shaft end

clockwise counter-clockwise

Shaft end (permissible input torque see page X) Splined shaft for single pump ANSI B92.1a–1976 for combination pump – 1st pump only for combination pump – 2nd pump Mounting flange SAE J744 – 2-hole 14 SAE J744 – 4-hole SAE J744 – 2+4-hole

28...250 ● ●

SAE flange ports A and B top/bottom right left

Boost pump Without integral boost pump

28 ● – 2) –

40 ● – 2) ●

56 ● ● –

71 ● ● –

90 125 180 250 ● ● ● ● ● ● – 2) ● ● – – –

S T U

28 ● – –

40 ● – –

56 ● – –

71 – – ●

90 – – ●

C D F

16

With integral boost pump Through drive Flange SAE J744 3) 82-2 (A) 101-2 (B)

17 127-2 (C) 152-2/4 (D) 165-4 (E)

Pumps and Motors

28 – – ● ❍

suction port S bottom suction port S top suction port S bottom suction port S top without through drive with through drive without through drive with through drive

Splined shaft hub 5/8 in 9T 16/32DP 7/8 in 13T 16/32DP 1 in 15T 16/32DP 1 in 15T 16/32DP 1 1/4 in 14T 12/24DP 1 1/4 in 14T 12/24DP 1 3/4 in 13T 8/16DP 1 3/4 in 13T 8/16DP

4

) 4 ) 4 ) 4 ) 4 ) 4 ) 4 ) 4 )

70

R L N

Service line ports

SAE flange ports A and B same side

21

32

Seals 12 NBR (nitril-caoutchouc), shaft seal in FKM (fluor-caoutchouc)

15

20

125 180 250 – – – ● ● – ● – – 40...180 ● ❍ – –

250 – – ● ❍

52 53 60 63

28 ● ● ● ●

40 ● ● ● ●

56 ● ● ● ●

71 ● ● ● ●

90 ● ● ● ●

125 180 250 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

N00 K.. F00 F..

28 ● ● ● – – – – –

40 ● ● ● ● – – – –

56 ● ● ● – ● – – –

71 ● ● ● – ● – – –

90 ● ● ● – ● ● – –

125 180 250 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● – – – ● ● ● – – – ● ● ● ● ● –

.01 .02 .04 .09 .07 .90 .69 .72

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 92 003/05.06 Page 4 of 5 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Ordering code

AA4V G 01

02

D 03

04

05

/ 32 06

07

08

09

10

– N 11

14

15

16

17

18

19

125 180 250

20

21

Setting range

28

40

56

71

90

With high pressure relief valve, pilot controlled

1450...6100 psi with bypass (100...420 bar)

–

–

–

●

●

●

●

●

1

3900...6100 psi without bypass ● (270...420 bar) with bypass ●

●

●

–

–

–

–

–

3

●

●

–

–

–

–

–

5

1450...3600 psi without bypass ● (100...250 bar) with bypass ●

●

●

–

–

–

–

–

4

●

●

–

–

–

–

–

6

28 ●

40 ●

56 ●

71 ●

90 ●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

D

–

●

●

●

●

●

●

–

K

–

●

●

●

●

●

●

–

F

Filtration Filtration in the suction line of the boost pump Filtration in the pressure line of the boost pump port for external boost circuit filter, (Fe and Fa) and cold start valve Filter built-on with contamination indicator and cold start valve window Filter built-on with contamination indicator lamp/electr. signal - HIRSCHMANN male connector and cold start valve electr. signal - HIRSCHMANN male connector

125 180 250 ● ● ●

S

–

●

●

●

●

●

●

–

P

–

▲

▲

▲

▲

▲

▲

–

M

–

▲

▲

▲

▲

▲

▲

–

L

–

●

●

●

●

●

●

–

B

External supply (model without integral boost pump - N00, K...)

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

E

Swivel angle display Without swivel angle display (no code)

28 ●

40 ●

56 ●

71 ●

90 ●

Electrical swivel angle sensor

●

●

●

●

●

28 ●

40 ●

56 ●

71 ●

90 ●

❍

❍

❍

❍

❍

electr. signal - DEUTSCH male connector

20

13

Valves

With high pressure relief valve, 18 direct controlled, (fixed setting)

19

12

Range of male connectors for solenoids (only for EP, EZ and DA) DEUTSCH without quenching diode with quenching diode (only for EZ and DA) 21 male connector 2-pin

125 180 250 ● ● ● ●

●

●

125 180 250 ● ● ● ❍

❍

❍

R

P Q

▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ DIN male connector to HIRSCHMANN without quenching diode H ) The conversion for existing projects to HD3, EP3/4 is carried out automatically ________ sizes 28-71 starting May 1, 2006 ________ sizes 90-250: date in 2006 still open 2 ) standard for combination pumps – 1st pump: shaft S 3 ) 2 = 2-hole; 4 = 4-hole 4 ) splined shaft hub to ANSI B92.1a-1976 (for mounting options and splined shaft allocation to SAE J744, see pages XX) = available ❍ = available on request ▲ = not for new projects – = not available 1

Pumps and Motors

71

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 92 003/05.06 Page 5 of 5 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Table of values (theoretical values, without considering ηmh and ηv: values rounded) Size

28

Displacement variable pump

Vg max

in3 1.71 cm

auxiliary pump

Vg H

(at p = 290 psi / 20 bar)

3

28

in3 0.37 cm

3

6.1

40

56

71

90

125

180

250

2.44

3.42

4.33

5.49

7.63

10.98

15.25

40

56

71

90

125

180

250

0.52

0.71

1.20

1.20

1.73

2.43

3.20

8.6

11.6

19.6

19.6

28.3

39.8

52.5

Speed maximum Vg max

nmax contin.

rpm 4250

4000

3600

3300

3050

2850

2500

2400

limited maximum 1)

nmax limited

rpm 4500

4200

3900

3600

3300

3250

2900

2600

intermittent maximum )

nmax interm.

rpm 5000

5000

4500

4100

3800

3450

3000

2700

minimum

nmin

rpm 500

500

500

500

500

500

500

500

Flow at nmax contin. and Vg max

qv max

gpm 31.5

42.3

53.4

61.8

72.5

94.1

118.8

158.4

L/min 119

160

202

234

275

356

450

600

Power 3) at nmax contin.

Pmax

hp 106

144

180

209

245

318

402

536

kW 79

107

134

156

183

237

300

400

Tmax

lb-ft 131

187

263

333

422

587

844

1173

2

Torque 3) at Vg max

Δp = 5800 psi Δp = 400 bar Δp = 5800 psi Δp = 400 bar

Tmax

Nm 178

255

356

451

572

795

1144

1590

Δp = 1000 psi

T

lb-ft 22.7

32.4

45.4

57.4

72.8

101.2

145.6

202.2

Δp = 100 bar Moment of inertia (about drive axis)

T J

Angular acceleration, max. Speed variation, max. Rotary stiffness

63.5

89.0

112.8

143.0

198.8

286.0

398.0

lbs-ft2 0.0522

Nm 44.5

0.0902

0.1566

0.2302

0.3536

0.5505

1.0536

2.3327

kgm2 0.0022

0.0038

0.0066

0.0097

0.0149

0.0232

0.0444

0.0983

rad/s2 38000

30000

24000

21000

18000

14000

11000

6700

rpm 103 shaft end S shaft end T shaft end U

Filling capacity of housing Weight approx. (without through drive) 1

) Limited maximum speed:

m

81

72

69

64

55

50

34

lb-ft/rad 23159

50892

59595

72871

116609

161010

180334

261466

Nm/rad 31400

69000

80800

98800

158100

218300

244500

354500

lb-ft/rad –

–

70068

89171

–

185939

234840

394079

Nm/rad –

–

95000

120900

–

252100

318400

534300

lb-ft/rad –

37468

–

–

79362

–

–

–

Nm/rad –

50800

–

–

107600

–

–

–

L 0.9

1.1

1.5

1.3

1.5

2.1

3.1

6.3

lbs 64

68

64

110

145

176

223

344

kg 29

31

38

50

60

80

101

156

– at half corner power (e.g. at Vg max and pN /2)

2

) Intermittent maximum speed: – at high idling speed – at engine overspeed: Δp = 1000...2200 psi (70...150 bar) and Vg max – with reversing pressure peaks: Δp < 4350 psi (300 bar) and t < 5 sec.

3

) without auxiliary pump

Pumps and Motors

72

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 92 050/10.97 Page 1 of 6 Issue: 01.02

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Variable displacement pump for open circuits, Axial piston, swashplate design Model A4VSO Sizes 40 to 250, Series 1 and 3 Nominal pressure up to 350 bar (5100 PSI) Maximum pressure up to 400 bar (5800 PSI) – – – – – – – – – – – – –

Swashplate design Infinitely variable displacement Good self priming suction characteristics Continuous operating pressure of 350 bar (5100 PSI) Low noise level Excellent service life Drive shaft able to accept axial and radial loading Good power to weight ratio Compact modular design Short control times Over-center design (swallow circuits) Swivel angle indicator standard Installation positional optional

Pumps and Motors

For the description and operation of the various controls, see relevant RA-sheets (see page 2).

73

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 92 050/10.97 Page 3 of 6 Issue: 07.05

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Ordering code

Hydraulic fluid / version Mineral oil (no code) HF hydraulic fluid (with the exception of Skydrol) High-speed version High-speed version for HF fluids Version SAE Axial piston unit Swashplate design, variable, industrial design Charging pump Without charging pump (no code) Mode of operation Pump, open circuit Nominal size Displacement, Vg max Control and adjustment devices Constant pressure control Parallel pressure control Constant flow control (load sensing) Const. power control with hyperbolic oper. curve Manual control Electric motor control Hydraulic control, with rotary servo Hydraulic control, volume dependent Hydraulic control with servo/ proportional valve Electronic control Hydraulic control, pilot pressure dependent Hydraulic control, speed dependent Series Series 10 Series 30 Direction of rotation As viewed from drive shaft

40 l

71 l

125 l

180 l

250 l

355 l

500 l

l

l

l

l

l

l

l

–

–

E

– –

– –

– –

– –

l l

l l

l l

– –

– –

H K A A4VS

40 l

71 l

125 l

180 l

250 l

355 l

500 l

750 1000 l l

O 40 71 125 180 250 355 500 750 1000 in3 2.44 4.33 7.63 10.98 15.26 21.66 30.51 45.77 61.02 (cm3) (40) (71) (125) (180) (250) (355) (500) (750) (1000) DR DP FR

l l

l l

l l

l l

l l

l l

l l –

l l –

l ¢ –

DR.. DP.. FR..

see RA 92060

LR

l

l

l

l

l

l

l

l

¢

LR..

see RA 92064

MA EM HW HM

l l l l

l l l l

l l l l

l l l l

l l l l

l l l l

l l l l

– – l ¢

– – ¢ ¢

MA.. EM.. HW.. HM..

HS

l

l

l

l

l

l

l

l

¢

HS..

EO

l

l

l

l

l

l

l

¢

¢

EO..

HD

l

l

l

l

l

l

l

l

¢

HD..

see RA 92080

DS1

l

l

l

l

l

l

l

l

¢

DS..

see RE 92055

l –

l –

– ¢

– ¢

– l

– ¢

– l

– ¢

– l

10*) 30

Seals NBR (Nitrile rubber to DIN ISO 1629) with shaft seal FPM FPM (Fluorocarbon rubber to DIN ISO 1629) Shaft end l l SAE parallel keyed shaft l l SAE splined shaft l l Metric keyed parallel shaft DIN 6885 l l Metric splined shaft DIN 5480

Pumps and Motors

750 1000 l l

clockwise counter-clockwise

see RA 92072 see RA 92068 see RA 92076

R L P V

l l l l

l l l l

74

l l l l

l l l l

– – l l

– – l l

– – l l

K S P Z

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 92 050/10.97 Page 4 of 6 Issue: 07.05

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Ordering code A

A4VS

O

/

–

Hydraulic fluid/version

Version Axial piston unit Charging pump Mode of operation Nominal size Control options Series Direction of rotation Seals Shaft end Mounting flange 40 71 125 180 250 355 500 750 1000 l l l l l l SAE 4-bolt – – – D l l l l l l ISO 4-bolt – – – B l l l ISO 8-bolt – – – – – – H Port Connections 40 71 125 180 250 355 500 750 1000 Connections B and S: SAE on side 90° l l l l l l – – – 63 offset, UNC mounting bolts Connections B and S: SAE on side 90° offset, UNC mounting bolts l l l l l l – – – 75 2nd pressure connection B1 opposite B – when delivered blanked off with a flange Connections B and S: SAE on side 90° l l l l l l l l – 13 offset, metric mounting bolts Connections B and S: SAE on side 90° offset, metric mounting bolts l l l l l l l l l 25 2nd pressure connection B1 opposite B – when delivered blanked off with a flange Through drive l l l l l Without thru drive, without auxilliary pump l l l l N00 l l l l l With thru drive (For information, please – – – – K... refer to table on next page ) l l l l – – – – – U... Filtration (only for control device HS- and DS-) Without filtration (no code) N Sandwich plate filter (with HS- and DS- controls, see RA 92076 and RE 92055) Z

Pumps and Motors

l

= available

¢

= in preparation

–

= not available

75

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 92 050/10.97 Page 5 of 6 Issue: 07.05

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Through-drive adapter kits to fit U99 port plate for A4VSO

Through-drive Code

Mount-shaft Type

U01

Through-Drive Kit Part Numbers 125 - 180

250

SAE A, 2-bolt Mount SAE A, Spline 5/8”

R902447030

R902447032

U52

SAE A, 2-Bolt Mount SAE A-B Spline, 3/4”

R902447035

R902447037

U68 (“K02”)

SAE B 2-Bolt Mount SAE B Spline, 7/8”

R902447040

R902447042

U04

SAE B 2-Bolt Mount SAE B-B Spline, 1”

R902447045

R902447047

U07

SAE C 2-Bolt Mount SAE C Spline, 1 1/4”

R902447050

R902447051

U24

SAE C 2-Bolt Mount SAE C-C Spline, 1 1/2”

R902447052

R902447053

U15

SAE C, 4-Bolt Mount SAE C Spline, 1 1/4”

R902447054

R902447055

U16

SAE C, 4-Bolt Mount SAE C-C Spline, 1 1/2”

R902447056

R902447057

U17

SAE D 4-Bolt Mount SAE D Spline, 1 3/4”

R902447062

R902447063

U78

SAE D 4-Bolt Mount SAE F Spline, 2”

R902447065

R902447066

U18

SAE E 4-bolt Mount SAE F Spline, 2”

N/A

R902447067

“U”-type through drives are identical in mount and flange to “K” type. Kits consist of Adapter flange, Coupling, Mtg Bolts, O-Ring Seal.

Pumps and Motors

76

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 92 050/10.97 Page 6 of 6 Issue: 01.02

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data Table of values (theoretical values, without considering ηmh and ηv; values rounded) Size 3

40

71

125

180

250/H*

355/H*

500/H*

750

1000

15.26 (250/250)

21.7 (355/355)

30.51 (500/500)

45.8 (750)

61.02 (1000)

Displacement

Vg max

in /rev (cm3)

2.44 (40)

4.33 (71)

7.63 (125)

11.0 (180)

Max. speed at pabs 14.5 psi (1 bar) at port S

no max

rpm

2600

2200

1800

1800 1500/1900 1500/1700 1320/1500 1200

1000

Max. perm. speed (speed limit) dependent on inlet pressure pabs or reduced displacement Vg < Vg max

no max

rpm

3200

2700

2200

2100 1800/2100 1700/1900 1600/1800 1500

1000

Max. flow

at no max

Qo max

gpm (L/min)

27.5 (104)

41.2 (156)

59.4 (225)

85.6 (324)

99/125 (375/475)

140/159 (533/604)

174/198 (660/750)

at nE = 1500 rpm

Q

gpm (L/min)

15.8 (60)

28.2 (107)

49.1 (186)

71.3 (270)

99.0 (375)

140 (533)

153.41) (581)1)

203.41) (770)1)

—

at no max

Po max

HP (kW)

81 (61)

122 (91)

176 (131)

254 (189)

294 (219/277)

419 (311/352)

518 (385/437)

708 (525)

781 (583)

at nE = 1500 rpm

P

HP (kW)

9.24 (35)

16.3 (62)

28.7 (109)

41.7 (158)

57.8 (219)

82.1 (311)

89.51) (339)1)

118.61) (449)1)

—

Max. torque at Vg max Δp = 5100 psi (350 bar)

Tmax

lb-ft (Nm)

165 (223)

292 (395)

516 (696)

744 (1002)

1032 (1391)

1467 (1976)

2063 (2783)

3097 4104 (4174) (5565)

Torque at Vg max Δp = 1450 psi (100 bar)

T

lb-ft (Nm)

47 (64)

83 (113)

147 (199)

211 (286)

294 (398)

417 (564)

586 (795)

880 1172 (1193) (1590)

Moment of inertia about drive axis

J

2.276 (0.096)

4.509 (0.19)

7.890 (0.333)

15.66 (0.66)

28.47 (1.20)

Max. power

perm.

Filling volume (case)

lb-ft2 0.116 0.287 0.712 1.305 (kgm2) (0.005) (0.012) (0.03) (0.055)

237.9 264.1 (900) (1000)

gal (L)

0.5 (2)

0.6 (2.5)

1.3 (5)

1.0 (4)

2.6 (10)

2.1 (8)

3.7 (14)

5.0 (19)

7.13 (27)

lbs (kg)

86 (39)

117 (53)

194 (88)

225 (102)

406 (184)

456 (207)

705 (320)

1014 (460)

1333 (605)

135 (600)

180 (800)

Approx. weight (pump with press. control)

m

Permissible loading of drive shaft

max. axial force

± Fax max

lbf (N)

225 315 (1000) (1400)

405 (1800)

450 (2000)

450 (2000)

495 495 (2200) (2200)

max. radial force

Fq max

lbf 225 270 360 450 (N) (1000) (1200) (1600) (2000)

450 (2000)

495 (2200)

560 (2500)

675 786 (3000) (3500)

1)

Vg < Vg max

Application of force

Fq

H* = High-Speed-Version

± Fax X/2

X/2 X

Pumps and Motors

77

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 92 053/02.05 Page 1 of 4 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Axial piston variable pump for HFC Fluids (Water-Glycol) Model AA4VSO Sizes 125 to 355 Series 30 Nominal pressure up to 5100 PSI (350 bar) Peak pressure up to 5800 PSI (400 bar) – Variable displacement axial piston pump in swashplate design for open circuit hydrostatic drives – Especially suitable for operation with HFC fluids – With the approved HFC fluids the units can be operated with the same speeds and pressures as on mineral oil – Infinitely variable displacement – Good suction characteristics – Low noise level – Long service life – High power/weight ratio – Drive shaft capable of absorbing axial and radial lloads – Modular design – Short control times – Through drive and pump combinations possible – Swivel angle indicator – Optional mounting position

Pumps and Motors

Model AA4VSO

78

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 92 053/02.05 Page 2 of 4 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data Operating pressure range

Case drain pressure

Inlet

The permissible case drain pressure (housing pressure) depends on the drive speed (see diagram).

Absolute pressure at port S

Case drain pressure PL abs in PSI (bar)

pabs min ............................................................................ 14.5 PSI (1 bar) pabs max ...........................................................................435 PSI (30 bar) For further information see page 7 under item “Filters.” Outlet Pressuer at port B Nominal pressure pN ............................................5,100 PSI (350 bar) Peak pressure pmax ...............................................5,800 PSI (400 bar) (Pressure data to DIN 24312)

(4)

58

(3)

43.5

(2)

29

(1)

14.5

180 Size 250 125

0

1000

2000

3000

4000

Speed n in rpm

Max. permissible case pressure (housing pressure) pL abs max .............................................................................58 PSI (4 bar) These are approximate values; under certain operating conditions a reduction in these values may be necessary.

Table of values 1) Size Displacement in3/rev (cm3) Vg ma 2) Speed max. at Vg max rpm n0 max max. at Vg ≤ Vg max rpm n0 max zul Flow GPM (L/min) at n0 max qV0 max at nE=1500 min-1 GPM (L/min) qVE max Power Δp = 5100 PSI (Δp = 350 bar) HP (kW) at n0 max Po max at nE = 1500 rpm HP (kW) PE max Torque Δp = 5100 PSI lb-ft at Vg max Tmax (Δp = 350 bar) (Nm) lb-ft Δp = 1450 PSI T (Nm) (Δp = 100 bar) Moment of inertia (about drive axis) lb-ft2 (kgm2) J Angular acceleration, max. rad/s2 Torsional shaft K Nm/rad stiffness shaft S Nm/rad Case volume gal (L) Weight (with pressure control) lbs (kg) m 1) 2)

125 7.63 (125)

180 10.98 (180)

250 15.26 (250)

1800 2200

1800 2100

1800 1800

59.4 (225) 49.1 (186)

85.6 (324) 71.3 (270)

119 (450) 99.0 (375)

176 (131) 146 (109)

254 (189) 212 (158)

352 (262) 294 (219)

516 (696) 147 (199) 0.712 (0,03) 1225 277,000 286,000 1 (4) 194 (88)

744 (1002) 211 (286) 1.305 (0,055) 1000 339,000 354,000 1.3 (5) 225 (102)

1032 (1391) 294 (398) 2.276 (0,0959) 775 542,000 558,000 2.6 (10) 406 (184)

theoretical values, without considering ηmh and ηv, values rounded Values are valid with inlet pressure of 14.5 PSI (1 bar) absolute at port S.

Pumps and Motors

79

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 92 053/02.05 Page 3 of 4 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Ordering code

Axial piston unit Swashplate design, variable, SAE version

AA4VS

Type of operation Pump, open circuit

O

Size Displacement Vg max in in

125 3

7.63

180

250

355

10.98 15.26 21.66

Control device Pressure control (see RA 92 060)

l

l

l

¢

DR

Flow control (see RA 92 060)

l

l

l

¢

FR

Power control with hyperbolic curve (see RA 92 064)

l

l

l

¢

LR

Manual control (see RA 92 072)

l

l

l

¢

MA

Electric motor control (see RA 92 072)

l

l

l

¢

EM

Hydraulic control, volume dependent (see RA 92 076)

l

l

l

¢

HM

Hydraulic control, with servo-proportional valve (see RA 92 076)

l

l

l

¢

HS

Electronic control (see RA 92 076)

l

l

l

¢

EO

Hydraulic control, pilot pressure dependent (see RA 92 080)

l

l

l

¢

HD

Hydraulic control, operation in parallel with mutiple pumps (see RA 92 060)

l

l

l

¢

DP

Electro-hydraulic control system (see RE 92 088)

l

l

l

¢

DFE1

Series 30 Direction of rotation Viewed on shaft end

clockwise

R

counter-clockwise

L

Seals and fluid NBR nitrile rubber, shaft seal PTFE Teflon, special version for HFC-Fluids

F

Shaft end Keyed parallel shaft SAE

K

Splined shaft SAE

S

Mounting flange SAE 4-hole

D

Ports Pressure port B, inlet port S: SAE flange on side 90°offset, UNC threads

63

Pressure port B, inlet port S: SAE flange on side 90° offset, UNC threads, 2nd pressure port B1 opposite B (closed with blanking flange on delivery)

75

Pumps and Motors

80

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 92 053/02.05 Page 4 of 4 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

AA4VS

O

/ 30

– F

D

Axial piston unit

Type of operation Size Control device Series Direction of rotation Seals and fluid Shaft end Mounting flange Ports Through drive Without through drive

125

180

250

355

l

l

l

l

N00

With universal through drive Flange SAE J744 Hub for splined shaft

Sealing

82-2 (A)

5/8 in (A)

axial

l

l

l

l

U01

82-2 (A)

3/4 in (A-B)

axial

l

l

l

l

U52

101-2 (B)

7/8 in (B)

axial

l

l

l

l

U68

101-2 (B)

1 in (B-B)

axial

l

l

l

l

U04

l

U07

127-2 (C)

1 1/4 in (C)

axial

l

l

l

127-2 (C)

1 1/2 in (C-C)

axial

l

l

l

l

U24

127-4 (C)

1 1/4 in (C)

axial

l

l

l

l

U15

127-4 (C)

1 1/2 in (C-C)

axial

l

l

l

l

U16

152-4 (D)

1 3/4 in (D)

axial

—

l

l

l

U17

152-4 (D)

2 in (F)

axial

—

l

l

l

U78

165-4 (E)

2 in (F)

axial

—

—

l

l

U18

with through drive, without coupling, without adapter flange, with cover plate for operation

l

U99

= available

¢

= in preparation

–

= not available

Pumps and Motors

81

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 92 100/10.97 Page 1 of 5 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Variable displacement pump for closed circuit axial piston, swashplate design Model A4VSG Sizes 40 to 1000 Series 1 and 2 Nominal pressure up to 5100 PSI (350 bar) Peak pressure up to 5800 PSI (400 bar) – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

Swashplate design Infinitely variable displacement Reversible flow Numerous control options Nominal pressure 5100 psi (350 bar) Low noise level Long service life Drive shaft capable of absorbing axial and radial loads Low power / weight ratio Modular design Short control times Tandem pumps possible, full thru drive Swivel angle indicator standard Installation position optional Operation on HF fluids permitted at derated parameters

Pumps and Motors

Model A4VSG

82

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 92 100/10.97 Page 2 of 5 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data Table of values (theoretical values, without considering hmh and hv; values rounded) Size Displacement Max. speed Max. flow

Vg max

at nmax

nmax Q max

at n E = 1200 rpm

Q

at n E 1800 rpm

Q

Max. power at nmax Δp = 5100 PSI (350 bar) at n E = 1200 rpm at n E 1800 rpm Max. torque at Vg max Δp = 5100 PSI (350 bar) Torque at Vg max Δp = 1450 PSI (100 bar) Moment of inertia about drive axis

P max P P Tmax T J

Filling volume (case) Approx. weight (pump with press. control) Permissible max. axial force loading of drive ± Fax max shaft max. radial force Fq max

m

3

in /rev (cm3/rev) rpm gpm (L/min) gpm (L/min) gpm (L/min) HP (kW) HP (kW) HP (kW) lb-ft (Nm) lb-ft (Nm) lb-ft2 (kgm2) gal (L) lbs (kg) lbf (N) lbf (N)

40 2.44 (40) 3700 39.1 (148) 12.7 (48) 19.0 (72) 116 (86) 37.8 (28) 56.5 (42) 165 (223) 32 (64) 0.116 (0.005) 0.5 (2) 104 (47) 135 (600) 225 (1000)

71 4.33 (71) 3200 60.0 (227) 22.5 (85) 33.7 (128) 178 (132) 66.9 (50) 100.3 (75) 293 (395) 57 (113) 0.287 (0.012) 0.6 (2.5) 132 (60) 180 (800) 270 (1200)

125 7.63 (125) 2600 85.9 (325) 39.6 (150) 59.4 (2259) 255 (190) 117.8 (88) 176.7 (131) 516 (696) 101 (199) 0.712 (0.03) 1.3 (5) 220 (100) 225 (1000) 360 (1600)

180 11.0 (180) 2400 114.1 (432) 57.0 (216) 85.6 (324) 339 (252) 169.6 (126) 254.7 (189) 743 (1002) 146 (286) 1.305 (0.055) 1.0 (4) 251 (114) 315 (1400) 450 (2000)

250 15.26 (250) 2200 145.3 (550) 79.3 (300) 118.9 (450) 432 (321) 236.0 (175) 353.8 (263) 1032 (1391) 202 (398) 2.276 (0.096) 2.6 (10) 472 (214) 405 (1800) 450 (2000)

355 21.7 (355) 2000 187.5 (710) 112.5 (426) 168.8 (639) 558 (414) 334.7 (248) 502.3 (373) 1465 (1976) 287 (564) 4.509 (0.19) 2.1 (8) 523 (237) 450 (2000) 495 (2200)

500 30.51 (500) 1800 237.7 (900) 158.5 (600) 237.7 (900) 707 (525) 471.6 (350) 707 (525) 2064 (2783) 405 (795) 7.890 (0.333) 3.7 (14) 772 (350) 450 (2000) 562 (2500)

750 45.8 (750) 1600 317.0 (1200) 237.8 (900) — — 943 (700) 707.6 (525) — — 3096 (4174) 607 (1193) 15.66 (0.66) 5.0 (19) 1102 (500) 495 (2200) 674 (3000)

1000 61.02 (1000) 1600 422.6 (1600) 317.0 (1200) — — 1257 (933) 943.2 (700) — — 4127 (5565) 809 (1590) 28.47 (1.20) 7.13 (27) 1389 (630) 495 (2200) 787 (3500)

Installation notes Optional installation position. The pump housing must be filled with fluid during commissioning and stay full when operating. In order to obtain the lowest noise level, all connections (suction, pressure, case drain ports) must be linked by flexible couplings to tank. Avoid placing a check valve in the case drain line. This may be permissible in individual cases, but only after consultation with us.

Calculation of size Flow

Q=

Vg • n • ηv gpm 231

Drive torque

T=

Vg • Δp lb-ft 24 • π • ηmh

Power

P=

Q • Δp HP 1714 • ηt

Pumps and Motors

( ( (

Q= T= P=

1000 Vg • Δp 24 • π • ηmh Q • Δp 600 • ηt

L/min Nm kW

Vg n Δp Q T P ηv ηmh ηt

) ) ) 83

= Geometric displacement per rev. – in3 (cm3) = Speed rpm (rpm) = Pressure differential – PSI (bar) = Flow – gpm (L/min) = Torque – lb-ft (Nm) = Power – HP (kW) = Volumetric efficiency = Mechanical-hydraulic efficiency = Total efficiency (ηt = ηv • ηmh)

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 92 100/10.97 Page 3 of 5 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Ordering code

Fluid Petroleum oils (no code) HF-Fluids (except Skydrol) Version SAE version Metric version (no code) Axial piston unit Variable pump, swashplate design, industrial applications Mode of operation Pump, closed circuit Sizes 40 71 125 Displacement in3/rev. 2.44 4.33 7.63 cm3/rev. 40 71 125 Control and adjustment devices 40 71 125 MA Manual control l l l Hydraulic control, volume dependent HM l l l Hydraulic control, with servo valve HS l l l Hydraulic control, with proportional valve EO l l l Hydraulic control, pilot pressure dependent HD1) l l l Constant pressure control DR1) l l l Parallel pressure control DP1) l l l Const. power control w/ hyperb. operating curve LR1) l l l Hydraulic control, with rotary servo HW l l l Hydraulic control, speed dependent DS l l l Series — l l – — l Direction of rotation As viewed from shaft drive

E A

A4VS G 180 10.98 180 180 l l l l l l l l l l

250 15.26 250 250 l l l l l l l l l l

355 21.66 355 355 l l l l l l l l l l

500 30.51 500 500 l l l l l l l l l l

750 45.77 750 750 — ¢ l ¢ l l l l l l

1000 61.02 1000 1000 — ¢ l ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢

MA HM.. HS.. EO.. HD.. DR.. DP.. LR..N HW DS..

— l

— l

— l

— l

— l

— l

10 1) 30

clockwise counter-clockwise bi-directional 1)

Seals Buna N/ Shaft seal: FPM (Fluorocarbon) FPM (Fluorocarbon) Shaft end 40 71 125 180 Parallel keyed shaft SAE l l l l Splined shaft SAE l l l l Metric keyed shaft per DIN 6885 l l l l Metric splined shaft per DIN 5480 l l l l Mounting flange 40 71 125 180 SAE 4-bolt l l l l ISO 4-bolt l l l l ISO 8-bolt — — — – Port connections Port A,B: SAE on the side, same side, UNC mounting threads Port A,B: SAE on the side, same side, metric mounting threads

Pumps and Motors

84

see RE 92072 see RE 92076 see RE 92076 see RE 92076 see RE 92080 see RE 92060 see RE 92060 see RE 92064 see RA 92068 see RA 92055

R L W P V

250 l l l l 250 l l –

355 ¢ ¢ l l 355 ¢ l –

500 — — l l 500 —

l

750 1000 — — — — l l l l 750 1000 — —

l

l

K S P Z D B H 60 10

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 92 100/10.97 Page 4 of 5 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

A4VS G

Fluids Version Axial piston unit Mode of operation Sizes Control and adjustment devices Series Direction of rotation Seals Shaft end Mounting flange Port connections Through drive

40

71

Without auxilliary pump, withouth through drive

l

l

/

125 180

l

l

–

250

355

500

l

l

l

750 1000

l

l

With through drive (For information, please refer to table on next page)

N00 K...

Auxiliary pump mounted and with boost circuit filter piped 1 Auxiliary pump for boost oil circuit

n < 2800 rpm

—

l

l

l

l

l

l

¢

¢

H02

n > 2800 rpm

l

l

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

H03

1 Auxiliary pump for a combined boost oil and pilot oil circuit (EO1 only)

n < 2800 rpm

—

l

l

–

l

—

—

—

—

H04

n > 2800 rpm

l

l

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

H05

Auxiliary pumps mounted – see RA 90139 (in preparation) Valves Without valve block

0

With SDVB valve block built on

9

Filtration

40

71

125 180

250

355

500

Without filter

l

l

l

Filter installed in the boost circuit

l

l

l

Sandwich filter with HS and DS controls (see RE/RA 92076 and RA 92055)

l

l

Filter mounted in the boost circuit and sandwich filter with HS and DS controls

l

l

750 1000

l

l

l

l

l

l

N

l

l

l

l

¢

¢

F

l

l

l

l

l 2)

—

—

Z

l

l

l

l

l 2)

—

—

U

*)

HD control is series 11. Depending on control type, alternating direction of rotation may not be possible, please note separate RA sheets on controls. 2) For sizes 500 (only available for DS control), HS/HS1 see RA 92076 1)

l

= available

¢

= in preparation

–

= not available

Pumps and Motors

85

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 92 100/10.97 Page 5 of 5 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Ordering code Through drive ordering codes

40

71

Without auxiliary pump, without through drive With through drive for mounting of axial piston unit, gear or radial piston pump Flange Hub/shaft to accept

l

l

l

l

l

ISO 125, 4-bolt

Splined shaft 32x2x30x14x9g

A4VSO/H/G 40

ISO 125, 4-bolt

splined 32x2x14x9g

A4VSO/H/G 40

ISO 140, 4-bolt

splined 40x2x18x9g

A4VSO/H/G 71

ISO 160, 4-bolt

splined 50x2x24x9g

A4VSO/H/G 125

ISO 160, 4-bolt

splined 50x2x24x9g

A4VSO/G 180

ISO 224, 4-bolt

splined 60x2x28x9g

A4VSO/H/G 250

ISO 224, 4-bolt

splined 70x3x22x9g

A4VSO/G 355

ISO 315, 8-bolt

splined 80x2x38x9g

A4VSO/G 500

ISO 400, 8-bolt

splined 90x3x28x9g

A4VSO/G 750

127-4 (SAE C, 4-bolt)

splined 32-4 (SAE C)

AA4VSO/G 40

127-4 (SAE C, 4-bolt)

splined 38-4 (SAE C-C)

AA4VSO/G 71

152-4 (SAE D, 4-bolt)

splined 44-4 (SAE D)

AA4VSO/G 125

152-4 (SAE D, 4-bolt)

splined 50-4 (SAE F)

AA4VSO/G 180

165-4 (SAE E, 4-bolt)

splined 50-4 (SAE F)

AA4VSO/G 250

keyed 19-1 (SAE A-B)

AA10VSO 18

101-2 (SAE B, 2-bolt)

keyed 22-1 (SAE B) *

AA10VSO 28

l l l — — — — — — ¢ ¢ — — — ¢ l

l l l l — — — — — ¢ l l — — ¢ l

101-2 (SAE B, 2-bolt)

keyed 25-1 (SAE B-B) *

AA10VSO 45

127-2 (SAE C, 2-bolt)

keyed 32-1 (SAE C) *

AA10VSO 71

127-2 (SAE C, 2-bolt)

keyed 38-1 (SAE C-C) *

AA10VSO 100

152-4 (SAE D, 4-bolt)

keyed 44-1 (SAE D) *

AA10VSO 140

82-2 (SAE A, 2-bolt)

splined 5/8" 16-4 (SAE A)

G2 / GC2/GC3-1X

82-2 (SAE A, 2-bolt)

splined 3/4" 19-4 (SAE A-B)

A10VSO 18

101-2 (SAE B)

22-4 (SAE B)

G3, G4, A10VSO 28

¢ — — — l l l

¢ ¢ — — l l l

101-2 (SAE B)

splined 25-4 (SAE B-B)

GC4-1X, A10VO 45

101-2 (SAE B)

splined 32-4 (SAE C)

GC5-1X

¢ l

¢ l

¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ l l l l l

l l l l l — — — — ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ — ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ l l l

l l l l l l — — — ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ l

82-2 (SAE A, 2-bolt)

l l — — — — — — — ¢ ¢ — — — ¢ l

¢ l

127-2 (SAE C)

splined 32-4 (SAE C)

A10VO 71

127-2 (SAE C)

splined 38-4 (SAE C-C)

GC6-1X, A10VO 100

splined 44-4 (SAE D)

¢ ¢ ¢ l

¢ l

152-4 (SAE D)

¢ — ¢ l

¢ ¢ ¢ l

¢ ¢ ¢ l

¢ ¢ ¢ l

¢ ¢ ¢ l

Ø 63 (mm) metric, 4-bolt, keyed Ø 25 (mm)

A10VO 140 R4

101-2 (SAE B, 2-bolt)

splined 7/8" R-shaft (SAE B med.) A10VO 28...R, PVV 1 & 2

101-2 (SAE B, 2-bolt)

splined 1" R-shaft (SAE BB)

127-2 (SAE C, 2-bolt)

splined 1-1/4", R-shaft (SAE C) A10VO 71...R, PVV 4 & 5

A10VO 45...R

with through drive shaft, without coupler, without intermediate flange, with cover

125 180 250 355 500 750 1000

¢ l

¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢

¢ ¢ ¢ l ¢ ¢ l l l

¢ l ¢ l ¢ ¢ ¢ l

l

l

l

l

N00

l

l l l l l l

¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ l

¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ — — — — — — — — — — — ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢

K31

¢ l

¢ ¢ ¢ l — — ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ l l l l ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ l

¢ l — — — — — — — — — — — — l l l ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ l

¢ — — — — — — — — — — — ¢ ¢ l ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ l

K31 K33 K34 K34 K35 K77 K43 K76 K15 K16 K17 K78 K18 K40 K03 K05 K08 K38 K21 K01 K52 K68 K04 K06 K07 K24 K17 K57 KA3 KA4 KA5 K99

Through drive / Combination pumps 1. If a second Brueninghaus Hydromatik pump is to be mounted at the factory, the two ordering codes have to be connected with a "+". Ordering code of the first pump + ordering code of the second pump SAE Example: AA4VSG 125 EO1/22R – PSD60K16ON + AA4VSG 71 HM1/10R – PSD60N000N Metric Example: A4VSG 125 EO1/22R – PPB10K339F + A4VSG 71 HM1/10R – PZB10N000N 2. Please check with the factory if a gear pump or radial piston pump is to be mounted at the factory. * Not for new projects. Permitted with reduced through drive torque only.

Pumps and Motors

86

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 92 105/05.04 Page 1 of 4 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Axial piston-compact unit Model AA4CSG (A4CSG) Sizes 250 to 750 Series 3 Nominal pressure up to 5100 PSI (350 bar) Peak pressure up to 5800 PSI (400 bar) – Axialpiston pump-variable displacement, swashplate design for hydrostatic drives in closed circuits. – The flow is proportional to input speed and displacement. It can be infinitely varied by adjustment of the swashplate. – The necessary boostpump and all required controlvalves are integrated. – One common auxiliary pump for boost and EP-control pressure – Compact design (extremely short in length) – Favorable power to weight ratio – Low noise level – Long service life – High efficiency – New electro-hydr. control EP with proportional solenoid and zero displacement position at power loss (fail safe function) – Throughdrive for multiple pumpcombinations also possible with integrated boost pump – Full through drive capability, tandems of same size possible – For further information on control- and regulating devices see separate data sheets RA 92 076 and RA 92 080

Pumps and Motors

Model AA4CSG

87

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 92 105/05.04 Page 2 of 4 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Ordering code

Version SAE version Metric version (no code)

250 l —

355 l —

500 — l

750 — l

A

Axial piston unit A4CS

Compact unit, swashplate design, variable displacement Nominal pressure 5100 psi (350 bar), peak pressure 5800 psi (400 bar) Type of operation Pump, closed circuit operation

G

Size

250 355 500 750 in3 15.26 21.66 30.51 45.77 (cm3) (250) (355) (500) (750)

Displacement Vg max Control and adjustment devices Hydr. adjustment, control volume dependent Hydr. adjustment with servo-/ proportional valve Electronic control Hydr. control, pilot pressure dependent Electro-hydraulic control with proportional solenoid

HM HS EO HD EP

¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ l

¢ ¢ ¢ l l

¢ ¢ ¢ l l

¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ l

HM.. HS.. EO.. HD.. EP..

}

see RA 92076

see RA 92080 see RA 92084

Series 30 Direction of rotation viewing at shaft end

clockwise counter-clockwise

Seals FKM (Fluorcarbon rubber)

V

Shaft end SAE parallel keyed shaft SAE splined shaft SAE splined shaft with run out spline Metric keyed parallel shaft DIN 6885 Metric splined shaft DIN 5480 Mounting flange 4-hole to SAE J744 (ISO 3019-1) 8-hole to ISO 3019-2 Port connections Ports A,B: SAE flanged opposite sides Port S: SAE flanged on side 90o offset Ports A,B: SAE flanged opposite sides Port S: SAE flanged on side 90o offset Boost pump with integrated boost pump without integrated boost pump

threaded } UNC bolt holes threaded } metric bolt holes

250 l l — — —

355 l — l — —

500 — — — l l

750 — — — l l

K S R P Z

l —

l —

— l

— l

D H

l

l

—

—

85

—

—

l

l

35

250 l ¢

355 l ¢

500 l l

750 l ¢

F K

l Pumps and Motors

R L

= available 88

¢

= in preparation

—

= not available Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from 92 105/05.04 Page 3 of 4 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

A4CS G

/ 30

–V

Version Axial piston unit Type of operation Size Control and adjustment device Series Direction of rotation Seals Shaft end Mounting flange Port connections Boost pump Through drive prepared for through drive, no coupling, no adapter flange, closed with cover with through drive for mounting of second pump (for further options see page 18) Flange SAE J744 shaft coupling splined SAE J744 to mount 32-4 11/4 in 14T (C) AA4VSO/G 40 127-41) (C) 38-4 11/2 in 17T (C-C.) AA4VSO/G 71 127-41) (C) 44-4 13/4 in 13T (D) AA4VSO/G 125 152-41) (D) 152-41) (D) 50-4 2 in 15T (F) AA4VSO/G 180 50-4 2 in 15T (F) AA4CSG, AA4VSO/G 250 165-41) (E) 50-4 2 in 15T (F) AA4CSG, AA4VSO/G 355 165-41) (E) Flange ISO 3019-2 (metr.) shaft coupling splined DIN 5480 to mount 315, 8-hole W 0x3x30x25x9g A4CSG, A4VSO/G 500 400, 8-hole W 0x3x30x28x9g A4CSG, A4VSO/G 750 Flange SAE J 744 shaft coupling splined SAE J744 to mount 16-4 5/8 in 9T (A) AZPF, PGF2 82-21) (A) 19-4 3/4 in 11T (A-B) A10VSO 10, 18 82-21) (A) 22-4 7/8 in 13T (B) (A)A10V(S)O 28, PGF3, AZPN/G 101-21) (B) 25-4 1 in 15T (B-B) (A)A10V(S)O 45, PGH4 101-21) (B) 32-4 11/4 in 14T (C) (A)A10V(S)O 71 127-21) (C) 38-4 11/2 in 17T (C-C) (A)A10V(S)O 100, PGH5 127-21) (C) 44-4 13/4 in 13T (D) (A)A10V(S)O 140 152-41) (D) 1) 2 = 2-bolt; 4 = 4-bolt to SAE J744 Valves Integrated: boost-, control pressure relief- and flushing valve; direct operated mainline relief valves 2) Integrated: boost-, control pressure relief- and flushing valve; pilot operated mainline relief valves 2) 2)

250 355 500 750 l l l l 99

¢ ¢ l ¢ ¢ –

¢ ¢ l ¢ ¢ ¢

¢ ¢ l ¢ ¢ ¢

¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢

15 16 17 78 18 18

– –

– –

l –

¢ ¢

43 76

l ¢ l ¢ l ¢ l

l ¢ l ¢ l ¢ l

l ¢ l l l ¢ l

¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢

01 52 68 04 07 24 17

¢ l

¢ l

¢ l

¢ l

3 4

l l l ¢ ¢

l l l ¢ ¢

l l l – –

l l ¢ – –

N D M Z U

crossover relief valves

Filtration without filter with threaded connection for filter in boost circuit with built on filter (optical-electr. dirt indicator) in boost circuit with threaded connection f. filter in boost circuit (D) a. sandwichplate filter for HS-control (see RA 92076) with built on filter in boost circuit (M) and sandwichplate filter for HS-control (see RA 92076)

Pumps and Motors

89

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 92 105/05.04 Page 4 of 4 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Ordering code Table of values (theoretical values, without considering hmh und hv; values rounded) Size Displacement

Drive speed Max. flow (variable pump)

Max. power (variable pump, Δp = 5100 psi [350 bar] without boost pump)

Max. torque at Vg max (variable pump without boost pump)

Variable pump

Vg max

integr. boost pump

Vg H

max. speed min. speed at nmax

nmax nmin qv max

at nE = 1200 rpm

qv 1200

at nE = 1800 rpm

qv 1800

at nmax

Pmax

at nE = 1200 rpm

P1200

at nE = 1800 rpm

P1800

Δp = 5100 psi (350 bar) Δp = 1450 psi (100 bar)

Tmax T

Moment of inertia about drive axis Torsional stiffness

J Shaft end K / P Shaft end S / R / Z

Case volume Weight approx.. (Pump with EP-control and integrated boost pump)

250 15.26 (250) 3.84 (63) 2200 800 145.3 (550) 79.3 (300) 118.9 (450) 432 (321) 236 (175) 353.8 (263) 1032 (1391) 295 (398) 2.276 (0.96) 326491 (443) 271216 (368) 2.64 (10) 472 (214)

in3 (cm3) in3 (cm3) rpm rpm gpm (L/min) gpm (L/min) gpm (L/min) HP (kW) HP (kW) HP (kW) lb-ft (Nm) lb-ft (Nm) lb-ft2 (kgm2) lb-ft/rad (kNm/rad) lb-ft/rad (kNm/rad) gal (L) lbs (kg)

m

355 21.7 (355) 4.88 (80) 2000 800 187.6 (710) 112.5 (426) 168.8 (639) 558 (414) 334.7 (248) 502.3 (373) 1465 (1976) 416 (564) 4.509 (0.19) 599918 (814) 350075 (475) 2.11 (8) 523 (237)

500 30.51 (500) 5.98 (98) 1800 800 237.8 (900) 158.5 (600) 237.7 (900) 707 (525) 471.6 (350) 707 (525) 2064 (2783) 586 (795) 7.890 (0.333) 843865 (1145) 891033 (1209) 3.70 (14) 772 (350)

750 45.8 (750) 8.72 (143) 1600 800 317.0 (1200) 237.8 (900) — — 943 (700) 707.6 (525) — — 3096 (4174) 879 (1193) 15.66 (0.66) 1370820 (1860) 1335444 (1812) 5.02 (19) 1102 (500)

Determination of size qV =

Vg • n • ηv gpm 231

Drive torque

T=

Vg • Δp lb-ft 24 • π • ηmh

Power

P=

qV • Δp HP 1714 • ηt

Flow

( ( (

qV =

Vg • n • ηv 1000

T=

1.59 • Vg • Δp 100 • ηmh

Nm

P=

2π • T• n qV • Δp = 60,000 600 • ηt

kW

L/min

) ) )

Vg Δp n ηv ηmh ηt

= = = = = =

geometr. displacement per revolution in in3 (cm3) Pressure differential in PSI (bar) Drive speed in rpm (min-1) Volumetric efficiency Mechanical-hydraulic efficiency Overall efficiency (ηt = ηv • ηmh) Application of forces

Permissible forces on drive shaft Size Permissible radial force

Fq max

Permissible axial force

± Fax max

Pumps and Motors

lbf (N) lbf (N)

250 450 (2000) 405 (1800) 90

355 495 (2200) 450 (2000)

500 562 (2500) 450 (2000)

750 674 (3000) 495 (2200)

Fq

± Fax

X/2 X/2 X

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 92 500/06.04 Page 1 of 4 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Variable displacement pump for open circuits, Axial piston, swashplate design Model AA11VO Sizes 40...260 Series 1 Nominal pressure 5100 psi (350 bar) Peak pressure 5800 psi (400 bar) – Variable displacement axial piston pump of swashplate design for hydrostatic drives in open circuit hydraulic system – Designed primarily for use in mobile applications – The pump operates under self-priming conditions, with tank pressurization, or with an optional built-in charge pump (impeller) – A comprehensive range of control options is available matching any application requirement – Power control option is externally adjustable, even when the pump is running – The through drive is suitable for adding gear pumps and axial piston pumps up to the same, i.e. 100% through drive – The output flow is proportional to the drive speed and infinitely variable between maximum and zero

Pumps and Motors

91

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Ordering code See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Axial piston unit Swashplate design, variable displacement, SAE version Charge pump (impeller) without charge pump (no code) with charge pump

AA11V 40 60 75 95 130 145 190 260 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● – – – – ● ● ● ●

Operation Pump, open circuit

O

Size Displacement Vg max Control device Power control with override

L

40 60 75 95 130 145 190 260 42 58.5 74 93.5 130 145 193 260

cm3/rev. in3/rev.

cross-sensing high pressure related pilot pressure related electrical

12V 24V

2.56 3.57 4.52 5.71 7.93 8.84 11.7815.87

negative negative negative positive negative negative

LR LR LR3 LG1 LG2 LE1 LE2

with pressure cut-off hydraulic 2-stage hydraulic remote controlled with load sensing electr. prop. override, 24V neg. hydr. prop. override, negative with stroke limiter negative Δp = 365 psi (25 bar) characteristic Δp = 145 psi (10 bar) positive Δp = 365 psi (25 bar) characteristic Δp = 145 psi (10 bar) positive characteristic U = 12 V U = 24 V DR Pressure control with load sensing DRS remote controlled DRG for parallel operation DRL Hydraulic control Δp = 145 psi (10 bar) HD1 pilot pressure related (pos. charac.) Δp = 365 psi (25 bar) HD2 with pressure cut-off with pressure cut-off, remote controlled Electrical control U = 12 V EP1 with proportional solenoid (pos. characteristic) U = 24 V EP2 with pressure cut-off with pressure cut-off, remote controlled

C

D E G S S2 S5 H1 H5 H2 H6 U1 U2

D G

D G

40 ● ● ● ● ● ❍ ❍ ● ● ● ● ❍ ❍ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ❍ ● ● ● ●

60 ● ● ● ● ● ❍ ● ● ● ● ● ❍ ❍ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

75 ● ● ● ● ● ❍ ● ● ● ● ● ❍ ❍ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ❍ ● ● ● ●

95 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ❍ ● ● ● ●

130 145 190 260 ● ● ● ● LR ● ● ● ● LR . C ● ● ● ● LR3 ● ● ● ● LG1 ● ● ● ● LG2 ● ● ● ● LE1 ● ● ● ● LE2 ● ● ● ● L . D.. ● ● ● ● L.E.. ● ● ● ● L..G. ● ● ● ● L...S ● ● ● ● L...S2 ● ● ● ● L . . . S5 ● ● ● ● L . . . H1 ● ● ● ● L . . . H5 ● ● ● ● L . . . H2 ● ● ● ● L . . . H6 ● ● ● ● L . . . U1 ● ● ● ● L . . . U2 ● ● ● ● DR ● ● ● ● DRS ● ● ● ● DRG ● ● ● ● DRL ● ● ● ● HD1 ● ● ● ● HD2 ● ● ● ● HD. D ❍ ❍ ● ● HD. G ● ● ● ● EP1 ● ● ● ● EP2 ● ● ● ● EP. D ● ● ● ● EP. G

In case of controls with several additional functions, observe the order of the columns, only one option per column is possible (e.g. LRDCH2). The following combinations are not available for the power control: LRDS2, LRDS5, L...GS, L...GS2, L...GS5, L...EC and the combination L...DG in connection with the stroke limiters H1, H2, H5, H6, U1 and U2. ● = available ❍ = available on request – = not available

Pumps and Motors

92

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Axial piston unit Charge pump

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

AA11V

Pneumatics

O

Service

/ 1

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

– N

62

– 6)

Operation Size Control device Series 1 Index

Direction of rotation viewed on shaft end

size 40...130 size 145...260

0 1

clockwise counter-clockwise

R L

Seals NBR (Buna-N), shaft seal in FKM (fluorocarbon)

N

Shaft end (perm. input torques see page 7) 40 60 Splined shaft ANSI B92.1a–1976 for single pump ● ● for combination pump ● ● Cylindrical shaft with key DIN 6885 ● ●

75 ● ● ●

95 ● –1) ●

130 145 190 260 ● ● ● ● –1) –1) ● ● ● ● ● ●

S T P

Mounting flange SAE J744 – 2-hole SAE J744 – 4-hole SAE J617 2) (SAE 3)

40 60 75 95 130 145 190 260 ● ● – – – – – – – – ● ● ● ● ● ● – – – ● ● ● ● –

C D G

Service line ports Pressure and suction port on opposite sides (SAE), with UNC fastening threads

40 60 75 95 130 145 190 260 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

62

Through drive (see page 56 for attachments) Flange SAE J744 3) Splined shaft coupler – – 82-2 (A) 5/8in 9T 16/32DP (A) 3/4in 11T 16/32DP (A-B) 101-2 (B) 7/8in 13T 16/32DP (B) 1in 15T 16/32DP (B-B) 127-2 (C) 4) 1 1/4in 14T 12/24DP (C) 1 1/2in 17T 12/24DP (C-C) 152-4 (D) 1 1/4in 14T 12/24DP (C) 1 3/4in 13T 8/16DP (D) 165-4 (E) 1 3/4in 13T 8/16DP (D)

40 ● ● ❍ ● ● – – – – –

75 ● ● ❍ ● ● ● – ● – –

95 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● – –

130 145 190 260 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ❍ ❍ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● – – ● ●

N00 K01 K52 K02 K04 K07 K24 K86 K17 K72

Swivel angle indicator (page 57) without (no code) with optical swivel angle indicator with electrical swivel angle sensor

40 60 75 ● ● ● ● – ● ● – ●

95 ● ● ●

130 145 190 260 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

V R

Male connectors for solenoids 5) (page 58) DEUTSCH DT04-2P-EP04 (2-pole), molded to the solenoid coil Hirschmann according to DIN EN 175 301-803-A (not for new projects)

40 60 75 95 130 145 190 260 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

P H

60 ● ● ● ● ● ● – – – –

1

4 ) S-shaft suitable for combination pump! ) Size 190 and 260 with 2 + 4-hole flange 5 ) To fit the flywheel housing of the combustion engine ) Male connector without bidirectional surpressor diode 3 ) 2 2-hole; 4 4-hole 6 ) no code = standard version, S = special version, K = combination with mounting part or mounting pump 2

Pumps and Motors

93

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 92 500/06.04 Page 4 of 4 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical Data Value table (theoretical values, without efficiencies and tolerances; values rounded) Size

AA11VO

40

60

75

95

130

145

190

260

AA11VLO (with charge pump) 3

Vg max In /rev.

Displacement

maximum at Vg ≤ Vg max 3) Flow 4) at nmax and Vg max

260

7.93

8.84

11.78

15.87

4.52

5.71

7.93

8.84

42

58.5

74

93.5

130

145

193

260

130

145

193

260

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

rpm

3000

2700

2550

2350

2100

2200

2100

1800

nmax1 rpm

3500

3250

3000

2780

2500

2500

2500

2300

2500

2500

2500

2300

gpm

33.3

41.7

49.9

58.1

72.1

84.3

107

123.6

85.9

95.9

127.6

158

158

189

220

273

319

405

468

325

363

483

598

254.8

283

376.8

468

211

281

349

cm /rev.

maximum at Vg max 1)

190

3.57

Vg min In3/rev. Speed

145

2.56

3

nmax

qV max

Power at qV max and Δp = 5100 psi (350 bar)

Pmax

Torque at Vg max and Δp = 5100 psi (350 bar)

lb-ft Tmax

L/min

126

hp

99.2

kW 172.6

123.4 147.5 171.7 213.2 249.4 316.5 366.1 92

110

240.4 303.9 384.3 326

412

159 596

521

724

236

273

190

792.9 1068

186

534

596

808

1075

1448

724

792.9 1068 1075

1448

0.1139 0.1946 0.2729 0.4105 0.7546 0.8092 1.3052 2.0835

0.7997 0.8543 1.3692

2.1238

kgm2

0.0048 0.0082 0.0115 0.0173 0.0318 0.0341 0.055 0.0878

0.0337

0.036 0.0577

0.0895

α

rad/s2

22000 17500 15000 13000 10500

Speed variation, max.

Δn

rpm

Frequency limit

flimit

J

234

128 534

2500 2) 2500 2) 2500 2) 23002)

lbs-ft2

Mass moment of inertia around drive axis

Nm

74

11.78 15.87

130

808

4

Rotational vibration ) Angular acceleration, max.

Rotary stiffness

Shaft end S

Shaft end T

Hz lb-ft/rad

6800

4800

10500

9000

6800

4800

57

49

37

28

563

563

563

518

85

73

68

63

57

49

37

28

788

731

675

626

563

563

563

518

43035 63658 75173 128117 174700 174700 191599 259628

174700 174700 191599 259628

Nm/rad 58347 86308 101921 173704 236861 236861 259773 352009

236861 236861 259773 352009

lb-ft/rad

Shaft end P

9000

54931 75556 92640

–

–

–

222691 418282

Nm/rad 74476 102440 125603

–

–

–

301928 567115

lb-ft/rad

–

–

222691 418282

–

–

301928 567115

64512 79574 105548 14883 230417 230417 282702 482244

230417 230417 282702 482244

Nm/rad 87467 107888 143104 196435 312403 312403 383292 653835

312403 312403 383292 653835

Filling volume

gal

0.29

0.36

0.49

L

1.1

1.35

1.85

2.1

2.9

2.9

3.8

4.6

2.9

2.9

3.8

4.6

Weight (approx.)

lbs

71

88

99

117

145

168

209

276

159

161

229

304

kg

32

40

45

53

66

76

95

125

72

73

104

138

m

0.55

0.77

0.77

1.0

1.22

0.77

0.77

1.0

1.22

1

) The values apply at absolute pressure (pabs) 14.5 psi (1 bar) at the suction port S and mineral hydraulic fluid. ) The values apply at absolute pressure (pabs) of at least 12 psi (0.8 bar) at the suction port S and mineral hydraulic fluid. 3 ) The values apply at Vg ≤ Vg max or in case of an increase in the inlet pressure pabs at the suction port S (see diagram page 5) 4 ) The permissible angular acceleration or speed variation only applies for single pumps, not for combi pumps. The load on connection parts (e.g. through drive) must be taken into account additionally. At f < flimit the Δn specified in the table is permissible. At f > flimit the permissible angular acceleration α specified in the table limits the value of the speed variation: Δnperm = 3.04 • α/f. 2

Pumps and Motors

94

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 92 701/05.04 Page 1 of 4 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Variable displacement pump for open circuits, Axial piston, swashplate design Model A10V(S)O Size 18...140 Series 31 Nominal pressure 4000 psi (280 bar) Peak pressure 5100 psi (350 bar) – Axial piston pump A10VO, variable, in swashplate design for hydrostatic transmissions in open loop circuit – Flow is proportional to drive speed and displacement. By adjusting the swashplate angle it is possible to infinitely vary the flow – Mounting flange acc. to SAE J744 – Flanged ports acc. to SAE J518 – 2 case drain ports – Good suction characteristics – Permissible working pressure 4000 psi (280 bar) – Low noise level – Long service life – Axial and radial loading of drive shaft possible – High power-weight ratio – Wide range of controls – Short response times – Through drive option for multi-circuit system

Pumps and Motors

95

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 92 701/05.04 Ordering code

Version High-Speed-Version Axial piston unit Swashplate design variable

18, 28 -

45...140 ●

18 ●

28...140 ● -

Version H

Axial piston unit Mode of operation

A10V A10VS

Size Control devices

Mode of operation Pump open circuit

Series

O

Dir of rotation Size Displacement Vg max

in3/rev cm3/rev

Control devices Two point, direct control Pressure control remote control Pressure and flow control

18 1.10 18

28 1.71 28

45 2.75 45

71 4.33 71

100 6.10 100

140 8.54 140

28 ● ● ●

45 ● ● ●

71 ● ● ●

100 ● ● ●

140 ● ● ●

DG DR DRG

Seals Shaft

DG DR DR

G

18 ❍ ● ●

DFR DFR

1

● ●

● ●

● ●

● ●

● ●

● ●

DFR DFR1

-

●

●

●

●

●

DFLR

●

●

●

●

●

●

ED

❍

●

●

●

●

❍

EF

orifice in X-channel closed Pressure, flow and torque control d Electro-hydr. pressure control, see RA 92707 Pressure and flow control with electrically adjustable differential pressure see RE 92709 (in preparation) Series

31 Direction of rotation Viewed on drive shaft

clockwise counter clockwise

Seals NBR nitril-caoutchouc, shaft seal FKM FKM fluoro-caoutchouc

P V

Shaft end acc. to SAE J744 Splined, reduced dia. (not for through drive) [in] Splined, regular dia. (with undercut) [in] Splined (with runout, higher input torque) [in] Splined (with runout, reduced dia.) [in] Parallel with key Trapered with woodruff key ● = available Pumps and Motors

❍ = in preparation

R L

18 5/8 3/4 – ● -

28 7/8 7/8 – ● ●

– = not available

45 7/8 1 1 7/8 ● -

71 100 140 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/2 1 3/4 1 1/4 – – – 1 1/4 – ● ● ● ● -

U S R W K C

= preferred program 96

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 92 701/05.04

A10V(S) O

/ 31

–

Version Axial piston unit Mode of operation Size Control devices Series Direction of rotation Seals Shaft Mounting flange acc. to SAE J744 2-hole 4-hole

18 ● –

28 ● –

45 ● –

71 ● –

100 ● –

140 ●

Port for service lines Pressure port B Suction port S Pressure port B Suction port S Pressure port B Suction port S Pressure port B Suction port S

18

28

45

71

100

140

-

-

-

●

-

-

91

-

-

-

●

-

-

92

-

●

●

-

●

●

61

●

●

●

-

●

●

62

18 ●

28 ●

45 ●

71 ●

100 ●

140 ●

N00

● ● – – – – –

● ● ● – – – –

● ● ● ● – – –

● ● ● ● ● – –

● ● ● ● ● ● –

● ● ● ● ● ● ●

K01 K52 K68 K04 K07 K24 K17

SAE flange rear, fixing thread UNC SAE flange on opposite side fixing thread UNC SAE flange rear, fixing thread UNC SAE flange on opposite side fixing thread UNC

Through drive Without through drive With through drive (port plate 62 org2) Mounting flange1) Shaft/coupling2) 82-2 (A) 16-4 (A) 82-2 (A) 19-4 (A-B) 101-2 (B) 22-4 (B) 101-2 (B) 25-4 (B-B) 127-2 (C) 32-4 (C) 127-2 (C) 38-4 (C-C) 152-4 (D) 44-4 (D)

Sealing axial axial axial axial axial axial axial

C D

Port plate 91 and 61 without through drive only

1

) Flange acc. to SAE J744

2

) Coupling for splined shaft acc. to SAE J744 OCT83 For mounting options on through drive see page 29.

Pumps and Motors

97

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 92 701/05.04 Page 4 of 4 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical Data Table of values (theoretical values, without considering ηmh and ηv: values rounded) Size Displacement Speed 1), max. at Vg max at Vg < Vg max Flow, max. at no max

18 High-Speed-Version in3 1.10 Vg max (cm3) (18) no max no max perm.

rpm 3300 rpm 3900

28

45

71

100

140

1.71 (28)

2.75 (45)

4.33 (71)

6.10 (100)

8.54 (140)

45 2.75 (45)

71 4.33 (71)

100 6.10 (100)

140 8.54 (140)

3000 3600

2600 3100

2200 2600

2000 2400

1800 2100

3000 3300

2550 2800

2300 2500

2050 2200

gpm 15.6 22.2 30.9 41.2 52.8 66.6 35.7 47.8 60.7 75.8 (L/min) (59.4) (84) (117) (156) (200) (252) (135) (181) (230) (287) at nE = 1800 rpm qvE gpm 8.5 13.2 21.4 33.8 47.5 66.6 21.4 33.8 47.5 66.6 (L/min) (32.4) (50) (81) (128) (180) (252) (81) (128) (180) (252) Power (Δp = 4000 psi (280 bar) & Vg max) HP 37 52 74 98 125 157 84 113 143 180 at no max Po max (kW) (27.7) (39) (55) (73) (93) (117) (63) (84) (107) (134) at nE = 1800 rpm PE max HP 20 31 51 80 113 158 51 80 113 158 (kW) (15) (23) (38) (60) (84) (118) (38) (60) (84) (118) Torque at Vg max lb-ft 58.9 91 146 230 324 453 146 230 324 453 Δp = 4000 psi Tmax (280 bar) (Nm) (80.1) (125) (200) (316) (445) (623) (200) (316) (445) (623) Δp = 1450 psi lb-ft 21 33 53 83 117 164 53 83 117 164 T (100 bar) (Nm) (28.6) (45) (72) (113) (159) (223) (72) (113) (159) (223) Moment of inertia lb-ft2 0.022 0.040 0.078 0.197 0.396 0.574 0.078 0.197 0.396 0.574 J about drive axis (kgm2) (0.00093) (0.0017) (0.0033) (0.0083) (0.0167) (0.0242) (0.0033) (0.0083) (0.0167) (0.0242) Max. angular acceleration rad/s 6800 5500 4000 2900 2400 2000 4000 2900 2400 2000 Torsional stiffness - shaft "S" lb-ft/rad 8149 16403 27562 52835 89039 124610 27562 52835 89039 124610 (Nm/rad) (11087) (22317) (37499) (71884) (121142) (169537) (37499) (71884) (121142) (169537) shaft "U" lb-ft/rad 5946 22107 66953 22107 66953 (Nm/rad) (8090) (30077) (91093) (30077) (91093) shaft "R" lb-ft/rad 19375 30153 56261 30153 56261 (Nm/rad) (26360) (41025) (76545) (41025) (76545) shaft "W" lb-ft/rad 25330 74858 25330 74858 (Nm/rad) (34463) (101847) (34463) (101847) shaft "K" lb-ft/rad 9805 19712 32270 60352 99448 144680 32270 60352 99448 144680 (Nm/rad) (13340) (26819) (43905) (82112) (135303) (196844) (43905) (82112) (135303) (196844) Filling capacity gal. 0.1 0.18 0.26 0.42 0.58 0.79 0.26 0.42 0.58 0.79 (L) (0.4) (0.7) (1.0) (1.6) (2.2) (3.0) (1.0) (1.6) (2.2) (3.0) Weight (without fluid) m lbs 26 33 46 73 99 132 46 73 99 132 (kg) 12 15 21 33 45 60 21 33 45 60 1 )Values shown are valid for an absolute pressure of 14.5 psi (1 bar) at inlet port S. At reduced displacement or increased inlet pressure the speed may be increased according to the diagram. 2 ) For higher radial loads, please consult us.

Pumps and Motors

qvo max

98

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 92 703/03.06 Page 1 of 4 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Variable displacement pump for open circuits, Axial piston, swashplate design Model A10VO Size 10...85 Series 52/53 Nominal pressure 3600 psi (250 bar) Peak pressure 4600 psi (315 bar) – Variable axial piston pump in swashplate design for hydrostatic drives in open circuits – Flow is proportional to drive speed and displacement.The flow is infinitely variable by adjustment of the swashplate – Strong bearings for long service life – High permissible drive speeds – High power-weight ratio - small dimensions – Low noise level – Good suction characteristics – Axial and radial loading of drive shaft possible – Pressure and flow control – Electro-hydraulic pressure control – Power control – Electro-hydraulic displacement control – Short response times

Series 52

Series 53

Pumps and Motors

99

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 92 703/03.06 Page 2 of 4 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Ordering code

01

A10V(S)

O

01

02

/ 03

04

5 05

– 06

07

V 08

09

10

Axial piston unit Swash plate design, variable

11 10

12 28 –

45 –

60/631) –

85 –

–

Operating mode 02 Pump, open circuit

03

A10VS A10V O

Size Displacement Vg max

[cm3] [in3]

10 10 0.61

28 28 1.71

1)

45 60/63 45 63 2.75 3.84

85 85 5.18

Control devices2) Pressure control DR DR with hydraulic flow control X-T open DFR – DFR2) X-T open DR F – DRF2) X-T closed DFR1 DFR12) X-T closed DR S – DRS2) with flow control, electro-hydraulic adjustment of differential press.(inverse proportional characteristic) (RE 92 709) EF . D . – EF.D. with remote pressure control hydraulic DR G DRG electric, inverse charact. (RE 92 707) ED . – ED. Power control with pressure control min. start of control 145 to 510 psi (10 to 35 bar) LA 5 D – LA5D 04 520 to 1015 psi (36 to 70 bar) LA 6 D – LA6D 1030 to 1520 psi (71 to 105 bar) LA 7 D – LA7D 1535 to 2030 psi (106 to 140 bar) LA 8 D – LA8D 2045 to 3335 psi (141 to 230 bar) LA 9 D – LA9D with remote pressure control min. start of control see above LA X D G – LAXDG with pressure and flow control, X-T closed min. start of control see above LA X D S – LAXDS with press. and flow control, electro-hydr. adjustment of diff. press. (inverse prop. characteristic), X-T closed (RE 92 709) min. start of control see above LA X S . – LAXS. Electro-proportional displacement control (RE 92 708) with pressure and flow control positive characteristic EP . D . – EP.D. with pressure and flow control positive characteristic; deactivation of control at I = 0 EK . D . – EK.D. 1) 2)

Size 60 only in series 52; size 63 only in series 53 (see also index 06 in ordering code) For availability of control options in series 52 and 53 (see also index 06 in ordering code)

Pumps and Motors

100

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 92 703/03.06 Page 3 of 4 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Ordering code

A10V(S)

O

01

02

/ 03

04

5 05

– 06

07

V 08

09

10

11

12

Series 5

05

Index

10

DR, DFR, DFR1, DRG, ED... 06 DR, DRF, DRS, DRG, ED... EF..., LA..., EP..., EK...

28

45

60

63

85 21) 3 3

– – –

– –

Direction of rotation 07

viewing on shaft end

clockwise counter clockwise

R L

Seals 08 FKM fluor-rubber

V

Shaft end

10

Splined shaft to SAE J744, standard shaft Similar to shaft “S“ however for higher input torque Splined shaft to SAE J744, reduced diameter, not for through drive 09 similar to shaft “U“, higher input torque, not for through drive SAE key Tapered with Woodruff key

28

45

60/63

–

– –

85

– –

–

–

S R U W K2) C2)

Mounting flange 10

SAE 2-hole SAE 4-hole

–

–

C D

–

Port for service lines SAE flange at rear, UNC threads (no through drive) 11 SAE flange on side, opposite sides, UNC threads Threaded ports at rear, UN threads (no through drive)

– – –

–

61 62 642)

Through drive Without through drive (only for port plate 61 and 64) Flange SAE J744 Coupler for splined shaft3) 82-2 (A) 5/8 in 9T 16/32DP 82-2 (A) 3/4 in 11T 16/32DP 7/8 in 13T 16/32DP 12 101-2 (B) 101-2 (B) 1 in 15T 16/32DP 127-4 (C) 1 1/4 in 14T 12/24DP 127-2 (C) 1 1/4 in 14T 12/24DP 127-2 (C)

1 1/2 in 17T 12/24DP

N00 Sealing axial axial axial axial axial axial

– – – – – –

– – –

– –

–

K01 K52 K68 K04 K15 K07

axial

–

–

–

–

K24

–

1)

Not for new projects. For new projects use series 53 only. only series 52 3) 30° pressure angle, flat base, flank centering, fit class 5. 2)

available

in preparation

Pumps and Motors

– not available 101

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 92 703/03.06 Page 4 of 4 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data Size

A10V(S)O

Displacement

10

28

45

60

63

85

Vg max

in3 (cm3)

0.61 (10.5)

1.71 (28)

2.75 (45)

3.66 (60)

3.84 (63)

5.18 (85)

n0 max

min-1

3600

3000

26003)

2700

2600

2500

-1

Speed2) max. at Vg max max. at Vg ≤ Vg max

n0 max zul

min

4320

3600

3120

3240

3140

3000

at n0 max

qV0 max

gpm (L/min)

9.7 (37)

22 (84)

31 (117)

43 (162)

43.1 (163)

55 (212)

at n0 max zul.

qV0 max

gpm (L/min)

11.4 (43,2)

26.6 (100)

37 (140)

51 (194)

52.2 (198)

67.3 (255)

Flow

zul.

Power

Δp = 3600 psi (250 bar)

at n0 max

Po max

HP (kW)

22 (16)

47 (35)

65 (49)

90 (68)

90 (68)

119 (89)

at n0 max zul.

Po max

HP (kW)

25.5 (18)

56 (42)

77.8 (58)

108 (81)

110 (82,5)

141 (106)

zul.

Torque at Vg max

Δp = 3600 psi (250 bar)

Tmax

lb-ft (Nm)

31 (42)

82 (111)

131 (179)

175 (238)

184 (250)

247 (338)

Δp = 1440 psi (100 bar)

T

lb-ft (Nm)

13 (16.7)

33 (44.5)

53 (71.5)

70 (95)

74 (100)

102 (135)

J

lbs-ft2 (kgm2)

0.0142 (0.0006)

0.0403 (0.0017)

0.0783 (0.0033)

0.1329 (0.0056)

0.1329 (0.0056)

0.2848 (0.012)

Angular acceleration, max.

rad/s2

8000

5500

4000

3300

3300

2700

Torsional stiffness

Shaft S

lb-ft/rad (Nm/rad)

6760 (9200)

16400 (22300)

27560 (37500)

48100 (65500)

48100 (65500)

105100 (143000)

Shaft R

lb-ft/rad (Nm/rad)

— —

19400 (26300)

30240 (41000)

51200 (69400)

51200 (69400)

— —

Shaft U

lb-ft/rad (Nm/rad)

5020 (6800)

— —

22130 (30000)

36290 (49200)

36290 (49200)

75900 (102900)

Shaft W

lb-ft/rad (Nm/rad)

— —

— —

25370 (34400)

39830 (54000)

39830 (54000)

86960 (117900)

Shaft P

lb-ft/rad (Nm/rad)

7890 (10700)

— —

— —

— —

— —

— —

Case volume

gal (L)

0.05 (0.2)

0.08 (0.3)

0.13 (0.5)

0.21 (0.8)

0.21 (0.8)

0.26 (1)

Weight (without fluid)

lbs (kg)

17 (8)

31 (14)

40 (18)

48.5 (22)

48.5 (22)

75 (34)

Moment of inertia (about drive axis)

1)

theoretical values, without considering ηmh and ηv, values rounded Values are valid with inlet pressure of 1 bar at suction inlet S. With reduced displacement or increased inlet pressure the drive speed can be increased according to the diagram on page 5 3) For higher drive speeds, please consult us. 2)

Pumps and Motors

102

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 92 711/05.95 Page 1 of 4 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Variable displacement pump for open circuits, Axial piston, swashplate design Model AA10VSO (A10VSO; Size 18) Sizes 18 to 140, Series 31 Nominal pressure up to 280 bar (4000 PSI) Maximum pressure up to 350 bar (5100 PSI) – Variable displacement axial piston pump of swashplate design for hydrostatic open circuit systems – Flow is proportional to drive speed and displacement. It can be infinitely varied by adjustment of the swashplate. – SAE mounting flange – Flange connections to SAE – Two case drain ports – Good suction characteristics – Permissible continous pressure 280 bar (4000 PSI) – Low noise level – Long service life – Axial and radial load of drive shaft possible – High power-weight ratio – Wide range of controls – Short response times – Through drive option for multi-circuit system

Pumps and Motors

103

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 92 711/05.95 Page 2 of 4 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Ordering code

Hydraulic Fluid, Type of rotary group Mineral oil and HFD (no code) HFA, HFB and HFC - Fluids High-Speed-Version

18...45 l l —

Axial Piston Unit Swashplate design, variable

71...140 l l l

size 18 size 28 to 140

E H

A10VS AA10VS

Type of operation Pump in open circuit

¢

Size in3/rev. cm3/rev. Control device Two-position control, direct controls Pressure control

DG DR DR DFR DFR

18 28 45 71 100 140 1.10 1.71 2.75 4.33 6.10 8.54 18 28 45 71 100 140

G

18 l l l

28 l l l

45 l l l

71 l l l

100 l l l

140 l l l

DG DR DRG

1

l l

l l

l l

l l

l l

l l

DFR DFR1

— l l

l l l

l l l

l l l

l l l

l l l

DFLR DFE1 ED

remote control Pressure flow control

without orifice between X and tank Pressure, flow and power control Pressure and flow control, electronic, see RA30022 Electro-hydraulic pressure control, see RE92707 Series

31 Direction of rotation Viewed on shaft end

clockwise counter clockwise

Seals NBR nitril-caoutchouc, shaft seal in FKM FKM flour-caoutchouc

R L

P V

Shaft end SAE Parallel with key SAE Splined shaft SAE Splined shaft (higher through drive torque) SAE Splined shaft (not suitable for through drive)

18 l l l l

28 l l l —

45 l l l l

71 l l l —

100 l l — l

140 l l — —

K S R U

Mounting flange SAE 2-bolt SAE 4-bolt

18 l —

28 l —

45 l —

71 l —

100 l —

140 — l

C D

Pumps and Motors

104

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 92 711/05.95 Page 3 of 4 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

AA10VS

O

/ 31

–

Hydraulic Fluid, Type of rotary group Axial Piston Unit Type of operation Size

Control device Series Direction of rotation Seals Shaft end Mounting flange Service line connections Pressure port B and suction port S:

18 l —

SAE ports at opposite sides UNC fixing threads

Through drives without through drive with through drive to accept an axial piston pump or a gear pump Mounting flange SAEJ744 hub sealing 82-2(A) keyed (A-B) axial 101-2 (B) keyed (B) axial 101-2 (B-B) keyed (B-B) axial 127-2 (C) keyed (C) axial 127-2 (C) keyed (C) radial 152-4 (D) keyed (D) axial 82-2 (A) 5/8 in (A) axial 82-2 (A) 3/4 in (A-B) axial 101-2 (B) 7/8 in (B) axial 101-2 (B) 1 in (B-B) axial 127-2 (C) 1 1/4 in (C) axial 127-2 (C) 1 1/2 in (C-C) axial 152-4 (D) 1 3/4 in (D) axial 1) Not for new projects. Permitted with reduced throug drive torque only.

l

= available

¢

= in preparation

–

= not available

Pumps and Motors

105

28 l —

45 l —

71 — l

100 l —

140 l —

62 92

18 l

28 l

45 l

71 l

100 l

140 l

N00

¢ — — — — — l l — — — — —

l l — — — — l l l — — — —

l l l — — — l l l l — — —

l l l l — — l l l l l — —

l l l l l — l l l l l l —

l l l l l l l l l l l l l

K401) K031) K051) K081) K381) K211) K01 K52 K68 K04 K07 K24 K17

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 92 711/05.95 Page 4 of 4 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data Table of values (theoretical values, without considering ηmh and ηv: values rounded) Size

(A)A10VSO Standard AA10VSO High Speed

18

28

45

71

100

140 71

100

140

140 (8.54)

71 (4.33)

100 (6.10)

140 (8.54)

2000

1800

2550

2300

2050

2400

2100

2600

2400

2100

156 (41) 128 (33.8)

200 (53) 180 (47.6)

252 (67) 252 (67)

181 (48) 128 (33.8)

230 (61) 180 (47.6)

287 (76) 252 (67)

55 (72) 38 (50)

73 (96) 69 (79)

93 (124) 84 (111)

118 (156) 118 (156)

84 (112) 69 (79)

107 (142) 84 (111)

134 (177) 118 (156)

200 (146) 72 (53)

316 (230) 113 (83)

445 (324) 159 (117)

623 (453) 223 (164)

316 (230) 113 (83)

445 (324) 159 (117)

623 (453) 223 (164)

Vg max

3

cm (in3)

18 (1.10)

28 (1.71)

45 (2.75)

71 (4.33)

100 (6.10)

at Vg max

n0 max

rpm

3300

3000

2600

2200

at increased inlet pressure pabs resp. Vg < Vgmax

n0 max perm. rpm

3900

3600

3100

2600

L/min (GPM) L/min (GPM)

59.4 (15.7) 32 (7.2)

84 (22) 59 (13.3)

117 (31) 81 (21.4)

kW (HP) kW (HP)

28 (36.6) 15 (19)

39 (51) 24 (31)

Nm (ft-lb) Nm (ft-lb )

80 (58) 28.6 (14.6)

125 (91) 45 (33)

kgm2 (lbs-ft2)

0.0009 0.0017 0.0033 0.0083 0.0167 0.0242 0.0083 0.0167 0.0242 (0.022) (0.0403) (0.0783) (0.1970) (0.3963) (0.5743) (0.1970) (0.3963) (0.5743)

L (gal.)

0.4 (0.1) 0.7 (0.2) 1.0 (0.3) 1.6 (0.4) 2.2 (0.6) 3.0 (0.8) 1.6 (0.4) 2.2 (0.6) 3.0 (0.8)

kg (lbs.)

12 (27) 15 (33) 21 (46) 33 (73) 45 (99) 60 (132) 33 (73) 45 (99) 60 (132)

Displacement Speed1), max.

Flow, max at n0 max

qvo max

at nE = 1800 rpm

qvo

Power, max. (Δp = 280 bar (4000 PSI) at n0 max

Po max

at nE = 1800 rpm

P

Torque, max. at Vg max Δp= 280 bar (4000 PSI) at Vg max Δp= 100 bar (1450 PSI)

Tmax

Moment of inertia (about drive axis)

J

T

Fill volume Weight (without fluid) ca.

m

Permissible loading of drive shaft max. perm. load

Fax max

max. perm. load2)

Fq max

1)

2)

N (lbs.) N (lbs.)

700 (157) 350 (79)

1000 (225) 1200 (270)

1500 (337) 1500 (337)

2400 (540) 1900 (427)

These values are valid for an absolute pressure of 14.5 psi (1 bar) at the suction port S. By reducing the displacement or increasing the input pressure the speed can be increased as shown in the diagram. Please consult us for higher radial forces.

4000 (900) 2300 (517)

4800 (1080) 2800 (630)

2400 (540) 1900 (427)

4000 (900) 2300 (517)

4800 (1080) 2800 (630)

Application of force

Fq ± Fax X/2

X/2 X

Pumps and Motors

106

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 92 714/11.05 Page 1 of 4 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Variable displacement pump for open circuits, Axial piston, swashplate design Model A10VSO Size 71...180 Series 32 Nominal pressure 4000 psi (280 bar) Peak pressure 5100 psi (350 bar) – Low noise level – Variable pump in axial piston-swashplate design – The flow is proportional to the drive speed and the displacement – Optimized housing and port plate structure to minimize noise radiation – Optional with pulsation damping – High efficiency – Hydrostatic unloading of cradle bearings – Double retainer mechanism for high speed version (Size 140 and 180) – Arrangement to counteract cylinder lift off – Optimized sealing – High functional reliability, also with torsional vibrations or under unfavorable operating conditions – Port for pressure transducer in pump outlet – Universal through drive – Excellent power to weight ratio

Pumps and Motors

107

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 92 714/11.05 Page 2 of 4 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Ordering code for standard program

A10VS

O

01

02

/ 03

32

04

05

–

V

06

07

D 08

S

09

10

11

12

Axial piston unit 01 Swashplate design, variable, industrial applications, nom. pres. 4000 psi (280 bar), peak press. 5100 psi (350 bar) A10VS Type of operation 02 Pump, open circuit

O

Size 03

45

71

100

140

180

[cm ]

45

71,1

100

140

180

3

2.75

4.34

6.10

8.54 10.98

3

Displacement Vg max

[in ] Control and adjustment devices Two-point control, directly operated

DG

DG

Pressure control

DR

DR

with flow control, hydraulic, X-T open X-T closed with displacement control, electronic

DR

F

DRF

DR

S

DRS DFE11)

DF E1

(with pressure control), remotely adjustable hydraulic

DR

G

electric, inversely prop. characteristic

ED

.

LA

5

D

LA5D

LA

6

D

LA6D

1319.5 to 2320 psi LA (91 to 160 bar)

7

D

LA7D

2334.5 to 3480 psi LA (160 to 240 bar)

8

D

LA8D

9

D

LA9D

LA X

D

LA X

D

DRG ED.2)

Power control with pressure control Beginning of control 725 psi below (50 bar) from 739.5 to 1305 psi (51 to 90 bar)

04

over 3480 psi (240 bar)

LA

with pressure control, remotely adjustable Beginning of control see above

G

LAXDG

with pressure and flow control, X-T closed Beginning of control see above

S

LAXDS

S

LAXS

with separate flow control, X-T closed Beginning of control see above

Pumps and Motors

LA X

108

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 92 714/11.05 Page 3 of 4 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Ordering code for standard program

A10VS

O

01

02

/ 03

04

32 05

–

V

06

07

D 08

09

S 10

11

12

Series 05

32 Direction of rotation

06

viewing on shaft end

Seals and fluids 07

45

71

clockwise

R

counter clockwise

L

100

140

180

FKM fluor-rubber

V

HFA, HFB and HFC-fluids (except Skydrol)

–

C3)

Shaft end keyed parallel shaft to SAE

K

08 splined to SAE J744

S –

like shaft end S , for higher torque inputs

–

–

R

Anbauflansch 09 SAE 4-hole

D

Ports for service lines outlet B and inlet S, SAE flange on side, opposite sides UNC thread for fixing screws, without through drive 10 like 62N however with universal through drive

62N 72U

like 62N however with universal through drive and pulsation damping

82U

Through drive without through drive (only for port plate 62N)

11

00

Flange SAE J744

Hub for splined shaft

Sealing

82-2 (A)

5/8 in 9T 16/32DP

axial

01

82-2 (A)

3/4 in 11T 16/32DP

axial

52

101-2 (B)

7/8 in 13T 16/32DP

axial

68

101-2 (B)

1 in 15T 16/32DP

axial

127-4 (C)

1 1/4 in 14T 12/24DP

axial

152-4 (D)

1 1/2 in 17T 12/24DP

axial

–

–

152-4 (D)

1 3/4 in 13T 8/16DP

axial

–

–

04 –

15 96 –

with shaft for through drive, without hub, without adapter flange, closed with cover (not for portplate 62N)

17 99

Type of rotary group 12 High speed (only with port plate 62N and 72U) 1)

See RE 30 022, not for HFx-fluids available

Pumps and Motors

2)

See RE 92 707 in preparation

– 3)

–

–

S

See RE 90 223

– not available

109

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 92 714/11.05 Page 4 of 4 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data1) Size

Standard High-speed

Displacement

3

71

100

140 140

Vg max

in (cm3)

4.34 (71)

6.10 (100)

8.54 (140)

8.54 (140)

max. at Vg max

n0 max

min-1

2200

2000

1800

18003)

max. at Vg ≤ Vg max

n0 max zul

min-1

2600

2400

2100

2300

at n0 max

qV0 max

gpm (L/min)

41.1 (156.4)

53 (200)

67 (252)

67 (252)

at nE = 1800 min-1

qVE max

gpm (L/min)

34 (128)

47.6 (180)

67 (252)

67 (252)

at n0 max. zul

qV0 max

gpm (L/min)

49 (184.3)

63.8 (240)

78.2 (294)

78.2 (294)

Speed2)

Flow

zul

Power

Δp = 4000 psi (Δp = 280 bar)

at n0 max

Po max

HP (kW)

96 (73)

124 (93)

156 (118)

156 (118)

at nE = 1800 rpm

PE max

HP (kW)

146 (109)

212 (158)

156 (118)

156 (118)

Δp = 4000 psi (Δp = 280 bar)

Tmax

lb-ft (Nm)

231 (317)

325 (446)

454 (624)

454 (624)

Δp = 1450 psi (Δp = 100 bar)

T

lb-ft (Nm)

83 (113)

117 (159)

164 (223)

164 (223)

J

lb-ft2 (kgm2)

0.2065 (0.0087)

0.4390 (0.0185)

0.6549 (0.0276)

0.6549 (0.0276)

Angular acceleration, max.

rad/s2

2900

2400

2000

2000

Torsional stiffness

shaft K

lb-ft/rad (Nm/rad)

59.466 (80627)

97.603 (132335)

138.958 (188406)

138.958 (188406)

shaft S

lb-ft/rad (Nm/rad)

53.018 (71884)

89.348 (121142)

125.042 (169537)

125.042 (169537)

shaft R

lb-ft/rad (Nm/rad)

56.456 (76545)

– (–)

– (–)

– (–)

gal (L)

0.4 (1.6)

0.6 (2.2)

0.8 (3.0)

0.8 (3.0)

lbs (kg)

103 (47)

152 (69)

161 (73)

161 (73)

Torque at Vg max

Moment of inertia (about drive axis)

Case volume Weight (with pressure control) 1) 2)

m

Theoretical values, without considering ηmh and ηv, values rounded Values are valid with inlet pressure of 1 bar absolute at port S.

Pumps and Motors

110

3)

With inlet pressure of 12 psi (0.8 bar) abs. at port S.

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 92 735/10.03 Page 1 of 3 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Variable displacement pump for open circuits, Axial piston, swashplate design Model A10VNO Size 28...85 Series 52 Nominal pressure 3000 psi (210 bar) Peak pressure 3600 psi (250 bar) – Variable displacement axial piston pump in swashplate design for hydrostatic drives in open circuits – Flow is proportional to drive speed and displacement. It can be infinitely varied by adjustment of the swashplate – High power to weight ratio - small dimensions – Low noise level – Permissible continuous pressure 3000 psi (210 bar) – Axial and radial loading of drive shaft possible – Pressure an flow control (load sensing) – Short response times – Well proven A10-Technology – Extreme small mounting dimensions – Cost effective alternative to fixed displacement pumps – Costs-optimized design

Pumps and Motors

111

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 92 735/10.03 Page 2 of 3 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Ordering code

A10VN O 01

02

DFR1 / 52 03

04

05

–

C

06

07

08

09

10

11

Axial piston unit 01 Swashplate design, variable, nominal press. 3000 psi (210 bar), peak press. 3600 psi ( 250 bar)

A10VN

Type of operation 02 Pump, open circuit

O

Size 03 Displacement Vgmax [cm3]

28

45

63

85

Control device 04 Pressure and flow control (without orifice between X and Tank)

DFR1

Series 05

52

Direction of rotation 06

viewed on shaft end

clockwise

R

counterclockwise

L

Seals 07

HNBR (high density nitrile-rubber resp. Buna -N)

–

FKM (fluoride -rubber)

–

–

–

–

–

H V

Shaft end 08

Splined shaft ANSI B92.1a-1976 (with runout)

-

Splined shaft ANSI B92.1a-1976 (with undercut)

–

R W

Mounting flange 09 SAE J744 2-hole

C

Connection for service lines 10

B, S and L: at rear, metric threaded ports (ISO 6149-1)

–

B and S: SAE flange at rear, metric bolt holes

–

–

–

40 11

Through drive 11 without through drive

available

N00 – not available

Available versions when ordering, state ordering code and ident nr. Ordering code

Ident-Nr.

Ordering code

Ident-Nr.

A10VNO28DFR1/52R-HRC40N00

2436422

A10VNO63DFR1/52R-VRC11N00

2436458

A10VNO28DFR1/52L-HRC40N00

2436423

A10VNO63DFR1/52L-VRC11N00

2436459

A10VNO45DFR1/52R-HRC40N00

2436456

A10VNO85DFR1/52R-VWC11N00

2436460

A10VNO45DFR1/52L-HRC40N00

2436457

A10VNO85DFR1/52L-VWC11N00

2436461

Pumps and Motors

112

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 92 735/10.03 Page 3 of 3 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data Inlet operating pressure range

Maximum permissible speed (Speed limit)

Absolute pressure at port S

Graph, showing permissible speed with increased inlet pressure at port S ( pabs ) resp. reduced displacement(Vg < Vg max ).

pabs max ________________________________ 435 psi (30 bar)

1,2

bar psi

Speed n/nmax

Output operating pressure range Pressure at port B Nominal pressure pN ___________________ 3000 psi (210 bar) Peak pressure pmax ____________________ 3600 psi (250 bar) (Pressure data to DIN 24312)

1,6

23

1,4

20

1,2

17.5

1,0

14.5

0,9

13

1,1

Direction of flow 1,0

S to B.

Case drain pressure The max. permissible pressure of the leakage fluid (at port L, L1) max. 7 psi (0,5 bar) higher than inlet pressure at port S, but not higher than 29 psi (2 bar) absolute.

0,9 0,7

0,8

pL abs max __________________________________ 29 psi (2 bar)

0,9

0,8 1,0

Input pressure p abs

pabs min _________________________________ 12 psi (0.8 bar)

11.5

Displacement Vg / Vgmax

Table of values Size Displacement Speed max. at Vg max

self priming (14.5 psi (1 bar)) with boost (72 psi (5 bar))

Flow at n0 max

self priming ((14.5 psi (1 bar)) with boost (72 psi (5 bar)) Power (Δp = 3000 psi (210 bar)) at n0 max self priming (14.5 psi (1 bar)) with boost (72 psi (5 bar)) Torque (Δp = 3000 psi (210 bar)) at Vg max Moment of inertia (about drive axis) angular acceleration, max. speed fluctuation, max. Torsional stiffness Shaft end R Shaft end W Fill volume Weight (without fluid) Permissible loading of drive shaft Fq max. prem. load

± Fax

28

45

63

85

Vg max

in3 (cm3)

1.71 (28)

2.74 (45)

3.84 (63)

5.18 (85)

n0 max n0 max

rpm rpm

3000 3500

1800 2600

1800 2600

1800 2600

qvo max qvo max

gpm (L/min) gpm (L/min)

22.2 (84) 25.98 (98)

21.4 (81) 30.9 (117)

29.8 (113) 43 (163)

40.4 (153) 58.3 (221)

Po max Po max

HP (kW) HP (kW)

39 (29) 45 (34)

38 (28) 55 (41)

52 (39) 76 (57)

71 (53) 104 (77)

Tmax J

m

ft-lb (Nm) lbs-ft2 (kgm2) rad/s2 rpm lb-ft/rad (Nm/rad) lb-ft/rad (Nm/rad) gal. (L) lbs (kg)

69 (94) 0.0403 (0.0017) 5500 70 19480 (26500) 14330 (19500) 0.08 (0.3) 30.8 (14)

110 (150) 0.0474 (0.002) 4900 65 19480 (26500) 14330 (19500) 0.08 (0.3) 30.8 (14)

154 (210) 0.0948 (0.004) 3500 57 29770 (40500) 25140 (34200) 0.13 (0.5) 39.6 (18)

208 (284) 0.1422 (0.006) 2500 47 49900 (68000) 39100 (53200) 0.21 (0.8) 48.4 (22)

Fax max

lbf (N)

146 (650)

146 (650)

225 (1000)

300 (1350)

Fq max

lbf (N)

146 (650)

146 (650)

225 (1000)

300 (1350)

X/2 X/2

max. prem. load

Pumps and Motors

X

113

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 92 750/06.06 Page 1 of 4 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Variable displacement pump for closed circuits, Axial piston, swashplate design Model AA10VG Sizes 18...63 Series 1 Nominal pressure 4350 psi (300 bar) Peak pressure 5100 psi (350 bar) – Variable displacement axial piston pump with swashplate design for hydrostatic closed circuit transmissions – Flow is proportional to drive speed and displacement and is infinitely variable – Output flow increases with the swivel angle of the swashplate from 0 to its maximum value – Flow direction changes smoothly when the swashplate is moved through the neutral position – A wide range of highly adaptable control instruments is available for different control and regulating functions – The pump is equipped with two pressure relief valves on the high pressure ports to protect the hydrostatic transmission (pump and motor) from overload – The pressure relief valves also function as boost inlet valves – An integral auxiliary pump serves as boost and pilot oil pump – The maximum boost pressure is limited by a built-in boost pressure relief valve

Changes in ordering code from 06.04 issue – Control device - new standard: supply filtration at HD3, EP3 and EP4 control - not for new projects: HD1, EP1, EP2 – Range of male connectors for solenoids - not for new projects: H

Pumps and Motors

114

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 92 750/06.06 Page 2 of 4 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Ordering Code

AA10V G 01

02

/ 10 03

04

05

06

07

08

09

10

– N 11

12

C 13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

Axial piston unit 01 Variable swashplate design, nominal pressure 4350 psi (300 bar), peak pressure 5100 psi (350 bar) AA10V Operation 02 Pump in closed circuit G Size ≈ Displacement Vg max cm3 18 28 45 63 03 1.10 1.71 2.81 3.84 in3 Control device 18 28 45 63 ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ Hydraulic control pilot pressure related without supply filtration HD1 ● ● ● ● with supply filtration HD3 ● ● ● ● mechanical servo HW ● ● ● ● direct operated DG ● ● ● speed related U = 12 V DC – DA1 ● ● ● U = 24 V DC – DA2 ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ Electrical control with proportional solenoid U = 12 V DC without supply fi ltration EP1 04 ▲ ▲ ▲ U = 24 V DC ▲ EP2 ● ● ● with supply filtration U = 12 V DC ● EP3 ● ● ● U = 24 V DC ● EP4 ● ● ● with switching solenoid U = 12 V DC ● EZ1 ● ● ● U = 24 V DC ● EZ2 ● Mechanical pivot control – – – MD

05

06

07

08

09

Pressure cut-off Without pressure cut-off (no code) With pressure cut-off (standard for version with DA control valve) Neutral position switch (only for HW) Without neutral position switch (no code) With neutral position switch Mechanical stroke limiter Without mechanical stroke limiter (no code) With mechanical stroke limiter, external adjustable Spring neutral position centering (only MD) Without spring neutral position centering (no code) With spring neutral position centering DA control valve Without DA control valve With DA control valve, fixed setting With DA control valve, mech. operating direction counter-clockwise adjust. with control lever clockwise With DA control valve, fixed setting and hydraulic inch valve built-on, control with brake fluid With DA control valve, fixed setting, connections for master controller With DA control valve, fixed setting and hydraulic inch valve built-on, control with mineral oil

Pumps and Motors

115

HD ● ● ● ●

HW ● ● ● ●

DG ● ● ● ●

DA – ● ● ●

EP ● ● ● ●

18 ● – 18 ● ● 18 ● ● 18 ● ● EZ ● – – –

28 ● ● 28 ● ● 28 ● ● 28 – – 28 ● ● ● ●

45 ● ● 45 ● ● 45 ● ● 45 – – 45 ● ● ● ●

63 ● ● 63 ● ● 63 ● ● 63 – – 63 ● ● ● ●

1 2 3L 3R

–

–

–

●

–

–

●

●

●

4

●

●

●

●

●

–

●

●

●

7

–

–

–

●

–

–

●

●

●

8

D

L

M

N

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 92 750/06.06 Page 3 of 4 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Ordering Code

AA10V G 01

02

/ 10 03

04

05

06

07

08

09

10

Series 10 Series 1, Index 0 Direction of rotation Viewed from shaft end 11

– N 11

12

C 13

15

16

17

18

19

20

10 18...63 ● ●

clockwise counter-clockwise

Seals 12 NBR (nitril-caoutchouc), shaft seal in FKM (fluor-caoutchouc) Shaft end (permissible input torque see page X) standard for single pump Splined shaft 13 ANSI B92.1a-1976 standard for combination pump Mounting flange 14 SAE J744 – 2-hole Service line ports (metric thread) SAE flange ports A and B, same side left, suction port S bottom 15 Threaded ports A and B, same side right, suction port S bottom Boost pump Without integral boost pump without through drive with through drive 16 With integral boost pump without through drive with through drive Through drive Splined shaft hub Flange SAE J744 1) 82-2 (A) 5/8 in 9T 16/32DP 2) 7/8 in 13T 16/32DP 2) 17 101-2 (B) 1 in 15T 16/32DP 2) 127-2 (C) 1 1/4 in 14T 12/24DP 2) Valves Setting range With high pressure relief valve, 3600...4600 psi without bypass direct controlled, (fixed setting) (250...320 bar) with bypass 18 1450...3600 psi without bypass (100...250 bar) with bypass Filtration Filtration in the suction line of the boost pump Filtration in the pressure line of the boost pump 19 ports for external boost circuit filter, (Fe and G (Fa)) External supply (model without integral boost pump - N00, K...) Range of male connectors for solenoids (only for EP, EZ and DA) DEUTSCH male connector without quenching diode 20 2-pin with quenching diode (only for EZ and DA) DIN male connector to HIRSCHMANN without quenching diode 1 ) 2 = 2-hole 2 ) splined shaft hub to ANSI B92.1a-1976 (splined shaft allocation to SAE J744, see pages XX) 3 ) pressure filtration in connection with the DA control valve is not possible. = available ❍ = available on request ▲ = not for new projects – = not available Pumps and Motors

14

116

R L N

18 ● –

28 ● –

45 ● ●

63 ● ●

S T C

18 – ● 18 ● ● ● ●

28 ● – 28 ● ● ● ●

45 ● – 45 ● ● ● ●

63 ● – 63 ● ● ● ●

18 ● ● – – 18 ● ● ● ● 18 ●

28 ● ● ● – 28 ● ● ● ● 28 ●

45 ● ● ● – 45 ● ● ● ● 45 ●

63 ● ● ● ● 63 ● ● ● ● 63 ●

– ● 18 ● ❍ ▲

● ) ● ) 3

3

● 28 ● ❍ ▲

● 45 ● ❍ ▲

60 66 N00 K.. F00 F..

.01 .02 .04 .07 3 5 4 6 S

●

D

● 63 ● ❍ ▲

E P Q H

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 92 750/06.06 Page 4 of 4 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Table of values (theoretical values, without efficiencies and tolerances; values rounded) Size Displacement

variable pump

Vg max

auxiliary pump

Vg H

(at p = 290 psi/20 bar)

3

18

28

45

63 3.84

in

1.10

1.71

2.81

cm3

18

28

46

63

in3

0.34

0.37

0.53

0.91

cm3

5.5

6.1

8.6

14.9

Speed maximum at Vg max

nmax continuous

rpm

4000

3900

3300

3000

limited maximum 1)

nmax limited

rpm

4850

4200

3550

3250

intermittent maximum 2)

nmax interm.

rpm

5200

4500

3800

3500

nmin

rpm

500

500

500

500

qv max

gpm

19

28.8

40.2

49.9

l/min

72

109

152

189

hp

48.3

73.2

101.8

126.7

kW

36

54.6

75.9

94.5

lb-ft

63.5

98.6

162.3

221.5

Nm

86

134

220

301

lb-ft

14.6

32.9

54

74

Nm

28.6

44.6

73.2

100.3

lbs-ft2

0.0221

0.0403

0.0738

0.1252

kgm

0.00093

0.0017

0.0033

0.0056

rad/s2

6800

5500

4000

3300

minimum Flow at nmax continuous and Vg max 3

Power ) at nmax continuous

Pmax Δp = 300 bar

3

Δp = 4350 psi

at Vg max

(Δp = 300 bar)

Torque )

Δp = 1450 psi

Tmax T

(Δp = 100 bar) Moment of inertia

J

2

(about drive axis) Rotational vibration 4) Angular acceleration, max

α

Speed variation, max

Δn

rpm

18

17

14

13

Frequency limit

flimit

Hz

1170

1013

855

788 57802

Rotary stiffness

shaft end S shaft end T

Filling capacity Weight approx. (without through drive) 1

) Limited maximum speed: ) Intermittent maximum speed:

2

m

lb-ft/rad

14960

23707

39388

Nm/rad

20284

32143

53404

78370

lb-ft/rad

–

–

54435

68127

Nm/rad

–

–

73804

92368

gal

0.12

0.17

0.20

0.29

L

0.45

0.64

0.75

1.1

lbs

31(40) 5)

55

60

86

kg

14(18) 5)

25

27

39

– at half power (e.g. at Vg max and pN /2) – at high idling speed – at overspeed: Δp = 1000...2200 psi (70...150 bar) and Vg max – at reversing peaks: Δp < 4350 psi (300 bar) and t < 5 sec.

3

) Without auxiliary pump The permissible angular acceleration or speed variation only applies to single pumps, not to combination pumps. The load on connection parts (e.g. through drive) must be taken into account additionally. at f < flimit, the Δn indicated in the table is permitted. at f > flimit, the permitted angular acceleration α indicated in the table limits the size of the speed variation: Δnperm. = 3.04 • α/f. 5) 31lbs (14 kg): MD control, 40 lbs (18 kg): HD control 4)

Pumps and Motors

117

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 30 024/10.02 Page 1 of 3 Issue 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Closed loop pressure and flow control system Model SYDFE1 Series 2X – The DFE1 control is used for the electro-hydraulic closed loop control of the pressure and swivel angle of a variable displacement axial piston pump The SYDFE1 closed loop control system is comprised of the following components: – AA10VSO axial piston pump with built-on VT-DFP-2X proportional valve, which serves as the pilot valve, and inductive position transducers for sensing the swivel angle and valve position – VT 5041-2X analog amplifier for the realization of all of the electrical functions required for the DFE1 control – Pump pre-load valve (optional) – Combination pumps are possible

Pumps and Motors

Model SYDFE1-2X/071R-PSA12N00-0000-A030PX2

118

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 30 024/10.02 Page 2 of 3 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Ordering code SYDFE1 – 2X /

– P

12

–

– A

0

0

1)

Single pump Pump combination 2) Series 20 to 29 = 2X (20 to 29: unchanged installation and connection dimensions) A10VSO pump Size 18 = 018 Size 28 = 028 Size 45 = 045 Size 71 = 071 Size 100 = 100 Size 140 = 140 Direction of rotation Clockwise (preferred types =R for through-drive pumps) Anti-clockwise =L Hydraulic fluid Mineral oil to DIN 51 524 (HL / HLP)

Further details in clear text Preload valve 1 = Pressure limitation 200 bar (2900 PSI) 2 = Pressure limitation 250 bar (3626 PSI) 3 = Pressure limitation 300 bar (4350 PSI) X= Without preload valve Pressure transducer HM 12 (4 to 20 mA) C= Measuring range 315 bar (4568 PSI) HM 13 (0 to 10 V) G= Measuring range 315 bar (4568 PSI) X= Without pressure transducer Electronic assembly, VT 5041-2X with switch-able actual pressure value signal (from series 25) P= 4-20 mA / 0-10 V / 0-5 V / 1-10 V X= Without amplifier Additional function, VT 5041-2X with power limiter and swivel angle indicator Without amplifier X= 1 = Amplifier without additional function Amplifier with additional function 3=

=P

Shaft end ( = Preferred types for through-drive pumps) Size 18 28 45 71 100 140 3) 4) 5)

– Ø22 Ø25 Ø32 Ø40 Ø45 – 3/4” – – 1 1/2” 1 3/4” – – 7/8” 1” 1 1/4” –

=P =S =R

Connection flange ( l = available) Size 18 28 45 71 100 140 ISO 2-hole – l l l l – =A ISO 4-hole – – – – – l =B l SAE 2-hole – – – – – =C Connection for service lines Pressure port B SAE on opposite sides = 12 Pressure port S Mounting thread, metric Through-drive (see table on page 3) = N00 Without through-drive Through-drive without hub for mounting: (any built-on pumps with SAE splined shaft profile ) Center diameter Built-on pump Ø82.55 mm (3.25 in.) A10VSO18 = KC1 6) Ø100 mm (3.94 in.) A10VSO28/45 = KD3 6) Ø125 mm (4.92 in.) A10VSO71/100 = KD5 6) Ø180 mm (7.09 in.) A10VSO140 = KD7 6) Ø101.6 mm (4.00 in.) Gear pump = KC3 6) Ø127 mm (5.00 in.) Gear pump = KC5 6) For single pumps, the hub must be ordered separately, if required For double pumps, the hub is included in the scope of supply.

Pumps and Motors

119

*

0= A= 0000 = 0479 = 0487 = 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6)

Valve, installation orientation Plug-in connector installed radially to pump axis Valve, spool variant Basic pump version Standard (internal pilot oil supply) External supply (sizes 18 … 100) External supply (size 140)

See order example at the top of page 3 See order example at the top of page 3 Cylindrical with keyed shaft DIN 6885 Splined shaft profile SAE Splined shaft profile SAE (higher trough-drive torque) Through-drive is fitted with an operationally safe blind cover

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 30 024/10.02 Page 3 of 3 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Ordering code Order example 1) Order example of single pump SYDFE1-2X/100R-PSA12N00-0479-A0X0XCX 2)

Order example of pump combination Both model designations must be connected with “+“ (material number of 1st pump + material number of 2nd pump) SY2DFE1-2X/100-100/ R900709794 + R900709794 SY2DFE1-2X/100-100/ SYDFE1-2X/100R-PSA12KD5-0000-A010PCX + SYDFE1-2X/100R-PSA12KD5-0000-A010PCX

Double pump Size of front pump Size of rear pump Material number of front pump (or details in clear text, if material number is not known) Material number of rear pump (or details in clear text, if material number is not known)

Standard models Single pumps Model SYDFE1-2X/018R-PSC12N00-0000-A010PCX SYDFE1-2X/028R-PPA12N00-0000-A010PCX SYDFE1-2X/045R-PPA12N00-0000-A010PCX SYDFE1-2X/071R-PPA12N00-0000-A010PCX SYDFE1-2X/100R-PPA12N00-0000-A010PCX SYDFE1-2X/140R-PPB12N00-0000-A010PCX

Material no. R900783410 R900708517 R900708518 R900708519 R900708520 R900708521

Through-drive pumps for pump combinations Model SYDFE1-2X/028R-PRA12KD3-0000-A010PCX SYDFE1-2X/045R-PRA12KD3-0000-A010PCX SYDFE1-2X/071R-PRA12KD5-0000-A010PCX SYDFE1-2X/100R-PSA12KD5-0000-A010PCX SYDFE1-2X/140R-PSB12KD7-0000-A010PCX

Through-drive ( = available) Without through-drive With through-drive for building on an axial piston unit, a gear pump or a radial piston pump Mounting flange Shaft/coupling (separate order) for mounting: ISO 100, 2-hole Splined shaft 7/8“ 22-4 (SAE B) A10VSO 28 (shaft S or R) ISO 100, 2-hole Splined shaft1“ 25-4 (SAE B-B) A10VSO 45 (shaft S or R) ISO 125, 2-hole Splined shaft 1 1/4“ 32-4 (SAE C) A10VSO 71 (shaft S or R) ISO 125, 2-hole Splined shaft 1 1/2“ 38-4 (SAE C-C) A10VSO 100 (shaft S) ISO 180, 4-hole Splined shaft 1 3/4“ 44-4 (SAE D) A10VSO 140 (shaft S) 1PF2G2, PGF2 82-2 (SAE A, 2-hole) Splined shaft 5/8“ 16-4 (SAE A) 82-2 (SAE A, 2-hole) Splined shaft 3/4“ 19-4 (SAE A-B) A10VSO 10, 18 (shaft S) 101-2 (SAE B) Splined shaft 7/8“ 22-4 (SAE B) A10VO 28 (shaft S), PGF3 101-2 (SAE B) Splined shaft 1“ 25-4 (SAE B-B) A10VO 45 (shaft S), PGH4 127-2 (SAE C) Splined shaft 1 1/4“ 32-4 (SAE C) A10VO 71 (shaft S) 127-2 (SAE C) Splined shaft 1 1/2“ 38-4 (SAE C-C) A10VO 100 (shaft S), PGH5 Splined shaft 1 3/4“ 44-4 (SAE D) A10VO 140 (shaft S) 152-4 (SAE D)

Pumps and Motors

120

Material no. R900709782 R900709786 R900709792 R900709794 R900709795

Size 18 28 45 71 100 140 N00

– – – – –

– – – –

– – –

– –

–

– – – – –

– – –

– – –

– –

–

KD3 KD3 KD5 KD5 KD7 KC1 KC1 KC3 KC3 KC5 KC5 KC6

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 30 030/10.02 Page 1 of 3 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Pressure and flow closed loop system Model SYDFEE Series 2X The DFEE control is used for the electro-hydraulic closed loop control of the pressure and swivel angle of an axial piston pump The SYDFEE.. closed loop control system consists of the following components: – AA10VSO axial piston pump with built-on proportional valve as the pilot valve VT-DFPE…-2X/.. – The VT-DFPE..-2X/.. valve with integrated analog control and closed loop control electronics realizes the complete closed loop control function for the DFEE system – The acquisition of the swivel angle is via a rotary angle sensor type VT-SWA-1-1X which is a hall effect based sensor – Pump pre-load valve (optional) – Combination pumps are possible

Pumps and Motors

Model SYDFEE-2X/071R-PSA12N00-0000-A2AOFL2

121

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 30 030/10.02 Page 2 of 3 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Ordering code SYDFEE – 2X /

–P

12

–

1)

Single pump Pump combination 2) Series 20 to 29 = 2X (20 to 29: unchanged installation and connection dimensions) Pump A10VSO Nominal Size 18 = 018 Nominal Size 28 = 028 Nominal Size 45 = 045 Nominal Size 71 = 071 Nominal Size 100 = 100 Nominal Size 140 = 140 Direction of rotation Clockwise (pref. types for through drive pumps) =R Anti-clockwise =L Pressure fluid Mineral oil to DIN 51 524 (HL/HLP) = P

*

Further details in clear text Pre-load valve 1= Pressure limitation 200 bar (2900 PSI) 2= Pressure limitation 250 bar (3636 PSI) 3= Pressure limitation 300 bar (4351 PSI) X= Without pre-load valve Pressure transducer C= HM 12 (4 to 20 mA) measuring range up to 315 bar (4568 PSI) G= HM 13 (0 to 10 V) measuring range up to 315 bar (4568 PSI) L= HM 16 (0.5 to 5 V) measuring range up to 315 bar (4568 PSI) 7) with connection cable 0.5 m (1.64 ft.) and plug-in connector M12 X= Without pressure transducer Actual pressure input C= Current input 4 – 20 mA V= Voltage input 0 – 10 V D= Voltage input 0 – 5 V E= Voltage input 1 – 10 V F= Voltage input 0.5 – 5 V 8) Electronic sub-assembly, optional 0= No option 1= Without leakage oil compensation Additional function “power limitation” A= Without power limitation B= With power limitation Valve, mounting orientation, integrated electronics 0= Radial to the pump axis 2= 90° in the direction of the connection plate A= Valve, spool version Basic pump version 0000 = Remote supply (NS 18 … 100) 0487 = Remote supply (NS 140) 1) See ordering example at the top of page 3 2) See ordering example at the top of page 3 3) Cylinderical with key, DIN 6885 4) SAE spline profile 5) SAE spline profile (higher through drive torque) 6) The through drive is covered by a cover plate 7) For direct connection to the integrated electronics version “actual pressure input F” 8) Connection via component socket M12

Shaft end ( = Preferred types for through drive pumps) NS 18 28 45 71 100 140 3) – Ø22 Ø25 Ø32 Ø40 Ø45 = P 4) 3/4” – – – 1 1/2” 1 3/4” = S 5) – 7/8” 1” 1 1/4” – – =R

Connection flange (l = available) NS 18 28 45 71 100 140 l l ISO 2-hole – l l – =A l =B ISO 4-hole – – – – – SAE 2-hole l – – – – – =C Actuator line connections Pressure connection B SAE, on opposite sides = 12 Suction connection S metric mounting heads Through drive (see table on page 3) = N00 Without through drive Through drive without hub for mounting: (All built-on pumps are with a SAE splined shaft) Centre dia. Pump to be fitted Ø82.55 mm (3.25 in.) A10VSO18 = KC1 6) Ø100 mm (3.94 in.) A10VSO28/45 = KD3 6) Ø125 mm (4.92 in.) A10VSO71/100 = KD5 6) Ø180 mm (7.09 in.) A10VSO140 = KD7 6) Ø101.6 mm (4.00 in.) Gear pump = KC3 6) Ø127 mm (5.00 in.) Gear pump = KC5 6) With single pumps the hub must be ordered separately. With combination pumps the hub is included within the scope of supply.

Pumps and Motors

–A

122

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 30 030/10.05 Page 3 of 3 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Ordering code Ordering example 1) Ordering example for a single pump SYDFEE-2X/100R-PSA12N00-0479-A0A0VGX 2) Ordering example for a combination pump Both of the model codes are to be connected by a “+.” (Material No. of the 1st pump + Material No. of the 2nd pump) SY2DFEE-2X/100-100/ R900709780 + R900709780 SY2DFEE-2X/100-100/ SYDFEE-2X/100R-PSA12KD5-0000-A0A0CCX + SYDFEE-2X/100R-PSA12KD5-0000-A0A0CCX Double pump Nom. size of the front pump Nom. size of the rear pump Material No. of the front pump (or in clear text if the Material No. is not known) Material No. of the rear pump (or in clear text if the Material No. is not known)

Standard models Single pump Model SYDFEE-2X/018R-PSC12N00-0000-A0A0CCX SYDFEE-2X/018R-PSC12N00-0000-A0A0CC2 SYDFEE-2X/028R-PPA12N00-0000-A0A0CCX SYDFEE-2X/028R-PPA12N00-0000-A0A0CC2 SYDFEE-2X/045R-PPA12N00-0000-A0A0CCX SYDFEE-2X/045R-PPA12N00-0000-A0A0CC2 SYDFEE-2X/071R-PPA12N00-0000-A0A0CCX SYDFEE-2X/071R-PPA12N00-0000-A0A0CC2 SYDFEE-2X/100R-PPA12N00-0000-A0A0CCX SYDFEE-2X/100R-PPA12N00-0000-A0A0CC2 SYDFEE-2X/140R-PPB12N00-0000-A0A0CCX SYDFEE-2X/140R-PPB12N00-0000-A0A0CC2

Material No. R900708503 R900708504 R900708505 R900708506 R900708507 R900708508 R900708510 R900708511 R900708512 R900708513 R900708514 R900708515

Through drive pumps for combination pumps Model SYDFEE-2X/028R-PRA12KD3-0000-A0A0CCX SYDFEE-2X/045R-PRA12KD3-0000-A0A0CCX SYDFEE-2X/071R-PRA12KD5-0000-A0A0CCX SYDFEE-2X/100R-PSA12KD5-0000-A0A0CCX SYDFEE-2X/140R-PSB12KD7-0000-A0A0CCX

Through drive ( l = available) Without through drive With through drive for mounting an axial piston pump, a gear pump or radial piston pump Mounting flange Shaft/coupling (separate order) For fitting a: ISO 100, 2-hole Splined shaft 7/8” 22-4 (SAE B) A10VSO 28 (shaft S or R) ISO 100, 2-hole Splined shaft 1” 25-4 (SAE B-B) A10VSO 45 (shaft S or R) ISO 125, 2-hole Splined shaft 1 1/4” 32-4 (SAE C) A10VSO 71 (shaft S or R) ISO 125, 2-hole Splined shaft 1 1/2” 38-4 (SAE C-C) A10VSO 100 (shaft S) ISO 180, 4-hole Splined shaft 1 3/4” 44-4 (SAE D) A10VSO 140 (shaft S) 82-2 (SAE A, 2-hole) Splined shaft 5/8” 16-4 (SAE A) 1PF2G2, PGF2 82-2 (SAE A, 2-hole) Splined shaft 3/4” 19-4 (SAE A-B) A10VSO 10, 18 (shaft S) 101-2 (SAE B) Splined shaft 3/8” 22-4 (SAE B) A10VO 28 (shaft S), PGF3 101-2 (SAE B) Splined shaft 1” 25-4 (SAE B-B) A10VO 45 (shaft S), PGH4 127-2 (SAE C) Splined shaft 1 1/4” 32-4 (SAE C) A10VO 71 (shaft S) 127-2 (SAE C) Splined shaft 1 1/2” 38-4 (SAE C-C) A10VO 100 (shaft S), PGH5 152-4 (SAE D) Splined shaft 1 3/4” 44-4 (SAE D) A10VO 140 (shaft S)

Pumps and Motors

123

Material No. R900709773 R900709774 R900709775 R900709780 R900709781

Nominal size 18 28 45 71 100 140 l l l l l l N00

– – – – – l l – – – – –

l – – – – l l l l – – –

l l – – – l l l l – – –

l l l – – l l l l l – –

l l l l – l l l l l l –

l l l l l l l l l l l l

KD3 KD3 KD5 KD5 KD7 KC1 KC1 KC3 KC3 KC5 KC5 KC6

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 30035/12.03 Page 1 of 3 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Pressure-flow closed loop control system Model SYHDFEE Nominal size 125 to 355 Series 1X Max. operatiang pressure up to 350 bar (5100 PSI) The DFE conrol is used for the electro-hydraulic closed loop control of the pressure and swivel angle of an axial piston pump The SYHDFEE.. closed loop control system consists of the following components: – A4VSO axial piston pump with a built-on proportional valve as the pilot valve VT-DFPE…-2X/.. – The VT-DFPE..-2X/.. valve with integrated open and closed loop control electronics contains the complete closed loop control function of the DFE system – The acquisition of the swivel angle is via a linear sensor type VT-SWA-LIN-1X which is a hall effect based sensor – Combination pumps are possible

Model SYHDFEE – Component description, pump A4VSO – Component description, valve VT-DFPE – Sales information (engineering guidelines)

RE 92 050 RE 29 016 RE 30 030-01-V

For further information regarding this system see:

Pumps and Motors

124

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 30035/12.03 Page 2 of 3 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Ordering code SYHDFEE – 1X /

–

25

–

–

0

*

Single pump 1) Combination pump 2) Series 10 – 19

Further details in clear text Actual pressure input Current input: 4 – 20 mA C= Voltage input: 0 –10 V V= 0–5V D= 1 – 10 V E= 0.5 – 5 V 5) F=

= 1X

Nom. size 125 Nom. size 180 Nom. size 250 Nom. size 355

= 125 = 180 = 250 = 355

Direction of rotation Clockwise (preferred type) Anti-clockwise

=R =L

Pressure fluid FKM seals HFC Shaft end3) Cyl. shaft with key way DIN 6885 Splined shaft to DIN 5480 (standard type)

0= 1=

=V =F =P =Z

Connection flange3) NG 125 – 355 –> ISO 4-hole

A= B= 0=

=B

Actuator line connections Connections B and S: SAE on side, off-set through 90°, metric fixing threads 2nd pressure connection B1 opposite B – when delivered blanked off with a flange (standard) = 25

A= C= 0000 = 0576 =

1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6)

Additional function power limitation Without power limitation With power limitation

Valve mounting orientation integrated electronics parallel to pump axis in the direction of the connection plate (standard)

Valve spool version Standard (for mineral oil to DIN 51524 (HL/HLP)) 4–groove spool for HFC pressure fluid Basic pump version Standard (internal pilot oil) Remote supply

Through drive (see table on page 3) Without through drive Universal through drive without hub, without intermediate flange with cover closed Through drive without hub, with cover for mounting: (all combination pumps (2nd) with SAE splined shaft profile) Combination pump 6) Pilot in mm (in.) KC1 4) = A10VSO18 Ø82.55 (3.25) KD3 4) = A10VSO28/45 Ø100 (3.94) KC3 4) = Gear pump Ø101.6 (4.00) With single pumps the hub and, if necessary, the intermediate flange must be ordered seperately. With combination pumps the front hub and, if necessary, the intermediate flange are included within the scope of supply.

See ordering example at the top of page 3 See ordering example at the top of page 3 For dimensions see table on page 11 The through drive is is covered by a cover plate Connection via an M12 component socket Example

Pumps and Motors

Electronic sub-assembly With Without leakage oil compensation

N00 = U99 =

125

Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 30035/12.03 Page 3 of 3 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Ordering code Ordering example: 1)

2)

Ordering example for a single pump SYHDFEE-1X/125R-PZB25N00–0000–A0A0F Ordering example for a combination pump Both of the type codes are to be connected by a “+” (Material No. 1st pump + Material No. 2nd pump)

Possibility 1: SY2HDFEE–1X/ 125 - 045/ R901038404 + R901019184 Possibility 2: SY2HDFEE–1X/ 125 - 045/ SYHDFEE-1X/125R-PZB25KD3–0000–A0A0V + SYDFEE-2X/045R-PRA12KD3–0000–A0A0VXX

Combination pump Nom. size of the front pump Nom. size of the rear pump Matarial No. of the front pump (or in clear text if the Matarial No. is not known) Combination part Matarial No. of the rear pump (or in clear text if the Material No. is not known)

Standard models SYHDFEE-1X/125R-PZB25N00-0000-A0A0F SYHDFEE-1X/180R-PZB25N00-0000-A0A0F SYHDFEE-1X/250R-PZB25N00-0000-A0A0F SYHDFEE-1X/355R-PZB25N00-0000-A0A0F Through drive

– = Not available l = The flange is integrated into the connecion plate zw = Through drive K99 + intermediate flange (sep. order) Without auxiliary pump; without through drive With through drive for mounting an axial piston pump, a gear pump or radial piston pump Flange Hub/splined shaft For mounting an ISO 125, 4-hole 32x2x30x14x9g A4VSO/H/G 40 ISO 140, 4-hole 40x2x30x18x9g A4VSO/H/G 71 ISO 160, 4-hole 50x2x30x24x9g A4VSO/H/G 125/180 ISO 224, 4-hole 60x2x30x28x9g A4VSO/G 250 ISO 224, 4-hole 70x3x30x22x9g A4VSO/G 355 ISO 100, 2-hole 7/8“ 22-4 (SAE B) A10VSO28BR31 ISO 100, 2-hole 1“ 25-4 (SAE B-B) A10VSO45BR31 ISO 125, 2-hole 1 1/4“ 32-4 (SAE C) A10VSO71BR31 ISO 125, 2-hole 1 1/2“ 38-4 (SAE C-C) A10VSO100BR31 ISO 180, 4-hole 1 3/4“ 44-4 (SAE D) A10VSO140BR31 82-2 (SAE A) 5/8“ 16-4 (SAE A) PGH2, 3 ; PGF2 82-2 (SAE A) 3/4“ 19-4 (SAE A-B) A10VSO10BR31, 18 101-2 (SAE B) 7/8“ 22-4 (SAE B) A10VO28BR31; PGF3 101-2 (SAE B) 1“ 25-4 (SAE B-B) A10VO45BR31; PGH4 127-2 (SAE C) 1 1/4“ 32-4 (SAE C) A10VO71BR31 127-2 (SAE C) 1 1/2“ 38-4 (SAE C-C) A10VO100BR31; PGH5 152-4 (SAE D) 1 3/4“ 44-4 (SAE D) A10VO140BR31 With through drive shaft, without hub, without intermediate flange, with blanked off functional cover Pumps and Motors

126

125 l

l l zw – – l l zw zw – l l l l zw zw – l

Nominal size 180 250 355

l

l

l

N00

l l zw – – l l zw zw zw l l l l zw zw zw l

l l zw zw – l l zw zw zw l l l l zw zw zw l

l l zw zw zw l l zw zw zw l l l l zw zw zw l

Kxx 3) Kxx (K34) (K35) (K77) KD3 KD3 (KD5) (KD5) (KD7) KC1 KC1 KC3 KC3 (KC5) (KC5) (KC6) K99 Section 1

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

For a complete copy of the data sheets in this catalog, visit our website at: www.boschrexroth-us.com u Products and Solutions u Industrial Hydraulics u Products and Catalogs u Preferred Product Catalog

Section 2 Check Valves

The Drive & Control Company

– Check valve, inline model – S .........................................128 – Cartridge check valve, cavity mount – M-SR ..............129 – Pilot operated check valve – SV/SL ..............................130 – Sandwich Prefill valves – ZSF ........................................132 – Pilot operated prefill valve • SF ......................................................................................134 • SFA ....................................................................................136 – Direct operated andwich plate check valve • Z1 S 6 ...............................................................................138 • Z1 S 10 .............................................................................140 – Pilot operated sandwich plate check valve • Z2 S 6 ...............................................................................141 • Z2 S 10 .............................................................................142 – Pilot operated sandwich plate check valve • Z2 SRK 6..........................................................................143 • Z2 SRK 10 .......................................................................144 – Pilot operated sandwich plate check valve • Z2 S 16 .............................................................................145 • Z2 S 22 .............................................................................146

127 127

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 20 375/06.98 Page 1 of 1 Issue: 01.01

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Check valve Model S Sizes 6 to 30 Maximum operating pressure 315 bar (4600 PSI) Maximum flow 450 L/min (120 GPM) – For in-line or subplate mounting – Leak-free closure in one direction – Various cracking pressures (see ordering code)

Model S 15 A1.0/12

Ordering code S Threaded version "A" 1/4" 3/8" 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2"

Subplate version "P" – – ANSI C 06 – ANSI C 08 – ANSI C 09

Threaded for in-line mounting

• 0 /

* Threaded version

Size =6 =8 = 10 = 15 = 20 = 25 = 30

no code = 12 = 0= 0= 1= 2= 3= 5=

=A

BSP threads SAE threads Modification no. without spring (standard)

Technical data Hydraulic fluid

Petroleum oils (HM, HL, HLP) Phosphate-ester fluids (HFD-R)

Fluid temperature range Viscosity range

°C (°F) mm2/s (SUS)

Maximum degree of fluid contamination

Operating pressure

Check Valves

NBR seals: –30 to +70 (–22 to +158) FPM seals: –20 to +70 (–4 to +158) 2.8 to 500 (35 to 2320) Class 18/15 according to ISO 4406. Therefore we recommend a filter with a retention rate of ß10 ≥ 75.

bar (PSI)

up to 315 (4600)

128

Section 2

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 20 380/06.98 Page 1 of 1 Issue: 01.01

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Check valve cartridge Model M-SR Sizes 8 to 30 Series 1X Maximum operating pressure 315 bar (4600 PSI) Maximum flow 400 L/min (106 GPM)

Symbol

B

L*

– For installation in manifold blocks: available as right angled valve cartridge – Leak-free closure in checked direction – Various cracking pressure options (see ordering code)

Size

L – mm (in)

8

36.3 (1.43)

10

39.3 (1.55)

15

45.8 (1.80)

20

55.3 (2.18)

25

74.3 (2.93)

30

83.3 (3.28)

A

KE Right angle cartridge

Ordering code M-SR Cartridge check valve Size 8 Size 10 Size 15 Size 20 Size 25 Size 30 Right angle valve cartridge (typical stock)

– 1X /

/ * no code =

= M-SR 1X =

=8 = 10 = 15 = 20 = 25 = 30

NBR seals, suitable for petroleum oils Series 10 to 19 (10 to 19: installation and connection dimensions remain unchanged)

05 = (standard) 15 = 30 = 50 =

= KE

Technical data Hydraulic fluid

Fluid temperature range Viscosity range

Petroleum oils (HM, HL, HLP) Phosphate-ester fluids (HFD-R) High water content (HFA) not permitted °C (°F) mm2/s (SUS)

Maximum degree of contamination

Operating pressure

Check Valves

NBR seals: –30 to +80 (–22 to 176) FPM seals: –20 to +80 (–4 to 176) 2.8 to 500 (35 to 2320) Class 18/15 according to ISO 4406. Therefore, we recommend a filter with a retention rate of ß10 ≥ 75.

bar (PSI)

up to 315 (4600)

129

Section 2

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 21 468/06.98 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 01.01

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Check valve Model SV/SL Sizes 6 to 30 Maximum operating pressure 315 bar (4600 PSI) Maximum flow 450 L/min (120 GPM) – Pilot operated check valve, with leakfree closure in checked direction – Subplate mounting with connection dimensions to ISO 5781-06, NFPA T3.5.1M R1 and ANSI B 93.7 POC 06 (for subplates, see datasheet RA 45 062) – Threaded connections, for in-line mounting – With or without external drain connection, as required – Optional pilot poppet, for cushioned decompression and reduced hydraulic shock – Various cracking pressures (see ordering code)

Model SV 10 PA.–4X/...

Ordering code

S Internally drained (without drain port) Externally drained (with drain port)

– 4X /

=V =L

no desig. = 12 = no desig. =

Subplate mounting Ordering code

NFPA interface standard

Subplates available SAE, NPT, BSP

10

POC 06

3/8" and 1/2"

20

POC 08

3/4" and 1"

30

POC 10

1-1/4" and 1-1/2"

V= 4X =

Ordering code

SAE

10

–8; 3/4–16

15

–12; 1-1/16–12

20

–16; 1-5/16–12

25

–20; 1-5/8–12

30

–24; 1-7/8–12

Check Valves

Threaded connections BSP threaded ports SAE threaded ports NBR seals suitable for petroleum oils (HM, HL, HLP) FPM seals suitable for phosphate ester fluids (HFD-R)

Series 40 to 49 (40 to 49; externally interchangeable) Cracking pressure

1= 2=

Threaded in-line connections

Subplate mounting Threaded connections

/ *

A= B=

With decompression poppet Without decompression poppet

=P =G

130

Section 2

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 21 468/06.98 Page 2 of 2 Issue: 01,01

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data General Size Weight (approx.)

10 – Subplate mounting

kg (lbs)

1.8 (4.0)

– Threaded connections

kg (lbs)

2.1 (4.6)

15

20

25

30

4.7 (10.4) 5.4 (11.9)

7.8 (17.2)

5.4 (11.9)

10 (22.0)

Mounting position

Optional

Direction of flow

Free flow A to B; B to A when piloted open

10 (22.0)

Hydraulic Operating pressure

bar (PSI)

... 315 (4600)

Pilot control pressure range

bar (PSI)

5 … 315 (72 ... 4570)

Pilot volume

cm3 (in3)

– Port X – Port Y (only type SL)

Control areas (see sectional drawing page 1)

2.5 (0.153)

10.8 (0.659) 10.8 (0.659) 19.3 (1.176) 19.3 (1.176)

3

3

2.0 (0.122)

9.6 (0.586)

9.6 (0.586)

17.5 (1.068) 17.5 (1.068)

3

3

cm (in )

– Area A1

cm (in )

1.3 (0.206)

3.5 (0.536)

3.5 (0.536)

5.7 (0.887)

5.7 (0.887)

– Area A2

cm3 (in3)

0.33 (0.051)

0.7 (0.109)

0.7 (0.109)

1.3 (0.206)

1.3 (0.206)

– Area A3

cm3 (in3)

3.8 (0.589)

10.2 (1.576) 10.2 (1.576) 16.6 (2.575) 16.6 (2.575)

0.8 (0.122)

1.1 (0.175)

– Area A4

3

3

cm (in )

Hydraulic fluid

1.5 (0.239)

1.5 (0.239)

Petroleum oils (HM, HL, HLP) Phosphate ester fluids (HFD-R)

Fluid

– NBR seals

Temperature range

– FPM seals

Viscosity range Maximum degree of fluid contamination

Check Valves

1.1 (0.175)

2

°C (°F)

– 30 … 80 (– 22 ... 176)

°C (°F)

–20 … 80 (– 4 ... 176)

mm /s (SUS)

35 ... 2320 Class 18/15 according to ISO 4406. Therefore, we recommend a filter with a minimum retention rate of ß10 ≥ 75.

131

Section 2

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 20 478/06.98 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 01.01

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Prefill valve – Sandwich plate Model ZSF Nominal sizes 32 to 125 Series 1X Maximum operating pressure 350 bar (5100 PSI) – Hydraulic pilot operated prefill valve, sandwich plate construction • for flange mounting • for pipe installation – With decompression – Integral high pressure supply port Model ZSF 40 F.–1–1X/...

Ordering code ZSF Nominal size Nominal size 32 Nominal size 40 Nominal size 50 Nominal size 63 Nominal size 80 Nominal size 100 Nominal size 125

F

– 1 – 1X / M /

* Further details in clear text

= 32 = 40 = 50 = 63 = 80 = 100 = 125

Mounting For flange connection With decompression 1)

Applicable to Sizes 32, 40, and 50 only

2)

Applicable to Sizes 63, 80, 100, and 125

121) = 012) = M=

=F

1X = =1 2X = *

1=

Threaded connections SAE threads metric threads NBR seals (other seals on request) Attention! The compatibility of the seals and pressure fluid has to be taken into account!

Series 10 to 19 (series 10 to 19: externally interchangeable) Series 20 to 29 (series 20 to 29: externally interchangeable) Spring return of main poppet opening pressure ≈ 1.74 PSI

* Through YR2006, series 2X versions will displace series 1X. As substitutions occur for preferred versions, series 2X will be made preferred.

Check Valves

132

Section 2

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 20 478/06.98 Page 2 of 2 Issue: 01.01

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Symbols Prefill valve without directional valve model ZSF X

A

P B

Technical data Nominal size

Size

Weight

kg (lbs)

Installation position Maximum operating pressure

Cracking pressure Pressure fluid temperature range Viscosity range Degree of contamination

Check Valves

32

40

50

3.5 (7.7) 4.2 (9.2) 5.5 (12)

63

80

100

125

7 (15.4)

10 (22)

15 (33)

26 (57)

optional Ports B, P

bar (PSI)

350 (5100)

Port X

bar (PSI)

150 (2175)

Port A

bar (PSI)

16 (230)

bar (PSI)

≈ 0.12 (1.75)

°C (°F) mm2/s (SUS)

–30 … +80 (–22 to +176) 10 … 800 (45 to 3720) Maximum permissible degree of contamination of the pressure fluid is to NAS 1638 class 9. We, therefore, recommend a filter with a minimum retention rate of ß10 ≥ 75.

133

Section 2

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 20482/07.02 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 06.06

Pre-fill valve Model SF Nominal size 125 to 400 Series 4X Max. operatiang pressure up to 350 bar (5076 PSI) – Hydraulic pilot operated check valve • For flange connections • For reservoir mounting – With or without de-compression – As a check valve – Reduced shock noise due to damping measures Model SF...A.-1-4X/

Ordering details SF Nominal size 125 Nominal size 150 Nominal size 200 Nominal size 250 Nominal size 300 Nominal size 350 Nominal size 400

– 1 – 4X /

Further details in clear text

= 125 = 150 = 200 = 250 = 300 = 350 = 400

No Code = 12 =

BSP thread connection (other seals on request) SAE thread connection 12 = (“x” pilot port) Attention! The compatibility of the seals and pressure fluid has to be taken into account! =1 =0

4X =

1=

1)

BSP thread connection SAE thread connection (“X” pilot port)

No code =

Connection type =A For flange connections =B For reservoir mounting As a cartridge valve without control spool (check valve) = K With de-compression 1) Without de-compression

*

Series 40 to 49 (40 to 49: unchanged installation and connection dimensions) Spring return of the main poppet Opening pressure ≈ 0.2 bar (3.0 PSI)

Not with version “K”

Check Valves

134

Section 2

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 20482/07.02 Page 2 of 2 Issue: 06.06

Technical data (for applications outside these applications, please consult us!) Installation

Optional

Nominal size – Connection type “A” (connection A: welding flange ND 16 to DIN 2633)

Size

125

150

200

250

300

350

400

mm (in.)

125 (5)

150 (6)

200 (8)

250 (10)

300 (12)

350 (14)

400 (16)

G1

G 1 1/4

G 1 1/4

G 1 1/2

G 1 1/2

-12; -12; -16; -20; 11/16-12 11/16-12 15/16-20 1 5/8-12

-20; 1 5/8-12

-24 1 7/8-12

-24 1 7/8-12

– Connection types “B” and “K”

Reservoir mounting

– Port X (only with types “A” and “B”)

BSP SAE

Max. operating pressure – Port A

G 3/4

G 3/4

bar (PSI) 16 (232)

– Ports B and X

bar (PSI) 350 (5076)

Opening pressure bar (PSI) ≈ 0.2 (3.0) (pressure differential at the main poppet to overcome the spring pressure) Pressure fluid

Mineral oil (HL, HLP) to DIN 51 524; Fast bio-degradable pressure fluids to VDMA 24 568 (also see RE 90 221); HETG (rape seed oil); Other pressure fluids on request

Pressure fluid temperature range Viscosity range

°C –30 to +80 (–22 to +176) 2

mm /s (SUS) 10 to 800 (45 to 3720)

Degree of contamination

Maximum permissible degree of contamination of the pressure fluid is to NAS 1638 class 9. We therefore recommend a filter with a minimum retention rate of ß10 ≥ 75.

Applications Application 1

Application 2

Application 3

2

1

3

b

2

1 ≥ 500 mm (19.7 in.)

2

1

a

a

a

b

Size of filling tank must be a minimum of 1.5 x cylinder capacity

1 Cylinder 2 Pre-fill valve 3 This metal sheet is not included within the scope of supply. Its use avoids the formation of a depressed suction vortex if the reservoir is too small and at low oil levels (a). a Min. 300 mm (11.8 in.) when cylinder is extended b Up to 1000 mm (39.4 in.) at the maximum given flow Check Valves

135

Section 2

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 20485/02.03 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 06.06

Pre-fill valve Model SFA Nominal size 32 to 80 Series 1X Max. operatiang pressure up to 350 bar (5076 PSI) – Hydraulic pilot operated check valve • For threaded connections (size 32) • For flange connections (from size 40) – For mounting directly onto the work cylinder – With or without decompression, optional – Integrated high pressure connection Model SFA 40 FT0-1X/M/01

Ordering details SFA Nominal size Nominal size 32 Nominal size 40 Nominal size 50 Nominal size 63 Nominal size 80 Connection type (port A) For threaded connections (only NS 32) For flange connections (from NS 40) Without tank drilling With tank drilling With decompression Without decompression

Check Valves

– 1X / M / 01

* Further details in clear text

= 32 = 40 = 50 = 63 = 80

01 = M= =G =F

= No code =T

1X = =1 =0

136

Connection version Threaded holes, with pipe threads to DIN ISO 228, DIN 3852 part 2

NBR seals (other seals on request) Attention! The compatibility of the seals and pressure fluid has to be taken into account! Series 10 to 19 (Series 10 to 19: unchanged installation and connection dimensions)

Section 2

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 20485/02.03 Page 2 of 2 Issue: 06.06

Technical data (for applications outside these parameters, please consult us!) Nominal size Weight Installation Ambient temperature range Maximum operating pressure

Size kg (lbs.) °C (°F) bar (PSI) bar (PSI) bar (PSI) bar (PSI) L/min (GPM)

Ports B, P Port X Port A

Opening pressure 1) Maximum flow Pressure fluid

Pressure fluid temperature range Viscosity range Cleanliness class to ISO code 1) 2) 3)

32 40 50 63 80 6 (13.2) 7 (15.4) 10.5 (23.1) 16 (35.3) 23 (50.7) Optional –30 to +80 (–22 to +176) – NBR seals 350 (5076) 150 (2175) 16 (232) ≈ 0.12 (1.74) See application cases on page 7 Mineral oil (HL, HLP) to DIN 51 524 2); Fast bio de-gradable pressure fluids to VDMA 24 568 (also see RE 90 221); HETG (rape seed oil) 2); Other pressure fluids on request –30 to +80 (–22 to +176) 10 to 800 (45 to 3720) Maximum permissible degree of contamination of the pressure fluid is to ISO 4406 (C) class 20/18/15 3)

°C (°F) mm2/s (SUS)

Pressure differential required at the main poppet to overcome the spring force Suitable for NBR and FKM seals The cleanliness class stated for the components must be adhered too in hydraulic systems. Effective filtration prevents faults from occurring and at the same time increases the component service life. For the selection of filters see data sheets RE 50 070, RE 50 076 and RE 50 081.

Maximum flow qv in L/min (GPM) [A to B] for the various applications Size 32 40 50 63 80 Application 1 200 (52.8) 300 (79.3) 500 (132.1) 800 (211.3) 1200 (317.0) Application 2 170 (44.9) 250 (66.0) 400 (105.7) 650 (171.7) 1000 (264.2) If the pre-fill valve or pipe line is too small, gases may be released from the oil resulting in consequential damage which in turn often leads, in the long term, to damage to the cylinder seals. Application 1

1 Cylinder 2 Pre-fill valve 3 This metal sheet is not included within the scope of supply. Its use avoids the formation of a depressed suction vortex in small tanks and at low oil levels (a). 4 Take the supply cross-section into account!

Application 2 Note regarding application 2 a

a

b

4

A B

A 3 2 1

2

A

1

B

B ≥ 500 mm (19.7 in.)

Dimensions a and b a = Min. 300 mm (11.8 in.) when the cylinder is extended b = Up to 1000 mm (39.4 in.) at the maximum given flow Check Valves

137

Please consult us when operating close to the limiting parameters. However, it is often sufficient to choose a pipe one size larger.

Section 2

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 21534/10.05 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Check Valve Model Z1S Nominal size 6 Series 4X Max. operatiang pressure up to 350 bar (5076 PSI) Max. flow 40 l/min (10.57 GPM) – Sandwich plate valve for use in vertical stacking assemblies – Position of ports to DIN 24340 form A (without locating bore) (standard) – Position of ports to ISO 4401-03-02-0-94 (with locating bore) – Eight different checking functions, optional – Improved freedom from leakage due to poppet/bushing made of heavy-duty plastic material – Optional seawater-resistant version

Model Z1S

– Supplementary documentation: Sandwich plates size 6 RE 48050 and RE 59015

Ordering code Z1S 6

– 4X /

V

* Further details in clear text

Check valve, sandwich plate Size 6 Leak-free closure in channel A (A1 → A2) Leak-free closure in channel B (B1 → B2) Leak-free closure in channel A (A2 → A1) Leak-free closure in channel B (B2 → B1) Leak-free closure in channels A and B (A2 → A1) and (B2 → B1) Leak-free closure in channels P and T (P1 → P2) and (T2 → T1) Leak-free closure in channel P (P1 → P2) Leak-free closure in channel T (T2 → T1) (For symbol, see page 3) Cracking pressure 0.5 bar (7.25 PSI) 1.5 bar (21.75 PSI) 3.0 bar (43.50 PSI) 5.0 bar (72.50 PSI)

Check Valves

No code = Without locating bore /60 1) = With locating bore /62 = With locating bore and locating pin ISO 8752-3x8-St

=6 =A =B =C =D =E

V=

=F =P =T

No code = J=

= 05 = 15 = 30 = 50

Seal material FKM seals (other seals on enquiry) Caution! Observe compatibility of seals with hydraulic fluid used! Standard Seawater-resistant 2)

Component series 40 to 49 4X = (40 to 49: unchanged installation and connection dimensions) 1)

2)

138

Locating pin ISO 8752-3x8-St, Material no. R900005694 (separate order) With ordering code “J”, outside parts are galvanised in contrast to the standard version

Section 2

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 21534/10.05 Page 2 of 2 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Notes – Valve housing (steel) and spool with sealing bushing (plastic) can be disassemled to allow proper disposal. – The integrated plastic bushing (blue) assumes a sealing function! Do not remove or damage!

Technical data (for applications outside these parameters, please consult us!) General Weight

kg (lbs.) 0.8 (1.76)

Installation orientation

Optional

Ambient temperature range

°C (°F) –20 to +80 (–4 to +176)

Hydraulic Maximum operating pressure Cracking pressure

bar (PSI) 350 (5076) – Metal seal

bar (PSI) 0.5 (7.25); 1.5 (21.75); 3 (43.50); 5 (72.50)

– Soft seal

bar (PSI) 0.5 (7.25)

Maximum flow

l/min (GPM) 40 (10.6)

Hydraulic fluid

Mineral oil (HL, HLP) to DIN 51524; fast bio-degradable hydraulic fluids to VDMA 24568 (see also RE 90221); HETG (rape seed oil); HEPG (polyglycols); HEES (synthetic esters); other hydraulic fluids on enquiry

Hydraulic fluid temperature range Viscosity range

°C (°F) –20 to +80 (–4 to +176) 2

mm /s (SUS) 2.8 to 500 (13 to 2320)

Max. permissible degree of contamination of the hydraulic fluid - cleanliness class to ISO 4406 (c) 1)

Class 20/18/15 1)

The cleanliness classes specified for components must be adhered to in hydraulic systems. Effective filtration prevents malfunction and, at the same time, prolongs the service life of components. For the selection of filters, see data sheets RE 50070, RE 50076, RE 50081, RE 50086 and RE 50088.

Check Valves

139

Section 2

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 21 536/06.98 Page 1 of 1 Issue: 01.01

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Check valve – Sandwich plate Model Z1 S 10 Size 10 Maximum operating pressure 315 bar (4600 PSI) Maximum flow 100 L/min (26.4 GPM) – Sandwich plate design for use in vertical stacking assemblies – Leak-free closure of one or two service ports, as required – Porting pattern to ISO 4401-5, NFPA T3.5.1 M R1 and ANSI B93.7 D 05 – Optional cracking pressures (see ordering code) Model Z1 S 10..-../.V

Ordering code Z1 S 10

– 3X / V

* Further details to be written in clear text

Leak free closure in port(s): A (A2 + A1) B (B2 + B1) P (P1 + P2) T (TA2 + TA1) (For symbols, see below)

=C =D =P =T

Cracking pressure 0.5 bar (7 PSI) Cracking pressure 3.0 bar (45 PSI) Cracking pressure 5.0 bar (75 PSI)

no code = V=

=1 =2 =3

3X =

Technical data

Symbols

Hydraulic fluid: Petroleum oils (HM, HL, HLP) Phosphate ester fluids (HFD-R)

Z1 S 10C.-../..

metal seal FPM seals suitable for Petroleum oils (HM, HL, HLP) Phosphate-ester fluids (HFD-R) Other seal types on request Series 3X (model with metal seal) (30 to 39, externally interchangeable)

Fluid Temperature range: –20 … +80 °C (–4 ... 176 °F) Viscosity range: 2.8 … 500 mm2/s (35 ... 2320 SUS) Maximum degree of contamination Class 18/15 according to ISO 4406. Therefore, we recommend a filter with a retention rate of ß10 ≥ 75.

Z1 S 10D.-../..

Operating pressure: ... 315 bar (4600 PSI) Cracking pressure: Model Z1 S10..-3X/V 0.5 bar (7 PSI) 3 bar (45 PSI) 5 bar (75 PSI) Fluid velocity: Model Z1 S10..-3X/V

Z1 S 10P.-../..

> 4 m/s (13 ft/s)

Flow: 100 L/min (26.4 GPM) Weight (approx.): 0.8 kg (1.7 lbs)

Z1 S 10T.-../..

(For applications outside these parameters, please consult us!)

Check Valves

140

Section 2

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 21 548/06.98 Page 1 of 1 Issue: 01.01

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Pilot operated check valve – Sandwich plate Model Z2 S 6 Size 6, Series 6X Maximum operating pressure 315 bar (4600 PSI) Maximum flow 60 L/min (16 GPM) – Sandwich plate design for use in vertical stacking assemblies – Leak-free closure of one or two actuator ports, as required – Porting pattern to ISO 4401-3, NFPA T3.5.1 M R1 and ANSI B93.7 D 03 – Optional cracking pressures (see ordering code) Model Z2 S 6–.–6X/...

Ordering code Z1 S 6

– 6X /

P.O. Check valve, size 6 Sandwich plate design Check assembly in lines A and B Check assembly in line A Check assembly in line B

* Further details to be written in clear text no code =

=– =A =B

1.5 bar (22 PSI) cracking pressure 3.0 bar (45 PSI) cracking pressure

V= =1 =2

6X =

NBR seals, suitable for petroleum oils FPM seals, suitable for phosphate ester fluids Series 6X (60 to 69, externally interchangeable)

Technical data Viscosity range: 2.8 …500 mm2/s (35…2320 SUS) Flow (max): 60 L/min (16 GPM) Area ratio: A2/A1 = 3:1 Weight (approx.): 0.8 kg (1.8 lbs) (For applications outside these parameters, please consult us!)

Check Valves

141

Section 2

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 21 553/06.98 Page 1 of 1 Issue: 01.01

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Pilot operated check valve – Sandwich plate Model Z2 S 10 Size 10, Series 3X Maximum operating pressure 315 bar (4600 PSI) Maximum flow 120 L/min (32 GPM) – Sandwich plate design for use in vertical stacking assemblies – Leak-free closure of one or two actuator ports, as required – Porting pattern to ISO 4401-5, NFPA T3.5.1 M R1 and ANSI B93.7 D 05 – Optional cracking pressures (see ordering code) Model Z 2 S 10..–3X/…

Ordering code Z1 S 10

– 3X /

Further details to be written in clear text

P.O. Check valve, size 10 Sandwich plate design Leakage free closure of ports A and B Leakage free closure of port A Leakage free closure of port B

* no code =

=– =A =B

Cracking pressure 1.5 bar (22 PSI) Cracking pressure 3 bar (45 PSI) Cracking pressure 6 bar (90 PSI)

V= =1 =2 =3

3X =

NBR seals, suitable for petroleum oils (HM, HL, HLP) FPM seals, suitable for phosphate ester fluids (HFD-R) Series 30 to 39 (30 to 39, externally interchangeable)

Technical data Maximum flow: 120 L/min (32 GPM) Orientation: see symbols Area ratio: A1/A2 = 1:2.86 A3/A2 = 1:11.45 Weight (approx.): 2 kg (4.4 lbs) (For applications outside these parameters, please consult us!)

Check Valves

142

Section 2

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 21 543/06.98 Page 1 of 1 Issue: 01.01

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Check valve Sandwich plate Model Z2 SRK 6 Size 6, Series 1X Maximum operating pressure 210 bar (3050 PSI) Maximum flow 40 L/min (10.5 GPM) – Mounting pattern to ISO 4401-3 NFPA T3.5.MR1, and ANSI B 93.7 D 03 – Sandwich plate design – Leak-free closure of two actuator ports Model Z2 SRK6–1–1X/V

Ordering code, symbols ( ➀ = valve side, ➁ = manifold sides) Symbol

Cracking pressure

Part no.

Model designation

1.5 bar (22 PSI)

R900564519

Z2SRK6-1-1X/V

1

P

A

2

B

T

Technical data (For applications outside these parameters, please consult us!) Hydraulic fluid

Petroleum oil (HL; HLP); phosphate ester (HFD-R)

Temperature range of fluid Viscosity range

°C (°F)

–20 to +80 (– 4 to 176)

mm /s (SUS)

10 to 800 (60 to 3720)

2

Fluid cleanliness Permissible flow max.

Maximum permissible degree of contamination to ISO 4406, class 18/15. For this, we recommend a filter with a minimum retention rate of ß10 ≥ 75. L/min (GPM)

40 (10.5)

Direction of flow

see symbol

Cracking pressure in open direction

see operating curves

Area ratio

A1/A2 = 1/3

Weight

Check Valves

kg (lbs)

approx. 1.1 (2.4)

143

Section 2

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 21 549/06.98 Page 1 of 1 Issue: 01.01

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Pilot operated check valve Sandwich plate Model Z2 SRK 10 Size 10, Series 1X Maximum operating pressure 210 bar (3050 PSI) Maximum flow 80 L/min (21 GPM) – Mounting pattern to ISO 4401-5 NFPA T3.5.MR1, and ANSI B 93.7 D 05 – Sandwich plate design – Leak-free closure of two actuator ports Model Z2 SRK10–1–1X/V

Ordering code, symbols ( ➀ = valve side, ➁ = manifold sides) Symbol

Cracking pressure

Part no.

Model designation

1.5 bar (22 PSI)

R900564520

Z2SRK10-1-1X/V

➀

TA P

A

➁

B

TB

Technical data (For applications outside these parameters, please consult us!) Hydraulic fluid

Petroleum oil (HL; HLP); phosphate ester (HFD-R)

Temperature range of fluid Viscosity range

°C (°F) 2

mm /s (SUS)

Fluid cleanliness Permissible flow max.

–20 to +80 (–4 to +176) 10 to 800 (60 to 3720) Maximum permissible degree of contamination to ISO 4406, class 18/15. For this, we recommend a filter with a minimum retention rate of ß10 ≥ 75.

L/min (GPM)

80 (21)

Direction of flow

see symbol

Cracking pressure in open direction

see operating curves

Area ratio

A1/A2 = 1/3

Weight

Check Valves

kg (lbs)

approx. 3.2 (7.1)

144

Section 2

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 21 558/06.98 Page 1 of 1 Issue: 01.01

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Pilot operated check valve – Sandwich plate Model Z2 S 16 Size 16, Series 5X Maximum operating pressure 315 bar (4600 PSI) Maximum flow 300 L/min (80 GPM) – Sandwich plate design for use in vertical stacking assemblies – Leak-free closure of one or two service ports, as required – Z2S16 – Porting pattern to ISO 4401-7, NFPA T3.5.1 M R1 and ANSI B93.7 D 07; Z2S22 – Optional cracking pressures (see ordering code) Model Z2 S16–1–5X/...

Ordering code Z1 S 16 Pilot operated check valve Sandwich plate design Size 16 (D 07)

– 5X /

* Further details to be written in clear text no code =

= 16

Leakfree closure in lines A and B Leakfree closure in line A Leakfree closure in line B

V=

=– =A =B

Cracking pressure 3.0 bar (45 PSI) Cracking pressure 5.0 bar (75 PSI)

5X = =1 =2

NBR seals, suitable for petroleum oils (HM, HL, HLP) FPM seals, suitable for phosphate ester fluids (HFD-R) Series 50 to 59 (50 to 59, externally interchangeable)

Technical data Maximum flow: 300 L/min (80 GPM) – Size 16 Weight (approx.): 6.5 kg (14.3 lbs) – Size 16 (For applications outside these parameters, please consult us!)

Check Valves

145

Section 2

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 21 564/06.98 (Size 22) Page 1 of 1 Issue: 01.01

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Pilot operated check valve – Sandwich plate Model Z2 S22 Size 22, Series 5X Maximum operating pressure 315 bar (4600 PSI) Maximum flow 450 L/min (120 GPM) – Sandwich plate design for use in vertical stacking assemblies – Leak-free closure of one or two service ports, as required – Porting pattern to ISO 4401-8, NFPA T3.5.1 M R1 and ANSI B93.7 D 08 – Various cracking pressures (see ordering code) Model Z2 S22–1–5X/...

Ordering code

Z1 S22 Pilot operated check valve Sandwich plate design Size 22 (D 08)

– 5X /

* Further details to be written in clear text NBR seals, suitable for petroleum oils (HM, HL, HLP) FPM seals, suitable for

no code = = 22

Leakfree closure in lines A and B Leakfree closure in line A Leakfree closure in line B

V=

=– =A =B

Cracking pressure 3.0 bar (45 PSI) Cracking pressure 5.0 bar (75 PSI)

5X =

Series 50 to 59 (50 to 59, externally interchangeable)

=1 =2

Technical data (For applications outside these parameters, please consult us!) Hydraulic fluid Temperature range of fluid Viscosity range

Petroleum oil (HL; HLP); phosphate ester (HFD-R) °C (°F ) mm2/s (SUS)

Fluid cleanliness Permissible flow max.

NBR seals: –30 to +80 (–22 to +176) FPM seals: –20 to +80 (–4 to +176) 2.8 to 500 (35 to 2320) Maximum permissible degree of contamination to ISO 4406, class 18/15. For this, we recommend a filter with a minimum retention rate of ß10 ≥ 75.

L/min (GPM)

450 (120)

Direction of flow

see complete data sheet

Cracking pressure in open direction

see complete data sheet

Area ratio

A1/A2 = 1/13.6; A3/A2 = 1/2.8

Weight (approx.)

Check Valves

kg (lbs)

12 (26.5)

146

Section 2

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

For a complete copy of the data sheets in this catalog, visit our website at: www.boschrexroth-us.com u Products and Solutions u Industrial Hydraulics u Products and Catalogs u Preferred Product Catalog

Section 3 Directional Valves

The Drive & Control Company

– Directional poppet valve with solenoid operation – • M-SED 6 ...........................................................................148 • M-SEW 6 ..........................................................................150 • M-.SED 10........................................................................152 • M-.SEW 10 ......................................................................154 – Directional valves, mechanical/manual operation, WM.6 ................................................................156 – Directional valves with fluidic actuators – WP, WH...............................................................................158 – Directional valves, manual or hydraulic operated – WMM, WMD, WP, WN, or WHD ..................................160 – Solenoid operated directional control valves – WE ........................................................................................162 – Five-chamber direct operated directional valves – D05, 5-.WE 10 ...................................................166 – Direct operated, spool type “soft shift” – WE6… /A12, WE10… /A12 ..........................................168 – Pilot operated, spool type – WEH10, 16, 22, 25, 32 • D05, D07, D08, D10 ....................................................170 – Sandwich type isolation valves – Z4WE 6 ..................172 – Sandwich type isolation valves – Z4WEH 10 ............174 – DIN cartridge “logic” valves • Directional function – LC/LFA16…50 ......................176 • Pressure function – LC/LFA16…50 ..........................178

147 147

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 22 049/03.00 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 01.01

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

3/2- and 4/2-way Directional poppet valves with solenoid operation Model M-SED 6 Size 6, Series 1X Maximum operating pressure 350 bar (5000 PSI) Maximum flow 25 L/min (6.6 GPM) – Direct operated directional poppet valves with solenoid operation – Mounts on standard ISO 4401-3, NFPA T3.5.1 M R1 and ANSI B93.7 D 03 interface – 10-24 UNC (M5) mounting bolts for 350 bar (5000 PSI) Model – Leak-free closure in checked position – Resists silting, even during extended pressure periods Model M-3SED 6 UK 1X/350CG24N9K4 with plug-in connector CK – Solenoids with removable coils – Coils can be changed without engaging fluid

Ordering code M– 3 actuator ports 4 actuator ports

SED

6

1X / 350

C

K4 /

=3 =4

No code =

Nominal size 6

=6 3

4

Symbols A a

a

K4 1) =

b b

P A

—

= UK

—

= CK

T a

b

a

b

N9 = G24 =

P T A B a

P A a

1)

b

a

b

—

=D

—

=Y

Electrical connection individual connection; with component plug DIN 43 650-AM2, without plug-in connector with protected manual override Example: 24, 96 V DC

Plug-in connectors must be ordered separately.

T B b

a P

NBR seals

without cartridge No code = check valve, with throttle insert with cartridge check valve P= orifice – Ø1.2 mm (0.047”) B12 = orifice – Ø2.0 mm (0.079”) B20 = orifice – Ø2.2 mm (0.087”) B22 =

Poppet valve

Actuator ports

*

b

T

= available Series 10 to 19 (10 to 19: externally interchangeable) Operating pressure 350 bar (5000 PSI) Wet pin solenoid with removable coil

Directional Valves

= 1X = 350 =C

148

Section 3

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 22 049/03.00 Page 2 of 2 Issue: 01.01

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data General Installation

optional

Ambient temperature range

°C (°F)

–30 to +50 (–22… +122)

Weight

3/2-way directional poppet valve

kg (lbs)

1.5 (3.306)

4/2-way directional poppet valve

kg (lbs)

2.3 (5.069)

Hydraulic data Max. operating pressure Max. flow

bar (PSI) L/min (GPM)

suitable for NBR and FPM seals

2)

only suitable for FPM seals

Pressure fluid temperature range

25 (6.60) Mineral oil (HL, HLP) to DIN 51 524 1); fast bio-degradable pressure fluids to VDMA 24 568 (also see RE 90 221); HETG (rape seed oil) 1); HEPG (polyglycols) 2); HEES (synthetic esters) 2); other pressure fluids on request

Pressure fluid 1)

see table on page 7 of datasheet

°C (°F)

–30 to +80 (–22… +176) (with NBR seals) –20 to +80 (–4… +176) (with FPM seals)

Viscosity range

mm2/s (SUS)

Degree of contamination

2.8 to 500 (35 to 2320) Maximum permissible degree of contamination of the pressure fluid is to NAS 1638 class 9. We, therefore, recommend a filter with a minimum retention rate of ß10 ≥ 75.

Electrical data Voltage type

DC

Available voltages

V

24, 96

Voltage tolerance (nominal voltage)

%

±10

Power consumption

W

30

Duty

continuous

Switching time to ISO 6403

see table below

Switching frequency

cycles/h

Protection to DIN 40 050 Max. coil temperature 3) 3)

up to 15000 operations per hour, see table below IP 65

°C (°F)

…150 (302)

Due to the occurring surface temperature of the solenoid coils, the European standards EN563 and EN982 must be taken into account!

Directional Valves

When connecting the electrics, the protective conductor (PE ) must be connected according to the relevant regulations.

149

Section 3

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 22 058/09.99 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 04.03

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

2/2-, 3/2- and 4/2-way Directional poppet valves with solenoid operation Model M-SEW 6 Size 6, Series 3X Maximum operating pressure 420/630 bar (6100/9150 PSI) Maximum flow 25 L/min (6.6 GPM) – Mounts on standard ISO 4401-3, NFPA T3.5.1 M R1 and ANSI B93.7 D 03 interface (except 630 bar version) – 10-24 UNC (M5) mounting bolts for 420 bar (6100 PSI) Model 1/4-20 UNC (M6) mounting bolts for 630 bar (9150 PSI) Model – Leak-free closure in checked position – Resists silting, even during extended pressure periods – Solenoids with removable coils

Model M-3SEW 6 U3X/420MG24N9K4 with plug-in connector and Model M-4SEW 6 D3X/420MG24N9K4 with plug-in connector

Ordering code M– 3 actuator ports 4 actuator ports

SEW 6

3X /

M

K4 /

* Further details to be written in clear text

=3 =4

Poppet valve Nominal size 6

NBR seals No code = FPM seals V= (other seals on request) Attention! The compatibility of the seals and pressure fluid has to be taken into account!

=6

Actuator ports

2

3

4

Symbols A a

a

b P A

a

a

b P A

a

a

a

—

=U

Without cartridge check valve, without throttle insert With cartridge check valve P= Orifice Ø mm (in.) B10, 12 = Throttle used when flow exceeds the power limit of the valve; inserted in the P port No code =

b

—

b

—

—

=D

b

—

—

=Y

—

=C

T B

b P

—

T B b

P A a

b T

K4 1;2) =

T

= available Series 30 to 39 (30 to 39: externally interchangeable) Operating pressure 420 bar (6100 PSI) (10-24/M5 mounting bolts) Operating pressure up to 630 bar (9150 PSI) (1/4-20/M6 mounting bolts) Solenoid (air gap) with removable coil

Directional Valves

N9 =

= 3X G24 =

=M

150

With protected manual override Example: 12, 24, 96 V DC

1)

Plug-in connectors must be ordered separately. For additional connector information, see datasheet RA 08 006.

2)

For the connection to an AC supply a DC solenoid must be used which is controlled via a rectifier.

= 420 = 630

Electrical connection Individual connection, with component plug DIN 43 650-AM2, without plug-in connector

Section 3

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 22 058/09.99 Page 2 of 2 Issue: 04.03

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data General Installation

optional

Max. ambient temperature

°C (°F)

+50 (+122)

Weight

2/2-way poppet valve

kg (lbs)

1.5 (3.31)

3/2-way poppet valve

kg (lbs)

1.5 (3.31)

4/2-way poppet valve

kg (lbs)

2.3 (5.1)

Hydraulic data Max. operating pressure Max. flow

bar (PSI) L/min (GPM)

see table on page 7 25 (6.6) Mineral oil (HL, HLP) to DIN 51 524 1); Fast bio-degradable pressure fluids to VDMA 24 568 (also see RA 90 221); HETG (rape seed oil) 1); HEPG (Polyglycols) 2); HEES (synthetic esters) 2); other pressure fluids on request

Pressure fluid 1) suitable for NBR and FPM seals 2) only suitable for FPM seals Pressure fluid temperature range

°C (°F)

–30 to +80 (–22 to +176) (with NBR seals) –20 to +80 (–4 to +176) (with FPM seals)

2

mm /s (SUS)

Viscosity range Degree of contamination

2.8 to 500 (35 to 2318) Maximum permissible degree of contamination of the pressure fluid is to NAS 1638 class 9. We, therefore, recommend a filter with a minimum retention rate of ß10 ≥ 75.

Electrical data Model of voltage

DC

Available voltages

V

12, 24, 96

Voltage tolerance (nominal voltage)

%

±10

Power consumption

W

30

Duty

continuous

Switching time to ISO 6403

see table below

Switching frequency

cycles/h

Protection to DIN 40 050 Max. coil temperature 3)

3)

15000 IP 65

°C (°F)

150 (302)

Due to the surface temperatures which occur on the solenoid coils, the European standards EN563 and EN982 must be taken into account!

Directional Valves

When connecting electric power, the protective conductor (PE ) must be connected according to the relevant regulations.

151

Section 3

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 22 045/03.00 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 01.01

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

3/2- and 4/2-way Directional poppet valves with solenoid operation Model M-.SED 10 Size 10, Series 1X Maximum operating pressure 350 bar (5000 PSI) Maximum flow 40 L/min (10.6 GPM) – Direct operated directional poppet valve with solenoid actuation – Mounts on standard ISO 4401-5, NFPA T3.5.1 M R1 and ANSI B 93.7 D 05 interface subplates to datasheet RA 45 054 (separate order) – Leak-free closure in checked position – Switching is ensured even when under pressure for long periods of time – Solenoid coil can be rotated by 90° – Coils can be changed without engaging fluid – Individual electrical connection – With protected manual override, standard “N9”

Model M-3SED 10 UK1X/350CG24N9K4 with plug-in connector CK

Ordering code M– 3 actuator ports 4 actuator ports

SED 10

1X / 350

C

K4 /

*

=3 =4

Further details to be written in clear text

Poppet valve

No code =

Nominal size 6

= 10

Actuator ports

3

No code =

4

Symbols

P=

A a

a

b b

P A

—

= UK

—

= CK

K4 1) =

T a

b

a

b

N9 =

P T A B a

P A a

C=

P

—

b

=D

T B

350 =

with protected manual override Example: 24, 96 V DC

b

—

Wet pin solenoid with removable coil Operating pressure 350 bar (5000 PSI) Series 10 to 19 (10 to 19: externally interchangeable)

1X = b

a

Electrical connection individual connection; with component plug DIN 43 650-AM2, without plug-in connector

G24 =

b

a

NBR seals

without cartridge check valve, without throttle insert with cartridge check valve

=Y 1)

T

Plug-in connectors must be ordered separately.

= available

Directional Valves

152

Section 3

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 22 045/03.00 Page 2 of 2 Issue: 01.01

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data General Installation

optional

Ambient temperature range

°C (°F)

–30 to +50 (–22 to +122)

Weight

3/2-way directional poppet valve

kg (lbs)

2.6 (5.7)

4/2-way directional poppet valve

kg (lbs)

3.9 (8.6)

Hydraulic data Max. operating pressure Max. flow

bar (PSI)

see table on page 7

L/min (GPM )

40 (10.60) Mineral oil (HL, HLP) to DIN 51 524 1); fast bio-degradable pressure fluids to VDMA 24 568 (also see RE 90 221); HETG (rape seed oil) 1); HEPG (polyglycols) 2); HEES (synthetic esters) 2); other pressure fluids on request

Pressure fluid 1)

suitable for NBR and FPM seals

2)

only suitable for FPM seals

Pressure fluid temperature range

°C (°F)

–30 to +80 (–22 to +176) (with NBR seals) –20 to +80 (–4… +176) (with FPM seals)

Viscosity range

SUS (mm2/s)

2.8 to 500 (35 to 2320)

Degree of contamination

Maximum permissible degree of contamination of the pressure fluid is to NAS 1638 class 9. We, therefore, recommend a filter with a minimum retention rate of ß10 ≥ 75.

Electrical data Voltage type

DC

Available voltages

V

24, 96

Voltage tolerance (nominal voltage)

%

±10

Power consumption

W

30

Duty

continuous

Switching time to ISO 6403

see table below

Switching frequency

cycles/h

up to 15000 operations per hour, see table below

Protection to DIN 40 050 Max. coil temperature 3) 3)

IP 65 °C (°F)

…150 (302)

Due to the occurring surface temperature of the solenoid coils, the European standards EN563 and EN982 must be taken into account!

Directional Valves

153

When connecting the electrics, the protective conductor (PE ) must be connected according to the relevant regulations.

Section 3

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 22 075/08.99 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 04.03

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

3/2- and 4/2-way Directional poppet valves with solenoid operation Model M-.SEW 10 Size 10, Series 1X Maximum operating pressure 420/630 bar (6100/9135 PSI) Maximum flow 40 L/min (10.5 GPM) – Directly operated directional poppet valve with solenoid operation – Porting pattern to DIN 24 340 form A, ISO 4401 and CETOP– RP 121 H, subplates to data sheet RA 45 054 (separate order) – Leak-free closure in checked position – Resists silting, even during extended pressure periods – Solenoid coil can be rotated by 90° – Single electrical connection – With manual override, standard

Model M-3SEW 10 U1X/ 420MG24N9Z45

Model M-4SEW 10 D1X/ 420MG24N9Z45

Ordering code M– 3 actuator ports 4 actuator ports

SEW 10

1X /

M

K4 /

*

=3 =4

Further details to be written in clear text

Poppet valve Nominal size 6

NBR seals FPM seals Attention! The compatibility of the seals and pressure fluid must be taken into account!

No code = V=

= 10

Actuator ports

2

3

4

Symbols A a

a

b P A

a

a

b P A

a

a

a

a

—

=U

b

—

—

=C

b

—

—

=D

b

—

—

=Y

Without cartridge check valve or orifice insert With cartridge check P= valve insert Orifice Ø mm (in.) B10, 12 = Throttle used when flow exceeds the power limit of the valve; inserted in the P port No code =

T B

b P

—

T B b

P A

b T

K4 1) =

Electrical connectors without angled plug connector

T

no code = N9 =

= available Series 10 to 19 (10 to 19: externally interchangeable) Operating pressure up to 420 bar (6100 PSI) Operating pressure up to 630 bar (9150 PSI)

Directional Valves

= 1X

without manual override (24 V only) with protected manual override 24, 96 V DC

G24 = = 420 = 630

M= 1)

154

removable air gap solenoid

Plug-in connectors must be ordered separately. For additional information, see datasheet RA 08 006.

Section 3

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 22 075/08.99 Page 2 of 2 Issue: 04.03

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data General Mounting position

optional

Ambient temperature, max. Weight (approx.)

°C (°F)

50 (122)

3/2-way poppet valve

kg (lbs)

2.0 (4.40)

4/2-way poppet valve

kg (lbs)

3.5 (7.71)

Hydraulic Operating pressure, max. Flow, max.

bar (PSI) L/min (GPM)

Suitable for NBR and FPM seals

2)

Only suitable for FPM seals

Fluid temperature range

40 (10.60) Mineral oil (HL, HLP) to DIN 51 524 1); Fast bio-degradable pressure fluids to VDMA 24 568 (also see RA 90 221); HETG (rape seed oil) 1); HEPG (Polyglycol) 2); HEES (synthetic ester) 2); other fluids on request

Hydraulic fluid 1)

420/630 (6100/9135)

°C (°F)

NBR seals: –30 to +80 (–22 to +172) FPM seals: –20 to +80 (–4 to +176)

Viscosity range

mm2/s (SUS)

Maximum degree of contamination

2.8 to 500 (35 to 2320) Class 18/15 according to ISO 4406. We therefore recommend a filter with a minimum retention rate of ß10 ≥ 75.

Electrical Type of supply

DC

Available voltages

V

24, 96

Voltage tolerance (nominal voltage)

%

±10

Power requirement

W

30

Duty cycle

100 %

Operating time to ISO 6403

see table

Shifting frequency

Cycles/h

Type of protection to DIN 40 050 Coil temperature range

Directional Valves

15000 IP 65

°C (°F)

up to 150 (302)

155

Section 3

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 22 280/06.98 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 01.01

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

4/3-, 4/2- and 3/2-way Directional valves Mechanical/Manual operation Model WM.6 Size 6, Series 5X Maximum operating pressure 315 bar (4600 PSI) Maximum flow 60 L/minn (16.0 GPM) – Direct operated spool type directional control valves – Mounts on standard ISO 4401-3, NFPA T3.5.1M R1 and ANSI B 93.7 D 03 interface – For subplates, see data sheet RA 45 052 Mechanical/manual operation

Ordering code 6 4 service ports Hand lever Rotary knob Size 6

5X /

No code =

=4 = WMM = WMD

No code = No code = F=

=6

Spool type e.g. C, D, E, H, J, W, Y Series 50 to 59 (50 to 59, externally interchangeable)

Directional Valves

* NBR seals, suitable for petroleum oils (HM, HL, HLP) without orifice insert with spring return (available for WMM) with detent (available for WMM, WMD)

= 5X

156

Section 3

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 22 280/06.98 Page 2 of 2 Issue: 01.01

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data General Installation position

optional

Weight

kg (lbs.)

approx. 1.4 (3.1)

Hydraulic Operating pressure max – Ports A, B, P

bar (PSI)

315 (4600)

– Port T: for WMM, WMD, WMDA

bar (PSI)

for WMR, WMU

bar (PSI)

Max. volume flow

L/min (GPM)

160 (2320) With spool types A or B, port T must be used as a drain port if the operating pressure is higher than the permissible tank pressure.

60 (900)

60 (16.0)

Flow section (Control position 0)

with spool type W 3% of nominal section

Hydraulic fluid

Petroleum oils (HM, HL,HLP); Phosphate ester fluids (HFD-R)

Fluid temperature range

°C (°F)

NBR seals: –30 to +80 (–22 to +176) FPM seals: –20 to +80 (–4 to +176)

Viscosity range

2

mm /s (SUS)

Maximum degree of fluid contamination

2.8 to 500 (35 to 2320) Class 18/15 according to ISO 4406. Therefore, we recommend a filter with a retention rate of ß10 ≥ 75.

Operating force/-torque Valve type Operating torque max.

WMM

WMD/WMDA

—

150 (13.3)

Ncm (lb-in)

Operating force – without tank pressure with and without detent

kg (lbs)

20 (4.5)

—

– 150 bar tank pressure

kg (lbs)

30 (6.7)

—

Directional Valves

157

Section 3

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 22282/07.02 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 04.03

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

4/3-, 4/2- and 3/2-way Directional valves with fluidic actuators Model WP, WH Nominal size 6 Series 6X (WP), 5X (WH) Maximum operating pressure 315 bar (4600 PSI) Maximum flow 60 L/min (16 GPM)

Fluidic actuators

Ordering code 4

6

/

/

/ 5

4 actuator ports

5=

Fluidic actuation Pneumatic Hydraulic

Without orifice insert

No code =

Without manual override

No code =

=6

With spring return

No code =

Symbols, e.g. = C, D, E, G, H, J, M, Y (For symbols and examples see below) WP Series 60 to 69 (60 to 69: unchanged installation and connection dimensions) WH Series 50 to 59 (50 to 59: unchanged installation and connection dimensions)

NBR seals

No code =

= WP = WH

Nominal size 6

NPT threaded connection

= 6X

= 5X

Symbols =C

=E

=D

=G

=Y

=H =J

Attention! Take the pressure intensification into account with differential cylinders!

Directional Valves

=M

158

Section 3

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 22282/07.02 Page 2 of 2 Issue: 04.03

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data General Valve type

WP

WH

Optional 1)

Installation Ambient temperature range

°C (°F)

NBR seals: –30 to +80 (–22 to +176) FKM seals: –20 to +80 (–4 to +176)

Weight

1 operating cylinder

kg (lbs.)

Approx. 1.8 (4.0)

Approx. 2.0 (4.4)

Valve with:

2 operating cylinders

kg (lbs.)

Approx. 2.0 (4.4)

Approx. 2.2 (4.9)

Hydraulic Max. operating pressure

Ports A, B, P

bar (PSI)

Up to 315 (4600)

Port T

bar (PSI)

Up to 160 (2300) (with symbols A and B, the port T must be used as leakage port when the operating pressure is above 160 bar (2300 PSI).

Max. flow

L/min (GPM)

60 (16)

Flow cross-section

With symbol Q

6 % of the nominal cross-section

(switched position 0):

With symbol W

3 % of the nominal cross-section

Min. control pressure

bar (PSI)

Max. control pressure

bar (PSI)

Control volume

3

3

cm (in )

6 to 10 (87 to 145) > tank pressure 2)

10 (145)

200 (2900)

1.23 (0.075) Mineral oil (HL, HLP) to DIN 51 524 3); Fast bio-degradable pressure fluids to VDMA24 568 (also see RE 90 221); HETG (rape seed oil) 3); HEPG (polyglycols) 4); HEES (synthetic ester) 4); Other pressure fluids on request

Pressure fluid

Pressure fluid temperature range

4 (60) (see char. curves on page 5)

°C (°F)

NBR seals: –30 to +80 (–22 to +176) FKM seals: –20 to +80 (–4 to +176)

Viscosity range

mm2/s (SUS)

Degree of contamination

1) 2)

With version ../O.. (A, C, and D): horizontal Performance limits dependent on the minimum control pressure, see datasheet

Directional Valves

2.8 to 500 (35 to 2318) Maximum permissible degree of contamintion of the pressure fluid is to NAS 1638 class 9. We therefore recommend a filter with a minimum retention rate of ß10 ≥ 75. 3) 4)

159

Suitable for NBR and FPM seals Only suitable for FKM seals

Section 3

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 22 331/06.98 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 01.01

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

4/3-, 4/2- and 3/2-way Directional valves Manual or hydraulic operated Models WMM, WMD, WP, WN, or WHD Size 10, Series 3X Maximum operating pressure 315 bar (4600 PSI) Maximum flow 120 L/min (32 GPM) – Direct operated spool type directional control valves – Mounts on standard ISO 4401-5, NFPA T3.5.1M R1 and ANSI B 93.7 D 05 interface – For subplates, see data sheet RA 45 054 – Available operator options: Hand lever or hydraulic pilot Manual operation

Symbols A a

B

A a

b P

B

P

T

=E

b T

=G =C

=H =D A

B a

P

A b

T

=J =M

B a

P

b T

3) Note: When ordering a spool with only two positions “o” & “a” or “o & b”, specify = Y the desired position a or b after the spool code. Example: Spool E with spool position “a” Ordering Code 4 WMM10EA-3X

Pilot fluid operation

Ordering code 10 4 service ports

=4

Hand lever Rotary hand knob Pneumatic piloted 1.5 to 6 bar (22 to 87 PSI) 4.5 to 12 bar (65 to 175 PSI) Hydraulic operated

= WMM = WMD

3X /

/

* Further details to be written in clear text 12 =

= WN = WP = WHD

ISO size 5, NFPA/ANSI D 05 interface

no code = no code =

= 10

no code = F= OF =

Spool type ex. C, D, E, G, H, J, Y for possible spool configurations, see above Valves with both operators (3-position spool) MM, WHD model with 3-position spools and Operator “a” side only Operator “b” side only

Directional Valves

/

= no desig.

3X =

=A =B

160

SAE threaded connections (WHD only) NBR seals for petroleum oils (HM, HL, HLP) without orifice insert with spring return with detent without spring return, with detent Series 30 to 39 (30 to 39; externally interchangeable)

Section 3

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 22 331/06.98 Page 2 of 2 Issue: 01.01

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data Hydraulic Maximum operating pressure

Ports A, B, P

bar (PSI)

315 (4600)

Port T

bar (PSI)

160 (2320)

Maximum flow

L/min (GPM

Hydraulic fluids Fluid temperature range Viscosity range Maximum degree of fluid contamination

Directional Valves

(For spool types A and B, port T must be use a drain port, if the operating pressure exceeds 160 bar (2320 PSI)

120 (32) Petroleum oils (HM, HL, HLP) Phosphate ester fluids (HFD-R)

°C (°F) mm2/s (SUS)

NBR seals: –30 to +80 (–22 to +176) FPM seals: –20 to +80 (–4 to +176) 2.8 to 500 (35 to 2320) Class 18/15 according to ISO 4406. Therefore, we recommend a filter with a retention rate of ß10 ≥ 75.

161

Section 3

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 23 178/08.99 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 01.01

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

4/3-, 4/2- and 3/2-way Directional control valves with wet pin AC or DC solenoids Model WE 6.. /E Size 6, Series 6X Maximum operating pressure 350 bar (5100 PSI) Maximum flow 80 L/min (21 GPM) – Direct operated, solenoid controlled directional spool valve, heavy duty construction – Mounting pattern to ISO 4401-3, NFPA T3.5.1 M R1 and ANSI B93.7 D 03 Subplates, see datasheet RA 45 052 – Removable coils for quick replacement, or conversion, in AC or DC voltages – Dual frequency solenoids AC voltage with 50 or 60 Hz operation – Individual electrical connectors – Wet pin core tubes, with high pressure tank capacity, standard

Model 4 WE 6...6X/EG 24 N9K4 with plug-in connector

Ordering code 2

3 service ports 4 service ports Size 6

3

4

WE

6

6

7

9

10

11

6X / OF E

12

N9

=3 =4

22

23

/

* No code =

=6

Series 60 to 69 (60 to 69: externally interchangeable)

V= = 6X

Without spring return but with detent

= OF

High performance solenoid wet pin (oil-immersed) with removable coil Voltages DC – 12, 24, 96 AC 1) – 110, 230

=E

Example Example

With protected manual override (Standard)

= G 24 = W110 = N9

AC Voltage and Frequency 110 = 110V–50Hz, 110V–60Hz, 120V–60Hz 230 = 220V–50Hz, 220V–60Hz, 240V–60Hz

Directional Valves

19

Further details in clear text

Spool e.g. C, D, E, G, H, J, M, W, Y

1)

15

162

NBR seals for petroleum oil (HM, HL, HLP) FPM seals for phosphate ester (HFD-R)

Type of electrical connection to data sheet RA 08 006 Direct solenoid connections Without angled plug connector(s) K4 = Central solenoid connections Terminal box with 2 1/2" NPT conduit DA = conn DAL = Terminal box with two 1/2" NPT conduit connections and light(s) ANSI B 93.55 M plug-pin type connectors (without female end) DK23 = Terminal box with 3-pin conn. (single solenoid) DK25 = Terminal box with 5-pin conn. (double solenoid) DK23L = Terminal w/ 3-pin conn. & light(s) (single solenoid) DK25L = Terminal w/ 5-pin conn. & light(s) (double solenoid) DK24L2 = Terminal box with 4-pin conn., light(s), & surge suppression

Section 3

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 23 178/08.99 Page 2 of 2 Issue: 01.01

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Symbols =E

1)

1)

Example: Spool E with switching position "a" Order code 4 WE6 EA•6X/EW 110 NK4

Caution: Be aware of pressure intensification in differential cylinders

=G

=C&D

=M

=H

=Y

=W

=J

Technical data General Installation position Weight

Optional Single solenoid valve

m

kg (lbs.)

1.45 (3.2)

Valve with 2 solenoids

m

kg (lbs.)

1.95 (4.3)

Port A, B, P

p

bar (PSI)

350 (5100)

Port T

p

bar (PSI)

up to 210 (3050) DC, up to 160 (2320) AC Where symbols A and B occur, port T must be employed as a drain port if the operating pressure is above the permitted tank pressure .

Hydraulic Operating pressure

Flow, max.

qV

L/min (GPM)

up to 80 (21) DC, up to 60 (15.8) AC

Electrical Type of voltage

DC voltage

AC voltage

Available voltages

V

V

12, 24, 96

110, 230 50/60 Hz

Power consumption

P

W

30

–

Holding current

P

VA

–

50

In-rush current

P

VA

–

220

continuous

continuous

Duty cycle Shifting time to

ON

T

ms

25 to 45

10 to 20

ISO 6403

OFF

T

ms

10 to 25

15 to 40

up to 15000

up to 7200

Exceeds NEMA class B

Exceeds NEMA class B

up to 150 (302)

up to 180 (356)

Shifting frequency

Sw/h

Insulation Coil temperature

Directional Valves

t

°C (°F)

163

Section 3

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 23 327/07.98 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 01.01

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

4/3-, 4/2- and 3/2-way Directional control valves with wet pin AC or DC solenoids Model WE 10.. /.C Nominal Size 10, Series 3X (DIN spade to 43650) Series 4X (conduit box) Maximum operating pressure 315 bar (4600 PSI) Maximum flow 120 L/min (32 GPM) – Direct solenoid actuated directional spool valve in the standard version – Mounting pattern to ISO 4401-5, NFPA T3.5.1 M R1 and ANSI B93.7 D 05 interface Subplates, see datasheet RA 45 054 (separate order) – Wet pin AC or DC solenoids with removable coil – Solenoid coil can be rotated through 90° – Coils may be replaced without engaging fluid ports

Model 4WE 10 E3X/CG24N9K4 with plug-in connector

– Electrical connections available as either individual spade connections or as a conduit box connection – Manual override, standard – For soft switching version, see RA 23 183 – High flow body and spool design

Technical data General Installation

optional

Weight

Central connection

Individual connection

Valve with 1 solenoid

kg (lbs.)

DC 4.4 (9.7), AC 3.6 (7.93)

DC 4.3 (9.48), AC 3.5 (7.71)

Valve with 2 solenoids

kg (lbs.)

DC 6.0 (13.2), AC 4.4 (9.7)

DC 5.9 (13), AC 4.3 (9.48)

Hydraulic data Max. operating pressure

Ports A, B, P

bar (PSI)

315 (4600)

Port T

bar (PSI)

DC 210 (3050), AC 160 (2320). For symbols A and B, Port T must be used as a drain line if the operating pressure is higher than the permissible tank pressure.

Max. flow

L/min (GPM)

120 (32)

Electrical data Voltage model Available voltages

V

Voltage tolerance (nominal voltage)

%

DC

AC

12, 24, 96

110, 230 50/60 Hz

±10

Power consumption

W

35

–

Holding power

VA

–

90

Inrush current

VA

–

550

ms

45 to 60

15 to 25

ms

20 to 30

20 to 30

cycles/h

15,000

7,200

F

H

Duty Switching time to ISO 6403

continuous ON OFF

Switching frequency Protection to DIN 40 050

IP 65

Insulation class VDE 0580

Directional Valves

164

Section 3

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 23 327/07.98 Page 2 of 2 Issue: 01.01

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Ordering code 2

3

4

6

7

WE 10 3 service ports 4 service ports

9

10

/

11

C

12

N9

15

16

19

22

/

23

*

=3 =4

Directional control valve, electrically operated ISO Size 5, NFPA/ANSI D 05 interface

= 10

Spool symbol e.g. E, G, H, J, M, W etc. Series 30 to 39 – spade connection (30 to 39: externally interchangeable) Series 40 to 49 – conduit box connection (40 to 49: externally interchangeable)

= 3X

With spring return Without spring return, with detent

= No code = OF

= 4X

Wet pin solenoid (oil immersed) with removable coil

=C

Voltages DC – 12, 24, 96 AC1) – 110, 220

Example Example

With manual override (standard)

= G 24 = W110 = N9

Central solenoid connections 1/2" NPT conduit connector in conduit box 1/2" NPT conduit connector in conduit box with light(s) ANSI B 93.55 M plug-in type connections (without female end) Terminal box with 3-pin connector (single solenoid) Terminal box with 5-pin connector (double solenoid) Terminal box with 3-pin connector and lights (single solenoid) Terminal box with 5-pin connector and lights (double solenoid) Terminal box with 4-pin connector, lights, and surge suppression Individual solenoid plug connections Without plug in connector(s)

= DA = DAL = DK23 = DK25 = DK23L = DK25L = DK24L2 = K4

NBR seals FPM seals Attention! The compatibility of the seals and fluid must be taken into account!

= No code =V

Further details in clear text 1)

AC Voltage and Frequency 110 = 110V–50Hz, 110V–60Hz, 120V–60Hz 230 = 220V–50Hz, 220V–60Hz, 240V–60Hz

Symbols =E =C&D

=Y

=G =H

=M =W

=J

Directional Valves

165

Section 3

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 23 351/09.99 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 01.01

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

4/3-, 4/2- and 3/2-way Directional valves with switching time adjustment Model 5-.WE 10 Nominal Size 10 Series 3X Maximum operating pressure 315 bar (4600 PSI) Maximum flow 120 L/min (32 GPM) – Direct solenoid operated spool type directional control valve – With “5th chamber” for dampened adjustable spool shifting time – Mounts on standard ISO 4401-5, NFPA/ANSI T3.5.1 M R1 D 05, and ANSI B93.7 D 05 interface Subplates, see datasheet RA 45 054 (separate order) – Wet pin DC solenoids – Removable coils for quick replacement

Model 5-.WE 10 E3X/CG24N9K4 with plug-in connector

Ordering code 1

2

5 – 4 actuator ports

3

4

6

WE 10

7

9

10

3X /

11

C

12

15

18

19

22

N9 K4 /

23

*

=4

Nominal size 10

= 10

Symbol e.g. C, D, E, G, H, J Series 30 to 39 (30 to 39: unchanged installation and connection dimensions)

= 3X

With spring return

= No code

Wet pin solenoid (oil immersed) with removable coil

=C

24 V DC 96 V DC

= G24 = G96

With protected manual override (standard)

= N9

Model of electrical connection Individual connection; with component plug DIN 43 650-AM2, without plug-in connector

= K4

Without switching time adjustment With adjustable screw (throttle) Orifice Ø 0.8 mm (0.031”), 1.0 mm (0.039”), 1.2 mm (0.047” )

= No code =C = A08, A10, A12

Without cartridge throttle

= No code

NBR seals Attention! The compatibility of the seals and pressure fluid has to be taken into account!

= No code

Further details to be written in clear text

Directional Valves

166

Section 3

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 23 351/09.99 Page 2 of 2 Issue: 01.01

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data General Installation

optional

Max. ambient temperature Weight

°C (°F)

50 (122)

Valve with 1 solenoid

kg (lbs.)

4.7 (10.4)

Valve with 2 solenoids

kg (lbs.)

6.3 (13.9)

Hydraulic data Max. operating pressure

Ports A, B, P

bar (PSI)

315 (4600)

Port T

bar (PSI)

210 (3050)

Max. flow

L/min (GPM)

120 (32) Mineral oil (HL, HLP) to DIN 51 524 1); Fast bio-degradable pressure fluids to VDMA 24 568 (also see RA 90 221); HETG (rape seed oil) 1)

Pressure fluid

Pressure fluid temperature range

°C (°F)

NBR seals: –30 to +80 (–22 to +176) FPM seals: –20 to +80 (–4 to +176)

2

mm /s (SUS)

Viscosity range Degree of contamination

35 to 2318 Maximum permissible degree of contamination of the pressure fluid is to NAS 1638 class 9. We, therefore, recommend a filter with a minimum retention rate of ß10 ≥ 75.

Electrical data Model of voltage

DC

Available voltages

V

24, 96

Voltage tolerance (nominal voltage)

%

±10

Power consumption

W

Duty

continuous

Switching time to ISO 6403 (without switching time adjustment)

ON

ms

45 to 70

OFF

ms

35 to 45

Switching frequency

cycles/h

Protection to DIN 40 050

15000 IP 65

Insulation class VDE 0580

F

Max. coil temperature 1)

35

°C (°F)

150 (302)

suitable for NBR and FPM seals

Symbols P

=C&D

Directional Valves

T

P

T

=E

=H

=G

=J

167

Section 3

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 23 183/08.99 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 01.01

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Soft switching 4/2- and 4/3-way Directional valves with DC solenoids, Model WE...73-../A12.. Nominal Sizes 6 and 10 Series 6X (Size 6) and 3X (Size 10) Maximum operating pressure 350/315 bar (5100/4600 PSI) Maximum flow 60/100 L/min (15.85/26.42 GPM) – Direct operated directional spool valve with solenoid operation – Soft switching characterisitics – Porting pattern to DIN 24 340 form A, ISO 4401 and CETOP–RP 121 H Mounts on standard ISO 4401, NFPA T3.5.1 M R1 and ANSI B 93.7 D interfaces For subplates see catalog sheets RA 45 052 (size 6), and RA 45 054 (size 10), separate order – Wet pin solenoids with removable coils – Coils can be replaced without engaging fluid – Individual electrical connections – With manual override

Model 4WE 10 E73-3X/CG24N9K4/A12 with plug-in connector

Ordering code 2

3

4

WE 4 service ports Nominal size 6 Nominal size 10

6

7

–

9

10

/

11

12

15

18

19

N9 K4 / A12

Size10

NBR seals FPM seals Attention! The compatibility of the seals and pressure fluid has to be taken into account!

No code = V= = 6X

= 3X

Directional Valves

A12 = K4 =

= No code

Nominal size 6 Nominal size 10 Voltages DC – 12, 24, 96

* Further details in clear text

= 6 = 10

Series 60 to 69 (60 to 69: unchanged installation and connection dimensions) Series 30 to 39 (30 to 39: unchanged installation and connection dimensions )

Spring return

23

=4

Spool symbols e.g. D73, E73, G73, J73 Size 6

22

=E =C Example

N9 =

Switching time delay Electrical connection types Single connection; with cover, without plug-in connector With concealed manual override

= 24

168

Section 3

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 23 183/08.99 Page 2 of 2 Issue: 01.01

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data General Nominal size

Size

Installation position Weight

6

10

optional – Single solenoid valve

kg (lbs.)

1.45 (3.2)

4.5 (9.918)

– Valve with 2 solenoids

kg (lbs.)

1.95 (4.3)

6.1 (13.44)

Ports A, B, P

bar (PSI)

350 (5076)

315 (4600)

Ports T

bar (PSI)

210 (3050)

210 (3050)

Available voltages

V

12, 24, 96

12, 24, 96

Voltage tolerance (nominal voltage)

%

±10

Power consumption

W

30

Hydraulic Max. operating pressure

Electrical

Duty cycle

±10 35

continuous

Switching time tS to ISO 6403 Switching frequency

ON/OFF 1/h

approx. 3 to 4 times longer than a standard valve 7200

7200

Protection to DIN 40 050

IP 65

IP 65

Insulation class VDE 0580

F

F

Symbols = D73 = E73 3) = G73 = J73

3)

Example: Spool E73 with switching position “a” ordering details ..E73A..

Directional Valves

169

Section 3

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 24 751/06.98 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 01.01

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

4/2- and 4/3-way Directional valves, Pilot operated, Model 4 WEH… Externally pilot operated, Model 4 WH … Sizes 10 to 32, Series 4X, 6X, 7X Maximum pressure up to 350 bar (5100 PSI) Maximum volume up to 1100 L/min (290 GPM) – Solenoid pilot operated directional valves (WEH) – Hydraulic pilot operated directional valves (WH) – Mounts on standard ISO 4401-5, 7, 8, or 10, NFPA T 3.5.1 M R1 and ANSI B 93.7 D 05, D 07, D 08, or D10 interfaces – For subplates, see data sheets RA 45 045 ... RA 45 060, may be ordered separately – 3-position spring centered (sizes 10 to 32) – 3-position spring or hydraulic centering (sizes 16, 25 and 32) – 2-position hydraulic or spring offset (sizes 10 to 32) – Wet pin AC or DC solenoids as required – Manual overrides standard (WEH)

Model 4WEH 22 E 7X/..6EG..N9..DA.. with plug-in connector – Individual solenoid plug-in connectors or central wiring box, see datasheet RA 08 006 – Optional meter-in or meter-out pilot choke option – "P" port pilot pressure insert (sizes 16 to 32), for open center spools

Technical data Sizes (ordering code) Operating pressure, max. – Port P, A, B Model 4WEH Model H-4WEH – Port T Pilot oil drain Y external Pilot oil drain Y internal

10

bar (PSI) bar (PSI) bar (PSI) bar (PSI) bar (PSI) – Port Y Pilot oil drain external: bar (PSI) with version 4WH bar (PSI) bar (PSI) Pilot pressure, max. (With higher pilot pressures, a pressure reducing valve is required.) Pilot pressure, min. – Pilot oil supply X external, pilot oil supply X internal (not with spools: C, G, H) 3-position valve, spring-centered 3-position valve, pressure-centered 2-position valve, with spring offset

16

22

280 (4060) 280 (4060) 350 (5100) 350 (5100) 315 (4600) 250 (3625) 3046 DC 2321 AC 3046 DC, 2321 AC 250 (3625) 250 (3625) 250 (3625) 250 (3625) H-4W..

bar (PSI) bar (PSI)

10 (145) –

14 (205) 14 (205)

bar (PSI)

10 (145)

14 (205)

2-position valve, with hydraulic offset bar (PSI) – Internally piloted (with spools C, F, G, H, P, T, V, Z, S) bar (PSI)

7 (100) 4.5 (65)

14 (205) 4.5 (65)

25

32

280 (4060) – 280 (4060) 350 (5100) 350 (5100) 350 (5100) 250 (3625) 250 (3625) 250 (3625)

210 (3050) 250 (3625) 250 (3625) 210 (3050) 250 (3625) 250 (3625) 4W.. 12.5 10.5 (180) (150) – 14 11 (205) (160) 8 (115) 4.5 (65)

13 (190) 18 (260)

8.5 (125) 8.5 (125)

13 (190)

10 (145)

8 (115) 4.5 (65)

5 (72) 4.5 (65)

Symbols (to ISO 1219) 4WEH.. EA.xx/... = 2-position main valve with single solenoid pilot 4WEH.. HD.xx/OF... = 2-position main valve with detented pilot, main stage hydraulically offset 4WEH.. D.xx/OF... = 2-position main valve with detented pilot, main stage spring offset 4WEH.. D.xx/... = 2-position main valve with single solenoid pilot, main stage spring offset Directional Valves

170

= D/C

=G

=M

=E

=H

=W

=Q

=J

Section 3

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 24 751/06.98 Page 2 of 2 Issue: 01.01

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Ordering code 1

2

3

4

5

6

6.5

7

9

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 19 20 21 22 23

4

*

280 bar (4100 PSI) = no code 350 bar (5100 PSI) = H– 4-way (Four service ports)

=4

Operation Solenoid operated pilot valve Hydraulically operated

= WEH = WH

Size 10 (D 05) 16 (D 07) 22 (D 08) 25 (D 08) 32 (D 10)

no code = NBR seals, suitable for petroleum oils (HM, HL, HLP) V= FPM seals, suitable for phosphate ester (HFD-R) no code =

= 10 = 16 = 22 = 25 = 32

no code = P4.5 =

Spool return (main body) Spring return (size 10 to 32) = no code Hydraulic return (size 10 to 32)* =H *(Size 10 and 22 with spool types C, D only)

Series Size 10 Series 40 to 49* Size 25, 32 Series 60 to 69* Size 16, 22 Series 70 to 79* *externally interchangeable

= OF

Pilot valve WE 6 (D 03), with removable solenoids

= 6E

K4 =

Example = G 24 Example = 110 = N9

Externally piloted, externally drained = no code Internally piloted, externally drained =E Internally piloted, internally drained = ET Externally piloted, internally drained =T (On sizes 16, 25, 32 models "ET" and "T" with hydraulically centered three-position valves, are only possible if: ppilot ≥ 2 x ptank + ppilot min

Directional Valves

po = 4.5 bar (65 PSI) (For spool types C, G, H)

ANSI B 93.55 M plug-in type connections (without female end) DK23 = Terminal box w/3-pin connector (single solenoid) DK25 = Terminal box w/5-pin connector (double solenoid) DK23L = Terminal box w/3-pin connector & light (single solenoid) DK25L = Terminal box w/5-pin connector & light (single solenoid) DK24L2 = Terminal box with 4-pin connector, lights & surge suppression

= 4X = 6X = 7X

Variation to the pilot valve For 2-position valves with 2 solenoids: Only possible with spool types C, D, and hydraulic spool return "H" in the main valve Without spring return with detent

With protected manual overrides (standard 6E)

Without pilot pressure insert

Central electrical connections DA = Terminal box with 1/2" NPT conduit connection DAL = Terminal box with 1/2" NPT conduit connection and light(s)

= no code

Voltages DC – 12, 24, 96 AC1) – 110, 230

without pilot pressure control valve

Electrical connections to data sheet RA 08006

Spool type (ex. C, D, E, G, H, J, M, W) 3-position valve

Further details to be written in clear text

171

no code = S= S2 = ppilot ppilot min ptank po 1)

Individual solenoid plug-in connection without angled plug connector(s) without pilot choke adjustment With meter-in pilot choke adjustment With meter-out pilot choke adjustment

= pilot pressure = minimum pilot pressure = Tank pressure = Cracking pressure

AC Voltage and Frequency 110 = 110V–50Hz, 110V–60Hz, 120V–60Hz 230 = 220V–50Hz, 220V–60Hz, 240V–60Hz

Section 3

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 23 193/09.99 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 01.01

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

4/2- and 4/3-way Isolating valves Model Z4WE 6 Nominal Size 6 Series 3X Maximum operating pressure 315 bar (4600 PSI) Maximum flow 40 L/min (10.6 GPM) – Direct solenoid actuated directional spool valve – Sandwich plate valve – For use as an isolator/free-flow valve or as a isolator/free-flow/short circuit valve – Free-flow through ports P and T in all spool positions – Porting pattern to DIN 24 340 form A, ISO 4401 and CETOP–RP 121 H, – Wet pin AC or DC solenoids – Manual override

Model Z4WE 6 E53-3X/EG24N9K4 with plug-in connector

Ordering code

Z4WE Nominal size 6

6

– 3X / E

K4

Further details in clear text

E68, E63, …

No code =

Series 30 to 39 (30 to 39: externally interchangeable)

K4 = = 3X

High performance solenoid (wet pin) Voltages DC – 12, 24, 96 AC1) – 110, 230

=E Example Example

NBR seals

Electrical connection Individual connection; with component plug DIN 43 650-AM2, without plug-in connector

= G 24 = W110

With protected manual override (standard) 1)

*

=6

= N9

AC Voltage and Frequency 110 = 110V–50Hz, 110V–60Hz, 120V–60Hz 230 = 220V–50Hz, 220V–60Hz, 240V–60Hz

Directional Valves

172

Section 3

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 23 193/09.99 Page 2 of 2 Issue: 01.01

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data General Weight

Valve with 1 solenoid

kg (lbs.)

1.2 (2.65)

Valve with 2 solenoids

kg (lbs.)

1.6 (3.53)

Installation

optional

Hydraulic data Max. operating pressure

Ports P, A, B

bar (PSI)

315 (4600)

Port T

bar (PSI)

210 (3050) for DC voltages; 160 (2320) for AC voltages

Electrical data Power consumption (DC)

W

30

Holding power (AC)

VA

50

Inrush current (AC)

VA

220

%

±10

Voltage tolerance (nominal voltage) Duty

continuous

Switching time

ON

ms

20 to 45 for DC voltages, 10 to 20 for AC voltages

OFF

ms

10 to 25 for DC voltages, 15 to 40 for AC voltages

1/h

up to 15000 for DC voltages; up to 7200 for AC voltages

Switching frequency Protection to DIN 40 050

IP 65

Symbols (Codes: ➀ = valve side: ➁ = manifold side) P1

A1

B1

T1

➀ a

= E68

b

➁ P2

A2

P1

A1

B2

T2

B1

T1

➀ a

= E63

b

➁ P2

A2

Directional Valves

B2

T2

173

Section 3

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 24 753/06.98 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 04.03

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

4/2- and 4/3-Way Isolation Valve Model Z4 WEH 10 Size 10 Series 4X Maximum operating pressure 315 bar (4600 PSI) Maximum flow 160 L/min (42.6 GPM) – Functions as an emergency on-off isolation valve or on-off isolation/bypass valve, primarily applied with servo/proportional systems – Free flow through ports P and T in all pilot valve positions – Pilot operated by D 03, spool type directional control valve – Solenoid operation (WEH) or hydraulic operation (WH) – Porting pattern to ISO 4401-5, NFPA T3.5.1 M R1 and ANSI B 93.7 D 05 – Wet pin AC or DC solenoids – Manual overrides – Individual electrical connections or central terminal box

Model Z4WEH 10 E62-4X/6A...NETZ45

Ordering code Z4

10

– 4X /

* Further details to be written in clear text

Safety/isolation sandwich plate Operator Electro-hydraulic

no code =

= WEH

Size 10, D 05

= 10

For symbols E63, E68 Series 40 to 49 = 4X (40 to 49; externally interchangeable) Pilot valve with wet-pin solenoids Voltages DC – 12, 24, 96 AC 1) – 110, 230

= 6E

Example Example

With covered manual override Internally piloted, internally drained Without pilot chokes Electrical connection: Without angled plug connector(s) Terminal box with 5 pin connector and light

Directional Valves

NBR seals, suitable for petroleum oils (HM, HL, HLP)

V=

FPM seals, suitable for phosphate ester fluids (HFD-R)

no code =

without pressure reduction to pilot valve

= G 24 = W110 = N9

1)

= ET = no code

AC Voltage and Frequency 110 = 110V–50Hz, 110V–60Hz, 120V–60Hz 230 = 220V–50Hz, 220V–60Hz, 240V–60Hz

= K4 = DK25L

174

Section 3

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 24 753/06.98 Page 2 of 2 Issue: 04.03

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data General Weight (approx.) – Electrical operation

Valve with one solenoid

kg (lbs.)

4.2 (9.2)

Valve with two solenoids

kg (lbs.)

4.6 (10.1)

Mounting position

Optional

Hydraulic Maximum operating pressure – Ports A and B

bar (PSI)

315 (4600)

– Port P

with internal pilot

bar (PSI)

210 (3100)

– Port T

(only internal pilot fluid possible) with DC solenoid

bar (PSI)

160 (2320)

with AC solenoid

bar (PSI)

100 (1450)

Operating time "ON" (From energizing the pilot valve to the start of the opening of the spool in the main valve) – at a pilot pressure of

bar (PSI)

– 2- and 3-position valves

ms

~ 70 (1000) = 30

65

~ 140 (2000) = 25

60

~210 (3100) = 20

55

Operating time "OFF" (spring operation) – 2- and 3-position valves

ms

30

Symbols (Codes: ➀ = valve side: ➁ = manifold side) P1

A1

B1

T1

➀ a

= E68

b

➁ P2

A2

P1

A1

B2

T2

B1

T1

➀ a

= E63

b

➁ P2

A2

Directional Valves

B2

T2

175

Section 3

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 21 010/05.99 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 04.03

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

2-way Cartridge valves – Directional function Cartridge valves, Model LC... Control covers, Model LFA... Nominal Size 16 to 50 Series 7X Maximum operating pressure 420 bar (6100 PSI) Maximum flow 2500 L/min (660 GPM) – – – – –

Valve poppet with or without damping nose 2 area ratios 4 spring rates Stroke limiter option Control cover for mounting directional spool valves with or without built-in shuttle valve – Control cover for mounting directional poppet valves with or without built-in shuttle valve

Control cover model LFA 25 WEA7X/… with directional valve 4WE 6 D6X/EG24N9K4 and plug-in connector

Cartridge valve model LC 25 A40E7X/…

Ordering code LC Nom. size 16 Nom. size 25 Nom. size 32 Nom. size 40 Nom. size 50

(series 7X)

Area ratio 2:1 Area ratio 14.3:1

(annulus area = 50%) (annulus area = 7%)

Cracking pressure approx. 0.5 bar (7.25 PSI) Cracking pressure approx. 1.0 bar (14.5 PSI) Cracking pressure approx. 2.0 bar (29.0 PSI) Cracking pressure approx. 4.0 bar (58.0 PSI)

Directional Valves

7X / No code =

= 16 = 25 = 32 = 40 = 50

7X =

E= D=

=A =B

NBR seals Series 70 to 79 (70 to 79: unchanged installation and connection dimensions) Valve poppet without damping nose Valve poppet with damping nose

= 05 = 10 = 20 = 40

176

Section 3

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 21 010/05.99 Page 2 of 2 Issue: 04.03

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data Max. operating pressure

– Without directional valve

bar (PSI)

6100

– Ports A, B, X, Z1, Z2

bar (PSI)

315 (4600); 350 (5100); 420 (6100) (dependent on the pilot valve)

– Port Y

bar (PSI)

Corresponds to the tank pressure of the pilot valve

General notes on the ordering code for control covers 1

2

3

4

Symbols, cartridge valves LFA . D-./F… Control cover with remote control port Size 16 to 160

9

16

25

32

40

50

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

D

F

x

x

x

x

H2

F

x

x

x

x

x

WEA

x

x

x

x

WEB

x x x

x x

7X

WEMA x x

x x

GWA x

KWA

X**

X

Seal Material

Model Series

X

X** X

X

B

B

A

A Ordering details can be found on the pages covering the individual control cover variations

Nominal size

Remote control port

LFA

LFA . H2-./F… Control cover with stroke limiter, with remote control port Size 16 to 160

LFA . WEA-./… Control cover for mounting a directional spool or poppet valve Size 16 to 160

A

B

A

a

B

a

b P P**

x = available

LFA . WEMA-7X/…; LFA . WEA8-6X/… Control cover for mounting a directional spool or poppet valve with control port for switching a 2nd valve Size 16 to 100

T T**

b T T**

P P**

A**

F** Y

X B

Z2

Y Z1

X B

A

A

LFA . GWA-./… Control cover for mounting a directional spool or poppet valve, with built-in shuttle valve Size 16 to 100 A

B

a

A b

P P** Z1

LFA . KWA-./… Control cover for mounting a directional spool or poppet valve, with built-in shuttle valve as a check valve circuit Size 16 to 100 B

a

T T**

Y

X B

Z1 A

b P P..

A**

T A**

X.. X

Y

B A

Directional Valves

177

Section 3

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 21 050/06.98 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 04.03

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

2-way Cartridge valves – Pressure function Cartridge valves, Model LC... Control covers, Model LFA... Sizes 16 to 50 Series 7X Maximum operating pressure 420 bar (6100 PSI) Maximum flow 2000 L/min (528 GPM) – – – – –

Valve poppet with or without dampening function 2 spring rates Stroke limiter option Control cover with integral relief (DB) Control cover with integral relief and poppet or spool valve unloading (DBW)

Control cover with manual pressure adjustment model LFA .. DBW ...

Cartridge valve model LC ..DB...-7X/…

Ordering code LC

DB

7X / No code =

Sizes 16 ... 100 Size 16 Size 25 Size 32 Size 40 Size 50

(series 7X)

Cracking pressure 2.0 bar (29 PSI) Cracking pressure 4.0 bar (58 PSI)

Directional Valves

7X =

= 16 = 25 = 32 = 40 = 50

E= D=

NBR seals

Sizes 16 to 50 Series 70 to 79 (70 to 79: unchanged installation and connection dimensions) Poppet valve Poppet spool valve

Standard model

= 20 = 40

178

Section 3

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 21 050/06.98 Page 2 of 2 Issue: 04.03

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data 2-way cartridge valve Max. operating pressure at ports A and B

bar (PSI)

Up to 420 (6100)

Nominal size Max. flow (recommendation) Poppet valve insert

LC..DB..E../..

Spool valve insert

LC..DB..D../..

16

25

32

40

50

L/min (GPM)

300 (79.3)

450 (118.9)

600 (158.5)

1000 (264.2)

1600 (422.7)

L/min (GPM)

175 (46.2)

300 (79.3)

450 (118.9)

700 (184.5)

1400 (369.8)

General notes on the ordering code for control covers 1

2

3

4

5

Nominal size 16 25 32 40 50 Model x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

Series

x

Seal Material

Control Model

LFA

7X DB

x

DBW

x = available

Symbols

LFA..DB.-../.. Size 16 to 50

LFA..DBW.-../.. Size 16 to 50 A

B

P P**

T

a

X

D**

X

Y T

X**

X**

F** X

P

Y

B A

Directional Valves

X

F** Y

B A

179

Section 3

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Notes

Directional Valves

180

Section 3

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

For a complete copy of the data sheets in this catalog, visit our website at: www.boschrexroth-us.com u Products and Solutions u Industrial Hydraulics u Products and Catalogs u Preferred Product Catalog

Section 4 Mobile Controls

The Drive & Control Company

– Electronic remote control for the actuation of hydraulic axis – 4THES5, THEC5, THE5 .....................182 – Pilot control devise in pedal design for the remote control of directional valves, pumps and motors – 2TH6R ........................................................184 – Hydraulic pilot control unit of sandwich plate design for the remote control of directional valves, pumps and motors – 2TH6 ................................186 – Hydraulic pilot control units for armrest installation – 4TH6, 4TH6N, 4TH5 ................................188 – Load sensing control block, Sandwich plate design – M4-12........................................................190 – High pressure load sensing control block, Sandwich plate design – M4-15 ....................................194 – High pressure load sensing control block, Sandwich plate design – M4-22 ....................................198 – Load sensing control block, Sandwich plate design – SP-08 ....................................202 Bosch Rexroth Oil Control – Heavy duty priority flow controls, 3-way flow regulator with pressure compensated and solenoid controlled priority flow for standard and two pump systems – A-VRFC3C-VEI-VS ............206 – Flow diverters • 6 ways flow diverter – VS 311/312/315 ..................212 • 6 ways bankable flow diverters – VS 281/5/6F....................................................................214 181 181

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 29 881/06.03 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Electronic remote control for the actuation of hydraulic axis Model 4THES5, THEC5, THE5 Series 1X – Specially designed for mobile machines – Types available : Signal, CAN, Power PWM – High mechanical robustness of hydraulic remote control components – Large selection of ergonomic grips with various E-contacts – Actuator ergonomics comparable with hydraulic remote controls – Metallic electronic box

Functional description With deflection of control lever (1) plunger (5) pushes against return spring (8). A position sensor is allocated to each actuation axis. Slider (4) of the sensor fixed on plunger (5) moves upward or downward while following the lever actuation direction. The command value generated by the sensor is proportional to lever deflection.

Design Remote controls type THE5 are mainly composed of a control lever (1), a fixation body (2) and a box (3) containing the sensors and electronic cards.

General

A rubber grommet (6) protects the mechanical components of the housing from contamination.

All types of THE5 remote controls have similar mechanics and ergonomics. Their main differences are the integrated electronic functions and the type of output signals. – The remote control 4THES5 Signal needs external regulated power supplies for its sensors. It generates an analog voltage command value (V). – The CAN bus type THEC5 works in a similar manner. It periodically generates a frame on CAN bus. Both types of remote controls generate only low power signals. The actuation of an electrohydraulic axis requires a further external electronic power interface. – The remote control THE5 Power PWM gives stabilized currents for the direct operation of electrohydraulic proportional pressure reducing valves. The analog Power outputs are pulsewidth-modulated (PWM). Remote controls THE5 fitted with microcontrollers (CAN bus and Power PWM) communicate with the PC through a serial interfaces RS232. CAN bus interfaces enable command values to be sent to further systems, such as Brueninghaus Hydromatik MC microcontrollers.

1

6 5

2

8

8

4 3

Function principle When not actuated the control lever is held in the neutral position by the 4 return springs (8).

Mobile Controls

182

Section 4

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 29 881/06.03 Page 2 of 2 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Ordering code THE

5

– 1X /

*

Remote control : 2 axis controlled by the remote control electronic 42) 3 axis controlled by the remote control electronic 61) 4 axis controlled by the remote control electronic 81) Type : S2) C no code

Signal Can bus Power PWM Grip range: Ergonomic EC2000 Ergonomic EC4000 Customer‘s No grip

E H no code Z

Ergonomic grip types : Grip type E Grip type H

TT, ST, VT, YT,YU see EC4000 datasheet : RE 64562

Ergonomic grip orientation : lever straight and grip in the direction of control port 1 –

03

lever curved by 15° in the direction of control port 2 – and grip in the direction of control port 1 – (pilot control unit for the left hand)

43

lever curved by 15° in the direction of control port 2 + and grip in the direction of control port 1 – (pilot control unit for the right hand)

23

Plugs for ergonomic wiring : DEUTSCH sealed plug IP 67 Plug AMP MAT-N-LOK Without plug 1) 2)

5 6 no code

Remote controls CAN and Power PWM Designate the Signal remote control with 2 axis maximum because the additional axis provided by grips EC4000 are not controlled by the remote control electronic.

Mobile Controls

183

Section 4

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 64 551/05.03 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Pilot control devise in pedal design for the remote control of directional valves, pumps and motors Model 2TH6R Series 1X – – – – –

Progressive, sensitive operation Precise control Working ports underneath Control elements protected by rubber sleeve Plungers made of stainless steel, plunger guides made of brass; this prevents corrosion and seizing

Further remote controls and pilot control units: • Hydraulic remote control – Pilot control device type 2TH6 (see RE 64 552) in sandwich plate design – Pilot control device types 4 TH 6, 4 TH 5 and 4 TH 6N for arm rest installation (see RE 64 555) – Pilot control device type TH 7, for instrument panel installation or in pedal design (see RE 64 558) – Pilot control device type 4/5 THF 6 with end position locking (see RE 64 553) • Electronic remote control – Electronic remote control type THE6 for direct controlling of electrical or electro-hydraulical pilot operated actuators (see RE 29 771)

Mobile Controls

184

Section 4

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 64 551/05.03 Page 2 of 2 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical Data Hydraulic fluid

Mineral oil (HL, HLP) to DIN 51 524; phosphate ester (HFD-R)

Hydraulic fluid temperature range

°C mm2/s

Viscosity range Fluid cleanliness

– 20 to + 80 10 to 380 Max. permisible degree of hydraulic fluid contamination according to NAS 1638 class 9. For this, we recommend a filter with a minimum retention rate of ß10 ⊕ 75.

Max. inlet pressure

bar

Counterpressure in port T

bar

Pilot flow

l/min

Hysteresis

bar

Weight

kg

Max. permissible operating torque at foot lever

daNm

max. 50 max. 3 max. 16 max. 1 approx. 3.8 20

Ordering Code

2 2 control ports Pedal operation Pedal version Bent pedal Flat pedal Standard control curve

TH6

R

1X

* Further details in plain text

=2 =R 01 = 02 = 05 =

=C =P = 06

M=

Series 10 to 19 (10 to 19: Installation and connection dimensions unchanged)

= 1X

Mobile Controls

185

V=

Connecting thread G 1/4 pipe thread to standard ISO 228/1 M 14 x 1,5 metric to standard ISO 9974 9/16 UNF-2B to standard ISO 11926 Seals NBR seals, suitable for mineral oil (HL, HLP) to DIN 51 524 FKM seals for phosphate ester (HFD-R)

Section 4

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 64 552/05.03 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Hydraulic pilot control unit of sandwich plate design for the remote control of directional valves, pumps and motors Model 2TH6 Series 1X – – – –

Progressive, sensitive control Precise and play-free control characteristics Low actuation force at the lever Rust-free plunger

Further remote controls and pilot control units: • Hydraulic remote control – Pilot control unit type 2 TH 6 R, pedal version (see RE 64 551) – Pilot control unit types 4 TH 6, 4 TH 5, 4TH 6 N, for arm rest installation (see RE 64 555) – Pilot control unit type 4/5 THF 6, with end position locks (see RE 64 553)

Model 1-2 TH 6 L06-1X/M01

• Electronic remote control – Electronic remote control type THE 6 for the direct control of electrical or electro-hydraulic pilot operated actuators (see RE 29 771) • B2 TH 6 – Recommended for use with a single 2 TH 6 control axis – This pilot control unit cannot be flanged on

3-2 TH 6 H06-1X/H06 L06 M01

Mobile Controls

186

B2 TH 6 L06-1X/M01

Section 4

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 64 552/05.03 Page 2 of 2 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Ordering Code Pilot control unit with N flangeable control axis

Example

1st control axis

– 2 TH 6

3-2 TH 6 L06-1X

– 1X

M70 N = Number of control axes 1 to 6

2nd control axis

L06 M01

3rd control axis

4th control axis

5th control axis Further details in clear text 6th control axis

* Pilot control unit with 1 control axis, not flangeable Control axis, separate

B 2 TH 6

– 1X

*

2 TH 6

– 1X

*

Actuator type 1 lever without detent 1 lever with detent in 3 positions 1 lever held in any position by a friction coupling 1 lever with detent in 3 positions and held in any position by a friction coupling 1 lever with E-contact 1 lever with electrical detent in position 1 1 lever with electrical detent in position 2 1 lever with electrical detent in both positions

01=

=L =M =P =T

05 =

M= V =

=N =G =H =J

Example 2 TH 6 L06-1X/M01 Connection threads G 1/4 pipe thread to standard ISO 228/1 9/16 UNF-2B UNF connections to standard ISO 11926 Seals NBR seals FKM seals

Attention! The compatibility of the seals and pressure fluid has to be taken into account

Enter the identification number of the control curve that is required (see page 5)

Plug (see page 8) DEUTSCH sealed plug IP 67 for wiring the solenoid on a 2 TH 6 G/H/J 6= Plug AMP MAT-N-LOK for wiring the solenoid on a 2 TH 6 G/H/J 7= DEUTSCH sealed plug IP 67 for wiring the solenoids on a 2 TH 6 N 8= Plug AMP MAT-N-LOK for wiring the solenoids on a 2 TH 6 N Without plug No code = 5=

Series 10 to 19 (10 to 19: unchanged installation and connection dimensions)

Mobile Controls

Example B 2 TH 6 L06-1X/M01

187

Section 4

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 64 555/05.03 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Hydraulic pilot control units for armrest installation Model 4TH6, 4TH6N, 4TH5 Series 1X – – – – –

Progressive, sensitive operation Low actuation forces Low force deviations when lever is actuated (4TH5, 4TH6N) Several ergonomic grips with various E contacts All connections point downwards

Model 4TH6, 4TH6N

Model 4TH5 for mini excavators

Mobile Controls

188

Section 4

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 64 555/05.03 Page 2 of 2 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Ordering code 4 TH 5 – 1X /

4 TH 6

*

Operating force deviations For 4 TH 5: – Reduced

= No code

For 4 TH 6: – Conventional – Reduced

= No code =N

Ergonomic grip range EC2000 EC4000

=E =H

Control curve (see pages 6 and 7)

4TH6 4TH6N 4TH5 l

l

—

06

l

—

—

20

l

Different control curve: state identification No.

l

70

l

l

—

97

l

—

l

106

l

—

—

Series 10 to 19 (10 to 19: unchanged installation and connection dimensions)

= 1X

Type of ergonomic grip (see page 5) EC2000 without E-contact EC2000 with E-contact (select the required version from page 5) EC4000 Grip orientation (see page 8)

= TT = ST, VT, YT, YU see datasheet : RE 64 562 4TH6 4TH6N 4TH5

Lever straight, grip in the direction of control port 3

l

l

—

03

Lever curved 15° in the direction of control port 4. Grip in the direction of control port 3

l

l

l

43

Lever curved 15° in the direction of control port 2. Grip in the direction of control port 3

l

l

l

23

Plug (see page 9)

4TH6 4TH6N 4TH5

DEUTSCH sealed plug IP 67 for wiring the grip

l

l

Plug AMP MAT-N-LOK for wiring the grip

l

l

—

6

Without plug

l

l

l

no code

Seals NBR seals FPM seals

l

5

4TH6 4TH6N 4TH5 l

Attention! The compatibility of the seals and pressure fluid has to be taken into account

l

l

Connection threads

l 4TH6

Pipe thread to ISO 228/1 Metric connections to ISO 9974

M

—

V

4TH6N 4TH5

G 1/4

l

l

l

01

M 14 x 1.5

l

—

—

02

Connections to JIS 2351 UNF connections to ISO 11926

l

9/16 UNF-2B

l

—

l

04

l

l

l

05

Further details in cleara text

Mobile Controls

189

Section 4

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 64 278/02.04 Page 1 of 4 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Load sensing control block Sandwich plate design Model M4-12 Series 1X Nominal pressure 5000 psi (350 bar) pump side Nominal pressure 6100 psi (420 bar) actuator side Max flow pump side: 40 GPM (150 l/min) inlet element Max flow actuator side: 35 GPM (130 l/min) with load-holding function 26 GPM (100 l/min) with pressure compensator and load-holding function System

Fields of application

– Load pressure-independent flow control • Open center for fixed displacement pump • Closed center for variable displacement pump

– – – – –

Design – Sandwich plate design • Inlet element • Up to 10 directional valve elements • End element – Types of actuation • Mechanical (hand lever) • Hydraulic • Electrohydraulic • On/off • Proportional • Electrohydraulic with on-board electronics (OBE) Flow – – – –

Load pressure-compensated High repeatability Low hysteresis Adjustable via stroke limiter

Pressure relief function – Inlet element • Pilot operated pressure valves of large nominal width – Directional valve element / actuator ports • Compact shock valves with anti-cavitation function – LS pressure limitation • Adjustable for each actuator port – External pressure adjustment possible for each actuator port

Mobile Controls

Truck applications Large & telescopic fork lifts Lifting platforms Forestry machines Construction machines

– – – –

Drilling equipment Cranes Municipal vehicles Stationary applications

Flow – – – –

Load pressure-compensated High repeatability Low hysteresis Adjustable via stroke limiter

Pressure relief function – Inlet element • Pilot operated pressure valves of large nominal width – Directional valve element / actuator ports • Compact shock valves with anti-cavitation function – LS pressure limitation • Adjustable for each actuator port – External pressure adjustment possible for each actuator port Fields of application – – – – –

190

Truck applications Large & telescopic fork lifts Lifting platforms Forestry machines Construction machines

– – – –

Drilling equipment Cranes Municipal vehicles Stationary applications

Section 4

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 64 278/02.04 Page 2 of 4 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data General Design Designation Type Size Installation position Type of connection Weight Inlet element:

Open center Closed center Directional valve element, mechanical Directional valve element, hydraulic Directional valve element, electrohydraulic Additional weight for manual operation, hand lever included End element Hydraulic fluid and ambient temperature range ϑ Hydraulic Flow

Port P Port A, B

Nominal pressure Max. operating pressure in port:

P / LS A/B T Y Max. pilot X pressure in port: a, b Pilot pressure range Hydraulic Electrohydraulic Necessary hydraulic pilot control devices LS pressure limitation (adjustment ranges) (is selected in the factory) Hydraulic fluid

Viscosity range Degree of contamination (max. permissible)

qV, max qV, max pnom p p p p p p p p

lbs (kg) lbs (kg) lbs (kg) lbs (kg) lbs (kg) lbs (kg)

Sandwich plate LS control block M4 12 Optional SAE J1626 or ISO 11926-1 13.8 (6.3) 9.5 (4.3) 10.8 (4.9) 9.3 (4.2) 9.9 (4.5) 1.3 (0.6)

lbs (kg) °F (°C)

5.7 (2.6) -4 to +176 (-20 to +80)

GPM (l/min) GPM (l/min) GPM (l/min) psi (bar) psi (bar) psi (bar) psi (bar) psi (bar) psi (bar) psi (bar) psi (bar) psi (bar) psi (bar)

ν

SSU (mm2/s)

Electrical Electrical pilot control valves

40 (150) 26 (100) with pressure comp. & load-holding function 35 (130) without pressure compensator 5000 (350) 5000 (350) 6100 (420) 435 (30) at zero pressure to tank 508 (35) 508 (35) 123 to 326 (8.5 to 22.5) 94 to 250 (6.5 to 17.2) TH 6... characteristic curve 97, see RA 64 552 725 to 2160 (50 to 149) 1) 2175 to 5000 (150 to 350) Mineral oil (HL,HLP) to DIN 51 524 Other fluids, e.g. HEES (synthetic esters) to VDMA as well as hydraulic fluids as specified in RA 90 221 on inquiry 35 to 1760 (10 to 380) DIN4406 (C) class 20/18/15 FTWE 2 K...; see RA 58 007 FTDRE 2 K...; see RA 58 032

Recommended amplifiers (other controlling options on enquiry)

}

Without mating connector Type Junior Timer (AMP) 2)

Analog amplifier: MHVA2...; 1 to 6 axes, see RA 29 875; RA 29 883 Digital amplifier: RC2-2, RC4-4, RC6-9; see RA 95 200. Data from page 19 onwards

On-board electronics

1) Pressures below 725 psi (50 bar) please consult factory 2) Mating connectors are not included in the scope of supply and must be ordered separately.

Mobile Controls

191

Section 4

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 64 278/02.04 Page 3 of 4 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Ordering code Short code

Inlet elements

Directional valve elements Continued on next page

1st spool axis

M4 –12– 1X / 2nd spool axis

No. of directional valves 1 to 10

3rd spool axis, etc.

Size 12

Series 10 to 19 = 1X (10 to 19: unchanged installation and connection dimensions) Inlet element Open center Closed center

= P = J

Without primary pressure relief valve (not with version P) With primary pressure relief valve (pressure details in bar, 3-digit) Pilot oil supply With internal pilot oil supply For external pilot oil supply

= Q = …

= Y = X

With pressure comp., with load-holding function (standard) Without pressure comp., with load-holding function

= S = C

= M1) = Z 1)

Housing with measuring ports Housing without measuring ports Spool type LSB LSA

LSB LSA B

A

B

=Q

=E P

LS

A

LSB LSA B

P

T

LS

T

P 1)

LS

3)

CBQ =

Caution! Always in conjunction with B, F, D, K, L, M, G, H or J B, F, D Multiple piece lever K, L, M Single piece lever

Mobile Controls

= = = =

CAQ =

T

The following combinations are not possible: ZMZ, QZQ, ... Z ... 2)

1= 3= M H W2 W4

=J

AAQ = …–…=

192

Secondary valves H…H… = Shock valves with anti-cavitation function (see table) Q= Plug screw (secondary valves can be retrofitted)

Operation, cover B Standard cover 3) Hand lever (engaged) B, K = Hand lever upwards F, L = Hand lever straight D, M = Hand lever dwnwrd Hand lever (disengaged) G = Hand lever upwards H = Hand lever straight J = Hand lever dwnwrd –

With LS pressure relief valve, pressure details in bar, 3-digit = … With LS press. relief plug screw (LS press. relief valve can be retrofitted) = Q Without LS pressure relief valve (LS press. relief valve cannot be retrofitted) = Z

A

Actuator port “B”

Actuator port “A”

= 12

=

Details required only for type of operation “W2“and “W4” Supply voltage 24 V Supply voltage 12 V Operation, cover A Mechanical 2) Hydraulic Electrohydraulic proportional Electrohydraulic, switchable Electronic pilot module Digital OBE CAN-BR protocol Digital OBE CANopen protocol Digital OBE - analog interface Flow in L/min, 3 digits e.g. 070-070 Actuator ports “A” and “B”

Section 4

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 64 278/02.04 Page 4 of 4 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Ordering code End elements Supplementary details

L

V 19 * Further details in clear text Connections with SAE ports to SAE J1626 or ISO 11926-1

19 =

End element A=

End plate, without ports with internal LS unloading

Z=

End plate with LS port without internal LS unloading

Preferred pressure settings for shock valves with anti-cavitation funciton (secondary valves) Caution: Shock valves are firmly set!

H050 = H063 = H080 = H100 = H125 =

50 bar 63 bar 80 bar 100 bar 125 bar

Pressure setting in bar in actuator ports A and B (standard) H140 = 140 bar H210 = 210 bar H150 = 150 bar H230 = 230 bar H160 = 160 bar H240 = 240 bar H175 = 175 bar H250 = 250 bar H190 = 190 bar

H280 = H300 = H320 = H350 =

280 bar 300 bar 320 bar 350 bar

= Preferred

Hand lever position B

F D

Hand Lever (Engaged) Multiple Piece Version Version B = Hand lever upwards (standard) Version F = Hand lever straight Version D = Hand lever downwards Single Piece Version Version K = Hand lever upwards (standard) Version L = Hand lever straight Version M = Hand lever downwards

Hand Lever (Disengaged) Version G = Hand lever upwards (standard) Version H = Hand lever straight Version C = Hand lever downwards

Preferred spool types (with pressure compensator “S“, spool types E, J, Q)

Symmetric spools

Asymmetric spools

100-100 085-085 070-070 100-073 085-065 070-057

Flow in L/min (other flows can be set on the stroke limiter ) 073-073 052-052 034-034 023-023 065-065 045-045 030-030 020-020 057-057 038-038 026-026 017-017 100-052 085-045 070-038

Complete control blocks are to be defined in accordance with the type code.

052-034 045-030 038-026

Example of a short code of an M4-12 control block with three directional valve elements: Mobile Controls

193

023-014 020-012 017-010

M4 – 1234 – 00 / 3M4 – 12

The order text is used to collate the technical features and requirements. The Rexroth Sales Organization derives a short code and a material number from the order text.

034-023 030-020 026-017

014-014 012-012 010-010

Control block no.

Number of directional valve elements Serial no./revision index

Section 4

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 64 283/10.05 Page 1 of 4 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

High pressure load sensing control block Sandwich plate design Model M4-15 Series 2X Nominal pressure 5000 psi (350 bar) pump side Nominal pressure 6100 psi (420 bar) actuator side Maximum flow pump side: 79 GPM (300 l/min) with central inlet element 53 GPM (200 l/min) with lateral inlet element Maximum flow actuator side: 53 GPM (200 l/min) with load holding function 50 GPM (190 l/min) with pressure compensator 40 GPM (150 l/min) with pressure compensator & Load holding function System – Load pressure-independent flow control • Open Center for fixed displacement pump • Closed Center for flow-controlled pump Design – Sandwich plate design • Inlet element • Up to 9 directional valve elements • Up to 18 directional valve elements with central inlet element • End element – Types of operation • Mechanical (moving hand lever) • Hydraulic • Electrohydraulic (switching, proportional) • Electrohydraulic with on-board electronics (OBE) Flow — Load pressure-compensated — High repeatability — Low hysteresis — Can be adjusted via stroke limiter Pressure relief function — Inlet element • Pilot operated pressure control valves of large nominal width — Directional valve element / actuator ports • Compact shock valves with anti-cavitation function — LS pressure limitation • Adjustable for each actuator port • External pressure adjustment possible for each actuator port • Electro-proportional per section

Mobile Controls

Fields of application – Cranes – Drilling equipment – Large and telescopic fork lifts – Truck applications – Rock crushers – Municipal vehicles – Forestry machines – Stationary applications

194

Section 4

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 64 283/10.05 Page 2 of 4 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data Installation orientation Type of connection Weight Inlet element (lateral) Inlet element with priority valve Central inlet element Directional valve element, hydraulic Directional valve element, electrohydraulic End element Hydraulic fluid and ambient temperature range ϑ Hydraulic Flow Port P Port A, B

qVmax qVmax

Nominal pressure Operating pressure max. in port

pnom P p A, B p LS p T p Y p Pilot pressure max. X p in port a, b p Pilot pressure range Hydraulic p Electrohydraulic p Required control Δp Versions S; C p across control block Version T p Recommended hydraulic pilot control devices LS pressure limitation (adjustment ranges) Hydraulic fluid

Viscosity range

ν

lbs (kg) lbs (kg) lbs (kg) lbs (kg) lbs (kg) lbs (kg) °F (°C)

Optional Pipe thread to ISO 228/1 15.4 (7) 22 (10) 18.7 (8.5) 15.7 (7.1) 16.5 (7.5) 12.8 (5.8) –4 to +176 (–20 to +80)

GPM (l/min) 79 (300) with central inlet element GPM (l/min) 53 (200) with lateral inlet element GPM (l/min) 40 (150) with pressure compensator and load-holding function (version "S") GPM (l/min) 50 (190) with pressure compensator, without load-holding function (version "T") GPM (l/min) 53 (200) without pressure compensator (version "C") psi (bar) 5000 (350) psi (bar) 5000 (350) psi (bar) 6100 (420) psi (bar) 4786 (330) psi (bar) 435 (30) psi (bar) At zero pressure to tank psi (bar) 508 (35) psi (bar) 508 (35) psi (bar) 123 to 326 (8.5 to 22.5) psi (bar) 94 to 250 (6.5 to 17.2) psi (bar) 261 (18) psi (bar) 362 (25) TH 6..., characteristic curve 97, see RE 64552 psi (bar) 725 to 2160; 2175 to 5000 (50 to 149; 150 to 330) (selected in the factory) Mineral oil (HL, HLP) to DIN 51524, other hydraulic fluids, e.g. HEES (synthetic esters) to VDMA 24568 and hydraulic fluids as specified in RE 90221 on enquiry SSU (mm2/s) 35 to 1760 (10 to 380)

Electrical Electrical pilot control valves

FTWE 2 K...; see RE 58007 without mating plug 1) FTDRE 2 K...; see RE 58032 MHVA2A1X/G..F..; 1 axis, see RE 29875 MHVA8/12B1X/G..F..; 4 to 6 axes, see RE 29883 RC control devices, see RE 95200 Data from page 26

}

Recommended amplifiers (further control options on enquiry) On-board electronics (OBE) 1)

Mating plugs are not included in the scope of supply and must be ordered separately.

Mobile Controls

Note: The technical data were determined at a viscosity of ν = 30 mm2/s (HLP46: 50 °C) 195

Section 4

Ordering Electric Drivescode and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Type code

Pneumatics

Inlet elemente

Service

Directional valve elements Continued on next page

1st spool axis

M4 15 2X See Section 16 for applicable

No. of directional Preferred/Spotlight part numbers 2nd spool axis valves 1 to 18 1) and unit price. Size 15 = 15 Component series 20 to 29 = 2X (unchanged installation and connec3rd spool axis tion dimensions) Closed Center, lateral =J Open Center, lateral =P Closed Center, internal priority actuator ,= VL external subordinate actuator Closed Center, external priority actuator, = VR internal subordinate actuator Closed Center, central = JZ Closed Center, central = VZ inlet element with priority valve Without primary pressure relief valve =Q (not with version “P“) With primary pressure relief valve =... (pressure details in bar, 3 digits) Priority valve (with V. only) Static priority valve =A Dynamic priority valve =B LS pressure limitation with priority valve (V.) =… (pressure details in bar, 3 digits) With pressure compensator, with load-holding function =S With pressure compensator, without load-holding function =T Without pressure compensator, with load-holding function =C With LS pressure relief valve, 2) (pressure details in bar, 3 digits), or

= …

… 3)

With LS-DB plug screw (LS-DB can be retrofitted), 2) with measuring ports With only 1 LS pressure relief valve 2)

=

Q 3)

Housing with measuring ports Housing without measuring ports With elecroprop. pressure limitation, 210 bar (falling char. curve) 2) With electroprop. pressure limitation, 210 bar (rising char. curve) 2) With elecroprop. pressure limitation, 350 bar (falling char. curve) 2) With electroprop. pressure limitation, 350 bar (rising char. curve) 2)

A MB MA B

M

= … = Z

Without LS pressure relief valve (LS-DB cannot be retrofitted)

Spool symbol

Q

= Z 4)

=M =Z = L 5) = J 5) = R 5) = N 5)

A MB MA B =E

=Q

...—... = P LS T A MB MA B

P

LS

T

Actuator port "B"

Actuator port "A"

Secondary valves H...H... = Pressure relief/anti-cavitation valve, pilot operated E =Anti-cavitation valve Q= Plug screw (secondary valves can be retrofitted ) Operation, cover B —= Standard cover moving hand lever K= Hand lever upwards L= Hand lever straight M = Hand lever downwards Details required only for types of operation “W2“ and “W4“ and with el.-proportional pressure limitation Junior Timer 2-pin (AMP) 8) 1= Supply voltage 24 V 3= Supply voltage 12 V DT04-2P (Deutsch) 8) 8= Supply voltage 24 V 9= Supply voltage 12 V Operation, cover A M= Mechanical 6) H= Hydraulic W2 = Electrohydraulic, proportional W4 = Electrohydraulic, switchable Electronic pilot module AAQ = Digital OBE analogue interface 7) CAQ = Digital OBE CAN-BR protocol 7) CBQ = Digital OBE CANopen protocol 7) Flow in l/min, 3-digit, e.g. 070-070; actuator ports “A“ and “B“

5)

=J

See also data sheet RE 18139-05 Always in conjunction with K, L or M 7) See also data sheet RE 64565-07 8) Mating plugs are not included in the scope of supply and must be ordered separately. 6)

P 1) 2)

LS

T

Max. 9 elements per side Only with S- and T-pressure compensator

Mobile Controls

3) 4)

“Z“ impossible “M“ impossible

196

Section 4

Ordering Electric Drivescode and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

End elements

Pneumatics

Service

Supplementary details

V

19

*

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Further details in clear text Connections with SAE ports to SAE J1626 or ISO 11926-1

19 =

FKM seals; observe compatibility of seals with hydraulic fluids used !1)

V= With LS unloading LA =

•

LAY =

•

LAX =

•

Without LS unloading

External pilot oil supply

Internal pilot oil supply •

•

LZ =

•

LZY =

•

LZX =

•

• •

• = Scope of supply Only in conjunction with inlets "VL", "VZ", "JZ" External priority port (optional connection of a futher LS control block) Diversion plate

LVZ = LU =

Hand lever position K L

K

Hand lever upwards (standard)

L

Hand lever straight

M

Hand lever downwards

M

Spools - standard types Symmetric spools Spool type

Pressure compensator S

E, J, Q C T

150-150 130-130 110-110 175-175 190-190

120-120 100-100 085-085 145-145 160-160

Flow in l/min 080-080 070-070 060-060 110-110 100-100

050-050 045-045 040-040 080-080 065-065

150-120 130-100 110-085 175-146 190-160

120-080 100-070 085-060 145-110 160-100

Flow in l/min 080-050 070-045 060-040 110-080 100-065

050-032 045-028 040-025 080-045 065-040

032-032 028-028 025-025 045-045 040-040

Asymmetric spools Spool type

Pressure compensator S

E, J, Q C T

Complete control blocks are defined in accordance with the type code. The order text can be used to specify technical features and requirements. The Bosch Rexroth sales organisation derives a short code and a material number from the order text.

Example of a short code for an M4-15 control block with three directional valve elements:

M4 — 4567 — 2 0 / 3 M4 — 15 Control block no.

1)

Component series (2X)

The hand lever version contains FKM and NBR seals

Mobile Controls

197

No. of directional valve elements Revision index of series

Section 4

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 64 279/06.05 Page 1 of 4 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

High pressure load sensing control block Sandwich plate design Model M4-22 Series 2X Nominal pressure 5000 psi (350 bar) pump side Nominal pressure 6100 psi (420 bar) actuator side Maximum flow pump side: 105 GPM (400 l/min) inlet element 158 GPM (600 l/min) with P1 and P2 ports Maximum flow actuator side: 105 GPM (400 l/min) System – Load pressure-independent flow control • Open center for fixed displacement pump • Closed center for flow controlled pump Design – Sandwich plate design • Inlet element • Up to 8 directional valve elements • End element – Types of actuation • Mechanical (hand lever) • Hydraulic – Types of actuation • mechanical • hydraulic • electrohydraulic (on/off, proportional) Flow — Load pressure-compensated — High repeatabillity — Low hysteresis — Adjustable via stroke limiter

Mobile Controls

Pressure relief function — Inlet element • Pilot operated pressure relief valves of large nominal width — Directional valve element / actuator ports • Relief valves with anti-cavitation function — LS pressure limitation • Adjustable for each actuator port • External pressure adjustment possible for each actuator Fields of Application — Cranes — Drilling machines — Forestry machines — Others

198

Section 4

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 64 279/06.05 Page 2 of 4 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data (for applications outside these parameters, please consult us!) General Design System Type Size Installation position Type of connection Weight

Inlet element:

Hydraulic Flow

Port P

Open center Closed center Directional valve element, mechanical Directional valve element, hydraulic Directional valve element, electrohydr. End element Hydraulic fluid and ambient temperature range ϑ

Port A, B Nominal pressure max. Operating pressure P / LS max. in port A/B T Y X Pilot pressure max. in port a, b Pilot pressure range hydraulic elektrohydraulic Recommended hydraulic pilot control devices LS pressure relief function (adjustment ranges) (selected in the factory) Hydraulic fluid

qV, max qV, max pnom p p p p p p p p

ν Viscosity range haydraulic fluid max. permissible degree of contamination to ISO 4406 (c)

kg kg kg kg kg kg °C

Sandwich plate design Load-Sensing (LS) M4 22 optional SAE 28 28 24 29 33 13 —20 to +80

L/min 400 600 with P1 and P2 ports L/min 400 with pressure compensator and load-holding function bar 350 bar 350 bar 420 bar 30 bar at zero pressure to tank bar 35 bar 35 bar 8.5 to 22.5 bar 8.7 to 26 TH 6... characterictic curve 97, see RE 64552 bar 50 to 149 150 to 350 Mineral oil (HL, HLP) to DIN 51524 Other fluid on enquiry, e.g. HEES (synthetic esthers) to VDMA 24568 as well as hydraulic fluids as specified in RE 90221 2 mm /s 10 to 380 class 20/18/15

Electric Electrical pilot control valves

FTWE 4 K...; see RE 58008 FTDRE 4 K...; see RE 58038 Analogue amplifier: RA 1.0 and 2.1 (in preparation) Digitalamplifier: RC-Family (RE 95200)

Recommended amplifiers (other control options on enquiry)

Note: The technical data was determined at a viscosity range of ν = 30 mm2/s (HLP46: 50°C).

Mobile Controls

199

Section 4

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Ordering code Short code

Inlet element

Directional valve elements 1 spool axis

Continued on next page

M4 22 1X 2 spool axis

=P =J =Q

Without primary pressure relief valve (not with version „P“)

With primary pressure relief valve =... (pressure details in bar, 3-digits) Pilot oil supply With internal pilot oil supply =Y For external pilot oil supply =X Without pilot pressure switch-off and LS damping shuttle = 1 =2 With pilot pressure switch-off With LS damping shuttle =3 With pilot pressure switch-off and LS damping shuttle = 4 With pressure compensator, with load-holding function (standard) = S Without pressure compensator, with load-holding function = C With LS pressure relief valve (pressure details in bar, 3-digits)

= …

M …

With LS pressure relief plug screw (LS pressure relief valve can be retrofitted)

= Q

M Q

Without LS pressure relief valve (LS pressure relief valve can not be retrofitted))

= Z

Z Z 1)

Housing with measuring ports Housing without measuring ports Spool symbol

=Q

=J 1) 2)

Mobile Controls

200

Secondary valves H...H... = Pressure relief anti-cavitation valves, preoperated (see table) Q= Plug screw (Secondary valves can be retrofitted)

Details required only for type of operation „H“ and „H3“ Damping shuttle 00 = Without (Standard) 06 = With ∅ 0.6 mm 07 = With ∅ 0.7 mm With ∅ 0.8 mm 08 = Details required only for type of operation „H3“, „W2“, „W3“ and „W4“ Junior Timer 2-pin (AMP) 2) 1= Supply voltage 24 V 3= Supply voltage 12 V DT04-2P (Deutsch) 2) 8= Supply voltage 24 V 9= Supply voltage 12 V Operation cover A M= Mechanical 1) H= Hydraulic W2 = Electrohydraulic proportional W4 = Electrohydraulic switchable H3 = Hydraulic with pilot oil switch-off W3 = Electrohydraulic proportional with pilot oil switch-off ...—... = Flow in L/min, 3-digits, e.g. 320-320; Actuator ports „A“ and „B“

=M =Z

=E

Actuator port "B"

Actuator port "A"

3 spool axis

No. of directional valves 1 to 8 Size 22 = 22 Series 10 to 19 = 1X (10 to 19: unchanged installation and connection dimensions) Open Center Closed Center

Mechanical is only without LS pressure relief valve (ZZZ) Mating plugs are not included in the scope of supply and must be ordered separately. Section 4

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Ordering code End element

Additional details

L

V

11

*

Further details in clear text 11 =

Ports as SAE

End element End element without ports, with internal LS unloading End element with LS port, without internal LS unloading End element with P2 port End element with P2 and LS port End element with T2 port

A= Z= P= R= T=

Pressure setting in bar in actuator ports A and B H050 = 50 bar

H140 = 140 bar

H210 = 210 bar

H280 = 280 bar

H063 = 63 bar

H150 = 150 bar

H230 = 230 bar

H300 = 300 bar

H080 = 80 bar

H160 = 160 bar

H240 = 240 bar

H320 = 320 bar

H100 = 100 bar

H175 = 175 bar

H250 = 250 bar

H350 = 350 bar

H125 = 125 bar

H190 = 190 bar

= Prefered type

Preferred spool types Symetric spools Spool type

Pressure compensator

E, J, Q

S

Flow in L/min (other flows can be set on the stroke limiter) 400-400 360-360 320-320

300-300 270-270 240-240

Complete control blocks are to be defined in accordance with the type code. The order text is used to collate the technical features and requirements. The Rexroth Sales Organisation derives a short code and a material number from the order text.

200-200 180-180 160-160

080-080 072-072 065-065

Example of a short code of an M4-22 control block with three directional valve elements.

M4 — 6789 — 1 0 / 3 M4 — 22 Control block no. Series of type (1X)

Mobile Controls

130-130 115-115 100-100

201

No. of directional valve elements revision index of series

Section 4

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 64 139/10.05 Page 1 of 4 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Load sensing control block Sandwich plate design Model SP-08 Series 2X Nominal pressure 3600 psi (250 bar) pump side Nominal pressure 4300 psi (300 bar) actuator side Maximum flow pump side: 20 GPM (75 l/min) inlet element Maximum flow actuator side: 13 GPM (50 l/min) Features – Types of actuation • Mechanical (hand lever) • Hydraulic • Electromagnetic: switchable, proportional

Pressure relief function – Inlet element • With primary pressure relief valve – Directional valve element / actuator ports • Pilot operated pressure relief/anti-cavitation valve

Flow – Load-pressure compensated – Excellent repeatability – Low hysteresis – Adjustable

Fields of application – Truck applications – Drilling equipment – Working platforms – Cranes

4

8

6

A

– Construction machines – Agricultural machines – Municipal vehicles – Stationary applications

5

B

T

T

T

1 2 3 4

2

3

7

Housing Main spool Adjustable orifice with load-holding function Pressure relief/anti-cavitation valve

Mobile Controls

T

P

P

1

B

A

1 5 6 7 8

202

2

3

7

Pilot operated check valves Solenoid Compression spring Plug screw

Section 4

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 64 139/10.05 Page 2 of 4 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data Type of connection Pipe thread to ISO 228/1 Weight Inlet – with 3-way pressure compensator “P“ lbs (kg) 5.1 (2.3) elements – with 2-way pressure compensator “M“; “H“ lbs (kg) 11.5 (5.2) – without pressure compensator “J“; “G“ lbs (kg) 10.8 (4.9) Directional – with manual actuation lbs (kg) 4 to 5.1 (1.8 to 2.3) valve – with hydraulic actuation lbs (kg) 4.8 (2.2) elements – with electromagnetic actuation lbs (kg) 6.6 to 7.7 (3 to 3.5) End – “LA“ (without mounting angle) lbs (kg) 0.44 (0.2) element – “LU“ (without mounting angle) lbs (kg) 0.9 (0.4) – Mounting angle “F“, plus lbs (kg) 0.22 (0.1) – “SV“ (with poppet valve) lbs (kg) 7.3 (3.3) Installation orientation Optional Hydraulic fluid and ambient temperature range ϑ °F (°C) —4 to +176 (—20 to +80) Hydraulic Max. operating – Ports P, M, X, LS psi (bar) 3600 (250) p pressure – Port A, B psi (bar) 4300 (300) p – Port T psi (bar) 290 (20) p Nominal pressure psi (bar) 3600 (250) pnom Max. pilot pressure – ports a, b psi (bar) 43 (30) p Max. flow Actuation mechanical, hydraulic GPM (l/min) 13 (50) qV, max electromagnetic, switchable GPM (l/min) 8 (30) qV, max electromagnetic, proportional qV, max GPM (l/min) 10.5 (40) Recommended hydraulic pilot control devices Type 2TH6 (control curve 06) Data sheet RE 64552 Type 2TH6R (control curve 06) Data sheet RE 64551 Type 4TH6 (control curve 06) Data sheet RE 64555 Hydraulic fluid Mineral oil (HL, HLP) to DIN 51524 1); other hydraulic fluids, e.g. HEES (synthetic esters) to VDMA as well as hydraulic fluids as specified in RE 90221, on enquiry ν Viscosity range SSU (mm2/s) 35 to 1760 (10 to 380) Max. permissible degree of contamination of the Class 20/18/15 2) hydraulic fluid – cleanliness class to ISO 4406 (c) Leakage A, B → T at an operating pressure of 2175 psi (150 bar) – Standard ounce/min (cm3/min) 1.5 (45) qVL – With isolator valve ounce/min (cm3/min) 0.07 (2) qVL Magnetic Switching solenoid 12 V 24 V Current/proportional range A 2.5 1.25 Ω Resistance 5 19.2 R Proportional solenoid 12 V 24 V Current/proportional range A 0.5 to 2.3 0.25 to 1.5 Ω Resistance 5.3 15 R Note: The technical data were determined at a viscosity of ν = 00 SSU (41 mm2/s) and a temperature of ϑ = 120° F (50° C). 1

) Suitable for NBR and FKM seals ) For this, we recommend a filter with a minimum retention rate of β10 ≥ 75

2

Mobile Controls

203

Section 4

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Short code

Ordering code

Pneumatics

Inlet elements

Service

Directional valve elements 1. spool axis

Continued on next page

SP 08 2X 2. spool axis

No. of directional valves 1 to 10

3. spool axis

Component series 20 to 29 (20 to 29: unchanged installation and connection dimensions)

= 2X

Inlet element Open Center With 3-way pressure compensator Inlet element Closed Center Without shuttle valve, without pressure compensator With shuttle valve, without pressure compensator Without shuttle valve, with 2-way pressure compensator With shuttle valve, with 2-way pressure compensator With priority valve

=P =J =G =M =H =V

With plug screw (primary pressure relief function can be retrofitted), without measuring port =Q With primary pressure relief function, without measuring port (pressure indication in bar, 3 digits) =… Adjustable orifice with load-holding function Section pressure compensator (on enquiry)

=F =S

Spool symbol A LS B 1

A LS B 2

0 P

=E

T

1

2

0 P

=J

T

Actuator ports “A“ and “B“ Flow in L/min, 3 digits, e.g. 030–030 1)

= …—…

Actuation Mechanical, encapsulated lever Mechanical, with double-axis lever Hydraulic Electromagnetic, switchable Electromagnetic, proportional

= R5 = R9 = H2 = C2 = P5

Indication required only in the case of actuation types “C2“ and “P5“ Supply voltage 24 V Supply voltage 12 V 1)

=1 =3

Standard spool types (spool types E, J) Symmetric spools Asymmetric spools Flow in L/min 010-010 020-010 040-020 020-020 030-030 040-040

Mobile Controls

204

Section 4

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Ordering code Directional valve elements

End elements / supplementary details

M 19

*

Further details in clear text Connections with SAE ports to SAE J1626 or ISO 11926-1

Actuator port B

Actuator port A

19 =

NBR seals, suitable for mineral oil (HL, HLP) to DIN 51524

M=

With mounting angle Without mounting angle

F= O=

End plate (up to 2-fold control block) End plate with internal tank connection (from 3-fold control block) End plate with poppet valve 4)

LA = LU = SV =

Z= Without secondary valve Pressure relief/anti-cavitation valve, pilot operated (pressure indicated in bar, 3 digits) H + pressure in bar = Q= Plug screw S= Pilot operated check valve (in the case of a pilot operated check valve, this valve is installed in actuator port "B" in the factory — ordering code "ZS") A= Hydraulically lockable float function (one-sided) B= Pilot operated check valves with split opening spool (float function) 3) A= B=

A

A

B

Arrangement of the actuating element with version “R5“ Manual actuation on connection side A - lever to the top (standard type) Manual actuation on connection side B - lever to the top B

Indication required only for types of actuation “C2“ and “P5“ Cable socket, 2-pin, type: Junior Timer (AMP) 2)

C4 =

2)

Cable sockets are not included in the scope of supply and must be ordered separately, see page 19 of full version catalog. Only in conjunction with end element “SV“ 4) Only in conjunction with directional valve element “B“ 3)

The complete control blocks are defined in accordance with the type code. The ordering text is used to lay down the technical features and requirements. The Bosch Rexroth sales organisation derives a short code and a material number from the ordering text. Example of a short code of an SP-08 control block with three directional valve elements.

Mobile Controls

SP — 1234 — 20 / 3 SP — 08 Number of directional valve elements Control block no.

205

Serial no./revision index

Section 4

Extracted from RA 90810/01.06 Page 1 of 5 Issue: 06.06

Heavy duty priority flow controls 3-way flow regulator with pressure compensated and solenoid controlled priority flow for standard and two pump systems A-VRFC3C-VEI-VS OM.43.20.80 - Y - Z OM.43.12.80 - Y - Z Up to 6000 PSI (410 bar) Up to 100 GPM (380 l/min) – Precise metering of the pressure compensated priority flow “A” independent of all working pressures – Constant, repeatable priority flow yielding steady beats-perminute hammer performance or rotations-perminute speed of rotary actuators – Electronic, solenoid actuated control to engage priority flow, with a wide range of electrical connections and voltages available – Wide choice of flow ranges, with various port options, from SAE-8 (3/4-16 UNF) up to SAE-20 (1 5/8-12 UN) – Two pump circuit solution employing only a single priority valve reduces plumbing requirements – Relief valve for pressure limitation of the priority circuit is standard in all valves – Low leakage from the priority outlet, with solenoid valve de-energized, means no undesired operation of the actuator (such as “pecking” of and impact hammer) – Rugged, Zinc plated, steel body for heavy duty applications (pressure up to 5000 psi / 350 bar) – Unique mounting hole arrangement reduces stress on moving parts from possible misalignment, and minimizes the chance for malfunction in awkward, after-market installations

Compact Hydraulics

206

Section 4.1

Extracted from RA 90810/01.06

Standard configuration OM.43.20.80 - Y - Z

Page 2 of 5 Issue: 06.06

TECHNICAL DATA Max working pressure:

5000 psi

(350 bar)

Max priority line pressure: depending from relief (1) setting (see table “Z”) Back pressure in “T” (max):

20 psi (1.5 bar)

Drain from “T” with solenoid up to 0.4 gpm valve not energized: (up to 1.5 l/min) Steel body 0.79 0.18 2.76 3.39 2.15 2.46 3.48 1.89 2.99 7.48 2.68 0.71 3.54 0.55 3.62 1.42 1.50 5.12 0.35 (20) (4.5) (70) (86) (54.5) (62.5) (88.5) (48) (76) (190) (68) (18) (90) (14) (92) (36) (38) (130) (9)

58

27.6 (12.5)

1.42 1.50 4.72 0.35 (36) (38) (120) (9)

27

19.8 (9)

1.61 1.50 3.93 0.35 (41) (38) (100) (9)

57

10.6 (4.8)

1.32 0.20 1.58 2.15 1.40 1.50 2.22 1.16 1.97 5.12 2.99 0.34 2.87 0.49 2.36 1.61 1.50 3.54 0.34 (33.5) (5) (40) (54.5) (35.5) (38) (56.5) (29.5) (50) (130) (76) (8.5) (73) (12.5) (60) (41) (38) (90) (8.5)

56

7.5 (3.4)

Y

Weight lbs (Kg)

1.18 0.22 2.36 2.93 1.83 2.22 3.07 1.44 2.99 6.81 2.68 0.59 3.54 0.53 3.17 (30) (5.5) (60) (74.5) (46.5) (56.5) (78) (36.5) (76) (173) (68) (15) (90) (13.5) (80.5) 1.08 0.20 1.97 2.32 1.46 1.73 2.40 1.34 1.97 5.51 2.87 0.53 2.87 0.51 2.74 (27.5) (5) (50) (59) (37) (44) (61) (34) (50) (140) (73) (13.5) (73) (13) (69.5)

S2

S1

S

L6

L5

L4

Y T

56

3/4-16 UNF-2B 9/16-18 UNF

57

1 1/16-12 UN-2B 9/16-18 UNF

27

1 5/16-12 UN-2B 9/16-18 UNF

58

1 5/8-12 UN-2B 9/16-18 UNF

Compact Hydraulics

L2

L1

INLET FLOW (max)

PORT SIZE P-A-B

L3

L

I

H6

H5

H4

REGULATED PRIORITY FLOW

gpm (l/min)

gpm (l/min) max

gpm (l/min) per turn

27 (100)

23 (85)

approx. 4.8 (approx. 18)

53 (200) 80 (300)

37 (140) 58 (220)

approx. (approx. approx. (approx.

106 (400)

80 (300)

approx. 7.4 (approx. 28)

207

5.3 20) 6.9 26)

H3

H2

H1

H

F

PRIORITY PRESSURE RANGE

Z

Adj. press. range psi (bar)

Press. increase psi/turn (bar/turn)

Std. setting psi (bar)

20

725-3000 (50-210)

696 (48)

2900 (200)

35

1450-5000 (100-350)

1378 (95)

5000 (350)

Section 4.1

Extracted from RA 90810/01.06

Two pump configuration OM.43.12.80 - Y - Z

Page 3 of 5 Issue: 06.06

TECHNICAL DATA Max working pressure:

5000 psi

(350 bar)

Max priority line pressure: depending from relief (1) setting (see table “Z”) Back pressure in “T” max:

20 psi

(1.5 bar)

Drain from “T” with solenoid up to 0.4 gpm not energized: (up to 1.5 l/min) Steel body 3.54 0.53 3.17 1.50 1.52 5.51 0.35 1.38 2.21 4.06 (90) (13.5) (80.5) (38) (38.5) (140) (9) (35) (56) (103)

27

39.7 (18)

1.97 5.51 2.87 0.69 2.87 0.53 2.89 1.50 1.44 4.88 0.35 1.14 1.81 3.19 (50) (140) (73) (17.5) (73) (13.5) (73.5) (38) (36.5) (124) (9) (29) (46) (81)

57

23.6 (10.7)

56

14.3 (6.5)

Y

Weight lbs (Kg)

1.58 0.20 4.33 2.78 1.65 2.40 (40) (5) (110) (70.5) (42) (61)

3.07 1.28 2.99 6.81 2.87 0.59 (78) (32.5) (76) (173) (73) (15)

1.26 0.18 3.54 2.32 1.34 1.85 (32) (4.5) (90) (59) (34) (47)

2.40 1.34 (61) (34)

1.26 0.18 2.76 2.11 1.50 1.40 2.22 1.12 1.97 5.12 2.87 0.34 2.48 0.49 2.36 1.50 1.44 3.94 0.34 0.98 1.30 2.89 (32) (4.5) (70) (53.5) (38) (35.5) (56.5) (28.5) (50) (130) (73) (8.5) (63) (12.5) (60) (1.38) (36.5) (100) (8.5) (25) (33) (73.5)

S2 S1

S

L6 L5 L4 L3 L2 L1

PORT SIZE

Y

L

I

INLET FLOW (max)

REGULATED PRIORITY FLOW

gpm (l/min) P1 P2

gpm (l/min) gpm (l/min) max per turn

P1-P2 B1-B2

A

T

56

3/4-16 UNF-2B

1 1/16-12 UN-2B

9/16-18 UNF-2B

26 (100)

26 (100)

57

1 1/16-12 UN-2B

1 5/16-12 UN-2B

9/16-18 UNF-2B

53 (200)

27

1 5/16-12 UN-2B

1 5/8-12 UN-2B

9/16-18 UNF-2B

79 (300)

Compact Hydraulics

H6 H5 H4 H3 H2 H1

H

F

G

M

N

PRIORITY PRESSURE RANGE

Z

Adj. press. range (psi)

Press. increase (psi/turn)

Std. setting (psi)

approx. 8.45 (approx. 32)

20

725-3000 (50-210)

696 (48)

2900 (200)

53 (200)

40 (150) 65 (250)

approx. 9.25 (approx. 35)

35

1450-5000 (100-350)

1378 (95)

5000 (350)

79 (300)

103 (390)

approx. 12.15 (approx. 46)

208

Section 4.1

Extracted from RA 90810/01.06 Page 4 of 5 Issue: 06.06

The FLOW CONTROL VALVES code OM.43.12.80 are 3 way, with two separate inlets P1 and P2 and three outlets “A” and “B1 and B2”, the first outlet “A” being priority, pressure compensated type, with pressure relief valve, and available on demand through a solenoid cartridge; the second and third outlets “B1 and B2” are the by-pass for all flow in excess of what demanded by priority. All flows from “A”, “B1 and B2” ports can be employed to power different functions of the machine. These valves provide a simple and efficient way to power hydraulic tools (such as hydraulic hammers) from the existing hydraulic system, without any need to modify the directional control valve. Applications They allow the simultaneous operations, independently from the respective working pressures, of both the hydraulic actuator powered by the priority outlet “A”, and of the normal functions of the machine (traction, slewing, cylinder motions, etc.) supplied by the main directional valve through the bay-pass outlets “B1 and B2”.

FITTING AND CONNECTIONS The valve must be mounted against a flat surface using the 3 fixing holes, and it must lay on top of the 3 special mounting spacers in order to avoid even the smallest distortion of the valve body which could prevent the internal compensating spool from sliding freely.

Connections to the hydraulic system: -

-

Ports “P1 and P2” (inlets) to the main line from the pumps. Port “A” (priority outlet) to the line feeding the hydraulic hammer, or the attachment. Important: for the correct metering of the compensating spool the priority outlet shall be always pressurized, with a back-pressure of at least 115-130 psi (8-9 bar); if necessary, fit a check valve with the needed cracking pressure. Ports “B1 and B2” (by-pass, or excess flow outlet) to the lines delivering the oil to the main directional valve. Port “T” to a tank line. It is absolutely necessary that port “T” is connected to a low pressure tank line, 15-22 psi max (1-1.5 bar max).

Adjustment of priority flow The volume of priority flow from port “A” can be easily modified by turning the screw (1): the flow increases by turning the screw counter-clockwise and, once adjusted to the desired level, it remains constant independently from the working pressure.

Adjustment of maximum priority pressure The maximum pressure in the priority line “A” can be adjusted by turning the screw (5) of the small relief cartridge (6) which controls the maximum pressure in the chamber (3): when this “pilot” cartridge opens, the pressure in chamber (3) drops and the priority flow is stopped. Note: the relief cartridge (6) controls only the maximum pressure in the priority outlet “A”, and does not control the pressure in the by-pass and main line: the main line must be protected by another relief valve, capable to discharge the full oil flow.

Compact Hydraulics

209

Section 4.1

Extracted from RA 90810/01.06 Page 5 of 5 Issue: 06.06

COILS

Ordering code: OD.02.17 - X - Y - Z

Attention: indicated coils fit every hammer valve versions

SPARE PARTS SOLENOID CARTRIDGE Port size

OM.43.12.80.56.20 OM.43.12.80.56.35 OM.43.12.80.57.20 OM.43.12.80.57.35 OM.43.12.80.27.20 OM.43.12.80.27.35

Compact Hydraulics

RELIEF CARTRIDGE

Ordering code

Port size

OM.43.12.80.56.20 OM.43.12.80.57.20 OM.43.12.80.27.20 OM.43.12.80.56.35 OM.43.12.80.57.35 OM.43.12.80.27.35

OD.15.02.18.1I.00

OD.13.20.67.39.00

210

Ordering code

04.11.22.03.99.20

04.11.22.03.99.35

Section 4.1

Extracted from RA 90811/01.06 Page 1 of 7 Issue: 06.06

Flow diverters 6 ways flow diverters VS 311/312/315 L7.53.U.J.W.V.X.Y.Z Pressure up to 4500 PSI (310 bar) Flow up to 37.0 GPM (140 l/miin)

6 ways bankable flow diverters VS 281/5/6F L7.45.U.J.W.V.X.Y.Z Pressure up to 4500 PSI (310 bar) Flow up to 23.8 GPM (90 l/min)

Compact Hydraulics

211

Section 4.1

Extracted from RA 90811/01.06 Page 2 of 7 Issue: 06.06

Compact Hydraulics

6 ways flow diverters – VS 311/312/315 L7.53.U.J.W.V.X.Y.Z

212

Section 4.1

Extracted from RA 90811/01.06 Page 3 of 7 Issue: 06.06

Compact Hydraulics

6 ways flow diverters – VS 311/312/315 L7.53.U.J.W.V.X.Y.Z

213

Section 4.1

Extracted from RA 90811/01.06 Page 4 of 7 Issue: 06.06

Compact Hydraulics

6 ways bankable flow diverters – VS 281/5/6F L7.45.U.J.W.V.X.Y.Z

214

Section 4.1

Extracted from RA 90811/01.06 Page 5 of 7 Issue: 06.06

Compact Hydraulics

6 ways bankable flow diverters – VS 281/5/6F L7.45.U.J.W.V.X.Y.Z

215

Section 4.1

Extracted from RA 90811/01.06 Page 6 of 7 Issue: 06.06

Compact Hydraulics

6 ways bankable flow diverters – VS 281/5/6F L7.45.U.J.W.V.X.Y.Z

216

Section 4.1

Extracted from RA 90811/01.06 Page 7 of 7 Issue: 06.06

Compact Hydraulics

Coils for flow diverters – VS 311/312/315 & VS 281/5/6F C 65

217

Section 4.1

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Notes

Mobile Controls

218

Section 4.1

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

For a complete copy of the data sheets in this catalog, visit our website at: www.boschrexroth-us.com u Products and Solutions u Industrial Hydraulics u Products and Catalogs u Preferred Product Catalog

Section 5 Pressure Control Valves

The Drive & Control Company

– Pressure relief, direct operated • DBD ................................................................................ 220 • DB 6 D ........................................................................... 221 – Pressure relief, direct operated – ZDBY D/Z2DY D ............................................................ 223 – Pressure relief, pilot operated – (Z)DBT/DZT .......... 225 – Pressure relief, pilot operated – DBV 6 V ................. 227 – Pilot operated pressure relief, sandwich plate design • ZDBK 6 .......................................................................... 229 • ZDBK 10........................................................................ 230 • ZDB 6 and Z2DB 6 .................................................... 231 • ZDB 10 and Z2DB 10 ............................................... 232

– Pilot operated pressure reducing, sandwich plate design – ZDRK 10 V............................................ 248

– Pilot operated pressure relief • DB(W)…-5X ................................................................. 233 • DB(W)…-4X ................................................................. 237

– Pilot operated pressure reducing – ZDRY 10 V ....................................................................... 250

– Pilot operated pressure reducing, sandwich plate design – ZDR 10 V .............................................. 249

– Multi-function, direct operated • DZ 6 DP ......................................................................... 239 • DZ 10 DP ...................................................................... 240

– Pilot operated pressure reducing • DR…-5X ........................................................................ 252 • DR…-4X ........................................................................ 253

– Multi-function, pilot operated – DZ ............................. 241

– Direct operated pressure reducing – DR 10 DP ......................................................................... 254

– Pressure cut-off valve, pilot operated – DA 6 V ...... 242 – Pilot operated pressure reducinig, sandwich plate design – ZDRK 6 VP ........................................... 244

– Pilot operated pressure shut-off – DA ....................... 255

– Direct operated pressure reducing, sandwich plate design • ZDR 6 D......................................................................... 245 • ZDR 10 D ...................................................................... 246 – Direct operated pressure reducing – DR 6 DP ....... 247

219 219

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 25 402/06.98 Page 1 of 1 Issue: 01.01

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Pressure relief valve, direct operated Model DBD Sizes 6 to 30, Series 1X Maximum operating pressure 630 bar (9150 PSI) Maximum flow 330 L/min (87 GPM) Model DBD A..K 1X/..

– Direct operated, fast response pressure relief valve – Optional mounting styles • Screw-in cartridge valve • Cartridge in threaded housing – Multiple pressure adjustment options

– Multiple pressure adjustment ranges available for maximum resolution

Ordering code DBD

1X

*

Pressure relief valve, direct operated Type of adjustment

Size

Screw adjustment with locknut

6

10

15

20

25

30

●

●

●

●

●

●

=S =H

and protective cap Handknob Size SAE

●

●

●

●

—

—

=6

= 10

= 15

= 20

= 25

= 30

-4;

-8;

-12;

-16;

-20;

-24;

7/16-20 Type of connection

6

3/4-16 1 1/16-12 1 5/16-12 1 5/8-12 1 7/8-12 10

15

20

25

e.g.. = 10

30

for block mounting (cartridge)

●

●

—

●

—

●

=K

for threaded connections

●

●

●

●

●

●

=G

Series 10 to 19, (10 to 19, externally interchangeable)

= 1X

Ordering code for pressure range PSI 25 bar (365 PSI)

●

●

—

—

—

●

= 25

50 bar (725 PSI)

●

●

●

●

—

●

= 50

100 bar (1450 PSI)

●

●

—

●

●

●

= 100

200 bar (2900 PSI)

●

●

●

●

●

●

= 200

315 bar (4600 PSI)

●

●

—

●

●

●

= 315

400 bar (5800 PSI)

●

●

—

●

—

—

= 400

630 bar (9150 PSI)

—

—

—

—

—

= 630

Thread options – Model “G” only SAE threaded housing

= 12

NBR seals, suitable for petroleum oils (HM, HL, HLP)

= no code

Further details to be written in clear text

Technical data Operating pressure range

Size 6

Size 10

Size 15 and 20

Size 25 and 30

Inlet “P”

bar (PSI)

... 400 (5800)

... 630 (9140)

... 400 (5800)

... 315 (4600)

Outlet “T”

bar (PSI)

... 315 (4600)

... 315 (4600)

... 315 (4600)

... 315 (4600)

Pressure Control Valves

220

Section 5

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 25408/01.05 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 06.06

Pressure relief valve, directly operated Model DB 6 D Nominal size 6 Series 1X Max. working pressure up to 315 bar (4500 PSI) Max. flow 60 l/min (15.85 GPM) – For subplate mounting – 3 pressure setting elements, choice of: • Sleeve with hexagon socket • Rotary knob, lockable, with scale • Rotary knob with scale Model DB 6 D

Ordering code

DB 6 Pressure relief valve

W

– 1X /

* =

=6

Directly operated Pressure relief in P-duct Pressure relief in P and B-ducts Mounting hole configuration to ISO 6264 Setting elements Sleeve with hexagon socket Rotary knob, lockable, with scale 1) Rotary knob with scale

Further information in plain text

No code = W65 =

=D V=

=P = PB =W =2 =3 =7

180 = 160 = 315 =

2H key included in scope of delivery

Pressure Control Valves

V

= DB

Nominal size 6

1)

D

1X =

221

horizontal adjustment vertical adjustment

FPM seals (other seals available on request) Note Take compatibility of seals and pressure fluid into account! max. setting pressure = 80 bar (1160 PSI) max. setting pressure = 160 bar (2320 PSI) max. setting pressure = 315 bar (4500 PSI) Unit series 10 to 19 (10 to 19: installation and connection dimensions unchanged)

Section 5

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 25408/01.05 Page 2 of 2 Issue: 06.06

Technical data General Valve function

Pressure relief valve, directly operated

Type of mounting

Subplate, mounting hole configuration NG6, ISO 6264

Mounting position

Optional

Ambient temperature range Weight

°C (°F) –25 to +50 (–13 to +122) Horizontal

kg (lbs.) 1.4 (3.09)

Vertical

kg (lbs.) 1.1 (2.42)

Hydraulic Pressure fluid

Mineral oil (HL, HLP) to DIN 51524, rapidly biodegradable pressure fluids to VDMA 24568 (also see RE 90221), HETG (rapeseed oil), HEPG (polyglycols), HEES (synthetic ester), other pressure fluids available on request

Maximum permissible degree of contamination of pressure fluid Purity class to ISO 4406 (c)

Class 20/18/15 1)

Pressure fluid temperature range

°C (°F) –25 to +80 (–13 to +176) FPM (Viton® Dupont)

Seals Viscosity range Max. setting pressure Max. working pressure Max. flow rate 1)

2

mm /s (SUS) 10 to 500 (45 to 2320) bar (PSI) 80, 160 or 315 (1160, 2320 or 4500) bar (PSI) 315 (4500) l/min (GPM) 60 (15.85)

The purity classes stated for the components must be complied with in hydraulic systems. Effective filtration prevents problems and also extends the service life of components. For a selection of filters, see catalog sections RE 50070, RE 50076 and RE 50081.

Pressure Control Valves

222

Section 5

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 25722/01.05 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 06.06

Pressure relief valve, directly operated Model ZDBY D / Z2DBY D Nominal size 6 and 10 Series 1X Max. working pressure up to 315 bar (4500 PSI) Max. flow 60 and 120 l/min (15.85 and 31.70 GPM) – – – – – –

Modular valve Mounting hole configuration to ISO 4401 3 pressure stages 5 effective directions With 1 or 2 pressure valve cartridges 2 setting elements: • Sleeve with hexagon socket • Rotary knob, lockable, with scale – Subplates as per catalog sections RE 45053 (NG6) and RE 45055 (NG10) (order separately)

Model ZDBY D / Z2DBY D

Ordering code Z Modular valve With 2 pressure valve cartridges (only enter for versions “DC” and “DD”)

DB

D

– 1X /

* Further information in plain text

=2

No code =

60 =

= DB

Mounting hole configuration to ISO 4401 Nominal size 6 Nominal size 10 Directly operated Injection P to T A to T B to T A to T and B to T A to B and B to A Setting element Sleeve with hexagon socket Rotary knob, lockable, with scale 1)

=Y V= = 60 = 10 =D =P =A =B =C =D

180 = 160 = 315 = =2 =3

2H key is included in scope of delivery

Pressure Control Valves

V /

=Z

Pressure relief valve

1)

Y

223

1X =

mounting hole config. ISO 4401, without locating bore mounting hole config. ISO 4401 with locating bore

FPM seals (other seals available on request) Note Take compatibility of seals and pressure fluid into account! max. setting pressure setting pressure range up to 80 bar (1160 PSI) setting pressure range up to 160 bar (2320 PSI) setting pressure range up to 315 bar (4500 PSI) Unit series 10 to 19 (10 to 19: installation and connection dimensions unchanged)

Section 5

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 25722/01.05 Page 2 of 2 Issue: 06.06

Technical data Size 6 – General Valve function Type of mounting Installation position Weight

Version 2 Version 3

Hydraulic Pressure fluid

Pressure reducing valve, directly operated Intermediate plate NG6, ISO 4401-03-04-0-94 Optional kg (lbs.) 1.4 (3.09) kg (lbs.) 1.8 (3.97) Mineral oil (HL, HLP) to DIN 51524. Rapidly biodegradable pressure fluids to VDMA 24568 (see also RE 90221), HETG (rapeseed oil), HEPG (polyglycols), HEES (synthetic ester), other pressure fluids available on request Class 20/18/15 1)

Maximum permissible degree of contamination of pressure fluid. Purity class to ISO 4406 (c) Pressure fluid temperature range °C (°F) –20 to +80 (–4 to +176) Seals FPM (Viton® Dupont) 2 Viscosity range mm /s (SUS) 10 to 500 (45 to 2320) Max. setting pressure bar (PSI) 80, 160 or 315 (1160, 2320 or 4500) Max. working pressure bar (PSI) 315 (4500) Max. flow rate l/min (GPM) 60 (15.85) 1) The purity classes stated for the components must be complied with in hydraulic systems. Effective filtration prevents problems and also extends the service life of components. For a selection of filters, see catalog sections RE 50070, RE 50076 and RE 50081.

Size 10 – General Valve function Type of mounting Installation position Weight Hydraulic Pressure fluid

Version 2 Version 3

Pressure reducing valve, directly operated Intermediate plate NG10, ISO 4401-05-04-0-94 Optional kg (lbs.) 2.9 (6.39) kg (lbs.) 3.5 (7.71) Mineral oil (HL, HLP) to DIN 51524. Rapidly biodegradable pressure fluids to VDMA 24568 (see also RE 90221), HETG (rapeseed oil), HEPG (polyglycols), HEES (synthetic ester), other pressure fluids available on request Class 20/18/15 1)

Maximum permissible degree of contamination of pressure fluid. Purity class to ISO 4406 (c) Pressure fluid temperature range °C (°F) –20 to +80 (–4 to +176) Seals FPM (Viton® Dupont) Viscosity range mm2/s (SUS) 10 to 500 (45 to 2320) Max. setting pressure bar (PSI) 80 (1160) 160 or 315 (2320 or 4500) Max. working pressure bar (PSI) 315 (4500) 315 (4500) Max. flow rate l/min (GPM) 90 (23.78) 120 (31.70) 1) The purity classes stated for the components must be complied with in hydraulic systems. Effective filtration prevents problems and also extends the service life of components. For a selection of filters, see catalog sections RE 50070, RE 50076 and RE 50081.

Pressure Control Valves

224

Section 5

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 25724/01.05 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 06.06

Pressure relief valve Model (Z)DBT/DZT Nominal size 6 Series 1X Max. working pressure up to 315 bar (4500 PSI) Max. flow 3 l/min (0.79 GPM) – Directly operated valves for limiting the system pressure – Used as a pilot valve – For subplate mounting: Mounting hole configuration to ISO 4401-03-02-0-94 – Subplates as per catalog sections RE 45052 (order separately)

Model (Z)DBT / DZT

Ordering code – Subplate mounting Pressure relief function Pressure sequence function Intermediate plate Pressure relief function

No code = = DBT = DZT = ZDBT

For installation in instrument panel Mounting hole configuration to ISO 4401-03-02-0-94 Function in A-duct Function in B-duct Function in P-duct Setting elements Handwheel and lock nut External square with lock nut and protective cap Rotary knob, lockable, with scale 1) Rotary knob with scale External square and lock nut 1) 2H key is included in scope of delivery

Pressure Control Valves

– 1X /

=G

180 =

=X

160 = =A =B =P

315 = 1X = =1 =2 =3 =7 =8

225

NBR seals (other seals available on request) Note Take compatibility of seals and pressure fluid into account! setting pressure range 3 to 80 bar (43 to 1160 PSI) setting pressure range 3 to 160 bar (43 to 2320 PSI) setting pressure range 3 to 315 bar (43 to 4500 PSI)

Unit series 10 to 19 (10 to 19: installation and connection dimensions unchanged)

Section 5

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 25724/01.05 Page 2 of 2 Issue: 06.06

Technical data General Installation position

Optional

Storage temperature range

°C (°F) –20 to +80 (–4 to +176)

Ambient temperature range

°C (°F) –20 to +70 (–4 to +158)

Weight

kg (lbs.) 2.0 (4.4)

Hydraulic – measured with HLP 46; ϑoil = 40 °C ±5 °C (104 °F ±41 °F), v = 35 mm2/s (162 SUS) Max. working pressure Max. setting pressure

Port P Pressure stage 160 bar (2320 PSI)

bar (PSI) 160 (2320)

Pressure stage 315 bar (4500 PSI)

bar (PSI) 315 (4500)

Pressure stage 350 bar (5075 PSI)

bar (PSI) 350 (5075)

Min. setting pressure Return

bar (PSI) 350 (5075)

bar (PSI) 3 (43) Port T

Max. flow rate

bar (PSI) Separately to tank without pressure l/min (GPM) 3 (0.79)

Pressure fluid

Mineral oil (HL, HLP) to DIN 51524 other pressure fluids available on request

Pressure fluid temperature range Viscosity range

°C (°F) –20 to +80 (–4 to +176) mm2/s (SUS) 15 to 380 (70 to 1760)

Maximum permissible degree of contamination of pressure fluid Purity class to ISO 4406 (c) Hysteresis Control oil volume (Vx) (for pressure sequence valves only) 1)

Class 20/18/15 1) % < 5 of max. setting pressure

cm3 (in3) < 0.5 (0.03)

The purity classes stated for the components must be complied with in hydraulic systems. Effective filtration prevents problems and also extends the service life of components. For a selection of filters, see catalog sections RE 50070, RE 50076 and RE 50081.

Pressure Control Valves

226

Section 5

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 25726/01.05 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 06.06

Pressure relief valve, pilot operated Model DBV 6 V Nominal size 6 Series 1X Max. working pressure up to 315 bar (4500 PSI) Max. flow 60 l/min (15.85 GPM) – For subplate mounting – 2 pressure setting elements, choice of: • Sleeve with hexagon socket • Rotary knob, lockable, with scale Model DBV 6 V

Ordering code DB 6 Pressure relief valve

P

W

– 1X /

Pilot operated Pressure relief in P-duct Mounting hole configuration to ISO 6264 Setting elements Sleeve with hexagon socket Rotary knob, lockable, with scale 1)

* Further information in plain text V=

=6 =V =P =W

180 = 160 =

=2 =3

2H key is included in scope of delivery 1X =

Pressure Control Valves

V

= DB

Nominal size 6

1)

V

227

FPM seals (other seals available on request) Note Take compatibility of seals and pressure fluid into account! Secondary pressure 6 to 80 bar (87 to 1160 PSI) Secondary pressure 6 to 160 bar (87 to 2320 PSI) Unit series 10 to 19 (10 to 19: installation and connection dimensions unchanged)

Section 5

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 25726/01.05 Page 2 of 2 Issue: 06.06

Technical data General Valve function

Pressure relief valve, pilot operated

Type of mounting

Subplate, mounting hole configuration NG6, ISO 6264

Installation position

Optional

Ambient temperature range Weight

°C (°F) –25 to +50 (–13 to +122) kg (lbs.) 1.4 (3.09)

Hydraulic Pressure fluid

Mineral oil (HL, HLP) to DIN 51524. Rapidly biodegradable pressure fluids to VDMA 24568 (see also RE 90221), HETG (rapeseed oil), HEPG (polyglycols), HEES (synthetic ester), other pressure fluids available on request

Maximum permissible degree of contamination of pressure fluid Purity class to ISO 4406 (c)

Class 20/18/15 1)

Pressure fluid temperature range

°C (°F) –25 to +80 (–13 to +176)

Seals Viscosity range

FPM (Viton® Dupont) mm2/s (SUS) 10 to 500 (45 to 2320)

Max. setting pressure

bar (PSI) 80 or 160 (1160 or 2320)

Max. working pressure

bar (PSI) 315 (4500)

Max. flow rate 1)

l/min (GPM) 60 (15.85)

The purity classes stated for the components must be complied with in hydraulic systems. Effective filtration prevents problems and also extends the service life of components. For a selection of filters, see catalog sections RE 50070, RE 50076 and RE 50081.

Pressure Control Valves

228

Section 5

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 25 754/06.98 Page 1 of 1 Issue: 01.01

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Pressure relief valve – Sandwich plate design Model ZDBK 6 Size 6 Series 1X Maximum operating pressure 210 bar (3050 PSI) Maximum flow 40 L/min (10.6 GPM) – Mounting pattern to ISO 4401-3, NFPA T3.5.1 MR1 and ANSI B 93.7 D 03 – Sandwich plate design – Three pressure ranges – Adjustment type: Screw adjustment with locknut and protective cap – Available with different pressure control configurations

Model ZDBK 6 VP 2–1X/…V

Ordering code Z Sandwich plate design

DBK

6

– 1X /

V

* Further details to be written in clear text

=Z

Pressure relief valve

V=

= DBK

Nominal size 6 (D 03)

=6

Relief from: A→T P→T B→T

FPM seals, suitable for Petroleum oils (HM, HL, HLP) Phosphate ester fluids (HFD-R) Other seal types on request Adjustment range up to 50 bar (725 PSI) Adjustment range up to 100 bar (1450 PSI) Adjustment range up to 210 bar (3050 PSI)

50 =

= VA = VP = VB

100 = 210 = 1X =

2=

Series 10 to 19 (10 to 19 = externally interchangeable Adjustment mechanism Screw adjustment with locknut and protective cap

Technical data Nominal size

Size

6

Nominal pressure

bar (PSI)

210 (3050)

Adjustment pressure

bar (PSI)

up to 50 (725), 100 (1450), 210 (3050)

Flow Weight

Pressure Control Valves

L/min (GPM) Model ZDBK …

kg (lbs.)

40 (10.6) 0.6 (1.3)

229

Section 5

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 25 764/04.94 Page 1 of 1 Issue: 01.01

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Pressure relief valve – Sandwich plate design Model ZDBK 10 Size 10 Series 1X Maximum operating pressure 210 bar (3050 PSI) Maximum flow 80 L/min (21 GPM) – Mounting pattern to ISO 4401-5, NFPA T3.5.1 MR1 and ANSI B 93.7 D 05 – Sandwich plate design – Three pressure ranges – Adjustment type: Screw adjustment with protective cap – Available with five different pressure control configurations – With one or two pressure relief cartridges

Model ZDBK 10 VP 2–1X/…V

Ordering code Z Sandwich plate design Port or cross port relief, Omit is single Pressure relief valve

DBK 10

– 1X

V

* Further details to be written in clear text

=Z V=

=2 = DBK

Nominal size 10 (D 05)

= 10

Relief from: A→T P→T B→T A → T; B → T (Z2DBK) A → B; B → A (Z2DBK)

50 = 100 = 210 =

= VA = VP = VB = VC = VD

1X =

2=

FPM seals, suitable for Petroleum oils (HM, HL, HLP) Phosphate ester fluids (HFD-R) Other seal types on request Adjustment range up to 50 bar (725 PSI) Adjustment range up to 100 bar (1450 PSI) Adjustment range up to 210 bar (3050 PSI) Series 10 to 19 (10 to 19 = externally interchangeable) Adjustment mechanism Screw adjustment with locknut and protective cap

Technical data Nominal size

Size

10

Nominal pressure

bar (PSI)

210 (3050)

Adjustment pressure

bar (PSI)

up to 50 (725), 100 (1450), 210 (3050)

Flow Weight

Pressure Control Valves

L/min (GPM) Model ZDBK …

kg (lbs.)

230

80 (21) 1.3 (2.9)

Section 5

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 25 751/06.98 Page 1 of 1 Issue: 01.01

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Pressure relief valve – Sandwich plate design Models ZDB 6 and Z2DB 6 Size 6 Series 4X Maximum operating pressure 315 (bar) 4600 PSI Maximum flow 60 L/min (15.9 GPM) – Sandwich plate design for use in vertical stacking assemblies – Porting pattern to ISO 4401-3; NFPA T3.5.1 M R1 and ANSI B 93.7 D 03 – Two pressure adjustment options – 1 or 2 pressure relief valve cartridges available – Five relieving configurations available – Four pressure adjustment ranges available to 4600 PSI

Model ZDB 6 VA2–4X/…

Ordering code Z Sandwich plate design

DB

6

– 4X

V

* Further details to be written in clear text

=Z

Two pressure relief cartridges (only available with Models 2VC2 and 2VD2, see below

V= =2

Pressure relief valve

= DB

Nominal size 6 (D 03)

50 = 100 = 200 = 315 =

=6

Relief from: A→T P→T B→T A → T and B → T (Z2DB) A → B and B → A (Z2DB)

= VA = VP = VB = VC = VD

4X =

1= 2=

FPM seals, suitable for Petroleum oils (HM, HL, HLP) Phosphate ester fluids (HFD-R) Other seal types on request Adjustment range up to 50 bar (725 PSI) Adjustment range up to 100 bar (1450 PSI) Adjustment range up to 200 bar (2900 PSI) Adjustment range up to 315 bar (4600 PSI) Series 40 to 49 (40 to 49 = externally interchangeable) Adjustment mechanism Rotary handwheel Screw adjustment with locknut and protective cap

Technical data Operating pressure

bar (PSI)

up to 315 (4600)

Adjustable pressure range

bar (PSI)

up to 50 (725), 100 (1450), 200 (2900), 315 (4600)

Flow Weight (approx.)

Pressure Control Valves

L/min (GPM)

up to 60 (15.9)

Model ZDB 6

kg (lbs.)

1 (2.2)

Model Z2DB 6

kg (lbs.)

1.2 (2.6)

231

Section 5

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 25 761/06.98 Page 1 of 1 Issue: 01.01

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Pressure relief valve – Sandwich plate design Models ZDB 10 and Z2DB 10 Size 10 Series 4X Maximum operating pressure 315 bar (4600 PSI) Maximum flow 100 L/min (26.4 GPM) Model Z2DB 10 VD2–4X/…

– Sandwich plate design for use in vertical stacking assemblies – Porting pattern to ISO 4401-5; NFPA T3.5.1 M R1 and ANSI B 93.7 D 05 – Pressure adjustment options – 1 or 2 pressure relief valve cartridges available – Three relieving configurations available – Four pressure adjustment ranges available to 4600 PSI

Ordering code Z

DB 10

– 4X

V

* Further details to be written in clear text

Sandwich plate design

=Z

Two pressure relief cartridges (only available with Models "VC" and "VD", see below)

V= =2

Pressure relief valve

= DB

Size 10 (D 05)

50 = 100 = 200 = 315 =

= 10

Relief from: P→T A → TB and B → TB (Z2DB) A → B and B → A (Z2DB)

= VP = VC = VD

4X =

1= 2=

FPM seals, suitable for Petroleum oils (HM, HL, HLP) Phosphate ester fluids (HFD-R) (other seal types on request) Adjustment range up to 50 bar (725 PSI) Adjustment range up to 100 bar (1450 PSI) Adjustment range up to 200 bar (2900 PSI) Adjustment range up to 315 bar (4600 PSI) Series 40 to 49 (40 to 49: externally interchangeable)

Adjustment mechanism Rotary handwheel Screw adjustment with locknut and protective cap

Technical data Operating pressure

bar (PSI)

up to 315 (4600)

Adjustment pressure

bar (PSI)

up to 50 (725), 100 (1450), 200 (2900), 315 (4600)

Flow Weight (approx.)

Pressure Control Valves

L/min (GPM)

up to 100 (26.4)

Model ZDB 10

kg (lbs.)

2.4 (5.3)

Model Z2DB 10

kg (lbs.)

2.6 (5.7)

232

Section 5

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 25 802/08.99 Page 1 of 4 Issue: 01.01

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Pressure relief valve, pilot operated Models DB / DBW Sizes 10 to 30 Series 5X Maximum operating pressure 350 bar (5000 PSI) Maximum flow 650 L/min (172 GPM) – Pilot operated pressure relief valve – Threaded in-line, or subplate mounted – Porting pattern to ISO 6264-06, 08, or 10, NFPA/ANSI R 06, R 08, or R 10 interface Porting pattern to DIN 24 340 form E, ISO 6264 and CETOPRP 121 H, For subplates, see datasheet RA 45 064 (must be ordered separately) – Five pressure ranges available, to 5000 PSI – Pressure adjustment options – Optional solenoid venting with directional control valve

Model DB 20 –1–5X/315…

Model DBW 20 A3–5X/315–6AG24NZ45

Pressure Control Valves

233

Section 5

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 25 802/08.99 Page 2 of 4 Issue: 01.01

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Ordering code DB

Without directional valve With built-on directional spool valve

= No code =W

Pilot operated valve (complete) Nominal size

Subplate mounting “no code”

5X

= No code

Valve for Threaded connection “SAE”

Ordering details 10

= 10

= 10 SAE-8; 3/4-16

25

= 20

= 20 SAE-16; 1 5/16-12

32

= 30

= 30 SAE-24; 1 7/8-12

A

B

a

b P

T

A

B

a

b P

Normally closed

=A

Normally open

=B

T

For subplate mounting For threaded connections

= No code =G

Adjustment elements Rotary knob Sleeve with hexagon and protective cap

=1 =2

With main spool Ø 24 mm (0.94”) (only in sizes 10, 15, 25 and model DBC 30) Series 50 to 59 (50 to 59: unchanged installation and connection dimensions)

= 5X

Settable pressure up to 50 bar (725 PSI) Settable pressure up to 100 bar (1450 PSI) Settable pressure up to 200 bar (2900 PSI) Settable pressure up to 315 bar (4600 PSI) Settable pressure up to 350 bar (5076 PSI)

Pressure Control Valves

=–

= = = = =

234

50 100 200 315 350

Section 5

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 25 802/08.99 Page 3 of 4 Issue: 01.01

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Ordering code (continued)

* Further details to be written in clear text Threads for Y Port SAE (preferred)

12 = No code =

NBR seals suitable for petroleum oils (HM, HL, HLP Attention! The compatibilty of the seals and pressure fluid has to be taken into account! Electrical connections Without plug-in connector, but covered

K4 =

Central solenoid connections Terminal box with 1/2" NPT conduit conn. Terminal box with two 1/2" NPT conduit conn.

DA = DAL =

ANSI B 93.55 M plug-in type connections (without female end) Terminal box with 3-pin connector and light (single solenoid) Terminal box with 5-pin connector and light (single solenoid)

DK23L = DK25L = N9 = G 24 = W110 = No code = 6E =

With protected override Voltage DC – 12, 24, 96 AC1) – 110, 230

Example Example

Without directional valve With directional spool valve (3WE6…6X/E) settable pressure up to 420 bar (6100 PSI)

No code =

Standard version

– =

Pilot oil supply and drain line 1)

AC Voltage and Frequency 110 = 110V–50Hz, 110V–60Hz, 120V–60Hz 230 = 220V–50Hz, 220V–60Hz, 240V–60Hz

Pressure Control Valves

235

Section 5

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 25 802/08.99 Page 4 of 4 Issue: 01.01

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data General Designation

pressure relief valve

Mounting style

subplate mounting, threaded connections or cartridge valve

Model of connection

direct via threads; indirect via subplate or manifold, porting pattern to DIN 24 340 form A, ISO 4401 and CETOP-RP 121 H

Nominal size Weight Subplate mounting

Threaded connection

10

25

30

DB. 10

DB. 20

DB. 30

DB…

kg (lbs.)

2.6 (5.73)

3.5 (7.71)

4.4 (9.7)

DBW…

kg (lbs.)

4.07 (8.98)

4.97 (10.95)

5.87 (12.94)

DB..G…

kg (lbs.)

5.3 (11.68)

5.1 (11.24)

4.8 (10.58)

DBW..G…

kg (lbs.)

6.87 (14.93)

6.57 (14.49)

6.27 (13.82)

Installation

optional

Hydraulic Nominal pressure

bar (PSI)

350 (5100)

Max. operating pressure at ports A, B, X

bar (PSI)

350 (5100)

DB…

bar (PSI)

315 (4600)

DBW…

bar (PSI)

210 (3050) (high performance DC solenoid) (3WE6…6X/E)

bar (PSI)

2320 (high performance AC solenoid) (3WE6…6X/E)

Max. back pressure at port Y

Max. flow

DB. 10

DB. 20

DB. 30

Subplate mounting

L/min (GPM)

250 (66)

500 (132.1)

650 (171.7)

Threaded connection

L/min (GPM)

250 (66)

500 (132.1)

650 (171.7)

Electrical technical data Voltage

DC

Nominal voltage

V

Nominal power

W

Protection Permissible switching frequency

30 IP65

1/h

Voltage Nominal voltage

12 ,24, 96

15000 AC

V

110, 220, 50/60 Hz

Holding power

VA

50

Inrush current

VA

220

Protection Permissible switching frequency

Pressure Control Valves

IP65 1/h

236

7200

Section 5

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 25 818/08.99 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 01.01

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Pressure relief valve, pilot operated Models DB..-4X/...W65 and DBW..-4X/...W65 Sizes 20 Maximum operating pressure 350 bar (5100 PSI) Maximum flow 400 L/min (105 GPM) – Pilot operated pressure relief valve – Mounts on standard ISO 6264-06 or 08, NFPA/ANSI R 06 or R 08 interface For subplates, see datasheet RA 45 064 – Three mounting styles • subplate mounting • threaded in-line mounting • cartridge for manifold mounting – Two pressure adjustment options – Five pressure ranges, for excellent resolution

Model DB 10-1-4X/...W65

Model DB 20 K1-1X/...XY

Technical data General Mounting position Weight

Optional

– Subplate mounting

kg (lbs.)

Size 20: 2.3 (5.1)

– Threaded connections

kg (lbs.)

DB – 2.95 (6.5), DBW – 4.25 (9.4)

– Manifold mounting (cartridge)

kg (lbs.)

0.35 (0.8)

Directional control valve data

See data sheet RA 23 178

Hydraulic Operating pressure, ports A, B, X

DB

bar (PSI)

... 350 (5100)

Back pressure, port Y

DB

bar (PSI)

... 20 (3625)

Adjustable pressure

min.

bar (PSI)

Flow dependent, see curves page 4

max.

bar (PSI)

...50 (725), ...100 (1450), ...200 (2900), ...315 (4600), ...350 (5100) [5100 only Model DB]

Maximum flow

Size 20

– Subplate mounting

L/min (GPM)

... 400 (105)

– Threaded connections

L/min (GPM)

... 300 (80)

Pressure Control Valves

237

Section 5

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 25 818/08.99 Page 2 of 2 Issue: 01.01

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Ordering code DB

*

Pilot operated pressure relief valve = DB

Further details to be written in clear text

Without solenoid venting = no desig. with solenoid venting =W

W65 = Upright cartridge (code not required in manifold mounted version, Model “K”)

Subplate mounting Ordering NFPA/ANSI code interface standard 20 R 08

No code = V=

Subplates available SAE 3/4" and 1"

Attention! The compatibility of the seals and pressure fluid has to be taken into account!

Threaded in-line connections Ordering code 20

1"

SAE

K4 =

-16; 1-5/16-12

DA =

Cartridge model “K” for manifold mounting

= 20

Threaded connections for in-line mounting Manifold mounting (cartridge) Adjustment mechanism Handknob Screw adjustment with locknut and protective cap Series 10 to 19 (model “K” only) (10 to 19; externally interchangeable) Series 40 to 49 (40 to 49; externally interchangeable) Maximum Pressure Setting ... 50 bar (725 PSI) ... 100 bar (1450 PSI) ... 200 bar (2900 PSI) ... 315 bar (4600 PSI) ... 350 bar (5100 PSI) (only Model DB)

Pressure Control Valves

NBR seals FPM seals (other seals on request)

N9 = =G =K

G 24 = Example W110 = Example no desig. = 6E =

=1 =2

no desig. = = 1X

Without angled plug-in connector, but covered Terminal box with 1/2“ NPT conduit connection With protected manual override Voltage DC – 12, 24, 96 AC – 110 without solenoid venting with removable solenoids Minimum vent pressure when valve is open A to B

= 4X

= 50 = 100 = 200 = 315 = 350

238

Section 5

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 26 076/06.98 Page 1 of 1 Issue: 01.01

Multi-function valve, direct operated Model DZ 6 DP Size 6 Series 5X (Size 6) Maximum operating pressure 315 bar (4600 PSI) Maximum flow 60 L/min (16 GPM) – Direct operated multi-function valve – Mounts on ISO 5781-03 or 08, NFPA/ANSI P 03 – Pressure adjustment options • screw adjustment with locknut and protective cap • Handknob – Four pressure adjustment ranges available to 4600 PSI – Optional built-in reverse free flow check valve – For subplates, see datasheet RA 45 052

Model DZ 6 DP2–5X/…M…

Ordering code DZ 6 Multi-function valve, direct operated

D

P

– 5X

* Further details to be written in clear text

= DZ

Size 6, NFPA/ANSI P 03

12 =

=6

Direct operated

no code =

=D

Subplate mounted

=P

Adjustable handknob Screw adjustment with locknut and protective cap Series 50 to 59 (50 to 59, externally interchangeable)

no code =

=1 =2

no code = X= Y=

= 5X

25 = 75 = 150 = 210 =

Gauge port connection SAE threads NBR-seals, suitable for Petroleum oils (HM, HL, HLP) With reverse free-flow check valve Internally piloted, internally drained Externally piloted, internally drained Internally piloted, externally drained Max. adjustable pressure 25 bar (365 PSI) Max. adjustable pressure 75 bar (1090 PSI) Max. adjustable pressure 150 (2175 PSI) Max. adjustable pressure 210 (3050 PSI)

Technical data Nominal size

Size

6

Sequence pressure (adjustable)

bar (PSI)

up to 25 (365); 75 (1090); 150 (2175); 210 (3050)

Operating pressure

Ports P, A, B (X)

bar (PSI)

up to 315 (4600)

Ports T (Y)

bar (PSI)

up to 160 (2320)

Maximum flow Weight (approx.)

Pressure Control Valves

L/min (GPM) kg (lbs.)

239

up to 60 (16) 1.2 (2.6)

Section 5

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 26 099/06.98 Page 1 of 1 Issue: 01.01

Multi-function valve, direct operated Model DZ 10 DP Size 6, 10 Series 4X (Size 10) Maximum operating pressure 210 bar (3050 PSI) Maximum flow 80 L/min (21 GPM) – – – –

Direct operated multi-function valve Mounts on ISO 5781-06, NFPA/ANSI P 06 interface For subplates, see data sheet RA 45 062 Four pressure adjustment options • Screw adjustment with locknut and protective cap • Handknob • Key lock hand knob with scale • Hand knob with scale

Model DZ 10 DP2–4X/…M… – Four pressure adjustment ranges available to 3000 PSI 1) – Optional built-in reverse free flow check valve 1) Maximum spring setting, valve permitted to 4600 PSI

Ordering code DZ 10 Multi-function valve, direct operated

D

P

2–

* Further details to be written in clear text no code = NBR-seals, suitable for Petroleum oils (HM, HL, HLP) V= FPM seals suitable for phosphate ester oils (HFD--R) no code = With reverse free-flow check valve M= Without reverse fee-flow check valve no code = Internally piloted, internally drained Y= Internally piloted, externally drained XY = Externally piloted, externally drained 75 = Max. adjustable pressure 1.0 … 75 bar (15…1090 PSI) Max. adjustable pressure 1.0 … 210 bar (15…3050 PSI) 210 =

= DZ

Size 10, P 03

= 10

Direct operated

=D

Subplate mounted

=P

Screw adjustment with locknut and protective cap Series 40 to 59 (40 to 49, externally interchangeable)

=2 = 4X

Technical data (For applications outside these parameters, please consult us!) Hydraulic fluid

Petroleum oil (HL; HLP); phosphate ester (HFD-R)

Temperature range of fluid

°C (°F) mm2/s (SUS)

Viscosity range Fluid cleanliness

NBR seals: –30 to +80 (–22 to +176) FPM seals: –20 to +80 (–4 to +176) 10 to 800 (60 to 3710) Maximum permissible degree of contamination to ISO 4406, class 18/15. For this, we recommend a filter with a minmum retention rate of ß10 ≥ 75.

Sequence pressure (adjustable)

bar (PSI)

25 (360); 75 (1100); 150 (2100); 210 (3100)

Operating pressure

bar (PSI)

315 (4600)

bar (PSI)

160 (2300)

Ports A, B, X Port Y

Max. permissible flow

L/min (GPM)

Installation position Weight (approx.)

Pressure Control Valves

80 (21) optional

kg (lbs.)

3 (6.6)

240

Section 5

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 26 391/06.98 Page 1 of 1 Issue: 01.01

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Multi-function valve, pilot operated Model DZ Sizes 10, 20, 30 Series 5X Maximum operating pressure 315 bar (4600 PSI) Maximum flow 600 L/min (160 GPM) – Direct operated multi-function valve – Mounts on ISO 5781-06, 08, or 10, NFPA/ANSI P 06, P 08, or P10 interface – For subplates, see datasheet RA 45 062 – Pressure adjustment options – Four pressure ranges available, to 315 bar (4600 PSI) – Optional built-in reverse free flow check valve

Model DZ20-2-5X/315XYM

Ordering code DZ Multi-function valve

= DZ

Complete valve

= no code

P 06 (3/8", 1/2") P 08 (3/4", 1") P 10 (1-1/4", 1-1/2")

–

–5X

*

Further details to be written in clear text Ports X and Y SAE threads (standard)

12 = = 10 = 20 = 30

Adjustment mechanism Hand knob Screw adjustment with locknut and protective cap Series 50 to 59 (50 to 59; externally interchangeable)

no code = no code = M=

NBR seals, suitable for petroleum oils (HM, HL, HLP) with reverse free-flow check valve without reverse free-flow check valve

=1

Piloting internal pilot, internally drained external pilot, internal drain internal pilot, external drain external pilot, external drain

no code = X= Y= XY =

=2 = 5X

Maximum pressure setting 50 = 100 = 200 = 315 =

... 50 bar (725 PSI) ... 100 bar (1450 PSI) ... 200 bar (2900 PSI) ... 315 bar (4600 PSI)

Technical data Mounting position Weight (approx.)

Optional 10

20

30

kg (lbs.)

3.4 (7.5)

5.3 (11.7)

8.0 (17.7)

Operating pressure, ports A, B, X

bar (PSI)

... 315 (4600)

Backpressure, port Y

– Subplate mounted

valve size DZ...

Hydraulic bar (PSI)

... 315 (4600)

Setting pressure

maximum

bar (PSI)

... 50 (725), ... 100 (1450), ... 200 (2900), ... 315 (4600)

Maximum flow

valve size

L/min (GPM)

Pressure Control Valves

241

200 (52.8)

400 (105.7)

600 (158.6)

Section 5

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 26404/02.03 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 06.06

Pressure cut-off valve, pilot operated Model DA 6 V Nominal size 6 Series 4X Max. pressure up to 315 bar (4500 PSI) Max. flow 30 l/min (7.93 GPM) – For subplate mounting: Porting pattern to DIN 24 340 Form A, without locating pin hole (standard) Porting pattern to ISO 4401 and CETOP–RP 121 H, with locating pin hole, (ordering details .../60 at the end of the valve type code) Subplates to data sheet RE 45052 (separate order) – As cartridge valve (Cavity to ISO 7789) – Four adjustment elements: • Rotary knob • Sleeve with hexagon and protective cap • Lockable rotary knob with scale • Rotary knob with scale – Four pressure stages

Model DA 6 V..2-4X/...

Ordering details DA Pressure cut-off valve Nominal size 6

6

V

– 4X /

Further details in clear text No code = /60 1) =

=6

For subplate mounting: • Pump connection in P (standard) • Pump connection in A As cartridge valve (without check valve) Rotary knob Sleeve with hexagon and protective cap Lockable rotary knob with scale Rotary knob with scale

=V M= V=

=P =A =K

Without locating pin hole With locating pin hole NBR seals FKM seals (other seals on request)

Attention! The compatibility of the seals and pressure fluid must be taken into account!

=1 =2 =3 =7

10 = 17 =

Series 40 to 49 = 4X (40 to 49: unchanged installation and connection dimensions) Locating pin 3 x 8 DIN EN ISO 8752, Material No. R900005694 (separate order)

Pressure Control Valves

*

= DA

Pilot operated

1)

–

242

50 = 100 = 200 = 315 =

Switching pressure differential 10% Switching pressure differential 17% Settable pressure range 30 to 50 bar (435 to 725 PSI) 50 to 100 bar (725 to 1450 PSI) 100 to 200 bar (1450 to 2900 PSI) 200 to 315 bar (2900 to 4500 PSI)

Section 5

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 26404/02.03 Page 2 of 2 Issue: 06.06

Technical data (for applications outside these parameters, please consult us!) General Installation

Optional

Ambient temperature range

°C (°F) –30 to +80 (–22 to +176) – NBR seals –20 to +80 (–4 to +176) – FKM seals

Weight

Manifold mounting

kg (lbs.) 2.4 (5.29)

Cartridge valve

kg (lbs.) 0.3 (0.66)

Hydraulic Maximum operating pressure at ports B (P) Maximum flow

bar (PSI) 315 (4500) – after switching P to T, A to T L/min (GPM) 30 (7.93) Mineral oil (HL, HLP) to DIN 51 524 1); Fast bio-degradable VDMA 24 568 (also see RE 90 221); HETG (rape seed oil) 1); HEPG (polyglycols) 2); HEES (synthetic ester) 2); Other pressure fluids on request

Pressure fluid

Pressure fluid temperature range

°C (°F) – 30 to + 80 (–22 to +176) – NBR seals – 20 to + 80 (–4 to +176) – FKM seals

Viscosity range Cleanliness class to ISO code Switching differential 1) 2) 3)

2

mm /s (SUS) 10 to 800 (45 to 3720) Maximum permissible degree of contamination of the pressure fluid is to ISO 4406 (C) class 20/18/15 3) % 10; 17 (see characteristic curves on page 5)

Suitable for NBR and FKM seals Only suitable for FKM seals The cleanliness class stated for the components must be adhered too in hydraulic systems. Effective filtration prevents faults from occurring and at the same time increases the component service life. For the selection of filters see catalogue sheets RE 50 070, RE 50 076 and RE 50 081.

Pressure Control Valves

243

Section 5

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 26 572/06.98 Page 1 of 1 Issue: 01.01

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Pilot operated pressure reducing valve Model ZDRK 6 VP Size 6 Series 1X Maximum operating pressure 210 bar (3050 PSI) Maximum flow 40 L/min (10.5 GPM) – Mounting pattern to ISO 4401-03, NFPA T3.5 MR1 and ANSI B 93.7 D 03 – Sandwich plate design – Three pressure ranges – Adjustment type: Screw adjustment with protective cap – Pressure reduction in port P – Optional pressure gauge port

Model ZDRK 6 VP 5-1X/…V

Ordering code Z DRK 6

V

P 5 – 1X

Y

*

Sandwich plate design = Z Pressure reducing valve

Further details to be written in clear text Gauge port connection 12 = SAE threads

= DRK

Size 6, D 03

=6

Pilot operated

V=

=V

Pressure reduction in port P1

=P

Adjustment mechanism Screw adjustment with locknut and protective cap Series 10 to 19 (10 to 19; externally interchangeable)

M=

without reverse free-flow check valve

Y=

=5 = 1X

50 = 100 = 210 =

FPM seals, suitable for phosphate ester oils (HFD-R) Internally piloted, externally drained

Adjustable secondary "reduced" pressure range ... 50 bar (725 PSI) ... 100 bar (1450 PSI) ... 210 bar (3050 PSI)

Technical data Nominal pressure (inlet)

bar (PSI)

up to 210 (3050)

Secondary pressure (outlet)

bar (PSI)

up to 50 (725), 100 (1450), 210 (3050)

Backpressure port T (Y)

bar (PSI)

up to 160 (2320)

Flow, max Weight

Pressure Control Valves

L/min (GPM) Model VP

kg (lbs.)

40 (10.5) approx. 1.8 (4.8)

244

Section 5

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 26 570/06.98 Page 1 of 1 Issue: 01.01

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Pressure reducing valve, direct operated Model ZDR 6 D sandwich mounted Size 6 Series 4X Maximum operating pressure 210 bar (3050 PSI) Maximum flow 50 L/minn (13 GPM) – Direct operated pressure reducing valve, of sandwich plate design, for use in vertical stacking assemblies – Porting pattern to ISO 4401-03, NFPA T 3.5.1 M R1 and ANSI B 93.7 D 03 – Pressure adjustment options – Four pressure adjustment ranges available to 3000 PSI – Optional built-in reverse free flow check valve

Model ZDR 6 DP 2–4X/…YM…

Ordering code

Z DR 6

D

– 4X

Sandwich plate design = Z Pressure reducing valve Direct operated Pressure reduction in port A2 Pressure reduction in port P1 (Pilot control signal from port B) Pressure reduction in port P1

=6 =D =A =B =P

Adjustment mechanism Rotary handwheel Screw adjustment with locknut and protective cap

*

Further details to be written in clear text Gauge port connection no code = metric threads 12 = SAE threads no code = NBR seals, suitable for petroleum oils (HM, HL, HLP) no code = with reverse free-flow check valve (Model ZDR 6 "DA" only) M= without reverse free-flow check valve Y= Internally piloted, externally drained Adjustable secondary "reduced" pressure range 25 = ... 25 bar (365 PSI) 75 = ... 50 bar (1090 PSI) 150 = ... 150 bar (2175 PSI) 210 = ... 210 bar (3050 PSI)

= DR

Size 6, D 03

Y

=1 =2

Series 40 to 49 (40 to 49; externally interchangeable) = 4X

Technical data Nominal Size

Size

Hydraulic fluid

6 Petroleum oils (HM, HL, HLP); Phosphate ester fluids (HFD-R)

Operating pressure (Inlet)

bar (PSI)

... 315 (4600)

Reduced pressure (Outlet)

bar (PSI)

... 25 (365), ... 50 (1090), ... 150 (2175), ... 210 (3050)

Back pressure Port T(Y)

bar (PSI)

... 160 (2320)

Maximum permissible flow Weight (approx.)

Pressure Control Valves

L/min (GPM) kg (lbs.)

... 50 (13.2) 1.2 (2.6)

245

Section 5

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 26 585/06.98 Page 1 of 1 Issue: 01.01

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Pressure reducing valve, direct operated Model ZDR 10 D sandwich mounted Size 10 Series 5X Maximum operating pressure 210 bar (3050 PSI) Maximum flow 80 L/min (21 GPM) – Direct operated pressure reducing valve, of sandwich plate design, for use in vertical stacking assemblies – Porting pattern to ISO 4401-05, NFPA T 3.5.1 M R1 and ANSI B 93.7 D 05 – Option of pressure reduction in pressure supply line or in one of the service lines – Four pressure adjustment options • Rotary handwheel • Screw adjustment with locknut and protective cap

Model ZDR 10 DP 2–5X/. .Y. . • Key lock rotary handknob with adjustment scale • Rotary handknob with adjustment scale – Four pressure adjustment ranges available to 3000 PSI – Optional built-in reverse free flow check valve – Maximum spring setting, valve is permitted to 4600 PSI

Ordering code

Z DR 10 D

– 5X

Sandwich plate design = Z Pressure reducing valve = DR Size 10, D 05 = 10 Direct operated =D Pressure reduction in port A2 =A Pressure reduction in port P1 =B (Pilot control signal from port B) Pressure reduction in port P1 =P Adjustment mechanism Rotary handwheel =1 =2 Screw adjustment with locknut and protective cap Series 50 to 59 (50 to 59; externally interchangeable) = 5X

Y

12

*

Further details to be written in clear text Gauge port connection 12 = SAE threads no code = NBR seals, suitable for petroleum oils (HM, HL, HLP) no code = with reverse free-flow check valve (Model ZDR 6 "DA" only) M= without reverse free-flow check valve Y= Internally piloted, externally drained Adjustable secondary "reduced" pressure range 25 = ... 25 bar (365 PSI) 75 = ... 75 bar (1090 PSI) 150 = ... 150 bar (2175 PSI) 210 = ... 210 bar (3050 PSI)

Technical data (For applications outside these parameters, please consult us!) Hydraulic fluid

Petroleum oil (HL; HLP); phosphate ester (HFD-R)

Temperature range of fluid

°C (°F) mm2/s (SUS)

Viscosity range Fluid cleanliness

NBR seals: –30 to +80 (–22 to +176) FPM seals: –20 to +80 (–4 to +176) 10 to 800 (60 to 3710) Maximum permissible degree of contamination to ISO 4406, class 18/15. For this, we recommend a filter with a minmum retention rate of ß10 ≥ 75.

Operating pressure (inlet)

bar (PSI)

315 (4600)

Reduced pressure (outlet)

bar (PSI)

25 (365); 75 (1090); 150 (2175); 210 (3050)

bar (PSI)

160 (2320)

Back presure Maximum permissible flow Weight (approx.) Pressure Control Valves

Port T (Y)

L/min (GPM) kg (lbs.)

80 (21) 2.8 (6.1) 246

Section 5

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 26 564/06.98 Page 1 of 1 Issue: 01.01

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Pressure reducing valve, direct operated Model DR 6 DP Size 6 Series 5X Maximum operating pressure 315 bar (4600 PSI) Maximum flow 60 L/min (16 GPM) – – – – –

Direct operated pressure reducing valve Mounts on standard ISO 5781-03, NFPA/ANSI P 03 For subplates, see datasheet RA 45 052 Pressure adjustment options Four pressure adjustment ranges available to 315 bar (4600 PSI) – Optional built-in reverse free flow check valve

Model DR 6 DP 2–5X/…YM…

Ordering code DR Pressure reducing valve Size 6, P 03

6

D

P

–5X

Y

*

= DR

Further details to be written in clear text

=6

Direct operated

=D

Subplate mounted

12 =

=P

Adjustment mechanism Rotary handwheel Screw adjustment with locknut and protective cap Series 50 to 59 (50 to 59; externally interchangeable) Adjustable secondary "reduced" pressure range ... 25 bar (365 PSI) ... 75 bar (1090 PSI) ... 150 bar (2175 PSI) ... 210 bar (3050 PSI)

no code = =1 =2

no code = M=

= 5X Y=

Gauge port connection SAE threads NBR seals, suitable for petroleum oils (HM, HL, HLP)

With reverse free-flow check valve Without reverse free-flow check valve Internally piloted, externally drained

= 25 = 75 = 150 = 210

Technical data Hydraulic fluid

Petroleum oils (HM, HL, HLP); Phosphate ester fluids (HFD-R)

Operating pressure

Port P

bar (PSI)

... 315 (4600)

Reduced pressure

Port A

bar (PSI)

... 25 (365), ... 75 (1090), ... 150 (2175), ... 210 (3050)

Back pressure

Port T (Y)

bar (PSI)

... 160 (2320)

Maximum permissible flow Weight (approx.)

Pressure Control Valves

L/min (GPM)

... 60 (16)

kg (lbs.)

1.2 (2.6)

247

Section 5

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 26 864/06.98 Page 1 of 1 Issue: 01.01

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Pilot operated pressure reducing valve Model ZDRK 10 V Size 10 Series 1X Maximum operating pressure 210 bar (3050 PSI) Maximum flow 80 L/min (21 GPM) – Mounting pattern to ISO 4401-05, NFPA T3.5. MR1 and ANSI B 93.7 D 05 – Sandwich plate design – Three pressure ranges – Setting element: Screw adjustment with protective cap – Check valve option for Models VA and VB – Optional pressure gauge port

Model ZDRK 10 VP 5–1X/…V

Ordering code Z DRK 10 V

5 – 1X

Y

*

Sandwich plate design = Z Pressure reducing valve

Further details to be written in clear text Gauge port connection 12 = SAE threads

= DRK

Size 6, D 03

= 10

Pilot operated

V=

=V

Pressure reduction in port A2 Pressure reduction in port B2 Pressure reduction in port P1

=A =B =P

Adjustment mechanism Screw adjustment with locknut and protective cap Series 10 to 19 (10 to 19; externally interchangeable)

FPM seals, suitable for phosphate ester oils (HFD-R)

no code = M= Y=

=5 = 1X

50 = 100 = 210 =

with reverse free-flow check valve (Models VA and VB) without reverse free-flow check valve Internally piloted, externally drained

Adjustable secondary "reduced" pressure range ... 50 bar (725 PSI) ... 100 bar (1450 PSI) ... 210 bar (3000 PSI)

Technical data Nominal pressure (inlet)

bar (PSI)

up to 210 (3050)

Secondary pressure

(Ports A1, B1 or P2)

bar (PSI)

up to 210 (3050)

Back pressure

(Ports TA, TB)

bar (PSI)

up to 160 (2320)

Flow, max. Weights

Pressure Control Valves

L/min (GPM)

80 (21)

Model VA and VB

kg (lbs.)

approx. 1.5 (3.3)

Model VP

kg (lbs.)

approx. 1.1 (2.4)

248

Section 5

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 26 861/06.98 Page 1 of 1 Issue: 01.01

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Pressure reducing valve, pilot operated Model ZDR 10 V, sandwich mounted Size 10, Series 3X Maximum operating pressure 315 bar (4600 PSI) Maximum flow 100 L/min (26.5 GPM) – Pilot operated pressure reducing valve, of sandwich plate design, for use in vertical stacking assemblies – Porting pattern to ISO 4401-5, NFPA T3.5.1 M R1 and ANSI B 93.7 D 05 – Option of pressure reduction in supply line or in one of the service lines – Compact design, with excellent pressure underride characteristics – Pressure adjustment options – Four pressure adjustment ranges available to 315 bar (4600 PSI) – Optional gauge port connection

Model ZDR 10 VP 2–3X/…YM…

Ordering code Z DR 10 V

– 3X

Y

*

Sandwich plate des. = Z Pressure reducing valve = DR Size 10, D 05

12 =

= 10

Pilot operated

no code =

=V

Pressure reduction in port P1

=P

Adjustment mechanism Rotary handwheel Screw adjustment w/ locknut and protective cap Series 30 to 39 (30 to 39; externally interchangeable)

M= no code =

=4 =5

Y= = 3X

50 = 100 = 200 = 315 =

Further details to be written in clear text Gauge port connection SAE threads NBR seals, suitable for petroleum oils (HM, HL, HLP) without reverse free-flow check valve with pressure gauge connection Internally piloted, externally drained

Adjustable secondary "reduced" pressure range ... 50 bar (725 PSI) ... 100 bar (1450 PSI) ... 200 bar (2900 PSI) ... 315 bar (4600 PSI)

Technical data Operating pressure (Inlet ports A1, B1 or P2)

bar (PSI)

... 315 (4600)

Reduced pressure (Outlet ports A2, B2 or P1)

bar (PSI)

...50 (725), ...100 (1450), ...200 (2900), ...315 (4600)

Back pressure (Port TA, TB)

bar (PSI)

... 160 (2320)

Maximum permissible flow Weight (approx.)

Pressure Control Valves

L/min (GPM) (Model VP)

kg (lbs.)

... 100 (26.4) 2.3 (5.1)

249

Section 5

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 26868/01.05 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 06.06

Pressure reducing valve, pilot operated Model ZDRY 10V Size 10 Series 1X Maximum operating pressure 315 bar (4500 PSI) Maximum flow 120 L/min (31.7 GPM) – – – – – – –

Modular valve Mounting hole configuration to ISO 4401-05-04-0-94 Four pressure stages Pressure reduction in duct A, B, or P Check valve in versions “VA” and “VB” Pressure gauge connection G 1/4 Setting element: • Sleeve with hexagon jacket • Rotary knob, lockable, with scale – Subplate as per catalog section RE 45055 (order separately)

Model ZDRY 10V

Ordering code Z Modular valve

DR

Y

10

V

– 1X /

Y

V

*

=Z

Pressure reducing valve

Further information in plain text No code = = DR

3-way pressure reducing valve

=Y

Nominal size 10

= 10

Pilot operated Pressure reduction in A-duct Pressure reduction in B-duc Pressure reduction in P-duct Setting elements Sleeve with hexagon socket Rotary knob, lockable, with scale 1)

No code = M=

=V =A =B =P

Y= 130 = 180 = 160 = 315 =

=2 =6

FPM seals (other seals available on request) Note Take compatibility of seals and pressure fluid into account! with check valve without check valve Internal control oil supply, external control oil drain

Secondary pressure 4 to 30 bar (58 to 435 PSI) Secondary pressure 4 to 80 bar (58 to 1160 PSI) Secondary pressure 8 to 160 bar (116 to 2320 PSI) Secondary pressure 8 to 315 bar (116 to 4500 PSI)

Unit series 10 to 19 = 1X (10 to 19: installation and connection dimensions unchanged) 1)

2H key is included in scope of delivery

Pressure Control Valves

250

Section 5

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 26868/01.05 Page 2 of 2 Issue: 06.06

Technical data General Valve function

Pressure reducing valve, pilot operated

Type of mounting

Intermediate plate NG10, ISO 4401-05-04-0-94

Installation position

Optional

Weight

kg (lbs.) 2.7 (5.95)

Hydraulic Pressure fluid

Mineral oil (HL, HLP) to DIN 51524. Rapidly biodegradable pressure fluids to VDMA 24568 (see also RE 90221), HETG (rapeseed oil), HEPG (polyglycols), HEES (synthetic ester), other pressure fluids available on request

Maximum permissible degree of contamination of pressure fluid Purity class to ISO 4406 (c)

Class 20/18/15 1)

Pressure fluid temperature range

°C (°F) –20 to +80 (–4 to +176) FPM (Viton® Dupont)

Seals Viscosity range

mm2/s (SUS) 10 to 500 (46 to 2320)

Max. setting pressure (outlet)

bar (PSI)

Max. working pressure (inlet)

bar (PSI)

Max. flow rate 1)

30 (435)

80 (1160)

Setting pressure +120 (1740)

160 (2320)

315 (4500)

Setting pressure +200 or 315 (2900 to 4500)

l/min (GPM) 120 (31.7)

The purity classes stated for the components must be complied with in hydraulic systems. Effective filtration prevents problems and also extends the service life of components. For a selection of filters, see catalog sections RE 50070, RE 50076 and RE 50081.

Pressure Control Valves

251

Section 5

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 26 892/06.98 Page 1 of 1 Issue: 01.01

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Pressure reducing valve, pilot operated Model DR Sizes 10 to 30, Series 5X Maximum operating pressure 350 bar (5000 PSI) Maximum flow 400 L/min (105 GPM) – Pilot operated pressure reducing valve – Subplate design – Mounts on standard ISO 5781-06, 08, or 10, NFPA/ANSI P 06, P 08, or P 10 interfaces – Two pressure adjustment options – Four pressure ranges available, to 5000 PSI – Optional built-in reverse free flow check valve

Model DR20-5-5X/315Y..

Ordering code DR Pressure reducing valve

– 5X

Y

*

Further details to be written in clear text

= DR

Complete valve

= no code

12 = SAE threaded housing (standard) no code =

Subplate mounting Ordering code

NFPA/ANSI interface standard

Subplates available SAE

10

P 06

3/8" and 1/2"

20

P 08

3/4" and 1"

30

P 10

1-1/4" and 1-1/2"

Subplate mounted

no code = M= Y=

With reverse free-flow check valve (only for subplate mounted valves) Without reverse free-flow check valve Internally piloted; externally drained Maximum pressure setting ... 50 bar (725 PSI) ... 100 bar (1450 PSI) ... 200 bar (2900 PSI) ... 315 bar (4600 PSI)

50 = 100 = 200 = 315 =

= no code

Adjustment mechanism Hand knob Screw adjustment with locknut and protective cap

NBR seals, suitable for petroleum oils (HM, HL, HLP)

=4 =5

5X =

Series 50 to 59 (50 to 59; externally interchangeable)

Technical data Mounting position

Optional

Weight (approx.)

Valve size

– Subplate mounted

DR

10

20

30

3.5 (11.7)

8.0 (17.7)

kg (lbs.)

3.4 (7.5)

Inlet pressure, port B

bar (PSI)

... 315 (4600)

Outlet pressure, port A

bar (PSI)

10 to 315 (145 to 4600)

bar (PSI)

... 315 (4600)

bar (PSI)

... 50 (725), ... 100 (1450), ... 200 (2900), ... 315 (4600), ... 350 (5000)

Backpressure, port Y Setting pressure

maximum

Maximum flow

Valve size 1)

1)

– Subplate mounting For subplates, see data sheet RA 45 062.

Pressure Control Valves

L/min (GPM)

252

10

20

30

150 (39.6)

300 (79.2)

400 (105.7)

Section 5

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 26 893/04.92 Page 1 of 1 Issue: 01.01

Pressure reducing valve, pilot operated Model DR Sizes 10 and 20, Series 4X Maximum operating pressure 315 bar (4600 PSI) Maximum flow 160 L/min (42 GPM) – Pilot operated pressure reducing valve – For subplates, see datasheet RA 45 062 – Mounting style: • Threaded in-line mounting – Pressure adjustment options: Rotary handknob Screw adjustment with locknut and protective cap

DR 20 G-4-4X/..

Ordering code DR Pressure reducing valve

Y

12

*

= DR

Further details to be written in clear text

12 = SAE threaded housing (standard) Threaded in-line connections “G” Ordering code

SAE

10

-8; 3/4-16

20

-16; 1 5/16-12

Threaded connection for in-line mounting

no code = M= Y=

Adjustment mechanism Rotary handknob Screw adjustment with locknut and protective cap

=4 =5

Without reverse free-flow check valve Internally piloted; externally drained

Adjustable secondary “reduced” pressure range 10 … 50 bar (145... 725 PSI) 10 … 100 bar (145... 1450 PSI) 10 … 200 bar (145... 2900 PSI) 10 … 315 bar (145... 4600 PSI)

50 = 100 = 200 = 315 =

=G

NBR seals, suitable for petroleum oils (HM, HL, HLP)

4X =

Series 40 to 49 (40 to 49; externally interchangeable)

Technical data Size

10

Hydraulic fluid Fluid temperature range Viscosity range

20

Petroleum oils (HM, HL, HLP); Phosphate ester fluids (HFD-R) °C (°F) mm2/s (SUS)

Maximum degree of fluid contamination

NBR seals: –30 to +80 (–22 to 176) FPM seals: –20 to +80 (–4 to 176) 10 to 800 (60 to 3170) Class 18/15 according to ISO 4406. Therefore, we recommend a filter with a retention rate of ß10 ≥ 75.

Operating pressure, port B inlet

bar (PSI)

... 315 (4600)

Reduced pressure, port A outlet

bar (PSI)

... 50 (725), ... 100 (1450), ... 200 (2900), ... 315 (4600)

Backpressure, port Y

bar (PSI)

... 250 (3625)

Flow Threaded housing for in-line mount

Pressure Control Valves

L/min (GPM)

80 (21.1)

253

160 (42.3)

Section 5

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 26 580/06.98 Page 1 of 1 Issue: 01.01

Pressure reducing valve, direct operated Model DR 10 DP Sizes 10, Series 5X Maximum operating pressure 210 bar (3050 PSI) 1) Maximum flow 80 L/min (21 GPM) – Direct operated pressure reducing valve – Mounts on standard ISO 5781-06, NFPA/ANSI P 06 interfaces – For subplates, see datasheet RA 45 062 – Pressure adjustment options – Four pressure adjustment ranges available to 210 bar (3050 PSI) – Optional built-in reverse free flow check valve – Pressure gauge port

Model DR 10 DP 2–4X/…YM… 1)

Maximum spring setting, however valve is permitted to 4600 PSI

Ordering code DR 10 Pressure reducing valve

D

P

– 4X

Y

* Further details to be written in clear text

= DR

Size 10, P 06

= 10

Direct operated

12 =

=D

Subplate mounted

=P

Rotary handknob Screw adjustment with locknut and protective cap

SAE threaded gauge port

no desig. =

NBR seals suitable for petroleum oils (HM, HL, HLP)

=1 =2

Series 4X = 4X (40 to 49, installation and connection dimensions remain unchanged)

no desig. =

Adjustable secondary “reduced” pressure range ... 25 bar (365 PSI) ... 75 bar (1090 PSI) ... 150 bar (2175 PSI) ... 210 bar (3050 PSI)

= 25 = 75 = 150 = 210

M= Y=

With reverse free-flow check valve Without reverse free-flow check valve

Internally piloted, externally drained

Technical data Hydraulic fluid Fluid temperature range

°C (°F) mm2/s (SUS)

Viscosity range Maximum degree of fluid contamination Operating pressure Adjustable secondary pressure (output) Back pressure Maximum flow Installation position Weight Pressure Control Valves

Port B Port A Port Y

bar (PSI) bar (PSI) bar (PSI) L/min (GPM) kg (lbs.)

Petroleum oils (HM, HL, HLP), Phosphate ester fluids (HFD-R) NBR seals: –30 to +80 (–22 to 176) FPM seals: –20 to +80 (–4 ... 176) 10 ... 800 (60 ... 3710) (dependent on fluid) Class 18/15 according to ISO 4406. Therefore, we recommend a filter with a retention rate of ß10 ≥ 75. up to 315 (4600) ... 25 (365), ... 75 (1090), ... 150 (2175), ... 210 (3050) up to 160 (2300) up to 80 (21) optional approx. 3 (6.6) 254

Section 5

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 26411/03.98 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 01.01

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Pressure shut-off valve, pilot operated Model DA Nominal sizes 10, 25, 32 Series 5X Maximum operating pressure 315 bar (4600 PSI) Maximum flow 240 L/min (63 GPM) – For subplate mounting (subplates must be ordered separately)1) – For installation in manifolds – Adjustment options: • Rotary knob • Sleeve with internal hexagon and protective cap – Three pressure ratings

Model DA 30 -2-5X/100-17

Ordering code DA

–

– 5X

–

*

Without directional valve = No code Nominal size 10 Nominal size 25 Nominal size 32

Further details to be written in clear text = 10 = 20 = 30

No code = NBR seals V= FPM seals (other seals on request)

Adjustment elements Rotary knob =1 Sleeve with internal hexagon and protective cap = 2

Attention! The compatibility of the seals and pressure fluid has to be taken into account!

Series 50 to 59 = 5X (50 to 59: unchanged installation and connection dimensions) Settable pressure range 50 to 100 bar (725 to 1450 PSI) 100 to 200 bar (1450 to 2900 PSI) 200 to 315 bar (2900 to 4600 PSI)

No code = Y=

= 100 = 200 = 315

10 = 17 =

Internal pilot oil drain External pilot oil drain Switching pressure differential (P ➝ A) In the mid range 10% In the mid range 17%

1) For subplates, see data sheet RA 45 062. Pressure Control Valves

255

Section 5

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 26411/03.98 Page 2 of 2 Issue: 01.01

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data General Nominal size Weight

DA…

kg (lbs.)

Size 10

Size 25

Size 32

2.6 (5.7)

13 (28.7)

27 (60)

Hydraulic technical data Nominal pressure

bar (PSI)

315 (4600)

Maximum operating pressure at port A

bar (PSI)

4500 (after switching from P to T)

Pressure fluid temperature range

NBR seals: –30 to +80 (–86 to +176)

°C (°F)

FPM seals: –20 to +80 (–68 to +176)

mm2/s (SUS)

Viscosity range Maximum flow

°C (°F)

10% version

L/min (GPM)

40 (10.6)

80 (21.1)

120 (31.7)

17% version

L/min (GPM)

60 (15.9)

120 (31.7)

240 (63.4)

Degree of contamination

Maximum set pressure

Pressure Control Valves

10 to 800 (45 to 3720)

Maximum permissible degree of contamination of the pressure fluid is to NAS 1638 class 9. We, therefore, recommend a filter with a minimum retention rate of ß10 ≥ 75. bar (PSI)

256

50 (725), 100 (1450), 200 (2900), 315 (4600)

Section 5

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

For a complete copy of the data sheets in this catalog, visit our website at: www.boschrexroth-us.com u Products and Solutions u Industrial Hydraulics u Products and Catalogs u Preferred Product Catalog

Section 6 Flow Control Valves

The Drive & Control Company

– Throttle, Throttle/Check In-line – MG, MK ...................258 – Sandwich double throttle/check • Z2FSK 6, D03 .................................................................259 • Z2FS 6, D03 ....................................................................260 • Z2FSK 10, D05 ..............................................................261 • Z2FS 10, D05 .................................................................262 – Sandwich double throttle/check • Z2FS 16, D07 .................................................................263 • Z2FS 22, D08 .................................................................264 – Fine throttle – F6 ................................................................265 – Flow control cartridge – 2FRM . K.................................267 – Flow control, sandwich plate design – Z2FRM..................................................................................269 – Temperature and Pressure Compensated Flow Controls – 2FRM • F06, F07 (sizes 10 and 16) .........................................271 • F03 (size 6) ......................................................................272

257 257

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 27 219/06.98 Page 1 of 1 Issue: 01.01

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Throttle and throttle check valves Models MG/MK Sizes 6 to 25 Series 1X Maximum operating pressure 315 bar (4600 PSI) – Throttle and throttle/check valve – For in-line mounting – Leak-free closure in one direction – Pressure, temperature, and viscosity dependent

Model MK .. G1.2/V

Ordering code G Throttle valve Throttle/check valve Size 10 (1/2") Size 15 (3/4") Size 20 (1") Size 25 (1-1/4") In-line mounted

1X

V

* Further details to be written in clear text

= MG = MK

12 = = 10 = 15 = 20 = 25

V=

=G

1X =

SAE threads (size 10, 15, 20, 25 only) FPM seals, suitable for Petroleum oils (HM, HL, HLP) Phosphate ester fluids (HFD-R) Series 1X (10 to 19; externally interchangeable)

Technical data Maximum operating pressure: up to 315 bar (4600 PSI) Cracking pressure for check valve: Model MK: 0.5 bar (7 PSI)

Flow Control Valves

258

Section 6

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 27 510/06.98 Page 1 of 1 Issue: 01.01

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Double throttle/check valve Model Z 2 FSK 6 Size 6 Series 1X Maximum operating pressure 210 bar (3000 PSI) Maximum flow 40 L/min (10.5 GPM) – Mounting pattern to ISO 4401-3, NFPA T3.5. MR1, and ANSI B 93.7 D 03 – Sandwich plate design – Adjustment type: Screw adjustment with protective cap – For throttling the flow to 2 actuator ports, example: control speed of an actuator in both directions – For meter-in or meter-out control as required • O-ring plate included

Model Z 2 FSK 6 – 2–1X/2QV

Ordering code Z Sandwich plate Dual throttle/checks Combination throttle/check valve

2 FSK 6

–

2 – 1X

V

* Further details to be written in clear text

=Z V=

=2 = FSK

Size 6 (D 03) Throttle / check valve in ports A and B

=6 =–

2Q =

Adjustment option Screw adjustment with locknut and protective cap

=2

1X =

FPM seals suitable for petroleum oils (HM, HL, HLP) & phosphate ester fluids (HFD-R) Other seal materials on request Throttling spool with two grooves (when used as a main throttle) Series 10 to 19 (10 to 19, externally interchangeable)

Note: Model Z 2 FS 6–..-4X/.. uses the same adjustment mechanism on both sides (A and B).

Technical data Operating pressure Maximum flow Weight (approx.)

Flow Control Valves

bar (PSI) L/min (GPM) kg (lbs.)

... 210 (3050) 40 (10.5) 0.5 (1.1)

259

Section 6

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 27 506/06.98 Page 1 of 1 Issue: 01.01

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Double throttle/check valve Model Z 2 FS 6 Size 6 Series 4X Maximum operating pressure 315 bar (4600 PSI) Maximum flow 80 L/min (21 GPM) – Throttle valve with reverse free flow check valves – Sandwich plate design for use in vertical stacking assemblies – Used to reduce flow in actuator lines, example: control speed of the actuator in both directions – Meter-in or meter-out control as required • O-ring plate included – Porting pattern to ISO 4401-3, NFPA T3.4.1 MR1, and ANSI B 93.7 D 03

Model Z 2 FS 6 – 2–4X/…

Ordering code Z Sandwich plate

2

FS

6

– 4X

V

* Further details to be written in clear text

=Z

Dual throttle/checks Combination throttle/check valve

V=

=2

FPM seals suitable for petroleum oils (HM, HL, HLP) & phosphate ester fluids (HFD-R) Other seal materials on request

= FS

Size 6 (D 03) Throttle / check valve in ports A and B Throttle/check valve in port A Throttle/check valve in port B

=6 =– =A =B

Adjustment option Screw adjustment with locknut and protective cap

1Q =

Throttling spool with one groove (when used as a pilot choke) Throttling spool with two grooves (when used as a main throttle)

2Q = =2

4X =

Series 40 to 49 (40 to 49, externally interchangeable)

Note: Model Z 2 FS 6–..-4X/.. uses the same adjustment mechanism on both sides (A and B).

Technical data Operating pressure Maximum flow Weight (approx.)

Flow Control Valves

bar (PSI) L/min (GPM) kg (lbs.)

... 315 (4600) 80 (21.1) 0.8 (1.8)

260

Section 6

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 27 524/06.98 Page 1 of 1 Issue: 01.01

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Double throttle/check valve Model Z 2 FSK 10 Size 10 Series 1X Maximum operating pressure 210 bar (3050 PSI) Maximum flow 80 L/miin (21 GPM) – Mounting pattern to ISO 4401-5, NFPA T3.5. MR1, and ANSI B 93.7 D 05 – Sandwich plate design – For throttling the flow to 2 actuator ports, example: control speed of an actuator in both directions – Adjustment type: Screw adjustment with protective cap – For meter-in or meter-out control as required • O-ring plate included

Model Z2FSK10-2-1X/2QV

Ordering code Z Sandwich plate

2 FSK 10

–

2 – 1X

V

* Further details to be written in clear text

=Z

Dual throttle/checks Combination throttle/check valve

V=

=2 = FSK

Size 6 (D 03)

= 10

Throttle / check valve in ports A and B Adjustment option Screw adjustment with locknut and protective cap

2Q = =– 1X = =2

NBR seals suitable for petroleum oils (HM, HL, HLP) & phosphate ester fluids (HFD-R) Throttling spool with two grooves (when used as a main throttle) Series 10 to 19 (10 to 19, externally interchangeable)

Note: For model Z 2 FS 10–..–3X/.. the same adjustment option is used on sides A and B.

Technical data Operating pressure Maximum flow Weight (approx.)

Flow Control Valves

PSI

... 3050

GPM

21

lbs

2.6

261

Section 6

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 27 518/06.98 Page 1 of 1 Issue: 01.01

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Double throttle/check valve Model Z 2 FS 10 Size 10 Series 3X Maximum operating pressure 210 bar (3050 PSI) Maximum flow 120 L/min (32 GPM) – Mounting pattern to ISO 4401-5, NFPA T3.5. MR1, and ANSI B 93.7 D 05 – Sandwich plate design – For throttling the flow to 2 actuator ports, example: control speed of an actuator in both directions – Adjustment type: Screw adjustment with protective cap – For meter-in or meter-out control as required • O-ring plate included

Ordering code Z 2 FS

–3X

10

V

*

Dual throttle/check valve Size 10

V=

= 10

Throttle/check valve side A and B Adjustment option Screw adjustment with locknut and protective cap

=– no code =

=5 3X =

Further details to be written in clear text NBR seals, suitable for petroleum oils (HM, HL, HLP) and phosphate ester fluids (HFD-R) (with dual throttle /check valves) meter-in or meter out control (this valve may be turned over) Series 30 to 39 (30 to 39, externally interchangeable)

Technical data Flow direction Operating pressure Maximum flow Weight (approx.)

Flow Control Valves

The same for both valves; throttle in one direction, reverse free flow across check valve in the other bar (PSI)

... 315 (4600)

L/min (GPM)

120 (32)

kg (lbs.)

3.1 (6.8)

262

Section 6

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 27 526/06.98 Page 1 of 1 Issue: 06.04

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Double throttle/check valve Model Z 2 FS 16 Size 16 Series 3X Maximum operating pressure 350 bar (5100 PSI) Maximum flow 250 L/min (66 GPM) – – – – –

Throttle valve with reverse free-flow valves Sandwich plate design for use in vertical stacking assemblies Control speed of the actuator in both directions Meter-in or meter-out control as required Porting pattern to ISO 4401-7, NFPA T 3.5.1 M R1 and NFPA/ANSI B 93.7 D 07

Ordering code Z Sandwich plate Dual throttle/checks Combination throttle/check valve Size 16 (D 07) Series 3X (30 to 39: externally interchangeable)

2

FS

16 – 3X /

* Further details to be written in clear text

=Z no code =

=2 = FS

V= = 16 = 3X

NBR seals, suitable for petroleum oils (HM, HL, HLP) FPM seals (standard) suitable for phosphate-ester fluids (HFD-R)

S= S2 =

Throttle control meter-in Throttle control meter-out

Technical data Flow direction

The same for both valves; throttled in one direction, reverse free-flow across check valve in the other

Hydraulic fluid

Petroleum oils (HM, HL, HLP) Phosphate-ester fluids (HFD-R)

Fluid temperature range

°C (°F)

Maximum degree of fluid contamination Operating pressure Maximum flow Weight (approx.)

Flow Control Valves

NBR seals: –30 to +80 (–22 to +176) FPM seals: –20 to _80 (–4 to +176) Class 18/15 according to ISO 4406. Therefore, we recommend a filter with a retention rate of ß10 ≤ 75.

bar (PSI) L/min (GPM) kg (lbs.)

... 350 (5100) 250 (66) 4.7 (10.4)

263

Section 6

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 27 536/06.98 Page 1 of 1 Issue: 06.04

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Double throttle/check valve Model Z 2 FS 22 Size 22 Series 3X Maximum operating pressure 350 bar (5100 PSI) Maximum flow 360 L/min (95 GPM) – – – – –

Throttle valve with reverse free-flow valves Sandwich plate design for use in vertical stacking assemblies Control speed of the actuator in both directions Meter-in or meter-out control as required Porting pattern to ISO 4401-8, NFPA T 3.5.1 M R1 and NFPA/ANSI B 93.7 D 08

Ordering code Z Sandwich plate Dual throttle/checks Combination throttle/check valve Size 22/25 (D 08)

2

FS

22 – 3X /

* Further details to be written in clear text

=Z no code =

=2 = FS

V= = 22

Series 3X (30 to 39: externally interchangeable)

= 3X

NBR seals, suitable for petroleum oils (HM, HL, HLP) FPM seals (standard) suitable for phosphate-ester fluids (HFD-R)

S= S2 =

Throttle control meter-in Throttle control meter-out

Technical data Flow direction

The same for both valves; throttled in one direction, reverse freeflow across check valve in the other

Hydraulic fluid

Petroleum oils (HM, HL, HLP) Phosphate-ester fluids (HFD-R)

Fluid temperature range

°C (°F)

Maximum degree of fluid contamination Operating pressure Maximum flow Weight (approx.)

Flow Control Valves

NBR seals: –30 to +80 (–22 to +176) FPM seals: –20 to +80 (–4 to +176) Class 18/15 according to ISO 4406. Therefore, we recommend a filter with a retention rate of ß10 ≤ 75.

bar (PSI) L/min (GPM) kg (lbs.)

... 350 (5100) 360 (95) 8 (17.6)

264

Section 6

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 27763/10.05 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 06.06

Fine throttle Model F6 Nominal sizes 6 Series 1X Max. working pressure up to 315 bar (4500 PSI) Max. flow 60 l/min (15.85 GPM) – For subplate mounting – Throttle valve or throttle check valve

Model F6

Ordering data F Throttle valve (fine throttle) Nominal size 6 For subplate mounting to ISO 5781 Setting element Hexagon socket with lock nut

6

ZP

2 – 1X / 60

V

* Further information in plain text

=F =6

V= = ZP =2

Unit series 10 to 19 = 1X (10 to 19: installation and connection dimensions unchanged)

Flow Control Valves

R

265

R= 60 =

FPM seals (other seals available on request) Note Take compatibility of seals and pressure fluid into account! With by-pass check valve Qmax = 60 l/min (15.85 GPM)

Section 6

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 27763/10.05 Page 2 of 2 Issue: 06.06

Technical data General Valve function

Throttle valve or throttle check valve

Type of mounting

Subplate mounting, mounting hole configuration NG6, ISO 5781

Installation position

Optional

Ambient temperature range Weight

°C (°F) –25 to +50 (–13 to +122) kg (lbs.) 1.0 (2.2)

Hydraulic Pressure fluid

Mineral oil (HL, HLP) to DIN 51524. Rapidly biodegradable pressure fluids to VDMA 24568 (see also RE 90221), HETG (rapeseed oil), HEPG (polyglycols), HEES (synthetic ester), other pressure fluids available on request

Maximum permissible degree of contamination of pressure fluid Purity class to ISO 4406 (c)

Class 20/18/15 1)

Pressure fluid temperature range Seals Viscosity range Max. working pressure

°C (°F) –25 to +80 (–13 to +176) FPM (Viton® Dupont) mm2/s (SUS) 10 to 500 (45 to 2320) bar (PSI) 315 (4500)

Max. flow rate

l/min (GPM) 60 (15.85)

Min. flow rate

l/min (GPM) 0.2 (0.05)

1)

The purity classes stated for the components must be complied with in hydraulic systems. Effective filtration prevents problems and also extends the service life of components. For a selection of filters, see catalog sections RE 50070, RE 50076 and RE 50081.

Flow Control Valves

266

Section 6

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 28155/11.02 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 06.06

2-way flow control valve, Model 2 FRM . K Nominal sizes 6 and 10 Series 1X Max. pressure up to 315 bar (4500 PSI) Max. flow 60 l/min (15.85 GPM) – – – –

Cartridge valve Adjustment element with internal hexagon With built-in check valve Low start-up jump Model 2FRM 6 K2-1X/6QRV

Ordering details, preferred types 2FRM

K

2 – 1X /

R

V

*

2-way flow control valve Nominal size 6 Nominal size 10 Cartridge valve Adjustment element Internal hexagon

Further details in clear text =6 = 10

V=

Attention! The compatibility of the seals and pressure fluid has to be taken into account!

=K =2 R=

Series 10 to 19 = 1X (10 to 19: unchanged installation and connection dimensions)

Flow Control Valves

FKM seals (other seals on request)

267

6Q = 32Q = 60Q =

With check valve Flow (A → B) Up to 6.0 L/min (1.59 GPM) – nom. size 6 Up to 32.0 L/min (8.45 GPM) – nom. size 6 Up to 60.0 L/min (15.85 GPM) – nom. size 10

Section 6

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 28155/11.02 Page 2 of 2 Issue: 06.06

Technical data (for applications outside these parameters, please consult us!) General

NS 6

Installation

NS 10

Optional

Ambient temperature range

°C (°F) –20 to +50 (–4 to +122)

Weight

kg (lbs.)

0.19 (0.42)

0.6 (1.32)

Maximum operating pressure, port A

bar (PSI)

315 (4500)

210 (3045)

Pressure differential Δp for free return flow B → A

bar (PSI) See characteristic curves on page 3

Minimum pressure differential

bar (PSI)

18 (261)

18 (261)

%

±3(pV max)

±3(pV min)

Hydraulic

Pressure stable up to Δp = 315 / 210 bar (4500 / 3045 PSI) Flow

L/min (GPM)

pV max pV min

3

3

cm /min (in /min)

Pressure fluid

60 (15.85)

50 (3.05)

250 (15.25)

500 (30.51)

°C (°F) –20 to +80 (–4 to +176) 2

mm /s (SUS) 10 to 800 (46 to 3712)

Cleanliness class to ISO code

1)

32 (8.45)

Mineral oil (HL, HLP) to DIN 51 524; Fast bio de-gradable pressure fluids to VDMA 24 568 (also see RE 90 221); HETG (rape seed oil); HEPG (polyglycols); HEES (synthetic ester); other pressure fluids on request

Pressure fluid temperature range Viscosity range

6.0 (1.59)

Maximum permissible degree of contamination of the pressure fluid is to ISO 4406 (C) class 20/18/151)

The cleanliness class stated for the components must be adhered too in hydraulic systems. Effective filtration prevents faults from occurring and at the same time increases the component service life.

Flow Control Valves

268

Section 6

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 28164/02.03 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 06.06

Flow control valve, Model Z2FRM Nominal sizes 6 Series 2X Max. pressure up to 315 bar (4500 PSI) Max. flow 32 l/min (8.45 GPM) – Sandwich plate valve – Porting pattern to DIN 24 340 Form A, without locating pin hole (standard) – Porting pattern to ISO 4401 and CETOP–RP 121 H, with locating pin hole, (ordering code .../60 at the end of the valve type code) – With 1 or 2 flow control cartridges – Adjustment element with internal hexagon

Model Z2FRM 6 CB2-2X/32QRV

Ordering details Z Sandwich plate

2FRM

6

B

2 – 2X /

R

V

* Further details in clear text

=Z

No code = Without locating pin hole /60 2) = With locating pin hole

2-way flow control valve Nominal size 6

=6

Flow control function (meter-out control) in Port Port B Ports A and B Port T 1) Without closing of the pressure componsator Adjustment element with internal hexagon

V= =A =B =C =T

Attention! The compatibility of the seals and pressure fluid has to be taken into account! R=

=B =2

Series 20 to 29 (20 to 29: unchanged installation and connection dimensions)

=2X

6Q = 32Q = 1)

2)

Flow Control Valves

FKM seals (other seals on request)

269

With check valve Flow Up to 6.0 L/min (1.59 GPM) Up to 32.0 L/min (8.45 GPM)

By rotating through the longitudinal axis a flow control function in port P is achieved (meter-in control), also see page 7. Locating pin 3 x 8 DIN EN ISO 8752, Material No. R900005694 (seperate order)

Section 6

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 28164/02.03 Page 2 of 2 Issue: 06.06

Technical data (for applications outside these parameters, please consult us!) General Connection type

– Porting pattern to DIN 24 340 Form A, without locating pin hole (standard) – Porting pattern to ISO 4401 and CETOP-RP121H, with locating pin hole, (ordering code .../60 at the end of the valve type code)

Ambient temperature range

°C (°F) –20 to +50 (–4 to +122)

Weight

kg (lbs.) 1.3 (2.87) – flow control function in ports A, B or T 1.4 (3.09) – flow control function in ports A and B

Hydraulic Nominal pressure Minimum pressure differential

bar (PSI) 315 (4500) At qV max

bar (PSI) 18 (260)

At qV min

bar (PSI) 7 (100)

Pressure stable up to Δp = 315 bar (4500 PSI) Flow range Pressure fluid

Pressure fluid temperature range Viscosity range Cleanliness class to ISO code 1)

% ± 3 (qV max)

qV max

L/min (GPM) 6 (1.59); 32 (8.45)

qV min

cm3/min (in3/min) 50 (3.05); 250 (15.25) Mineral oil (HL, HLP) to DIN 51 524; Fast bio-degradable pressure fluids to VDMA 24 568 (also see RE 90 221); HETG (rape seed oil); HEPG (polyglycols); HEES (synthetic ester); Other pressure fluids on request °C (°F) –20 to +80 (–4 to +176) mm2/s (SUS) 10 to 800 (46 to 3712) Maximum permissible degree of contamination of the pressure fluid is to ISO 4406 (C) class 20/18/15 1)

The cleanliness class stated for the components must be adhered too in hydraulic systems. Effective filtration prevents faults from occurring and at the same time increases the component service life.

Flow Control Valves

270

Section 6

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 28 389/06.98 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 01.01

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

2-way flow control valves, pressure compensated Model 2FRM… Sizes 10 and 16 Series 3X Maximum operating pressure 315 bar (4600 PSI) Maximum flow 160 L/min (42.5 GPM) – Pressure compensated flow control – Anti-lunge adjustment option on hydrostat, for smooth initial motion of the actuator – Freewheeling, key lockable handknob adjustment, Model 2FRM – Mounts on standard ISO 6263-06-2, 07-2, NFPA T3.5.1 MR1 2 FO 6, 2 FO 7 interface, for subplates see RA 45 066 – Linear adjustment characteristics with scale for frequent adjustment reference

Model 2FRM 10 -3X/..

Ordering code 2 2-Way

FR

M

– 3X

=2

Flow control valve, Pressure compensated

Further details to be written in clear text = FR

Manual lockable handknob adjustment Size 10 (2 F0 6) Size 16 (2 F0 7) Series 30 to 39 (30 to 39: externally interchangeable)

V=

=M = 10 = 16 = 3X

= = = =

Size 16, linear up to 60 L/min (15.85 GPM) up to 100 L/min (26.42 GPM) up to 160 L/min (42.27 GPM)

= 60L = 100L = 160L

Without anti-lunge adjustment With anti-lunge adjustment

NBR seals suitable for petroleum oils (HM, HL, HLP) FPM seals suitable for phosphate ester fluids (HFD-R)

no code =

Flow range A → B Size 10, linear up to 10 L/min (2.64 GPM) up to 16 L/min (4.23 GPM) up to 25 L/min (6.6 GPM) up to 50 L/min (13.21 GPM)

Flow Control Valves

*

10L 16L 25L 50L

= no code =B

271

Section 6

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 28 389/06.98 Page 2 of 2 Issue: 01.01

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data General Weight (approx.) Model 2FRM Mounting pos.

kg (lbs.)

Size 10

Size 16

5.6 (12.3)

11.3 (24.9 )

Model 2FRM

Optional

2FRM... Size 10 (2 FO 6) Flow qV max A → B Dp with reverse free flow B → A across check valve qV-related Flow

• temperature-stability: • pressure-stability:

L/min (GPM) bar (PSI) –20 to 70 °C (– 4 to 158 °F) Δp = 315 bar (4600 PSI)

Operating pressure, port A

bar (PSI)

Minimum pressure drop

bar (PSI)

Flow Control Valves

Size 16 (2 FO 7)

10 16 25 50 (2.64) (4.23) (6.60) (13.21) 2.0 (29)

2.5 3.5 (36.3) (50.8)

6.0 (87)

60 (15.85)

100 (26.42)

160 (42.27)

2.8 (40.6)

4.3 (62.4)

7.3 (106)

±2% (qV max) < ±5% (qV max) up to 315 (4600) 3 to 7 (44 to 102)

272

5 to 12 (73 to 175)

Section 6

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 28 163/06.98 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 01.01

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

2-way flow control valve Model 2FRM 6 Size 6 Series 3X Maximum operating pressure 315 bar (4600 PSI) Maximum flow 32 L/min (8.45 GPM) – Pressure compensated flow control valve – Mounts on standard ISO 6263-03, NFPA T3.5.1 M R1 2 FO 3 interface, for subplates see RA 45 052 – External closure of compensator possible – Available with reverse free-flow check valve – Handknob with high resolution scale for accurate flow settings and frequent adjustment reference – Optional lockable handknob adjustment, with keys – Pressure compensator designed to reduce actuator lunge at start – Sharp-edged orifice for temperature/viscosity immunity

Models 2FRM 6 .36-3X/..V

Ordering code 2FRM

6

6 – 3X

V

*

2-way flow control valve Size 6, NFPA 2 FO 3 With external closing of the pressure compensator (lunge control) Without external closing of the pressure compensator Adjustment element Lockable handknob with scale 1) Handknob with scale Zero position of the scale at port P

Further details in clear text =6

V= =A

Attention! The compatibility of the seals and fluid must be taken into account!

=B R= M=

=3 =7 =6 = 3X

H-key with part no. 00008158 is included within the scope of supply.

Flow Control Valves

with check valve without check valve Flow (A → B)

Series 30 to 39 (30 to 39, externally interchangeable) 1)

FPM seals (other seals on request)

273

0.6Q 1.5Q 6Q 10Q 16Q 25Q 32Q

= = = = = = =

up to 0.6 L/min (0.159 GPM) up to 1.5 L/min (0.396 GPM) up to 6.0 L/min (1.585 GPM) up to 10.0 L/min (2.642 GPM) up to 16.0 L/min (4.227 GPM) up to 25.0 L/min (6.604 GPM) up to 32.0 L/min (8.454 GPM)

Section 6

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 28 163/06.98 Page 2 of 2 Issue: 01.01

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data Weight

2FRM 6 A…; 2FRM 6 B…

kg (lbs.)

Ambient temperature range

°C (°F)

Maximum operating pressure at port A

bar (PSI)

Pressure fluid

–30 to +50 (–86 to +122) 315 (4600) Mineral oil (HL, HLP) to DIN 51 524; fast bio-degradable pressure fluids to VDMA 24 568 (also see RA 90 221); HETG (rape seed oil); HEPG (polyglycole); HEES (synthetic ester); other fluids on request

Pressure fluid temperature range

°C (°F) mm2/s (SUS)

Viscosity range Flow

approx. 1.3 (2.865)

–20 to +80) –68 to +176 10 to 800 (45 to 3720)

L/min (GPM)

0.6 (0.159)

1.5 (0.396)

6.0 (1.585)

10.0 (2.642)

16.0 (4.227)

25.0 (6.604)

32.0 (8.454)

qV min to 100 bar

cm3/min (in3/min)

15 (0.394)

15 (0.394)

25 (1.526)

50 (3.051)

70 (4.27)

100 (6.1)

250 (15.26)

qV min to 315 bar

cm3/min (in3/min)

25 (1.526)

25 (1.526)

25 (1.526)

50 (3.051)

70 (4.27)

100 (6.1)

250 (15.26)

qV max

Degree of contamination

Maximum permissible degree of contamination of the pressure fluid is to NAS 1638 class 9. We, therefore, recommend a filter with a minimum retention rate of ß10 ≥ 75.

Pressure differential Δp for free return flow B → A

see characteristic curves on page 6

Minimum pressure differential Pressure stability up to Δp = 315 bar

bar IPSI) %

6 to 14 (87 to 203) ± 2 (qV max)

Attention! Pressure loss from P at the inlet of the directional valve to A at the inlet of the flow control valve is noticeable at low flows.

Flow Control Valves

274

Section 6

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

For a complete copy of the data sheets in this catalog, visit our website at: www.boschrexroth-us.com u Products and Solutions u Industrial Hydraulics u Products and Catalogs u Preferred Product Catalog

Section 7 Proportional Valves

The Drive & Control Company

– Proportional directional – direct operated • Direct operated servo solenoid – D03 and D05, 4WRPEH............................. 276, 279 – 4WRREH .................................................................. 282 • Proportional throttle & directional – D05, 5WRPE10 ...................................................... 285 – 4WRPE 10 ............................................................... 288 – D03 and D05, 4WRP ........................ 290, 292, 294 – D03 and D05, 4WRPE .......................................... 298 • D03 and D05, WRBA(E) ....................... 302, 304, 306 • D03, 4WRAB ............................................................... 308 • D03 and D05, 4WRA(E) ........................................... 310 • D03 and D05 with position feedback, 4WRE(E) ....................................................................... 313 – Proportional directional – pilot operated • Pilot operated proportional directional 4WRLE, 10–25............................................................ 316 • Pilot operated servo solenoid – 4WRLE, 10–25 ....................................................... 320 – 4WRVE, 10–25 ....................................................... 324 • Injection valves, 4WRLE Q, 10–27......................... 323 • D05 to D10, pilot operated without position feedback – 4WRH, 4WRZ(E) .................. 327 – Servo directional – 4WS............................................... 330

– Proportional pressure relief • Direct operated – DBET(E)-6X .............................................................. 334 – DBETX ....................................................................... 336 – DBETR (feedback) .................................................. 338 – DBETFX (linear) ....................................................... 340 – DBETBEX (OBE) .................................................... 342 • Pilot operated – DBE(E)6 .................................................................... 344 – DBE6X ....................................................................... 346 – DBEBE6X (OBE) .................................................... 348 – DBE 10, DBE 20 ..................................................... 350 – Proportional pressure reducing • Direct operated – 3DREP(E)6…-2X .................................................... 352 • Pilot operated – DREBE6X (OBE) .................................................... 354 – DRE(M) 10, DRE(M) 20 ........................................ 356 – Pilot operated proportional cartridge throttle valve, inductive position transducer – FESXE (OBE) ........ 358

275 275

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 29035/01.05 Page 1 of 3 Issue: 07.05

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Servo solenoid valves with on-board electronics (OBE) Model 4WRPEH 6 Size 6 Series 2X Maximum working pressure: 315 bar (4600 PSI) Maximum flow rate: 40 L/min (10 GPM) (Δp 70 bar [1000 PSI]) – Directly operated servo solenoid valve NG6, with control spool and sleeve in servo quality – Actuated on one side, 4/4 fail-safe position when switched off – Control solenoid with integral position feedback and on-board electronics (OBE), calibrated at the factory – Electrical connection 6P+PE Signal input difference amplifier with interface A1 ±10 V, or interface F1 4...20 mA (RS 200 Ω) – Suitable for electrohydraulic controllers in production and testing systems

– For subplate attachment, mounting hole configuration to DIN 24 340 Form A, ISO 4401 and CETOP-RP 121 H, NFPA T3.5.1 M R1, and ANSI B 93.7 D 03 – Subplates as per catalog section RE 45 053 (order separately)

Model code 4WRP With on-board electronics

E

H

6

B

L –2X / G24 K0 /

M

=E

Control piston/sleeve

Further information in plain text

=H

Size 6

M=

=6

Symbols 4/4-way version

AB a 0

= C3

A1 = F1 =

= C4

AB b

(Standard)

=B

PT

Nominal flow rate at 1015 PSI (70 bar) valve pressure difference: 508 PSI (35 bar) / metering notch Size 6 4 L/min (1.06 GPM) = 04 12 L/min (3.17 GPM) = 12 24 L/min (6.34 GPM) = 24 40 L/min (10.57 GPM) = 40

Proportional Valves

Interface for on-board electronics Setpoint input ±10 V Setpoint input 4–20 mA

Electrical connection K0 = without mating connector, with plug to DIN 43563-AM6 Order mating connector separately

Side of inductive position transducer 0

NBR seals, suitable for mineral oils (HL, HLP) to DIN 51 524

b

PT

a

*

G24 = 2X =

L=

276

Voltage supply of electronics +24 V DC

Series 20 to 29 (installation and connection dimensions unchanged) Flow characteristic Linear

Section 7

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 29035/01.05 Page 2 of 3 Issue: 07.05

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data General Construction

Spool type valve, operated directly, with steel sleeve

Actuation

Proportional solenoid with position control, OBE

Type of mounting

Subplate, mounting hole configuration NG 6 (ISO 4401 and CETOPRP 121 H)

Installation position

Optional

Ambient temperature range

°C (°F)

Weight

kg (lbs.)

Vibration resistance, test condition

–20 to +50 (–4 to +122) 2.7 (5.95) Max. 25 g, shaken in 3 dimensions (24 h)

Hydraulic (measured at n = 46 L/min (213 SUS) and t = 40 °C ± 5 °C (104 °F ± 41 °F)) Pressure fluid Viscosity range,

Hydraulic oil to DIN 51 524 ... 535, other fluids after prior consultation 2

recommended

mm /s (SUS)

20 to 100 (100 to 465)

max. permitted

mm2/s (SUS)

10 to 800 (60 to 3700)

Pressure fluid temperature range

°C (°F)

Purity class to ISO code

–20 to +70 (–4 to +158) Maximum permitted degree of contamination of pressure fluid to ISO 4406 (C) Class 18/16/13 1)

Flow direction

See symbol

Nominal flow at Δp = 35 bar (508 PSI) per notch*

L/min (GPM)

Max. working pressure

4 (1.06)

12 (3.17)

24 (6.34)

40 (10.57)

Port P, A, B: 4600 PSI (315 bar)

Max. pressure

Port T: 3600 PSI (250 bar)

Operating limits at Δp Pressure drop at valve qVnom.: > qN valves

bar (PSI )

315 (4600)

315 (4600)

315 (4600)

160 (2300)

bar (PSI )

315 (4600)

315 (4600)

250 (3600)

100 (1450)

Leakage at 100 bar (1450 PSI)

cm3/min (in3/min)

< 180 (10.98 )

< 300 (18.31 )

< 500 (30.51)

< 900 (54.92)

cm3/min (in3/min)

—

—

< 300 (18.31)

< 450 (27.46)

Static/Dynamic Hysteresis

≤ 0.2 %

Manufacturing tolerance for qmax.

< 10 %

Response time for signal change 0 … 100 %

≤10 ms

Thermal drift

Zero point displacement, 1 % at ΔT= 104 °F

Zero adjustment

Factory-set ±1 %

Conformity

EN 50 081-1 EN 50 082-2

1) The purity classes stated for the components must be complied within hydraulic systems. Effective filtration prevents problems and also extends the service life of components. For a selection of filters, see catalog sections RE 50 070, RE 50 076 and RE 50 081. * Flow rate at a different Δp

Proportional Valves

qx = qnom. ·

Δpx 35 bar (507 PSI)

277

Section 7

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 29035/01.05 Page 3 of 3 Issue: 07.05

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data (cont.) Electrical, trigger electronics integrated in the valve Duty cycle

100 %

Degree of protection

IP 65 to DIN 40 050 and IEC 14 434/5

Connection

Mating connector 6P+PE, DIN 43 563

Power supply Terminal A: Terminal B: 0 V

24 V DCnom. min. 21 V DC/max. 40 V DC Ripple max. 2 V DC

Power consumption

Solenoid

45 mm (1.77 in.) = 40 VA max.

External fuse

2.5 AF

Input, “Standard” version Terminal D: VE Terminal E:

Difference amplifier, Ri = 100 kΩ 0 ... ±10 V 0V

Input, “mA signal” version Terminal D: ID–E Terminal E: ID–E

Load, Rsh = 200 Ω 4 ... (12) ... 20 mA Current loop ID–E feedback

Max. differential input voltage at 0 V

D➝B E➝B

Test signal, “Standard” version Terminal F: UTest Terminal C:

LVDT 0 ... +10 V Reference 0 V

Test signal, “mA signal” version Terminal F: IF–C Terminal C: IF–C

LVDT signal 4 ... 20 mA at external load 200 ... 500 Ω max. 4 ... 20 mA output Current loop IF–C feedback

} max. 18 V DC

Protective conductor and shield

See pin assignment (installation conforms to CE)

Recommended cable

See pin assignment up to 20 m (65 ft.) up to 40 m (131 ft.)

Calibration

Version A1: Standard

Proportional Valves

7 x 0.75 mm2 (18 AWG) 7 x 1 mm2

Calibrated at the factory, see valve performance curve

Version F1: mA signal

278

Section 7

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 29037/01.05 Page 1 of 3 Issue: 07.05

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Servo solenoid valves with on-board electronics (OBE) Model 4WRPEH 10 Size 10 Series 2X Maximum working pressure: 315 bar (4600 PSI) Maximum flow rate: 100 L/min (26 GPM) (Δp 1450 bar [1000 PSI]) – Direct operated servo solenoid valve NG 10, with control spool and sleeve in servo quality – Actuated on one side, 4/4 fail-safe position when switched off – Control solenoid with integral position feedback and on-board electronics (OBE), calibrated at the factory – Electrical connection 6P+PE Signal input difference amplifier with interface A1, +10 V, or interface F1 4...20 mA (RS 200 Ω) – Suitable for electrohydraulic controllers in production and testing systems

– For subplate attachment, mounting hole configuration to DIN 24 340 Form A, ISO 4401 and CETOP-RP 121 H, NFPA T3.5.1 M R1 and ANSI B 93.7 D 05 – Subplates as per catalog section RE 45 055 (order separately)

Model code 4WRP With on-board electronics

E

H 10

B

L – 2X / G24 K0 /

M

Further information in plain text

=E

Control piston/sleeve

=H

Size 6

M=

= 10

Symbols 4/4-way version

AB a 0

= C3

A1 = F1 =

= C4

AB b

(Standard)

=B

PT

Nominal flow rate at 70 bar (1015 PSI ) valve pressure difference: 35 bar (508 PSI) / metering notch Size 10 50 L/min (13.21 GPM) = 50 100 L/min (26.42 GPM) = 100

G24 = 2X =

L=

Proportional Valves

Interface for on-board electronics Setpoint input ±10 V Setpoint input 4–20 mA

Electrical connection K0 = without mating connector, with plug to DIN 43 563-AM6 Order mating connector separately

Side of inductive position transducer 0

NBR seals, suitable for mineral oils (HL, HLP) to DIN 51 524

b

PT

a

*

279

Voltage supply of electronics +24 V DC

Series 20 to 29 (installation and connection dimensions unchanged) Flow characteristic Linear

Section 7

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 29037/01.05 Page 2 of 3 Issue: 07.05

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data General Construction

Spool type valve, operated directly, with steel sleeve

Actuation

Proportional solenoid with position control, OBE

Type of mounting

Subplate, mounting hole configuration NG 10 (ISO 4401 and CETOP-RP 121 H)

Installation position

Optional

Ambient temperature range

°C (°F)

Weight

kg (lbs.)

Vibration resistance, test condition

–20 to +50 (–4 … +122) 7.1 (15.65) Max. 25 g, shaken in 3 dimensions (24 h)

Hydraulic (measured at n = 46 L/min (213 SUS) and t = 40 °C ± 5 °C (104 °F ± 41 °F)) Pressure fluid

Hydraulic oil to DIN 51 524 ... 535, other fluids after prior consultation 2

mm /s (SUS)

Viscosity range, recommended

2

mm /s (SUS)

max. permitted Pressure fluid temperature range

°C (°F)

20 to 100 (100 … 465) 10 to 800 (60 … 3700) –20 to +70 (–4 … +158)

Purity class to ISO code

Maximum permitted degree of contamination of pressure fluid to ISO 4406 (C) Class 18/16/13 1)

Flow direction

See symbol

Nominal flow at Δp = 508 PSI (35 bar) per notch*

L/min (GPM)

50 (13.21)

Max. working pressure

Port P, A, B: 4600 PSI

Max. pressure

Port T: 3600 PSI bar (PSI) bar (PSI ) cm3/mm (in3/min) cm3/mm (in3/min)

Operating limits at Δp Pressure drop at valve qVnom.: > qN valves Leakage at 1450 PSI (100 bar)

315 (4600) 250 (3600) < 1200 (73.2) < 600 (36.6)

50 (13.21)

100 (26.42)

100 (26.42)

315 (4600) 250 (3600) < 1200 (73.2) < 500 (30.5)

160 (2300) 100 (1450) < 1500 (91.5) < 600 (36.6)

160 (2300) 100 (1450) < 100 (61.0) < 600 (36.6)

Static/Dynamic Hysteresis

≤ 0.2 %

Manufacturing tolerance for qmax.

< 10 %

Response time for signal change 0 … 100 %

≤25 ms

Thermal drift

Zero point displacement, 1 % at ΔT= 104 °F

Zero adjustment

Factory-set ±1 %

Conformity

EN 50 081-1 EN 50 082-2

1) The purity classes stated for the components must be complied within hydraulic systems. Effective filtration prevents problems and also extends the service life of components. For a selection of filters, see catalog sections RE 50 070, RE 50 076 and RE 50 081. * Flow rate at a different Δp

Proportional Valves

qx = qnom. ·

Δpx 35 bar (507 PSI)

280

Section 7

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 29037/01.05 Page 3 of 3 Issue: 07.05

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data (cont.) Electrical, trigger electronics integrated in the valve Duty cycle

100 %

Degree of protection

IP 65 to DIN 40 050 and IEC 14 434/5

Connection

Line socket 6P+PE, DIN 43 563

Power supply Terminal A: Terminal B: 0 V

24 V DCnom. min. 21 V DC/max. 40 V DC Ripple max. 2 V DC

Power consumption

Solenoid

45 mm (1.77 in.) = 40 VA max.

External fuse

2.5 AF

Input, “Standard” version Terminal D: VE Terminal E:

Difference amplifier, Ri = 100 kΩ 0 ... ±10 V 0V

Input, “mA signal” version Terminal D: ID–E Terminal E: ID–E

Load, Rsh = 200 Ω 4 ... (12) ... 20 mA Current loop ID–E feedback

Max. differential input voltage at 0 V

D➝B E➝B

Test signal, “Standard” version Terminal F: UTest Terminal C:

LVDT 0 ... +10 V Reference 0 V

Test signal, “mA signal” version Terminal F: IF–C Terminal C: IF–C

LVDT signal 4 ... 20 mA at external load 200 ... 500 Ω max. 4 ... 20 mA output Current loop IF–C feedback

} max. 18 V DC

Protective conductor and shield

See pin assignment (installation conforms to CE)

Recommended cable

See pin assignment up to 20 m (65 ft.) up to 40 m (131 ft.)

Calibration

Version A1: Standard

Proportional Valves

7 x 0.75 mm2 (18 AWG) 7 x 1 mm2

Calibrated at the factory, see valve performance curve

Version F1: mA signal

281

Section 7

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 29041/01.05 Page 1 of 3 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Servo solenoid valves with on-board electronics (OBE) Model 4WRREH 6 Size 6 Series 1X Max. working pressure: P, A, B 315 bar (4600 PSI) T 100 bar (1450 PSI) Nominal flow rate: 4 to 40 L/min (1.06 to 10.6 GPM) (Δp 70 bar [1015 PSI])

Model 4WRREH 6

Model code 4WRR With on-board trigger electronics

E

H

6

V

B

– 1X / G24 K0 / B5 M

Further information in plain text

=E

Control piston/sleeve

M=

=H

Size 6

=6

Symbols 4/3-way version

AB a

0

b

B5 = P T

K0 =

=V Side of inductive position transducer AB

a

0

b

PT

G24 = (Standard) = B

1X =

Nominal flow rate at 70 bar valve pressure difference (35 bar/metering notch) Size 6 4 l/min (1.06 GPM) 8 l/min (2.11 GPM) 12 l/min (3.17 GPM) 15 l/min 24 l/min 25 l/min 40 l/min

Proportional Valves

*

L= P=

= 04 = 08 = 12 = 15 1) = 24 = 25 1) = 40

1) 2)

282

NBR seals, suitable for mineral oils (HL, HLP) to DIN 51524 Interface for trigger electronics Setpoint input ±10 V

Electrical connection without line socket, with plug to DIN 43563-AM6 Order line socket separately Voltage supply of trigger electronics +24 V DC Unit series 10 to 19 (installation and connection dimensions unchanged) Flow characteristic Linear Non-linear curve 2)

Only in connection with flow characteristic “p” Kink 60 % for NG6 with nominal flow rate “15” and “25”, otherwise kink 40 %

Section 7

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 29041/01.05 Page 2 of 3 Issue: 07.05

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data General Construction

Spool type valve, operated directly, with steel sleeve

Actuation

Proportional solenoid with position control, OBE

Type of mounting

Subplate, mounting hole configuration NG6 (ISO 4401-03-02-0-94)

Installation position

Optional

Ambient temperature range

°C (°F) –20 to +50 (–4 to +122)

Weight

kg (lbs.) 2.5 (0.66)

Vibration resistance, test condition

max. 25 g, shaken in 3 dimensions (24 h)

Hydraulic (measured with HLP 46, qoil = 40 °C ±5 °C (104 °F ±41 °F) Pressure fluid Viscosity range

Hydraulic oil to DIN 51524 … 535, other fluids after prior consultation 2

recommended

mm /s (SUS) 20 to 100 (90 to 450)

max. permitted

mm2/s (SUS) 10 to 800 (45 to 3700)

Pressure fluid temperature range

°C (°F) –20 to +65 (–4 to +149)

Maximum permissible degree of contamination of pressure fluid Purity class to ISO 4406 (c)

Class 18/16/13 1)

Flow direction

See symbol

Nominal flow at Δp = 35 bar (500 PSI) per notch 2)

l/min (GPM)

4 (1.06)

8 (2.11)

12 (3.17)

Max. working pressure

bar (PSI) Port P, A, B: 315 (4500)

Max. pressure

bar (PSI) Port T: 100 (1450)

Operating limits at Δp Leakage at 100 bar (1450 PSI)

15 (3.96)

24 (6.34)

25 (6.60)

40 (10.57)

bar (PSI)

< 315 (4500)

< 315 (4500)

< 315 (4500)

< 315 (4500)

< 315 (4500)

< 315 (4500)

< 250 (3625)

cm3/min (in3/min)

< 180 (2600)

< 250 (3625)

< 300 (4350)

—

< 500 (7250)

—

< 900 (13050)

cm3/min (in3/min)

—

—

—

< 180 (2600)

—

< 250 (3625)

—

Static/Dynamic Hysteresis

% % 0.2

Manufacturing tolerance for qmax

% ,10

Response time for signal change 0 … 100 %

ms % 5

Thermal drift

Zero point displacement ,1 % at T = 40 °C

Zero adjustment

Factory-set ±1 %

Conformity 1)

2)

EN 61000-6-2 EN 61000-6-3

The purity classes stated for the components must be complied with in hydraulic systems. Effective filtration prevents problems and also extends the service life of components. For a selection of filters, see catalog sections RE 50070, RE 50076 and RE 50081. Flow rate at a different Δp

Proportional Valves

qx = qnom ·

 35 bar (507 PSI) Δpx

283

Section 7

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 29041/01.05 Page 3 of 3 Issue: 07.05

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data Electrical, trigger electronics integrated in the valve Cyclic duration factor

% 100, max. current input 30 VA (24 V DC)

Degree of protection

IP 65 to DIN 40050 and IEC 14434/5

Connection

Plug, 11P+PE

Data

1)

씲 1 씲 2

+24 V DCnom, fuse 2.5 AF (output stages) 0 V power ground

2)

씲 9 씲 10

+24 V DCnom signal part 0V signal ground

3)

씲 4 씲 5

UIN Difference amplifier Ri = 100 kΩ UIN

Feedback signal (LVDT)

6 씲 씲 7

±10 V DC, Ra = 1 kΩ 0 V, reference point

Enabling input

씲 3

> 8.5 V to 24 V DCnom (max. 40 V DC) Ri = 10 kΩ

씲 8 씲 11

Enabling acknowledgement +24 V DC Fault signal: no fault +24 V DC

Power supply 24 V DCnom

Input signal ±10 V

4)

Signals Protective conductor Connecting cable

24 V DCnom

Only connect when transformer of 24 V DC system does not conform to standard VDE 0551 Recommended Ø 12 ... 14 mm (0.47 … 0.55 in.): screened max. 20 m (65.6 ft.) 0.75 mm2 (0.0012 in2) max. 40 m (131.2 ft.) 1.0 mm2 (0.0016 in2)

– min. 21 V DC – max. 40 V DC

1)

UB (Pin 1) = output stage supply – Valve “OFF” < 13.4 V DC – Valve “ON” > 16.8 V DC No fault signal (Pin 11)

2)

US (Pin 9) = signal electronics supply – Valve “OFF” < 16.8 V DC Fault signal (Pin 11) – Valve “ON” > 19.5 V DC No fault signal (Pin 11)

3)

Inputs: dielectric strength to withstand up to max. 50 V.

4)

Signals can bear a load of max. 20 mA and are resistant to shorts to ground.

Proportional Valves

11P+PE

284

Section 7

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 29045/01.05 Page 1 of 3 Issue: 07.05

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Servo solenoid valves with on-board electronics (OBE) Model 5WRPE 10 Size 10 Series 2X Maximum working pressure: 210 bar (3050 PSI) Maximum flow rate: 70 L/min (37 GPM) (Δp 11 bar [160 PSI]) – Directly operated servo solenoid valve NG 10, with pQ 5/3-way symbol in servo quality – Actuated on one side, A-T fail-safe position when switched off – Control solenoid with integral position feedback and on-board electronics (OBE), calibrated at the factory – Electrical connection 6P+PE Signal input difference amplifier with interface A1, +10 V – Suitable for electrohydraulic controllers in production and testing systems

– For subplate attachment, mounting hole configuration to DIN 24 340 Form A, ISO 4401 and CETOP-RP 121 H, NFPA T3.5.1 M R1, ANSI B 93.7 D 05 – Subplates as per catalog section RE 45 055 (order separately)

Model code 5WRP With on-board electronics Without sleeve

E

F

B 70

L – 2X / G24

K0 / A1 M

Further information in plain text

no designation

NBR seals, suitable for mineral oils (HL, HLP) to DIN 51 524

M=

= 10

Symbols 4/4-way version

A B a

B

0

b

P1 P2 T

A1 =

=F P1P2 T

K0 =

Side of inductive position transducer A B a

0

b

=B G24 =

P1 P2 T

2X =

Nominal flow rate at 160 PSI (11 bar) valve pressure difference: 11 bar (160 PSI) / metering notch Size 10 70 L/min (18.5 GPM) = 70 L=

Proportional Valves

*

=E

Size 6

A

10

285

Interface for on-board electronics Setpoint input ±10 V

Electrical connection without mating connector, with plug to DIN 43 563-AM6 Order mating connector separately Voltage supply of electronics +24 V DC

Series 20 to 29 (installation and connection dimensions unchanged) Flow characteristic Linear

Section 7

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 29045/01.05 Page 2 of 3 Issue: 07.05

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data General Construction

Spool type valve, operated directly

Actuation

Proportional solenoid with position control, OBE

Type of mounting

Subplate, mounting hole configuration NG 10 (ISO 4401 and CETOP-RP 121 H)

Installation position

Optional

Ambient temperature range

°C (°F)

Weight

kg (lbs.)

Vibration resistance, test condition

–20 to +50 (–4 … +122) 7.1 (15.65) Max. 25 g, shaken in 3 dimensions (24 h)

Hydraulic (measured at n = 46 L/min (213 SUS) and t = 40 °C ± 5 °C (104 °F ± 41 °F)) Pressure fluid

Hydraulic oil to DIN 51 524 ... 535, other fluids after prior consultation

Viscosity range

2

recommended

mm /s (SUS)

100 … 465

max. permitted

mm2/s (SUS)

60 … 3700

Pressure fluid temperature range

°F

Purity class to ISO code

–20 to +70 (–4 … +158) Maximum permitted degree of contamination of pressure fluid to ISO 4406 (C) Class 18/16/13 1)

Flow direction

See symbol

Nominal flow ατ Δp = 35 bar (508 PSI) per notch* Max. working pressure

L/min (GPM)

bar (PSI)

P1 ➝ A

18.5 (70)

P 1 ➝ A + P2 ➝ B

18.5 + 18.5 (70 + 70)

A➝T

17.2 (65)

Port P1, P2, A, B: 210 (3045)

Max. pressure

bar (PSI)

Port T: 50 (725)

Operating limits at Δp

bar (PSI)

See diagram

Leakage at 1450 PSI (100 bar)

cm3/min (in3/min)

< 1200 < (73.2)

Static/Dynamic Hysteresis

≤ 0.3 %

Manufacturing tolerance for qmax.

< 10 %

Response time for signal change 0 … 100 %

≤ 25 ms

Thermal drift

Zero point displacement, 1 % at ΔT= 104 °F

Zero adjustment

Factory-set ±1 %

Conformity

EN 50 081-1 EN 50 082-2

1) The purity classes stated for the components must be complied within hydraulic systems. Effective filtration prevents problems and also extends the service life of components. For a selection of filters, see catalog sections RE 50 070, RE 50 076 and RE 50 081. * Flow rate at a different Δp qx = qnom. ·

Δpx 11 bar (160 PSI)

Proportional Valves

286

Section 7

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 29045/01.05 Page 3 of 3 Issue: 07.05

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data (cont.) Electrical, electronics integrated in the valve Duty cycle

100 %

Degree of protection

IP 65 to DIN 40 050 and IEC 14 434/5

Connection

Mating connector 6P+PE, DIN 43 563

Power supply Terminal A: Terminal B: 0 V

24 V DCnom. min. 21 V DC/max. 40 V DC Ripple max. 2 V DC

Power consumption

Solenoid

2.36 in. (60 mm) = 60 VA max.

External fuse

2.5 AF

Input, “Standard” version Terminal D: VE Terminal E:

Difference amplifier, Ri = 100 kΩ 0 ... ±10 V 0V

Max. differential input voltage at 0 V

D➝B E➝B

Test signal, “Standard” version Terminal F: UTest Terminal C:

LVDT 0 ... +10 V Reference 0 V

Protective conductor and shield

See pin assignment (installation conforms to CE)

Recommended cable

See pin assignment up to 10 m (65.6 ft.) up to 40 m (131.2 ft.)

Calibration

}max. 18 V DC

7 x 0.75 mm2 (18 AWG) 7 x 1 mm2

Calibrated at the factory, see valve performance curve

Supply 24V = Signal: 0…+/–10V LVDT Signal: +/–10V

LVDT Signal: 0…+/–10V

stroke

A– T

P1 –

A+

P2 –

B

II sign.

P1–

A

P2–

B

–10V … 0 … +10V

Proportional Valves

287

Section 7

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from 9 535 233 903 (10/00) Page 1 of 2 Issue: 06.04

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Direct operated proportional valves 4WRPE 10 The spool is directly operated by the solenoid thus eliminating the hydraulic amplifier of the conventional servo valve. – – – – –

Less than 0.1% repeatability Flow rates up to 80 L/min (21 GPM) Zero lap On-board electronics Subplates as per catalog section RE 45 055 (order separately)

Model code 4WRPE 10 V 80 M – 2X / G24 K0 / A1M - 837

Technical data

Material Number

Weight kg (lbs.)

Amplifier

0 811 404 552

7.3 (16.0)

OBE 7 PIN

Material Number

Old Number

Mating Connector for OBE – 7 Pin Plastic Solder Type

1 834 482 022

1 834 482 022

Mating Connector for OBE – 7 Pin Plastic Crimped Type

1 834 482 022

1 834 482 026

Mating Connector for OBE – 7 Pin MS Solder Type

R 978 713 598

9 536 230 054

NG10 (D05) [Int. EI] UD–E

A B

P T

Pressure Rating bar (PSI)

Flow L/min (GPM)

315 (4600)

80 (21.1) at Δp = 5 bar (73 PSI)

01

m.LR

Connectors

Proportional Valves

288

Section 7

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from 9 535 233 903 (10/00) Page 1 of 2 Issue: 06.04

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data (cont.) General Construction

Spool valve, direct operated, without steel sleeve

Actuation

Proportional solenoid with position control and with integrated amplifier

Type of mounting

Subplate, ISO 4401

Assembly position

Optional

Ambient temperature range

°C (°F)

Vibration Test condition

–20 to +50 (–4 to +122) max. 25 g Shaken in 3 dimensions (24 h)

Hydraulic Pressure medium

Hydraulic oil as per DIN 51524 … 535. Other fluids after prior consultation.

Viscosity, recommended

mm2/s (SUS)

20 to 100 (100 to 465)

max. permitted

mm2/s (SUS)

10 to 800 (60 to 3700)

Pressure medium temperature

°C (°F)

Filtration In line with operational reliability and service life

–20 to +80 (–4 … +176) Permissible contamination level

Achieved using filter x = 75

Class 8 (NAS 1638)

X = 10

17/14 (ISO 4406) Flow direction

See symbol

Max. operating pressure (static) Nominal flow at Δp = 5 bar (75 PSI)*/land

bar (PSI)

Ports P, A, B: 315 (4600)

bar (PSI)

Port T: 200 (2900)

L/min (GPM)

63 (16.6)

Operating limitis, GPM

See diagram, 182 L/min (48 GPM) at 200 bar (1450 PSI ) 91 L/min (24 GPM) at 315 bar (4600 PSI)

Leakage at 70 bar (1000 PSI)/land

≤ 80 cm3/min (5 in3/min)

Static/dynamic Hysteresis

≤ 0.3%

Range of inversion

≤ 0.2%

Manufacturing tolerance Qmax.

≤ ± 3%

Frequency response

± 5% ± 50%

50 Hz 20 Hz

Response time 100% signal change 10% signal change

= 40 ms = 10 ms

Thermal drift

< 1%, at ΔT = 22 °C (72 °F)

* This always refers to a pressure differential of Δp = 72.5 PSI at the throttle point. Where other pressure differentials are involved, flow is calculated according to the following formula: qx = qnom. ·

Δpx 5 bar (72.5 PSI)

However, the operating limits must be observed. When the operating limits are exceeded, the ensuing flow forces lead to uncontrollable spool movements.

Proportional Valves

289

Section 7

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 29020/01.05 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 07.05

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

4/2 servo solenoid valves with positive overlap and position feedback (Lvdt AC/AC) Model 4WRP ..EA.. Size 10 Unit series 1X Maximum working pressure of P, A, B 315 bar (4600 PSI), T 250 bar (3626 PSI) Maximum flow 63 L/min (17 GPM) – Directly operated NG10 valves with positive overlap and external valve electronics – Actuated on one side, symbol E – Control solenoid with position feedback (Lvdt AC/AC) – Suitable for use in electrohydraulic controls in production plants – For subplate attachment, mounting hole configuration NG10 with additional “L” port to ISO 4401-05-06-0-94

– External trigger electronics (order separately), see catalog section RE 30052 and RE 30054 – Solenoid and position transducer connectors included in scope of delivery – Subplates as per catalog section RE 45053 and RE 45055 (order separately)

Ordering code 4WRP For external electronics

10

E

A

28

S – 1X / G24

Z4 / M

= no code

Size 10

Further information in plain text

= 10 M=

Symbols 4/2-way version NG10 1) A B ac

ac

=E

0

a

P T

Z4 =

L

Side of inductive position transducer

G24 =

A B ac

ac

a

0

1X = (Standard)

=A

P T 1)

*

Type 4WRP 10 Mounting hole configuration with additional “L” port

Proportional Valves

S=

NBR seals, suitable for mineral oils (HL, HLP) to DIN 51524 Electrical connection with plug to DIN 43560 AM2 with mating connector, mating connector included in scope of delivery

Voltage supply of electronics +24 V DC Unit series (installation and connection dimensions unchanged) Flow characteristic Progressive

28 =

Nominal flow rate at 10 bar (145 PSI) valve pressure difference (5 bar (73 PSI) per metering notch) 28 L/min (7.4 GPM)

290

Section 7

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 29020/01.05 Page 2 of 2 Issue: 07.05

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data General Construction Actuation Connection type Mounting position Ambient temperature range Weight Vibration resistance, test condition

°C (°F) kg (lbs.)

Spool type valve Proportional solenoid with position control, external amplifier Subplate, mounting hole configuration NG10 (ISO 4401-05-06-0-94) Optional –20 to +50 (–4 to +122) 7.0 (15.4) Max. 25 g, shaken in 3 dimensions (24 h)

Hydraulic (measured at n = 46 L/min (213 SUS) and t = 40 °C ± 5 °C (104 °F ± 41 °F)) Pressure fluid Hydraulic oil to DIN 51524 ... 535, other fluids after prior consultation 20 to 100 (93 to 464) Viscosity range recommended mm2/s (SUS) 10 to 800 (46 to 3708) max. permitted mm2/s (SUS) Pressure fluid temperature range °C (°F) –20 to +80 (–4 to +176) Maximum permissible degree of contamination of Class 18/16/13 1) pressure fluid. Purity class to ISO 4406 (c) Direction of flow See symbol Nominal flow at L/min (GPM) 63 (16.6) Δp = 5 bar (72.5 PSI) per notch 2) Max. working pressure bar (PSI) Port P, A, B: 315 (4600) Max. pressure bar (PSI) Port T: 250 (3626) bar (PSI) Port L: 2 (29) Leakage per metering edge Im = 0 ≤ 80 cm3/min (5 in3/min) (Δp = 100 bar [1450 PSI]) Electrical Cyclic duration factor Power supply Degree of protection Solenoid connection Position transducer connection Max. solenoid current Coil resistance R20 Max. power consumption at 100 % load and operating temperature

%

A Ω VA

100 24 Vnom (external amplifier) IP 65 to DIN 40050 and IEC 14434/5 Unit plug DIN 43650/ISO 4400, M16 x 1.5 (2P+PE) Unit plug Pg7 (4P) 3.7 2.5 60

Static/Dynamic 3) Hysteresis % ≤ 0.3 Range of inversion % ≤ 0.2 Manufacturing tolerance for Qmax. % < 10 Response time 100% signal change ms < 25 10% signal change ms < 15 1) The purity classes stated for the components must be complied with in hydraulic systems. Effective filtration prevents problems and also extends the service life of components. For a selection of filters, see catalog sections RE 50070, RE 50076 and RE 50081. Δpx 5 bar (72.5 PSI)

2)

Flow rate at a different Δp

3)

All specifications achieved in conjunction with proportional amplifier: 0 811 405 099

Proportional Valves

qx = qnom. ·

291

Section 7

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 29022/01.05 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 07.05

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

4/3 servo solenoid valves with positive overlap and position feedback (Lvdt AC/AC) Model 4WRP ..E.. Size 10 Unit series 1X Maximum working pressure of P, A, B 315 bar (4600 PSI), T 250 bar (3626 PSI) Maximum flow 63 L/min (17 GPM) – Directly operated NG10 valves with positive overlap and external valve electronics – Actuated on both sides, symbol E – Control solenoids with A-side position feedback (Lvdt AC/AC) – Suitable for use in electrohydraulic controls in production plants – For subplate attachment, mounting hole configuration NG10 with additional “L” port to ISO 4401-05-06-0-94

– External trigger electronics (order separately), see catalog section RE 30048 and RE 30047 – Solenoid and position transducer connectors included in scope of delivery – Subplates as per catalog section RE 45053 and RE 45055 (order separately)

Ordering code 4WRP For external electronics Size 10

10

E

63

S – 1X / G24

Z4 / M

= no code

Further information in plain text = 10

M=

Symbols 4/3-way version NG10 1) Z4 =

A B ac

ac

a

0

b

P T

L

=E

G24 = 1)

Type 4WRP 10 Mounting hole configuration with additional “L” port

1X =

S=

63 =

Proportional Valves

*

292

NBR seals, suitable for mineral oils (HL, HLP) to DIN 51524 Electrical connection with plug to DIN 43560AM2 with mating connector, mating connector included in scope of delivery Voltage supply of electronics +24 V DC

Unit series (installation and connection dimensions unchanged) Flow characteristic Progressive Nominal flow rate at 10 bar (145 PSI) valve pressure difference (5 bar (73 PSI) per metering notch) 63 L/min (16.6 GPM)

Section 7

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 29022/01.05 Page 2 of 2 Issue: 07.05

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data General Construction Actuation Connection type Mounting position Ambient temperature range Weight Vibration resistance, test condition

°C (°F) kg (lbs.)

Spool type valve Proportional solenoid with position control, external amplifier Subplate, mounting hole configuration NG10 (ISO 4401-05-06-0-94) Optional –20 to +50 (–4 to +122) 8.0 (17.6) Max. 25 g, shaken in 3 dimensions (24 h)

Hydraulic (measured at n = 46 L/min (213 SUS) and t = 40 °C ± 5 °C (104 °F ± 41 °F)) Pressure fluid Hydraulic oil to DIN 51524 ... 535, other fluids after prior consultation 20 to 100 (93 to 464) Viscosity range recommended mm2/s (SUS) 10 to 800 (46 to 3708) max. permitted mm2/s (SUS) Pressure fluid temperature range °C (°F) –20 to +80 (–4 to +176) Maximum permissible degree of contamination of Class 18/16/13 1) pressure fluid. Purity class to ISO 4406 (c) Direction of flow See symbol L/min (GPM) 63 (16.6) Nominal flow at Δp = 5 bar (72.5 PSI) per notch 2) Max. working pressure bar (PSI) Port P, A, B: 315 (4600) Max. pressure bar (PSI) Port T: 250 (3626) bar (PSI) Port L: 2 (29) A ➝ T = 80 cm3/min (5 in3/min) Leakage per metering edge Im = 0 B ➝ T = 80 cm3/min (5 in3/min) (Δp = 100 bar [1450 PSI]) Leakage per metering edge A ➝ T = 0.4 to 0.8 L/min (0.11 to 0.21 GPM) (Δp = 5 bar [72.5 PSI]) B ➝ T = 0.4 to 0.8 L/min (0.11 to 0.21 GPM) Electrical Cyclic duration factor Power supply Degree of protection Solenoid connection Position transducer connection Max. solenoid current Coil resistance R20 Max. power consumption at 100 % load and operating temperature

%

A Ω VA

100 24 Vnom (external amplifier) IP 65 to DIN 40050 and IEC 14434/5 Unit plug DIN 43650/ISO 4400, M16 x 1.5 (2P+PE) Unit plug Pg7 (4P) 3.7 2.5 60

Static/Dynamic 3) Hysteresis % ≤ 0.75 Range of inversion % ≤ 0.5 Manufacturing tolerance for Qmax. % < 10 Response time 100% signal change ms < 50 10% signal change ms < 20 1) The purity classes stated for the components must be complied with in hydraulic systems. Effective filtration prevents problems and also extends the service life of components. For a selection of filters, see catalog sections RE 50070, RE 50076 and RE 50081. Δpx 5 bar (72.5 PSI)

2)

Flow rate at a different Δp

3)

All specifications achieved in conjunction with proportional amplifier: 0 811 405 099

Proportional Valves

qx = qnom. ·

293

Section 7

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 29024/01.05 Page 1 of 4 Issue: 07.05

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

4/2 servo solenoid valves with on-board electronics (OBE), positive overlap and position feedback Model 4WRP ..EA.. Size 6, 10 Unit series 2X Max. working pressure of P, A, B 315 bar (4600 PSI), T 250 bar (3626 PSI) – NG6 Max. working pressure of P, A, B 315 bar (4600 PSI), T 200 bar (2900 PSI) – NG10 Maximum flow 32 L/min (8.5 GPM) – NG6 80 L/min (21 GPM) – NG10 – Directly operated NG6 and 10 valves with positive overlap, actuated on both sides and position-controlled, symbol E – Control solenoid with on-board electronics (OBE), deadband compensation and gain calibrated at the factory – Electrical connection 6P+PE (standard), signal input: differential amplifier with interface A1 = +10 V

– For subplate attachment, mounting hole configuration NG6 to ISO 4401-03-02-0-94 and NG10 to ISO 4401-05-04-0-94 – Plug-in connectors to DIN 43563-AM6, see catalog section RE 08008 (order separately) – Subplates as per catalog section RE 45053 and RE 45055 (order separately)

Ordering code 4WRP For external electronics

E

E

A

S

J – 2X / G24

K0 / A1 M

Further information in plain text

=E

Size 6 Size 10

M=

=6 = 10

Symbols 4/2-way version A1 =

A B a

=E

0

K0 =

P T

Side of inductive position transducer A B a

*

0

(Standard)

=A

G24 =

P T

Nominal flow rate at 10 bar (145 PSI) valve pressure difference (5 bar (73 PSI) per metering notch) 32 L/min (8.5 GPM) – Size 6 80 L/min (21.1 GPM) – Size 10

2X =

J=

= 32 = 80 S=

Proportional Valves

294

NBR seals, suitable for mineral oils (HL, HLP) to DIN 51524 Interface for electronics setpoint input +10 V

Electrical connection without mating connector, with unit plug to DIN 43563-AM6 2) Order mating connector separately Voltage supply of electronics +24 V DC

Unit series (installation and connection dimensions unchanged) Overlap compensating signal See curve range 0 … +0.5 Flow characteristic Progressive

Section 7

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 29024/01.05 Page 2 of 4 Issue: 07.05

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data (Model 4WRPE 6 EA..) General Construction Actuation Connection type Mounting position Ambient temperature range Weight Vibration resistance, test condition

°C (°F) kg (lbs.)

Spool type valve Proportional solenoid with position control, external amplifier Subplate, mounting hole configuration NG10 (ISO 4401-05-06-0-94) Optional –20 to +50 (–4 to +122) 3.0 (6.6) Max. 25 g, shaken in 3 dimensions (24 h)

Hydraulic (measured at n = 46 L/min (213 SUS) and t = 40 °C ± 5 °C (104 °F ± 41 °F)) Pressure fluid Hydraulic oil to DIN 51524 ... 535, other fluids after prior consultation 20 to 100 (93 to 464) Viscosity range recommended mm2/s (SUS) 10 to 800 (46 to 3708) max. permitted mm2/s (SUS) Pressure fluid temperature range °C (°F) –20 to +70 (–4 to 158) Maximum permissible degree of contamination of Class 18/16/13 1) pressure fluid. Purity class to ISO 4406 (c) Direction of flow See symbol L/min (GPM) 32 (8.5) Nominal flow at Δp = 5 bar (72.5 PSI) per notch 2) Max. working pressure bar (PSI) Port P, A, B: 315 (4600) Max. pressure bar (PSI) Port T: 250 (3626) Operating limits See chart Leakage per metering edge Im = 0 ≤ 80 cm3/min (5 in3/min) (Δp = 100 bar [1450 PSI]) Static/Dynamic Hysteresis Range of inversion Manufacturing tolerance for Qmax. Response time 100% signal change 10% signal change Thermal drift QN type Calibration (factory setting) ±3% Δp = 5 bar (72.5 PSI)

≤ 0.3 ≤ 0.2 ≤ ±3 ~ 12 ~7 16.8 V DC No fault signal (Pin 11)

Proportional Valves

Only connect when transformer of 24 V DC system does not conform to standard VDE 0551 Recommended Ø 12 ... 14 mm: screened up to 20 m (65 ft.) 7 x 0.75 mm2 (18 AWG) up to 40 mm (131 ft.) 7 x 1 mm2 2) US (Pin 9) = signal electronics supply – Valve “OFF” < 16.8 V DC Fault signal (Pin 11) – Valve “ON” > 19.5 V DC No fault signal (Pin 11)

326

3) Inputs: dielectric strength to withstand up to max. 50 V. 4) Signals can bear a load of max. 20 mA and are resistant to shorts to ground.

Section 7

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 29115/02.02 Page 1 of 3 Issue: 07.05

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

4/3 and 5/3-way proportional directional valves, pilot operated Models WRZ and WRZE External pilot operation, Model WRH Sizes 10 to 32 Series 7X Maximum operating pressure 350 bar (5100 PSI) Nominal flow 520 L/min (137 GPM) – Pilot operated 2-stage proportional directional valve for the control of direction and flow rate – Proportional solenoid operation, with central thread and removable coil – For subplate mounting: Porting pattern to DIN 24 340 part 2 form A, ISO 4401, and CETOP-RP121H (4WRZ…, NS 10 to 32) NFPA T3.5.1 MR1 and ANSI B 93.7 D 05, D07, D 08, D 10 (4WRZ…, sizes 10 to 32) – For subplates, see datasheets RA 45 054 to RA 45 060 (separate order) – Manual override, optional – Spring-centered control spool – Models WRZE with integrated control electronics, interface A1 or F1 – External control electronics for model WRZ: • VT-VSPA2-1-2X/, see data sheet RE 30110

Model 4WRZ 10 ...–7X/6EG24N9...K4/V with relevant control electronics (subject to separate order)

Model 4WRZE 10 ...–7X/6EG24N9...K31.../V with integrated control electronics

Proportional Valves

327

Section 7

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 29115/02.02 Page 2 of 3 Issue: 07.05

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Ordering code 4WR _ Hydraulic operation Electro-hydraulic operation

–7X

=H =Z

Only for WRZ: without integrated control electronics = No code with integrated control electronics (standard electronics) =E Nominal size 10 Nominal size 16 Nominal size 25 Nominal size 32

= 10 = 16 = 25 = 32

Symbols a

0

A b

a

B 0

P

b T

= E E1= W6W8With symbols E1- and W8-: B to T: qV/2 P to A: qV max P to B: qV/2 A to T: qV max With symbols E3- and W9-: P to A: qV max B to T: closed P to B: qV/2 A to T: qV max (Regenerative circuit, base of spool at port A) Note: With spools W6-, W8-, W9-, W6A, W6B in their neutral position "0", there is a connection from A to T and B to T with an opening of less than 2% of the relevant cross-section.

1)

Omitted for 4WRH

Proportional Valves

/

/

V

*

Further details to be written in clear text V= FPM seals, suitable for mineral oil (HL, HLP) to DIN 51 524 No code = without pressure reducing valve D3 1) = with pressure reducing valve, model ZDR 6 DP0-4X/40YM-W80 (fixed setting) For 4WRZE: A1 = command value input ±10 V F1 = command value input 4 to 20 mA Electrical connection only for WRZ: with component plug to K4 1) = DIN 43 650-AM2 without plug-in connector For WRZE: with component plug to K31 1) = E DIN 43 563-AM6-3 Pilot oil feed and drain No code = pilot oil feed external, pilot oil drain external; E= pilot oil feed internal, pilot oil drain external; ET = pilot oil feed internal, pilot oil drain internal; T= pilot oil feed external, pilot oil drain internal No code = without special protection with concealed hand override N9 1) = Electronic control supply voltage 24V DC (standard version) G24 1) = 1) 6E = proportional solenoid with removable coil No code = for subplate mounting 7X = series 70 to 79 (70 to 79: unchanged installation and connection dimensions) Nominal flow in L/min (GPM) with a 10 bar (145 PSI) valve pressure drop 50 = 50 (13.2) 85 = 85 (22.5) for nominal size 10 25 = 25 (6.6) 150 = 150 (39.6) for nominal size 16 100 = 100 (26.4) 325 = 325 (85.8) for nominal size 25 220 = 220 (58.1) 520 = 520 (137.3) for nominal size 32 360 = 360 (95.1)

328

Section 7

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 29115/02.02 Page 3 of 3 Issue: 07.05

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data General Valve model

WRZ

Installation position

optional, preferably horizontal (for commissioning guidelines see RA 07 800) Spool symbol

Weight for version 4WRZ... 0.2 kg (0.44 lbs)

WRZE

For sub-plate mounting

E, E1-, E3-, W6-, W8-, W9-

EA, W6A, EB, W6B

Size 10

kg (lbs.)

7.8 (17.2)

7.4 (16.3)

Size 16

kg (lbs.)

13.4 (29.5)

28.0

Size 25

kg (lbs.)

18 (40.1)

38.6

Size 32

kg (lbs.)

80 (175.2)

173.0

Hydraulic – measured at n = 46 mm2/s (208 SUS) and t = 40 °C (104 °F) Nominal size

Size

10

16

25

32

Operating pressure – Pilot valve

Control pressure, 4WRH

bar (PSI)

to 362, not higher

Pilot oil feed external, 4WRZ

bar (PSI)

435 to 1450

Pilot oil feed internal, 4WRZ

bar (PSI)

1450 to 4600 only with "D3"

– Main valve Return line pressure

bar (PSI)

... 315 (4600)

... 5100

... 5100

... 5100

Port T (port R) (pilot oil drain external)

bar (PSI)

... 4600

... 3626

... 3626

... 2176

Port T (pilot oil drain internal)

bar (PSI)

... 435

... 435

... 435

... 435

Port Y Flow through main valve

bar (PSI)

... 435

... 435

... 435

... 435

L/min (GPM)

... 44.9

... 121.5

... 230

... 423

Hysteresis

%

≤6

Repeatibility

%

≤3

Electrical Valve model

WRZ

Insulation

WRZE

exceeds NEMA Class B (IP65)

Voltage model

DC

Signal model

analog

Command value signal

Input impedance

Voltage “A1”

V

—

± 10

Current “F1”

mA Ω

—

4 to 20

Voltage “A1”

—

30K or higher

Current “F1”

Ω

—

100

Control electronics For WRZ (separate order) Amplifier in Euro-card format – with 1 ramp time – with 5 ramp time For WRZE

VT- VSPA2-1-2X/V0/T1, see RA 30 110 VT- VSPA2-1-2X/V0/T5, see RA 30 110 integrated into the valve

Note: For details concerning environmental simulation testing for EMV (electro-magnetic compatibility), climate and mechanical loading see RA 29 115-U (explanation regarding environmental compatibility).

Proportional Valves

329

Section 7

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 29583/07.03 Page 1 of 4 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Servo directional valve of 4-way design Model 4WS.2E… Nominal size 10 Series 5X Maximum operating pressure 315 bar (4500 PSI) Maximum flow 180 l/min (47.55 GPM) – Valve control for closed loop position, force and speed control – 2-stage servo valve with mechanical or mechanical and electrical feedback – 1st stage as jet/flapper plate amplifier – For subplate mounting, Porting pattern to DIN 24 340 form A10 with ports X and Y Subplates to catalogue sheet RE 45 054 (separate order)

Model 4WSE2ED 10-5X/…B…K31EV

Model 4WS2EM 10-5X/…B…K31EV

Proportional Valves

330

Section 7

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 29583/07.03 Page 2 of 4 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data 10 – 5X /

B

K31 E

V=

E= =M =D

Nominal size 10 Series 50 to 59 (50 to 59: unchanged installation and connection dimensions) Nominal flow With a valve pressure differential Δp = 70 bar (1015 PSI) 5 L/min (1.32 GPM) 10 L/min (2.64 GPM) 20 L/min (5.28 GPM) 30 L/min (7.93 GPM) 45 L/min (11.89 GPM) 60 L/min (15.85 GPM) 75 L/min (19.81 GPM) 90 L/min (23.78 GPM)

K31 =

= 10 = 5X

210 = 315 =

= 5 = 10 = 20 = 30 = 45 = 60 = 75 = 90

11 =

331

FKM seals, suitable for mineral oil (HL, HLP) to DIN 51 524 Spool overlap 0 to 0.5 % negative Electrical connections Without plug-in connector, with component plug to DIN EN 175.201-804 Plug-in connector – separate order, see page 7

Inlet pressure range for the 1st stage 10 to 210 bar (145 to 3045 PSI) 10 to 315 bar (145 to 4500 PSI) Pilot oil supply and drain External supply, external drain Internal supply, external drain External supply, internal drain Internal supply, internal drain (standard)

–= E= T= ET =

9= 13 =

Proportional Valves

* Further details in clear text

Electrically actuated 2-stage servo valve in a 4-way version = 4WS2E For external control electronics = With integrated control electronics 4WSE2E Mechanical feedback Mechanical and electrical feedback (only available with integrated electronics)

V

Valves for external control electronics: Coil no. 11 (30 mA / 85 Ω per coil) Valves with integrated control electronics: Control: Com. value

Act. value (only provided with 4WSE2ED…)

± 10 V ± 10 mA

± 10 V ± 10 mA

Section 7

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 29583/07.03 Page 3 of 4 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data General Porting pattern Installation Storage temperature range Ambient temperature range Weight

With mechanical feedback With mechanical and electrical feedback and integrated electronics

°C (°F) °C (°F) kg (lbs.) kg

DIN 24 340 form A10 Optional, it has to be ensured the pilot control is supplied with a dequate pressure, ( ≥ 10 bar) when starting-up the system! –20 to +80 (–4 to +176) –30 to +70 (–22 to +158) – valves with external control electronics –20 to +60 (–4 to +140 – valve with integrated electronics 3.56 (7.85) 3.65 (8.04)

Hydraulic – measured with HLP 32, ϑoil = 40 °C ± 5 °C (104 °F ±41 °F) Operating Pilot control stage, pilot oil supply bar (PSI) 10 to 210 (145 to 3045) or 10 to 315 (145 to 4500) pressure: Main valve, ports P, A, B bar (PSI) Up to 315 (4500) Return Port T Internal pilot oil drain bar (PSI) Permissible pressure peaks < 100 (1450) pressure: External pilot oil drain bar (PSI) Up to 315 (4500) Port Y bar (PSI) Permissible pressure peaks < 100 (1450), static < 10 (145) Pressure fluid Mineral oil (HL, HLP) to DIN 51 524, other pressure fluids on request! Pressure fluid temperature range °C (°F) –15 to +80 (+5 to +176); preferably +40 to +50 (+104 to +122) Viscosity range mm2/s (SUS) 15 to 380 (70 to 1760); preferably 30 to 45 (140 to 210) Cleanliness class to ISO codes Maximum permissible degree of contamination of the pressure fluid is to ISO 4406 (C) class 18/16/13 1) Zero flow qV,L 2) pP 4) 0.7 pP 4) 0.9 pP 4) 1.2 pP 4) 1.5 pP 4) 1.7 L/min • • • • • measured without dither signal 70 (0.24) 70 (0.18) 70 (0.32) 70 (0.40) 70 (0.45) (GPM) (1015) (1015) (1015) (1015) (1015) Nominal flow qV nom ± 10 % 3) with a valve pressure differential Δp = 70 bar (1015 PSI) 5) Control spool stroke

L/min (GPM) mm (in.)

5 (1.3)

Max. possible control spool stroke at mechanical end stop % referring to the nominal stroke (in the case of a fault) Feedback system Hysteresis (dither optimised) % Reversal span (dither optimised) % Response sensitivity (dither optimised) % Pressure amplification 1 % spool stroke % of pP change (from the hydraulic zero point) Balance current over the entire % operating pressure range Zero displacement with changes to: Pressure fluid temperature %/20 °C (68 °F) Ambient temperature %/20 °C (68 °F) %/100 (1450) Operating pressure 80 to 120 % of pP %/bar (PSI) Return pressure 0 to 10 % of pP 1)

20 30 45 60 75 (5.3) (7.9) (11.9) (15.9) (19.8) 0.43 0.74 0.99 (0.02) (0.029) (0.04)

120 to 170

120 to 150

mechanical (M) ≤ 1.5 ≤ 0.3 ≤ 0.2 ≥ 30

The cleanliness class stated for the components must be adhered too in hydraulic systems Effective filtration prevents faults from occuring and at the same time increases the component service life. For the selection of filters see data sheets RE 50 070, RE 50 076 and RE 50 081.

Proportional Valves

10 (2.6) 0.29 (0.011)

332

120 to 150

mechanical and electrical (D) ≤ 0.8 ≤ 0.2 ≤ 0.1 ≥ 60

≥ 80

≤ 3, long term ≤ 5

≤2

≤1 ≤ 1 ≤ 2 ≤1

≤ 2 ≤ 2 ≤ 2 ≤1

2) 3) 4) 5)

qV,L qV nom pP Δp

90 (23.8) 1.10 (0.043)

= Zero flow in L/min (GPM) = Nominal flow (entire valve) in L/min (GPM) = Operating pressure in bar (PSI) = Valve pressure differential in bar (PSI) Section 7

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 29583/07.03 Page 4 of 4 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data Electrical Feedback system Valve protection to EN 60 529 Signal type Nominal current per coil Resistance per coil Inductivity at 60 Hz Serial connection and 100% nom. current: Parallel connection Recommended superimposed dither signal: f = 400 Hz

mA Ω H H

Mechanical “M” Mechanical and electrical “D” IP 65 with mounted and fixed plug-in connector Analog 30 85 1.0 0.25 The amplitude is dependent on the hydraulic system: max. 5 % of the nominal current

Electrical, external control electronics (only version “M”) Eurocard format Analog Type VT-SR2-1X/... to catalog sheet RE 29 980 Amplifier (separate order) Module format Analog Type VT 11021 to catalog sheet RE 29 743 Note: For details regarding the environmental simulation test covering EMC (electro-magnetic compatibility), climate and mechanical loading see RE 29 583-U (Declaration regarding environmental compatibility).

Plug-in connectors Plug-in connector to DIN EN 175.201-804 Separate order under Material No. R900223890 (metal version)

A B

F

Ø8…13.5 (0.31…0.53)

C

85 (3.35)

E D

Electrical connections, external control electronics The electrical connections can be made in either series or parallel. Due to operational safety reasons and the low coil inductivity, we recommend the parallel connection.

Type 4WS2EM 10-5X… A

Coil A Coil B

C B D E F PE

Proportional Valves

The bridge E-F can be used for the electrical recognition that the plug is correctly connected or for cable break recognition. Parallel connection:

In the plug-in connector connect contact A with B and C with D.

Serial connection:

In the plug-in connector connect contact B with C.

Electrical control from A (+) to D (–) causes a flow direction of P to A and B to T. By reversing the electrical control the direction of flow is P to B and A to T. E → F = Bridge 333

Section 7

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 29162/10.04 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 07.05

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Proportional pressure relief valve Models DBET and DBETE Size 6 Series 6X Maximum operating pressure 350 bar (5075) PSI Maximum flow 2 L/min (0.5 GPM) – – – –

Direct operated valve for limiting a system pressure Operated via a proportional solenoid Proportional solenoid with central thread and removable coil For subplate mounting: Porting pattern to ISO 4401-03-02 subplates to catalogue sheet RE 45052 – Internal control electronics for type DBETE: • Low example spread of the command value-pressurecharacteristic curve – CE: For the type DBETE with integrated control electronics the EMC directive 89/336/EWG is complied with • EN 61000-6-3: 2002-08 • The compliance of the identified products with the specifications of the stated directive can be proven by fully complying with the stated standards

Model DBETE–6X/... with integrated control electronics and Model DBET-6X/..

Ordering code DBET

– 6X /

G24

* Further details in clear text

Proportional pressure relief valve For external control electronics With integrated electronics Component series 60 to 69 (60 to 69: unchanged installation and connection dimensions) Max. pressure stage Up to 100 bar (1450 PSI) Up to 200 bar (2900 PSI) Up to 315 bar (4600 PSI)

V=

= no code =E A1 = F1 =

= 6X K4 =

= 100 = 200 = 315

Control electronics supply voltage 24 V DC

= G24

Proportional Valves

334

K31 =

FKM seals Integrated control electronics for the DBETE: Command value input 0 to 10 VDC Command value input 4 to 20 mA

Electrical connections for the DBET: Without plug-in connector, with component plug to DIN EN 175301-803 Plug-in connector, separate order For the DBETE: Without plug-in connector, with component plug to DIN EN 175201-804 Plug-in connector, separate order

Section 7

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 29162/10.04 Page 2 of 2 Issue: 07.05

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data General

DBET

Installation

Optional

Weight

kg (lbs.)

2.0 (4.4)

Hydraulic – measured with HLP 46; ϑoil = 40 °C ± 5 °C (104 °F ± 41 °F) Max. operating pressure Max. settable pressure

Return pressure

DBETE

Port P

2.15 (4.7)

DBET

bar (PSI)

DBETE

350 (5075)

Pressure stage 100 bar (1450 PSI)

bar (PSI)

100 (1450)

Pressure stage 200 bar (2900 PSI)

bar (PSI)

200 (2900)

Pressure stage 315 bar (4600 PSI)

bar (PSI)

315 (4600)

Port T

bar (PSI)

Separate and at zero pressure to tank

Max. flow

L/min (GPM)

2 (0.5)

Hysteresis

%

< 4 of the max. settable pressure

Reversal span

%

< 0.5 of the max. settable pressure

Response sensitivity

%

< 0.5 of the max. settable pressure

Linearity (flow 0.8 L/min)

%

±3 of the max. settable pressure

Example spread of the com. At com. value 20% value-pressure-char. curves at At com. value 100% 0.8 L/min; pressure rising

%

< ±1.5 of the max. settable pressure 3)

%

Step response (Tu + Tg) 0 → 100% or 100% → 0 Pipe volume < 20 cm3 (1.22 in3); qV = 0.8 L/min (0.21 GPM)

ms

< ±5 of the max. settable pressure 4)

80 (depending on the system!)

Electrical Supply voltage

Nominal voltage

VDC

24

Lower limiting value

VDC

21 35

Upper limiting value

VDC

Min. control current (with a 0 V or 4 mA com. value)

mA

Max. control current

mA

Coil resistance

Cold value at 20°C (68 °F) Max. warm value

Duty

DBET

DBETE

1600 1)

1600

100

Ω

5.5

Ω

8.05

%

100

Control electronics

< ±1.5 of the max. settable pressure

DBET

DBETE

External amplifier

Integrated into the valve

• Amplifier in Eurocard format (separate order) see data sheet RE 30115

Analog

VT-VSPA1-2-1X VT-VSPA1K-2-1X

—

• Amplifier of modular design (separate order) see data sheet RE 30223

Analog

VT-MSPA1-1-1X

—

Proportional Valves

335

Section 7

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 29161/07.05 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Proportional pressure relief valve Model DBETX Nominal sizes 6 Series 1X Max. working pressure P 315 bar (4500 PSI) T 250 bar (3600 PSI) Max. flow Qnom 1 l/min (0.26 GPM) – Directly operated valves (pilot valves) for limiting system pressure – Adjustable by means of the solenoid current, see Characteristic curve, Technical data and selected valve electronics – Solenoid versions Imax = 0.8 A or Imax = 2.5 A – Pressure limitation to a safe level even with faulty electronics (solenoid current I > Imax)

Model DBETX

Ordering data DBET

X – 1X /

G24 –

N

Z4

M

* Further information in plain text

Proportional pressure relief valve Mounting hole configuration to ISO 4401-03-02-0-94

M=

=X

Unit series 10 to 19 = 1X (10 to 19: installation and connection dimensions unchanged) Max. pressure stage up to 50 bar (725 PSI) up to 80 bar (1160 PSI) up to 180 bar (2610 PSI) up to 250 bar (3600 PSI) up to 315 bar (4500 PSI) Voltage supply of trigger electronics 24 V DC

Proportional Valves

Z4 =

= 50 = 80 = 180 = 250 = 315

N= 8= 25 =

NBR seals, suitable for mineral oils (HL, HLP) to DIN 51524 Electrical connection Unit plug to DIN 43650-AM2 Plug-in connector included in scope of delivery Manual auxiliary override Solenoid type (current) Solenoid current 0.8 A max. Solenoid current 2.5 A max.

= G24

336

Section 7

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 29161/07.05 Page 2 of 2 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data General Construction Actuation Connection type Mounting position Ambient temperature range Weight Vibration resistance, test condition

Spool valve Proportional solenoid without position control, external amplifier Subplate, mounting hole configuration NG6 (ISO 4401-03-02-0-94) Optional °C (°F) –20 to +50 (–4 to +122) kg (lbs.) 1.9 (4.19) Max. 25 g, shaken in 3 dimensions (24 h)

Hydraulic (measured with HLP 46, oil = 40 °C ± 5 °C (104 °F ± 41 °F) Pressure fluid Hydraulic oil to DIN 51524...535, other fluids after prior consultation Viscosity range recommended mm2/s (SUS) 20 to 100 (92 to 460) max. permitted mm2/s (SUS) 10 to 800 (45 to 3700) Pressure fluid temperature range °C (°F) –20 to +80 (–4 to +176) Maximum permitted degree of contamination of pressure Class 18/16/13 1) fluid Purity class to ISO 4406 (c) Direction of flow See symbol bar (PSI) 50 (725) 80 (1160) 180 (2600) 250 (3625) 315 (4500) Max. set pressure (at Q = 1 l/min) bar (PSI) 2 (29) 3 (43.5) 4 (58) 5 (72.5) 8 (116) Minimum pressure (at Q = 1 l/min) Note: At Qmax = 1.5 l/min the pressure levels stated here increase bar < 55 < 85 < 186 < 258 < 325 Max. mechanical pressure limitation level, (PSI) (790) (1230) (2700) (3750) (4700) e.g. when solenoid current I  Imax bar (PSI) Port P: 315 (4500) 2) Max. working press. (at Q = 1 l/min) Max. pressure bar (PSI) Port T: 250 (3600) Electrical Cyclic duration factor Degree of protection Solenoid connection Valve with solenoid type Max. solenoid current Coil resistance R20 Max. power consumption at 100 % load and operating temperature Static/Dynamic 3) Hysteresis Range of inversion Manufacturing tolerance Response time 100% signal change 1)

2) 3)

% 100 IP 65 to DIN 40050 and IEC 14434/5 Unit plug DIN 43650/ISO 4400, M16x1.5 (2P+PE) 0.8 A 2.5 A 0.8 A 2.5 A Imax  22 3 VA 25 30

% % % ms

4 3  10 On  60 / Off  70

The purity classes stated for the components must be complied with in hydraulic systems. Effective filtration prevents problems and also extends the service life of components. For a selection of filters, see catalog sheets RE 50070, RE 50076 and RE 50081. The maximum pressure in P is 315 bar (3500 PSI) in the standard version. 350 bar (5100 PSI) is available on request. All characteristic values ascertained using amplifier 0 811 405 079 for the 2.5 A solenoid and 0 811 405 081 for the 0.8 A solenoid.

Proportional Valves

337

Section 7

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 29166/08.04 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 07.05

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Proportional pressure relief valve Model DBETR Size 6 Series 1X Maximum operating pressure 350 bar (5075 PSI) Maximum flow 3 L/min (0.8 GPM) – Valve for remote electrical control – Direct operated proportional pressure relief valve, poppet-type design – Proportional solenoid operation with inductive positional transducer (pressure balanced) – For subplate mounting: Porting pattern to ISO 4401-03-02-0-94 Subplates to catalog sheet RE 45052 – Electrical closed loop position contol of the spring pretension, hence low hysteresis – Good repeatability – Valve and electronic control from one source – Control electronics: • Analog amplifier VT-VRPA1-100-1X/ in Eurocard format (separate order), see RE 30118 • Analog amplifier of modular design VT-MRPA1-100-1X/V0/0 (separate order), see RE 30221

Model DBETR-1X/... with associated electronic control (ordered separately)

Ordering code DBETR – 1X Series 10 to 19 (10 to 19: externally interchangeable) Pressure stage: up to 180 bar (2600 PSI) up to 230 bar (3330 PSI) up to 316 bar (4600 PSI) Control electronics supply voltage 24 V DC

Proportional Valves

G24

K4

M

*

= 1X

Further details to be written in clear text M= = 180 = 230 = 315

K4 =

= G24

338

NBR seals, suitable fo mineral oil (HL, HLP) to DIN 51524

Electrical connections Without plug-in connector with component plug to DIN EN 175301-803 for the proportional solenoid and GSA20 for the position transducer Plug-in connector – separate order

Section 7

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 29166/08.04 Page 2 of 2 Issue: 07.05

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data General Weight

kg (lbs.)

Mounting position

4.0 (8.8) Optional

2

Hydraulic – measured at n = 41 mm /s (190 SUS) and t = 50 °C (122 °F) Operating pressure

Port P

bar (PSI)

... 350 (5075)

Port T, with pressure control

bar (PSI)

... 2 (30)

without pressure control, T port

bar (PSI)

... 100 (1450)

Max. pressure setting pressure stage 180

bar (PSI)

180 (2610)

pressure stage 230

bar (PSI)

230 (3335)

pressure stage 315

bar (PSI)

350 (5075)

Max. flow

pressure stage 180

L/min (GPM)

3 (0.8)

pressure stage 230

L/min (GPM)

3 (0.8)

pressure stage 315

L/min (GPM)

Hysteresis

%

2 (0.5) Imax)

Model DBETBEX

Ordering data DBETB

E

X – 1X /

G24

K31

M

Proportional pressure relief valve with inductive position transducer on the cone With on-board electronics Mounting hole configuration to ISO 4401-03-02-0-94 Unit series 10 to 19 (10 to 19: installation and connection dimensions unchanged) Max. pressure stage up to 80 bar (1160 PSI) up to 180 bar (2600 PSI) up to 250 bar (3600 PSI) up to 315 bar (4500 PSI)

* Further information in plain tex

M= =E =X A1 = F1 =

= 1X K31 = = 800 = 180 = 250 = 315

Voltage supply of trigger electronics 24 V DC

= G24

Proportional Valves

342

NBR seals, suitable for mineral oils (HL, HLP) to DIN 51524 Interface for trigger electronics Setpoint input 0...+10 V Setpoint input 4...20 mA

Electrical connection without plug-in connector, with unit plug to DIN 43563-AM6 Order plug-in connector separately

Section 7

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 29151/07.05 Page 2 of 2 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data General Construction

Poppet valve

Actuation

Proportional solenoid with position control and OBE

Connection type

Subplate, mounting hole configuration NG6 (ISO 4401-03-02-0-94)

Mounting position

Optional

Ambient temperature range

°C (°F) –20 to +50 (–4 to +122)

Weight

kg (lbs.) 2.7 (6.0)

Vibration resistance, test condition Hydraulic – measured with HLP 46,

Max. 25 g, shaken in 3 dimensions (24 h) oil

= 40 °C ±5 °C (104 °F ±41 °F)

Pressure fluid Viscosity range

Hydraulic oil to DIN 51524...535, other fluids after prior consultation recommended

mm2/s (SUS) 20 to 100 (90 to 460)

max. permitted

mm2/s (SUS) 10 to 800 (45 to 3700)

Pressure fluid temperature range

°C (°F) –20 to +70 (–4 to +158)

Maximum permitted degree of contamination of pressure fluid Purity class to ISO 4406 (c)

Class 18/16/13 1)

Direction of flow

See symbol

Max. set pressure (at Q = 1 l/min [0.26 GPM])

bar (PSI)

Minimum pressure (at Q = 1 l/min [0.26 GPM])

bar (PSI)

80 (1160)

180 (2600)

250 (3600)

315 (4500)

3 (43)

4 (58)

5 (72)

8 (116)

Note: At Qmax = 1.5 l/min [0.40 GPM] the pressure levels stated here increase < 85 (1200)

< 186 (2700)

Max. mechanical pressure limitation level, e.g. when solenoid current I  Imax

bar (PSI)

Max. working pressure (at Q = 1 l/min [0.26 GPM])

bar (PSI) Port P: 315 (4500)

Max. pressure

bar (PSI) Port T: 250 (2900)

< 258 (3700)

< 325 (4700)

Static/Dynamic Hysteresis

%  0.2

Range of inversion

%  0.1

Manufacturing tolerance

%  ±5

Response time Thermal drift

100 % signal change

ms 30

10 % signal change

ms 10 < 1 % at ΔT = 40 °C (104 °F)

Conformity 1)

EN 61000-6-2: 2002-08 EN 61000-6-3: 2002-08

The purity classes stated for the components must be complied with in hydraulic systems. Effective filtration prevents problems and also extends the service life of components. For a selection of filters, see catalog sheets RE 50070, RE 50076 and RE 50081.

Proportional Valves

343

Section 7

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 29158/11.02 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 07.05

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Proportional pressure relief valve Models DBE and DBEE Size 6 Series 1X Maximum operating pressure 315 bar (4600 PSI) Maximum flow 30 L/min (8 GPM) – Valve for limiting system pressure – Operation via proportional solenoid – For subplate mounting or of sandwich plate design: Porting pattern to DIN 24 340, Form A6 Subplates to data sheet RE 45052 – Valve and control electronics from a single source – External control electronics for models DBE and ZDBE: • Analog amplifier type VT-VSPA1-1 in Eurocard format (separate order), see data sheet RE 30111 • Analog amplifier of modular design model VT 11131 (separate order), see data sheet RE 29865

Model DBEE 6.. –1X/.. with integral control electronics – Models DBEE and ZDBEE with integrated control electronics: • Low example spread of the commnad value-pressurecharacteristic curve • Independently adjustable up and down ramps

Ordering code DBE

6

–1X

G24

* Further details to be written in clear text

Subplate mounting = No code M=

Proportional pressure relief valve For external control electronics With integrated control electronics

= No code

K4 =

=E

Size 6 Subplate mounting valve

=6

Pressure stage – 200 bar (2900 PSI) Pressure stage – 315 bar (4600 PSI)

Electrical connection for DBE; ZDBE: Without plug-in connector, with component plug to DIN EN 175 301-803 Plug-in connector, separate order

= No code K31 =

Series 10 to 19 = 1X (10 to 19: unchanged installation and connection dimensions) = 200 = 315

G24 =

NBR seals suitable for mineral oil (HL, HLP) to DIN 51 524

For DBEE; ZDBEE: Without plug-in connector, with component plug to E DIN 43 563-AM6-3 Plug-in connector, separate order Supply voltage for control electronics 24 V DC

No code = Internal pilot oil drain (Subplate mtg. up to Qmax = 15 L/min (3.9 GPM) recommended) Y= External pilot oil discharge (only for subplate mounting)

Proportional Valves

344

Section 7

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 29158/11.02 Page 2 of 2 Issue: 07.05

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data General Weight

DBEE and ZDBEE

kg (lbs .)

Installation position

2.5 (5.5) optional

Hydraulic, measured with HLP 46; and voil = 40 °C ± 5 °C (104 °F ± 41 °F) Operating pressure

Max. set pressure

Ports P; P1 – P2; A1 – A2; B1 – B2

bar (PSI)

315 (4600)

Port T

bar (PSI)

50 (725)

Pressure stage 200

bar (PSI)

200 (2900)

Pressure stage 315

bar (PSI)

315 (4600)

Return pressure port A; with external pilot oil discharge (Y)

separate and unpressurized to tank

Max flow

max. 30 (7.9)

L/min (GPM)

Hysteresis

%

±1.5 of maximum set pressure

Repeatability

%

< ±2 of maximum set pressure

Linearity

%

±3.5 of maximum set pressure

Stepped response Tu + Tg

10% ➝ 90%

ms

approx. 80

90% ➝ 10%

ms

approx. 50

⎫ ⎬ ⎭

depending on installation

Electrical Type of voltage

24 VDC

Min. control current

mA

100

Max. control current

mA

1600

Coil resistance

Cold value at 20 °C (68 °F)

Ω

5.4

Max. warm value

Ω

7.8

%

100

Duty Electrical connections

DBE and ZDBE

With component plug to DIN EN 175 301-803 Plug-in connector to DIN EN 175 301-803

DBEE and ZDBEE

With component plug to E DIN 43 563-AM6-3 Plug-in connector to E DIN 43 563-BF6-3/Pg11

Valve protection to DIN 40 050

IP65 with mounted and fixed plug-in connector

Control electronics

Integrated into the valve

For DBEE and ZDBEE For DBE and ZDBE (separate order)

Proportional Valves

• Amplifier in Eurocard fomat

Analog

VT-VSPA1-1 (see data sheet RE 30111)

• Amplifier of modular design

Analog

VT 11131 (see data shet RE 29865)

345

Section 7

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 29156/07.05 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Proportional pressure relief valve pilot operated Model DBE6X Nominal sizes 6 Series 1X Max. working pressure P 315 bar (4500 PSI) T 250 bar (3600 PSI) Max. flow Qnom 40 l/min (10.57 GPM) – Pilot operated valves (pilot valves) for limiting system pressure (pilot oil internal only) – Adjustable by means of the solenoid current, see Characteristic curve, Technical data and selected valve electronics – Solenoid versions Imax = 0.8 A or Imax = 2.5 A – Pressure limitation to a safe level even with faulty electronics (solenoid current I > Imax)

Model DBE6X

Ordering data DBE6

X – 1X /

G24 –

N

Z4

M

* Further information in plain text

Proportional pressure relief valve NG6, pilot operated Mounting hole configuration to ISO 4401-03-02-0-94 Unit series 10 to 19 (10 to 19: installation and connection dimensions unchanged) Max. pressure stage up to 80 bar (1160 PSI) up to 180 bar (2600 PSI) up to 315 bar (4500 PSI) Voltage supply of trigger electronics 24 V DC

Proportional Valves

M=

=X = 1X Z4 =

= 80 = 180 = 315

N= = G24

346

8= 25 =

NBR seals, suitable for mineral oils (HL, HLP) to DIN 51524 Electrical connection Unit plug to DIN 43650-AM2 Plug-in connector included in scope of delivery Manual auxiliary override Solenoid type (current) Solenoid current 0.8 A max. Solenoid current 2.5 A max.

Section 7

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 29156/07.05 Page 2 of 2 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data General Construction

Pilot stage Main stage

Actuation Connection type Mounting position Ambient temperature range Weight Vibration resistance, test condition

Poppet valve Spool valve Proportional solenoid without position control, external amplifier Subplate, mounting hole configuration NG6 (ISO 4401-03-02-0-94) Optional °C (°F) –20 to +50 (–4 to +122) kg (lbs.) 2.2 (4.85) Max. 25 g, shaken in 3 dimensions (24 h)

Hydraulic – measured with HLP 46, oil = 40 °C ±5 °C (104 °F ±41 °F) Pressure fluid Hydraulic oil to DIN 51524...535, other fluids after prior consultation Viscosity range, recommended mm2/s (SUS) 20 to 100 (90 to 460) max. permitted mm2/s (SUS) 10 to 800 (45 to 3700) Pressure fluid temperature range °C (°F) –20 to +80 (–4 to +176) Maximum permitted degree of contamination of pressure fluid Class 18/16/13 1) Purity class to ISO 4406 (c) Direction of flow See symbol bar (PSI) 80 (1160) 180 (2600) 315 (4500) Max. set pressure (at Q = 1 l/min [0.26 GPM]) bar (PSI) 7 (100) 8 (116) 10 (145) Minimum pressure (at Qmin = 1 l/min [0.26 GPM]) Max. mechanical pressure limitation level, e.g. bar (PSI) < 90 (1300) < 190 (2750) < 325 (4700) when solenoid current I  Imax Max. working pressure bar (PSI) Port P: 315 (4500) Max. pressure bar (PSI) Port T: 250 (3625) Pilot oil flow l/min (GPM) approx. 0.6 (0.16) Max. flow l/min (GPM) 40 (10.57) Electrical Cyclic duration factor Degree of protection Solenoid connection Valve with solenoid type Max. solenoid current Coil resistance R20 Max. power consumption at 100 % load and operating temperature Static/Dynamic 2) Hysteresis Range of inversion Manufacturing tolerance for pmax Response time 100 % signal change

% 100 IP 65 to DIN 40050 and IEC 14434/5 Unit plug DIN 43650/ISO 4400, M16 x 1.5 (2P+PE) 0.8 A 2.5 A 0.8 A 2.5 A Imax  22 3 VA 25 30

% % % ms

4 3  10 On 200 / Off  250

1)

The purity classes stated for the components must be complied with in hydraulic systems. Effective filtration prevents problems and also extends the service life of components. For a selection of filters, see catalog sheets RE 50070, RE 50076 and RE 50081. 2) All characteristic values ascertained using amplifier 0 811 405 079 for the 2.5 A solenoid and 0 811 405 081 for the 0.8 A solenoid.

Proportional Valves

347

Section 7

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 29159/07.05 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Proportional pressure relief valve, pilot operated, with on-board electronics (OBE) and position feedback Model DBEBE6X Nominal sizes 6 Series 1X Max. working pressure P 315 bar (4500 PSI) T 250 bar (3600 PSI) Max. flow Qnom 40 l/min (10.57 GPM) – Pilot operated valves with position feedback and on-board electronics for limiting system pressure (pilot oil internal only) – Adjustable through the position of the armature against the compression spring – Position-controlled, minimal hysteresis Imax)

Model DBEBE6X

Ordering data DBETB

E

6

X – 1X /

G24

K31

M

Proportional pressure relief valve with inductive position transducer on the cone With on-board electronics

Further information in plain text M= =E

Nominal size Mounting hole configuration to ISO 440103-02-0-94 Unit series 10 to 19 (10 to 19: installation and connection dimensions unchanged) Max. pressure stage up to 80 bar (1160 PSI) up to 180 bar (2600 PSI) up to 315 bar (4500 PSI) Voltage supply of trigger electronics 24 V DC

Proportional Valves

*

=6 =X

A1 = F1 = = 1X

K31 =

NBR seals, suitable for mineral oils (HL, HLP) to DIN 51524

Interface for trigger electronics Setpoint input 0...+10 V Setpoint input 4...20 mA Electrical connection without plug-in connector, with unit plug to DIN 43563-AM6 Order plug-in connector separately

= 80 = 180 = 315 = G24

348

Section 7

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 29159/07.05 Page 2 of 2 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data General Construction

Pilot stage

Poppet valve

Main stage

Spool valve

Actuation

Proportional solenoid with position control and OBE

Connection type

Subplate, mounting hole configuration NG6 (ISO 4401-03-02-0-94)

Mounting position

Optional

Ambient temperature range

°C (°F) –20 to +50 (–4 to +122)

Weight

kg (lbs.) 3.4 (7.49)

Vibration resistance, test condition Hydraulic – measured with HLP 46,

Max. 25 g, shaken in 3 dimensions (24 h) oil

= 40 °C ±5 °C (104 °F ±41 °F)

Pressure fluid Viscosity range

Hydraulic oil to DIN 51524...535, other fluids after prior consultation 2

recommended

mm /s (SUS) 20 to 100 (90 to 450)

max. permitted

mm2/s (SUS) 10 to 800 (45 to 3600)

Pressure fluid temperature range

°C (°F) –20 to +70 (–4 to +158)

Maximum permitted degree of contamination of pressure fluid Purity class to ISO 4406 (c)

Class 18/16/13 1)

Direction of flow

See symbol

Max. set pressure (at Q = 1 l/min [0.26 GPM])

bar (PSI)

80 (1160)

180 (2600)

315 (4500)

Minimum pressure (at Q = 1 l/min [0.26 GPM])

bar (PSI)

7 (100)

8 (116)

10 (145)

Max. mechanical pressure limitation level, e. g. when solenoid current I  Imax

bar (PSI)

< 90 (1300)

< 190 (2800)

< 325 (4700)

Max. working pressure

bar (PSI) Port P: 315 (4500)

Max. pressure

bar (PSI) Port T: 250 (3625)

Pilot oil flow

l/min (GPM) approx. 0.6 (0.16)

Max. flow

l/min (GPM) 40 (10.57)

Static/Dynamic % 1

Hysteresis Manufacturing tolerance Response time Thermal drift

%  ±5

100 % signal change

ms 70

10 % signal change

ms 15 < 1 % at ΔT = 40 °C

Conformity 1)

Response time at: Q = 10 l/min (values depend on the dead volume)

EN 61000-6-2: 2002-08 EN 61000-6-3: 2002-08

The purity classes stated for the components must be complied with in hydraulic systems. Effective filtration prevents problems and also extends the service life of components. For a selection of filters, see catalog sheets RE 50070, RE 50076 and RE 50081.

Proportional Valves

349

Section 7

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 29160/11.02 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 07.05

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Proportional pressure relief valve Model DBE Sizes 10, 25 Series 5X Maximum operating pressure 350 bar (5075 PSI) Maximum flow 400 L/min (106 GPM) – Pilot operated valve for limiting a system pressure – Operation via proportional solenoids – For subplate mounting: Porting patterm to DIN 24 340, Form E See data sheet RE 45064 – Optional maximum pressure limitation function via spring loaded pilot control valve – External control electronics for tyes DBE and DBEM: • Analog amplifier model VT-VSPA1-1 in Eurocard format • Amplifier model VT 11131 of modular design

Model DBEME 10-5X/... with integrated electronics – Integrated control electronics for models DBEE and DBEME: • Low example spread of the command value-pressurecharacteristic curve • Independently adjustable ramp time for pressure increase and pressure decrease

Ordering code DBE Without Maximum pressure protection With Maximum pressure protection

Y

Size 10 NFPA/ANSI R06 Size 25 NFPA/ANSI R08 Series 50 to59 (50 to 59, externally interchangeable)

* Further details to be written in clear text M=

=M = no code =E

K4 = = 10 = 20 = 5X K31 = = 50 = 100 = 200 = 315

External drain

1)

=Y

24 V DC

Proportional Valves

G24

= no code

For external electronic control With integral electronic control

Pressure range up to 725 PSI up to 1450 PSI up to 2900 PSI up to 4600 PSI

–5X

NBR seals suitable for mineral oil (HL, HLP) to DIN 51 524 Electrical connections for DBE; DBEM: Without plug-in connector, with component plug to DIN EN 175 301-803 Plug-in connector (separate order) Without plug-in connector, with component plug to E DIN 43 563-AM6-3 Plug-in connector (separate order)

Note: pushing the manual override may result in uncontrolled motions of the machinery.

= G24

350

Section 7

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 29160/11.02 Page 2 of 2 Issue: 07.05

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data General Weight DBE and DBEM DBEE and DBEME

Size 10 3.4 (7.5) 3.5 (7.7)

kg (lbs.) kg (lbs.)

Installation position

Size 25 3.8 (8.3) 3.9 (8.6)

optional

Hydraulic, measured with HLP 46; and voil = 40 °C ± 5 °C (104 °F ± 41 °F) Operating pressure Ports A, B and X bar (PSI) 350 (5075) Port Y Separaate and at zero proessure to tank Max. settable pressure pressure stage 50 bar bar (PSI) 50 (725) pressure range 100 bar bar (PSI) 100 (1600) pressure range 200 bar bar (PSI) 200 (2900) pressure range 315 bar bar (PSI) 315 (4600) Max. pressure safety (infinitely adjustable Adjustment range: Setting as supplied: pressure stage 50 bar bar (PSI) 30 to 70 (435 to 1015) up to 70 (1015) pressure range 100 bar bar (PSI) 50 to 130 (725 to 1885) up to 130 (1885) pressure range 200 bar bar (PSI) 90 to 230 (1305 to 3335) up to 230 (3335) pressure range 315 bar bar (PSI) 150 to 350 (2175 to 5075) up to 350 (5075) Max. flow L/min (GPM) 200 (53) 400 (106) Hysteresis (see ideal value pressure curve) % ±1.5% of max. preset pressure Repeatability % < ±2% of max. preset pressure Linearity ± 3.5% of max. preset pressure Example spread of the com. DBE and DBEM % ± 2.5% of max. preset pressure value-pressure-characteristic DBEE and DBEME % ± 1.5% of max. preset pressure curve, referring to the hysteresis char. curve pressure increasing ⎫ depending on volumetric flow 0 → 100% ms 150 Step function response ⎬ Tu + Tg ⎭ on line volume (A) of the system 100% → 0 ms 150 Electrical Supply voltage Min. control current Max. control current Coil resistance Duty Electrical connections

DBE and DBEM DBEE and DBEME cold at 20 °C (68 °F) max. warm value

mA mA mA Ω Ω %

DBE and DBEM DBEE and DBEME

Valve protection to DIN 40 050 Control electronics For DBEE and DBEME For DBE and DBEM (separate order) • Amplifier in Eurocard format Analog • Amplifier of modular design Analog

Proportional Valves

351

24 V DC 100 1600 1440 to 1760 5.4 7.8 100 With component plug to DIN EN 175 301-803 Plug-in connector to DIN 175 301-803 With component plug to E DIN 43 563-AM6-3 Plug-in connector to E DIN 43 6=563-BF6-3/Pg11 IP65 with mounted and fixed plug-in connctor Integrated into the valve VT-VSPA1-1 (see data sheet RE 30111) VT 11131 (see data shet RE 29865)

Section 7

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 29184/12.02 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 07.05

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Proportional pressure reducing valve, 3-way design Model 3DREP 6… and 3DREPE 6… Size 6 Series 2X Maximum operating pressure 100 bar (1450 PSI) Maximum flow 15 L/min (4.0 GPM) – Direct actuated proportional valve for the control of pressure and direction of flow – Actuated via proportional solenoids with central thread and removable coil – For subplate mounting: porting pattern DIN 24 340 part 2 form A, ISO 4401 and CETOP-RP121H, NFPA T3.5.1 M R1 and ANSI B93.7 P 03 (D 03) Subplates, see datasheet RA 45 052 – Manual override, optional

Model 3DREPE 6 .2X/…E… – Spring centered control spool – External control electronics for model 3DREP: • Electrical amplifier model VT 11118 of modular design (separate order) • Analog amplifier VT-VSPA2-1-2X/ in Eurocard format

Ordering code

For external control electronics With integrated control electronics

3DREP

6

2X /

E G24

/

V

Further details to be written in clear text

= No code =E

Nominal size 6

M= V=

=6

A

Electrical connections For 3DREP K4 = Without plug-in connector, with component plug to DIN EN 175 301-803 Plug-in connector (separate order)

=A b T

B

=B

a T

For 3DREPE Without plug-in connector, with component plug to DIN EN 175 201-804 Plug-in connector (separate order)

K31 =

P

B

A b

a T

P

P

=C

No code =

T

N9 =

Series 20 to 29 = 2X (20 to 29: unchanged installation and connection dimensions) Pressure stage 25 bar (362.6 PSI)

Proportional Valves

NBR seals FPM seals,

No code = For 3DREP A1 = Command value input ±10 V

Symbols (simplified)

P

*

G24 = E=

= 25

352

without special protection with protected manual override

Supply voltage for the control electronics 24 V DC proportional solenoid with removable coil

Section 7

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 29184/11.02 Page 2 of 2 Issue: 07.05

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data General Valve model

3DREP

Installation

3DREPE

optional, preferrably horizontal

Weight

kg (lbs.)

2.0 (4.4)

2.2 (4.9)

Hydraulic Operating pressure range

Port P

bar (PSI)

435 to 1450 for pressure stage 25

Port T

bar (PSI)

0 to 435

Max. flow

L/min (GPM)

15 (4.0) (Δp = 50 bar [725 PSI])

Hysteresis

%

≤5

Repeatibility accuracy

%

≤1

Response sensitivity

%

≤ 0.5

Reversal span

%

≤1

Electrical, solenoid Valve model

3DREP

3DREPE

V

—

± 10

A

1.5

2.5

Cold value at 20 °C (68 °F)

Ω

4.8

2

Max. warm value

Ω

7.2

3

Voltage model

DC

Signal model

Analog

Command value signal

Voltage input "A1"

Max. current per solenoid Solenoid coil resistance

Duty

%

100

Electrical, control electronics Integrated into the valve

Integrated, control electronics for model 3DREPE Supply voltage

Amplifier current consumption

Nominal voltage

VDC

24

Lower limiting value

V

19

Upper limiting value

V

35

Imax

A

1.8

Impulse current

A

4

External, control electonics for model 3DREP Anaolgo amplifier in Eurocard format

– with 1 ramp time

VT-VSPA2-1-2X/V0/T1, see data sheet RE 30110

– with 5 ramp times

VT-VSPA2-1-2X/V0/T5, see data sheet RE 30110

Amplifier of modular design

Proportional Valves

VT 11118-1X/…, see data sheet RE 30218

353

Section 7

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 29195/07.05 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Proportional pressure reducing valve, pilot operated, with on-board electronics (OBE) and position feedback Model DREBE6X Nominal sizes 6 Series 1X Max. working pressure P 315 bar (4500 PSI) T 250 bar (3600 PSI) Max. flow Qnom 40 l/min (10.57 GPM) – Pilot operated valves with position feedback and on-board electronics for reducing system pressure in the consumer (pilot oil internal only) – 3-way version (P–A/A–T), pmin = pT – Adjustable through the position of the armature against the compression spring – Position-controlled, minimal hysteresis < 1 %, rapid response times, see Technical data – Pressure limitation to a safe level even with faulty electronics (solenoid current I > Imax)

Model DREBE6X

Ordering data DBEB

E

6

X – 1X /

G24

K31

M

Proportional 3-way pressure reducing valve with inductive position transducer, pilot operated With on-board electronics

Further information in plain text M= =E

Nominal size Mounting hole configuration to ISO 4401-03-02-0-94 Unit series 10 to 19 (10 to 19: installation and connection dimensions unchanged) Max. pressure stage up to 75 bar (1100 PSI) up to 175 bar (2500 PSI) up to 310 bar (4500 PSI) Without non-return valve Voltage supply of trigger electronics 24 V DC

Proportional Valves

*

=6 A1 = F1 =

=X K31 =

= 1X

NBR seals, suitable for mineral oils (HL, HLP) to DIN 51524

Interface for trigger electronics Setpoint input 0...+10 V Setpoint input 4...20 mA Electrical connection without plug-in connector, with unit plug to DIN 43563-AM6 Order plug-in connector separately

= 75 = 175 = 310 =M = G24

354

Section 7

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 29195/07.05 Page 2 of 2 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data General Construction

Pilot stage

Poppet valve

Main stage

Spool valve

Actuation

Proportional solenoid with position control and OBE

Connection type

Subplate, mounting hole configuration NG6 (ISO 4401-03-02-0-94)

Mounting position

Optional

Ambient temperature range

°C (°F) –20 to +50 (–4 to +122)

Weight

kg (lbs.) 3.3 (7.27)

Vibration resistance, test condition Hydraulic – measured with HLP 46,

Max. 25 g, shaken in 3 dimensions (24 h) oil

= 40 °C ± 5 °C (104 °F ± 41 °F)

Pressure fluid Viscosity range

Hydraulic oil to DIN 51524...535, other fluids after prior consultation recommended

mm2/s (SUS) 20 to 100 (90 to 450)

max. permitted

mm2/s (SUS) 10 to 800 (45 to 3700)

Pressure fluid temperature range

°C (°F) –20 to +70 (–4 to +158)

Maximum permitted degree of contamination of pressure fluid Purity class to ISO 4406 (c)

Class 18/16/13 1)

Direction of flow

See symbol

Max. set pressure in A (at Qmin = 1 l/min)

bar (PSI)

75 (1100)

175 (2500)

Minimum pressure in A

bar (PSI) 0 (relative) or pressure in T

Min. inlet pressure in P

bar (PSI) pP = pA +  5

Max. working pressure

bar (PSI) Port P: 315 (4500)

Max. pressure

bar (PSI) Port T: 250 (3600) – B sealed

Internal pilot oil flow

l/min (GPM) approx. 0.6 (0.16) – with closed-loop control

Max. flow

l/min (GPM) 40 (10.57)

310 (4500)

Static/Dynamic Hysteresis

% 1

Manufacturing tolerance

%  ±5

Response time Thermal drift

100 % signal change

ms 50

10 % signal change

ms 20 < 1 % at ΔT = 40 °C

Conformity 1)

EN 61000-6-2: 2002-08 EN 61000-6-3: 2002-08

The purity classes stated for the components must be complied with in hydraulic systems. Effective filtration prevents problems and also extends the service life of components. For a selection of filters, see catalog sheets RE 50070, RE 50076 and RE 50081.

Proportional Valves

355

Section 7

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 29176/11.02 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 07.05

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Proportional pressure reducing valve Model DRE, DREM Sizes 10, 25 Series 5X Maximum operating pressure 315 bar (4600 PSI) Maximum flow 300 L/min (80 GPM) – Valve used for reducing a working pressure – Proportional solenoid operation – For subplate mounting: Porting pattern to DIN 24 340 form D Subplates, see datasheet RE 45 062 (separate order) – Third flow path A to Y, 6 mm (0.24 in.) diameter – Lowest settable pressure 2 bar (29 PSI) at zero command value – Linearized command value-pressure-characteristic curve – Main spool closed from B to A in the de-energized position – Excellent transient response – Optional check valve between A and B – Maximum pressure limitation, optional – Valve and electronics from one source – Controls for mode DRE: • Analog amplifier model VT-VSPA1(K)-1 in Eurocard format (separate order)

Model DREME 20 -5X/…Y… with integrated electronics • Analog amplifier for model VT 11724 of modular design (separate order) – Model DREE with integrated electronics • Low example spread for the command value-pressurecharacteristic curve • Independently adjustable ramp times for increasing and decreasing the pressure

Ordering code DRE Without maximum pressure limitation With maximum pressure limitation

Y

* Further details to be written in clear text

=M

M=

= no code =E

Nominal size 10 Nominal size 25

= 10 = 20

Series 50 to 59 (50 to 59: unchanged installation and connection dimensions) 50 bar (728 PSI) 100 bar (1450 PSI) 200 bar (2900 PSI) 315 bar (4600 PSI)

Pilot oil drain always external, separate and at zero pressure to the tank With check valve between A and B Without check valve

= 5X

K4 =

= 50 = 100 = 200 = 315

K31 = =Y = no code =M

Power supply for the control electronics 24 V DC

Proportional Valves

G24

= no code

For external electronics with integrated electronics

Pressure rating:

–5X

no code = N=

NBR seals, suitable for use with mineral oil (HL, HLP) to DIN 51 524

Electrical connections for DRE, DREM: Without plug-in connector, with component plug to DIN EN 175 301 plug-in connector (separate order) For DREE, DREME: Without plug-in connector with component plug to DIN EN 175 301-803 plug-in connector (separate order) without manual override with manual override

= G24

356

Section 7

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 29176/11.02 Page 2 of 2 Issue: 07.05

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data General Weight

Size 10

Size 25

DRE and DREM

kg (lbs.)

5.1 (11.2)

6.0 (13.2)

DREE and DREEM

kg (lbs.)

5.2 (11.5)

6.1 (13.4)

Mounting position

optional

Hydraulic, measured with HLP 46; and voil = 40 °C (104 °F) ± 5 °C (41 °F) and p = 100 bar (1450 PSI) Maximum operating

ports A and B

pressure:

port Y

Maximum adjustable pressure in port A

Pressure stage 50 bar

bar (PSI)

50 (725)

Pressure stage 100 bar

bar (PSI)

100 (1450)

Pressure stage 200 bar

bar (PSI)

200 (2900)

Pressure stage 315 bar

bar (PSI)

315 (4600)

Pressure stage 50 bar

bar (PSI)

Pressure stage 100 bar Pressure stage 200 bar

Maximum pressure protection valve

Pressure stage 315 bar Max. permissible flow of the main valve

bar (PSI)

315 (4600) Separately connected, pressureless to tank (Inside pipe Ø 5 mm (0.20 in.); pipe length 10 %

Solenoid

2.7 A/25 W

3.7 A/50 W

Power consumption

max. 35 W

max. 60 W

max. 1.5 A

max. 2.5 A

Current rating Solenoid output b6–b8

Square-wave voltage, pulse-modulated Imax. = 3.7 A Imax. = 2.7 A

Setpoint

VE III : 0 … +10 V UE III : 0 V VE III : 0 … +10 V VE III : 0 … +10 V

Signal source (setpoint)

Potentiometer R = 1 kΩ +10 V supply from b 32 (10 mA) or external source

Actual value feedback

(z 10) (z 12)

}

Differential input

Oscill. b 26

Test pt. z 28 *

0811405095

10.2 Veff / 7.8 kHz

0 … +10 V DC

0811405097

10.8 Veff / 7.8 kHz

0 … +10 V DC

0811405099

10.8 Veff / 7.8 kHz

0 … +10 V DC

Output stage enable

To z 16, V = 8.5 … 40 V; e.g. 10 V from z 32 LED (green) on front panel lights up

Cable lengths and cross-sections

< 20 m 1.5 mm2 20 … 50 m 2.5 mm2 Position transducer: max. 50 m at 100 pF/m Supply and capacitor 1.5 mm2

LED displays

green: Enable yellow: Feedback signal open circuit red: VB < VB min. (approx. 21 V)

Solenoid:

Fault indication – Feedback signal open circuit – VB too low – ±15 V stabilization

z 26: Switching output No fault +24 V (max. 100 mA) Fault 0 V

Short-circuit-proof outputs

Output stage to solenoid Signal to position sensor Potentiometer supply

Special features

Open-circuit protection for feedback signal cable Closed-loop position control with PID action Clocked output stage Rapid energizing and de-energizing for fast response times

Adjustment via trimming potentiometer

1. Zero 2. Sensitivity

Proportional Electronics

364

Section 8

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 30054/05.04 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 07.05

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Electric amplifiers Model VT-VRPA1 (PV-RTP) Series 1X – – – – – – – – –

Analog amplifiers in Eurocard format for installation in 19″ rack Output stage with closed-loop control Closed-loop position control with PID action Rapid energizing and de-energizing for fast response times Enabling input Ramp can be adjusted and deactivated Open-circuit detection for feedback signal cable Short-circuit-proof outputs (partially) Adjustment possibilities for zero and sensitivity, acceleration and braking ramps – Material numbers: 0811405100 0811405102

VT-VRPA1

Ordering code

VT– Hydraulic component For valves with electrical feedback Valve type 4/2 servo solenoid valves with positive overlap Actuation Analog Output stages 1 output stage

V

R

P

A

1 –

– 1X / V00 /

=R RTP =

=P PV = =A V0 = =1 1X = 527 = 537 =

Proportional Electronics

– RTP

365

Option Ramp, adjusted and deactivated by potentiometer Option Pressure valves Customer version Catalog version Series Series 10 to 19 Serial numbers for types 2.7 A solenoid 3.7 A solenoid

Section 8

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 30054/05.04 Page 2 of 2 Issue: 07.05

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data P.C.B. format

(100 x 160 x approx. 35) mm (W x L x H) Europe format with front panel (7 modular spacings) Connector DIN 41612 – F 32 24 V DC Battery voltage 21…40 V, Rectified AC voltage Veff = 21…28 V (single-phase, full-wave rectification) 4700 μF, 63 V (ELKO) if ripple >10 % 2.7 A/25 W 3.7 A/50 W max. 35 W max. 60 W max. 1.5 A max. 2.5 A Square-wave voltage, pulse-modulated Imax. = 3.7 A Imax. = 2.7 A VE III : 0 … +10 V (z 10) Differential input (z 12) } UE III : 0 V VE III : 0 … +10 V VE III : 0 … +10 V Potentiometer R = 1 kΩ +10 V supply from b 32 (10 mA) or external source Oscill. b 26 Test pt. z 28 *

Plug connector Power supply VB to b 16/b 18 and b 2/b 4 (0 V) Smoothing capacitor, separately to b 28/b 30 – b 2/b 4 Solenoid Power consumption Current rating Solenoid output b6–b8 Setpoint

Signal source (setpoint) Actual value feedback

10.2 Veff / 7.8 kHz

0811405101 Output stage enable Ramp OFF Cable lengths and cross-sections

LED displays

Fault indication – Feedback signal open circuit – VB too low – ±15 V stabilization Short-circuit-proof outputs

z 26: Switching output No fault +24 V (max. 100 mA) Fault 0 V Output stage to solenoid Signal to position sensor Potentiometer supply Open-circuit protection for feedback signal cable Closed-loop position control with PID action Clocked output stage Rapid energizing and de-energizing for fast response times Ramp, can be adjusted and deactivated 1. Zero 2. Sensitivity 3. Acceleration ramp 4. Braking ramp

Special features

Adjustment via trimming potentiometer

Proportional Electronics

0 … +10 V DC

0 … +10 V DC 10.8 Veff / 7.8 kHz To z 16, V = 8.5 … 40 V; e.g. 10 V from z 32 LED (green) on front panel lights up to b 20; V = 8.5 … 40 V Solenoid: < 20 m 1.5 mm2 20 … 50 m 2.5 mm2 Position transducer: max. 50 m at 100 pF/m Supply and capacitor 1.5 mm2 green: Enable yellow: Feedback signal open circuit yellow: Ramp OFF red: VB < VB min. (approx. 21 V)

0811405102

366

Section 8

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 30048/11.02 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 06.04

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Electric amplifiers Model VT-VRPA2 Series 1X – Suitable for actuating directly operated servo solenoid valves (type 4WRP, series 1X) – Analog amplifiers in Eurocard format for installation in 19” rack – Ramp generator can be deactivated – Deadband compensation – Output stage with closed-loop control – Enabling input – Inputs and outputs (partially) short-circuit-proof – External ramp deactivation – Adjustment possibilities • Valve zero • Sensitivity • Ramp times – Open-circuit detection for feedback signal cable

– Closed-loop position control with PID action Testing and service equipment – Test box type VT-PE-TB1, see RE 30 063 – Test adapter type VT-PA-3, see RE 30 070

Ordering code VT– Hydraulic component For valves with electricl feedback Valve type Servo solenoid valve Actuation Ananlog Output stage Two output stages per valve

V

R

P

A

2 –

– 1X / V0 / RTP

=R

RTP = =P V0 = =A 1X = =2 527 = 537 =

Option Ramp function manually adjusts Customer version Catalog version Series Series 10 to 19 Serial numbers for types NG 6 NG 10

Technical data P.C.B. format

(100 x 160 x approx. 35) mm (W x L x H) Europe format with front panel (7 modular spacings)

Plug connector

DIN 41 612 – F 32

Ambient temperature

0 °C … +70 °C, storage temperature min. –20 °C; max. +70 °C

Weight m

0.25 kg

Power supply UB to b 16/b 18 and b 2/b 4

24 V DC nominal, Battery voltage 21…40 V, Rectified AC voltage Ueff = 21…28 V (single-phase, full-wave rectification)

Proportional Electronics

367

Section 8

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 30048/11.02 Page 2 of 2 Issue: 06.04

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data (cont.) Smoothing capacitor, separately to b 28/b 30 – b 2/b 4

4,700 μF/63 V DC, only required if UB ripple >10 %

Valve solenoid A/VA max. Current rating

2.7/25 (NG 6)

3.7/50 (NG 10)

1.5 A

2.5 A

The current rating can rise at min. UB and long cable length to control solenoid Power consumption (typical)

35 W

60 W

Input signal (setpoint)

0 … ±10 V supply from b 10, z 8, z 10, z 12, z 14/b 14 cumulative (Ri = 10 kΩ )

Signal source

Potentiometer 1 kΩ , +10 V supply from b 32 (50 mA), –10 V from z 22 (50 mA) or external signal source

Actual-value feedback

Oscil. b 26

Meas. tap z 28*

0811405119

10.2 Veff / 7.8 kHz

0 … ±10 V DC

0811405120

10.2 Veff / 7.8 kHz

0 … ±10 V DC

Output stage enable

To z 16, U = 8.5 … 40 V, Ri = 100 kΩ, LED (green) on front panel lights up

Ramp OFF

To b 20, U = 8.5 … 40 V

Solenoid output

Output stage to solenoid Signal to position sensor Potentiometer power supply

Length of amplifier to valve cables

Solenoid cable:

up to 20 m 20 to 50 m

Position transducer:

max. 50 m at 100 pF/m Supply and capacitor 1.5 mm2

1.5 mm2 2.5 mm2

Special features

Open-circuit protection for feedback signal cable Closed-loop position control with PID action Clocked output stage Rapid energizing and de-energizing for fast response times Ramps with quadrant recognition Deadband compensation in valve centre position Ramps can be deactivated

Adjustment via trimming potentiometer

1. Zero NPA and NPB 2. Sensitivity QA and QB 3. Ramps for acceleration and deceleration t = 0.05 … 5 s

LED displays

Green: Enable ON Red: UB < UB min. (approx. 21 V) Yellow: Ramp OFF Yellow: Feedback signal open circuit

Fault signal – Feedback signal open circuit – UB too low – ±15 V stabilization

z 22: Open collector output to +UK max. 100 mA; no fault: +UK

Note: Connect power zero b 2 and control zero b 12 separately to central ground (neutral point). * Values for potentiometer in end position (cw) and for “zero potentiometer“ in centre position.

Proportional Electronics

368

Section 8

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 30111/02.03 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 07.05

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Electrical amplifiers for the control of proportional pressure control valves without electrical position feedback Models VT-VSPA1-1 and VT-VSPA1K-1 Series 1X – Suitable for controlling all direct and pilot operated proportional pressure control valves without electrical position feedback and only one solenoid as actuator that are available at the time of publication of this data sheet – Differential input, can be switched between voltage and current input – Additional command value input, 0 to + 9 V – Ramp generator, can be adjusted separately for up and down – Clocked output stage – Message”ready for operation” (VT-VSPA1K-1 with LED indicator lamp only) – Reverse polarity protection for voltage supply – Cable break detection for current input 4 to 20 mA – Short-circuit protection of solenoid cable – Cable break detection for solenoid cable

Models VT-VSPA1-1-1 and VT-VSPA1K-1

Ordering code VT-VSPA1

– 1 – 1X/ *

Amplifiers for controlled proportional pressure control valves, analog, with one solenoid With 32-pin male connector and front panel With 16-pin terminal strip; without front panel

Further details to be written in clear text 1X = Series 10 to 19 (10 to 19: Technical data and pin allocation unchanged)

= No code =K

Substitutions for amplifiers VT 2000 (up to series 4X), VT 2010, VT 2013 or VT 2023 installed in racks, blind plate 4TE/3HE must be ordered separately. Material no.: R900021004 or R978887127

Proportional Electronics

369

Section 8

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 30111/02.03 Page 2 of 2 Issue: 07.05

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data Operating voltage Operating range: – Upper limiting value – Lower limiting value Power requirement Current consumption Fuse Inputs – Command value 1 – Command value 2 (differential input)

Vo Vo (t)max Vo (t)min Ps I IF

or or Ramp time (adjustment range) Outputs: – Final output stage • Solenoid current/resistance or • Biasing current

at Imax = 800 mA at Imax = 1600 mA additionally at Imax = 800 mA at Imax = 1600 mA • Clock-pulse frequency

V V Ii Ii t

Imax Imax IV IV IV IV f

– Signal “ready for operation” (with VT-VSPA-1 only) • Series 10 when ready for operation V in the case of a fault V • From Series 11 when ready for operation V in the case of fault V – Regulated voltage V – Measuring sockets • Command value “w” V • Actual current value “I” V Type of connection – VT-VSPA1-1 – VT-VSPA1K-1 Card dimensions mm (in.) Front plate dimensions: – Height – Width soldering side – Width component side Permissible operating temperature range °C (°F) Storage temperature range °C (°F) Weight kg (lbs.) 1)

24 VDC + 40% – 5% 35 V 22 V call-up activated; Ri > 100kΩ 0V to 6.5V –> no call-up; Ri > 100kΩ 8.5V to UB –> call-up activated; Ri > 100kΩ 0V to 6.5V –> no call-up; Ri > 100kΩ 8.5V to UB –> ramp ON; Ri > 100kΩ 0V to 6.5V –> ramp OFF; Ri > 100kΩ 8.5V to UO –> ON; Ri > 100kΩ 0 to 6.5V –> OFF; Ri > 100kΩ 250 Hz ±10% with J6 and J7 = open

Adjustment ranges: – Zero balancing (potentiometer “Zw”) – Command values (potentiometers “w1” to “w4”) – Ramp times (potentiometers “t”) – Amplitude attenuator (potentiometer “Gw”) – Frequency adjustment with potentiometer (J7 activated) Outputs – Command value signal – Actual value signal – Ready for operation

V V V

– Output “command value reached” – on enquiry

V

– Regulated voltage – Ramp signal measuring socket

V V

– Current output stage Type of connection: – VT-VSPA1-2 – VT-VSPA1K-2 Card dimensions: Front panel dimensions (refers to VT-VSPA1-2) – Height – Width soldering side – Width component side Permissible operating temperature range Storage temperature range

24VDC +40% -20%

±30% 0 to +100% 20ms to 5s; can be changed over to 0.2s to 50s 0 to +120% see explanation: Clock-pulse generator

I

0 to +10V ±2%; Imax = 2mA 0 to +10V ±2%; Imax = 2mA >16V; Imax = 50mA (in the event of a fault: U < 1V; Ri = 10kΩ) >16V; Imax = 50mA (when command value reached) (when command value not reached: U 100 kΩ (ref. is M0) 0 to ± 10 V; Re > 50 kΩ 4 to 20 mA; load RB = 100 Ω 0 to + 10 V; Re = 10 kΩ (raised internally to +15 V; ref. is M0) 8.5 V to VB –> call-up actuated; Re > 100 kΩ 0 to 6.5 V –> no call-up; Re > 100 kΩ 8.5 V to VB –> call-up actuated; Re > 100 kΩ 0 to 6.5 V –> no call-up; Re > 100 kΩ 8.5 V to VB –> ON; Re > 100 kΩ 0 to 6.5 V –> OFF; Re > 100 kΩ 8.5 V to VB –> ON; Re > 100 kΩ 0 to 6.5 V –> OFF; Re > 100 kΩ 8.5 V to VB –> ON; Re > 100 kΩ 0 to 6.5 V –> OFF; Re > 100 kΩ 8.5 V to VB –> ON; Re > 100 kΩ 0 to 6.5 V –> OFF; Re > 100 kΩ ± 30% 0% to 110% 20 ms to 5 s; switchable 0.2 to 50 s 0% to 50% 0% to 110% (valid when setting the jump height from 0%)

V V V V V I

f f f

± 10 V ± 2 %; Imax = 2 mA ± 2.5 V ± 2 %; Imax = 2 mA (mV mA) ± 10 V ± 2 %; Imax = 2 mA > 16 V; 50 mA (with a fault: U < 1 V; Ri = 10 kΩ) ± 10 V ± 2 %; 25 mA; short circuit-proof 0 to 2.5 A; short circuit-proof; clocked approx. 5 kHz ± 10 V ± 2 %; Imax = 2 mA ± 2.5 V ± 2 %; Imax = 2 mA (mV mA) 300–370 Hz (at 24 V VB and 0 V Vcom. = 370 Hz) 180–410 Hz (at 24 V VB and 0 V Vcom. = 410 Hz) 170 Hz 48-pin blade connector, DIN 41 612, form F

Card dimensions

Eurocard 100 x 160 mm (3.93 x 6.29 in.)

Front plate dimensions – Height – Width soldered side – Width component side Permissible operating temperature range Storage temmperature range Weight

3 HE, 128.4 mm (5.1 in.) 1 TE, 5.08 mm (0.2 in.) 3TE 0 to 50 (32 to 122) –25 to 85 (–13 to 185) 0.17 (0.38) net

Proportional Electronics

°C (°F) °C (°F) kg (lbs.)

374

Section 8

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 29 864/06.98 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 01.01

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Mobile dual solenoid driver Model MDSD Series 2X – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

Wide supply voltage range: 10–28 VDC On board, replaceable fuse Reverse voltage protection Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) outputs PWM frequency adjustable from 75–275 Hz Max. and min. current separately adjustable for both solenoids High current driver, regulated to within 1.0%, continuous operation Infinite duration short circuit protection on both outputs Reference voltage provided for control via an external potentiometer (>1K Ohm) Differential inputs for external voltage sources (±2.5 or ±5.0 VDC) Neutral position deadband for joysticks Ramp time 0.2 to 10.0 sec., separately adjustable for both solenoids (A = up/down; B = up/down) All adjustments are made via multi-turn potentiometers EMI/RFI resistant Rugged, environmental packaging Temperature range: –25 to 80 °C (–13 to 176 °F)

MDSD Mobile Dual Solenoid Driver

Ordering code MDSD

1

– 2X

*

Mobile Dual Solenoid Driver Electrical deadband +/– 10% neutral deadband, for joysticks No deadband (*for other applications) Connector Flat tabs (standard) Screw terminals Design series Series 20 to 29

Further details to be written in clear text = No code

0= 1, 2, 3, 4 =

Adjustment option for MDSD-2X/ All other models See preset adjustment table

=1

Ramp time 0.2 – 10 sec.

No code = = No code =K

Ramp type A/B solenoid ramp

No code = Preset Adjustments

= 20 to 29 1= 2= 3= 4= 0=

* Minimum pots P5, P6 can be adjusted to eliminate spool overlap on MDSD 1 cards.

P1, P2 2 sec. 2 sec. 2 sec. 2 sec.

P5, P6 P3, P4 700 mA 1800 mA 400 mA 1200 mA 300 mA 800 mA 200 mA 600 mA don't care

P7 180 Hz 100 Hz 180 Hz 100 Hz

Only applies to MDSD–2X/1, MDSD–2X/2, MDSD–2X/3, and MDSD–2X/4.

Proportional Electronics

375

Section 8

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 29 864/06.98 Page 2 of 2 Issue: 01.01

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data Power supply voltage

VDC

Power requirement

W

Power supply current

Amp

Ramp time

sec.

Control potentiometer Pulse frequency Fuse – 5x20 mm fast acting Ambient temperature Weight

Proportional Electronics

P7

VDC = 10 to 28 P = I2max • RSOL • 1.2 (Refer to valve or pump data sheet for max. solenoid current and hot solenoid resistance) I=

P VDC

0.2 to 10 (standard) 1.2 to 60 (R60) 2.4 to 120 (R120) 4.8 to 240 (R240)

KΩ

1 to 10

Hz

75 to 275

Amp °C (°F) kg (lbs.)

4 –25 to 80 (–13 to 176) 0.16 (0.36)

376

Section 8

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 30119/06.03 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 07.05

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Analog amplifier card Model VT-VRPA2-.-1X/… Series 1X – Suitable for controlling 4WRE valves with position feedback sizes 6 and 10, series 2X – Designed as printed circuit board in Euro-format 100 x 160 mm and suitable for installation in a rack – Command value inputs: • Differential input ± 10 V • Four callable command value inputs ± 10 V • Current input 4 to 20 mA – Inversion of the internal command value signal via 24V input or jumper – Characteristic curve correction by means of separately adjustable step-change heights and maximum values – Ramp time selection via quadrant recognition (24V input) or ramp time call-ups (24V inputs) (option T5) – Changeover of ramp time range by means of jumpers – Enable input – “Ready for operation” output signal – Switchable measuring socket (option T5) – Polarity reversal protection for voltage supply – Power supply unit with DC/DC converter without elevated zero point

Type VT-VRPA2-.-1X/…

Ordering code VT-VRPA2 –

– 1X / V0 /

/ * Further details to be written in clear text 1)

Analog amplifier in Eurocard format For controlling 4WRE 6-2X valves For controlling 4WRE 10-2X valves Series 10 to 19 (10 to 19: Unchanged technical data and pin assignment)

T1 = T5 =

=1 =2

Basic version

= 1X 1)

Proportional Electronics

377

With one ramp time With five ramp times

Additional functions – e.g. output stage monitoring, actual value monitoring or ramp-steady signal on inquiry

Section 8

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 30119/06.03 Page 2 of 2 Issue: 07.05

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data Operating voltage Operating range: – Upper limit value – Lower limit value Power consumption Current consumption Fuse Inputs: – Analog • Command values 1 to 4 (potentiometer inputs) • Command value 5 (differential input) • Command value 6 (current input) • Ramp time external – Digital • Command value call-ups

VO VO(t)max VO(t)min PS I Is

• Ramp call-ups • Quadrant recognition • Command value inversion • Enable Adjustment ranges: – Zero balancing (potentiometer “Zw“) – Command value (potentiometers “w1“ to “w4“) – Ramp times (potentiometers “t1“ to “t5“) – Step-change height (potentiometers “S+“ and “S–“) – Amplitude attenuator (potentiometers “G+“ and “G–“) Outputs: – Command value signal – Actual value signal – Measuring point signal (option 5) – Ready for operation – Regulated voltages – Current output stages – Oscillator – Measuring sockets Type of connection Card dimensions Front panel dimensions: – Height – Width soldering side – Width component side Permissible operating temperature range Storage temperature range Weight Proportional Electronics

24 VDC + 40 % – 20 % 35 V 18 V < 24 VA 100 kΩ (reference is M0) 0 to ± 10 V; Ri > 50 kΩ 4 to 20 mA; load Ri = 100 Ω 0 to +10 V; Ri = 10 kΩ (internally raised to +15 V; reference is M0)

V V V V V V V V V V

8.5 V to VO 0 to 6.5 V 8.5 V to VO 0 to 6.5 V 8.5 V to VO 0 to 6.5 V 8.5 V to VO 0 to 6.5 V 8.5 V to VO 0 to 6.5 V

→ call-up activated; Ri > 100 kΩ → no call-up; Ri > 100 kΩ → call-up activated; Ri > 100 kΩ → no call-up; Ri > 100 kΩ → ON; Ri > 100 kΩ → OFF; Ri > 100 kΩ → ON; Ri > 100 kΩ → OFF; Ri > 100 kΩ → ON; Ri > 100 kΩ → OFF; Ri > 100 kΩ

± 30 % 0 to 110 % 20 ms to 5 s; can be changed over, 0.2 to 50 s 0 % to 50 % 0 % to 110 % (valid for setting of step-change height to 0 %) V V V V V I V F V

°C (°F) °C (°F) kg (lbs.)

± 10 V ± 2 %; Imax = 2 mA ± 10 V ± 2 %; Imax = 2 mA ± 10 V ± 2 %; Imax = 2 mA > 16 V; 50 mA (in case of fault: U < 1 V; Ri = 10 kΩ) ±10 V ± 2 %; 25 mA; short-circuit-proof 0 to 2.5 A; short-circuit-proof; clocked ca. 5 kHz ±5 VSS per output; 10 mA 5.6 kHz ± 10 % ± 10 V ± 2 %; Imax = 2 mA 48-pin male connector, DIN 41 612, form F Euro-card 100 x 160 mm, DIN 41 494 3 HE, 128.4 mm (5.1 in.) 1 TE, 5.08 mm (0.2 in.) 3 TE 0 to 50 (0 to 122) – 25 to 85 (–13 to 185) 0.17 (0.38) net 378

Section 8

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 30118/04.04 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 07.05

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Analog amplifier Model VT-VRPA1-100 Series 1X – Suitable for controlling direct operated proportional pressure control valves with electrical position feedback, type DBETR, – Plug-in connections compatible with those of amplifier type VT 5003 – Power supply with raised zero point – Command value signal inputs: • 0 to + 6 V; 0 to + 9 V; 0 to + 10 V • 0 to 20 mA; 4 to 20 mA (plug-in bridges) – Potentiometer adjustment on the front plate for the zero point and amplitude attenuation – Measurement sockets for the ramp time – Enable input and “ramp off“ input – Plug-in bridges for switching the maximum ramp times 0.02 to 5 s or 0.2 to 50 s – Outputs for command value (0 to + 6 V) and actual value (0 to – 6 V) – LED display “operational“ – Polarity protection

VT-VRPA1-100

Ordering code VT-VRPA1

1X V0

0

*

Amplifier for proportional valves with electrical

Further details in clear text

feedback, analog, with one output stage

1X =

Amplifier for proportional pressure valves DBETR–1X

= 100

Component series 10 to 19 (10 to 19: unchanged techncial data and connection allocation)

When replacing the VT 5003 amplifier in a rack , a 4TE/3HE blanking plate must be ordered separately. Material no.: R900021004

Proportional Electronics

379

Section 8

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 30118/04.04 Page 2 of 2 Issue: 07.05

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data Operating voltage

VB

Functional range – Upper limiting value – Lower limiting value

VB(t)max VB(t)min

Power consumption Current consumption Fuse Inputs – Command value 1 – Command value 2 – Command value 3 (differential input) or or – Enable • Active • Not active – External ramp switch off • Without ramp • With ramp Adjustment ranges – Zero point “Zw” – Command value attenuation “Gw” – Ramp time “up” • Short (bridge X9 fitted) • Long (bridge X8 fitted) – Ramp time “down” • Short (bridge X9 fitted) • Long (bridge X8 fitted) Outputs – Output stage • Solenoid current/resistance • Clock frequency – Driver for the inductive position transducer • Oscillator frequency – Regulated voltage – Measurement sockets • Command value “w” • Actual value “x” • Upwards ramp “t1” • Downwards ramp “t2”

24 VDC + 40 % – 5 % 35 V 22 V

Ps

< 35 W

I

< 1.5 A

Is

2.5 A T

Ve Ve Ve Ie Ie

0 V to + 9 V (ref. potential is M0) 0 V to + 6 V (ref. potential is M0) 0 V to + 10 V 0 mA to 20 mA (Ri = 100 Ω) 4 mA to 20 mA (Ri = 100 Ω)

VF VF

> 10 V 10 V 100 kΩ > 21 V (use relay with contact for currents < 10 mA)

Imax f Va V V V V Vo Vo V V V V V V

2.5 A; R(20) = 2 Ω ca. 5 kHz 10 V 0 to 10 V Ub –1 V Ub –1 V ± 15 V ± 3 %; 10 mA ≥ VB – 5 V; 10 mA (short-circuit-proof); error at Vo < 1 V < 1 V; error at ≥ VB – 5 V; 10 mA + 10 V = 100 % + 10 V = 100 % – 10 V = 100 % + 10 V = 100 % ± 10 V = ± 100 % ± 10 V = ± 100 %

Type of transducer: – for pump – for valve

IW 9 (throttle circuit; ± 4 mm; 3-wire connection) DM2 (transformer circuit; ± 0.6 mm; 4-wire connection)

Type of connection

32-pin male connector, DIN 41 612, form D

Card dimensions

Euro-card 100 x 160 mm, DIN 41 494

Front panel dimensions: – Height – Width circuit board conductor side – Width component side • VT 5041-2X/1... • VT 5041-2X/3...

Proportional Electronics

3 HE, 128.4 mm (5.1 in.) 1 TE 5 TE 9 TE

384

Section 8

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 29980/02.03 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 07.05

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Electrical amplifier for the control of servo valves without electrical position feedback Model VT-SR2 Series 1X – Suitable for controlling single and two-stage servo-valves without electrical position feedback (types 4WS2EM 6, 4WS2EM 10., 4WS2EM 16 – Regulator for valve current – Dither signal generator – Push-pull output stage – Enable circuit with relay – Measuring instrument for displaying servo-valve current – Reverse polarity protection for voltage supply – Optional extensions: • PID-controller1) with controller changeover • Relay with potential-free changeover contact (28 V / 2 A)

VT-SR2-1X/…

Ordering code VT–SR2 – 1X / 1 – 60 Amplifier for servo valves without electrical position feedback; models 4WS2EM 6, 4WS2EM 10., 4WS2EM 16., Series 10 to 19 (10 to 19: unchaged technical data and pin allocation)

Proportional Electronics

60 = 1=

Valve current ± 60 mA With voltage regulator ± 15 V

= 1X

385

Section 8

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 29980/02.03 Page 2 of 2 Issue: 07.05

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data Operating voltages: With voltage regulator – Upper limit – Lower limit Without voltage regulator – Upper limits – Lower limits

VDC Vo(t)max Vo(t)min Vo; VM Vo(t)max; VM(t)max Vo(t)min; VM(t)min

Power consumption (without valve) at Vo = ± 24 V 1)

I

Inputs: – Command signal 1 (main spool position) – Command signal 2 (main spool position) with J9 – Enable – Changeover of controller – Reserved relay

Ve Ve Ve Ve Ve

Outputs: – Regulated output voltage 1) – Valve current – Valve current command value (with J10) – Relay selection voltage

VM Imax Va V

Dither signal

f

Relay data: – Nominal voltage – Response voltage – Release voltage – Switching time – Coil resistance (at 25 °C [77 °F])

V V V t R

±24 VDC ±28 VDC ±22 VDC ±24 VDC; ±15,0 VDC ±28 VDC; ±15,2 VDC ±22 VDC; ±14,8 VDC 13 V 1.3 V to 6.5 V 10-% 2.7/40 (NG 6) 3.7/60 (NG 10) 1.7 A 2.7 A The current rating can rise at min. VB and long cable length to control solenoid 37 W 55 W b 20: 0...±10 V Difference amplifier z 20: 0...±10 V } (Ri = 100 kΩ) z 12: 0...10 V } Difference amplifier z 10: 0 V z 14: 4...20 mA current input b 16: 0...+10 V-/-1...+6 V voltage input b 18: 0 V reference b 10: 6...40 V DC z 24: 24 V/0.1 A max. For applications ≤ 30 Hz Potentiometer 10 kΩ, ±10 V supply from b 32, z 32 (10 mA) or external signal source To z 16, V = 8.5...40 V, Ri = 100 kΩ , LED (green) on front panel lights up z 6: +15 V/35 mA, Ri ~ 25 Ω b 30: –15 V/25 mA; z 30: +15 V/35 mA b 22: 0 … ±10 V, RL > 10 kΩ/ref. b 24 b 26: 0 … ±10 V, RL > 10 kΩ/ref. b 28 Clocked current regulator Imax. = 3.7 A Imax. = 2.7 A Solenoid cable: up to 20 m 1.5 mm2 20 up to 60 m 2.5 mm2 Position transducer: 4 x 0.5 mm2 (shielded) Pressure sensor: 4 x 0.5 mm2 ( shielded) Green: Enable VB ON Yellow: Position transducer open circuit Red: Supply voltage too low Yellow: Pressure control OFF Yellow: Pressure control working Both yellow LED’s flashing: Pressure sensor open circuit Open-circuit protection for feedback signal cable and pressure sensor Closed-loop position control with PID action Clocked output stage Rapid energizing and de-energizing for fast response times Short-circuit-proof outputs External control shutoff z 22: No fault: +VK; max. 100-mA Fault: 0-V

Error signal – Position transducer open circuit – VB too low – ±15 V stabilization Note: Connect power zero b 2 and control zero b 12, b 14 or z 28 separately to central ground (neutral point). Proportional Electronics

389

Section 8

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 30134/05.04 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 07.05

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

p/Q Controller Model VT-VACAP Series 2X – Analog amplifiers in Europe card format for installation in 19″ rack – Suitable for servo solenoid valves with on-board electronics – Closed-loop position control with PID action – Short-circuit-proof outputs – External deactivation for pressure controller – Suitable for pressure sensors (1...6-V, 0...10-V, 4...20 mA) – Supply for pressure sensors – Detection of open circuit to pressure sensors – Material number: 0811405157

VT-VACAP

Ordering code VT– Hydraulic component (actuation) Axis control Valve type Controller Actuation Analog Function p/Q control

Proportional Electronics

V

A

C

A

P – 500 – 2X / V0

V0 = =A 2X = =C =A

500 =

Customer version Catalog version Series Series 20 to 29 Serial numbers for types Standard version without valve amplifier function

=P

390

Section 8

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 30134/05.04 Page 2 of 2 Issue: 07.05

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data PCB format

(100 x 160 x approx. 35) mm (W x L x H), Europe format with front plate (7 modular spacings)

Plug connection

Connector DIN 41612-F32

Power supply VB at z2–b2

24 V DC nominal Battery voltage 21...40 V Rectified AC voltage Veff = 21...28 V (single phase, full-wave rectification)

Smoothing capacitor at z4–b2

4700 μF/63 V DC, only if ripple VB > 10-%

Current rating

0-811-405-157 max. 160 mA (1 channel) 0-811-405-158 max. 220 mA (2 channel) Basis card (1 channel)

Daughter card (2 channel)

Pressure sensor (1-...-6 V/0-...-10 V) Pressure sensor (4-...-20 mA)

b26 – ref. b28 b24 – ref. b28

b16 – ref. b18 z14 – ref. b18

Pressure sensor supply – V

z6 (+15 V)/b8 (0 V)

Pressure setpoint (0-...-10) V

b12/b14 (0 V)

z12/z10 (0 V)

External controller deactivation

z28: 6-...-40 V DC

b10: 6-...-40 V DC

External controller readout

z26: 24 V DC, max. 20 mA

z24: 24 V DC, max. 20 mA

Monitor signal pactual

z16: 0-...-10 V DC

z18: 0-...-10 V DC

External channel selection mode

z30: 6-...-40 V DC

Flow setpoint

z22: 0-...-±10 V DC b22: 0 V

Potentiometer supply

z32: +10 V, max. 10 mA

Output

VAI; b4/b8 (0 V): 0 ... ±10 V Load RL > 1 kΩ

Cable: Pressure sensor Valve PLC signals

4 x 0.5 mm2 (shielded) 5 x 0.5 mm2 (shielded) 0.5 mm2 (shielded)

LED displays/channel

Pressure controller OFF Controller operating Open circuit to pressure sensor (both above-mentioned LED’s flash)

Special features

Monitoring for open circuit to pressure sensor Test connections for major parameters External deactivation of pressure controller External channel selection mode For use with various pressure sensors

Proportional Electronics

391

z20: 0-...-±10 V DC b22: 0 V

VAIl; b6/b8 (0 V): 0 ... ±10 V Load RL > 1 kΩ

Section 8

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 30050/03.04 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 07.05

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Analog position controller Model VT-MACAS Series 1X – – – – – – – – –

Design: Module for snapping onto DIN rails Actuation of valves with on-board electronics Enabling input Open-circuit detection for feedback signal cable Short-circuit-proof interfaces Measurement taps on front panel Deadband compensation can be deactivated Position: PT1 control Velocity control possible in conjunction with a speedometer: PI control – Cylinder area ratio adjustment – Material number: 0811405139

Ordering code VT– Hydraulic component Axis control Type Controller Actuation Ananlog Function Position control

Proportional Electronics

M

A

C

A

S – 500 – 1X / V0

=A

V0 = =C

1X = =A

500 =

Customer version Catalog version Series Series 10 to 19 Serial numbers for types Standard version without valve amplifier function

=S

392

Section 8

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 30050/03.04 Page 2 of 2 Issue: 06.04

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data Format/design

(86 x 110 x 95) mm/module

Fastening/connection

DIN rail/connector + terminals

Power supply (8), (9)

VB = 24 Vnom/batt.: 21 ... 40 V DC Single-phase full wave: 21 ... 28 V DCeff

Current rating

Max. 200 mA

Signal input (1), (2)

VT-MACAS-500-10/V0

Vset: ±10 V, difference amplifier Ri = 100 kΩ

Feedback signal (3), (4)

VT-MACAS-500-10/V0

Vfeed: ±10 V, difference amplifier Ri = 100 kΩ

Valve signal (5), (6), (7)

VV = ±10 V (max. 10 mA) or IV = 4 ... 20 mA (average 12 mA)

Deadband compensation

Can be deactivated, effective in a range of ± 4 %

Enable signal (10)

8.5 ... 40 V DC

Fault signal (11)

No fault: 24 Vnom (VB) max. 50 mA Fault: < 2 V

IN POS signal (12)

IN POS: 24 Vnom (VB) max. 50 mA Not IN POS: < 2 V

Ramp ranges

I: 0.1 ... 1 s II: 1 ... 10 s

Area ratio adjustment AK:AR

Min. 1:1; max. 1:4

Feedback signal adjustment

Zero: –5 ... 10 % Gain: 50 ... 110 %

Type of controller

Position: PT1 Velocity: PI

Valve zero

±5%

Special features

– Module can be switched from position to velocity control – Position window can be switched over – Measurement taps on front panel – Short-circuit-proof interfaces

Proportional Electronics

393

Section 8

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 30143/05.05 Page 1 of 3 Issue: 07.05

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Digital command value and controller card Model VT-HACD-1 Series 1X

Model VT-HACD-1

Ordering code VT-HACD – 1 – 1X / V0 / 1 –

– 0

Digital command value and controller card Standard command value and controller card Series 10 to 19 (10 to 19: unchanged technical data and pin assignment)

* 0=

=1

0= D= P=

= 1X

Without valve output stage Without bus interfacing DeviceNet™ Profibus DP V0

1= V0 =

With display Basic device

* Kit includes CD-ROM with BODAC software

Proportional Electronics

394

Section 8

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 30143/05.05 Page 2 of 3 Issue: 07.05

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data Operating voltage

VO

Operating range: – Upper limit value – Lower limit value

vO(t)max vO(t)min

Current consumption Fuse

Imax IF

24 VDC + 40 % – 10 % 35 V 21 V Stand-by current consumption 250 mA 4 AT

Digital inputs

Signal

log 0 = 0 to 5 V log 1 = 15 V to VO

Digital outputs

Signal

log 0 = 0 to 5 V log 1 = 15 V to (VO – 3 V) Imax = 30 mA

Analogue inputs A1…6 Configuration as voltage input Range Input resistance Resolution

V Ri

0 to 10 V or ±10 V (can be configured) 100 kΩ, > 10 MΩ for input AI 3 5 mV for range ±10 V 2,5 mV for range 0...10 < 10 mV

I Re

0...20 mA or 4...20 mA (can be configured) 100 Ω 0.15 % (at 500 Ω between pin AI x – and 0 V) 5 μA

Non-linearity Configuration as current input Range Input resistance Power loss Resolution Analogue outputs AO 1 configuration as voltage output Output voltage Output current Load Resolution Residual ripple content AO 1 configuration as current output Output current Load Resolution Residual ripple content AO 2 / AO 3 Output voltage Output current Load Resolution Residual ripple content Reference voltage Residual ripple content

Proportional Electronics

V Imax Rmin

0 ... 10V or ±10 V (can be configured) 20 mA 500 Ω 1.25 mV (14 bits) ± 15 mV (without noise)

I Rmax

0...20 mA or 4...20 mA (can be configured) 500 Ω 1.25 μA ± 15 μA (without noise)

V Imax Rmin

±10 V 10 mA 1 kΩ 10 mV (11 bits) ± 25 mV (without noise)

V Imax

± 10 V 30 mA < 20 mV

395

Section 8

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 30143/05.05 Page 3 of 3 Issue: 07.05

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data (cont.) Scanning time

2 ms

t

Serial interface

RS 232 (front panel), D-Sub socket

Type of connection

64-pin male connector, DIN 41612, form G

Card dimensions

Euro-card 100 x 160 mm, DIN 41494

Front panel dimensions: – Height – Width soldering side – Width component side

3 HE, 128.4 mm (5.1 in.) 1 TE, 5.08 mm (0.2 in.) 7 TE

Permissible operating temperature range Storage temperature range

°C (°F) °C (°F)

0 to 50 (32 to 122) –20 to 70 (–4 to 158)

Weight kg (lbs.) 0.2 (0.4) Note: For details with regard to environment simulation testing in the fields of EMC (electromagnetic compatibility), climate and stress, see RE 30143-U (declaration on environmental compatibility).

Pin assignment of male connector Pin

Row z

Row b

Row d

Row f

2

n.c.

Analogue input AI 3 +

Digital input DI 1

Digital output DO 7

4

n.c.

Analogue input AI 3 –

6

n.c.

Digital input DI 2

SSI clock +

Analogue input AI 2 +

1)

Digital input DI 3

SSI clock –

8

n.c.

Analogue input AI 2 –

1)

Digital input DI 4

SSI data +; Inc Ua1

10

Shield

Analogue input AI 1 +

3)

Digital input DI 5

SSI data –; Inc /Ua1

Analogue input AI 1 –

3)

Digital input DI 6

Inc Ua2

Analogue input AI 4 +

1)

Digital input DI 7

Inc /Ua2

Analogue input AI 4 –

1)

Digital input DI 8

Inc Ua0

1)

Enable

Inc /Ua0

Digital output DO 1

n.c.

Analogue input AI 6 +

1)

OK

n.c.

1)

n.c.

n.c.

12 14 16

n.c. n.c. n.c.

18

n.c.

Analogue input AI 5 +

20

System ground

Analogue input AI 5 – 1)

22

Digital output DO 3

24

Digital output DO 4

Analogue input AI 6 –

26

Digital output DO 5

Analogue output AO 3, ±10V

Digital output DO 2

n.c.

28

Digital output DO 6

Analogue GND 4)

n.c.

n.c.

30

UO: +24 V

–10 V

Analogue output AO 1 2)

n.c.

32

L0: 0 V

+10 V

Analogue output AO 2, ±10V

n.c.

1)

Inputs AI 2, 4, 5 and 6 can be set to 0...10 V, ±10 V, 0…20 mA or 4...20 mA by means of software.

2)

Output AO 1 can be set to 0...10 V, ±10 V, 0…20 mA or 4...20 mA by means of software.

3)

This input has an input resistance Ri > 10 MΩ

4)

Reference potential for AO 1, AO 2, AO 3, +10 V and –10 V

Proportional Electronics

n.c. ... not assigned in the basic version, but reserved for extensions.

396

Section 8

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 30 916/07.05 Page 1 of 1 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Digital controller for position and pressure/force control Model DMX Series 2X – Absolute digital input for 24-bit SSD position transducer – High resolution input for analog position transducer – Accepts 2 pressure transducers or load cell as force feedback – Fine Positioning integration for superior accuracy – Analog input for external velocity control – Active Damping for low natural frequency systems – Gain matching for a differential area cylinder – Internal tables of stored command values – 4–20 mA, 10 V, or ±10 V options for most analog inputs – Range checking on analog inputs – Outputs ±10 Vdc or 4–20 mA to valve amplifier – Multifunction analog output to monitor control values – Program accessible by pushbuttons with front display – WinHost software included for setup and commissioning – RS232 communication ports – Allen Bradley SLC communication interface – Password protection available – 24 Vdc powered digital platform – Optimizes hydraulic axis for closed loop control – Achievable position accuracy of ±0.05% with analog feedback, 50 kΩ 0 to 6.5 V

Adjustment ranges: – Zero balancing (potentiometer “Z“) – Amplitude attenuator (potentiometer “G“) – Command values (potentiometers “w1“ to “w4“) – Ramp times (potentiometers “t1“ to “t5“) Outputs: – Control variable – Measuring socket for control variable “w“ – Measuring socket for ramp time “t“

0 to ± 10 V; Ri > 50 kΩ

± 30 % 0 % to ca. 110 % 0 % to ca. 110 % (factory setting 100 %) 20 ms to 5 s V Vw Vt

0 to ± 10 V; ± 2 mA; RL > 5 kΩ 0 to ± 10 V (+ 100 % ≅ + 10 V; – 100 % ≅ – 10 V) 0.01 V to + 10 V (tmin = 10 V ≅ ca. 10 ms; tmax = 0.01 V ≅ ca. 10 s)

Type of connection

12 screw terminals

Type of mounting

Carrier rail NS 35/7.5 to DIN 50 022

Type of protection

IP 20 to DIN 40 050

Dimensions (W x H x D)

40 x 79 x 85.5 mm

Permissible operating temperature range Storage temperature range Weight

Proportional Electronics

°C (°F) °C (°F) kg (lbs.)

0 to 50 (0 to 122) –25 to 85 (4 to 185) 0.13 (0.29)

399

Section 8

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 30262/07.99 Page 1 of 1 Issue: 01.01

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Plug-in switching amplifier Model VT-SSV-1 Series 2X – Suitable for control of switching valves with direct current solenoid operation through signals with low control power – Activation can be carried out direct with the switch output signals of an open loop control – Output with constant short circuit protection – Status indication of switching condition with LED Model VT-SSV-1-2X

Ordering code VT-SSV-1 – 2X/ * Plug-in switching amplifier

Further details to be written in clear text

Series 20 to 29 (20 to 29: technical data and terminal connection unchanged)

= 2X

Technical data Operating voltage

V+

Output current

Imax

Output voltage

Vmax

Control voltage: – ON – OFF

VIN VIN

Control current

IIN

Switching frequency Cable connection: – Fitting – External cable diameter

fmax

d

24 VDC; + 20%; – 10% (residual ripple < 15%) 2 A (at 100% duty) V+ – 0.2 V (typical at 2 A) 10 to 35 VDC 0 to 6 VDC ≤ 3 mA approx. 4 Hz Screw-type terminals max. 1.5 mm2 Pg 11 4 to max. 10 mm

Solenoid connection

Plug-in connector 2-pin + PE; DIN 43650/ISO 4400 (Z5L)

Connection cable (recommendation)

Olflex 4 x 1.5 mm2 16 AWG (not included in delivery)

Permisible operating temperature range Storage temperature range Weight

Proportional Electronics

°C (°F) °C (°F) m

–25 to +70 (–13 to 158) –25 to +70 (–13 to 158) approx. 45 g

400

Section 8

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 29 921/06.01 Page 1 of 1 Issue: 04.03

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Card holder for mounting circuit boards of Euro card format Model CH32 Series 1X – – – – – – –

Fastens to 35mm DIN rail or directly screws to panel Sturdy base and card guide assembly Circuit board hold downs Ejector buttons smoothly release card Compression screw terminals for wire connections Terminal connections on both sides of card holder Fits Rexroth 32-pin and 64-pin plug-in cards 32-pin card holder, CH32 C-1X

Ordering code CH

– 1X

Card Holder Mating Connector per DIN 41612, female 32 contacts, type C 64 contacts, type G

1X =

Series 10 to 19

= 32C = 64G

Technical data Mating connector, female per DIN 41612: CH32 Type C 32 contacts (rows a & c, 2 – 32 even) CH64 Type G 64 contacts (rows f/d/b/z, 2 – 32 even) Mounting: Clip onto 35mm rail 90° DIN rail adapter included 2 clearance holes, 0.165 in. (4.2 mm) dia. x 3/8 in. (9.5 mm) depth

Recommended wire size (2 wires per terminal max.): 16AWG or smaller (2 mm2) Recommended box depth with card inserted: 9” or larger (225 mm) Weight: CH32C 0.5 lb. CH64G 0.8 lb.

Maximum wire size: 12AWG (4 mm2)

Proportional Electronics

401

Section 8

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 30 108/11.03 Page 1 of 1 Issue: 06.04

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Card holder for mounting circuit boards of Euro card format Model CH64-G Series 1X – Fastens to 35mm DIN rail or directly screws to panel – Loose adapter included for DIN rail mounting to mount horizontally or vertically – Sturdy base and card guide assembly – Circuit board hold downs – Ejector buttons release card smoothly – Compression screw terminals for wire connections – Terminal connections on both sides of the cardholder – Fits Bosch Rexroth 64-pin type G plug-in Euro card format cards

Ordering code CH – 64G – PH – 1X Card Holder Mating Connector per IEC 603/DIN 41612 64 contacts, type G

Series 10 to 19

1X =

Style

PH = = 64G

Technical data Mating connector, female epr DIN41612 Type G: CH64-G 64 contacts (rows z, b, d & f 2-32 even) Mounting: – Guiderail 35 mm (1.38 in.) horizontal or vertical (NS35/7.5) – M4 x 30mm or 6-32 x 1-1/4" screws (hole diameter 4.2 mm [0.165 in.]) Tightening torque 0.5 Nm (0.369 lb-ft) Technical data: – Conection according to standard IEC/DIN VDE – Nominal current In 1A – Nominal voltage Un 250V – Stripping length 8 mm

Proportional Electronics

Connection data in AWG (mm2 [in2]): Minimum conductor cross section rigid Maximum conductor cross section rigid Minimum conductor cross section flexible Maximum conductor cross section flexible

24 (0.2 [0.0003]) 12 (4.0 [0.0062]) 24 (0.2 [0.0003]) 14 (2.5 [0.0038])

Recommended box depth with card inserted: 228 mm (9 in.) or larger Weight in kg (lbs.): CH64 type G 0.34 (0.75)

402

Section 8

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from 1 987 761 327 / 12.00 (AKY 13/4) Page 1 of 1 Issue: 06.04

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Card Connector Material Number: 1 834 486 001

Technical data Clamp voltage to VDE 0110

V

Current load Cable cross-section

I 2

AWG (mm )

max. 125 V AC max. 4 A max. 12 (4)

Type of connection:

32-pin spring contact strip, model F, DIN 41 612

Terminal connections:

even-numbered, row b, z

Permissible ambient temperature Weight

Proportional Electronics

°C (°F) kg (lbs.)

–15 to 70 (4 to 158) 0.5 (1.1)

403

Section 8

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 29928/11.03 Page 1 of 1 Issue: 07.05

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Card holder Model VT 3002 Series 2X – Card holders allow the simple installation and wiring of individual electronic cards in Euro format, e.g. in switching cabinets – Can be screwed on or snapped onto DIN rails – Vertical mounting onto a DIN rail, possible with an additional adaptor (included within the scope of supply) – Stable base – Card locking and releasing by lever operation – Connection via screw terminals

Card Holder Model VT 3002-2X/48

Ordering code VT 3002 – 2X

*

Card Holder

Further details to be written in clear text

Series 20 to 29 (20 to 29: externally interchangeable)

= 2X

32D = 48F =

32-pin spring contact strip, form D 48-pin spring contact strip, form F

Technical data Terminal voltage to VDE 0110 C Current loading capacity

V

Max. 125 VAC

– VT 3002-2X/32D

I

4A

– VT 3002-2X/48F

I

4A

Cross-section connection

A

Screw terminals max. 4mm2, (form H - 6 mm2)

Connection type: (socket connection)

– VT 3002-2X/32D

32-pin spring contact strip, form D DIN 41612

– VT 3002-2X/48F

48-pin spring contact strip, form F DIN 41612

Pin allocation:

– VT 3002-2X/32D

Even numbered, rows a/c

– VT 3002-2X/48F

Even numbered, rows d/b/z

Permissible ambient temperature range Weight

Proportional Electronics

°C (°F) kg (lbs.)

–20 to 70 (–4 to 158) 0.5 (1.1)

404

Section 8

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 30 151/06.98 Page 1 of 1 Issue: 04.03

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Power supply 24 V and ±15 V – – – – – – – –

Output 24 VDC single polarity models Output ±15 VDC or ±12 VDC bi-polar models Voltage regulation ±0.05% Low output ripple 4,5 V low < 1,5 V; high > 4,5 V low < 1,5 V; high > 4,5 V low < 1,5 V; high > 4,5 V 0...10 kHz; > 1 Vrms 0...5 kHz 0...1,8 A 0...2,3 A 100...400 Hz 100, 160 oder 220 Hz 100, 167, 250, 333 Hz

Switch outputs (MOSFET)

Analog voltage outputs

max. 20 mA max. 1,3 A max. 2 A max. 2,6 A 0...5 V 0...10 V

Interfaces RS 232 C CAN 2.0 B ISO 11898 red / green LED indicators Fault detection for broken wires and short circuit Analog inputs 3) Proportional solenoid outputs Protection against short circuit to supply voltage and ground for all inputs and outputs 4) Reverse polarity protection supply / battery

Mobile Electronics

416

Section 9

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 95 200/06.05 Page 4 of 4 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical Data Controller Microcontroller Clock frequency Memory capacities RAM Flash-EPROM EEPROM Software installation download to flash memory Electromagnetic compatibility Spurious interference (motor vehicles directive 95/54/EG) Line-bound interference (ISO 7637-1/-2/-3) Load Dump max. dissipated loss Operating temperature, housing Storage temperature, housing Vibration resistance: Sinusoidal vibration (IEC 60068-2-6) Random vibration (IEC 60068-2-36) Random vibration (IEC 60068-2-64) Shock resistance: Transport shock (IEC 60068-2-27) Continuous shock (IEC 60068-2-29) Resistance to moisture (IEC 60068-2-30Db; Variant 2) Resistance to salt spray (IEC 60068-2-11) (IEC 60068-2-52) Type of protection (DIN / EN 60529) with fitted mating connector Housing material Weight Outer dimensions

Mating connector

MHz

RC2-2 C164CI 20

RC4-4 C167CS 40

RC6-9 C167CS 40

RC12-18 2xC167CS 40

k Byte k Byte k Byte

128 256 2

256 512 8

256 512 8

512 1024 16

✓

✓

✓

✓

Standard software

100 Vrms/m; (Details on request)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Values on request

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓ 8,0 ✓ ✓

✓ 8,0 ✓ ✓

✓ 8,25 ✓ ✓

✓ 16,5 ✓ ✓

✓ 8,0 ✓ ✓

✓ –

✓ –

✓ –

✓ –

– ✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

–

–

–

–

–

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

95 % (+25°C bis +55°C)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

72 h, 35°C, 5% NaCl 72 h, 35°C, 5% NaCl

✓ –

✓ –

✓ –

✓ –

– ✓

IP 65

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓ 0,5 114 204 45 1 –

✓ 0,7 187 202 45 1 –

✓ 0,7 187 202 45 1 1

✓ 1,5 187 202 83 2 2

✓ 0,7 187 202 45 1 1

max. 70 V W at 32 V -40...85°C -40...85°C 10 g / 57...2000 Hz 20 Cycles per axis 10 Cycles per axis 0,05g2 / Hz 30 min per axis 0,05g2 / Hz 30 min per axis 15 g / 11 ms 3x in each direction (pos./neg.) and in each axis 25 g / 6 ms 1000x in each direction (pos./neg.) and in each axis

Diecast aluminum approx. kg Length (in mm) Width (in mm) Height (in mm) 52-pin 28-pin

RCE12-4

1

) switched with supply voltage ) not for RCE 3 ) For RCE with sensor signal 0,5...4,5/7,5 VDC only 4 ) For RCE the frequency inputs are not continuously protected against short circuits to the battery voltage of 24 V 2

Mobile Electronics

417

Section 9

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 95 230/03.06 Page 1 of 4 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Analog amplifier RA For control of hydraulic components Series 10 The electronic analog amplifier activates up to two proportional solenoids and a switching function: – Optional deadlock of actuation for proportional solenoids – Supply voltage for external setpoint potentiometer – Monitoring of setpoint potentiometer for cable breakage and short circuit – Externally actuated switching output – Error output – Separately adjustable time for each rising and falling ramp on solenoid – Overload protection, overvoltage protection, conditional shortcircuit protection – Separately adjustable Imin and Imax for every solenoid – Externally adjustable PWM frequency

Description

Service options

The analog amplifier activates up to two proportional solenoids. The specified control voltage is processed in the amplifier as an input variable. The analog amplifier provides a regulated electric current as an output variable for actuation of proportional solenoids.

The RA1–0/10 analog amplifier is used to actuate an individual proportional solenoid.

Amplifier outputs for proportional solenoids are activated through a deadband of approx. 5% of the maximum setpoint voltage at the input, i.e. the minimum output current is applied. The level of this minimum output current can be adjusted separately for both proportional outputs using a trimming potentiometer. If the setpoint voltage at the input is increased, the output current for each respective proportional solenoid increases linearly.

The RA2–1/10 analog amplifier can be used to actuate two proportional solenoids in a single device (for example a reversible axial piston unit or a valve section with separate actuation of the proportional solenoids) or to actuate two devices independently of each other (for example two individual axial piston units or valves).

The maximum output current can also be separately adjusted using a trimming potentiometer for the outputs. The gradient of the output curve is influenced by this. The analog amplifier contains time ramp functions which can be used to adjust the period in which the output current can be adapted to match a modified setpoint. The ramp time adjustment range extends from 100 ms to 10 s. The time ramp functions can be adjusted using trimming potentiometers for each solenoid.

Mobile Electronics

418

Section 9

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 95 230/03.06 Page 2 of 4 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Ordering code

RA

/

1

0

Type Analog amplifier

RA

Design 1. digit = no. of proportional outputs

2-1

2. digit = no. of switching outputs

1-0

Series 1 Index 0

Material numbers Analog amplifier RA

Material number

RA

2-1

/

10

R902091800

RA

1-0

/

10

R902091900

Mating Connector Order designation for Bosch 25-pin mating connector consisting of: Designation

Material number

Handle shell, angled

Bosch 1 928 401 013

Contact carrier

Bosch 1 928 400 952

Screw for contact carrier

Bosch 1 928 491 082

Flat sealing ring for screws

Bosch 1 928 300 198

Locking piece, lilac color

Bosch 1 928 401 566

Clamping collar, large

Bosch 1 928 400 890

2 screws for clamping collar

Bosch 1 928 491 151

Sleeve, angled, 18 mm

Bosch 1 928 300 284

Seal for contact carrier

Bosch 1 928 300 191

Clamping band for sleeve

Bosch 1 928 401 280

25 contacts

AMP 927775-3

The mating connector is not included in supply. It is available from Rexroth with material number R902603063.

Mobile Electronics

419

Section 9

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 95 230/03.06 Page 3 of 4 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data RA1-0

RA2-1

P

P

150 3

150 6

–

–

3

7.5

P

P

1

2

> 5.0 V

–

1

0…2.3 A 100, 200 or 350 Hz Max. 1 A

1

2

–

1

Error indication Operational status indicator PWM current Channel 1 PWM current Channel 2

P P P –

P P P P

P

P

P P

P P

P

P

P

P

P

P

12 and 24 V max. ± 2 V 10…32 V

Nominal voltage Residual ripple (DIN 40839, Section 1) Supply voltage, perm. range Current consumption Without load With load, max. Fuse Internal: External: For switching & proportional solenoid outputs and for electronics Potentiometer supply voltage (for setpoint potentiometer 2…5 kΩ) Voltage input (differential amplifier) (setpoint voltage) Switch input Proportional solenoid outputs (PWM) Current range Pulse frequency Switch output (MOSFET) LED displays: Red Green Yellow Yellow

mA A

AT 7.2 V…8.5 V 4.0 V 0…8.5 V

Error detection Potentiometer: For broken wires and short circuit (With exception of wiper) Proportional solenoid outputs: Current overload limit Supply voltage: Undervoltage monitoring Short-circuit resistant To supply voltage and ground for all inputs and outputs (Exception: potentiometer supply 4.0 V to supply voltage) Reverse polarity protection Supply/Battery Electromagnetic compatibility Spurious interference (KFZ-RL95/54/EG Line-bound interference (ISO 7637-1/-2/-3)

100 Vms/m; (Details on request) Values on request Max. 70 V

Load Dump Max. power loss

W at 32 V

4

4

Operating temperature, housing

–40…85°C

Storage temperature, housing

–40…85°C

P P

P P

Vibration resistance Sinusoidal vibration (IEC 60086-2-6)

10 g / 57…2000 Hz 20 cycles per axis

P

P

Random vibration (IEC 60086-2-36)

Mobile Electronics

0.05 g2 / Hz 30 min per axis

420

Section 9

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 95 230/03.06 Page 4 of 4 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data

Shock resistance: Transport shock (IEC 60068-2-27)

15 g / 11 ms 3x in each direction (pos./neg.) and in each axis

RA1-0

RA2-1

P

P

25 g / 6 ms 1000x in each direction (pos./neg.) and in each axis

Continuous shock (IEC 60068-2-29) Resistance to moisture (IEC 60068-2-30Db; Variant II)

90% (+25°C up to +55°C)

P

P

Resistance to salt spray (IEC 60068-2-11)

72 h, 35°C, 5% NaCl

P

P

Type of protection (DIN / EN 60529): With mounted mating connector 1)

IP65

P

P

Housing material

Plastic injection molding PA66 GF 35

P

P

Weight

approx. kg

0.3

0.3

Outer dimensions

Length (in mm) Width (in mm) Height (in mm)

108 135 42

108 135 42

1)

For suitable routing of connecting cable, see "Installation position"

Curves For 2 solenoids with independent actuation (parallel mode)

For 2 solenoids with interlocked actuation (reversible mode)

ISolenoid

ISolenoid Imax

Imax

~0.8 x Imax

Adjustment range Solenoid 2

Adjustment range Solenoid 1

~0.06 x Imax 0V

Mobile Electronics

~0.8 x Imax

4.0 V

Adjustment range

Imin

Imin

~0.06 x Imax

8.5 V Usetpoint

4.0 V (0 V)

421

8.5 V Usetpoint (4.0 V)

Section 9

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 95 138/01.05 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

BODAS Pressure Sensor PR2 Series 1 Thin film technology sensor to measure pressure – – – – – –

Measuring range to 160, 250, 400, 600 bar Shock and vibration resistant Type of protection IP67 to IP69K Electrical connection versions: male connector or cable Ratiometric output signal Additional versions upon request

Description This sensor is especially suited for use in mobile hydraulics due to its excellent features. Shock and vibration resistance, type of protection, resistance to pressure peaks, resistance to temperature shock, EMC characteristics (up to 100 V/m). The measuring principle uses a hermetically welded thin film measuring cell which provides long-term density.

Mobile Electronics

422

Section 9

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 95 138/01.05 Page 2 of 2 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Ordering code

BODAS-

PR2 –

G

S

05

/

1

0

Type Pressure sensor

PR2

Pressure range 0 … 160 bar

160

0 … 250 bar

250

0 … 400 bar

400

0 … 600 bar

600

Mechanical connection (pressure side) G 1/4“ DIN 3852-E

G

Electric connection AMP Superseal

S

Cable output (upon request)

K

Supply voltage

output signal

5 VDC ± 0.5 VDC

0.5 … 4.5 VDC ratiometr.

05

Series 1 Index 0

Material numbers Sensors

Materials number

PR2

–

160

G

S

05

/

1

0

R902603031

PR2

–

250

G

S

05

/

1

0

R902603032

PR2

–

400

G

S

05

/

1

0

R902603033

PR2

–

600

G

S

05

/

1

0

R902603034

Additional versions

Mobile Electronics

Upon request

423

Section 9

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 95 132/07.05 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Speed sensor DSM Series 1 Hall effect sensor for contactless speed measurement Detects direction of speed – Diagnostic signals – Standstill recognition – Critical air gap – Critical mounting position – Detects even low speeds – Specially developed for the tough requirements of mobile applications – Automotive quality – Easy to install without adjustment work – Current interface – Degree of protection IP69K

Ordering code DSM

1

–

10

Mobile speed sensor Series Version Part number: R917-000-301

Description The DSM1-10 Hall-effect speed sensor was specially developed for tough use in mobile work machines. The sensor detects the speed signal of ferromagnetic gear wheels or cut panels. In this process, as an active sensor it supplies a signal with constant amplitude independent of the rotational speed. The sensor excels not just in its ability to detect the direction of rotation, but also through additional diagnostic functions, such as: – Standstill recognition – Critical air gap – Critical mounting position

Example: External gear motor with integrated DSM speed sensor Mobile Electronics

424

Section 9

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 95 132/07.05 Page 2 of 2 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data

Type

DSM1

Nominal voltage

12-V

Sensor operating voltage

4.5 V ... 20.0 V

Current consumption

max. 16.8 mA

Signal current level Ilow

7 mA ±20-%

Ihigh

14 mA ±20%

Signal ratio Ihigh/Ilow

≥ 1.9

Signal frequency

1 ... 5000 Hz

Direction of rotation signal

PWM signal (see page 5)

Electromagnetic compatibility Stripline (DIN 1145 2-5) 1 MHz – 400 MHz Free field (DIN 1145 2-2) 200 MHz – 1 GHz

200-V/m

Overvoltage protection

24 V 10-·-5 min

Inverse-polarity protection Inverse-polarity current

 195 mA Protective circuit must be arranged for in controller or externally!

Vibration resistance (IEC 68-2-34) Random vibration

0.05g2 Hz 20...2000 Hz

150-V/m

Shock resistance (IEC 68-2-27)

1000 m/s2/6 ms 12x in each direction (pos./neg.)

Saltspray resistance (DIN 50-021-SS)

168-h

Degree of protection (DIN 40-050-9)

IP69K

Operating temperature Sensor zone Cable zone

–40-°C ... +150-°C –40-°C ... +115-°C

Storage temperature (IEC 68-2-1 Aa, IEC 68-2-2 Ba)

–40-°C…+50-°C

Housing material

Plastic/brass

Weight

55-g

Mounting position

see page 7

Measuring distance

max. 3 mm

Pressure resistance of measuring surface

5 bar

Example applications Due to its compact, sturdy design, the sensor is suitable for the following applications, among others – – – –

In Rexroth external gear motors In the wheel bearing for measuring the wheel speed In power shift transmission In fan drives for buses, trucks and construction machinery from

Mobile Electronics

7 to 20 kW – As a vibration drive for road rollers and road construction machinery

425

Section 9

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 95 135/06.03 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Hall-effect speed sensor HDD Series 2 – – – – – – – – –

Easy installation without adjustment Detects even low speeds Large temperature range Protection against Short-circuit, reverse polarity protection Pressure-resistant sensor measuring surface O-ring seal High type of protection IP69k Available in a set with A2FM and A6VM/E axial piston motors Due to asymmetrical screw attachment the mounting of the axial piston units is encoded.

Main components – Two integrated Hall semiconductors with permanent magnet and amplifier – Robust plastic housing – Moulded connecting cable

Description The HDD Hall-effect speed sensor is used for contactless speed measurement of even very low speeds of rotation. Two Hall-effect semiconductor elements in the sensor measure a change in magnetic flux caused by a ferromagnetic gear on the sensor. This magnetic flux change is converted into square-wave pulse signals by the built-in electronic system. The frequency f of the square-wave voltage emitted by the sensor is calculated from the number of teeth z on the circumference of the gear wheel and the speed of the drive shaft or PTO shaft, using the following formula: f=

z•n 60

f in sec-1 n in rpm z = number of teeth

The number of teeth is specified in the catalogue sheet for the relevant axial piston motor. The sensor is suitable for installation in various devices, including the following Rexroth axial piston motors: A2FM ___________________________________see RE 91001 A6VM ___________________________________see RE 91604 A6VE ____________________________________see RE 91606 Before the sensor can be installed, the motors must be prepared for speed measurement by HDD (boss for flange-on connection). The sensor is available in four basic variants. HDD1 delivers a square-wave signal proportional to the speed of rotation and a switch signal that identifies the direction of rotation. HDD2 delivers two square-wave signals that are offset with a 90° phase delay suitable for redundant speed detection. Additionally, these signals can be used to calculate the direction of rotation using e.g. a Rexroth MC control unit (RE 95050) or RC control unit (RE 95200). Both variants are available with NPN (default) or PNP output circuit. Mobile Electronics

426

Section 9

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 95 135/06.03 Page 2 of 2 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Ordering code

HDD Type Hall-effect speed sensor

/

2

0

HDD

Version One frequency output, One output for direction of rotation Two frequency outputs

1 2

Installation depth 16 mm 32 mm

L16 L32

Output circuit NPN PNP

N P

Connection HDD 1L16 HDD 1L32 HDD 2L32 N P Core end sleeve DEUTSCH DT04-4P-EP04 male connector

● ●

HDD 2L16 N P

●

●

●

–

–

–

A D

Series 2 Index 0 ● = Available – = Not available

Mobile Electronics

427

Section 9

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 95 130/04.05 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Inductive speed sensor ID For fequency proportional speed measurement Series 2 – No external voltage supply required – Easy to install with fixed lengths of thread engagement ensured by spacer rings on the hydraulic motors – Sealing surface for O-ring seal Main components – Permanent solenoid with coil – Steel housing, galvanized and corrosion-protected – Pressure resistant sensor measuring surface – Water-tight plug-in connector

Ordering code

ID

R

18

01

02

03

/

2

0

04

05

– 06

Typ 01 Inductive speed sensor

ID

Model 02 with circular connector conforming to DIN 72585

R

Thread 03 M18x1.5

18

Note: Due to the inductive measuring principle, low speeds result in only a low voltage amplitude in the sensor signal. Therefore, in order to record slow speeds, e.g. to detect standstill for travel drives, an HDD Hall-effect speed sensor (see RE 95135) must be used instead of the ID speed sensor. (different installation conditions).

Series 04

2 Material Number for Speed Sensor ID without Mounting Parts

Index 05 Length of thread engagement L = 25.0 mm Fixed length of thread 06 engagement L = 40.0 mm

Mobile Electronics

0

Sensors

L250

Material number

ID R 18/2 0 – L 250

R902600621

ID R 18/2 0 – L 400

R902600622

L400

428

Section 9

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 95 130/04.05 Page 2 of 2 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Material number for speed sensor ID with mounting parts Fixed displacement motor A2FM / AA2FM Size Material number Fixed displacement motor A2FE Size Material number

23-32 R902073689

45-56-63-80-90-107-125 R902065633

45 on request

Variable displacement motor A6VM Size Material number Variable displacement motor AA6VM Size Material number

56-63 on request

160-180 R902063990

80-90-107-125 R902060223

160-180 on request

28-55-80-107 R902033162

140-160-200 R902033161

55-80-107 on request

160-200 R902063854

Variable displacement motor A6VE Size Material number

28-55-80-107-160 R902063767

Fixed displacement motor A10FM Size Material number

23-28 R902428802

37-45 R902433368

58-63 R902437556

Variable displacement motor A10VM Size Material number

28 R902428802

45 R902437557

63 R902428802

Adapter parts Item 1-4 included in the material number Item 1 Inductive speed sensor Item 2 Spacer ring Item 3 O-ring Item 4 O-ring

A2FM, A6VM, A10F(V)M

A2FE, A6VE

Mobile Electronics

429

Section 9

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 95 140/02.04 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Angle of rotation sensor WS1 Series 10 Inductive sensor for angular measurement – Hall-effect semiconductor elements and integrated amplifiers – Robust plastic housing with moulded plug – Metal inner housing and line filter for high electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) – Guide lever with fixing hole Special features – Life span designed for more than 30 million cycles – Resistant to shock and vibration – Molded-in metal bushing for low-wear on lever arm The angle of rotation sensor is used for measuring rotary movements of an adjusting shaft or the angle positions of levers, e.g. to determine the setting of the injection pump lever of a diesel engine. The sensor has a robust, sealed housing and an integrated electronic system specially developed for automotive applications. The voltage supply for the WS1 angle of rotation sensor can be delivered directly by the control units (MC or RC). As output variable, the WS1 angle of rotation sensor delivers a voltage proportional to the angle of rotation. The sensor contains two internal contact-free measuring systems with a common power supply. For safety-related system solutions, the output signals are partially redundant.

Ordering code

WS1 T Type Angle of rotation sensor

90

/ 1 0

WS1

Safety Partially redundant (2 output signals)

T

Version / Measuring range 90° angle of rotation

90

Series 1 Index 0

Mobile Electronics

430

Section 9

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 95 140/02.04 Page 2 of 2 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data Type

WS 1 T 90 / 10

Supply voltage Ub

5V DC ± 0.25 V

Input Current

max. 11 mA

Output voltage Ua

0.5 ... 4.5 V (for 5 V power supply)

Linearity of the output voltage Ua

±0.5 % at –45° ≤ α ≤ –15° ±0.25 % at –15° ≤ α ≤ +15° ±0.5 % at +15° ≤ α ≤ +45°

Accuracy of output voltage Ua at 20°C

±2%

Load impedance to earth

min. 10 kΩ max. 22 nF

Short-circuit resistance of the signal outputs to

Supply voltage and earth

Polarity mismatch protection

Supply voltage to earth

Electromagnetic compatibility Broadcast noise (ISO 11452) Line-borne interference (ISO 7637-1)

200 Veff/m Values on request

Operating temperature, housing

-40°C ... +100°C, max. +120°C for 1 h

Storage temperature, housing

-40°C ... +100°C, max. +130°C for 16 h

Vibration resistance (IEC 60086-2): Oscillation, sinusoidal Oscillation, noise

10 g / 50...500 Hz 4.5 g rms/ 5...500 Hz

Protection class (DIN/EN 60529) with connected mating plug

IP 6k6 IP 6k9k

Housing material

Plastic

Mass

Approx. 95 g

Angle of rotation, mechanical

360° (spinnable)

Angle of rotation, measuring range

α = ± 45°

Actuating torque at lever arm

≤ 0.1 Nm

Installation position

any

Mobile Electronics

431

Section 9

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 95 142/06.05 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Inductive Angle Sensor AN1 Series 2 Inductive sensor for angular measurement – Inductive angle sensor element based on the differential-throttle principle – Shaft can be turned mechanically – Integrated electronics with temperature compensation – Output signal ratiometrically proportional to angle – Precise balance adjustment for zero point and sensitivity Installation instructions – As far as possible, the angle sensor shaft should be coupled to the object to be measured in such a way that it is free of play and tensile force.

Material number Sensors

Material Number

AN1

V1

B

35

10

/

2

0

R917002690

AN1

V1

A

41

10

/

2

0

R917002691

AN1

V2

A

36

10

/

2

0

R917002692

AN1

V1

A

44

10

/

2

0

R917002693

AN1

V3

A

28

10

/

2

0

R917002694

AN1

V1

A

17

10

/

2

0

R917002695

AN1

V2

A

41

10

/

2

0

R917002696

AN1

V3

A

41

10

/

2

0

R917002697

Mobile Electronics

432

Section 9

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 95 142/06.05 Page 2 of 2 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Ordering code

Specification

AN1 01

10 02

03

04

/

05

Type 01 Inductive Angle Sensor Version without pin

2

0

06

07

AN1

V1

02 with pin to the bottom

V2

with pin to the top

V3

Characteristics positive course

A

negative course

B

Angles ± 17°

17

± 28°

28

± 35°

35

± 36°

36

± 41°

41

± 44°

44

03

04

Supply / Signal 05 Usup: 8. . .12V / Signal: 0.25 to 0.75 * Usup

The angle sensor AN1 is used for the angular measurement up from ± 17° till ± 44°. The sensor is supplying a ratiometric voltage, available with increasing curve (positive course) or inverted curve (negative course). This sensor is a typical part of an electronic-hydraulic hitch control (EHR).

10

Series 06

2 Index

07

Mobile Electronics

0

433

Section 9

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 95 160/12.04 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Inductive position sensor PO1 Inductive sensor for position measurement Series 2 – Axially-adjustable button with spring pretension – Inductive position sensor element according to differential throttle measuring principle – Integrated electronics with temperature compensation – Output signal, ratiometric and proportional to position – Zero point and sensitivity matched – Housing with M 24x1.5 external thread for fastening and alignment – Also available on request with 5 VDC supply voltage

Mobile Electronics

434

Section 9

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 95 160/12.04 Page 2 of 2 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Ordering code

PO1

10

/

2

0

Type Mobile position sensor

PO1

Version Without bellows

1

With bellows

2

Characteristic Standard

S

Inverted

V

Supply voltage 8 … 12 VDC

10

5 ± 0.5 VDC (on request)

05

Series 2 Index 0

Order number Sensors

Order number

PO1

2

S

10

/

2

0

R917001941

PO1

1

S

10

/

2

0

R917001942

PO1

2

V

10

/

2

0

R917001943

PO1

1

V

10

/

2

0

R917001944

PO1

2

S

05

/

2

0

On request

PO1

1

S

05

/

2

0

On request

PO1

2

V

05

/

2

0

On request

PO1

1

V

05

/

2

0

On request

Mobile Electronics

435

Section 9

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 95 170/12.04 Page 1 of 3 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Draft Sensor KMB Sensor for draft measurement Series 3 – Draft sensor according to Category 3 rear three-point attachment ISO 730-1 – Sensor element with magnetoelastic measuring principle – Integrated electronics – Output signal ratiometric and proportional to draft – Zero point and sensitivity matched

Mobile Electronics

436

Section 9

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 95 170/12.04 Page 2 of 3 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Ordering code

KMB

A

A

/

3

0

-

Type Draft sensor

KMB

Load range ± 25 kN

025

± 40 KN

040

± 50 KN

050

± 60 KN

060

± 90 KN

090

± 110 KN

110

± 150 KN

150

Diameter Ø 37.5

A

Cable variants Cable without protecting sleeve

1

Cable with spiral protecting sleeve

2

Cable with metal protecting sleeve

3

Cable with plastic protecting sleeve

4

Plug AMP plug; 3-pin

A

Model series 3 Index 0 Cable length 300 mm

03

800 mm

08

1000 mm

10

1500 mm

15

1600 mm

16

2700 mm

27

Mobile Electronics

437

Section 9

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 95 170/12.04 Page 3 of 3 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Description The draft sensor is designed as a bearing bolt. Shearing stress occurs at the bearing position, which is evaluated as a magnetoelastic effect. In unloaded condition a symmetrical magnetic field is formed by the primary coil between the poles. If pulling or pressure drafts are induced, then the magnetic properties of the original isotropic material is altered. As a consequence the magnetic field is rendered asymmetrical. This in turn induces a magnetic potential difference between the secondary poles. This causes a magnetic flux through the secondary circuit so that a voltage is induced in the secondary coils. This voltage is proportional to the acting draft. It is amplified and rectified in an integrated evaluation circuit. The sensor supplies a ratiometric voltage (25% .. 75% of supply voltage). It is available in various measuring ranges and cable versions. This sensor is a typical part of an electronic-hydraulic hitch control (EHR).

Operating principle 1 Primary coil 2 Secondary coil

a Symmetrical magnetic field

3 Primary pole surface

b Asymmetrical magnetic field

4 Secondary pole surface 5 Steel sleeve

Block circuit diagrams / Terminal connections Supply voltage Usup = 8 … 12 V Signal voltage Usig = 0.25 … 0.75 Usup

Ground

Mobile Electronics

438

Section 9

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 95 300/04.04 Page 1 of 6 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Application software Speed control SPC Electronic speed control and speed regulation for hydraulic drives Version 10 Hydraulic drives are often operated on diesel engines whose speed in operation cannot be kept constant due to different drive profiles. Electronic speed control is an easily configurable software for controlling and/or regulating hydraulic drives. It is used to keep the drive speed constant independently of diesel engine and pump speeds. Three variants are available: – Variant A for speed control (SPCA) – Variant C for speed regulation (SPCC) – Variant D for speed regulation in concrete mixer vehicles (SPCD) The speed control is designed for use with Rexroth hydraulic pumps. The user can easily configure the application software for various combinations of pumps, combustion engines, sensors and equipment. The speed control is suitable for diesel engines with or without a CAN bus interface (SAE J1939 protocol for SPCA). Fault diagnosis and parameter assignment can be carried out using the BODEM PC software or the BB-3 control box.

Mobile Electronics

439

Section 9

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 95 300/04.04 Page 2 of 6 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Ordering code

AS/ SPC

10

Type Application software

Ordering information

AS/

Software

The AS/SPC application software can only be used with the RC2-2/20 control unit and other add-on components (see page 5 for variant A, page 9 for variant C and page 14 for variant D). When ordering, link the hardware and software type codes with a "+",

SPC speed control Variant A Speed control with speed pick-up in the diesel engine

A

Variant C Speed regulation with speed pick-up in the hydraulic motor

C

for example: RC2-2/20+AS/SPCA10

Variant D Speed regulation for concrete mixer vehicles

D

Version 10

Functional description In order to keep the speed of hydraulic drives constant and independent of the diesel engine speed and the pump speed, the displacement angle of the hydraulic variable displacement pump is adjusted by electroproportional control.

Variant SPCA

Speed control

The electronic speed control SPCA is an easily configurable software program for controlling hydraulic drives. These drives usually consist of a hydraulic pump and one or more hydraulic motors. The speed control serves to keep the drive speed constant, irrespective of the speeds of the diesel engine and the pump.

A setpoint generator supplies the reference drive speed. An external speed sensor, or the CAN bus, determines the actual speed of the diesel engine. If the actual speed of the diesel engine exceeds a set minimum speed (start of control), the software’s speed control starts to operate. With further increasing diesel speed, the software reduces the electric control current (PWM signal) to the pump. This reduction is inverse proportional to the increase in diesel speed. This causes the flow rate of the pump to stay constant. The output speed of a hydro motor connected to the pump therefore also stays constant. The SPCA speed control thus holds the output speed to the desired value independently of the diesel engine speed.

The SPCA electronic speed control is designed to control a variable displacement pump in an open or closed hydraulic circuit. The following hydraulic design is used in an open circuit: • A variable displacement pump A11VO, A7VO or KVA with electroproportional control EP together with one or more fixed displacement motors A2FM, A2FE, A4FM, A10FM or MCR In a closed hydraulic circuit the following design is used: • A variable displacement pump A4VG or A10VG with electroproportional control EP together with one or more fixed displacement motors A2FM, A2FE, A4FM, A10FM or MCR Two different designs of diesel engine can be used: • In the case of diesel engines without a CAN bus interface, the actual speed is sent to the speed control by a speed sensor on the starter gear ring. • In diesel engines with a CAN bus interface, the speed control receives the actual speed of the engine via the CAN bus. Mobile Electronics

When the speed control is not active, the pump control uses adjustable time ramps to achieve linear adjustment according to the desired setpoint value. The time ramps are set for the setpoint generator deflection (without the intervention of the speed control). SPCA speed control can be used for variable displacement pumps in both open and closed hydraulic circuits. When a pump is used in an open circuit, only one direction can be used for the drive (either forwards or backwards). The speed control can be switched on or off with a switch in the vehicle.

440

Section 9

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 95 300/04.04 Page 3 of 6 Power supply (24 V)

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers Controller RC2-2 with SPCA software and unit price. Emergency Stop

RS232

PC software BODEM

Ignition lock Diagnostics socket

Setpoint generator 1

RS232

Setpoint generator 2 CAN bus interface

Setpoint generator 2 active Speed control on/off

Control box BB-3

Forwards Backwards Error lamp

Speed sensor Fixed displacement motor A2FM or A2FE or A4FM or A10FM or MCR

Drive motor

Variable displacement pump A4VG...EP or A10VG...EP

Figure 1: Typical configuration for SPCA, closed hydraulic circuit, diesel engine without CAN bus interface

Setpoint definition The setpoint generator specifies the drive speed or the volumetric flow. It can be a lever or a simple potentiometer. It is also possible to use two setpoint generators in the vehicle. The second generator can also be a lever or a simple potentiometer. A switch can then be used to switch between the two setpoint generators, for example if there is one potentiometer in the driver‘s compartment and another on the rear of the vehicle. Switching is only possible when the drive is at a standstill.

The setpoint generator is in the neutral position if it is positioned within a certain range around the zero position. This range is called the dead band. A fixed value has been pre-set in the software and cannot be altered. When the setpoint generator is in the neutral position, the PMW outputs for controlling the proportional solenoids of the pump are switched off (there are two PWM outputs in the closed circuit and one in the open circuit). If the setpoint generator is moved to a position outside the dead band, the current at the relevant PWM output (forwards or backwards) increases depending on the position of the setpoint generator, the direction switch and the time ramp that has been set. The corresponding proportional solenoid of the pump is controlled.

Two direction switches in the vehicle set the direction of the drive (forwards or backwards).

Working behavior The working behavior of the drive is controlled by three parameters:

Safety functions

• The setpoint generator supplies the reference value for the drive speed.

Various options are available for monitoring working behavior:

• The direction switch determines whether the drive runs forwards or backwards.

The start condition is used to prevent the drive from starting unintentionally.

• The acceleration behavior selected using the time ramp settings determines how quickly the control is changed at the PWM output to the pump. The time ramps can be set separately for the deflection of the setpoint generator (without intervention from the speed control) and for speed control intervention.

After switching on the control unit (ignition on) the setpoint generator that has been switched to active must be in the neutral position. Additionally the direction switches must be off so that the drive can be started.

Mobile Electronics

• Start condition

441

Section 9

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 95 300/04.04 Page 4 of 6

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price. CAN bus interface

Controller RC2-2 with SPCA software Power supply (24 V)

RS232

Emergency Stop Ignition lock Diagnostics socket

Setpoint generator 1 Setpoint generator 2 Setpoint generator 2 active Speed control off Forwards Backwards

Drive motor

RS232

PC software BODEM

Control box BB-3

Error lamp

Variable displacement pump A11VO or A7VO or KVA

Fixed displacement motor A2FM or A2FE or A4FM or A10FM or MCR

Figure 2: Typical configuration for SPCA, open hydraulic circuit, diesel engine with CAN bus interface To acknowledge faults, the setpoint generator that has been switched to active must be moved to the neutral position and the direction switches must be turned off. • Monitoring the diesel engine speed At diesel engine speeds below the idling speed the drive is switched to a fixed low output speed. • Monitoring the inputs and outputs The lines for reference value inputs and outputs and the proportional solenoid outputs are monitored for wire breaks and short circuits. In the event of a fault, or if the emergency stop switch is actuated, the drive switches off immediately. An external error lamp also lights up if there is a fault (if installed).

Important features • It is possible to switch between two setpoint generators to set the reference value. Mobile Electronics

• The acceleration and deceleration times can be set separately for the setpoint generator deflection (without the intervention of the speed control) and speed control intervention. • A switch in the vehicle can be used to switch the speed control on or off. • A speed sensor or the CAN bus determines the actual value of the diesel engine speed. • The behavior of the drive is monitored by safety functions such as the starting condition and the diesel engine speed monitor. • The inputs and outputs of the control unit (e.g. setpoint generator) are monitored for cable breaks and short circuit. The drive switches off immediately in the event of a fault or if the emergency stop switch is actuated. • Faults can be displayed via the error lamp. • All faults that occur can be output with protocol SAE J1939 via the CAN bus interface. • All faults that occur are stored in the control unit and can also be read out later in plain text using the BODEM or BB-3 diagnostic tools.

442

Section 9

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 95 300/04.04 Page 5 of 6 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Variant SPCC

Functional description

The electronic speed regulator (Speed Control, SPCC) is an easily configurable software program for controlling hydraulic drives. The hydraulic drive consists of a pump and one or more hydraulic motors. The speed control serves to keep the drive speed constant, irrespective of the speeds of the diesel engine and the pump.

In order to keep the speed of hydraulic drives constant and independent of the diesel engine speed and the pump speed, the displacement angle of the hydraulic variable displacement pump is adjusted by electroproportional control.

The SPCC electronic speed regulator is designed to control a variable displacement pump in a closed hydraulic circuit.

A switch in the vehicle can be used to switch the speed regulator on or off.

The following hydraulic design is used: • An A4VG or A10VG variable displacement pump with electroproportional control EP together with one or more A2FM, A2FE, A4FM, A10FM or MCR fixed displacement motors

When the speed regulator is switched on, the following applies: the setpoint speed of the drive is given by the drive potentiometer. The actual speed of the drive is measured by a speed sensor in the hydraulic motor. When the actual speed changes, the output signal to the pump is changed by the software such that the pump’s flow rate stays constant. The output speed of a hydraulic motor connected to the pump therefore also stays constant.

Speed regulation

The following design of diesel engine is used: • Diesel engine with or without CAN bus interface The SPCC speed regulator does not use the CAN bus. Neither the setpoint speed nor the actual speed of the diesel engine is used for speed regulation. The regulation depends on the setpoint speed and actual speed of the hydraulic motor. Power supply (12 / 24 V)

When the speed regulator is switched off, the pump control adjusts itself in a linear fashion using the set time ramps to reach the desired setpoint value.

Controller RC2-2 with SPCA software Emergency Stop

PC software BODEM

RS232

Ignition lock Diagnostics socket

RS232

Drive potentiometer

Control box BB-3

CAN bus interface

Ramp active Speed regulation on/off Forwards

Special function

Backwards

Start enable

Speed sensor

Drive motor

Fixed displacement motor A2FM or A2FE or A4FM or A10FM or MCR

Variable displacement pump A4VG...EP or A10VG...EP

Figure 5: Typical configuration for the SPCC speed regulator Mobile Electronics

443

Section 9

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 95 300/04.04 Variant SPCD

Functional description

The electronic speed regulator (Speed Control, SPCD) is an easily configurable program for controlling hydraulic drives in concrete mixer vehicles. The hydraulic drive consists of a pump and a hydraulic motor. It is used to turn the mixer drum of the vehicle. The SPCD speed regulator is used to keep the hydraulic drive speed constant, irrespective of the speeds of the diesel engine and the pump.

In order to keep the speed of hydraulic drives constant and independent of the diesel engine speed and the pump speed, the displacement angle of the hydraulic variable displacement pump is adjusted by electroproportional control.

The SPCD electronic speed regulator is designed to control a variable displacement pump in a closed hydraulic circuit. The following hydraulic design is used: • An A4VTG, A4VG or A10VG variable displacement pump with electroproportional control EP together with an A2FM, A2FE, A4FM, A10FM or MCR fixed displacement motor The following design of diesel engine is used: • Diesel engine with or without CAN bus interface The speed regulator does not use the CAN bus. Neither the setpoint speed nor the actual speed of the diesel engine is used for speed regulation. The regulation depends on the setpoint speed and actual speed of the hydraulic motor.

Speed regulation The setpoint speed of the drum is set by means of two pushbuttons (right/left) in the vehicle. The actual speed of the drum is measured by a speed sensor in the hydraulic motor. When the actual speed changes, the output signal to the pump is changed by the software such that the pump’s flow rate stays constant. The output speed of a hydraulic motor connected to the pump therefore also stays constant. This keeps the drum revolving at a constant speed irrespective of the diesel motor and pump speeds. This is achieved by regulating the displacement angle of the hydraulic variable displacement pump in the closed circuit by electroproportional control. The pump control varies according to the time ramp that has been set for the working behavior. The speed regulation can be switched off or on when starting up. If speed regulation has been switched off on starting up, the pump is controlled in proportion to the setpoint speed and the speed of the diesel engine. All displacement angles are then possible in the range 0 to 100%.

Power supply (12 / 24 V)

Emergency Stop

PC software BODEM

RS232 Controller RC2-2 with SPCA software

Ignition lock

Diagnostics socket

RS232

Left pushbutton CAN bus interface

Right pushbutton Funnel function Fill level sensor 1

Control box BB-3

Error lamp

Speed sensor

Drive motor

Mobile Electronics

Fixed displacement motor A2FM or A2FE or A4FM or A10FM or MCR

Variable displacement pump A4VTG...EP optional: A4VG...EP or A10VG...EP

Figure 8: Typical configuration for the SPCD speed regulator 444

Section 9

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 95 310/02.04 Page 1 of 4 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Application software Load limiting control LLC Electronic load limiting control system for power management in hydraulic systems Version 10 The electronic load limiting control system is easy-to-customize software for managing power in hydraulic systems. – The load limiting control system always matches the power input of an adjustable hydraulic pump with the available power from the internal combustion engine. – It prevents overloading of the internal combustion engine. – At all times the hydraulic pumps converts the maximum available power. Two variants of the load limiting control system are available: Variant A “Universal software” and variant B “Slew drive mode” for controlling slew drive irrespective of the diesel engine speed. The load limiting control system is designed for Rexroth hydraulic pumps. Setting parameters enable the user to easily customize the software for different configurations of pumps, internal combustion engines, sensors and devices. The load limiting control system is suitable for diesel engines with or without a CAN bus interface, protocol SAE J1939 Fault diagnosis and parameter assignment can be carried out using the BODEM PC software or the BB-3 control panel.

Ordering code

AS/ LLC

10

Type Application software

AS/

Software Load Limiting Control

LLC

Variant A Load limiting control for two pumps Option: CAN bus, Option: Constant speed control

A

Variant B Load limiting control for one pump, Option: Slewing gear Option: Power mode (switchable diesel power and speed drop)

B

Version 10

Mobile Electronics

445

Section 9

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 95 310/02.04 Page 2 of 4 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Ordering information The AS/LLC application software must only be used with the RC2-2/20 control unit and other add-on components (Variant A see Page 6, Variant B see Page 9). When placing an order, the hardware and software type codes should be linked by a “+”. E.g. RC2-2/20+AS/LLCA10

Variant LLCA Electronic load limiting control LLCA enables the size of the diesel engine in the hydraulic system to be determined by the average power requirement. The power consumption of the individual consumers (pumps) is reduced in the event of overload. Load limiting control thus ensures optimum use of power from the diesel engine with varying loads. Electronic load limiting control supports different hydraulic layouts and different diesel engine designs. These can be used in any combination. The electronic load limiting control system is designed for controlling displacement pumps in an open hydraulic circuit. A distinction is made between the following hydraulic layouts for the purpose of control:

• With positive ID the hydraulic system includes one or two A10VO displacement pumps with an EP/EK pump controller. The total installed pump capacity exceeds the diesel engine power. The control unit controls the pressure reduction valves (DRE) which in turn override the control pressures at the pumps, thereby reducing the flow rate. A third, uncontrolled pump can be used with both hydraulic layouts. This pump is prioritized in the system, and thus receives the power it requires with no reduction. Whatever power remains available is then divided between pumps 1 and 2. Two different designs of diesel engine can be used:

Each pump is adjusted for 100% of the available diesel power.

• In the case of diesel engines without a CAN bus interface, the control unit receives the diesel engine‘s rated speed from an angle sensor (accelerator pedal position as rated speed) or from a fixed speed value set in the control unit. The actual speed is measured using a speed sensor on the starter ring gear.

The control unit controls the pump controller (LE) and/or the pressure-reduction valves (DRE) directly; the latter turn down the setting on the pump power controller (LG1, LA1) by means of an increased pilot pressure.

• In the case of diesel engines with a CAN bus interface the control unit receives the necessary data for load limiting control (rated and actual speed and/or torque and engine temperature) directly via the CAN bus.

• With negative ID the hydraulic system includes one or two A11VO displacement pumps or displacement double pumps A8VO or A20VO, with hydraulic power and load limiting controllers (LG1, LE, LA1) respectively.

It is also possible to use a combination of analog sensors and CAN bus data.

Mobile Electronics

446

Section 9

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 95 310/02.04 Page 3 of 4 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable control unit Preferred/Spotlight partRC2-2 numbers with LLCA software and unit price. Error lamp BODEM PC software BB-3 control panel

Speed sensor

Angle sensor

Diesel engine without CAN interface

Pumps A8VO…LA1 or A11VO…LG1 / LE or A20VO…LG1 / LE or A10VO…EP / EK

Optional third pump

Figure 1: Typical configuration for LLCA without CAN bus interface CAN bus interface RC2-2 control unit with LLCA software Error lamp

BODEM PC software

BB-3 control panel Optional third pump on power take-off

Diesel engine with CAN interface

Pumps A8VO…LA1 or A11VO…LG1 / LE or A20VO…LG1 / LE or A10VO…EP / EK

Figure 2: Typical configuration for LLCA with CAN bus interface Mobile Electronics

447

Section 9

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 95 310/02.04 Page 4 of 4 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Variant LLCB

Functional Description

The LLCB electronic load limiting control system works in basically the same way as the LLCA variant, but is only designed for controlling one pump rather than two.

The diagram below illustrates how load limiting control works:

Instead, the valve for the slew drive is controlled in such a way that the flow rate for the slew drive motor is maintained irrespective of the diesel engine speed. As a result the slew drive always turns at the same speed whatever speed the diesel engine is running at.

• From the rated and actual speed values the load limiting control system calculates the current speed drop of the diesel engine. • Load limiting control compares the current speed drop with the definable limit values. Different limit values can be defined for different rated speeds. • As long as the total of the hydraulic power does not exceed the installed diesel power, the speed drop will not exceed the defined limit values. Load limiting control will not intervene.

The electronic load limiting control system is designed for controlling displacement pumps in an open hydraulic circuit. The following hydraulic layout can be used for control purposes:

• If, however, the diesel engine speed drop exceeds the limit value, then the load limiting controller will intervene and reduce the pump power.

• The hydraulic system comprises the axial piston pumps A8VO or A11VO with a hydraulic or electrohydraulic power controller and load limiting controller (LA1, LG1, LE) together with a control block (e.g. M7) with a pressure reduction valve (DRE) on the slew drive spool.

• The maximum permissible speed drop of the diesel engine can be adjusted in three steps using the “power mode” switches.

The RC2-2/20 control unit controls the pump controller and the pressure reduction valve in the control block. The following diesel engine configuration can be used: • Diesel engine with or without CAN bus interface The control unit receives the rated speed for the diesel engine from an angle sensor (accelerator pedal position as rated speed). The actual speed is measured using a speed sensor on the starter ring gear. The LLCB variant does not evaluate the CAN bus. RC2-2 control unit with LLCA software Error lamp BODEM PC software

BB-3 control panel

Speed sensor

Angle sensor Diesel engine with or without CAN bus interface

Slew drive spool in control block M7

Pumps A8VO... LA1..F.4 or A11VO...LE / LG1

Slewing gear drive GFB

Figure 6: Configuration for LLCB Mobile Electronics

448

Section 9

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 95 320/02.04 Page 1 of 3 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Application software Drive control DRC Electronic drive control for managing hydraulic drives Version 10 Electronic drive control is an easy-to-customize software application for managing hydraulic drives. With its integral reversing and hydrostatic braking functions it enables soft start-up, accelerating and reversing operations. Drive control also provides acceleration and deceleration behavior that can be selected and adjusted externally. The integral, adjustable inching function enables the setpoint limitation to be adjusted continuously. Three variants (A, B and C) are available to define the setpoint and direction. – Variant A: Setpoint and direction set by means of joystick – Variant B: Setpoint by acceleration pedal, direction by direction switches – Variant C: Setpoint defined externally, direction defined externally or using direction switches Drive control DRC is designed for use with Rexroth A4VG and A10VG pumps with electrical adjustment (proportional solenoid). The software can be easily customized by the user. Fault diagnosis and parameter assignment can be carried out using the BODEM PC software or the BB-3 control panel. The control system offers a diagnostic capability via the CAN bus.

Mobile Electronics

449

Section 9

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 95 320/02.04 Page 2 of 3 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Model code AS/ DRC Type Application Software Software Drive control Variant A Actuation via joystick Variant B Actuation via acceleration pedal with direction switches Variant C Actuation via external voltage with direction switches Version

10 Ordering Information

AS/

The AS/DRC application software should only be used with the RC2-2/20 control unit and other add-on components (see page 8). When placing an order, the hardware and software type codes should be linked by a “+”.

DRC A B

Example: C

RC2-2/20+AS/DRCA10s 10

How it works The electronic drive control system is designed to actuate a variable displacement pump in a closed hydraulic circuit. Actuation is based on the following hydraulic configuration: • An A4VG or A10VG variable displacement pump with electroproportional (EP) control combined with one or more A2FM, A2FE, A4FM or A10FM fixed displacement motors. Power supply

The following diesel engine configuration can be used: • Diesel engine with or without CAN bus interface The drive control receives the actual speed from a speed sensor.

Ignition lock

RC2-2 control unit with DRC software Diagnostics socket

Joystick HG Two optional direction switches Two optional switches for acceleration behavior

RS232

PC software BODEM

RS232

CAN bus Interface

Control box BB-3

Lamp showing operating status Start release signal for starter

Optional speed sensor

Fixed displacement motor A2FM or A2FE or A4FM or A10FM

Diesel engine Variable displacement pump A4VG...EP or A10VG...EP

Figure 1: Typical configuration for drive control

Mobile Electronics

450

Section 9

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 95 320/02.04 Page 3 of 3 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Functional description The purpose of the software is to implement simple, reversible hydraulic drives. Figure 1 shows a typical drive control configuration.

Inching A second potentiometer can be connected to allow continuously variable setpoint limitation.

Setpoint definition

For Variants A and B, the inching potentiometer is monitored for wire breakage and short-circuit.

By defining a setpoint the desired speed and direction of travel are specified. There are three different ways of doing this: • Variant A: joystick If the drive is controlled by means of a joystick, then the setpoint and direction of travel are specified using the joystick. The potentiometer for the joystick is monitored for wire breakage and short-circuit. • Variant B: acceleration pedal If the drive is controlled using a acceleration pedal, two direction switches must also be connected (for forwards/backwards travel). The setpoint is specified via the acceleration pedal, the travel direction via the direction switches. The potentiometer connected to the acceleration pedal is monitored for wire breakage and short-circuit. • Variant C: external control voltage If the drive is controlled using an external voltage, by a PLC for instance, two additional direction switches (for forwards/backwards travel) can also be connected. The setpoint is specified via the external control voltage, the travel direction via a control signal or the direction switches. If the setpoint is specified via an external control voltage, no monitoring is carried out by the drive control. Undefined statuses at the inputs can cause the drive to start unintentionally. Safety monitoring must be guaranteed by the connected signal source (e.g. PLC).

For Variant C, the values at the input for the inching potentiometer are specified by an external control voltage. In this case safety must be guaranteed by the connected signal source.

Travel Behavior Travel behavior is controlled by three inputs and parameters. • The setpoint is specified via the joystick, the acceleration pedal or the external control voltage (depending on the variant). • The control of the PWM output for the specified setpoint is defined in the travel behavior curve. • The acceleration behavior selected by the position of the time ramp selection switch determines how quickly the control at the PWM output changes. Figure 2 shows how drive control works. The following is a description of travel behavior for Variant A. The principles are the same for Variants B and C: • The joystick is in the neutral position if it is positioned within a user-definable range around the zero position (dead band). If the joystick is in the neutral position, the PWM outputs for the forwards and backwards directions that actuate the proportional solenoids of the pump are switched off. • If the joystick is moved to a position outside the dead band, the current at the relevant PWM output (for forwards or backwards travel) increases according to the position of the joystick and the defined curve. The corresponding proportional solenoid is actuated. In addition, the acceleration behavior can be selected via the time ramp selection switch. There is a choice between three different types of acceleration behavior (hard, medium or soft). Ramp selection (hard, medium, soft)

Joystick Inching

Curves

Actuation pump (electric current)

Time ramps

Evaluation joystick inching

Evaluation direction

Evaluation special functions, error lamp

Special functions 0V/12V(24V)

Figure 2: How drive control works Mobile Electronics

451

Section 9

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 95 325/03.04 Page 1 of 6 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Application software Dual path control DPC Electronic drive control for dual path drives Version 10 The electronic dual path control system is an easily adaptable software package for the drive management of reversible dual path drives. The dual path control system is available in three variants: – Variant A for tracked vehicles (DPCA) – Variant B for pavers (DPCB) – Variant B offers an automatic steering function. – Variant C for pavers (DPCC) – Variant C offers additional tamper and vibration functions. The dual path control system is designed for use with Rexroth hydraulic pumps and motors. The dual path control system can easily be adapted by the user for different configurations of pumps, internal combustion engines, sensors or instruments, by altering the parameters. The dual path control system is suitable for diesel engines with or without a CAN bus interface (protocol SAE J1939). Diagnostics and parameter setting are carried out with BODEM PC software or the BB-3 control panel.

Ordering code

AS/ DPC

10

Type Application software

AS/

Software Dual path control

DPC

Variant A Use with tracked vehicles: Controlled via joystick, with load limiting control

A

Variant B Used with paver: Controlled via lever, with manual or automatic steering

B

Variant C Used with paver: Controlled via lever, with manual steering, with control of additional drives

C

Version 10

Mobile Electronics

452

Section 9

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 95 325/03.04 Page 2 of 6 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Ordering information The application software AS/DPC must only be used with the control unit RC6-9/20 and other add-on components (variant A see page 7, variant B/C see page 16). When ordering, link the ordering codes of hardware and software with a "+" symbol. For example: RC6-9/20+AS/DPCA10

Note You can find a description of variant B/C on page 7.

Variant DPCA The electronic dual path control system DPCA allows you to control the driving and steering behavior of hydraulic dual path drives of tracked vehicles.

Assignment Setpoint

The electronic dual path control system is designed to actuate two variable displacement pumps and two variable displacement motors in a closed circuit.

Setting is carried out redundantly:

Control is based on the following hydraulic configuration: • Two variable displacement pumps A4VG or A10VG with electro-proportional (EP) control, combined with two variable displacement motors A6VM, A6VE or A10VM with electro-proportional (EP) control

A two-axis joystick is used to define the direction and speed of travel and the steering direction. • electronically with an analog value • and in parallel via the CAN bus The dual path control system checks to ensure that the values correspond. If there is too great a difference between the analog value and the value sent via the CAN bus, an error message appears.

The following diesel engine configuration can be used: • Diesel engine with or without CAN bus interface The dual path control system receives the actual speed from a speed sensor and the set speed from the throttle potentiometer. The DPCA variant does not evaluate the CAN bus.

Functional Description The swivel angles of two hydraulic variable displacement pumps and two hydraulic variable displacement motors in the closed circuit with electro-proportional control are varied in order to control the driving and steering behavior. One pump and one motor are assigned to each side of the vehicle. Steering is achieved by controlling the pumps differently. The output torque depends on the swivel angle of the motors. At the minimum swivel angle, the speed is highest and the output torque is lowest. A synchronization control and a load limiting control are available for controlling the driving and steering behavior. In addition, the travel behavior can be monitored to increase safety and drive comfort.

Mobile Electronics

453

Section 9

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 95 325/03.04 Page 3 of 6 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price. Control unit RC6-9 with DPCA software

CAN bus Power supply

PC software BODEM

RS232

EMERGENCY STOP Ignition lock

RS232

Joystick HG

Diagnostics socket CAN bus interface

Safety switch

Control panel BB-3

Light showing operating statuses Brake Reverse travel warning signal Speed sensor Speed sensors

Set speed

Engine

Variable displacement pumps A4VG...EP or A10VG...EP

Variable displacement motors A6VM...EP or A6VE...EP or A10VM...EP

Figure 1: Typical configuration for DPCA

Travel behavior Travel behavior is controlled by two variables: • The setpoint is defined with the joystick. • The acceleration behavior is defined by time ramps. These variable time ramps determine how quickly the actuation at the PWM output is altered. The joystick is in the neutral position in terms of travel direction (forwards or backwards) and steering direction (left or right), if it is positioned within a user-definable range around the zero position. This range is called the dead band. The dead band can be set for both deflection directions separately. When the joystick is in the neutral position, the PWM outputs for the forwards and backwards travel directions for actuating the proportional solenoids of the left and right pumps are turned off. If the joystick is moved forwards or backwards to a position out-

Mobile Electronics

side the dead band, the current at the relevant PWM outputs (for forwards or backwards travel direction) increases according to the position of the joystick and the chosen time ramp. The corresponding proportional solenoids of the left and right pumps are actuated. The park brake is released. Two pushbuttons are incorporated into the joystick. When deflecting the joystick, these pushbuttons can also be used for very fine stepwise increase or reduction of the maximum travel speed. Pressing the button changes the speed range which corresponds to full deflection of the joystick. When the joystick is returned to the neutral position, the park brake is activated after a user-definable period. When the travel direction is changed, the park brake is not activated. Deceleration and acceleration for the change of travel direction are determined by a common, adjustable time ramp. 454

Section 9

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 95 325/03.04 Page 4 of 6 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Parameter setting and diagnostics The parameters which have to be set for commissioning the DPCA dual path control system can easily be adjusted with the BODEM PC software. For fault diagnosis and troubleshooting, the main process variables and error messages can be displayed with BODEM.

Variant DPCB/C The electronic dual path control system DPCB/C allows you to control the driving and steering behavior of hydraulic dual path drives of pavers. Variants B and C use the same hydraulic configuration for controlling. Variant B: • Two variable displacement pumps A4VG or A10VG with electro-proportional (EP) control, combined with two variable displacement motors A6VM, A6VE or A10VM with electrical two-point actuation (EZ) for the travel drive Variant C:

Instead of BODEM, you can also use the BB-3 control panel for defining parameters and diagnostics.

Components Required The following electronic components are are required: • RC6-9/20 control unit with mating connector (RE 95200) • AS/DPCA software, Version 10 • HG405GF/11-S joystick • IDR speed sensor (RE 95130) with mating connector • HDD speed sensors (RE 95135) with mating connectors • WS1 angle sensor (RE 95140) with mating connector • Switch for external start release The following hydraulic components are required: • Variable displacement pumps with appropriate control unit A4VG…EP (RE 92003) or A10VG…EP (RE 92750) • Variable displacement motors with appropriate control unit A6VM…EP (RE 91604) or A6VE…EP (RE 91606) or A10VM…EP (RE 91703) The following items are required for commissioning and service: • Diagnostics socket (RE 95085) • BODEM PC software with BODEM connecting cable (RE 95085), or • BB-3 control panel with BB-3 connecting cable (RE 29798 and RE 95080)

Mobile Electronics

• Two variable displacement pumps A4VG or A10VG with electro-proportional (EP) control, combined with two variable displacement motors A6VM, A6VE or A10VM with electrical two-point actuation (EZ) for the travel drive • Two variable displacement pumps A4VG or A10VG with electro-proportional (EP) control for the additional functions The following diesel engine configuration can be used: • Diesel engine with or without CAN bus interface The dual path control system receives the actual speed from the speed sensors of the two hydraulic motors and the set speed from the speed potentiometer (diesel engine speed is not detected). The DPCB and DPCC variants do not evaluate the CAN bus.

Functional Description The swivel angles of two hydraulic variable displacement pumps and two hydraulic variable displacement motors in the closed circuit are varied in order to control the driving and steering behavior. One pump and one motor are assigned to each side of the vehicle. Steering is achieved by controlling the pumps differently. Either transport or working speed can be selected by switching the displacement of the variable displacement motors to one of two values (minimum and maximum). With variant B, the dual path control system offers automatic steering. With variant C, two additional functions, tamper and vibration, are available. Two additional variable displacement pumps are actuated for this purpose. Speed and steering regulation are available for controlling the driving and steering behavior.

455

Section 9

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 95 325/03.04 Page 5 of 6 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price. Control unit RC6-9 with DPCB software Power supply

EMERGENCY STOP

Ignition lock PC software BODEM Max. velocity Steering

Joystick (with forwards/backwards switch)

Diagnostics socket Control panel BB-3

CAN bus interface

Slip steering Work/transport mode Stop / Go

Error lamp

Automatic steering

Speed sensor left

Position of steering sensor

Speed sensor right Speed signal

Autom. steering (sensor) Brake

Additional function 1 (speed) Additional function 2 (speed)

Speed display

Speed sensors

Figure 4: Typical configuration for DPCB

Variable displacement pumps A4VG...EP or A10VG...EP

Variable displacement motors A6VM...EZ or A6VE...EZ or A10VM...EZ

Automatic steering For variant B, automatic steering can be activated by operating a switch on the vehicle. Automatic steering can only be activated in work mode.

Another switch on the vehicle indicates whether the sensor is mounted on the left or right side of the vehicle.

When automatic steering is switched on, the vehicle is steered automatically via a steering sensor.

Mobile Electronics

456

Section 9

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 95 325/03.04 Page 6 of 6 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Power supply

EMERGENCY STOP

Ignition lock

Control unit RC6-9 with DPCC software

PC software BODEM

Additional function 1 Additional function 2 Max. velocity Steering Joystick (with forwards/backwards switch)

Diagnostics socket Control panel BB-3

Additional functions On/Off Slip steering

CAN bus interface

Stop / Go

Display DI2/11

Work/transport mode Error lamp Additional function 1 (speed) Additional function 2 (speed)

Speed signal Brake Speed display

Speed sensors

Variable displacement pumps A4VG...EP or A10VG...EP

Variable displacement motors A6VM...EZ or A6VE...EZ or A10VM...EZ

Figure 6: Typical configuration for DPCC

Tamper/Vibration For variant C, two additional functions are available, namely tamper and vibration. These can be used, for example, when compacting construction material with a paver. Two additional drives are actuated for this purpose. The two additional functions are activated together by means of a switch on the vehicle. They can be operated separately from one Mobile Electronics

another, by activating them individually when putting the vehicle into operation. In each case the setpoint is defined with a potentiometer. The acceleration times can be set for each of the two additional functions separately. The current speed of the additional drives can be detected via speed sensors and shown on the connected display.

457

Section 9

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 95 360/07.05 Page 1 of 3 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Application software Fan control AFC Electronic fan control for hydrostatic fan drives Version 10 – The electronic AFC fan control is an easily adjustable software package for control of hydrostatic fan drives. – The electronic control controls one or two fan drives, which relate to up to four temperature values and up to four digital inputs. – Improved control quality reduces energy consumption, noise emission, fuel consumption and exhaust values compared with conventional solutions. – Digital inputs allow the control behavior to be modified depending on the status. – The response behavior can be adjusted using time ramps. – The AFC fan control is designed for Rexroth hydraulic pump A10VO with ED electrohydraulic pressure control and an fixed displacement motor. – Diagnostics and configuration are carried out with BODEM PC software or the BB-3 control panel. – The outputs are monitored for wire breakage and short circuits.

Mobile Electronics

458

Section 9

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 95 360/07.05 Page 2 of 3 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Ordering code

AS/

AFC

10

Type Application Software

AS/

Software Fan Control

AFC

Version 10

Order information

How it works

The AS/AFC10 application software must only be used with the RC2-2/20 control unit and other add-on components (see page 5). When placing an order, the hardware and software type codes should be linked by a "+".

The electronic fan control is designed to actuate up to two variable displacement pumps in the open hydraulic circuit with electrohydraulic pressure control.

Example: RC2-2/20+AS/AFC10

Actuation employs the following hydraulic concept: One or two A10VO variable displacement pumps with ED electrohydraulic pressure control, each in conjunction with one fixed displacement motor (A10FE or MZFS)

RC2-2 control unit with AFC software Ignition lock

BODEM PC software RS232

Power supply

RS232 Temperature sensor 1 Diagnostic socket

Temperature sensor 2

BB-3 control panel

Digital input 1 Light for operating states

Digital input 2

Digital output

Drive motor

Mobile Electronics

A10VO...ED variable displacement pump

MZFS fixed displacement motor with fan

459

Section 9

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 95 360/07.05 Page 3 of 3 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Function The fan control controls up to two fans independently of each other. Temperature inputs (via sensors) and digital inputs (via switches) are measured separately for each fan.

Safety Functions

Each fan can be configured according to which of the connected sensors are used to determine the setpoint.

In the event of a fault, the maximum setpoint is set.

The diagram on page 2 illustrates how a fan with two sensors and two digital inputs is actuated. The instructions for a fan are below. The second fan operates in the same way.

Important features

Setpoint Definition The fan control determines the fan’s required power by reading the temperature inputs. For each sensor, you can configure the temperatures at which the different fan power levels are required. This results in a setpoint definition for each temperature input: • If a measured value falls below the associated lower temperature threshold, the setpoint definition is set to 0. • If a measured value exceeds the associated upper temperature threshold, the setpoint definition is set to its maximum value. • Between thresholds, the setpoint definition increases in proportion to the temperature. The fan control controls the fan drive with the highest of all the required outputs.

Working Behavior The working behavior of the fan control is controlled by various variables: • The temperature inputs define the setpoint for the fan power. • The digital inputs can be used to influence this setpoint. • The time ramps at all inputs and outputs determine how quickly the fan actuation is modified or how quickly the digital output responds to temperature changes.

The inputs and outputs are monitored for wire breakage and short circuit.

• Up to four temperature inputs • There are default curves for Bosch temperature sensors. A user-specific characteristic curve can be configured. • Up to two independent fan drives • Up to four digital outputs to influence the setpoints via configurable functions • Digital output can be actuated via temperature thresholds • Inputs and outputs are monitored for short circuits and cable breakage • Error lamp displays overtemperature warning and faults • Any faults that occur are logged in the control unit and can be read later on using BODEM or BB-3 in plain text.

Main Setting Variables • • • • • • •

Sensor curves Time ramps for temperature inputs Temperature thresholds for setpoints Digital input function module Switching threshold for digital output Output time ramps for fans Minimum and maximum solenoid current for pumps

Digital output As well as to actuate the fan, the fan control can also be used to actuate a digital output. To do this, the temperature inputs are compared with set switching thresholds and the switching signal is calculated: • If the measured value falls below the lower temperature threshold, the digital output is set to 0. • If the measured value exceeds the upper temperature threshold, the digital output is set to 1. • The range between the two thresholds is used as the hysteresis.

Mobile Electronics

460

Section 9

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

For a complete copy of the data sheets in this catalog, visit our website at: www.boschrexroth-us.com u Products and Solutions u Industrial Hydraulics u Products and Catalogs u Preferred Product Catalog

Section 10 Accessories

The Drive & Control Company

– Pressure transducers – HM 18 ......................................462 – Bladder accumulators – HAB .........................................464 – Diaphragm accumulators – HAD ...................................465 – Accumulator brackets .......................................................466 – Accumulator accessories .................................................466 – Accumulator discharge valves – AD .............................466 – Electronic pressure switch – HEDE ..............................467 – Direct operated pressure switches – HED • Piston type.............................................................. 470, 476 • Bourdon tube type – Fixed switching differential .......................................472 – Dual setting ..................................................................474 – Gauge isolators / indicators – AF6................................478 – Cast iron subplates............................................................479

461 461

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from Catalog AKY 013/4 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 07.05

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Pressure transducer with on-board electronics Model HM 18 Series 1X – Suitable for measuring pressure and converting the measured values into electric signals, e.g. for use in measurement and closed-loop control systems – Sensor with thin-film technology – Various line connectors, see catalogue section RE 08008 – Accuracy class 0.5 – Measuring range up to 350 bar (5100 PSI) max. – Connecting thread G1/4 – Parts in contact with the pressure medium are of stainless steel – Compact design – Operational reliability thanks to high bursting pressure and protection against reversed polarity, overvoltage and short circuit – CE mark

Technical data HM 18

– 1X /

–

–

/ V0 / 0

Pressure transducer with on-board electronics Unit series 10 to 19 (10 to 19: technical data and terminal assignment unchanged) Measuring ranges up to 210 bar (3045 PSI) up to 350 bar (5100 PSI)

Accessories

No options

0= V0 = = 1X

S= B= R= C= V=

= 210 = 350

462

Standard version Small cubic connector Large cubic connector 7-pin concentric connector Current output Voltage output

4 … 20 mA 0 … 10 V

Section 10

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from Catalog AKY 013/4 Page 2 of 2 Issue: 07.05

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data “Dynamic” overload capacity

2 x pnom (up to 20 x 106 load changes)

“Static” overload capacity

3 x pnom (up to 10 x 0.5 s each time)

Bursting pressure

bar (PSI)

Measuring temp. range (compensated) Operating temperature range Storage temperature range

> 1,500 (21,800) < ±0.5-% < ±0.5-% < ±0.5-% < ±0.2-%/10 °C (50°F) < ±0.25-%/10 °C (50°F)

Linearity error incl. hysteresis Zero spread Sensitivity spread Temp. coefficient of zero (typical) Temp. coefficient of sensitivity (typical) °C (°F) °C (°F) °C (°F)

10 to 70 (50 to 158) –10 to 80 (14 to 176) –30 to 90 (–22 to 194)

Hydr. dead volume Measuring frequency (–3 dB) Natural frequency Max. acceleration

approx. 0.5 cm3 ~ 11 kHz ≥ 10 kHz ~ 25-g (g = 9.81 ms–2)

Connecting piece (hydr.) material Diaphragm material

X 5 Cr Ni 1810 X 5 Cr Ni Cu Nb 17 4

Hydraulic connection

G1/4 (ISO 228)

Weight Conformity

Accessories

kg (lbs.)

0.2 (0.44) EN 61000-6-2 EN 61000-6-3

463

Section 10

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from Catalog 9 535 233 184 Page 1 of 1 Issue: 04.03

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Bladder accumulators Hydraulic bladder accumulators can be used in a variety of applications such as energy storage, emergency power source, compensation for losses due to leakage, damping of periodic shocks and volume variations. – – – –

3000 PSI (207 bar) and 4800 PSI (330 bar) rated /4 gallon to 14 gallon sizes 3000 PSI (207 bar) has ASME approval 4800 PSI (330 bar) has CE approval

1

Technical data

Liquid Volume gal (liter)

Max Pressure (PSI/bar)

Fluid Connection

Bladder Material

SAP Material Number

Description

0.25 (1)

3000/207

SAE 1-3/16 12UN 2B

Buna N

R978700573

HAB1-207-2X/5U12G-2N111-ASME

1 (4)

3000/207

SAE 1-5/8 12UN 2B

Buna N

R978700584

HAB4-207-2X/5U08G-2N111-ASME

2.5 (10)

3000/207

SAE 1-7/8 12UN 2B

Buna N

R978700595

HAB10-207-2X/5U09G-2N111-ASME

5 (20)

3000/207

SAE 1-7/8 12UN 2B

Buna N

R978700612

HAB20-207-2X/5U09G-2N111-ASME

10 (35)

3000/207

SAE 1-7/8 12UN 2B

Buna N

R978700617

HAB35-207-2X/5U09G-2N111-ASME

14 (50)

3000/207

SAE 1-7/8 12UN 2B

Buna N

R978700627

HAB50-207-2X/5U09G-2N111-ASME

See catalog 9 535 233 184 for complete description and performance specifications.

Accessories

464

Section 10

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from Catalog 9 535 233 184 Page 1 of 1 Issue: 04.03

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Diaphragm accumulators Hydraulic diaphragm accumulators can be used in a variety of applications such as energy storage, emergency power source, compensation for losses due to leakage, damping of periodic shocks and volume variations. – Pressure rating up to 350 bar (5075 PSI) – 0.075 L to 2.8 L (4.6 in3 to 170 in3) sizes

Technical data Max Pressure bar (PSI)

Fluid Connection

Bladder Material

Material Number

Description

3

250 (3625)

SAE 9/16-18UNF-2B

Buna N

0531610632

HAD0.075-250-1X/0U12S2N111-USA

3

0.16 L (10 in )

250 (3625)

SAE 9/16-18UNF-2B

Buna N

0531600611

HAD0.16-250-1X/0U12S2N111-USA

3

0.16 L (10 in )

250 (3625)

3/8-18 NPTF

Buna N

0531600600

HAD0.16-250-1X/0F02A2N111-USA

0.35 L (21 in3)

160 (2320)

SAE 3/4-16 UNF-2B

Buna N

0531601549

HAD0.35-160-1X/0U04A2N111-USA

0.35 L (21 in3)

Liquid Volume liter (gal) 0.075 L (4.6 in )

207 (3000)

SAE 3/4-16 UNF-2B

Buna N

0531601572

HAD0.35-207-1X-0U04A2N111-USA

3

160 (2320)

1/2-14 NPTF

Buna N

0531601533

HAD0.35-160-1X/0F08A2N111-USA

3

0.50 L (31 in )

160 (2320)

SAE 3/4-16 UNF-2B

Buna N

0531611527

HAD0.5-180-1X/0U04A2N111-USA

0.50 L (31 in3)

211 (3058)

SAE 3/4-16 UNF-2B

Buna N

0531611603

HAD0.5-207-1X/0U04A2N111-USA

0.70 L (43 in3)

0.35 L (21 in )

180 (2600)

SAE 3/4-16 UNF-2B

Buna N

0531602560

HAD0.7-180-1X/0U04A2N111-USA

3

207 (3000)

1/2-14 NPTF

Buna N

0531602581

HAD0.7-207-1X/0F08A2N111-USA

3

0.70 L (43 in )

207 (3000)

SAE 3/4-16 UNF-2B

Buna N

0531602588

HAD0.7-207-1X/0U04C2N111-USA

0.70 L (43 in3)

180 (2600)

1/2-14 NPTF

Buna N

0531602553

HAD0.7-180-1X/0F08A2N111-USA

1.4 L (85 in3)

207 (3000)

SAE 3/4-16 UNF-2B

Buna N

0531603501

HAD1.4-207-1X/0U04C2N111-USA

1.4 L (85 in )

207 (3000)

1/2-14 NPTF

Buna N

0531603500

HAD1.4-207-1X/0F08C2N111-USA

3

2.0 L (122 in )

207 (3000)

SAE 3/4-16 UNF-2B

Buna N

0531623500

HAD2.0-207-1X/0U04C2N111-USA

2.8 L (170 in3)

207 (3000)

1/2-14 NPTF

Buna N

0531613500

HAD2.8-207-1X/0F08C2N111-USA

2.8 L (170 in3)

207 (3000)

SAE 3/4-16 UNF-2B

Buna N

0531613503

HAD2.8-207-1X/0U04C2N111-USA

0.70 L (43 in )

3

Accessories

465

Section 10

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from Catalog 9 535 233 184 Page 1 of 1 Issue: 04.03

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Accumulator brackets Brackets allow secure, easy installation of accumulator in either vertical position for bladder type or unrestricted orientation for diaphragm type. Brackets can be bolted or welded to the supporting structure. Rubber cushioning on straps helps prevent noise from being transmitted through metal to metal contact. Base bracket available for support of vertical mounting of large sizes.

Technical data Material Number Description Accumulator Size 1531316017 Bracket 21 in3 1531316016 Bracket 85 – 122 in3 1531316020 Bracket 170 in3 1531316022 Bracket 1 gal. 1531316026 Bracket 2-1/2 – 10 gal. 1531316005 Bracket 14 gal. See catalog #9 535 233 184 for complete description, performance specifications and charge & test units.

Accumulator accessories 1.38

Ø 0.55

Support bracket / rubber ring for 2-1/2 – 14 gallon bladder accumulators

2.95

Ø 6.69

3.94

7.87 10.24

4.84 8.86 Rubber Backring (1530221042)

Support Bracket (1531334008)

Accumulator discharge valves Accumulator discharge valves allow for the safe and efficient discharge of accumulators. – 3000 PSI rating – 12 to 80 GPM

Technical data Material Number Description Pressure Rating (PSI) Maximum Flow (GPM) R978715257 AD P1 51F 10 3000 12 R978715255 AD C3 54F 10 3000 40 R978715258 AD C4 58F 10 3000 80 Engineering data G-95, G-100, G-105. See catalog #9 535 233 184 for complete description and performance specifications. Accessories

466

Port Size #6 SAE #12 SAE #20 SAE

Approximate Weight (lbs) 4 6 12

Section 10

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 30276/01.06 Page 1 of 3 Issue: 06.06

Electronic pressure switch with integrated analog output Model HEDE 10 Series 2X – Suitable for measuring pressures and converting the measured values into electrical signal variables in hydraulic systems – EMC properties allow the use of this pressure switch also in critical applications – Ceramic / capacitive sensor – Connecting cable with 4-pin M12 plug on housing – Accuracy class 1.0 – Connection thread G1/4 – Parts in contact with media are made of stainless steel, ceramic and FKM – Compact design

Model HEDE 10.../1/ – One switching output and one analog output

Ordering data HED E

10 A1 2X /

K41 G24 / 1 / V / * Further details in clear text

Hydraulic electrical pressure switch Integrated electronics Component type Hydraulic interface 1/4” Component series Pressure stages 100 bar (1450 PSI) 250 bar (3600 PSI) 400 bar (5800 PSI) 600 bar (8700 PSI)

Accessories

V=

=E = 10 = A1 = 2X

FKM seals Caution! Observe compatibility of seals with hydraulic fluid used!

1 = One switching and one analog output = 100 = 200 = 400 = 600

467

G 24 = K41 =

Supply voltage Plug variant M12, 4-pin as standard

Section 10

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 30276/01.06 Page 2 of 3 Issue: 06.06

Technical data Input variables Auxiliary energy

UO 18 to 36 VDC

Current consumption Measuring range Overload safety Burst pressure

I < 50 mA pN in bar (PSI)

100 (1450)

250 (3600)

400 (5800)

600 (8700)

pmax in bar (PSI)

300 (4350)

400 (5800)

600 (8700)

800 (11600)

p in bar (PSI)

650 (9400)

850 (12000)

1000 (14500)

1200 (17400)

Output variables Analog output

U 0 to 10 VDC minimum load 2600 Ω I 4 – 20 mA (max. load [UO – 10] x 50 Ω)

Switching output

Rise time (10 to 90 %)

t 3 ms

Current carrying capacity

l 250 mA

Response time

t < 3 ms (with response time set to dAP = 3)

Max. switching frequency

f 170 Hz (at dAP = 3)

Characteristic curve deviation: (initial point setting according to DIN16086)

< ±0.5 %

Temperature coefficient within nominal temperature range – Highest TC of zero point – Highest TC of span

0.2 % / 10 k 0.2 % / 10 k

Hysteresis

< ±0.1 %

Repeatability

0.1 %

Long-term drift under reference conditions (6 months)

0.05 %

Ambient conditions Limit temperature range

ϑ –20 to +80 °C (–4 to +176 °F) at UO < 32 V –20 to +60°C (–4 to +140) at UO > 36 V

Storage temperature range

ϑ –40 to +100 °C (–40 to +212 °F)

Medium temperature range

ϑ –25 to +80 °C (–13 to +176 °F)

Mechanical data Pressure port

G1/4

Electrical connection

M12 plug-in connection

Accessories

468

Section 10

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 30276/01.06 Page 3 of 3 Issue: 06.06

Technical data Hysteresis / window; normally open / normally closed; pick-up, drop-out delay; attenuation; display unit / analogue output: voltage or current

Programming options

Pressure stages

100

250

400

600

2 ... 250 (29…3625)

4 ... 400 (58 … 5800)

6 ... 600 (87 … 8700)

2 ... 398 (29 … 5772)

3 ... 597 (43.5 … 8658)

2 (29)

3 (43.5)

Switching point SP

bar 1 ... 100 (PSI) (14.5 … 1450)

Release position, rP

bar 0.5 ... 99.5 1 ... 249 (PSI) (7.25 … 1440) (14.5 … 3611)

In increments of

bar (PSI)

Adjustable response time of a switching output and resulting switching frequency Adjustable delay time dS, dr

0.5 (7.25)

1 (14.5)

Response time (dAP) ms 3 ... 500 Hz 170 ... 1 s 0.0; 0.2 ... 50.0

Environmental compatibility Type of protection / housing to IEC 60529

IP67

Class of protection EN 50178

III

Insulation resistance

MΩ > 100 (500 VDC)

Resistane to shock to IEC 60068-2-27

g 50 g, 11 ms

Resistance to vibration to IEC 60068-2-6

g 20 g, 10 ... 2000 Hz

Switching cycles min.

100 million / 50 million with pressure stage 600 bar

Approval

cULus

EMC

EN 61000-4-2 ESD EN 61000-4-3 HF radiated EN 61000-4-4 burst EN 61000-4-5 surge EN 61000-4-6 HF cable-bound

4 / 8 kV 10 V/m 2 kV 0.5 / 1 kV 10 V

Housing material

EPDM/X (Santoprene); FKM; PBTP (Pocan); PC (Macrolon); V2A (1.4301)

Materials in contact with the medium

V2A (1.4305); ceramic; FKM

Connection

M12 plug-in connection, gold-plated contacts

Accessories

469

Section 10

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 50 040/06.98 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 01.01

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Pressure switch, piston type switching differential dependent on pressure setting Model HED 1 Series 4X Maximum operating pressure 5075 PSI – – – –

Piston type pressure switch Drain port for increased repeatability Optional indicator light SAE straight thread O-ring ports Model HED 1 KA 4X/..

Ordering code HED 1 Pressure switch

Series 4X (40 to 49: externally interchangeable)

Accessories

*

=K =O

Threaded connections

HED 1 O

4X

= HED 1

With drain port Without drain port

HED 1 K

A

max. adjustable pressure 1450 PSI max. adjustable pressure 5075 PSI max. adjustable pressure 725 PSI max. adjustable pressure 1450 PSI max. adjustable pressure 5075 PSI

12 =

SAE threaded connections

no code =

NBR seals suitable for petroleum oils (HM, HL, HLP) FPM seals suitable for phosphate ester fluids (HFD-R)

=A V=

= 4X = = = = =

100 350 50 100 350

L 24 = L 110 =

470

Further details to be written in clear text

Connection with lights light for 24V (20V to 35V) light for 110V (90V to 130V)

Section 10

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 50 040/06.98 Page 2 of 2 Issue: 01.01

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data Switching accuracy (repeatability) Switching frequency

< ±2% of pressure setting

HED 1 KA 4X/..

cycles/min

up to 300

HED 1 OA 4X/..

cycles/min

up to 50 (briefly ... 100)

PSI

30

Pressure at drain connection

Setting ranges for HED 1 KA 4X/.. all values in PSI Falling pressure

Rising pressure

Pressure rating

Max. operating pressure (briefly)

minimum

maximum

minimum

maximum

1450

…8700

44

1335

87

1450

5075

…8700

87

4715

145

5075

7250

…8700

145

6745

290

7250

Setting ranges for HED 1 OA 4X/.. all values in PSI Falling pressure

Rising pressure

Pressure rating

Max. operating pressure (briefly)

minimum

maximum

minimum

maximum

725

…1160

29

655

51

725

1450

…5075

44

1190

116

1450

5075

…5075

87

4280

290

5075

Electrical connection Contact loading

Conduit connection max. cable dia. 0.43 in Plug-in connector – AC voltage

460 V; 15 A

– DC voltage

40 V; 1.0 A or 125 V; 0.4 A or 250 V; 0.2 A

With higher DC voltages arc suppression is recommended to increase working life Insulation Weight (approx.)

Accessories

Exceeds NEMA class B kg (lbs.)

1.2 (2.6)

471

Section 10

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 50 045/06.98 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 01.01

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Bourdon tube type pressure switch with fixed switching pressure differential Model HED 2 Series 2X Maximum operating pressure 5800 PSI – – – – – – – –

Bourdon tube type pressure switch Available with or without light Freewheeling key lock adjustment Highly resistant to contamination SAE straight thread port connection Highly accurate No internal leakage (Bourdon tube) Fixed switching differential, dependent on pressure range

HED 2 OA 2X/..

Ordering code HED 2 OA 2X Series 20 to 29 (20 to 29: externally interchangeable) Max. adjustment pressure ... 725 PSI Max. adjustment pressure ... 1450 PSI Max. adjustmant pressure ... 2900 PSI Max. adjustment pressure ... 5800 PSI

*

= 2X = 25 = 100 = 200 = 400

12 =

SAE threaded connections

No code = L24 = L110 =

Without light Light for 24V (20V to 35V) light for 110V (90V to 130V)

No code =

Accessories

472

Further details to be written in clear text

Conduit connection

Section 10

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 50 045/06.98 Page 2 of 2 Issue: 01.01

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data Switching accuracy (repeatability)

< ± 1 % of setting range

Setting accuracy (to scale)

± 2 % of max. setting pressure

Switching frequency

Up to 30 cycles/minute

Setting range

Pressure rating

Max. operating pressure in PSI

Fixed switching differential over complete setting range in PSI

365

435

Falling pressure

Rising pressure

in PSI

in PSI

minimum

maximum

minimum

maximum

7.3

22

365

29

370

915

1015

14.5

58

915

73

930

1450

1600

22.0

87

1450

109

1470

2900

3050

58.0

145

2900

203

2960

5800

6090

87.0

290

5800

377

5890

Electrical connection (Parts supplied as loose items) Contact load

Conduit connection Pg 11 [max. cable dia. 0.43 in (11 mm)] – AC voltage

380 V; 10 A

– DC voltage

25 V; 1.0 A or 125 V; 0.2 A or 250 V; 0.1 A

DC voltages with inductive load, arc suppression is recommended to increase service life. Insulation to DIN 40 050 Weight

Exceeds NEMA class B (IP 65) kg (lbs.)

1.0 (2.2)

Note for bourdon tube pressure switch application Bourdon tube pressure switches should be shock mounted to avoid mechanical vibrations. To compensate for pump pulsation, we recommend the use of small diameter hose, 0.1" (2 mm) for pressure switch connection, approximately 3.28 ft (1 meter) long.

Accessories

473

Section 10

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 50 050/06.98 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 01.01

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Bourdon tube pressure switch, infinitely variable switching pressure differential Model HED 3 Series 3X Maximum operating pressure 5800 PSI – – – – – – –

Bourdon tube type pressure switch Available with or without light Highly resistant to contamination SAE straight thread port connection Highly accurate No internal leakage (Bourdon tube) Variable pressure differential, selectable via two independent adjustments

HED 3 OA 3X/..

Ordering code HED 3 OA 3X

* Further details to be written in clear text

Series 30 to 39 (30 to 39: externally interchangeable) Max. adjustment pressure ... 365 PSI Max. adjustment pressure ... 915 PSI Max. adjustment pressure ... 1450 PSI Max. adjustment pressure ... 2900 PSI Max. adjustment pressure ... 5800 PSI

Accessories

12 =

SAE threaded connections

No Code =

Without lockable cap

= 3X = 25 = 63 = 100 = 200 = 400

No Code L110 = No Code =

474

=

Without light Light for 110V (90V to 130V) Conduit connection

Section 10

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 50 050/06.98 Page 2 of 2 Issue: 01.01

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data Switching accuracy

< ± 1 % of pressure setting range

Switching frequency

Up to 30 cycles/minute

Setting range

Pressure rating

Max. operating pressure in PSI

Fixed switching differential over complete setting range in PSI

365

435

14.5 … 340

22

Falling pressure

Rising pressure

in PSI

in PSI

minimum

maximum

minimum

maximum

365

36

375

915

1015

29.0 … 855

58

915

87

945

1450

1600

43.5 … 1365

87

1450

130

1495

2900

3050

116 … 2755

145

2900

260

3015

5800

6090

175 … 5510

290

5800

365

5975

Contact load

– AC voltage

380 V; 10 A

– DC voltage

25 V; 1.0 A or 125 V; 0.2 A or 250 V; 0.1 A

DC voltages with inductive load, arc suppression is recommended to increase service life. Insulation to DIN 40 050 Weight

Exceeds NEMA class B (IP 65) kg (lbs.)

0.8 (1.8)

Notes on application of bourdon tube pressure switches Bourdon tube pressure switches should be shock mounted to avoid mechanical vibrations. To compensate for pump pulsation, we recommend the use of small diameter hoses 0.1" (2 mm), approximately 3.28 ft (1 meter) long for pressure switch connection.

Accessories

475

Section 10

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 50061/02.06 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Hydro-electric pressure switch Model HED 8 Component series 2X Max. working pressure up to 630 bar (9100 PSI) – – – –

For subplate mounting For in-pipe installation For flange connection, position of ports to ISO 16873 As vertical stacking element, position of ports to DIN 24340 form A – In horizontal stacking assemblies – Five pressure stages, optional – Four adjustment elements, optional: • Spindle with hexagon socket, with or without protective cap (protective cap sealable) • Spindle with hexagon socket and scale, with or without protective cap • Rotary knob with scale • Lockable rotary knob with scale

Model HED 8 – Cable socket with circuitry (indicator lamp) (separate order)

Ordering data 1)

HED 8

– 2X /

K14

* Further details in clear text

Piston type pressure switch Flange connection (ISO 16873) Subplate mounting In-pipe installation

2)

Seal material No code = NBR seals V= FKM seals (other seals on enquiry) Caution! Observe compatibility of seals with hydraulic fluid used!

= OH = OP = OA

Component series 20 to 29 (20 to 29: unchanged installation and connection dimensions) Max. set pressure 50 bar Max. set pressure 100 bar Max. set pressure 200 bar Max. set pressure 350 bar Max. set pressure 630 bar 3)

= 2X

No code =

= 50 = 100 = 200 = 350 = 630

Electrical connection Without cable socket = K14 4) Individual connection with component plug to DIN EN 175301-803

S= A 6) = AS 6) = KS 5; 6) = KW 6) =

Spindle without scale, without protective cap Spindle without scale, with protective cap Spindle with scale, without protective cap Spindle with scale, with protective cap Lockable rotary knob with scale Rotary knob with scale

1)

The HED 8-1X/ product line will be replaced by HED 8-2X/ through year 2006. Current “preferred” part numbers will be updated to series “2X” as applicable.

2)

Sandwich plate for vertical stacking assembly, separate order, see pages 11 to 14

3)

Not permitted for vertical stacking assembly

4)

Cable sockets, separate order, see page 4

5)

H-key, material no. R900008158, included in scope of supply

6)

The switching pressure can only be set exactly with the help of a pressure gauge (scale serves only for orientation)

Accessories

476

Section 10

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 50061/02.06 Page 2 of 2 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data General Weight

– Pressure switch – Sandwich plate for vertical stacking assembly

kg (lbs.) 0.8 (1.76) • Size 6

kg (lbs.) 0.8 (1.76) – plate height 40.5 mm (1.60 in.), see pages 11 and 12 3 (6.61) – plate height 120 mm (4.72 in.), see pages 11 and 12

• Size 10

kg (lbs.) 2 (4.41) – see pages 13 and 14

Installation orientation

Optional

Ambient temperature range

–30 to +50 (–22 to +122) – NBR seals –20 to +50 (–4 to +122) – FKM seals

Vibration test to DIN EN 60068-2-6:1996

g 20 (testing time 30 minutes)

Shock test to DIN EN 60068-2-27:1993

g 25

Hydraulic Maximum operating pressure

bar (PSI) 630 (9100) Mineral oil (HL, HLP) to DIN 51524 1); fast bio-degradable hydraulic fluids to VDMA 24568 (see also RE 90221); HETG (rape seed oil) 1); HEPG (polyglycols) 2); HEES (synthetic esters) 2); other hydraulic fluids on enquiry

Hydraulic fluid

Hydraulic fluid temperature range

°C (°F) –30 to +80 (–22 to +176 – for NBR seals –20 to +80 (–4 to +176– for FKM seals mm2/s (SUS) 10 to 800 (59 to 3700)

Viscosity range

Max. permissible degree of contamination of the hydraulic fluid; cleanliness class to ISO 4406 (c)

Class 20/18/15 3)

Load cycles

≥ 5 x 106

Electrical Electrical connection / cable socket Maximum connection cross-section / cable socket Maximum switching frequency Type of protection to EN 60529 IEC

Plug-in connection to DIN EN 175301-803, 3-pin + PE mm2 (in2) 1.5 (0.06) 1/h 7200 IP 65 with cable socket mounted and locked

Switching accuracy (repeatability)

< ± 1 % of adjustment range

Switch

According to VDE 0630/DIN EN 61058

Transfer resistance 1-2; 1-3

mΩ < 50

Coordination of insulation

Overvoltage category 3

Contamination

Degree of contamination 3

Bounce time 1) 2) 3)

– ON

ms < 5

– OFF

ms < 5

Suitable for NBR and FKM seals Suitable only for FKM seals The cleanliness classes specified for components must be adhered to in hydraulic systems. Effective filtration prevents malfunction and, at the same time, prolongs the service life of components. For the selection of filters, see data sheets RE 50070, RE 50076, RE 50081, RE 50086 and RE 50088.

Accessories

477

Section 10

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 50031/02.00 Page 1 of 1 Issue: 01.03

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Pressure gauge – isolator valve Model AF 6 Nominal size 6 Series 4X Maximum operating pressure 4350 PSI – 3-way longitudinal valve – For subplate mounting – Push button operated

Model AF 6 EA4X/XV12

Ordering code A Isolator valve

F

6

E

4X

X

V

12

* Further details in clear text

=A

Spring return

12 =

=F

Nominal size 6 Single valve

FKM seals (other seals on request)

V=

=6 =E

For threaded connections

Attention! The compatibility of the seals and pressure fluid has to be taken into account!

=A

Series 40 to 49 (40 to 49: unchanged installation and connection dimensions)

SAE threaded housing

= 4X X=

Without accessories

Technical data Hydraulic Pressure fluid

Mineral oil (HL, HLP) to DIN 51 524; Fast bio-degradable pressure fluids to VDMA 24 568 (also see RE 90 221); HETG (rape seed oil); HEPG (polyglycol); HEES (synthetic ester); other fluids on request

Pressure fluid temperature range Viscosity range

°C (°F) mm2/s (SUS)

Degree of contamination

Max. operating pressure

7.5 to 500 (35 to 2318) Maximum degree of contamination of the pressure fluid is to NAS 1638 class 9. We, therefore, recommend a filter with a minimum retention rate of ß10 ≥ 75.

– Port P

bar (PSI)

300 (4350)

– Port T

bar (PSI)

10 (145) (actuation force approx. 10 N)

bar (PSI)

Up to 60 (870), up to 100 (1450), up to 160 (2320), up to 250 (3625) and up to 400 (5800)—the indicating range should be approx. 30 % above the max. operating pressure.

Pressure gauge indicating range

Accessories

–15 to 80 (4 to 176)

478

Section 10

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from SUB/BMK/06.98 Page 1 of 1 Issue: 01.01

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Subplates to ISO, ANSI B 93.7, and NFPA T 3.5.1 M R1, with SAE ports

Subplate

Valve

Port Size

Mounting Bolts1)

G66/12

WE10

SAE-6; 9/16-18

1/4-20 UNC (4)

G67/12

WE10

SAE-8; 3/4-16

1/4-20 UNC (4)

G154/12

WEH22, 25

SAE-20; 1 5/8-20

1/2-13 UNC (6)

G155/12

WEH25

SAE-16; 1 5/16-12

1/2-13 UNC (6)

G156/12

WEH22, 25

SAE-24; 1 7/8-20

1/2-13 UNC (6)

G174/12

WEH16

SAE-16; 1 5/16-12

3/8-16 UNC (4), 1/4-20 UNC (2)

G273/12

SE6

SAE-6; 9/16-28

1/4-20 UNC (4)

G279/12

FRM10

SAE-8; 3/4-16

5/16-18 UNC (4)

G341/12

WE6

SAE-4; 7/16-20

10-24 UNC (4)

G342/12

WE6

SAE-6; 9/16-18

10-24 UNC (4)

G409/12

DB20…5X

SAE-16; 1 5/16-12

5/8-11 UNC (4)

G411/12

DB30…5X

SAE-24; 1 7/8-12

3/4-10 UNC (4)

G413/12

DR20…5X

SAE-16; 1 5/16-12

3/8-16 UNC (4)

G415/12

DR30…5X

SAE-24; 1 7/8-12

3/8-16 UNC (6)

G461/12

DZ10…DP-4X

SAE-8; 3/4-16

3/8-16 UNC (4)

G502/12

FRM6

SAE-8; 3/4-16

10-24 UNC (4)

G534/12

WEH10

SAE-12; 1 1/16-12

1/4-20unc (4)

G546/12

DB10…5X

SAE-8; 3/4-16

1/2-13 UNC (4)

1)

Mounting bolts are not supplied (separate order)

Accessories

479

Section 10

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Notes

Accessories

480

Section 10

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

For a complete copy of the data sheets in this catalog, visit our website at: www.boschrexroth-us.com u Products and Solutions u Industrial Hydraulics u Products and Catalogs u Preferred Product Catalog

Section 11 Manifolds

The Drive & Control Company

– BM, Bar Manifold D03 and D05 ......................................................................482 – ABM, Automotive Bar Manifold D03 .......................................................................................483 – SP, Subplates D03 and D05 ......................................................................484 – CP, Coverplates D03 and D05 ......................................................................485 – TP, Tapping Plates D03 and D05 ......................................................................486 – AP, Valve Adaptors D03, D05, and D07...........................................................487 – LCB, Logic Control Block 16, 25, 32 ............................................................................488

481 481

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 09 907 Page 1 of 1 Issue: 06.04

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Bar manifold Parallel circuit, normal flow D03 (Size 6) and D05 (Size 10)

Ordering code BM Nominal Size D03 D05 Parallel Circuit Flow Range Normal (Sizes 6, 10, 16) Revision

P

– XX /

12 = = 6 = 10

SAE Threaded Ports Valve Spacing 2.125” (6) 3.25” (10)

2= 3=

=P =N = XX

Number of Station(s) Sizes 6 Sizes 10

= 01–08 = 01–06

Material Aluminum 6061–T6, 3000 PSI Ductile Iron1 65-45-12, 5000 PSI 1)

–

=A =D

Blackened

T

T

P

P B A GA

BM6PN… shown

BA

BA

Mounting kit included

Manifolds

482

Section 11

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 09 907 Page 1 of 1 Issue: 07.05

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Bar manifold Parallel circuit normal flow D03 (Size 6)

Ordering code ABM Nominal Size D03 Parallel Circuit

6

P

N – XX /

2 – 01 G M M=

=6

G= =P

Flow Range Normal

01 = =N

Revision

Metric Mounting Bolts Gauge Ports for A & B BSPP Threaded Ports Valve Spacing 2.125“ D03 (6)

2= = XX

Number of Station(s) D03 (Size 6)

= 02–08

Material Ductile Iron1 65-45-12, 5000 PSI 1)

D

=D

Blackened

T

T

P

P GB B A GA GB B A GA GB B A GA

ABM6PN… shown

Mounting kit inot ncluded

Manifolds

483

Section 11

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 09 907 Page 1 of 1 Issue: 06.04

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Subplates Bottom or side ported D03 (Size 6) and D05 (Size 10)

Ordering code SP Subplate Size D03 D05

– XX /

– 12

= 6 = 10

Porting Bottom Ported Side Ported

12 = A= D=

=B =S

Flow Normal

XX = 1)

=N

Ports SAE Threaded Ports Material Aluminum 6061–T6, 3000 PSI Ductile Iron1 65-45-12, 5000 PSI Revision

Blackened

T A P B X Y SP6BN… shown

T A P B X Y

2)

Subplate Size

Mounting Bolts2)

SP6

(2) 1/4”–20 x 0.75”

SHCS

SP10

(4) 3/8”–16 x 1.50”

SHCS

Included in supply

Manifolds

484

Section 11

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 09 907 Page 1 of 1 Issue: 06.04

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Coverplates Parallel and series circuits D03 (Size 6) and D05 (Size 10)

Ordering code CP Coverplate Size D03 D05

N – XX /

– 12

= 6 = 10

Internal Connections Parallel Circuit (All Ports Blocked)

01 = 12 = =N

Additional Ports No Ports

Material Aluminum 6061–T6, 3000 PSI Ductile Iron1 65-45-12, 5000 PSI

A= D= 1)

Mounting Bolts Metric SAE

Blackened

=N = XX

Revision

CP6N… shown

2)

O-Rings2)

Coverplate Size

Mounting Bolts1)

CP6

(4) 10-24 x 0.75”

SHCS

(4) 2-012

CP10

(4) 1/4”-20 x 1.00”

SHCS

(5) 12 x 2 mm (2) 10 x 2 mm

N=

A B P T X Y

Included in supply

Manifolds

485

Section 11

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 09 907 Page 1 of 1 Issue: 06.04

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Tapping plates D03 (Size 6) and D05 (Size 10)

Ordering code TP Tapping Plate Size D03 D05 Connections Gauge Port Gauge Port

– XX /

= 6 = 10 P+T A+B

Port Style BSPP SAE

01 = 12 = = GPT = GAB

Material Aluminum 6061–T6, 3000 PSI Ductile Iron1 65-45-12, 5000 PSI

A= D= = XX

Revision

– 12

1)

Blackened

T

A

P

B = GPT

T

A

P

B

T

A

P

B = GAB

T

A

P

B

TP6… shown

Manifolds

486

Section 11

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 09 907 Page 1 of 1 Issue: 06.04

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Valve adaptors Various Sizes

Ordering code AP Valve Adaptors: D03 → D05 D03 → D07 D05 → D07

– XX /

– 12 Omit =

= 6–10 = 6–16 = 10–16

12 =

Revision

A= D= 1)

Aluminum 6061–T6, 3000 PSI Ductile Iron1 65-45-12, 5000 PSI

Blackened

(valve)

A

B

P

T

A

B

P

T

D05

Mounting Bolts SAE Material

= XX

D03

No Options

T

(manifold)

AP6–10–1X/… shown

2)

O-Rings2)

Valve Adaptors

Mounting Bolts1)

AP6–10

(4) 1/4”-20 x 1.25”

SHCS

(5) 12 x 2 mm

AP6–16

(4) 3/8”-16 x 1.25” (2) 1/4”-20 x 1.50”

SHCS SHCS

(4) 22 x 2.5 mm (2) 10 x 2 mm

AP10–16

(4) 3/8”-16 x 1.25” (2) 1/4”-20 x 1.50”

SHCS SHCS

(4) 22 x 2.5 mm (3) 10 x 2 mm

Included in supply

Manifolds

487

Section 11

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 09 907 Page 1 of 1 Issue: 06.04

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Logic manifold Logic control block

Ordering code LCB

N – XX – D 1 – 07

= 16–32

Nominal Size Pressure Range Normal 3000 PSI (Code 61)

07 = 1=

Number of Cartridge per Block

=N = XX

Revision Material Ductile Iron1 65-45-12 1)

SAE Flange

=D

Blackened Additional Plug configurations available. See RA 09 907 for details.

Size

Position 1, 2, 3, 4

Position 5, 6, 7

16

10–24 UNC

1/16-27 NPT

25

1/4-20 UNC

1/16-27 NPT

32

1/16-27 NPT

1/16-27 NPT

LCB16N… shown

POS. 1

POS. 2

POS. 3

POS. 4

B POS. 6

POS. 5

PORT 2

PORT 1

POS. 7 PORT 3

A Illustration of “standard“ plug configuration

Manifolds

488

Section 11

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

For a complete copy of the data sheets in this catalog, visit our website at: www.boschrexroth-us.com u Products and Solutions u Industrial Hydraulics u Products and Catalogs u Preferred Product Catalog

Section 12 Tie Rod Cylinders

The Drive & Control Company

– CDT4 NFPA tie rod cylinders (up to 3000 PSI) ................................................................490 – CDT3 ISO tie rod cylinders .............................................492 – CDT1 NFPA tie rod cylinders (up to 1500 PSI) ................................................................494

489 489

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 17 041/07.05 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 04.03

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Hydraulic Cylinder, Model CDT4, NFPA Industrial Type Series 1X Nominal pressure: 3000 PSI Non shock rating: 5000 PSI – – – – – – –

Duty, Nominal 3,000 PSI hydraulic, non-shock 5,000 PSI Standards, Meets or exceeds all JIC and NFPA requirements Bore Sizes, 1-1/2" – 4" Piston Rods, 5/8" – 2" Mountings, 12 standard NPFA mountings Ports, SAE o-ring straight thread ports Stroke, Standard strokes furnished to nearest 1/8". Normal stroke tolerance + 1/16” / –0”

Model CDT4

Ordering details CD T4

Z 1X S 1

Single rod cylinder = CD Series = T4 Mounting types = MX0 Basic version = MP1 Fork clevis mounting = MF1 Rectangular flange at head = MF2 Rectangular flange at cap = ME5 Rectangular flange at head = MT1 Trunnion at head = MT2 Trunnion at cap = MS2 Foot mounting = MS4 Side tapped Extended tie rods, both ends = MX1 = MX2 Extended tie rods, at cap = MX3 Extended tie rods, at head Bore Dia. Ø (AL) 1.50 to 4.00 inch Piston rod Ø (MM) 0.63 to 2.00 inch Stroke length in inches (ex. 12.00) Design principle Head and cap connected by tie rods =Z Series = 1X 10 to 19 unchanged installation and connection dimensions Port connections/ types SAE straight thread port (ISO 11926-1) Remarks:

M W W * Further details in clear text Option 2 Without options

W=

Option 1 Without options

W=

M= U= D=

Seal version Suitable for mineral oil Polyurethane seal system End position cushioning Without Both sides, adjustable Piston rod end 2) Small male thread KK1

H=

Piston rod version Surface-hardened and hard chromium plated 1)

H= 1 1=

1= =S

Piston rod 1" to 2", surface hardened and chromium plated.

2)

With extreme shock loads the piston rod threads have to be selected, taking the fatigue limits into account. Rod and clevis, installed parts, etc. must always be firmly clamped against the piston rod shoulder.

Pipe connection / location at base Viewed on piston rod

1

1)

Cylinders

1 H H

Pipe connection / location at head Viewed on piston rod

Order Example: CDT4ME5/2.00/1.00/12.00Z1X/S11HHDWW

Note: For complete cylinder prices, use base price plus stroke adder per inch of stroke. 490

Section 12

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 17 041/07.05 Page 2 of 2 Issue: 04.03

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data (for applications outside these parameters, please consult us) Standards: Meets or exceeds all J.I.C. and NFPA requirements.

Viscosity range: 32 to 1760 SUS

Nominal Pressure: 3000 PSI Static proof pressure: 5000 PSI With extreme shock loads the mounting styles and piston rod threads have to be considered, taking the fatigue limits into account.

Degree of contamination: Max. permissible degree of contamination of the pressure fluid is to NAS 1638 class 10. We therefore recommend a filter with a minium retention rate of 10 ≥ 75.

Maximum operating pressure up to: 3,000 PSI

Stroke speed: 20 in/sec (dependent on the connection port)

Static non-shock: 5,000 PSI

Air bleed standard: Secured against removal

Installation position: Various

Acceptance: Each cylinder is tested to Bosch Rexroth standards.

Pressure fluid: Mineral oils (HL, HLP)

Cylinders, outside the above parameters are also available. See data sheet RA 17 041.

Hydraulic fluid temperature range: (-4°F to 176°F)

Mounting Type Overview ME5

MF1

MF2

MP1

MS2

MS4

MT1

MT2

MX0

MX1

MX2

MX3

Cylinders

491

Section 12

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 17 032/05.00 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 01.01

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Hydraulic cylinder Model CDT3 Series 1X Nominal pressure 160 bar (16 MPa) – – – – – – –

ISO 6020/2, DIN 24 554, NF E 48-016 Maximum operating pressure up to 210 bar Ten mounting types Piston Ø: 25 to 100 mm Piston Rod Ø: 12 to 70 mm Stroke lengths up to 1.5 meters Self-adjusting end position cushioning CDT3ME5/...

Ordering code CD T3

Z 1X B 1 H H D M W W *

Double acting cylinder = CD Series

Further details to be written in clear text

= T3

Mounting types Fork clevis mounting Rectangular flange at head Rectangular flange at cap Foot mounting

Piston rod Ø (MM) 12 to 70 mm M=

Stroke length in mm =Z

Piston rod version Surface-hardened and hard chromium plated

H= 1

Remarks: 1)

Piston rod end 5) Thread (ISO/DIN) for self-aligning clevis CGKA

H=

=B

Location “3” obtained by rotating the cylinder

11) =

Order example: CDT3MP1/80/56/350/Z1X/B1HHUMWW

Seal version Suitable for mineral oil to DIN 51 524 HL, HLP and HFA Standard seal system End position cushioning Both sides, self-adjusting

D=

Series = 1X 10 to 19 unchanged installation and connection dimensions Port connections/ types Port threads to ISO 1179-1

Option 1 Without options

W=

Piston Ø (AL) 25 to 100 mm

Design principle Head and cap connected by tie rods

Option 2 Without options

W=

= MP1 = ME5 = ME6 = MS2

Pipe connection / location at head and base Viewed on piston rod

3

Note: For complete cylinder prices, use Base Price plus Stroke Adder per 100 mm. Cylinders

492

Section 12

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 17 032/05.00 Page 2 of 2 Issue: 01.01

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data Standards: The cylinder installation and mounting types conform to the standards ISO 6020/2, DIN 24 554, and NF E 48-016.

Hydraulic fluid temperature range: –20 °C to +80 °C

Nominal pressure: 160 bar Static proof pressure: 240 bar Higher operating pressures, consult factory.

Degree of contamination: Max. permissible degree of contamination of the pressure fluid is to NAS 1638 class 10. We therefore recommend a filter with a minimum retention rate of b10 ≥ 75.

Max. operating pressure up to: 210 bar (dependent on cylinder version and the application, suitable for operating pressures up to 210 bar)

Stroke speed: 0.5 m/s (dependent on the connection port)

Installation position: Various

Viscosity range: 2.8 to 380 mm2/s

Bleeding standard: Secured against unscrewing (Piston – Ø 40 to 100 mm) Acceptance: Each cylinder is tested to Rexroth standards.

Pressure fluid: Mineral oils DIN 51 524 (HL, HLP) Phosphate ester (HFD-R)

Cylinders, outside the above parameters are also available, if required. See datasheet RA 17 032.

Mounting type overview MP1 ISO

ME5 ISO/DIN/ NF E

Cylinders

MS2 ISO/DIN/ NF E

ME6 ISO/DIN/ NF E

493

Section 12

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 17 038/07.05 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 06.04

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Hydraulic Cylinder, Model CDT1, NFPA Industrial Type Series 1X Nominal pressure: 1500 PSI – – – – – – –

Duty, up to 1,500 PSI Standards, meets or exceeds all JIC and NFPA requirements Bore Sizes, 1-1/2" – 4" Piston Rods, 1/2" – 1-3/8" Mountings, 9 standard NFPA mountings Ports, SAE o-ring straight thread ports Stroke, standard strokes furnished in 1/8" increments. Normal stroke tolerance + 1/16" / – 0". Closer stroke tolerances available; consult factory.

Model CDT1 • Rod End Threads, standard KK1. Other rod end styles optional. • Cushions, available for all bore sizes, at both ends.

Ordering code

CD T1 Single rod cylinder = CD Series = T1 Mounting types = MF1 Rectangular flange at head = MF2 Rectangular flange at cap = MP1 Clevis mounting = MS2 Side lug = MS4 Side tapped = MX0 Basic version Extended tie rods, both ends = MX1 = MX2 Extended tie rods, at cap = MX3 Extended tie rods, at head Bore Dia. Ø 1.50 to 4.00 inch Piston rod Ø 0.50 to 1.38 inch Stroke length in inches (ex. 12.00) Design principle Head and cap connected by tie rods Series 10 to 19 unchanged installation and connection dimensions Port connections/ types SAE straight thread port (ISO 11926-1)

Z 1X S 1 1 H H

Further details in clear text Option 2 Without options

W=

Option 1 Without options

W=

M= U= D=

Seal version Suitable for mineral oil to DIN 51 524 HL, HLP and HFA Polyurethane seal system End position cushioning Without Both sides, adjustable Piston rod end 2) Small male thread KK1

H=

=Z

Piston rod version Case hardened and hard chromium plated 1)

H= = 1X

1 1=

=S

Remarks: 1) Only 1" to 1-3/8" diameter piston rods are case hardened and hard chrome plated. 2) With extreme shock loads the piston rod threads have to be selected, taking the fatigue limits into account. Rod end clevis, installed parts, etc. must always be firmly clamped against the piston rod shoulder. * Consult factory for other bore sizes and mounting options. Cylinders

M W W *

Viewed on piston rod 1

1=

494

Port connection / location at cap

Port connection / location at head Viewed on piston rod

Section 12

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 17 038/07.05 Page 1 of 2 Issue: 06.04

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data Standards: Meets or exceeds all JIC and NFPA requirements.

Viscosity range: 32 to 1760 SUS

Nominal pressure: up to 1,500 PSI

Degree of contamination: Max. permissible degree of contamination of the pressure fluid is to NAS 1638 class 10.

With extreme shock loads the mounting styles and piston rod threads have to be considered, taking the fatigue limits into account. Maximum operating pressure up to: 1,500 PSI depending on bore size Installation position: Various Pressure fluid: Mineral oils (HL, HLP), Phosphate ester (HFD-R) (–4°F to 300°F), HFA (41°F to 131°F), Water glycol HFC (–4°F to 140°F) Hydraulic fluid temperature range: (-4°F to 176°F)

We therefore recommend a filter with a minium retention rate of ß10 ≥ 75. Stroke speed: 20 in/sec (dependent on the connection port) Air bleed standard: Secured against removal, 2" – 4" bore sizes only Acceptance: Each cylinder is tested to Bosch Rexroth standards. Cylinders, outside the above parameters are also available. Consult factory

Mounting Type Overview MF1

MF2

MX2

MS4

MP1

MX0

MX1

MS2

MX3

Cylinders

495

Section 12

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Notes

Cylinders

496

Section 12

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

For a complete copy of the data sheets in this catalog, visit our website at: www.boschrexroth-us.com u Products and Solutions u Industrial Hydraulics u Products and Catalogs u Preferred Product Catalog

Section 13 Power Packs

The Drive & Control Company

– Close-Coupled Motor Pump Groups, 2–20 HP Axial Piston Variable Displacement................................498 – Close-Coupled Motor Pump Groups, 25–100 HP Axial Piston Variable Displacement................................499 – Fixed Displacement Industrial Hydraulic Power Packs .......................................................................500 – Variable Displacement Industrial Hydraulic Power Packs .......................................................................501 – Air/Oil Heat Exchangers ...................................................502

497 497

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 12 740/08.04 Page 1 of 1 Issue: 07.05

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Close-coupled motor pump groups Axial piston variable displacement – Flow: up to 20 GPM (76 L/min) – Electric motor: 2–20 HP @ 1750 rpm, 230/460 V, 1.15 S.F., TEFC

M Ordering Code Bold Selections are Preferred

MPGB XXXH TYZ 46 XX F S X H A10 XXX XXXX K NN 1 XX XXXXX Horsepower: (XXX)H 002 003 005 7.5 010 015 020 2HP 3HP 5HP 7.5HP 10HP 15HP 20HP No. of Poles/Hertz 6 No. Poles 60 Hertz 4 1750 rpm Standard Voltage Options: Std. Volt BF EZ EZ EZ EZ EZ EZ 2 3 5 7.5 10 15 20 HP B – 50HZ/190/380V F – 60HZ/230/460V EZ – 60HZ/208-230/460V Windings: F – Full Version Efficiency: S – Standard Junction Box Location: 1 – F1 Mounting Position: H – Horizontal Pump: A10 2 HP or 3 HP A10VS018 010 AA10VS010 018 5 HP A10VS018 010 A10VS010 018 028 AA10VS028 7.5 HP or 10HP 010 A10VS010 018 A10VS018 028 AA10VS028 045 AA10VS045 15 HP or 20HP 028 AA10VS028 045 AA10VS045 Control: DR, DFR Shaft: K – Keyed NN (No through drive) Pump Suction Port Orientation: 1 Down, Inline with Motor Feet Mounting Rails: NN – None Internal Reference Number: * Standard orientation provided with pressure up and suction down, customer can rotate pump if required. Power Packs

498

Section 13

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 12 742/08.04 Page 1 of 1 Issue: 07.05

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Close-coupled motor pump groups Axial piston variable displacement – Flow: up to 64 GPM (242 L/min) – Electric motor: 25–100 HP @ 1750 rpm, 50/60 Hertz 230/460 V, 1.15 S.F., TEFC

M Ordering Code Bold Selections are Preferred

MPGB XXXH TYM 4D XX W S X X A10 XXX XXXX X NN X XX XXXXX Horsepower: (XXX)H 025 030 040 050 060 075 100 25HP 30HP 40HP 50HP 60HP 75HP 100HP No. of Poles/Hertz D No. Poles 50/60 Hertz 4 1450/1750 rpm Standard Voltage Options: Std. Volt OP OP PR PR PR PR RS 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 HP O – 50HZ/190/380,200/400,208/416V P – 60HZ/200/400,208/416,230/460,240/480V R – 50HZ/190/380,200/400,208/416,230/460V S – 60HZ/230/460,240/480V Windings: W – WYE Delta Efficiency: S – Standard Junction Box Location: 1 – F1 3 – F3 25–75 HP standard F1, 100 HP standard F3 Mounting Position: H – Horizontal Pump: A10 25 HP or 30 HP A10V018 A10V045 018 045 A10V028 A10V071 028 071 40 HP or 50 HP A10V028 A10V071 028 071 A10V045 A10V100 045 100 60 HP, 75 HP or 100 HP A10V045 A10V100 045 100 A10V071 A10V140 071 140 Control: DR, DFR Shaft: S – Spline NN (No through drive) Pump Suction Port Orientation: Customer can rotate pump if required. 1 Down, Inline with Motor Feet Mounting Rails: NN – None Internal Reference Number:

Power Packs

499

Section 13

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 51 072 Page 1 of 1 Issue: 04.03

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Fixed displacement Industrial hydraulic power packs – – – – – – – – –

Pressures up to 3000 PSI (200 bar) Flow: 1.8 to 10 GPM (6.8 to 38 L/min) Fixed displacement pumps Electric Motor: 1/2–20 HP @ 1750 rpm System Relief Valve and Gauge 20μ absolute In-tank return filter/filler/breather Check valve in pressure line In-tank return down line Tank Capacities: 19 L to 76 L (5 to 20 gal.)

Ordering Code PP

/

/

Power Pack Reservoir Size 5 Gallon (19.0 L) 10 Gallon (38.0 L) 20 Gallon (76.0 L) Pump Size Pump Model Gear Pump Options Available: Model G2

H2 = =5 = 10 = 20

H3 =

BM1 = BM2 = BM3 = BM4 = RV =

Sizes 004 to 022

Motor Horsepower See price list for horsepower (HP based on reservoir & pump size)

Optional Heat Exchanger Air/Oil Type, Sizes 5 Gallon Air/Oil Type, Sizes 10 & 20 Gallon *Optional D03 Bar Manifold with Pressure Gauge and Relief Valve with 1 Station Bar Manifold with 2 Station Bar Manifold with 3 Station Bar Manifold with 4 Station Bar Manifold Relief Valve & Pressure Gauge * Valves not included

Example: PP10/G2005/3BM3

Power Packs

500

Section 13

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 51 073 Page 1 of 1 Issue: 04.03

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Variable displacement Industrial hydraulic power packs – – – – – – – –

Pressures up to 3000 PSI (200 bar) max. Flow: 4.2 to 20 GPM (16 to 76 L/min) Variable displacement pumps Electric Motor: 2–20 HP @ 1750 rpm System Relief Valve and Gauge 20μ absolute In-tank return filter/filler/breather In-tank return down line Tank Capacities: 20, 40, & 60 gal. (76, 152, & 227 L)

Ordering Code PPV

RV

Power Pack Variable RV =

Reservoir Size 20 Gallon (76 L) 40 Gallon (152 L) 60 Gallon (227 L) Pump Size A10VSO 10 DR A10VSO 10 DFR A10VSO 18 DR A10VSO 18 DFR AA10VSO 28 DR AA10VSO 28 DFR AA10VSO 45 DR AA10VSO 45 DFR

Power Packs

Motor Horsepower See price list for horsepower (hp based on reservoir & pump size)

= 20 = 40 = 60 – 20 Gallon (76 L) – 20 Gallon (76 L) – 20 Gallon (76 L) – 20 Gallon (76 L) – 40 Gallon (152 L) – 40 Gallon (152 L) – 60 Gallon (227 L) – 60 Gallon (227 L)

Valve Options Relief Valve and Gauge

=A =B =1 =2 =3 =4 =5 =6

501

Section 13

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 50111/04.04 Page 1 of 1 Issue: 07.05

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Air/Oil Heat Exchangers – Heat removal 3–120 kW (2.2–160 HP) – Electric motor – 50/60 Hz operation

A

M B

Ordering Code

KOL Design Oil/air cooler

Seal material NBR seals

M= = 3 1) = 5 1) = 8 1) = 10 1) = 20 = 30 = 40 = 45 = 65 = 80 = 120

A= R= 1X =

N=

Design Principle Cooler with an axial fan wheel (3–10 kW) Cooler with a radial fan wheel (20–120 kW) Component series 10 to 19 (10 to 19: unchanged installation and connections dimensions) Supply voltage 230 / 265 / 400 V / 460 V 50/60 Hz (3 phases)

KOL3 KOL5 KOL8 KOL10 KOL20 KOL30 KOL40 KOL45 KOL65 KOL80 KOL120

Only in conjunction with a radial fan wheel

Power Packs

M

= KOL

Cooling capacity (at qVmax; Δt = 40 K) 3 kW 5 kW 8 kW 10 kW 20 kW 30 kW 40 kW 45 kW 65 kW 80 kW 120 kW 1)

1X

502

Ports G 3/4 G 3/4 G 3/4 G 3/4 G 1-1/4 G 1-1/4 G 1-1/4 G 1-1/2 G 1-1/2 G 1-1/2 SAE 2

Section 13

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

For a complete copy of the data sheets in this catalog, visit our website at: www.boschrexroth-us.com u Products and Solutions u Industrial Hydraulics u Products and Catalogs u Preferred Product Catalog

Section 14 Gear Drives

The Drive & Control Company

– Compact hydrostatic drive, HYDROTRAC GFT, for fixed or variable displacement motors .....................504 – Compact hydrostatic drive, HYDROTRAC GFT with integrated, Hydraulic two-speed motor A10VT .......................................................................516 – Winch drives, HYDROTRAC GFT–W, for fixed or variable displacement motors .....................521 – Swing drives, MOBILEX GFB .........................................533

503 503

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 77 110/07.04 Page 1 of 12 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Compact hydrostatic drive HYDROTRAC GFT for fixed or variable displacement motors Output torques from 5160 to 339,100 lb-ft (7000 to 450,000 Nm) – – – – – – – –

Compact, space saving planetary design Full complement planet gear bearing system Robust main bearing system Easy mounting Comfortable oil changing Integrated multiplate parking brake Low noise running characteristics Many design variants

Description

Multiplate Parking Brake As a standard supply feature a spring-loaded hydraulically released multiplate parking brake is arranged on the input end of the gearbox. The parking torque of the brake will suit the respective motor torque.

Rexroth compact hydrostatic HYDROTRAC GFT drives are the ideal driving components for wheeled or track-laying vehicles and other mobile equipment. They are the perfect choice for every conceivable moving or turning application. The drives are extremely compact and thus may also be installed in space-critical mounting configurations. The drives’ load capacity and availability is extraordinary thanks to the use of case-hardened gearwheels as well as quenched and tempered, surfacehardened annulus gears. The gearteeth design reflects both standard requirements and in-house operating strength calculations based on our comprehensive know-how and optimally adapted to our modern fabrication processes. The drives feature maximum total efficiency ratings which, inter alia, is due to the use of Rexroth plug-type motors. The drives described in this bulletin are constantly reviewed and advanced. Other design variants with deviating transmission, dimensions and power characteristics are available if so requested for specific applications. Gearbox Design Gearbox design is based on long years of experience and reflects not only the customary standard design regulations but also satisfies operational strength requirements as per DIN 3990, ISO 6336, AGMA, GL or DNV. The output torque values indicated are short-term admissible peak torques meant for excavator travel drive applications. For other applications deviating output torques differing from those specified may apply to the respective gearbox. Even in the project stage we are prepared to offer application specific consultation to customers aimed at finding the optimum drive configuration. Hydraulic Motors Rexroth hydraulic motors are preferably integrated in a spacesaving manner as flanged-on fixed or variable displacement units plugged into the gearbox. Gear Drives

Disconnecting Device If requested, some of the drive systems may also be provided with a mechanical disconnecting device so that, if time is of essence, the equipment can be towed without damaging the hydraulic system. Sealing System An axial mechanical seal is mounted between the stationary and rotating gearbox sections. This prevents moisture and dirt from entering the drive even under extreme operating conditions. Gearbox model GFT 7 is also available with a cartridge seal or shaft seal ring to suit individual application needs. Oil Changes Save for regular oil changes the drives do not require maintenance. Oil changes may conveniently be made from the outside. Recommendations as to lube oils are given in the operating manual. Design Variants Model designations 1000 - 9000 indicate basic size and design variants that are readily available to our customers. To suit specific application requirements other models can also be furnished upon request. Depending on currently furnished units and transmission ratios many drives are available on preferential terms offering favorable prices and improved delivery times. If you are interested, please let us know. To suit the required ratio the garboxes are of two- (T2) or threestage (T3) design. If so requested, gear models 330 and 450 may be provided with an additional preliminary stage and in that case will be of four-stage design (T4).

504

Section 14

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 77 110/07.04 Page 2 of 12 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Technical data

Compact Hydrostatic Drives HYDROTRAC GFT in summary Output Torque T 2 max Nm

Ratio i

GFT 0007 T2 GFT 0009 T2

7000 9500

30.9 - 62.6 25.1 - 55.3

GFT 0013 T2 GFT 0017 T2

13000 17000

16.3 - 37.6 26.4 - 54.0

GFT 0017 T3 GFT 0024 T3

17000 24000

77.9 - 102.6 90.1 - 137.2

GFT 0026 T2 GFT 0028 T3

26000 28000

42.9 - 62.0 64.3 - 79.3

GFT 0034 T2 GFT 0036 T3

34000 36000

42.9 - 50.5 66.9 - 161.0

GFT 0040 T2 GFT 0050 T3

40000 50000

35.9 - 59.1 73.9 - 146.4

GFT 0060 T2 GFT 0060 T3

60000 60000

23.0 94.8 - 197.0

GFT 0080 T3 GFT 0110 T3

80000 110000

76.7 - 185.4 95.8 - 215.0

GFT 0160 T3 GFT 0220 T3

160000 220000

161.8 - 251.0 188.9 - 365.0

GFT 0330 T3

330000

168.9 - 302.4

GFT 0450 T4

450000

320.3 - 421.7

Type/Design Variant GFT

For information on our currently available compact hydrostatic HYDROTRAC GFT drives please visit www.boschrexroth.com/gears

Gear Drives

Should you need a special driving solution deviating from our standard product range please let us know. Differently sized units and additional design variants can be furnished if so requested.

505

Section 14

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Dimensions L4

Frame connection

View T A Version

L3

L2

L1

D4

D8

D7 D6

D1

D5

D2

D3

Motor attachment surface

L5

A

L6

B

L4 L1

L3

L2

D7

D5

D6

D1 D2

D3

Motor attachment surface

Frame connection

D4

L5

A

L6

D8

Version View WB

B

Technical Data Type/Design Variant GFT

Output Torque Tmax.

Ratio i

Braking Torque TBr max.

Nm

Hydraulic Motor

Nm

GFT 0007 T2 6000 GFT 0007 T2 7000/1 • 7000/2 GFT 0007 T2 9000

7000 7000 7000

30.9 • 35.8 • 43.0 • 51.0 • 62.6 30.9 • 35.8 • 43.0 30.9 • 35.8 • 43.0 • 51.0 • 62.6

225 225 -

A10VM 28 • 45 A10VM 28 • 45 A10VM 28 • 45

GFT 0009 T2 8000

9000

38.3 • 47.6

215

A10VE 45

GFT 0013 GFT 0013 GFT 0013 GFT 0013

4000/1 4000/2 7000/1 7000/2

13000 13000 13000 13000

16.3 • 22.6 • 32.1 • 37.6 16.3 • 22.6 • 32.1 • 37.6 42.7 • 60.2 42.7 • 60.2

400 400 350 350

A6VE 55 A10VE 63 A10VE 45 A6VE 55/A2FE 45 • 56

GFT 0017 T2 2000 GFT 0017 T2 3000/1 GFT 0017 T2 3000/2

17000 17000 17000

26.4 • 32.1 • 37.6 • 45.4 54.0 54.0

450 350 350

A6VE 55/A2FE 45 • 56 • 63 A6VE 55 A10VE 63/A2FE 45 • 56 • 63

GFT 0017 GFT 0017 GFT 0017 GFT 0017 GFT 0017

17000 17000 17000 17000 17000

77.9 • 88.2 • 102.6 77.9 • 88.2 • 102.6 77.9 • 88.2 • 102.6 92.5 77.9 • 88.2 • 102.6

250 250 250 200 -

A6VE 28/A2FE 28 • 32 A10VE 45 A6VE 55/A2FE 45 • 56 A10VE 45 A6VE 28/A2FE 28 • 32

Gear Drives

T2 T2 T2 T2

T3 T3 T3 T3 T3

1000/1 1000/2 • 1000/3 2000 7000 9000/2 SL • 9000/3 SL

506

Section 14

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Dimensions, Bearing Load Ratings and Weights See Section 16 for applicable

Type/Design Variant GFT

D2 D3 part numbers D4 D1 Preferred/Spotlight

D5

D6

D7

D8

and unit price.

mm 178 178 178 178

209.5 209.5 209.5 209.5

240 240 240 240

6x 5/8in-11UNC-2B 6x 5/8in-11UNC-2B 6x 5/8in-11UNC-2B 6x 5/8in-11UNC-2B

200.2 200.2 200.2 200.2

241.3 241.3 241.3 241.3

280 280 280 280

9x 5/8in-18UNF-2A 9x M12 9x 5/8in-18UNF-2A 9x 5/8in-18UNF-2A

GFT 0009 T2 8000

190

230

268

12x M16

230

260

284

8x M16

GFT 0013 GFT 0013 GFT 0013 GFT 0013

4000/1 4000/2 7000/1 7000/2

240 240 203 240

275 275 241.3 275

300 300 268 300

18x M16 18x M16 8x 5/8in-11UNC-2B 16x M16

270 270 279.7 279.7

305 305 334.95 334.95

335 335 370 370

16x M16 16x M16 10x 3/4in-16UNF-2A 10x 3/4in-16UNF-2A

GFT 0017 T2 2000 GFT 0017 T2 3000/1 GFT 0017 T2 3000/2

250 250 250

290 290 290

320 320 320

16x M20 16x M20 16x M20

280 280 280

305 305 305

330 330 330

16x M16 16x M16 16x M16

240 240 240 250 203.2 240 250

275 275 275 290 241.3 275 305

300 300 300 320 268 310 330

18x M16 18x M16 18x M16 16x M20 8x 5/8in-11UNC-2B 12x M16 18x M16 (S)

270 270 270 280 280 260 260

305 305 305 305 334.95 300 300

330 330 330 330 370 335 335

16x M16 16x M16 16x M16 16x M16 10x 3/4in-16UNF-2A 10x M22x1.5 10x M22x1.5

L1

L2

GFT 0007 GFT 0007 GFT 0007 GFT 0007

GFT 0017 GFT 0017 GFT 0017 GFT 0017 GFT 0017 GFT 0017 GFT 0017

T2 T2 T2 T2

T2 T2 T2 T2

T3 T3 T3 T3 T3 T3 T3

6000 7000/1 7000/2 9000

1000/1 1000/2 1000/3 2000 7000 9000/2 SL 9000/3 SL

Type/Design Variant GFT

L3

L4

L5

L6

Weight View

A+B C

mm

Co kN

kg

10 10 10 10

106 106 106 106

109 109 109 109

225 225 225 225

84 84 84 84

2 2 2 2

194 194 194 194

325 325 325 325

45 45 45 45

W T W W

GFT 0009 T2 8000

12

60

156

228

18

64

132

255

67

T

GFT 0013 GFT 0013 GFT 0013 GFT 0013

4000/1 4000/2 7000/1 7000/2

8 30 36 44

75 75 104 90

149 149 153 153

232 254 292.5 286.5

49 49 64 64

54 54 39 39

140 140 140 140

290 290 290 290

85 85 92 92

T T W W

GFT 0017 T2 2000 GFT 0017 T2 3000/1 GFT 0017 T2 3000/2

30 8 30

82 82 82

152 152 152

264 242 264

78 78 78

69 69 69

108 108 108

142 142 142

90 90 90

T T T

GFT 0017 GFT 0017 GFT 0017 GFT 0017 GFT 0017 GFT 0017 GFT 0017

27 8 43 30 36 5 8

75 75 75 82 104 75 75

181 181 181 174 184.5 184 184

283 272 299 286 324.5 267 267

71 71 71 78 64 49 49

76 76 76 69 39 54 54

108 108 108 108 140 140 140

142 142 142 142 290 290 290

97.5 95 95 100 105 95 95

T T T T W W T

GFT 0007 GFT 0007 GFT 0007 GFT 0007

Gear Drives

T2 T2 T2 T2

T2 T2 T2 T2

T3 T3 T3 T3 T3 T3 T3

6000 7000/1 7000/2 9000

1000/1 1000/2 1000/3 2000 7000 9000/2 SL 9000/3 SL

507

Section 14

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 77 110/07.04 Page 5 of 12 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Dimensions L4

Frame connection

View T A Version

L3

L2

L1

D4

D8

D7 D6

D1

D5

D2

D3

Motor attachment surface

L5

A

L6

B L4

L1

L3

L2

D7

D5

D6

D1 D2

D3

Motor attachment surface

Frame connection

D4

L5

A

L6

D8

Version View WB

B

Technical Data Type/Design Variant GFT

Output Torque Tmax.

Ratio i

Braking Torque TBr max.

Hydraulic Motor

Nm

Nm GFT 0024 T3 1000 GFT 0024 T3 9000/4

24000 24000

90.1 • 102.6 • 120.5 • 137.2 90.1 • 102.6 • 120.5 • 137.2

300 300

A6VE 55/A2FE 45 • 56 • 63 A6VE 55/A2FE 45 • 56 • 63

GFT 0026 T2 1000/1 GFT 0026 T2 1000/2 • 9000

26000 26000

42.9 • 50.5 • 62.0 42.9 • 50.5 • 62.0

715 715

A6VE 55/A2FE 45 • 56 • 63 A6VE 80/A2FE 80 • 90

GFT 0028 T3 9000/3 • 9000/4

28000

64.3 • 72.7 • 79.3

440

A6VE 80

GFT 0034 T2 4000

34000

42.9 • 50.5

-

A6VE 107/A2FE 107 • 125

GFT 0036 T3 3000/1 GFT 0036 T3 3000/2

36000 36000

66.9 • 79.3 • 99.1 • 115.0 • 138.8 66.9 • 79.3 • 99.1 • 115.0 • 138.8

715 715

A6VE 55/A2FE 45 • 56 • 63 A6VE 80/A2FE 80 • 90

GFT 0040 T2 1000 • 1000 SL GFT 0040 T2 2000 SL GFT 0040 T2 9000/1 • 9000/2

40000 40000 40000

35.9 • 41.0 • 48.3 • 59.1 35.9 • 41.0 • 48.3 • 59.1 35.9 • 41.0 • 48.3 • 59.1

800 800 800

A6VE 80 • 107/A2FE 80 • 90 A6VE 107/A2FE 107 • 125 A6VE 107 • 160/A2FE 107 • 125

Gear Drives

508

Section 14

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Dimensions, Bearing Load Ratings and Weights See Section 16 for applicable

Type/Design Variant GFT

D2 D3 part numbers D4 D1 Preferred/Spotlight

D5

D6

D7

D8

and unit price.

mm

GFT 0024 T3 1000 GFT 0024 T3 9000/4

240 270

285 310

320 340

20x M20 16x M20

280 320

305 350

330 375

20x M16 20x M16

GFT 0026 T2 1000/1 GFT 0026 T2 1000/2 GFT 0026 T2 9000

270 270 290

310 310 325

350 350 352

16x M20 16x M20 16x M18

320 320 355

350 350 370

380 380 405

20x M16 20x M16 24x M18

GFT 0028 T3 9000/3 GFT 0028 T3 9000/4

330 330

370 370

400 400

16x M20 16x M20

365 286

405 330

435 355

22x M16 20x M16

GFT 0034 T2 4000

410

380

420

20x ø18

325

381

420

12x M22x1.5

GFT 0036 T3 3000/1 GFT 0036 T3 3000/2

270 270

310 310

350 350

16x M20 16x M20

320 320

350 350

380 380

20x M16x1.5 20x M16x1.5

GFT 0040 GFT 0040 GFT 0040 GFT 0040 GFT 0040

270 270 330 330 380

310 310 370 370 425

350 350 410 410 460

16x M20 16x M20 20x M20 20x M20 20x M20

350 350 360 360 420

400 400 400 400 470

440 440 440 440 510

16x M20 16x M20 16x A20 ** 16x M20 24x M20

Type/Design Variant GFT

L1

L2

L3

GFT 0024 T3 1000 GFT 0024 T3 9000/4

30 30

82 90

189.5 181.5

301.5 301.5

56 64

47 39

140 140

290 290

105 110

T T

GFT 0026 T2 1000/1 GFT 0026 T2 1000/2 GFT 0026 T2 9000

20 30 33

90 90 80

220 220 227

330 340 340

58 58 51

50 50 57

186 186 186

400 400 400

145 150 155

T T T

GFT 0028 T3 9000/3 GFT 0028 T3 9000/4

18 18

100.5 120

208 188.5

326.5 326.5

39.5 59

62 42

140 140

290 290

140 140

T T

GFT 0034 T2 4000

12

151

226

389

60

62

399

806

170

W

GFT 0036 T3 3000/1 GFT 0036 T3 3000/2

43 10

90 90

210 * 210 *

333 300

56.5 56.5

57 57

170 170

405 405

165 170

T T

39.5 15 25 25 18

82 82 114 90 111

243 279.5 237.5 261.5 253

364.5 376.5 376.5 376.5 381.5

57 45.5 87 38 47

54 80 38 73 64

212 A 393 B 473

425 A 881 B 895

212 212

425 425

205 205 210 210 215

T T W T T

T2 T2 T2 T2 T2

1000 1000 SL 2000 SL 9000/1 9000/2

L4

L5

A+B

L6 C

kN

mm

GFT 0040 GFT 0040 GFT 0040 GFT 0040 GFT 0040

T2 T2 T2 T2 T2

1000 1000 SL 2000 SL 9000/1 9000/2

Weight View Co kg

*L3 = 200 at i = 99.1/115/138.8 ** Wheel nut A20 DIN 74361-8

Gear Drives

509

Section 14

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Dimensions See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers L4 and unit price.

L1

View T L3

L2

Frame connection

D8

D7

D4

D2

D6

D1

D5

D3

Motor attachment surface

L5

L6

A

B

Technical Data Type/Design Variant GFT

Output Torque Tmax.

Ratio i

Braking Torque TBr max.

Hydraulic Motor

Nm

Nm

GFT 0050 T3 1000/1 GFT 0050 T3 1000/2 GFT 0050 T3 1000/3

50000 50000 50000

800 800 800

GFT 0050 T3 3000

50000

GFT 0050 T3 9000 SL • 9000/1

50000

800

A6VE 80 • 107/ A2FE 80 • 90 • 107 • 125 A6VE 80 • 107/A2FE 80 • 90

GFT 0050 T3 9000/2

50000

800

A6VE 107/A2FE 107 • 125

GFT 0050 T3 9000/3

50000

800

A6VE 80 • 107/A2FE 80 • 90

GFT 0060 T2 7000

60000

1475

A6VM 200

GFT 0060 T3 3000/1

60000 94.8 • 105.5 • 119.8 • 139.9 • 169.9

725

A6VE 80 • 107/ A2FE 80 • 90

GFT 0060 T3 5000 • 7000/1 GFT 0060 T3 7000/2 GFT 0060 T3 9000

60000 94.8 • 105.5 • 119.8 • 139.9 • 169.9 60000 94.8 • 105.5 • 119.8 • 139.9 • 169.9 60000 94.8 • 105.5 • 119.8 • 139.9 • 169.9

725 725 725

A6VE 80 • 107/A2FE 80 • 90 A6VE 107/A2FE 107 • 125 A6VE 80 • 107/A2FE 80 • 90

GFT 0080 T3 1000 • 2000 • 9000

80000

76.7 • 99.0 • 110.9 • 126.9 • 149.9 • 185.4

1025

A6VE 107 • 160/ A2FE 107 • 125 • 160 • 180

GFT 0110 T3 1000 • 9000/1

110000

95.8 • 114.8 • 128.6 • 147.2 • 173.9 • 215.0

1025

A6VE 107 • 160/ A2FE 107 • 125 • 160 • 180

GFT 0110 T3 9000/3 SL

110000

95.8 • 114.8 • 128.6 • 147.2 • 173.9 • 215.0

1100

A6VE 107 • 160/ A2FE 107 • 125 • 160 • 180

Gear Drives

66.3 • 73.9 • 84.2 • 91.1 • 99.8 • 125.7 • 146.4

23,0

510

800

A6VE 80 • 107/A2FE 80 • 90 A6VE 55/A2FE 45 • 56 • 63 A6VE 80 • 107/A2FE 80 • 90

Section 14

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Technical Data, Bearing Load Ratings and Weights See Section 16 for applicable

Type/Design Variant GFT

D2 D3 part numbers D4 D1Preferred/Spotlight

D5

D6

D7

D8

and unit price.

mm 270 270 270 330 270 330 330 270

310 310 310 370 310 370 370 310

350 350 350 410 350 408 410 350

20x M20x1.5 16x M20 16x M20 20x M20 16x M20 16x M20 20x M20 16x M20

350 350 350 360 350 365 360 350

400 400 400 400 400 405 400 400

430 430 430 440 440 435 440 430

16x M20x1.5 16x M20x1.5 16x M20x1.5 16x M20 16x M20 22x M16 16x M20 16x M20x1.5

GFT 0060 T2 7000

330

370

410

20x M20x1.5

400

450

490

20x M20x1.5

GFT 0060 GFT 0060 GFT 0060 GFT 0060 GFT 0060

330 350 330 330 340

370 400 370 370 380

410 445 410 410 417

20x M20x1.5 24x M24x2 20x M20x1.5 20x M20x1.5 20x M20

370 375 400 400 450

410 425 450 450 490

450 466 490 490 529

20x M20 24x M24x2 20x M20x1.5 20x M20x1.5 18x M20

GFT 0080 T3 1000 GFT 0080 T3 2000 GFT 0080 T3 9000

420 380 380

460 430 430

500 480 480

24x M20 20x M24 20x M24

460 430 515

510 480 566

550 520 614

24x M20 20x M24 16x M24

GFT 0110 T3 1000 GFT 0110 T3 9000/1 GFT 0110 T3 9000/3 SL

420 380 460

460 430 520

500 480 570

24x M24 20x M24 24x M30

460 515 460

500 566 500

540 614 540

36x M18x1.5 16x M24 36x M18x1.5

L1

L2

L3

GFT 0050 GFT 0050 GFT 0050 GFT 0050 GFT 0050 GFT 0050 GFT 0050 GFT 0050

T3 T3 T3 T3 T3 T3 T3 T3

T3 T3 T3 T3 T3

1000/1 1000/2 1000/3 3000 9000 SL 9000/1 9000/2 9000/3

3000/1 5000 7000/1 7000/2 9000

Type/Design Variant GFT

L4

L5

A+B

L6 C

mm

Weight View Co

kN

kg

40 20 40 25 15 25 25 20

82 82 82 114 82 100.5 90 82

282 281.5 282 276 318 277.5 300 282

403 383.5 403 415 415 403 415 383.5

56.5 56.5 56.5 62 45.5 60.5 38 56.5

54 54 54 48 80 50 73 54

212 212 212 212 393 212 212 212

425 425 425 425 895 425 425 425

220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220

T T T T T T T T

GFT 0060 T2 7000

20

90

276

386

55

62

250

520

205

T

GFT 0060 GFT 0060 GFT 0060 GFT 0060 GFT 0060

-11 3 -11 -9 -12

114 130 90 90 102

284 254 308 308 297

423 409 423 418 419

79 109 55 55 66

38 8 62 62 51

250 250 250 250 250

520 520 520 520 520

230 240 240 240 260

T T T T T

GFT 0080 T3 1000 GFT 0080 T3 2000 GFT 0080 T3 9000

0 22 22

165 148 120

300 295 323

486.5 465 465

108 112 85

25 18 48

A 509 B 480

A 1080 B 950

370 350 405

T T T

GFT 0110 T3 1000 GFT 0110 T3 9000/1 GFT 0110 T3 9000/3 SL

0 22 45

165 120 170

305 328 314.5

491.5 470 529.5

107 85 155

25 48 35

A 509 B 480 710

A 1080 B 950 1560

395 410 505

T T T

GFT 0050 GFT 0050 GFT 0050 GFT 0050 GFT 0050 GFT 0050 GFT 0050 GFT 0050

Gear Drives

T3 T3 T3 T3 T3 T3 T3 T3

T3 T3 T3 T3 T3

1000/1 1000/2 1000/3 3000 9000 SL 9000/1 9000/2 9000/3

3000/1 5000 7000/1 7000/2 9000

511

Section 14

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Dimensions L4

Frame connection

View T A Version

L3

L2

L1

D4

D8

D7 D6

D1

D5

D2

D3

Motor attachment surface

L5

A

L6

B L4 L3

L2

L1

D7

D1 D2

D6

D5

Motor attachment surface

Frame connection

D4

D8 L5

A

Version View K C L6

B

Technical Data Type/Design Variant GFT

Ratio i

Output Torque Tmax. Nm

Braking Torque TBr max.

Hydraulic Motor

Nm A6VE 107 • 160/ A2FE 107 • 125 • 160 • 180

GFT 0160 T3 1000 • 9000

160000

161.8 • 210.8 • 251.0

1020

GFT 0220 T3 2000 • 9000 SL • 9000/1

220000

188.9 • 246.1 • 293.0 • 365.0

1100

GFT 0220 T3 9000/2 GFT 0220 T3 9000/3

220000 220000

97.7 • 145.4 97.7 • 145.4

0 1400

A6VE 107 • 160/ A2FE 107 • 125 • 160 • 180 A6VM 355 A6VM 200

GFT 0220 T3 9000/4

220000

188.9 • 246.1 • 293.0 • 365.0

1100

A6VE 107 • 160/ A2FE 107 • 125 • 160 • 180

GFT 0330 GFT 0330 GFT 0330 GFT 0330

330000 330000 330000 330000

168.9 • 209.9 • 252.0 • 302.4 168.9 • 209.9 • 252.0 • 302.4 168.9 • 209.9 • 252.0 • 302.4 168.9 • 209.9 • 252.0 • 302.4

2500 2500 2500 2500

A2FE 355 A6VE 250/A2FE 250 A2FE 355 A6VE 250 • A2FE 250

GFT 0330 T4 3000

330000

451.7 • 839.4 • 1008.0 • 1209.7

625

A6VE 107 • 160/ A2FE 107 • 160 • 180

GFT 0450 T4 1000

450000

320.3 • 347.1 • 421.7

1450

A6VE 250/A2FE 250

Gear Drives

T3 T3 T3 T3

2000 • 3000/1 3000/2 9000/1 9000/2

512

Section 14

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Dimensions, Bearing Load Ratings and Weights See Section 16 for applicable

Type/Design Variant GFT

part numbers D4 D2 D3 D1 Preferred/Spotlight

D5

D6

D7

D8

and unit price.

mm

GFT 0160 T3 1000 GFT 0160 T3 9000

450 450

510 510

560 560

30x M24x2 20x M30

535 535

600 600

650 650

30x M24x2 30x M24x2

GFT 0220 GFT 0220 GFT 0220 GFT 0220 GFT 0220 GFT 0220

T3 T3 T3 T3 T3 T3

2000 9000 SL 9000/1 9000/2 9000/3 9000/4

460 580 460 460 460 425

600 640/760 520 520 600 485

650 810 570 570 650 545

30x M30 30x M30 24x M30 24x M30 30x M30 30x M30x2

610 615 610 610 610 550

680 680/800 656 680 680 595

735 850 712 735 735 640

24x M30 30x M30 34x M24 24x ø33 24x M30 40x M27x2

GFT 0330 GFT 0330 GFT 0330 GFT 0330 GFT 0330

T3 T3 T3 T3 T3

2000 3000/1 3000/2 9000/1 9000/2

580 580 580 450 450

680 680 680 515 515

735 735 735 568 568

30x M30 30x M30 30x M30 32x M30x2 32x M30x2

660 660 660 570 570

730 730 730 620 620

785 785 785 670 670

30x M30 30x M30 30x M30 44x M24x2 44x M24x2

GFT 0330 T4 3000

580

680

735

30x M30

660

730

785

30x M30

GFT 0450 T4 1000

450

515

568

29x M36x3

570

620

670

42x M30x2

Type/Design Variant GFT

L1

L2

L3

GFT 0160 T3 1000 GFT 0160 T3 9000

30 30

168 168

340 340

538 538

138 138

26 26

688 688

1520 1520

680 660

T T

GFT 0220 GFT 0220 GFT 0220 GFT 0220 GFT 0220 GFT 0220

T3 T3 T3 T3 T3 T3

2000 9000 SL 9000/1 9000/2 9000/3 9000/4

45 40 45 115 45 12

170 240 170 170 170 218

350 1) 405 350 1) 350 350 231 2)

565 685 565 635 565 598

155 160 155 155 155 150

35 53 35 35 35 20

710 1460 710 710 710 710

1560 3150 1560 1560 1560 1560

830 1370 830 830 830 830

T T T T T K

GFT 0330 GFT 0330 GFT 0330 GFT 0330 GFT 0330

T3 T3 T3 T3 T3

2000 3000/1 3000/2 9000/1 9000/2

150 87 47 45 -30

125 188 188 255 255

400 3) 400 3) 400 3) 410 4) 410 4)

675 675 675 710 710

190 190 190 180 180

25 25 25 35 35

1040 1040 1040 1040 1040

2450 2450 2450 2450 2450

1250 1230 1230 1210 1210

T T T K K

GFT 0330 T4 3000

87

188

400 5)

675

190

25

1040

2450

1320

T

GFT 0450 T4 1000

13

255

512

810

175

19

1040

2450

1240

K

L4

L5

A+B

L6 C

kN

mm

1) 2) 3)

L3 = 357 at i = 365:1 L3 = 238 at i = 365:1 L3 = 430 at i = 365:1

Gear Drives

4) 5)

Weight View Co kg

L3 = 440 at i = 252 - 302.4 L3 = 430 at i = 1008.0 - 1209.7

513

Section 14

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

A13 A12

Hydraulic Motors: Dimensions and Weights

A5 A6 A7

B4

B6 B5

B1

A

B B2 B7

Nominal size A5

A6

A7

A12 A13 mm

16 16 18 18 18 20 20 20 20 20 20 25 30

94 94 109 122 122 127 127 143 143 169 169 * 183

114 114 133 146 146 157 157 178 178 211 211 230 231

91 91 102 107 107 121 121 136 136 149 149 * 148

28 32 45 56 63 80 90 107 125 160 180 250 355 Nominal size

B3

X

Fixed-displacement motor A2FE

View X Ansicht

28 32 45 56 63 80 90 107 125 160 180 250 355

B4

106 106 119 130 130 145 145 157 157 188 188 172 199

B5 mm

M8x15 M10x17 M10x17 M12x17 M14x19 M14x19 * M14x22

B1

B2

B3

Weight kg

40.5 40.5 50.8 50.8 50.8 57.2 57.2 66.7 66.7 66.7 66.7 * 66.7

18.2 18.2 23.8 23.8 23.8 27.8 27.8 31.8 31.8 31.8 31.8 * 31.8

13 13 19 19 19 25 25 32 32 32 32 * 32

10.5 10.5 15.0 18.0 19.0 23.0 25.0 34.0 36.0 47.0 48.0 * 110.0

B6

SAE 1/2in SAE 3/4in SAE 3/4in SAE 1in SAE 1 1/4in SAE 1 1/4in * SAE 1 1/4in

40 49 49 60 70 70 * *

115 147 147 166 194 194 * *

59 75 75 84 99 99 * 120

A/B

B7

For further technical data see bulletin RE 91008 * dimensions to be indicated on request

Variable-displacement motor A6VE

L2

Nominal size

L1

B5

A2

A8

A/B

Nominal size

A9

91 123 130 137 171 204

A2 20 24 28 30 34 44

A6

A7

19 19 25 25 32 32

50.8 50.8 57.2 57.2 66.7 66.7

A6 A13 A1 L3

Gear Drives

28 55 80 107 160 250

A1

28 55 80 107 160 250

514

A13

L1 mm

14 16 18 18 20 25

162 151 167 175 200 248

A8 mm 23.8 23.8 27.8 27.8 31.8 31.8

L2

L3

Weight kg

163 111 116 122 154 188

153 179 190 208 245 302

16 26 34 45 64 90

A9

A/B

M10x17 M10x17 M12x17 M12x17 M14x19 M14x19

SAE 3/4in SAE 3/4in SAE 1in SAE 1in SAE 1 1/4in SAE 1 1/4in

Section 14

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Hydraulic Motors: Dimensions and Weights Variable-displacement motor A10VE Nominal size

A1

A2

A3 mm

A4

A5

A/B

Weight kg

45

94

125

14

78

87

SAE 3/4in

18

63

111

154

18

101

93

SAE 3/4in

26

A2 A1 A3

A/B

A5

A4

For further technical data see bulletin RE 91703

Variable-displacement motor A10VM Nominal size

A1

A2

A3 mm

A4

A5

A/B

Weight kg

28

161

189

12

67.5

82.8

SAE 3/4in

14

45

175

200

12

78

87

SAE 3/4in

18

A2 A1 A3

A/B

A5

A4

For further technical data see bulletin RE 91703

A1

A2

A3 A4 mm

200

267

345 32

355

322

432 28

A5

A6

A/B

Weight kg

143

209

36

SAE 1 1/4in

80

203

279

49

SAE 1 1/2in

170

A6

Nominal size

A4

Variable-displacement motor A6VM

A5

For further technical data see bulletin RE 91604

A/B A3 A1 A2

Gear Drives

515

Section 14

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 77 111/07.04 Page 1 of 5 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Compact hydrostatic drive HYDROTRAC GFT with integrated Hydraulic two-speed motor A10VT Output torques from 5160 to 29,500 lb-ft (7000 to 40,000 Nm) – – – – – – –

Suited for track laying and wheel driven equipment Compact, space saving planetary design Sturdy taper roller bearings Tailored sealing systems Easily mounted as a complete unit For open or closed circuit systems For open circuit systems with complete valving equipment (brake release valve, pressure relief valve) integrated into the motor‘s baseplate – For closed circuit systems with external brake release connection. – Integrated multiplate parking brake

Description Rexroth Hydrostatic HYDROTRAC GFT drives comprise a twoor three-stage planetary gear unit and an integrated hydraulic motor. They are used in tracklaying as well as wheeled vehicles. Since the two-speed motor forms an integral part of drive extremely compact units can be built and arranged inside the track or tire of the respective vehicles. The outer contour of the two-speed motor fits into the equipment frame opening enabling the drive to be accommodated as a complete unit. Taper rollerbearings absorb the weight of the equipment and make sure that smooth running characteristics are attained. Depending on drive variant and to suit the respective application, rotating and stationary gear sections are sealed off by means of a radial shaft seal ring, a cartridge seal or an axial mechanical seal. Arranged within the motor and surrounded by hydraulic oil, the spring-loaded multiple plate parking brake is released hydraulically and will safely stop the equipment in the event the pressure falls below the brake release pressure. To enable the equipment to be moved in case of a hydraulic system failure the drives can be equipped with a mechanical disconnecting device put into effect by means of customary tools. The two-speed motor design includes a hydraulic two-position control feature (HZ). By applying external control pressure at port X the operating piston is pressurized via a switching valve thus setting a minimum swashplate angle. The positioning pressure is derived internally from the respective high-pressure side. Basically, the motors can only be operated between Vg max and Vg min.

Gear Drives

In case of open-circuit applications the baseplate will accommodate the complete valving system. The required brake release pressure is derived internally from the high-pressure side. In closed-circuit systems the brake is released via port X3 (13 bar < pLüft > 300 bar) to which external pressure is to be applied. For GFT 9 T2 with A10VT 45 a mechanical brake release function by means of screw-type cartridge (patented) is available as option for closed-circuit systems. Lube Oil Recommendations and Preservation for the Gear Section The drives are furnished either with or without oil filling. Suitable lube oil brands can be seen from the relevant operating manual. The units are internally preserved with SHELL oil S.7249 SAE 30/50, for external flanges, shaft ends and flange attachment faces TEKTYL 502 is used. Notes on Axial Piston Motor • See RE 90220 for the use of hydraulic liquids on mineral oil basis • Refer to RE 90223 for the use of HF hydraulic liquids • Refer to RE 90270 for installation instructions Hydraulic Two-Position Control Feature HZ Control pressure at port X = 0 bar = Vg max Control pressure at port X = 10 bar = Vg min Design Variants Designations 2000 to 9000 identify dimensional variants, T2 and T3 indicate that the unit has two or three planetary stages.

516

Section 14

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 77 111/07.04 Page 2 of 5 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Travel Drives for Wheeled Vehicles These drives have hub studs and are intended for a direct wheel rim attachment. A radial shaft seal or cartridge seal is mounted between rotating and stationary sections to seal off the unit reliably. To enable the equipment to be towed if necessary the gear unit been equipped with a mechanical disconnecting device that can be put into effect using customary tools.

Travel Drives for Tracklaying Vehicles These drives are intended for attachment to a sprocket. An axial mechanical seal reliably prevents dirt and moisture from entering the unit.

Gear Drives

517

Section 14

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 77 111/07.04 Page 3 of 5 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Wheel Drive (with Hub Studs) L4 L1

L3

L2 D4

D7

D2

D6

D1

D3

D5

D8

L5

L6

A

B

Technical Data Type/Design Variant GFT

Output Torque Tmax.

GFT 0007 T2 4000/1

7000

Ratio i

Braking Torque TBr max.

30.9 • 35.8 • 43.0 • 51.0 • 62.6

120

Hydraulic Motor

Circuit Diagram

A10VT 28

C

Nm

Nm

Dimensions, Bearing Load Ratings and Weights D2

Type/Design Variant GFT

D1

GFT 0007 T2 4000/1

177.8

209.55

Type/Design Variant GFT

L1

L2

D3

D5

D6

D7

D8

200.2

241.3

280

9x 5/8"-18UNF-2A

D4 mm

240

6x 5/8in-11UNC-2B

L3

L4

L5

L6

mm GFT 0007 T2 4000/1

Gear Drives

127

106

109

Weight

A+B o

C kN 342

518

84

2

194

kg 325

60

Section 14

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 77 111/07.04 Page 4 of 5 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Track or Wheel Drive (Sprocket or Rim) L4 L2

L1

L3

D5

D8

D7

D1

D6

D2

D3

D4

L5

L6

A

B

Technical Data Ratio i

Braking Torque TBr max.

7000 7000

30.9 • 35.8 • 43.0 • 51.0 • 62.6 30.9 • 35.8 • 43.0 • 51.0 • 62.6

GFT 0009 T2 2000/1 GFT 0009 T2 2000/2

9500 9500

GFT 0017 T3 1000

Hydraulic Motor

Circuit Diagram

120 120

A10VT 28 A10VT 28

C A

25.1• 38.3 • 47.6 • 55.3 25.1• 38.3 • 47.6 • 55.3

215 215

A10VT 45 A10VT 45

C B

17000

70.2 • 78.0 • 88.2 • 102.6 170.2

215 150

A10VT 45

B

GFT 0024 T3 5000

24000

137.2

215

A10VT 45

B

GFT 0032 T2 9000

32000

50.7

780

A10VT 140

B

GFT 0036 T3 3000

36000

99.1 • 115.0 • 138.8 • 161.0

385

A10VT 45

B

GFT 0040 T2 3000

40000

61.9

780

A10VT 140

B

Type/Design Variant GFT

Output Torque Tmax.

GFT 0007 T2 4000/2 GFT 0007 T2 5000

Nm

Gear Drives

Nm

519

Section 14

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 77 111/07.04 Page 5 of 5 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Dimensions, Bearing Load Ratings and Weights D2

D5

D6

D7

D8

12x M14 12x M14

230 230

262 262

286 286

12x M14 12x M14

268 268

12x M14 12x M14

230 230

260 260

284 284

16x M16 16x M16

275

300

18x M16

270

305

330

16x M16

240

275

304

18x M16

280

305

330

20x M16

GFT 0032 T2 9000

330

370

400

16x M20

456.12

496

530

16x M20

GFT 0036 T3 3000

270

310

350

14x M20

320

350

380

20x M16 x 1,5

GFT 0040 T2 3000

330

370

400

16x M20

350

400

440

16x M20

Type/Design Variant GFT

D1

GFT 0007 T2 4000/2 GFT 0007 T2 5000

200 200

240 240

264 264

GFT 0009 T2 2000/1 GFT 0009 T2 2000/2

210 210

244 244

GFT 0017 T3 1000

240

GFT 0024 T3 5000

D3

D4 mm

L2

L3

L4

L5

L6

Weight

Type/Design Variant GFT

L1

GFT 0007 T2 4000/2 GFT 0007 T2 5000

89 104

68 68

147 147

304 319

35 35

60 60

194 194

325 325

70 70

GFT 0009 T2 2000/1 GFT 0009 T2 2000/2

116 116

60 60

149 149

325 325

18 18

64.5 64.5

132 132

255 255

70 70

GFT 0017 T3 1000

119

75

181

375

71

76

108

142

98

GFT 0024 T3 5000

119

82

190

390.5

56

47

140

290

120

GFT 0032 T2 9000

196

109.5

189

494.5

72.5

60.5

170

405

250

GFT 0036 T3 3000

104

90

200

394

56.5

56.5

170

405

310

GFT 0040 T2 3000

196.5

100.5

203

500

64.7

65.2

250

520

335

A+B C kN

mm

Gear Drives

o

520

kg

Section 14

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 77 502/05.04 Page 1 of 12 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Winch drives HYDROTRAC GFT–W for fixed or variable displacement motors Winch drives for rope pull Forces from 50 to 595 kN – Compact, space saving planetary gearbox design – Full complement planet gear bearing system – Robust bearing system absorbing the forces exerted by the cable pull – Simple mounting – Easy oil change – Integrated multi-disk holding brake – Low noise operation

Description MOBILEX GFT-W hydrostatic winch drives from Rexroth are ideal drive components for winches. They have proven their worth in the most arduous applications and under tough operating conditions. MOBILEX GFT-W winch drives are used in all kinds of winches - mobile and crawler cranes, railroad cranes, shipboard, dockside and container cranes. Due to their extremely compact design, the gear units can be mounted inside the cable drum in a space-saving manner. They are designed for ease of installation and maintenance. High-quality manufacturing processes and the use of case-hardened gear-wheels as well as quenched, tempered and surface-hardened ring gears warrant outstanding load-carrying capacity, operational safety and low-noise running characteristics. The teeth of the gearwheels are designed according to standard specifications and our own strength calculations, which have been developed based on our comprehensive know-how and are optimally adapted to our manufacturing processes. The drives provide optimum total efficiency due to the use of Rexroth hydraulic motors, among other things. The gear units described in this document are subject to constant updating and technical advancement. To suit the specific needs of our customers in terms of dimensions and output characteristics, further variants can be supplied. That’s why we provide advice and support even in the project stage to help you find the most appropriate solution for your requirement.

Gear Drives

Lubrication The gears and bearings are splash-lubricated. The drive units are maintenance-free save for periodic oil changes, which are convenient to make. Only the oils specified in the operating manual should be used in the gearboxes. The change intervals for different operating conditions are also specified in the operating manual. Brake A spring-loaded, hydraulic released multiple-disk parking brake arranged on the input side is provided. TBr sta. min = 1.6 • T1 (input torque) The multiple-disk holding brake is not a service brake, but a static holding brake. Where required, a service or emergency brake should be provided by the equipment supplier/ operator. The static holding torque multiplies in accordance with the transmission ratio selected. Hydraulic Motors The gearbox is designed for direct flange-attachment of a variable or fixed-displacement motor (preferably a Rexroth hydraulic motor). If requested, the motor is supplied with the gearbox.

521

Section 14

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Dimensions See Section 16 for applicable L4 Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

L1

Frame connection

L2

For dimensions of the end supporting bearing see page 16

L3

D8

D4

min. winding diameter 1st layer

Dws

D7

D3

D2

D6

D1

D5

Motor attachment surface

Representation A

A

L5

L6

B

Representation B

Technical Data Output Torque T2 max.

Type/Design GFT-W

Cable Pull max.

Transmission Ratio i

Braking Torque TBr max.

Hydraulic Motor

Nm

kN

GFT 0013 GFT 0013 GFT 0013 GFT 0013

W2 W2 W2 W2

2000/1 2000/2 4000/1 4000/2

9500 9500 9500 9500

50 50 50 50

16.3 • 22.6 • 32.1 • 37.6 16.3 • 22.6 • 32.1 • 37.6 16.3 • 22.6 • 32.1 • 37.6 16.3 • 22.6 • 32.1 • 37.6

460 460 460 460

A6VE 55 A2FE 45 • 56 • 63 A6VE 55 A2FE 45 • 56 • 63

GFT 0017 GFT 0017 GFT 0017 GFT 0017

W2 W2 W3 W3

2000 4000 2000 4000

14000 14000 14000 14000

67 67 74 74

26.4 • 32.1 • 37.6 • 45.4 26.4 • 32.1 • 37.6 • 45.4 77.9 • 88.2 • 102.6 77.9 • 88.2 • 102.6

460 460 460 460

A6VE 55/A2FE 45 • 56 • 63 A6VE 55/A2FE 45 • 56 • 63 A6VE 55/A2FE 45 • 56 • 63 A6VE 55/A2FE 45 • 56 • 63

GFT 0024 W3 2000 GFT 0024 W3 4000

19000 19000

99 99

90.1 • 102.6 • 120.5 • 137.2 90.1 • 102.6 • 120.5 • 137.2

460 460

A6VE 55/A2FE 45 • 56 • 63 A6VE 55/A2FE 45 • 56 • 63

GFT 0026 GFT 0026 GFT 0026 GFT 0026 GFT 0026 GFT 0026

18000 18000 18000 18000 18000 18000

84 84 84 84 84 84

42.9 • 50.5 • 62.0 42.9 • 50.5 • 62.0 42.9 • 50.5 • 62.0 42.9 • 50.5 • 62.0 42.9 • 50.5 • 62.0 42.9 • 50.5 • 62.0

710 710 710 710 710 710

A6VE 55/A2FE 45 • 56 • 63 A6VE 80 • 107/A2FE 80 • 90 A6VE 55/A2FE 45 • 56 • 63 A6VE 80 • 107/A2FE 80 • 90 A6VE 55/A2FE 45 • 56 • 63 A6VE 80 • 107/A2FE 80 • 90

W2 W2 W2 W2 W2 W2

Gear Drives

2000/1 2000/2 4000/1 4000/2 6000/1 6000/2

Nm

522

Section 14

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 77 502/05.04 Page 3 of 12 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Dimensions Type/Design GFT-W

D1

D2

D3

D5

D4

D6

D7

D8

DWS

Repr.

mm

GFT 0013 GFT 0013 GFT 0013 GFT 0013

W2 W2 W2 W2

2000/1 2000/2 4000/1 4000/2

240 240 240 240

275 275 275 275

300 300 300 300

18x M16 18x M16 16x M16 16x M16

270 270 270 270

305 305 305 305

335 335 335 335

16x M16 16x M16 16x 17.5 16x 17.5

380 380 380 380

A A B B

GFT 0017 GFT 0017 GFT 0017 GFT 0017

W2 W2 W3 W3

2000 4000 2000 4000

250 250 250 250

290 290 290 290

320 320 320 320

16x M20 14x M20 16x M20 14x M20

280 280 280 280

305 305 305 305

330 330 330 330

16x M16 16x 17.5 16x M16 16x 17.5

380 380 380 380

A B A B

GFT 0024 W3 2000 GFT 0024 W3 4000

240 250

285 290

320 320

20x M20 20x M20

280 280

305 305

330 330

20x M16 20x 18

385 385

A B

GFT 0026 GFT 0026 GFT 0026 GFT 0026 GFT 0026 GFT 0026

270 270 270 270 210 210

310 310 310 310 310 310

350 350 350 350 350 350

16x M20 16x M20 12x M20 14x M20 14x M20 14x M20

320 320 320 320 320 320

350 350 350 350 350 350

380 380 380 380 380 380

20x M16 20x M16 20x 18 20x 18 20x 17.5 20x 17.5

430 430 430 430 430 430

A A B B B B

L1

L2

L3

W2 W2 W2 W2 W2 W2

2000/1 2000/2 4000/1 4000/2 6000/1 6000/2

Type/Design GFT

L4

L5

L6

Mass

A+B C kN

mm

Repr.

Co kg

GFT 0013 GFT 0013 GFT 0013 GFT 0013

W2 W2 W2 W2

2000/1 2000/2 4000/1 4000/2

8 30 8 30

75 75 75 75

149 149 149 149

232 254 232 254

49 49 49 49

54 54 54 54

140 140 140 140

290 290 290 290

85 85 80 80

A A B B

GFT 0017 GFT 0017 GFT 0017 GFT 0017

W2 W2 W3 W3

2000 4000 2000 4000

30 30 30 30

82 82 82 82

152 152 174 174

264 264 286 286

56 56 56 56

47 47 47 47

108 108 140 140

142 142 290 290

105 105 115 115

A B A B

GFT 0024 W3 2000 GFT 0024 W3 4000

30 30

82 82

189.5 189.5

301.5 301.5

56 56

47 47

140 140

290 290

130 130

A B

GFT 0026 GFT 0026 GFT 0026 GFT 0026 GFT 0026 GFT 0026

20 30 20 30 20 30

90 90 90 90 90 90

220 220 220 220 220 220

330 340 330 340 330 340

58 58 58 58 58 58

50 50 50 50 50 50

186 186 186 186 186 186

400 400 400 400 400 400

136 136 136 136 140 140

A A B B B B

W2 W2 W2 W2 W2 W2

Gear Drives

2000/1 2000/2 4000/1 4000/2 6000/1 6000/2

523

Section 14

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Dimensions See Section 16 for applicable L4 Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

L1

Frame connection

L2

For dimensions of the end supporting bearing see page 16

L3

D8

D4

min. winding diameter 1st layer

Dws

D7

D3

D2

D6

D1

D5

Motor attachment surface

L5

A

Representation A

L6

B

Representation B

Technical Data Output Torque T2 max.

Type/Design GFT-W

Cable Pull max.

Transmission Ratio i

Braking Torque TBr max.

Hydraulic Motor

Nm

kN

GFT 0036 GFT 0036 GFT 0036 GFT 0036

W3 W3 W3 W3

2000/1 2000/2 4000/1 4000/2

26000 26000 26000 26000

118 118 118 118

67.0 • 79.4 • 99.1 • 115.0 • 138.8 67.0 • 79.4 • 99.1 • 115.0 • 138.8 67.0 • 79.4 • 99.1 • 115.0 • 138.8 67.0 • 79.4 • 99.1 • 115.0 • 138.8

680 680 680 680

A6VE 55/A2FE 45 • 56 • 63 A6VE 80/A2FE 80 • 90 A6VE 55/A2FE 45 • 56 • 63 A6VE 80/A2FE 80 • 90

GFT 0040 GFT 0040 GFT 0040 GFT 0040

W2 W2 W2 W2

2000/1 2000/2 4000/1 4000/2

27000 27000 27000 27000

108 108 108 108

35.9 • 41.0 • 48.3 • 59.1 35.9 • 41.0 • 48.3 • 59.1 35.9 • 41.0 • 48.3 • 59.1 35.9 • 41.0 • 48.3 • 59.1

1080 1080 1080 1080

A6VE 80 • 107 /A2FE 80 • 90 A6VE 107 • 160 /A2FE 107 • 125 A6VE 80 • 107 /A2FE 80 • 90 A6VE 107 • 160 /A2FE 107 • 125

GFT 0050 GFT 0050 GFT 0050 GFT 0050

W3 W3 W3 W3

2000/1 2000/2 4000/1 4000/2

37500 37500 37500 37500

150 150 150 150

84.2 • 91.1 • 99.8 • 125.6 • 146.4 84.2 • 91.1 • 99.8 • 125.6 • 146.4 84.2 • 91.1 • 99.8 • 125.6 • 146.4 84.2 • 91.1 • 99.8 • 125.6 • 146.4

800 800 800 800

A6VE 80 • 107 /A2FE 80 • 90 A6VE 107 • 160 /A2FE 107 • 125 A6VE 80 • 107 /A2FE 80 • 90 A6VE 107 • 160 /A2FE 107 • 125

GFT 0060 W3 2000 GFT 0060 W3 4000

42500 42500

164 164

86.5•94.8•105.5•119.8•139.9•169.9 86.5•94.8•105.5•119.8•139.9•169.9

GFT 0060 W3 6000

42500

164

63.8 • 86.5 • 94.8

GFT 0060 W3 8000

42500

164

63.8 • 86.5 • 94.8

Gear Drives

Nm

524

A6VE 80 • 107 /A2FE 80 • 90 A6VE 80 • 107 /A2FE 80 • 90 A6VM 107 • 160 • 200 • 250/ 1620 A2FM107•125•160•180•200•250 A6VM 107 • 160 • 200 • 250/ 1620 A2FM107•125•160•180•200•250 720 720

Section 14

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 77 502/05.04 Page 5 of 12 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Dimensions Type/Design GFT-W

D1

D2

D3

D5

D4

D6

D7

D8

DWS

Repr.

mm

GFT 0036 GFT 0036 GFT 0036 GFT 0036

W3 W3 W3 W3

2000/1 2000/2 4000/1 4000/2

270 270 270 270

310 310 310 310

350 350 350 350

16x M20 16x M20 16x M20 16x M20

320 320 320 320

350 350 350 350

380 380 380 380

20x M16x1.5 20x M16x1.5 20x 18 20x 18

440 440 440 440

A A B B

GFT 0040 GFT 0040 GFT 0040 GFT 0040

W2 W2 W2 W2

2000/1 2000/2 4000/1 4000/2

270 330 270 330

310 370 310 370

350 410 350 410

16x M20 20x M20 17x M20x1,5 18x M20

350 350 350 350

400 400 400 400

440 440 440 440

16x M20 16x M20 16x 22 16x 22

500 500 500 500

A A B B

GFT 0050 GFT 0050 GFT 0050 GFT 0050

W3 W3 W3 W3

2000/1 2000/2 4000/1 4000/2

270 330 270 330

310 370 310 370

350 410 350 410

20x M20x1,5 20x M20 18x M20x1,5 18x M20

350 350 350 350

400 400 400 400

430 430 430 430

16x M20x1.5 16x M20x1.5 16x 22 16x 22

500 500 500 500

A A B B

GFT 0060 GFT 0060 GFT 0060 GFT 0060

W3 W3 W3 W3

2000 4000 6000 8000

330 330 360 360

370 370 405 405

410 410 440 440

20x M20x1,5 20x M20x1,5 12x M24 12x M24

370 370 370 370

410 410 405 405

450 450 440 440

20x M20x1.5 20x 22 16x 22 16x 22

520 520 520 520

A B B B

L1

L2

L3

Type/Design GFT

L4

L5

L6

Mass

A+B C

mm

Repr.

Co kN

kg

GFT 0036 GFT 0036 GFT 0036 GFT 0036

W3 W3 W3 W3

2000/1 2000/2 4000/1 4000/2

43 10 43 10

90 90 90 90

210 200 210 200

343 300 343 300

56.5 56.5 56.5 56.5

56.5 56.5 56.5 56.5

170 170 170 170

405 405 405 405

155 155 155 155

A A B B

GFT 0040 GFT 0040 GFT 0040 GFT 0040

W2 W2 W2 W2

2000/1 2000/2 4000/1 4000/2

39.5 20 39.5 25

82 90 82 108.5

243 261.5 243 243

364.5 376.5 364.5 376.5

56.5 38 57 56.5

54 73 54 54

212 212 212 212

425 425 425 425

192 219 192 219

A A B B

GFT 0050 GFT 0050 GFT 0050 GFT 0050

W3 W3 W3 W3

2000/1 2000/2 4000/1 4000/2

39.5 25 39.5 25

82 109 82 109

281.5 281.5 281.5 281.5

403 415.5 403 415.5

62 56.5 56.5 56.5

48 54 54 54

212 212 212 212

425 425 425 425

212 238 212 238

A A B B

GFT 0060 GFT 0060 GFT 0060 GFT 0060

W3 W3 W3 W3

2000 4000 6000 8000

- 11 - 11 48.5 48.5

114 114 115 115

284 284 271 271

387 423 434.5 434.5

79 79 84 84

38 38 25 25

250 250 250 250

520 520 520 520

230 230 230 230

A B B B

Gear Drives

525

Section 14

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Dimensions

L1

Frame connection

See Section 16 for applicable L4 Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

L2

For dimensions of the end supporting bearing see page 16

L3

D8

D4

min. winding diameter 1st layer

Dws

D7

D3

D2

D6

D1

D5

Motor attachment surface

Representation A

A

L5

L6

B

Representation B

Technical Data Transmission Ratio i

Braking Torque TBr max.

OutputTorque T2 max.

Cable Pull max.

Nm

kN

Nm

GFT 0080 W3 2000

67000

231

76.7 • 99.0 • 110.0 • 126.9 • 149.9 • 185.4 1020

GFT 0080 W3 4000

67000

231

76.7 • 99.0 • 110.0 • 126.9 • 149.9 • 185.4 1020

A6VE107•160/ A2FE107• 125 • 160 • 180 A6VE107•160/ A2FE107• 125 • 160 • 180

GFT 0080 GFT 0080 GFT 0080 GFT 0080 GFT 0080

67000 67000 67000 67000 67000

231 231 231 231 231

61.3 • 79.1 • 99.0 • 110.9 • 149.5 61.3 • 79.1 • 99.0 • 110.9 • 149.5 61.3 • 79.1 • 99.0 • 110.9 • 149.5 61.3 • 79.1 • 99.0 • 110.9 • 149.5 61.3 • 79.1 • 99.0 • 110.9 • 149.5

1890 1890 1890 1890 1890

A6VM 160/A2FM 160 • 180 A6VM 200 • 250/A2FM 200 A6VM 160/A2FM 160 • 180 A6VM 200 • 250/A2FM 200 A6VM 107/A2FM 107 • 125

GFT 0110 W3 2000

100000

300

GFT 0110 W3 4000

100000

300

GFT 0110 GFT 0110 GFT 0110 GFT 0110 GFT 0110 GFT 0110 GFT 0110

100000 100000 100000 100000 100000 100000 100000

300 300 300 300 300 300 300

95.8 • 114.8 • 128.6 • 147.2 173.9 • 215.0 95.8 • 114.8 • 128.6 • 147.2 173.9 • 215.0 79.5 • 95.8 • 114.8 • 128.6 • 147.2 • 173.9 79.5 • 95.8 • 114.8 • 128.6 • 147.2 • 173.9 79.5 • 95.8 • 114.8 • 128.6 • 147.2 • 173.9 79.5 • 95.8 • 114.8 • 128.6 • 147.2 • 173.9 79.5 • 95.8 • 114.8 • 128.6 • 147.2 • 173.9 79.5 • 95.8 • 114.8 • 128.6 • 147.2 • 173.9 79.5 • 95.8 • 114.8 • 128.6 • 147.2 • 173.9

1100 750 1100 750 1890 1890 1890 1890 1890 1890 1890

A6VE 107 • 160 A2FE 107 • 125 • 160 • 180 A6VE 107 • 160 A2FE 107 • 125 • 160 • 180 A6VM 200 • 250/A2FM 200 A2FM 250 A6VM 160/A2FM 160 • 180 A6VM 107/A2FM 107 • 125 A6VM 200 • 250/A2FM 200 A6VM 160/A2FM 160 • 180 A6VM 107/A2FM 107 • 125

Type/Design GFT-W

W3 W3 W3 W3 W3

W3 W3 W3 W3 W3 W3 W3

Gear Drives

6000/1 6000/2 8000/1 8000/2 8000/3

6000/1 6000/2 6000/3 6000/4 8000/1 8000/2 8000/3

526

Hydraulic Motor

Section 14

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 77 502/05.04 Page 7 of 12 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Dimensions Type/Design GFT-W

D1

D2

D3

D5

D4

D6

D7

D8

DWS

Repr.

mm

GFT 0080 GFT 0080 GFT 0080 GFT 0080 GFT 0080 GFT 0080 GFT 0080

W3 W3 W3 W3 W3 W3 W3

2000 4000 6000/1 6000/2 8000/1 8000/2 8000/3

380 380 380 380 380 380 380

430 430 430 430 430 430 430

480 480 470 470 470 470 470

20x M24 18x M24 28x M24 28x M24 28x M24 28x M24 28x M24

430 430 430 430 430 430 430

480 480 460 460 460 460 460

520 520 495 495 495 495 495

20x M24 20x 26 24x 22 24x 22 24x 22 24x 22 24x 22

600 600 580 580 580 580 580

A B B B B B B

GFT 0110 GFT 0110 GFT 0110 GFT 0110 GFT 0110 GFT 0110 GFT 0110 GFT 0110 GFT 0110

W3 W3 W3 W3 W3 W3 W3 W3 W3

2000 4000 6000/1 6000/2 6000/3 6000/4 8000/1 8000/2 8000/3

420 420 380 380 380 380 380 380 380

460 460 430 430 430 430 430 430 430

400 500 470 470 470 470 470 470 470

24x M24 24x M24 28x M24 28x M24 28x M24 28x M24 28x M24 28x M24 28x M24

460 460 490 490 490 490 490 490 490

500 500 530 530 530 530 530 530 530

540 540 567 567 567 567 567 567 567

36x M18x1.5 36x 20 24x 26 24x 26 24x 26 24x 26 24x 26 24x 26 24x 26

640 640 650 650 650 650 650 650 650

A B B B B B B B B

L1

L2

L3

Type/Design GFT

L4

L5

L6

Mass

A+B C kN

mm

Repr.

Co kg

GFT 0080 GFT 0080 GFT 0080 GFT 0080 GFT 0080 GFT 0080 GFT 0080

W3 W3 W3 W3 W3 W3 W3

2000 4000 6000/1 6000/2 8000/1 8000/2 8000/3

22 22 69 69 189 189 168

148 148 120 120 120 120 120

295 295 295 295 295 295 295

465 465 484 484 604 604 583

112 112 76 76 76 76 76

19 19 19 19 19 19 19

480 480 212 212 212 212 212

950 950 425 425 425 425 425

430 430 430 430 430 430 430

A B B B B B B

GFT 0110 GFT 0110 GFT 0110 GFT 0110 GFT 0110 GFT 0110 GFT 0110 GFT 0110 GFT 0110

W3 W3 W3 W3 W3 W3 W3 W3 W3

2000 4000 6000/1 6000/2 6000/3 6000/4 8000/1 8000/2 8000/3

0 0 69 69 69 61 178 178 168

165 165 140 140 140 140 140 140 140

305 305 280 280 280 280 280 280 280

491.5 491.5 489 489 489 481 598 598 588

107 107 96 96 96 96 96 96 96

25 25 -2 -2 -2 -2 -2 -2 -2

A 509 B 480

A 1080 B 950

212 212 212 212 212 212 212

425 425 425 425 425 425 425

440 440 460 406 515 460 460 460 460

A B B B B B B B B

Gear Drives

527

Section 14

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 77 502/05.04 Page 8 of 12 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Dimensions For dimensions of the end supporting bearing see page 16

L4 L1

Frame connection

L2

L3

D8

D4

min. winding diameter 1st layer

Dws

D7

D3

D2

D6

D1

D5

Motor attachment surface

Representation A

A

L5

L6

B

Representation B

Technical Data Transmission Ratio i

Hydraulic Motor

Output Torque T2 max.

Cable Pull max.

Nm

kN

GFT 0160 W3 2000

140000

373

161.8 • 210.8 • 251.0

1360

GFT 0160 W3 4000

140000

373

161.8 • 210.8 • 251.0

1360

GFT 0220 W3 2000/1

200000

471

188.9 • 246.1 • 293.0

1360

GFT 0220 W3 2000/2

200000

471

97.7 • 105.9 • 143.3 • 155.4 • 188.9

2200

GFT 0220 W3 4000/1

200000

471

188.9 • 246.1 • 293.0

1360

GFT 0220 W3 4000/2

200000

471

97.7 • 105.9 • 143.3 • 155.4 • 188.9

2200

GFT 0220 W3 6000/1

200000

471

188.9 • 246.1 • 293.0

1360

GFT 0220 W3 6000/2

200000

471

97.7 • 105.9 • 143.3 • 155.4 • 188.9

2200

A6VE 107 • 160/ A2FE 107 • 125 • 160 • 180 A6VM 200 • 250/A2FM 200 A6VE 107 • 160/ A2FE 107 • 125 • 160 • 180 A6VM 200 • 250/A2FM 200 A6VE 107 • 160/ A2FE 107 • 125 • 160 • 180 A6VM 200 • 250/A2FM 200

GFT 0330 W3 2000 GFT 0330 W3 4000 GFT 0330 W3 6000

275000 275000 275000

595 595 595

168.9 • 209.9 • 252.0 • 302.4 168.9 • 209.9 • 252.0 • 302.4 168.9 • 209.9 • 252.0 • 302.4

2860 2860 2860

A6VE 250/A2FE 250 A6VE 250/A2FE 250 A6VE 250/A2FE 250

Type/Design GFT-W

Gear Drives

Brake Torque TBr max. Nm

528

A6VE 107 • 160/ A2FE 107 • 125 • 160 • 180 A6VE 107 • 160/ A2FE 107 • 125 • 160 • 180

Section 14

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 77 502/05.04 Page 9 of 12 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Dimensions Type/Design GFT-W

D1

D2

D3

D5

D4

D6

D7

D8

DWS

Repr.

mm

GFT 0160 W3 2000 GFT 0160 W3 4000

450 450

510 510

560 560

30x M24x2 30x M24x2

535 535

600 600

650 650

30x M24x2 30x 30

750 750

A A

GFT 0220 GFT 0220 GFT 0220 GFT 0220 GFT 0220 GFT 0220

460 460 460 460 460 460

600 600 600 600 600 600

650 650 650 650 650 650

30x M30 30x M30 30x M30 30x M30 30x M30 30x M30

610 610 610 610 610 610

680 680 680 680 680 680

735 735 735 735 735 735

24x M30 24x M30 24x 33 24x 33 24x 33 24x 33

850 850 850 850 850 850

A A B B B B

580 580 580

680 680 680

735 735 735

30x M30 28x M24 28x M24

660 660 660

730 730 730

785 785 785

30x M30 30x 33 30x 33

925 925 925

A B B

L1

L2

L3

W3 W3 W3 W3 W3 W3

2000/1 2000/2 4000/1 4000/2 6000/1 6000/2

GFT 0330 W3 2000 GFT 0330 W3 4000 GFT 0330 W3 6000

Type/Design GFT

L4

L5

L6

Mass

A+B C kN

mm

Repr.

Co kg

GFT 0160 W3 2000 GFT 0160 W3 4000

30 30

168 168

340 340

538 538

138 138

26 26

688 688

1520 1520

680 680

A A

GFT 0220 GFT 0220 GFT 0220 GFT 0220 GFT 0220 GFT 0220

45 40 45 40 45 40

170 170 170 170 170 170

350 350 350 350 350 350

565 560 565 560 565 560

155 155 155 155 155 155

35 35 35 35 35 35

710 710 710 710 710 710

1560 1560 1560 1560 1560 1560

820 820 820 820 820 820

A A B B B B

47 47 47

188 188 188

430 430 430

705 705 705

190 190 190

25 25 25

1040 1040 1040

2450 2450 2450

1380 1380 1380

A B B

W3 W3 W3 W3 W3 W3

2000/1 2000/2 4000/1 4000/2 6000/1 6000/2

GFT 0330 W3 2000 GFT 0330 W3 4000 GFT 0330 W3 6000

Gear Drives

529

Section 14

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 77 502/05.04 Page 10 of 12 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price. Fixed-Displacement

Nominal Size

A13 A12

45 56 63 80 90 107 125 160 180 250

X

1)

Motor A2FE, Series 61

A6

A7

A12

A13

Mass (kg)

109 122 122 127 127 143 143 169 169 *

133 146 146 157 157 178 178 211 211 230

102 107 107 121 121 136 136 149 149 *

119 130 130 145 145 157 157 188 188 172

15 18 19 23 25 34 36 47 48 *

A6 A7 Nominal Size B1

B B2 B7

50.8 50.8 57.2 66.7 66.7 *

45 56 63 80 90 107 125 160 180 250 1)

B4

B6 B5

B1

A

Viewcht XX 1)

B2

B3

B4

B5

B6

B7

A/B

23.8 23.8 27.8 31.8 31.8 *

19 19 25 32 32 *

M10x17 M10x17 M12x17 M14x19 M14x19 *

75 75 84 99 99 *

147 147 166 194 194 *

49 49 60 70 70 *

SAE 3/4" SAE 3/4" SAE 1" SAE 11/4" SAE 11/4" *

Series 60

For further technical data see RE 91008

* Missing dimensions upon request

Fixed-Displacement Motor A2FM, Series 61 A6

A7

A12

A13

225.5 252 284 288

252 294 309 314

120 134 84 93

159 188 165 172

Nominal Size

A13 A12

107 125 160 180 200 1) 250 2)

Nominal Size B1

X

A

B4

1) 2)

B1

B3 B6

Gear Drives

107 125 160 180 200 1) 250 2)

B B2

Ansicht View X X

A6 A7 B5

66.7 66.7 66.7 66.7

B2

B3

B4

B5

B6

31.8 31.8 31.8 31.8

32 32 32 32

M14x19 M14x19 M14x19 M14x19

99 99 99 100

194 194 204 210

Mass (kg) 32 32 45 45

A/ SAE 1 B 1/4" SAE 1 1/4" SAE 1 1/4" SAE 1 1/4"

Series 63 Series 60

For further technical data see RE 91001

530

Section 14

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 77 502/05.04 Page 11 of 12 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Nominal Size 55 80 107 160 250

A1

A2

L1 *

L2 *

L3 *

Mass (kg)

123 130 137 171 204

24 28 30 34 44

151 167 175 200 248

111 116 122 154 188

179 190 208 245 302

26 34 45 64 90

L2

Variable-Displacement Motor A6VE, Series 63

A8

A2

* Dimensions vary, depending on type of displacement

A6

55 80 107 160 250

A6

A7

A8

A9

A/B

19 25 25 32 32

50.8 57.2 57.2 66.7 66.7

23.8 27.8 27.8 31.8 31.8

M10x17 M12x17 M12x17 M14x19 M14x19

SAE 3/4" SAE 1" SAE 1" SAE 11/4" SAE 11/4"

L1

A7 Nominal Size

A9

A;B

A1 L3

For further technical data see RE 91606

Nominal Size 107 160 200 250

A1

A2

L1 *

L2 *

L3 *

Mass (kg)

220 254 267 287

30 34 36 44

175 197 209 248

122 137 143 188

290 329 345 383

47 64 80 90

L2

Variable-Displacement Motor A6VM, Series 63

A2

* Dimensions vary, depending on type of displacement

A8

Nominal Size 107 160 200 250

A6

A7

A8

A9

A/B

25 32 32 32

57.2 66.7 66.7 66.7

27.8 31.8 31.8 31.8

M12x1.75 M12x1.75 M12x1.75 M12x1.75

SAE 1" SAE 1 1/4" SAE 1 1/4" SAE 1 1/4"

L1

A7

A6

A+B A9 A1 L3

For further technical data see RE 91604

Gear Drives

531

Section 14

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 77 502/05.04 Page 12 of 12 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Standard End Supporting Bearing Gearbox Size

D1

D2

D3

H7/j6

L1

L3

L2

D6

W W W W W W W W W W W W W

Gearbox Size

GFT GFT GFT GFT GFT GFT GFT GFT GFT GFT GFT GFT GFT

Gear Drives

0013 0017 0024 0026 0036 0040 0050 0060 0080 0110 0160 0220 0330

D5

140

115

90

157

12 x ø 14

175

145

115

198

12 x ø 18

200

170

140

230

12 x ø 18

225

190

150

260

12 x ø 22

260

220

180

295

12 x ø 22

Dimensions upon request

D4

D1 D2 D3

D5

GFT GFT GFT GFT GFT GFT GFT GFT GFT GFT GFT GFT GFT

D4

H7/j6

0013 0017 0024 0026 0036 0040 0050 0060 0080 0110 0160 0220 0330

W W W W W W W W W W W W W

532

D6

L1

L2

L3

Mass appr. (kg)

6xø9

76

13

10

9

6 x ø 11

76

20

15

15

6 x ø 14

77

20

15

21

6 x ø 18

91

25

17

30

8 x ø 18

102

25

20

30

Dimensions upon request

Section 14

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 77 201/05.06 Page 1 of 10 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Swing drives MOBILEX GFB Output torques from 2950 to 191,770 lb-ft (4 to 260 kNm) – – – – – – –

Compact, space saving two or three stage planetary design Easy mounting Integrated multi-disk parking brake Low noise operation High efficiency Long service life Convenient oil change

Description Rexroth MOBILEX GFB planetary gearboxes are hydrostatic swing gears. They are suitable for use in excavators and cranes of all types, in ship unloading equipment, forestry equipment and in all applications where accurate positioning is called for. The drive consists of a two or three-stage gearbox with an integrated multi-disk parking brake, an output pinion as well as a hydraulic motor, preferably from Rexroth. A dedicated team of R&D, design and sales engineers makes sure that the clients’ wishes and concepts are quickly translated into technically and economically viable solutions. In their work, they are assisted by modern computer software for gearing design and component optimization. The information provided in this bulletin serves to help you select the planetary gearbox best suited for your application. In addition, our field personnel are available to you to provide advisory services even at the project stage. Lubrication The gearteeth and bearings are splash lubricated. Aside from periodic oil changes, the drive units are maintenance-free. Oil changes are easy to do. The oil brands recommended in the operating manual shall be exclusively used. The change intervals for the relevant application conditions are also given in the operating manual. The pinion-side antifriction bearing of the output shaft is grease-lubricated for life. Brake The standard supply scope includes a spring-loaded, hydraulically released multiple-disk parking brake arranged on the input side. The multiple-disk holding brake is not a service brake.

Gear Drives

Hydraulic Motors The gearbox is designed for direct flange attachment of a variable or fixed displacement motor (preferably a Rexroth hydraulic motor). If requested, the motor can be supplied along with the gearbox. Gearbox Supply Rexroth MOBILEX planetary gearboxes are delivered ready for installation, but without oil filling. The standard gearbox version comes with a priming coat of grey color (similar to RAL 7032) and is internally protected with a temporary corrosion preventive that preserves the gearbox for 24 months, if stored in a dry location. External flanges, shaft extensions and mating faces are protected with TECTYL 502 C. Weights, Oil Volumes, Dimensions The specified weights are average figures. As far as oil volumes are concerned, gearbox operators should rely on oil level readings rather than specified oil volumes. Figures and dimensions are not strictly binding. We reserve the right to make changes in line with technical progress. Further Notes As prescribed by statutory provisions, all rotating parts must be protected by guards against accidental contact. Local safety regulations must be complied with. Commissioning and maintenance of the gearboxes must be performed in line with the instructions given in our operating manual.

533

Section 14

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Type of Construction GFB T2/T3 1000

GFB T2/T3 2000

Motor attachment surface

Motor attachment surface

T2 = 2-stage T3 = 3-stage Version 1000: 2 centering seats Version 2000: 1 centering seat

Ordering Example MOBILEX GFB 0026 T2 1 . . . Gearbox Type

e.g. 2 centering seats

Version

2-stage

Swing DrivesMOBILEX MOBILEXGFB GFB- -Overview Overview Swig Drives Type/Version GFB

Output Torque Excavator

Crane

Gear Ratio from/to i

T2 max Nm GFB 0009 T2 GFB 0017 T2 GFB 0017 T3

4000 7700 7700

7000 12700 12700

26.10 - 48.60 17.27 - 45.66 78.95 - 105.63

GFB 0024 T3 GFB 0026 T2 GFB 0036 T2

10600 10000 17500

17500 16500 28500

91.13 - 138.20 31.36 - 63.00 20.71 - 28.93

GFB 0036 T3 GFB 0040 T2 GFB 0050 T3

17500 18000 22000

28500 29000 38000

67.96 - 117.55 42.04 - 60.13 126.66 - 147.39

GFB 0060 T2 GFB 0060 T3 GFB 0080 T2

27800 27800 38200

48500 48500 68300

40.41 87.46 - 170.89 62.28 - 186.43

GFB 0084 T2 GFB 0110 T3 GFB 0144 T2

38200 52000 54000

68300 93300 94500

35.13 174.86 49.30

Gear Drives

534

Section 14

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Classification Examples

Pneumatics

Service

See FEM Section I, 3rd Edition, Table T.2.1.3.5.

Type of Crane (Designation)

See Section 16 for applicable Component Preferred/Spotlight part numbers Operated 1) and unit price.

Type of Driver Hoisting

Swinging

Level Luffing

Trolley Travelling

Crane Travelling

M2–M3 M2–M3 M1–M2 M1–M2 M2–M3

Erection cranes Loading bridges

hook

M5–M6

M4

–

M4–M5 M5–M6

Loading bridges

grab or magnet

M7–M8

M6

–

M6–M7 M7–M8

M6

M4

–

M8

M6

–

Workshop cranes Overhead travelling cranes, ram cranes, scrap yard cranes Unloading bridges, container gantry cranes Other gantry cranes (with trolley and/or live ring) Unloading bridges, container gantry cranes (with trolley and/or live ring) Berth cranes, shipyard cranes, dismantling cranes

grab or magnet

hook or spreader

M4

M5

M6–M7 M7–M8

M6–M7 M5–M6 M3–M4 M6–M7 M4–M5

hook

M4–M5 M4–M5

grab or magnet

M8

–

M4–M5 M4–M5

M5–M6 M3–M4 M7–M8 M4–M5

hook

M5–M6 M4–M5 M4–M5 M4–M5 M5–M6

hook

M6–M7 M5–M6 M5–M6

–

M3–M4

grab or magnet

M7–M8 M6–M7 M6–M7

–

M4–M5

M3–M4 M3–M4 M3–M4

–

–

M2

M3

Dockside cranes (slewable, gantry type, ...), floating cranes, floating shearlegs Dockside cranes (slewable, gantry type, ...), floating cranes, floating shearlegs Floating cranes and floating shearlegs for very high loads (normally above 100 tons) Shipboard cranes

hook

Shipboard cranes

grab or magnet

M4

M3–M4 M3–M4

M5–M6 M3–M4 M3–M4 M4–M5 M3–M4

Tower cranes for construction sites

M4

M5

M4

M3

M3

Derrick tower gantries

M2–M3 M1–M2 M1–M2

–

–

Railroad cranes, approved for service

M3–M4 M2–M3 M2–M3

–

–

M3–M4 M2–M3 M2–M3

–

–

on trains Vehicle-mounted cranes

hook

1) This cloumn shows some typical uses for general information

Gear Drives

535

Section 14

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 77 201/05.06 Page 4 of 10 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Dimensions GFB T2/T3 1000

GFB T2/T3 2000

Motor attachment surface

L3

L2

L2

Motor attachment surface

L3

D4

L4

L7

L1

L1

L4

L5

L5

D4

D1 h8

L6

D2 D3

D5

X

h8

D1

h8

D2

X

D3

X The gearing of the output pinion (module, number of teeth, tooth width, etc.) is governed by the customer´s ring gear.

Dimensions and technical data for output torques from 4000 Nm to 10600 Nm for excavators 7000 Nm to 17500 Nm for cranes Technical Data Type/Version GFB

Output Torque Excavator Crane T2 max.

Gear Ratio

Braking Torque

i

TBr max.

Hydraulic Motor

Nm

Nm GFB 0009 T2 1000/1 GFB 0009 T2 1000/2

4000 4000

7000 7000

26.1 • 29.2 • 33.4 • 39.3 • 48.6 26.1 • 29.2 • 33.4 • 39.3 • 48.6

245 245

A2FE 28 • 32 A2FE 45 • 56

GFB 0009 T2 2000/1 GFB 0009 T2 2000/2

4000 4000

7000 7000

26.1 • 29.2 • 33.4 • 39.3 • 48.6 26.1 • 29.2 • 33.4 • 39.3 • 48.6

245 245

A2FE 28 • 32 A6VM 55

GFB 0017 T2 1000 GFB 0017 T2 2000

7700 7700

12700 12700

17.27 • 32.47 • 45.66 17.27 • 32.47 • 45.66

390 390

A2FE 45 • 56 • 63 A2FE 45 • 56 • 63

GFB 0017 T3 1000 GFB 0017 T3 2000

7700 7700

12700 12700

78.95 • 89.21 • 103.62 • 105.63 78.95 • 89.21 • 103.62 • 105.63

249 249

A2FE 28 • 32 A2FE 28 • 32

GFB 0024 T3 1000/1 GFB 0024 T3 1000/3

10600 10600

17500 17500

91.13 • 103.63 • 121.5 • 138.2 91.13 • 103.63 • 121.5 • 138.2

249 249

A2FM 28 • 32 A2FM 45 • 56 • 63

GFB 0024 T3 1000/3 = Identification number for different overall lengths/diameters and motor attachment variants. Gear Drives

536

Section 14

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Dimensions See Section 16 for applicable

GFB T2Preferred/Spotlight /T3 1000 part numbers

GFB T2/T3 2000

and unit price. Motor attachment surface

L3

L2

L2

Motor attachment surface

L3

D4

L4

L7

L1

L1

L4

L5

L5

D4

D1 h8

L6

D2 D3

D5

X

h8

D1

h8

D2

X

D3

Dimensions and technical data for output torques from 10000 Nm to 18000 Nm for excavators 16500 Nm to 29000 Nm for cranes

X The gearing of the output pinion (module, number of teeth, tooth width, etc.) is governed by the customer´s ring gear.

Technical Data Type/Version GFB

Output Torque Excavator Crane T2 max.

Gear Ratio

Braking Torque

i

TBr max.

Hydraulic Motor

Nm

Nm GFB 0026 T2 1000 GFB 0026 T2 2000

10000 10000

16500 16500

31.36 • 43.87 • 51.52 • 63 31.36 • 43.87 • 51.52 • 63

332 332

A2FE 80 • 90 A2FE 80 • 90

GFB 0036 T2 2000 GFB 0036 T3 1000/1 GFB 0036 T3 1000/2

17500 17500 17500

28500 28500 28500

20.71 • 24 • 28.93 67.96 • 80.36 • 101.02 • 117.55 67.96 • 80.36 • 101.02 • 117.55

390 332 332

A2FE 107 A2FM 45 • A6VM 55 A2FE 45 • 56 • 63

GFB 0036 T3 1000/3 GFB 0036 T3 2000

17500 17500

28500 28500

67.96 • 80.36 • 101.02 • 117.55 67.96 • 80.36 • 101.02 • 117.55

332 332

A2FE 80 • 90 A2FE 45 • 56 • 63

GFB 0040 T2 1000/1 GFB 0040 T2 1000/2 GFB 0040 T2 1000/3

18000 18000 18000

29000 29000 29000

42.04 • 49.28 • 60.13 42.04 • 49.28 • 60.13 42.04 • 49.28 • 60.13

588 588 588

A2FE 45 • 56 • 63 A2FE 80 • 90 A2FE 107 • 125

GFB 0040 T2 1000/4 GFB 0040 T2 1000/5 GFB 0040 T2 2000/1

18000 18000 18000

29000 29000 29000

42.04 • 49.28 • 60.13 42.04 • 49.28 • 60.13 42.04 • 49.28 • 60.13

588 588 588

A2FE 45 • 56 • 63 A2FM 125 A2FE 45 • 56 • 63

GFB 0040 T2 2000/2 GFB 0040 T2 2000/3

18000 18000

29000 29000

42.04 • 49.28 • 60.13 42.04 • 49.28 • 60.13

588 588

A2FE 80 • 90 A2FE 107 • 125

GFB 0040 T2 1000/5 = Identification number for different overall lengths/diameters and motor attachment variants. Gear Drives

537

Section 14

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 77 201/05.06 Page 6 of 10 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Dimensions Type/Version GFB

D1

D2

D3

D5

D4 mm

Mass kg

GFB 0009 T2 1000/1 GFB 0009 T2 1000/2

170 170

250 250

270 270

16x 13.5 16x 13.5

165 165

55 80

GFB 0009 T2 2000/1 GFB 0009 T2 2000/2

250 175

310 260

345 288

12x 17.5 12x 17.5

-

80 85

GFB 0017 T2 1000 GFB 0017 T2 2000

256 250

290 305

320 340

16x 17.5 16x 17.5

225 -

130 130

GFB 0017 T3 1000 GFB 0017 T3 2000

256 250

290 305

320 340

16x 17.5 16x 17.5

225 -

130 130

GFB 0024 T3 1000/1 GFB 0024 T3 1000/3

265 265

315 315

355 355

20x 17.5 20x 17.5

230 230

165 165

L5

L6

L7

Type/Version GFB

L1

L2

L3

L4 mm

GFB 0009 T2 1000/1 GFB 0009 T2 1000/2

120 120

259.5 277

379.5 397

50 50

36.5 36.5

14 14

46 46

GFB 0009 T2 2000/1 GFB 0009 T2 2000/2

51 40

303.5 325.5

354.5 365.5

15 26

20 22

-

-

GFB 0017 T2 1000 GFB 0017 T2 2000

200 57

300 443

500 500

6 46

38 23

6 -

55 -

GFB 0017 T3 1000 GFB 0017 T3 2000

200 57

325 468

525 525

6 46

38 23

6 -

55 -

GFB 0024 T3 1000/1 GFB 0024 T3 1000/3

245 245

387 394

632 639

15 15

34 34

8 8

75 75

Gear Drives

538

Section 14

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Dimensions See Section 16 for applicable

GFB T2Preferred/Spotlight /T3 1000 part numbers

GFB T2/T3 2000

and unit price.

Motor attachment surface

L3

L2

L2

Motor attachment surface

L3

D4

L4

L7

L1

L1

L4

L5

L5

D4

D1 h8

L6

D2 D3

D5

X

h8

D1

h8

D2

X

D3

Dimensions and technical data for output torques from 22000 Nm to 54000 Nm for excavators 38000 Nm to 94500 Nm for cranes Technical Data Output Torque

Type/Version GFB

Excavator Crane T2 max.

X The gearing of the output pinion (module, number of teeth, tooth width, etc.) is governed by the customer´s ring gear.

Gear Ratio

Braking Torque

i

TBr max.

Hydraulic Motor

Nm

Nm GFB 0050 GFB 0050 GFB 0050 GFB 0050

T3 T3 T3 T3

1000/1 1000/2 1000/3 1000/4

22000 22000 22000 22000

38000 38000 38000 38000

126.66 • 147.39 126.66 • 147.39 126.66 • 147.39 126.66 • 147.39

332 332 332 332

A2FE 45 • 56 • 63 A2FE 80 • 90 A2FE 107 • 125 A2FM 63

GFB 0060 GFB 0060 GFB 0060 GFB 0060 GFB 0060

T2 T2 T3 T3 T3

1000/1 1000/2 1000 2000/1 2000/2

27800 27800 27800 27800 27800

48500 48500 48500 48500 48500

40.41 40.41 87.46 • 95.8 • 140.86 • 170.89 87.46 • 95.8 • 140.86 • 170.89 87.46 • 95.8 • 140.86 • 170.89

613 613 613 613 613

A2FE 107 • 125 A2FE 107 • 125 A2FM 80 • 90 A2FE 80 • 90 A2FE 107 • 125

GFB 0080 T3 1000/1 GFB 0080 T3 1000/2 GFB 0080 T3 1000/3

38200 38200 38200

68300 68300 68300

62.28 • 111.86 • 186.43 62.28 • 111.86 • 186.43 62.28 • 111.86 • 186.43

975 975 975

A2FE 80 • 90 A2FE 107 • 125 A2FM 90

GFB 0084 T2 2000/1 GFB 0084 T2 2000/2

38200 38200

68300 68300

35.13 35.13

1661 1661

A2FM 180 • 200 A2FM 180 • 200

GFB 0110 T3 1000/1 GFB 0110 T3 1000/2

52000 52000

93300 93300

174.86 174.86

588 588

A2FE 80 • 90 A6VM 200

GFB 0144 T2 2000

54000

94500

49.3

1423

A2FM 180 • 200

GFB 0080 T3 1000/3 = Identification number for different overall lengths/diameters and motor attachment variants. Gear Drives

539

Section 14

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 77 201/05.06 Page 8 of 10 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Dimensions Type/Version GFB

D1

D2

D3

D5

D4

Mass kg

mm GFB 0050 GFB 0050 GFB 0050 GFB 0050

T3 T3 T3 T3

1000/1 1000/2 1000/3 1000/4

330 330 330 330

375 375 375 375

411 411 411 411

24x 17.5 24x 17.5 24x 17.5 24x 17.5

300 300 300 300

315 310 310 315

GFB 0060 GFB 0060 GFB 0060 GFB 0060 GFB 0060

T2 T2 T3 T3 T3

1000/1 1000/2 1000 2000/1 2000/2

400 400 380 340 340

490 490 425 450 450

542 542 462 500 500

16x 22 16x 22 24x 17.5 24x 26 24x 26

325 325 300 -

390 380 425 420 420

GFB 0080 T3 1000/1 GFB 0080 T3 1000/2 GFB 0080 T3 1000/3

440 440 440

480 480 480

530 530 530

24x 26 24x 26 24x 26

370 370 370

120 120 540

GFB 0084 T2 2000/1 GFB 0084 T2 2000/2

400 400

470 460

510 510

24x 26 24x 26

-

515 515

GFB 0110 T3 1000/1 GFB 0110 T3 1000/2

475 475

520 520

570 570

24x 26 24x 26

390 390

630 680

GFB 0144 T2 2000

460

520

562

24x 26

-

1050

L1

L2

L5

L6

L7

Type/Version GFB

L3

L4 mm

GFB 0050 GFB 0050 GFB 0050 GFB 0050

T3 T3 T3 T3

1000/1 1000/2 1000/3 1000/4

290 290 290 290

353.5 389.5 427.5 396.5

643.5 679.5 717.5 686.5

15 15 15 15

38 38 38 38

40 40 40 40

75 75 75 75

GFB 0060 GFB 0060 GFB 0060 GFB 0060 GFB 0060

T2 T2 T3 T3 T3

1000/1 1000/2 1000 2000/1 2000/2

450 360 485 111 111

225 399.5 246 638 676

675 759.5 731 749 787

25 9 40 98 98

40 32 30 40 40

19 19 4 -

95 102 129 -

GFB 0080 T3 1000/1 GFB 0080 T3 1000/2 GFB 0080 T3 1000/3

331 331 314

516.5 552.5 554.5

847.5 883.5 868.5

14 14 14

40 40 40

58 58 41

121 121 121

GFB 0084 T2 2000/1 GFB 0084 T2 2000/2

64 81

721 704

785 785

10 10

465 448

-

-

GFB 0110 T3 1000/1 GFB 0110 T3 1000/2

339 371

513 550

852 921

15 15

30 30

8 40

160 160

GFB 0144 T2 2000

85

857

942

55

655

-

-

Gear Drives

540

Section 14

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 77 201/05.06 Page 9 of 10 Issue: 06.06

Fixed-displacement Motor A2FE, Series 61 A6

A7

A12

A13

Mass (kg)

94 94 109 122 122 127 127 143 143

114 114 133 146 146 157 157 178 178

91 91 102 107 107 121 121 136 136

106 106 119 130 130 145 145 157 157

10.5 10.5 15 18 19 23 25 34 36

Nominal Size

A13 A12

28 32 45 56 63 80 90 107 125

X

A6 A7 Nominal Size B1

B B2 B7

40.5 50.8 50.8 57.2 66.7

28 32 45 56 63 80 90 107 125

B4

B6 B5

B1

A

B2

B3

B4

B5

B6

B7

A/B

18.2 23.8 23.8 27.8 31.8

13 19 19 25 32

M8x15 M10x17 M10x17 M12x17 M14x19

59 75 75 84 99

115 147 147 166 194

40 49 49 60 70

SAE 1/2" SAE 3/4" SAE 3/4" SAE 1" SAE 11/4"

For further technical data see RE 91008

Ansicht View X X

Fixed-displacement Motor A2FM, Series 61 ( Series 63) 1)

A6

A7

A12

A13

Mass (kg)

153 166 182 203 225.5 252 284

173 194 206 233 252 294 309

78 89 96 104.5 120 134 84

106 122 130 145 159 188 165

9.5 13.5 18 23 32 45 66

B2

B3

B4

B5

B6

A/B

18.2 23.8 23.8 27.8 31.8 31.8 31.8

13 19 19 25 32 32 32

M8x15 M10x17 M10x17 M12x17 M14X19 M14x19 M14x19

59 75 75 84 99 99 99

115 147 147 166 194 194 204

SAE 1/2" SAE 3/4" SAE 3/4" SAE 1" SAE 1 1/4" SAE 1 1/4" SAE 1 1/4"

Nominal Size

A13 A12

28 45 56 80 125 180 200

X

A

B4

B

B1

B3 B6

63 90

1)

Nominal Size B1

B2

Ansicht View X X

A6 A7 B5

32

28 45 56 80 125 180 200

32 63 90

1)

40.5 50.8 50.8 57.2 66.7 66.7 66.7

For further technical data see RE 91001 Gear Drives

541

Section 14

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 77 201/05.06 Page 10 of 10 Issue: 06.06

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Variable-displacement Motor A6VM, Series 63 A2

L1 *

L2 *

L3 *

Mass (kg)

55 200

183 267

24 36

151 209

111 143

238 345

26 80

L2

A1

Nominal Size

A8

A2

* Dimensions vary depending on the displacement

A6

Nominal Size 55 200

A6

A7

A8

A9

A/B

19 32

50.8 66.7

23.8 31.8

M10x1.5x17 M14x2x19

SAE 3/4" SAE 1 1/4"

L1

A7

A+B A9 A1 L3

For further technical data see RE 91604

Driver Groups and Service Time Categories to FEM, Section I, 3rd Edition 1987 Service time category Assumed average service time per day in hours Theoretic service life in hours

Collective groups

Collective load class

L1

low

L2

medium

L3

high

L4

very high

Gear Drives

T2

T3

T4

T5

T6

T7

T8

0.25 - 0.5

0.5 - 1

1-2

2-4

4-8

8 - 16

>16

400 800

800 1600

1600 3200

3200 6300

6300 12500

12500 25000

25000 50000

Driver group with K factor

Maximum loads occur only in exceptional cases; low loads are present at all times Low, medium and high loads are present for roughly equal periods of times Loads are always near the maximum Always maximum loads

M1 0.90

M2 0.90

M3 0.90

M4 0.90

M5 0.95

M6 1.05

M7 1.2

M2 0.90

M3 0.95

M4 0.95

M5 1

M6 1.15

M7 1.30

M8 1.50

M3 1.05 M4 1.25

M4 1.05 M5 1.30

M5 1.10 M6 1.45

M6 1.25 M7 1.65

M7 1.40 M8 1.85

M8 1.60 M8 2.10

M8 1.80 M8 2.40

542

Section 14

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

For a complete copy of the data sheets in this catalog, visit our website at: www.boschrexroth-us.com u Products and Solutions u Industrial Hydraulics u Products and Catalogs u Preferred Product Catalog

Section 15 Seal Kits

The Drive & Control Company

– ISO Tie Rod Type Hydraulic Cylinders, CDT3 ....................................................................................544 – NFPA Tie Rod Type Hydraulic Cylinders, CDT4 ....................................................................................545 – Variable Displacement Vane Pumps, Model VPV ...........................................................................546

543 543

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RE 17039/05.04 Page 1 of 1 Issue: 06.04

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

ISO Tie Rod Type Hydraulic Cylinders CDT3 CDT3 Seal Kits – Single Rod

Piston Ø 25 32 40 50 63 80 100

Seal Kits

Rod Ø

Mineral Oil Seals Seal Kit Part Number “M”

List $ 150.00

12

R900874070

18

R900874071

14

R900874072

22

R900874073

18

R900874074

28

R900874075

22

R900874076

36

R900874077

28

R900874078

45

R900874079

36

R900874080

56

R900874081

45

R900874082

70

R900874083

$ 176.00 $ 208.00 $ 242.00 $ 291.00 $ 346.00 $ 459.00

544

Section 15

Electric Drives and Controls

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Hydraulics

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from RA 17041/06.04 Page 1 of 1 Issue: 06.04

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

NFPA Tie Rod Type Hydraulic Cylinders CDT4 CDT4 Preferred Product Seal Kit and Cartridge Seal Kits Piston and Tube Seal Kits* Bore Ø (Inches)

M

LIST PRICE

1.500

R978006830

$ 40.00

2.000

R978006831

$ 47.00

2.500

R978006832

$ 49.00

3.250

R978006833

$ 62.00

4.000

R978006834

$ 84.00

Rod Cartridge Seal Kits (w / Rod Bearing)†§ Rod Ø (Inches)

M

0.625

R978006773

LIST PRICE $ 86.00

1.000 (1.500" bore)

R978006774

$ 99.00

1.000 (2.000"-2.500" bore)

R978006775

$ 109.00

1.375 (2.000" bore)

R978006776

$ 124.00

1.375 (2.500"-3.250" bore)

R978006777

$ 138.00

1.750

R978006778

$ 145.00

2.000

R978006779

$ 179.00

Bore Size

M

LIST PRICE

1-1/2", 2", 2-1/2"

R987053909

$ 33.00

3-14", 4"

R978904325

$ 38.00

Cushion Valve

M = Polyurethane seal system (standard) NOTE: * Piston/Tube Seal Kits include: one (1) double-acting piston seal; two (2) wear bands; two (2) o-rings and two (2) back-up rings † Rod Cartridge Seal Kits include: one (1) double-lip wiper set; one (1) u-cup rod seal; one (1) rod bearing; one (1) back-up ring

Seal Kits

545

Section 15

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Extracted from 9 535 233 797/07.03 Page 1 of 1 Issue: 06.04

See Section 16 for applicable Preferred/Spotlight part numbers and unit price.

Variable Displacement Vane Pumps Model VPV VPV Repair Kits, Preferred R978711809

VPV25/32 SAE PUMP REP KIT 210

$ 1026.00

R978711812

VPV16 SAE PUMP REPAIR KIT 210

$ 777.30

R978711814

VPV16 SAE COMBO PUMP KIT 210

$ 848.20

R978711825

VPV25/32 SAE REP KIT P1 210BAR

$ 1,070.50

R978711838

KIT REPAIR VPV45/63 210BAR SAE

$ 1,268.40

R978711840

VPV80 SAE 210 BAR REPAIR KIT

$ 1,903.10

R978711841

KIT REPAIR VPV45/63 210BAR SAE/P1

$ 1,531.00

R978711842

KIT P1 VPV80 210 BAR PUMP REP.

$ 2,300.00

R978711849

KIT REPAIR VPV100/130 210BAR SAE

$ 2,537.00

R978711850

KIT REPAIR VPV164 210BAR SAE

$ 2,883.30

R978711851

KIT REPAIR VPV100/130 210BAR SAE/P1

$ 2,775.20

R978711852

KIT REPAIR VPV164 210BAR SAE/P1

$ 3,302.25

VPV Seal Kits, Preferred 9511230605

VPV16 PUMP ORING KIT 210 BAR

$ 139.00

9511230597

VPV25/32 ORING KIT ISO/SAE

$ 161.80

9511230658

SEAL KIT VPV45/80 SAE/ISO-210

$ 198.50

951123065

SEAL KIT VPV130/164SAE/ISO-210

$ 222.50

Seal Kits

546

Section 15

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Section 16 Preferred & Spotlight Delivery Programs Section

547

Service

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Important Notice Specifications, descriptive materials, illustrations, and prices contained herein were accurate as shown at the time this publication was approved for printing. Bosch Rexroth Corporation reserves the right to discontinue models or options at any time or to change specifications, materials, designs, dimensional criteria, or prices without notice and without incurring obligation. The specified data is for product description purposes only and must not be interpreted as warranted characteristics in a legal sense. Contact your local distributor or Bosch Rexroth Corporation, Industrial Hydraulics Division, for verification of all critical specifications: Bosch Rexroth Corporation 2315 City Line Road Bethlehem, PA 18017-213 (610) 694-8300

Component Price List

548

Section 13

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Preferred & Spotlight Delivery Program Price adder per Unit Price 100mm (CDT3) Material 0513850216 0513850214 0513860250 0513860258 0513870226 0513300212 0513300246 0513400212 0513400248 0513500220 0513500254 0513600214 0513600234 0513700218 0513700242 0513800248 0513800238 R900424887 R900427774 R900423251 R900423252 R900423255 R900423256 R900427523 R900420286 R900423261 R900427776 R900424905 R900420287 R900429596 R900424906 R900424902 R900427777 R900423271 R900424904 R900205507 R900205509 R900205510 R900205511 R900205513 R900205517 R900209927 R900205526 R900205528 R900955887 R900925526 R900925484 R900958848 R900592014 R978908487 R978017740 R978878347 R978017790 R978017859

Material description 0513R18C3VPV100SM21HYB04 0513R18C3VPV100SM21HYB04P1 0513R18C3VPV130SM21HYB04 0513R18C3VPV130SM21HYB04P1 0513R18C3VPV164SM21HYB04 0513R18C3VPV16SM21HYB03 0513R18C3VPV16SM21HYB03P1 0513R18C3VPV25SM21HYB03 0513R18C3VPV25SM21HYB03P1 0513R18C3VPV32SM21HYB03 0513R18C3VPV32SM21HYB03P1 0513R18C3VPV45SM21HYB05 0513R18C3VPV45SM21HYB05P1 0513R18C3VPV63SM21HYB05 0513R18C3VPV63SM21HYB05P1 0513R18C3VPV80SM21HYB05 0513R18C3VPV80SM21HYB05P1 2FRM10-3X/10L 2FRM10-3X/10LV 2FRM10-3X/16L 2FRM10-3X/16LB 2FRM10-3X/25L 2FRM10-3X/25LB 2FRM10-3X/25LV 2FRM10-3X/50L 2FRM10-3X/50LB 2FRM10-3X/50LV 2FRM16-3X/100L 2FRM16-3X/100LB 2FRM16-3X/100LV 2FRM16-3X/160L 2FRM16-3X/160LB 2FRM16-3X/160LV 2FRM16-3X/60L 2FRM16-3X/60LV 2FRM6B36-3X/1.5QRV 2FRM6B36-3X/10QRV 2FRM6B36-3X/16QMV 2FRM6B36-3X/16QRV 2FRM6B36-3X/25QRV 2FRM6B36-3X/3QRV 2FRM6B76-3X/10QRV 2FRM6B76-3X/32QRV 2FRM6B76-3X/6QRV 3DREP6C-2X/25EG24N9K4/M 3DREPE6A-2X/25EG24N9K31/A1V 3DREPE6C-2X/25EG24N9K31/A1V 3DREPE6C-2X/25EG24N9K31/F1M 3WE10A3X/CG24N9K4 3WE10A4X/CW110N9DA 3WE6A6X/EG24N9K4/62 3WE6A6X/EW110N9DA/62 3WE6A6X/EW110N9K4/62 3WE6A6X/EW110N9K4/62=CSA

Component Price List

P/S S S S S S S S S P S S S S S S S S S P P P S P P S P S S P P S P P P P P S S P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P

549

Hierarchy 121226901 121226901 121226931 121226931 121226961 121226161 121226161 121226251 121226251 121226321 121226321 121226451 121226451 121226631 121226631 121226801 121226801 111432103 111432103 111432103 111432103 111432103 111432103 111432103 111432103 111432103 111432103 111432163 111432163 111432163 111432163 111432163 111432163 111432163 111432163 111432063 111432063 111432063 111432063 111432063 111432063 111432063 111432063 111432063 112233062 112233062 112233062 112233062 111131103 111131104 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066

Delivery 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS

(7/15/06) $3,735.00 $4,250.00 $4,362.00 $4,913.00 $5,331.00 $1,122.00 $1,486.00 $1,354.00 $1,717.00 $1,442.00 $1,809.00 $2,113.00 $2,538.00 $2,266.00 $2,707.00 $2,544.00 $2,921.00 $517.00 $568.00 $517.00 $521.00 $517.00 $521.00 $568.00 $517.00 $521.00 $568.00 $765.00 $770.00 $842.00 $765.00 $770.00 $842.00 $765.00 $842.00 $516.00 $516.00 $511.00 $516.00 $516.00 $516.00 $503.00 $503.00 $503.00 $986.00 $1,522.00 $1,798.00 $1,593.00 $318.00 $308.00 $177.00 $181.00 $177.00 $177.00

1" (CDT1, 4)

Page No. 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 271 271 271 271 271 271 271 271 271 271 271 271 271 271 271 271 271 271 273 273 273 273 273 273 273 273 273 352 352 352 352 164 164 162 162 162 162

Section 16

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Preferred & Spotlight Delivery Program Price adder per Unit Price 100mm (CDT3) Material R978017741 R978017816 R978017781 R978015854 R978017743 08351544 08351127 08350011 R900593277 R900706674 R900906473 R900500925 R900562032 R978908877 R978908965 R978908696 R900734198 R978909736 R900922999 R900589933 R900958087 R900598925 R900942175 R900591664 R900957770 R900594948 R900943503 R978908826 R978908490 R978908419 R978908769 R978908566 R900713654 R900617543 R978908770 R978908591 R900245920 R978909383 R900945576 R900712119 R900588201 R900934305 R900597186 R900934306 R900594348 R978907461 R978908742 R978909385 R978909871 R978908567 R900979378 R900700430 R900974964 R900595532

Material description 3WE6A6X/EW230N9K4/62 3WE6B6X/EG96N9K4/62 3WE6B6X/EW110N9DAL/62 3WE6B6X/EW110RN9DAL/62 3WE6B6X/EW230N9K4/62 4TH6E06-1X/VT03/M05 4TH6E06-1X/VT23/M05 (RIGHT HAND) 4TH6E06-1X/VT43/M05 (LEFT HAND) 4WE10C3X/CG24N9K4 4WE10C3X/CG24N9K4=CSA 4WE10C3X/CW110N9K4 4WE10C3X/OFCG24N9K4 4WE10C3X/OFCW110N9K4 4WE10C4X/CG24N9DA 4WE10C4X/CG24N9DK25L 4WE10C4X/CW110N9DA 4WE10C4X/CW110N9DAL 4WE10C4X/OFCW110N9DA 4WE10D3X/CG12N9K4 4WE10D3X/CG24N9K4 4WE10D3X/CG24N9K4=CSA 4WE10D3X/CW110N9K4 4WE10D3X/CW110N9K4=CSA 4WE10D3X/OFCG24N9K4 4WE10D3X/OFCG24N9K4=CSA 4WE10D3X/OFCW110N9K4 4WE10D3X/OFCW110N9K4=CSA 4WE10D4X/CG12N9DA 4WE10D4X/CG24N9DA 4WE10D4X/CG24N9DAL 4WE10D4X/CG24N9DK24L2 4WE10D4X/CW110N9DA 4WE10D4X/CW110N9DAL 4WE10D4X/CW110N9DAL=CSA 4WE10D4X/OFCG24N9DK24L2 4WE10D4X/OFCW110N9DAL 4WE10D4X/OFCW110N9DAL=CSA 4WE10D4X/OFCW110N9DK25L 4WE10E3X/CG12N9K4 4WE10E3X/CG12N9K4=CSA 4WE10E3X/CG24N9K4 4WE10E3X/CG24N9K4=CSA 4WE10E3X/CW110N9K4 4WE10E3X/CW110N9K4=CSA 4WE10E3X/CW230N9K4 4WE10E4X/CG12N9DA 4WE10E4X/CG24N9DA 4WE10E4X/CG24N9DAL 4WE10E4X/CG24N9DK24L2 4WE10E4X/CW110N9DA 4WE10E4X/CW110N9DAL 4WE10E4X/CW110N9DAL=CSA 4WE10E4X/CW110N9DK25L 4WE10EA3X/CG24N9K4

Component Price List

P/S P P P P P P P P S S S P P S P S P P P S S S S S P S S S S P P S S S P S P P S S S S S P P S P P P S S S P P

550

Hierarchy 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 852146401 852146401 852146401 111131103 111131103 111131103 111131103 111131103 111131104 111131104 111131104 111131104 111131104 111131103 111131103 111131103 111131103 111131103 111131103 111131103 111131103 111131103 111131104 111131104 111131104 111131104 111131104 111131104 111131104 111131104 111131104 111131104 111131104 111131103 111131103 111131103 111131103 111131103 111131103 111131103 111131104 111131104 111131104 111131104 111131104 111131104 111131104 111131104 111131103

Delivery 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS

(7/15/06) $177.00 $188.00 $197.00 $233.00 $177.00 $647.00 $647.00 $647.00 $318.00 $318.00 $281.00 $486.00 $417.00 $344.00 $399.00 $308.00 $315.00 $449.00 $318.00 $318.00 $318.00 $281.00 $281.00 $486.00 $486.00 $417.00 $417.00 $344.00 $344.00 $353.00 $390.00 $308.00 $315.00 $315.00 $564.00 $464.00 $464.00 $503.00 $450.00 $450.00 $450.00 $450.00 $380.00 $380.00 $380.00 $480.00 $480.00 $498.00 $526.00 $413.00 $428.00 $428.00 $466.00 $318.00

1" (CDT1, 4)

Page No. 162 162 162 162 162 188 188 188 164 164 164 164 164 164 164 164 164 164 164 164 164 164 164 164 164 164 164 164 164 164 164 164 164 164 164 164 164 164 164 164 164 164 164 164 164 164 164 164 164 164 164 164 164 164

Section 16

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Preferred & Spotlight Delivery Program Price adder per Unit Price 100mm (CDT3) Material R900704311 R978908810 R978909018 R900977203 R978906366 R900594277 R900712708 R900506008 R900536428 R900246791 R978908592 R978909069 R978908907 R978909405 R900745485 R978909554 R978908695 R978908815 R978913287 R900940459 R900597986 R900934307 R900517315 R978909608 R978908593 R978909071 R900961221 R900598662 R900930080 R900589988 R900957006 R900556235 R978908904 R900592338 R900940565 R978909072 R900732331 R900616837 R900961324 R978908771 R900977484 R978908568 R900708880 R900619145 R900963610 R900560858 R900914044 R900591095 R978909598 R900522760 R978901350 R978909287 R900500932 R900961858

Material description 4WE10EA3X/CW110N9K4=CSA 4WE10EA4X/CW110N9DAL 4WE10EB3X/CG12N9K4CSA 4WE10EB4X/CW110N9DK25L 4WE10G3X/CG12N9K4CSA 4WE10G3X/CG24N9K4 4WE10G3X/CG24N9K4=CSA 4WE10G3X/CG96N9K4 4WE10G3X/CW110N9K4 4WE10G3X/CW110N9K4=CSA 4WE10G4X/CG12N9DA 4WE10G4X/CG12N9DAL 4WE10G4X/CG24N9DA 4WE10G4X/CG24N9DAL 4WE10G4X/CG24N9DAL=CSA 4WE10G4X/CG24N9DK25L 4WE10G4X/CW110N9DA 4WE10G4X/CW110N9DAL 4WE10G73-3X/CG12N9K4/A12 4WE10G73-3X/CG96N9K4/A12 4WE10H3X/CG24N9K4 4WE10H3X/CG24N9K4=CSA 4WE10H3X/CW110N9K4 4WE10H4X/CG12N9DA 4WE10H4X/CW110N9DA 4WE10H4X/CW110N9DAL 4WE10H73-3X/CG96N9K4/A12 4WE10HA3X/CG24N9K4 4WE10J3X/CG12N9K4 4WE10J3X/CG24N9K4 4WE10J3X/CG24N9K4=CSA 4WE10J3X/CG96N9K4 4WE10J3X/CG96N9K4/A12CSA 4WE10J3X/CW110N9K4 4WE10J3X/CW110N9K4=CSA 4WE10J4X/CG24N9DA 4WE10J4X/CG24N9DAL 4WE10J4X/CG24N9DAL=CSA 4WE10J4X/CG24N9DK24L 4WE10J4X/CG24N9DK24L2 4WE10J4X/CG24N9DK25L 4WE10J4X/CW110N9DA 4WE10J4X/CW110N9DAL 4WE10J4X/CW110N9DAL=CSA 4WE10J4X/CW110N9DK25L 4WE10J73-3X/CG24N9K4/A12 4WE10J73-3X/CG96N9K4/A12 4WE10JA3X/CG24N9K4 4WE10JA3X/CG24N9K4CSA 4WE10JB3X/CG24N9K4 4WE10JB3X/CG24N9K4CSA 4WE10JB4X/CG24N9DA 4WE10M3X/CG24N9K4 4WE10M4X/CW110N9DAL

Component Price List

P/S P P P P P S P P S P S P P P P P S S P P S P S P S P P P S S P P P S P P S P P P P S S P P P P P P P P P P P

551

Hierarchy 111131103 111131104 111131103 111131104 111131103 111131103 111131103 111131103 111131103 111131103 111131104 111131104 111131104 111131104 111131104 111131104 111131104 111131104 111131103 111131103 111131103 111131103 111131103 111131104 111131104 111131104 111131103 111131103 111131103 111131103 111131103 111131103 111131103 111131103 111131103 111131104 111131104 111131104 111131104 111131104 111131104 111131104 111131104 111131104 111131104 111131103 111131103 111131103 111131103 111131103 111131103 111131104 111131103 111131104

Delivery 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS

(7/15/06) $281.00 $315.00 $318.00 $363.00 $478.00 $478.00 $478.00 $576.00 $407.00 $407.00 $510.00 $526.00 $510.00 $526.00 $526.00 $565.00 $437.00 $454.00 $625.00 $747.00 $450.00 $450.00 $380.00 $480.00 $413.00 $428.00 $711.00 $318.00 $450.00 $450.00 $450.00 $548.00 $577.00 $380.00 $380.00 $480.00 $498.00 $498.00 $526.00 $526.00 $537.00 $413.00 $428.00 $428.00 $466.00 $590.00 $711.00 $318.00 $318.00 $318.00 $318.00 $344.00 $450.00 $428.00

1" (CDT1, 4)

Page No. 164 164 164 164 164 164 164 164 164 164 164 164 164 164 164 164 164 164 168 164 164 164 164 164 164 164 168 164 164 164 164 164 168 164 164 164 164 164 164 164 164 164 164 164 164 168 168 164 164 164 164 164 164 164

Section 16

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Preferred & Spotlight Delivery Program Price adder per Unit Price 100mm (CDT3) Material R978909691 R900934309 R978908963 R900702475 R900595531 R978908802 R978878229 R978017853 R978017836 R978017805 R978017744 R978017849 R978017829 R978874587 R978874588 R978898150 R978875821 R900901748 R978017780 R978017774 R978017811 R978017773 R978017835 R978017758 R978875037 R978878237 R978878238 R978017812 R978905132 R978878241 R978017732 R978017862 R978890387 R978890969 R978017806 R978896201 R978017769 R978017922 R978017825 R900931341 R978874053 R978017739 R978017775 R978879237 R978879456 R978017792 R978017734 R978017841 R978017095 R978017839 R978017766 R978874049 R978017838 R978890292

Material description 4WE10M4X/CW110N9DALCSA 4WE10W3X/CG24N9K4=CSA 4WE10W4X/CW110N9DAL 4WE10Y3X/CG12N9K4=CSA 4WE10Y3X/CG24N9K4 4WE10Y4X/CG24N9DK24L 4WE6C6X/EG24N9DA/62 4WE6C6X/EG24N9DAL/62 4WE6C6X/EG24N9DK24L/62 4WE6C6X/EG24N9DK25L/62 4WE6C6X/EG24N9K4/62 4WE6C6X/EG24N9K4/62=CSA 4WE6C6X/EG96N9K4/62 4WE6C6X/EW110N9DA/62 4WE6C6X/EW110N9DAL/62 4WE6C6X/EW110N9DK23/62 4WE6C6X/EW110N9DK23L/62 4WE6C6X/EW110N9K4 4WE6C6X/EW110N9K4/62 4WE6C6X/EW110N9K4/62=CSA 4WE6C6X/OEG24N9K4/62 4WE6C6X/OFEG24N9DAL/62 4WE6C6X/OFEG24N9DK24L/62 4WE6C6X/OFEG24N9K4/62 4WE6C6X/OFEW110N9DA/62 4WE6D6X/EG12N9DA/62 4WE6D6X/EG12N9DAL/62 4WE6D6X/EG12N9K4/62 4WE6D6X/EG12N9K4/62CSA 4WE6D6X/EG24N9DA/62 4WE6D6X/EG24N9DAL/62 4WE6D6X/EG24N9DAL/62=CSA 4WE6D6X/EG24N9DK23/62 4WE6D6X/EG24N9DK23L/62 4WE6D6X/EG24N9DK24L/62 4WE6D6X/EG24N9DK24L2/62 4WE6D6X/EG24N9DK25L/62 4WE6D6X/EG24N9K4/62 4WE6D6X/EG24N9K4/62=CSA 4WE6D6X/EG24N9K4=CSA 4WE6D6X/EW110N9DA/62 4WE6D6X/EW110N9DAL/62 4WE6D6X/EW110N9DAL/62=CSA 4WE6D6X/EW110N9DK23/62 4WE6D6X/EW110N9DK23L/62 4WE6D6X/EW110N9DK25L/62 4WE6D6X/EW110N9K4/62 4WE6D6X/EW110N9K4/62=CSA 4WE6D6X/EW230N9DA/62 4WE6D6X/EW230N9DAL/62 4WE6D6X/OEG24N9K4/62 4WE6D6X/OEW110N9DA/62 4WE6D6X/OEW110N9K4/62 4WE6D6X/OFEG12N9DA/62

Component Price List

P/S P P P P P P P S P P S S P S S P P S P P P P P P P S P P P S P S P P P P P S S S S S S P P P S S P P P P P P

552

Hierarchy 111131104 111131103 111131104 111131103 111131103 111131104 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066

Delivery 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS

(7/15/06) $428.00 $380.00 $428.00 $318.00 $318.00 $390.00 $181.00 $197.00 $244.00 $254.00 $177.00 $177.00 $188.00 $181.00 $197.00 $214.00 $226.00 $177.00 $177.00 $177.00 $212.00 $279.00 $306.00 $237.00 $246.00 $181.00 $197.00 $177.00 $177.00 $181.00 $197.00 $197.00 $214.00 $226.00 $244.00 $244.00 $254.00 $177.00 $177.00 $177.00 $181.00 $197.00 $197.00 $214.00 $226.00 $254.00 $177.00 $177.00 $213.00 $197.00 $212.00 $222.00 $212.00 $246.00

1" (CDT1, 4)

Page No. 164 164 164 164 164 164 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162

Section 16

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Preferred & Spotlight Delivery Program Price adder per Unit Price 100mm (CDT3) Material R978017819 R978892546 R978017871 R978017861 R978017770 R978896205 R978017763 R978017826 R978017788 R978873230 R978017810 R978017778 R978017850 R978017735 R978017845 R978913038 R978017827 R978017844 R978017759 R978878249 R978878250 R978017783 R978905130 R978878253 R978017870 R978017809 R978896208 R978017772 R978017750 R978017860 R978017789 R978875049 R978873115 R978017851 R978878115 R978017821 R978017737 R978017842 R978017100 R978017866 R978017751 R900922472 R978017818 R978895476 R978017760 R978017832 R978017752 R978017796 R978878257 R978017779 R978017762 R978908129 R978878261 R978017731

Material description 4WE6D6X/OFEG12N9K4/62 4WE6D6X/OFEG24N9DA/62 4WE6D6X/OFEG24N9DAL/62 4WE6D6X/OFEG24N9DAL/62=CSA 4WE6D6X/OFEG24N9DK24L/62 4WE6D6X/OFEG24N9DK24L2/62 4WE6D6X/OFEG24N9K4/62 4WE6D6X/OFEG24N9K4/62=CSA 4WE6D6X/OFEG96N9K4/62 4WE6D6X/OFEW110N9DA/62 4WE6D6X/OFEW110N9DAL/62 4WE6D6X/OFEW110N9DAL/62=CSA 4WE6D6X/OFEW110N9DK25L/62 4WE6D6X/OFEW110N9K4/62 4WE6D6X/OFEW110N9K4/62=CSA 4WE6D73-6X/EG12N9DA/A12/62 4WE6D73-6X/EG12N9K4/A12/62 4WE6D73-6X/EG96N9K4/A12/62 4WE6D73-6X/OFEG24N9K4/A12/62 4WE6E6X/EG12N9DA/62 4WE6E6X/EG12N9DAL/62 4WE6E6X/EG12N9K4/62 4WE6E6X/EG12N9K4/62CSA 4WE6E6X/EG24N9DA/62 4WE6E6X/EG24N9DAL/62 4WE6E6X/EG24N9DK24L/62 4WE6E6X/EG24N9DK24L2/62 4WE6E6X/EG24N9DK25L/62 4WE6E6X/EG24N9K4/62 4WE6E6X/EG24N9K4/62=CSA 4WE6E6X/EG96N9K4/62 4WE6E6X/EW110N9DA/62 4WE6E6X/EW110N9DAL/62 4WE6E6X/EW110N9DAL/62=CSA 4WE6E6X/EW110N9DK25/62 4WE6E6X/EW110N9DK25L/62 4WE6E6X/EW110N9K4/62 4WE6E6X/EW110N9K4/62=CSA 4WE6E6X/EW230N9DA/62 4WE6E6X/EW230N9DAL/62 4WE6E6X/EW230N9K4/62 4WE6E73-6X/EG12N9K4/A12 4WE6E73-6X/EG12N9K4/A12/62 4WE6E73-6X/EG24N9DA/A12/62 4WE6E73-6X/EG24N9K4/A12/62 4WE6E73-6X/EG96N9K4/A12/62 4WE6EA6X/EG24N9K4/62 4WE6EA6X/EW110N9K4/62 4WE6G6X/EG12N9DA/62 4WE6G6X/EG12N9DAL/62 4WE6G6X/EG12N9K4/62 4WE6G6X/EG12N9K4/62CSA 4WE6G6X/EG24N9DA/62 4WE6G6X/EG24N9DAL/62

Component Price List

P/S P S P S P P S S P S S S P P S P P P P S S S S S P P P P S S P S S S P P S S P P P P P P P P P P S S S P S S

553

Hierarchy 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066

Delivery 4 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS

(7/15/06) $237.00 $246.00 $279.00 $279.00 $306.00 $306.00 $237.00 $237.00 $260.00 $246.00 $279.00 $279.00 $314.00 $237.00 $237.00 $235.00 $229.00 $242.00 $318.00 $222.00 $253.00 $212.00 $212.00 $222.00 $253.00 $280.00 $280.00 $288.00 $212.00 $212.00 $234.00 $222.00 $253.00 $253.00 $258.00 $288.00 $212.00 $212.00 $233.00 $253.00 $212.00 $286.00 $286.00 $297.00 $286.00 $314.00 $177.00 $177.00 $222.00 $253.00 $212.00 $212.00 $222.00 $253.00

1" (CDT1, 4)

Page No. 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 168 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 168 162 168 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162

Section 16

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Preferred & Spotlight Delivery Program Price adder per Unit Price 100mm (CDT3) Material R978017869 R978017753 R978906689 R978017840 R978872815 R978875060 R900558642 R978017738 R978017852 R978017099 R978900337 R978017867 R978017765 R978911412 R978914146 R978878265 R978878266 R978017782 R978907962 R978017803 R978017786 R978017754 R978017828 R978017801 R978875071 R978875072 R978017730 R978017797 R978905734 R978017793 R978017817 R978878274 R978878275 R978017784 R978017761 R978905419 R978878278 R978017815 R978017863 R978017807 R978896206 R978890882 R978017767 R978017776 R978017756 R978017824 R978017802 R978874065 R978017736 R978017820 R978017785 R978017733 R978017813 R978017096

Material description 4WE6G6X/EG24N9DK25L/62 4WE6G6X/EG24N9K4/62 4WE6G6X/EG24N9K4/62CSA 4WE6G6X/EG96N9K4/62 4WE6G6X/EW110N9DA/62 4WE6G6X/EW110N9DAL/62 4WE6G6X/EW110N9K4 4WE6G6X/EW110N9K4/62 4WE6G6X/EW110N9K4/62=CSA 4WE6G6X/EW230N9DA/62 4WE6G73-6X/EG12N9DA/A12/62 4WE6G73-6X/EG12N9K4/A12/62 4WE6G73-6X/EG24N9K4/A12/62 4WE6G73-6X/EG96N9K4/62 4WE6G73-6X/EW110RN9DAL/A12/62 4WE6H6X/EG12N9DA/62 4WE6H6X/EG12N9DAL/62 4WE6H6X/EG12N9K4/62 4WE6H6X/EG12N9K4/62CSA 4WE6H6X/EG24N9DAL/62 4WE6H6X/EG24N9DK25L/62 4WE6H6X/EG24N9K4/62 4WE6H6X/EG24N9K4/62=CSA 4WE6H6X/EG96N9K4/62 4WE6H6X/EW110N9DA/62 4WE6H6X/EW110N9DAL/62 4WE6H6X/EW110N9DK25L/62 4WE6H6X/EW110N9K4/62 4WE6H6X/EW110N9K4/62CSA 4WE6H73-6X/EG24N9K4/A12/62 4WE6H73-6X/EG96N9K4/A12/62 4WE6J6X/EG12N9DA/62 4WE6J6X/EG12N9DAL/62 4WE6J6X/EG12N9DK25L/62 4WE6J6X/EG12N9K4/62 4WE6J6X/EG12N9K4/62CSA 4WE6J6X/EG24N9DA/62 4WE6J6X/EG24N9DAL/62 4WE6J6X/EG24N9DAL/62=CSA 4WE6J6X/EG24N9DK24L/62 4WE6J6X/EG24N9DK24L2/62 4WE6J6X/EG24N9DK25/62 4WE6J6X/EG24N9DK25L/62 4WE6J6X/EG24N9DK25L/62=CSA 4WE6J6X/EG24N9K4/62 4WE6J6X/EG24N9K4/62=CSA 4WE6J6X/EG96N9K4/62 4WE6J6X/EW110N9DA/62 4WE6J6X/EW110N9DAL/62 4WE6J6X/EW110N9DAL/62=CSA 4WE6J6X/EW110N9DK25L/62 4WE6J6X/EW110N9K4/62 4WE6J6X/EW110N9K4/62=CSA 4WE6J6X/EW230N9DA/62

Component Price List

P/S P S S P S S S S S P P P P P P S P S S P P P S P S S P P S P P S S P S S S P S P P P P P S S P S S S P S S P

554

Hierarchy 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066

Delivery 4 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS

(7/15/06) $288.00 $212.00 $212.00 $234.00 $222.00 $253.00 $202.00 $212.00 $212.00 $213.00 $297.00 $286.00 $286.00 $287.00 $428.00 $222.00 $253.00 $212.00 $212.00 $253.00 $288.00 $212.00 $212.00 $234.00 $222.00 $253.00 $288.00 $212.00 $212.00 $286.00 $314.00 $222.00 $253.00 $288.00 $212.00 $212.00 $222.00 $253.00 $253.00 $280.00 $280.00 $258.00 $288.00 $288.00 $212.00 $212.00 $234.00 $222.00 $253.00 $253.00 $288.00 $212.00 $212.00 $213.00

1" (CDT1, 4)

Page No. 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 168 162 162 168 168 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162

Section 16

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Preferred & Spotlight Delivery Program Price adder per Unit Price 100mm (CDT3) Material R978917541 R978017847 R978901536 R978901050 R978017814 R978017757 R978017822 R978017777 R978017808 R978017837 R978017771 R978017843 R978898240 R978896207 R978017764 R978017868 R978878286 R978017833 R978891625 R978896202 R978017799 R978017748 R978017823 R978874546 R978017864 R978017831 R978877586 R978017791 R900926575 R978878485 R978895600 R900928594 R900952630 R978909326 R900918714 R978891142 R978874283 R900924136 R900906463 R978901423 R978897011 R978899118 R978900206 R978899880 R978900469 R978893231 R978901259 R978901912 R978900132 R978901821 R978898988 R978903050 R978898232 R978908383

Material description 4WE6J73-6X/EG12N9DA/A12/62 4WE6J73-6X/EG12N9K4/A12/62 4WE6J73-6X/EG24N9DA/A12/62 4WE6J73-6X/EG24N9DAL/A12/62 4WE6J73-6X/EG96N9K4/A12/62 4WE6JA6X/EG24N9K4/62 4WE6M6X/EG12N9K4/62 4WE6M6X/EG24N9DAL/62 4WE6M6X/EG24N9DK24L/62 4WE6M6X/EG24N9DK25L/62 4WE6M6X/EG24N9K4/62 4WE6M6X/EW110N9K4/62=CSA 4WE6W6X/EG12N9K4/62 4WE6W6X/EG24N9DK24L2/62 4WE6W6X/EG24N9K4/62 4WE6W6X/EG24N9K4/62=CSA 4WE6Y6X/EG24N9DA/62 4WE6Y6X/EG24N9DAL/62 4WE6Y6X/EG24N9DK24L/62 4WE6Y6X/EG24N9DK24L2/62 4WE6Y6X/EG24N9DK25L/62 4WE6Y6X/EG24N9K4/62 4WE6Y6X/EG24N9K4/62=CSA 4WE6Y6X/EW110N9DA/62 4WE6Y6X/EW110N9DAL/62 4WE6Y6X/EW110N9DAL/62=CSA 4WE6Y6X/EW110N9DK23L/62 4WE6Y6X/EW110N9K4/62 4WEH10D4X/6EG24N9ETK4 4WEH10E4X/6EG24N9ETDA 4WEH10E4X/6EG24N9ETDK24L 4WEH10E4X/6EG24N9ETK4 4WEH10E4X/6EG24N9ETK4/B10 4WEH10E4X/6EG24N9ETS2DK24L 4WEH10E4X/6EG24N9TK4 4WEH10E4X/6EW110N9EDA 4WEH10E4X/6EW110N9ETDA 4WEH10E4X/6EW110N9ETDAL=CSA 4WEH10E4X/6EW110N9ETK4 4WEH10E4X/6EW110NETS2DK25L 4WEH10EA4X/6EG12N9ETDA 4WEH10EA4X/6EW110N9EDA 4WEH10EB4X/6EG12N9K4 4WEH10EB4X/6EW110N9ETSDA 4WEH10G4X/6EG12N9ETSDA 4WEH10G4X/6EG24N9DA 4WEH10G4X/6EG24N9DAL 4WEH10G4X/6EG24N9ESDA 4WEH10G4X/6EG24N9S2DK25L 4WEH10G4X/6EG24N9SDA 4WEH10G4X/6EW110N9DA 4WEH10G4X/6EW110N9DK25 4WEH10G4X/6EW110N9ETDACSA 4WEH10G4X/6EW110N9SDA

Component Price List

P/S P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P S P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P

555

Hierarchy 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111131066 111152104 111152104 111152104 111152104 111152104 111152104 111152104 111152104 111152104 111152104 111152104 111152104 111152104 111152104 111152104 111152104 111152104 111152104 111152104 111152104 111152104 111152104 111152104 111152104 111152104 111152104

Delivery 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS

(7/15/06) $297.00 $286.00 $297.00 $336.00 $314.00 $177.00 $212.00 $253.00 $280.00 $288.00 $212.00 $212.00 $212.00 $280.00 $212.00 $212.00 $181.00 $197.00 $244.00 $244.00 $254.00 $177.00 $177.00 $181.00 $197.00 $197.00 $226.00 $177.00 $633.00 $615.00 $673.00 $605.00 $616.00 $859.00 $605.00 $615.00 $615.00 $647.00 $605.00 $913.00 $554.00 $554.00 $549.00 $742.00 $828.00 $641.00 $672.00 $828.00 $895.00 $828.00 $641.00 $677.00 $641.00 $828.00

1" (CDT1, 4)

Page No. 168 162 168 168 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170

Section 16

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Preferred & Spotlight Delivery Program Price adder per Unit Price 100mm (CDT3) Material R978874359 R978903909 R978903051 R978909015 R978909741 R978874431 R900929184 R978898666 R978906313 R978909809 R978900470 R978878521 R978895598 R900926574 R900556904 R978899854 R978874496 R978903510 R900906464 R900922278 R978909563 R978900597 R978901424 R900922909 R978879663 R900949914 R900925790 R978905713 R978900123 R900569040 R978894368 R978900119 R978897415 R978874524 R978895261 R900922083 R900923989 R900939842 R978902504 R978911016 R978902906 R900923992 R978907904 R978901832 R978908049 R900922084 R978902666 R900923990 R978903589 R978901354 R978900796 R978905802 R978906935 R978906652

Material description 4WEH10G4X/6EW110N9TDA 4WEH10H4X/6EG24NETSDAL 4WEH10H4X/6EW110N9DK25 4WEH10H4X/6EW110N9ETSDA 4WEH10H4X/6EW110N9K4CSA 4WEH10H4X/6EW110N9TDA 4WEH10H4X/6EW110N9TK4 4WEH10HA4X/6EW110N9S2DAL 4WEH10HD4X/6EG24N9DAL 4WEH10HD4X/6EG24N9ETK4 4WEH10J4X/6EG12N9ETDAL 4WEH10J4X/6EG24N9ETDA 4WEH10J4X/6EG24N9ETDK24L 4WEH10J4X/6EG24N9ETK4 4WEH10J4X/6EG24N9ETS2K4 4WEH10J4X/6EW110N9DAL 4WEH10J4X/6EW110N9ETDA 4WEH10J4X/6EW110N9ETDK25LCSA 4WEH10J4X/6EW110N9ETK4 4WEH10J4X/6EW110N9ETK4/B08 4WEH10J4X/6EW110N9ETK4/B12 4WEH10J4X/6EW110N9ETS2DALCSA 4WEH10J4X/6EW110N9ETS2DK25LCSA 4WEH10J4X/6EW110N9ETS2K4 4WEH10J4X/6EW110N9ETSDK25L 4WEH10JA4X/6EG24N9ETK4 4WEH10JA4X/6EW110N9ETK4 4WEH10JA4X/6EW110N9ETS2DA 4WEH10Q4X/6EW110N9ETDALCSA 4WEH10W4X/6EG24N9EK4 4WEH10W4X/6EG24N9ETS2DK24L 4WEH10W4X/6EW110N9DK25L 4WEH10Y4X/6EG24N9ETDK23L 4WEH10Y4X/6EW110N9TDA 4WEH10Y4X/6EW110NETDA 4WEH16D7X/6EG24N9ETK4 4WEH16D7X/6EG24N9K4 4WEH16D7X/6EG96N9K4 4WEH16D7X/6EW110N9ETDK23L 4WEH16D7X/OF6EG12N9ETK4 4WEH16E7X/6EG12N9ETDA 4WEH16E7X/6EG24N9EK4 4WEH16E7X/6EG24N9EK4CSA 4WEH16E7X/6EG24N9ETDALCSA 4WEH16E7X/6EG24N9ETDK25L 4WEH16E7X/6EG24N9ETK4 4WEH16E7X/6EG24N9ETS2DAL 4WEH16E7X/6EG24N9TK4 4WEH16E7X/6EW110N9EDAL 4WEH16E7X/6EW110N9EDK25LCSA 4WEH16E7X/6EW110N9ETDA 4WEH16E7X/6EW110N9ETDAL 4WEH16E7X/6EW110N9ETDK25 4WEH16E7X/6EW110N9TDAL

Component Price List

P/S P P P P P P P P P S P S P S P P P P S P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P S S P P P S P P P

556

Hierarchy 111152104 111152104 111152104 111152104 111152104 111152104 111152104 111152104 111152104 111152104 111152104 111152104 111152104 111152104 111152104 111152104 111152104 111152104 111152104 111152104 111152104 111152104 111152104 111152104 111152104 111152104 111152104 111152104 111152104 111152104 111152104 111152104 111152104 111152104 111152104 111152167 111152167 111152167 111152167 111152167 111152167 111152167 111152167 111152167 111152167 111152167 111152167 111152167 111152167 111152167 111152167 111152167 111152167 111152167

Delivery 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS

(7/15/06) $641.00 $876.00 $651.00 $802.00 $605.00 $615.00 $605.00 $757.00 $572.00 $552.00 $647.00 $615.00 $673.00 $605.00 $792.00 $647.00 $615.00 $682.00 $605.00 $616.00 $616.00 $833.00 $870.00 $792.00 $870.00 $549.00 $549.00 $742.00 $647.00 $605.00 $859.00 $682.00 $682.00 $638.00 $670.00 $641.00 $641.00 $651.00 $690.00 $805.00 $617.00 $607.00 $607.00 $649.00 $684.00 $607.00 $835.00 $607.00 $649.00 $684.00 $617.00 $649.00 $653.00 $649.00

1" (CDT1, 4)

Page No. 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170

Section 16

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Preferred & Spotlight Delivery Program Price adder per Unit Price 100mm (CDT3) Material R978901175 R978909361 R978903928 R978901807 R978901370 R978901371 R978900832 R978907979 R978907224 R978904675 R978907417 R978901499 R978908309 R978901297 R978901497 R978901498 R978906994 R978908792 R978906933 R978903421 R978901661 R978906586 R978904339 R978909697 R978908761 R978905839 R978907906 R900933005 R978909933 R978901157 R978904877 R900927456 R978905927 R978901910 R900944737 R900922085 R900924819 R978904283 R900925580 R900927255 R978901743 R978907595 R978905194 R900926682 R978900844 R978900784 R900923867 R900934936 R978908811 R900943380 R978908632 R978907328 R978908122 R978900695

Material description 4WEH16E7X/6EW110N9TS2DK25L 4WEH16E7X/6EW110N9TSK4/B08CSA 4WEH16EA7X/6EW110N9ETDAL 4WEH16EA7X/6EW110N9S2DK23L 4WEH16G7X/6EG12N9EDA 4WEH16G7X/6EG12N9ETDA 4WEH16G7X/6EG12NETDA/P4.5 4WEH16G7X/6EG24N9EK4/P4.5CSA 4WEH16G7X/6EG24N9EK4CSA 4WEH16G7X/6EG24N9ETDA/B08 4WEH16G7X/6EG24N9TDA 4WEH16G7X/6EG24NEDA 4WEH16G7X/6EW110N9EDACSA 4WEH16G7X/6EW110N9EDK25L 4WEH16GA7X/6EG12NDA 4WEH16GA7X/6EG24NDA 4WEH16GA7X/6EW110N9ETDA/P4.5 4WEH16GA7X/6EW110N9ETDK23/P4.5 4WEH16GA7X/6EW110N9ETDK25/P4.5 4WEH16H7X/6EG12N9ETDA 4WEH16H7X/6EG12N9TDA 4WEH16H7X/6EG24N9K4/P4.5CSA 4WEH16H7X/6EW110N9DA 4WEH16H7X/6EW110N9ES2DA 4WEH16HC7X/6EW110N9DA 4WEH16HD7X/6EW110N9EDAL 4WEH16HD7X/6EW110N9ETDALCSA 4WEH16HD7X/OF6EW110N9K4 4WEH16J7X/6EG110N9ETDAL 4WEH16J7X/6EG24N9DA 4WEH16J7X/6EG24N9EDK25L 4WEH16J7X/6EG24N9EK4 4WEH16J7X/6EG24N9ES2DK25L 4WEH16J7X/6EG24N9ETDALCSA 4WEH16J7X/6EG24N9ETDK25L 4WEH16J7X/6EG24N9ETK4 4WEH16J7X/6EG24N9ETS2K4 4WEH16J7X/6EG24N9ETSDK25L 4WEH16J7X/6EG24N9K4 4WEH16J7X/6EG24N9TK4 4WEH16J7X/6EG24N9TK4CSA 4WEH16J7X/6EW110N9DALCSA 4WEH16J7X/6EW110N9EDK25L/B10 4WEH16J7X/6EW110N9ES2K4 4WEH16J7X/6EW110N9ETDA 4WEH16J7X/6EW110N9ETDK25LCSA 4WEH16J7X/6EW110N9ETK4 4WEH16J7X/6EW110N9ETS2K4 4WEH16JA7X/6EW110N9TK4 4WEH16JB7X/6EW110N9ES2K4=CSA 4WEH16JB7X/6EW110N9K4 4WEH16W7X/6EW110N9ETDA 4WEH16W7X/6EW110NETDAL/B08 4WEH16WA7X/6EW110N9ETDK23L

Component Price List

P/S P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P S P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P

557

Hierarchy 111152167 111152167 111152167 111152167 111152167 111152167 111152167 111152167 111152167 111152167 111152167 111152167 111152167 111152167 111152167 111152167 111152167 111152167 111152167 111152167 111152167 111152167 111152167 111152167 111152167 111152167 111152167 111152167 111152167 111152167 111152167 111152167 111152167 111152167 111152167 111152167 111152167 111152167 111152167 111152167 111152167 111152167 111152167 111152167 111152167 111152167 111152167 111152167 111152167 111152167 111152167 111152167 111152167 111152167

Delivery 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS

(7/15/06) $873.00 $805.00 $574.00 $791.00 $646.00 $646.00 $801.00 $753.00 $635.00 $655.00 $646.00 $678.00 $646.00 $712.00 $616.00 $616.00 $704.00 $736.00 $745.00 $617.00 $617.00 $726.00 $617.00 $804.00 $558.00 $572.00 $572.00 $645.00 $671.00 $617.00 $684.00 $607.00 $873.00 $649.00 $684.00 $607.00 $795.00 $873.00 $607.00 $607.00 $607.00 $649.00 $695.00 $795.00 $617.00 $684.00 $607.00 $795.00 $555.00 $743.00 $555.00 $617.00 $692.00 $604.00

1" (CDT1, 4)

Page No. 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170

Section 16

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Preferred & Spotlight Delivery Program Price adder per Unit Price 100mm (CDT3) Material R900925548 R978906948 R978900785 R900942061 R978900748 R978903058 R978892350 R900578025 R978876820 R900973561 R900950360 R978901053 R978899292 R978892617 R978908795 R978901712 R900979846 R978909862 R900918655 R978900348 R978903520 R978892640 R978902827 R978891447 R978893674 R978897591 R978876824 R978892586 R978909447 R900906469 R978901299 R978898110 R978907992 R978891176 R978898464 R978891196 R978902985 R978901593 R978894173 R978899806 R978906858 R978892609 R978901317 R978890458 R978905845 R978890046 R978891670 R978898712 R978898126 R978907696 R978909425 R978897964 R978892314 R978900535

Material description 4WEH16Y7X/6EG24N9ETSK4 4WEH16Y7X/6EW110N9ESDK23L 4WEH16Y7X/6EW110N9ETDK23LCSA 4WEH16Y7X/6EW110N9ETK4 4WEH16Y7X/6EW110N9ETS2DK23L 4WEH16Y7X/6EW110N9TDA 4WEH22D7X/6EW110N9EDA 4WEH22D7X/6EW110N9EDAL 4WEH22D7X/6EW110N9ETDA 4WEH22D7X/6EW110N9ETK4/B10 4WEH22D7X/6EW110N9TK4 4WEH22E7X/6EG12N9EDA 4WEH22E7X/6EG12N9EDAL 4WEH22E7X/6EG24N9EDA 4WEH22E7X/6EG24N9EDAL 4WEH22E7X/6EG24N9EDK24L2 4WEH22E7X/6EG24N9ETS2DAL/B10 4WEH22E7X/6EG24N9ETS2DK24L2 4WEH22E7X/6EG24N9K4 4WEH22E7X/6EG24N9S2DK25L 4WEH22E7X/6EG24N9TK4/B08 4WEH22E7X/6EW110N9DA 4WEH22E7X/6EW110N9DK25L 4WEH22E7X/6EW110N9EDA 4WEH22E7X/6EW110N9EDAL 4WEH22E7X/6EW110N9EDALCSA 4WEH22E7X/6EW110N9ETDA 4WEH22E7X/6EW110N9ETDAL 4WEH22E7X/6EW110N9ETDK25 4WEH22E7X/6EW110N9ETK4 4WEH22E7X/6EW110N9ETS2DALCSA 4WEH22E7X/6EW110N9ETSDAL 4WEH22E7X/6EW110N9TDA 4WEH22E7X/6EW110NEDK25L 4WEH22E7X/6EW110NTDA/B08 4WEH22EB7X/6EW110N9DA 4WEH22EB7X/6EW110N9EDK23L 4WEH22G7X/6EG12N9EDA 4WEH22G7X/6EG12N9ETDK25L/P4.5 4WEH22G7X/6EG12N9TDA 4WEH22G7X/6EG24N9ETS2DA 4WEH22G7X/6EW110N9DA 4WEH22G7X/6EW110N9DA/B12 4WEH22G7X/6EW110N9DAL 4WEH22G7X/6EW110N9DAL/B10 4WEH22G7X/6EW110N9EDA 4WEH22G7X/6EW110N9EDA/P4.5 4WEH22G7X/6EW110N9ETDA/P4.5CSA 4WEH22G7X/6EW110N9ETDAL/P4.5CSA 4WEH22G7X/6EW110N9ETDK25L/P4.5 4WEH22G7X/6EW110N9ETS2DA 4WEH22G7X/6EW110N9ETSDA/P4.5 4WEH22G7X/6EW110N9S2DA 4WEH22G7X/6EW110N9SDA

Component Price List

P/S P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P

558

Hierarchy 111152167 111152167 111152167 111152167 111152167 111152167 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227

Delivery 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS

(7/15/06) $828.00 $877.00 $690.00 $641.00 $877.00 $646.00 $649.00 $662.00 $649.00 $654.00 $645.00 $624.00 $655.00 $624.00 $655.00 $682.00 $853.00 $870.00 $615.00 $879.00 $625.00 $624.00 $692.00 $624.00 $655.00 $655.00 $624.00 $655.00 $659.00 $615.00 $843.00 $843.00 $624.00 $727.00 $665.00 $565.00 $608.00 $649.00 $833.00 $649.00 $835.00 $649.00 $658.00 $680.00 $691.00 $649.00 $765.00 $765.00 $797.00 $833.00 $835.00 $954.00 $835.00 $835.00

1" (CDT1, 4)

Page No. 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170

Section 16

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Preferred & Spotlight Delivery Program Price adder per Unit Price 100mm (CDT3) Material R978901194 R978905522 R978900511 R978903540 R978903734 R978910815 R978907991 R978896447 R978900461 R978896848 R978893145 R978899945 R900928017 R978904921 R900959214 R978899883 R978909948 R978903729 R978900713 R978908571 R978903359 R978905899 R978898029 R900926787 R978907596 R978896389 R978900349 R900923369 R978900475 R978903810 R978900476 R978897593 R978908120 R978891981 R978876825 R978903034 R978892664 R978893429 R978898030 R978878332 R900921309 R900957887 R978895535 R978891844 R978894104 R978893249 R978902516 R978902029 R978901273 R978891175 R978902128 R978891776 R978895724 R978892226

Material description 4WEH22G7X/6EW110N9TDALCSA 4WEH22GA7X/6EW110N9DA 4WEH22GB7X/6EG12N9ETDA/P4.5 4WEH22H7X/6EG12N9DACSA 4WEH22H7X/6EG12N9ETS2DA 4WEH22H7X/6EG12N9TK4 4WEH22H7X/6EG24N9DA 4WEH22H7X/6EW110N9DA/P4.5 4WEH22H7X/6EW110N9EDA 4WEH22H7X/6EW110N9EDA/P4.5 4WEH22H7X/6EW110N9ETDA 4WEH22H7X/6EW110N9ETDA/P4.5 4WEH22H7X/6EW110N9ETS2K4/P4,5 4WEH22H7X/6EW110N9TDA 4WEH22HD7X/6EG24N9ETK4/B10 4WEH22J7X/6EG12N9ETDA 4WEH22J7X/6EG12N9ETDA/B08 4WEH22J7X/6EG12N9ETS2DA 4WEH22J7X/6EG24N9DA/B08 4WEH22J7X/6EG24N9EDK24L 4WEH22J7X/6EG24N9ES2DK25L 4WEH22J7X/6EG24N9ES2K4CSA 4WEH22J7X/6EG24N9ETDALCSA 4WEH22J7X/6EG24N9ETK4 4WEH22J7X/6EG24N9ETK4CSA 4WEH22J7X/6EG24N9ETS2DK24L/B10 4WEH22J7X/6EG24N9S2DK25L 4WEH22J7X/6EG24N9S2K4 4WEH22J7X/6EG24NETK4/B10CSA 4WEH22J7X/6EG24NETS2DK25L 4WEH22J7X/6EG24NETSK4/B10CSA 4WEH22J7X/6EW110N9EDALCSA 4WEH22J7X/6EW110N9ES2DA 4WEH22J7X/6EW110N9ES2DK25L 4WEH22J7X/6EW110N9ETDA 4WEH22J7X/6EW110N9ETDA/P4.5 4WEH22J7X/6EW110N9ETDAL 4WEH22J7X/6EW110N9ETDAL/P4.5 4WEH22J7X/6EW110N9ETDALCSA 4WEH22J7X/6EW110N9ETDK25L 4WEH22J7X/6EW110N9ETK4 4WEH22J7X/6EW110N9ETS2DAL=CSA 4WEH22J7X/6EW110N9ETS2DK25L 4WEH22J7X/6EW110N9ETSDA 4WEH22J7X/6EW110N9ETSDAL 4WEH22J7X/6EW110N9S2DAL 4WEH22J7X/6EW110N9SDACSA 4WEH22J7X/6EW110N9TDA 4WEH22J7X/6EW110N9TDA/P4.5 4WEH22J7X/6EW110NEDK25L 4WEH22J7X/6EW110NETSDAL/P4.5 4WEH22Q7X/6EW110N9ETDK25L 4WEH22W7X/6EG24N9ETS2DK24L 4WEH22W7X/6EW110N9ETDK25L

Component Price List

P/S P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P

559

Hierarchy 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152227

Delivery 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS

(7/15/06) $680.00 $593.00 $709.00 $624.00 $811.00 $661.00 $624.00 $742.00 $624.00 $742.00 $624.00 $742.00 $919.00 $624.00 $569.00 $624.00 $634.00 $811.00 $634.00 $682.00 $879.00 $802.00 $655.00 $615.00 $615.00 $880.00 $879.00 $802.00 $656.00 $924.00 $853.00 $655.00 $811.00 $879.00 $624.00 $742.00 $655.00 $773.00 $655.00 $692.00 $615.00 $843.00 $879.00 $811.00 $843.00 $843.00 $811.00 $624.00 $742.00 $727.00 $1,009.00 $692.00 $870.00 $692.00

1" (CDT1, 4)

Page No. 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170

Section 16

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Preferred & Spotlight Delivery Program Price adder per Unit Price 100mm (CDT3) Material R978908685 R978898108 R978897633 R978897427 R978906038 R978898413 R978908424 R978903391 R978891608 R900948683 R900926915 R978897648 R978908333 R978900259 R978900637 R978892363 R978905136 R900444197 R900567688 R900443486 R900923871 R900923875 R900412527 R900409136 R900409848 R900477327 R900955873 R900476392 R900412123 R900370032 R978900517 R900487078 R900413067 R978893925 R900775978 R978900587 R978908139 R978895923 R900476880 R900475573 R900591592 R900587838 R900589983 R900589975 R900590222 R900701525 R900589913 R900586919 R900589954 R900589953 R900589994 R900472158 R900468328 R900469301

Material description 4WEH22Y7X/6EG24N9EDK24L 4WEH22Y7X/6EW110N9DAL 4WEH22Y7X/6EW110N9EDA 4WEH32E6X/6EW110N9EDK25 4WEH32E6X/6EW110N9EDK25L 4WEH32E6X/6EW110N9ES2DA 4WEH32E6X/6EW110N9ETS2DAL/B10D3 4WEH32E6X/6EW110N9TDA 4WEH32G6X/6EW110N9EDA 4WEH32G6X/6EW110N9ETDAL 4WEH32G6X/6EW110N9ETK4 4WEH32G6X/6EW110N9S2K4 4WEH32J6X/6EW110N9ETDAL 4WEH32J6X/6EW110N9S2DALCSA 4WEH32J6X/6EW110N9S2DK25L 4WEH32J6X/6EW110N9TS2DAL 4WEH32J6X/6EW110NETSDA 4WH10E4X/ 4WH10HC4X/ 4WH10Y4X/ 4WH16D7X/ 4WH16E7X/ 4WH22G7X/ 4WH22HD7X/ 4WH22J7X/ 4WH6C5X/5 4WH6D5X/5 4WH6D5X/OF/5 4WH6EA5X/5 4WH6GA5X/5 4WH6HA5X/5 4WH6HB5X/5 4WH6J5X/5 4WHD10C3X/12 4WHD10EA3X/12 4WHD10H3X/12 4WHD10JA3X/12 4WHD10M3X/12 4WMD6D5X/F 4WMD6E5X/F 4WMM10D3X/ 4WMM10D3X/F 4WMM10E3X/ 4WMM10E3X/F 4WMM10G3X/ 4WMM10GA3X/ 4WMM10H3X/F 4WMM10J3X/ 4WMM10J3X/F 4WMM10M3X/ 4WMM10Y3X/ 4WMM6C5X/F 4WMM6D5X/ 4WMM6D5X/F

Component Price List

P/S P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P

560

Hierarchy 111152227 111152227 111152227 111152326 111152326 111152326 111152326 111152326 111152326 111152326 111152326 111152326 111152326 111152326 111152326 111152326 111152326 111151104 111151104 111151104 111151167 111151167 111151227 111151227 111151227 111144065 111144065 111144065 111144065 111144065 111144065 111144065 111144065 111144103 111144103 111144103 111144103 111144103 111143065 111143065 111141103 111141103 111141103 111141103 111141103 111141103 111141103 111141103 111141103 111141103 111141103 111141065 111141065 111141065

Delivery 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS

(7/15/06) $711.00 $662.00 $649.00 $1,958.00 $1,991.00 $2,112.00 $2,445.00 $1,921.00 $2,007.00 $2,039.00 $1,997.00 $2,189.00 $1,953.00 $2,146.00 $2,183.00 $2,146.00 $2,220.00 $409.00 $402.00 $466.00 $479.00 $415.00 $454.00 $422.00 $424.00 $275.00 $275.00 $315.00 $275.00 $275.00 $275.00 $275.00 $315.00 $446.00 $446.00 $480.00 $446.00 $480.00 $388.00 $369.00 $446.00 $476.00 $480.00 $511.00 $506.00 $506.00 $511.00 $480.00 $511.00 $480.00 $446.00 $390.00 $360.00 $390.00

1" (CDT1, 4)

Page No. 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 158 158 158 158 158 158 158 158 160 160 160 160 160 156 156 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 156 156 156

Section 16

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Preferred & Spotlight Delivery Program Price adder per Unit Price 100mm (CDT3) Material R900467936 R900405611 R900499217 R900471209 R900469533 R900467370 R900469302 R900466583 R900495893 R978870562 R900710167 R978870124 R900931178 R978917418 R978917419 R978000835 R978917421 R900921739 R900954061 R900947149 R900910780 R900906262 R900904438 R900904439 R900902940 R900923472 R900913443 R978879705 R978898190 R978898127 R978891597 R978877472 R978892368 R978891053 R900558356 R900929318 R900900988 R900909389 R900947059 R900558355 R900931485 R900900987 0811403104 0811404852 0811404850 0811404851 0811404151 0811404150 R900954101 R900954102 R900954116 R900954117 R900933478 R900954092

Material description 4WMM6E5X/ 4WMM6E5X/F 4WMM6EB5X/ 4WMM6G5X/ 4WMM6G5X/F 4WMM6H5X/ 4WMM6J5X/ 4WMM6J5X/F 4WMM6Y5X/ 4WN10J3X/12 4WP10D3X/12 4WP10G3X/12 4WP10H3X/12 4WP6D6X/5 4WP6E6X/5 4WP6G6X/5 4WP6J6X/5 4WRA10E30-2X/G24N9K4/V 4WRA10E60-2X/G24K4/V 4WRA6E03-2X/G24N9K4/V 4WRA6E07-2X/G24K4/V 4WRA6E07-2X/G24N9K4/V 4WRA6E15-2X/G24K4/V 4WRA6E30-2X/G24K4/V 4WRA6E30-2X/G24N9K4/V 4WRA6W07-2X/G24N9K4/V 4WRA6W15-2X/G24N9K4/V 4WRAB6E12-1X/G12N9K4/MR 4WRAB6E25-1X/G12N9K4/MR 4WRAB6EA25-1X/G12N9K4/MR 4WRAB6W12-1X/G12N9K4/MR 4WRAB6W25-1X/G12N9K4/MR 4WRAB6WA12-1X/G12N9K4/MR 4WRAB6WA25-1X/G12N9K4/MR 4WRAE10E60-2X/G24N9K31/A1V 4WRAE10E60-2X/G24N9K31/F1V 4WRAE10W60-2X/G24N9K31/A1V 4WRAE6E15-2X/G24N9K31/A1V 4WRAE6E15-2X/G24N9K31/F1V 4WRAE6E30-2X/G24N9K31/A1V 4WRAE6E30-2X/G24N9K31/F1V 4WRAE6W30-2X/G24N9K31/A1V 4WRBA6EA30-2X/G24N9Z4/M 4WRBAE10E35J-2X/G24N9K31/A1M 4WRBAE10E65J-2X/G24N9K31/A1M 4WRBAE10W65J-2X/G24N9K31/A1M 4WRBAE6E18J-2X/G24N9K31/A1M 4WRBAE6E32J-2X/G24N9K31/A1M 4WRE10E50-2X/G24K4/V 4WRE10E75-2X/G24K4/V 4WRE10V50-2X/G24K4/V 4WRE10V75-2X/G24K4/V 4WRE6E08-2X/G24K4/V 4WRE6E16-2X/G24K4/V

Component Price List

P/S P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P S P S S P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P

561

Hierarchy 111141065 111141065 111141065 111141065 111141065 111141065 111141065 111141065 111141065 111146103 111145103 111145103 111145103 111145066 111145066 111145066 111145066 112111102 112111102 112111062 112111062 112111062 112111062 112111062 112111062 112111062 112111062 112117061 112117061 112117061 112117061 112117061 112117061 112117061 112111102 112111102 112111102 112111062 112111062 112111062 112111062 112111062 112181 112181102 112181102 112614102 112181062 112181062 112112102 112112102 112112102 112112102 112112062 112112062

Delivery 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS

(7/15/06) $360.00 $390.00 $360.00 $360.00 $390.00 $360.00 $360.00 $390.00 $360.00 $493.00 $458.00 $519.00 $493.00 $275.00 $315.00 $315.00 $315.00 $971.00 $971.00 $786.00 $786.00 $786.00 $786.00 $786.00 $786.00 $786.00 $786.00 $420.00 $420.00 $354.00 $420.00 $420.00 $354.00 $354.00 $1,518.00 $1,518.00 $1,518.00 $1,332.00 $1,332.00 $1,332.00 $1,332.00 $1,332.00 $746.00 $1,539.00 $1,579.00 $1,539.00 $1,139.00 $1,139.00 $1,167.00 $1,167.00 $1,375.00 $1,375.00 $947.00 $947.00

1" (CDT1, 4)

Page No. 156 156 156 156 156 156 156 156 156 160 160 160 160 158 158 158 158 310 310 310 310 310 310 310 310 310 310 308 308 308 308 308 308 308 310 310 310 310 310 310 310 310 302 302 302 302 302 302 313 313 313 313 313 313

Section 16

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Preferred & Spotlight Delivery Program Price adder per Unit Price 100mm (CDT3) Material R900926366 R900954097 R900954098 R900954099 R900941264 R900944121 R900933480 R900927231 R900943094 R900927230 R900927356 R900940191 R900927236 R900927235 R900924975 R900924607 R900927234 R900931371 R900927233 R900948360 R900912156 R900920567 R900941623 R900907114 R900912154 R900909367 R900907440 R900911681 R900926747 R900923000 R900924283 R900925657 R900911004 0811404715 0811404701 0811404713 0811404700 0811404670 R978714489 0811404668 0811404673 0811404661 0811404652 0811404659 0811404662 0811404653 0811404660 0811404703 R978714407 0811404711 0811404707 0811404702 0811404306 0811404319

Material description 4WRE6E32-2X/G24K4/V 4WRE6V08-2X/G24K4/V 4WRE6V16-2X/G24K4/V 4WRE6V32-2X/G24K4/V 4WRE6W08-2X/G24K4/V 4WRE6W16-2X/G24K4/V 4WRE6W32-2X/G24K4/V 4WREE10E50-2X/G24K31/A1V 4WREE10E50-2X/G24K31/F1V 4WREE10E75-2X/G24K31/A1V 4WREE10E75-2X/G24K31/F1V 4WREE10EA75-2X/G24K31/A1V 4WREE10Q2-75-2X/G24K31/A1V 4WREE10V50-2X/G24K31/A1V 4WREE10V50-2X/G24K31/F1V 4WREE10V75-2X/G24K31/A1V 4WREE10W1-75-2X/G24K31/A1V 4WREE10W50-2X/G24K31/A1V 4WREE10W75-2X/G24K31/A1V 4WREE10W75-2X/G24K31/F1V 4WREE6E08-2X/G24K31/A1V 4WREE6E16-2X/G24K31/A1V 4WREE6E16-2X/G24K31/F1V 4WREE6E32-2X/G24K31/A1V 4WREE6Q2-32-2X/G24K31/A1V 4WREE6V08-2X/G24K31/A1V 4WREE6V16-2X/G24K31/A1V 4WREE6V32-2X/G24K31/A1V 4WREE6V32-2X/G24K31/F1V 4WREE6W08-2X/G24K31/A1V 4WREE6W08-2X/G24K31/F1V 4WREE6W16-2X/G24K31/A1V 4WREE6W32-2X/G24K31/A1V 4WRLE10E1-80SJ-3X/G24ETK0/A1M 4WRLE10E1-80SJ-3X/G24K0/A1M 4WRLE10E-80SJ-3X/G24ETK0/A1M 4WRLE10E-80SJ-3X/G24K0/A1M 4WRLE10Q4-85M-3X/G24ETK0/A1M 4WRLE10Q4-85M-3X/G24K0/A1M 4WRLE10Q4-85M-3X/G24TK0/A1M 4WRLE10V1-85M-3X/G24ETK0/A1M 4WRLE10V-55M-3X/G24ETK0/A1M 4WRLE10V-55M-3X/G24K0/A1M 4WRLE10V-55M-3X/G24TK0/A1M 4WRLE10V-85M-3X/G24ETK0/A1M 4WRLE10V-85M-3X/G24K0/A1M 4WRLE10V-85M-3X/G24TK0/A1M 4WRLE10W1-80SJ-3X/G24K0/A1M 4WRLE10W1-80SJ-3X/G24TK0/A1M 4WRLE10W4-80SJ-3X/G24K0/A1M 4WRLE10W-80SJ-3X/G24ETK0/A1M 4WRLE10W-80SJ-3X/G24K0/A1M 4WRLE16E1Z-180SJ-3X/G24K0/A1M 4WRLE16EZ-180SJ-3X/G24ETK0/A1M

Component Price List

P/S P P P P P P P S P S P P P P P S P P S P P P P P P P P S P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P

562

Hierarchy 112112062 112112062 112112062 112112062 112112062 112112062 112112062 112112102 112112102 112112102 112112102 112112102 112112102 112112102 112112102 112112102 112112102 112112102 112112102 112112102 112112062 112112062 112112062 112112062 112112062 112112062 112112062 112112062 112112062 112112062 112112062 112112062 112112062 112633103 112633103 112633103 112633103 112631102 112181102 112631102 112631102 112631102 112631102 112631102 112631102 112631102 112631102 112633103 112181102 112633103 112633103 112633103 112633163 112633163

Delivery 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS

(7/15/06) $947.00 $1,122.00 $1,122.00 $1,122.00 $947.00 $947.00 $947.00 $1,835.00 $1,835.00 $1,835.00 $1,835.00 $1,601.00 $2,193.00 $2,043.00 $2,043.00 $2,043.00 $1,938.00 $1,835.00 $1,835.00 $1,835.00 $1,598.00 $1,598.00 $1,598.00 $1,598.00 $1,855.00 $1,771.00 $1,771.00 $1,771.00 $1,771.00 $1,598.00 $1,598.00 $1,598.00 $1,598.00 $3,834.00 $3,834.00 $3,741.00 $3,741.00 $6,034.00 $6,034.00 $6,034.00 $5,251.00 $5,123.00 $5,251.00 $5,251.00 $5,123.00 $5,251.00 $5,251.00 $3,834.00 $3,871.00 $3,741.00 $3,741.00 $3,741.00 $4,456.00 $4,347.00

1" (CDT1, 4)

Page No. 313 313 313 313 313 313 313 313 313 313 313 313 313 313 313 313 313 313 313 313 313 313 313 313 313 313 313 313 313 313 313 313 313 316 316 316 316 323 323 323 320 320 320 320 320 320 320 316 316 316 316 316 316 316

Section 16

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Preferred & Spotlight Delivery Program Price adder per Unit Price 100mm (CDT3) Material 0811404305 R978714476 0811404270 0811404276 0811404275 0811404281 0811404282 R978714486 0811404250 R978714408 R978715719 0811404251 0811404273 0811404308 0811404328 0811404320 0811404307 0811404454 R978714393 0811404430 0811404457 0811404471 0811404472 0811404456 0811404435 0811404434 0811404438 0811404441 0811404442 0811404432 0811404001 0811403001 0811404770 0811404771 0811404750 0811404552 0811404772 0811404778 0811404773 0811404140 0811404141 0811403128 0811404142 0811404143 0811404817 0811404801 0811404800 0811404803 0811404802 0811404600 0811404631 0811404601 0811404632 0811404602

Material description 4WRLE16EZ-180SJ-3X/G24K0/A1M 4WRLE16Q4-200M-3X/G24EK0/A1M 4WRLE16Q4-200M-3X/G24ETK0/A1M 4WRLE16Q4-200M-3X/G24K0/A1M 4WRLE16Q4-200M-3X/G24TK0/A1M 4WRLE16V1-120M-3X/G24ETK0/A1M 4WRLE16V1-200M-3X/G24ETK0/A1M 4WRLE16V120M-3X/G24ETK0/A1M 4WRLE16V120M-3X/G24K0/A1M 4WRLE16V120M-3X/G24TK0/A1M 4WRLE16V200M-3X/G24ETK0/A1M 4WRLE16V-200M-3X/G24K0/A1M 4WRLE16W1-200M-3X/G24EK0/A1WX02M-779 4WRLE16W1Z-180SJ-3X/G24K0/A1M 4WRLE16W4-180SJ-3X/G24ETK0/A1M 4WRLE16W5-180SJ-3X/G24K0/A1M 4WRLE16WZ-180SJ-3X/G24K0/A1M 4WRLE25EZ-350SJ-3X/G24K0/A1M 4WRLE25V370M-3X/G24ETK0/A1M 4WRLE25V-370M-3X/G24K0/A1M 4WRLE25W1Z-350SJ-3X/G24K0/A1M 4WRLE25W4-350SJ-3X/G24ETK0/A1M 4WRLE25W4-350SJ-3X/G24K0/A1M 4WRLE25WZ-350SJ-3X/G24K0/A1M 4WRLE25X-370M-3X/G24EK0/A1M-812 4WRLE25X-370M-3X/G24ETK0/A1M-812 4WRLE27Q4-430M-3X/G24ETK0/A1M 4WRLE27Q4-430M-3X/G24K0/A1M 4WRLE27Q4-430M-3X/G24TK0/A1M 4WRLE27V430M-3X/G24K0/A1M 4WRP10E-63S-1X/G24Z4/M 4WRP10EA63S-1X/G24Z4/M 4WRPE10E-50SJ-2X/G24K0/A1M 4WRPE10E-80SJ-2X/G24K0/A1M 4WRPE10EA80SJ-2X/G24K0/M 4WRPE10V-80M-2X/G24K0/A1M-837 4WRPE10W-50SJ-2X/G24K0/A1M 4WRPE10W-50SJ-2X/G24K0/F1M 4WRPE10W-80SJ-2X/G24K0/A1M 4WRPE6E-18SJ-2X/G24K0/A1M 4WRPE6E-32SJ-2X/G24K0/A1M 4WRPE6EA32SJ-2X/G24K0/A1M 4WRPE6W-18SJ-2X/G24K0/A1M 4WRPE6W-32SJ-2X/G24K0/A1M 4WRPEH10C3B100L-2X/2G24K0/F1M 4WRPEH10C3B100L-2X/G24K0/A1M 4WRPEH10C3B50L-2X/G24K0/A1M 4WRPEH10C4B100L-2X/G24K0/A1M 4WRPEH10C4B50L-2X/G24K0/A1M 4WRPEH6C3B04L-2X/G24K0/A1M 4WRPEH6C3B04L-2X/G24K0/F1M 4WRPEH6C3B12L-2X/G24K0/A1M 4WRPEH6C3B12L-2X/G24K0/F1M 4WRPEH6C3B24L-2X/G24K0/A1M

Component Price List

P/S P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P

563

Hierarchy 112633163 112631162 112631162 112631162 112631162 112631162 112631162 112181102 112631162 112181102 112181102 112631162 112633164 112633163 112633163 112633163 112633163 112633253 112181102 112631252 112633253 112633253 112633253 112633253 112631252 112631252 112631252 112631252 112631252 112631252 112614100 11261510 112614102 112614102 112615105 112612107 112614102 112614102 112614102 112614062 112614062 112615065 112614062 112614062 112611103 112611103 112611103 112611103 112611103 112611063 112611063 112611063 112611063 112611063

Delivery 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS

(7/15/06) $4,347.00 $6,733.00 $6,733.00 $6,733.00 $6,733.00 $5,968.00 $5,968.00 $5,968.00 $5,823.00 $5,793.00 $5,684.00 $5,823.00 $6,988.00 $4,456.00 $4,735.00 $4,347.00 $4,347.00 $5,246.00 $6,764.00 $6,902.00 $5,376.00 $4,886.00 $5,246.00 $5,246.00 $7,622.00 $7,622.00 $7,814.00 $7,814.00 $7,814.00 $7,802.00 $1,631.00 $1,222.00 $2,946.00 $2,946.00 $1,787.00 $4,053.00 $2,946.00 $2,946.00 $2,946.00 $2,407.00 $2,407.00 $1,619.00 $2,407.00 $2,407.00 $4,053.00 $4,053.00 $4,053.00 $4,053.00 $4,053.00 $3,111.00 $3,111.00 $3,111.00 $3,111.00 $3,111.00

1" (CDT1, 4)

Page No. 316 323 323 323 323 320 320 320 320 320 320 320 316 316 316 316 316 316 320 320 316 316 316 316 323 323 323 323 323 316 292 290 298 298 294 288 298 298 298 298 298 294 298 298 279 279 279 279 279 276 276 276 276 276

Section 16

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Preferred & Spotlight Delivery Program Price adder per Unit Price 100mm (CDT3) Material 0811404633 0811404603 0811404634 0811404610 0811404611 0811404612 0811404613 0811404690 0811404691 0811404290 0811404291 0811404445 R900943060 R900960129 R900944558 R900948691 R900946490 R978909359 R900947002 R900949710 R900945218 R900943862 R900958780 R900956997 R900963716 R900948535 R900948020 R900953855 R900955675 R900953217 R900943498 R900965375 R900947411 R900944363 R900961974 R900959577 R900940843 R900946491 R900964717 R900957218 R900963586 R978908323 R900947183 R900957450 R900947184 R900946218 R900949376 R900945912 R900950967 R900951703 R900925705 R900942135 R900968830 R900956542

Material description 4WRPEH6C3B24L-2X/G24K0/F1M 4WRPEH6C3B40L-2X/G24K0/A1M 4WRPEH6C3B40L-2X/G24K0/F1M 4WRPEH6C4B04L-2X/G24K0/A1M 4WRPEH6C4B12L-2X/G24K0/A1M 4WRPEH6C4B24L-2X/G24K0/A1M 4WRPEH6C4B40L-2X/G24K0/A1M 4WRVE10V55M-2X/G24K0/B5M 4WRVE10V85M-2X/G24K0/B5M 4WRVE16V120M-2X/G24K0/B5M 4WRVE16V200M-2X/G24K0/B5M 4WRVE25V370M-2X/G24K0/B5M 4WRZ10E1-85-7X/6EG24N9ETK4/D3V 4WRZ10E85-7X/6EG24N9EK4/D3V 4WRZ10E85-7X/6EG24N9ETK4/D3V 4WRZ10E85-7X/6EG24N9K4/V 4WRZ10W6-50-7X/6EG24N9ETK4/D3V 4WRZ10W6-85-7X/6EG24ETK4/D3V 4WRZ10W6-85-7X/6EG24N9EK4/D3V 4WRZ10W6-85-7X/6EG24N9ETK4/D3V 4WRZ10W8-50-7X/6EG24N9EK4/D3V 4WRZ10W8-50-7X/6EG24N9EK4/V 4WRZ10W8-50-7X/6EG24N9ETK4/D3M 4WRZ10W8-50-7X/6EG24N9ETK4/V 4WRZ10W8-85-7X/6EG24ETK4/V 4WRZ16E100-7X/6EG24N9EK4/D3V 4WRZ16E1-100-7X/6EG24N9EK4/D3V 4WRZ16E1-100-7X/6EG24N9ETK4/D3V 4WRZ16E1-100-7X/6EG24N9K4/D3V 4WRZ16E1-100-7X/6EG24N9K4/V 4WRZ16E1-150-7X/6EG24N9ETK4/D3V 4WRZ16E150-7X/6EG24K4/V 4WRZ16E150-7X/6EG24N9EK4/D3V 4WRZ16E150-7X/6EG24N9ETK4/D3V 4WRZ16E150-7X/6EG24N9ETK4/V 4WRZ16E150-7X/6EG24N9K4/D3V 4WRZ16W6-150-7X/6EG24N9EK4/V 4WRZ16W6-150-7X/6EG24N9ETK4/D3V 4WRZ25E1-220-7X/6EG24N9K4/D3V 4WRZ25E1-220-7X/6EG24N9K4/V 4WRZ25E1-325-7X/6EG24N9ETK4/D3V 4WRZ25W6-220-7X/6EG24ETK4/V 4WRZ25W6-220-7X/6EG24N9ETK4/D3V 4WRZ25W6-220-7X/6EG24N9K4/D3V 4WRZ25W6-325-7X/6EG24N9EK4/D3V 4WRZ25W6-325-7X/6EG24N9EK4/V 4WRZ25W6-325-7X/6EG24N9ETK4/D3V 4WRZ25W8-325-7X/6EG24N9ETK4/D3V 4WRZ25W8-325-7X/6EG24N9K4/D3V 4WRZ25W8-325-7X/6EG24N9K4/V 4WRZE10E25-7X/6EG24N9EK31/A1D3V 4WRZE10E25-7X/6EG24N9ETK31/A1D3V 4WRZE10E50-7X/6EG24N9EK31/A1V 4WRZE10E85-7X/6EG24N9EK31/A1D3V

Component Price List

P/S P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P

564

Hierarchy 112611063 112611063 112611063 112611063 112611063 112611063 112611063 112632100 112632100 112632160 112632160 112632250 112131107 112131107 112131107 112131107 112131107 112131107 112131107 112131107 112131107 112131107 112131107 112131107 112131107 112131167 112131167 112131167 112131167 112131167 112131167 112131167 112131167 112131167 112131167 112131167 112131167 112131167 112131257 112131257 112131257 112131257 112131257 112131257 112131257 112131257 112131257 112131257 112131257 112131257 112131107 112131107 112131107 112131107

Delivery 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS

(7/15/06) $3,111.00 $3,111.00 $3,111.00 $3,111.00 $3,111.00 $3,111.00 $3,111.00 $6,027.00 $5,880.00 $6,723.00 $6,558.00 $7,459.00 $2,138.00 $1,981.00 $1,981.00 $1,786.00 $1,981.00 $1,925.00 $1,981.00 $1,981.00 $2,138.00 $1,942.00 $2,138.00 $1,942.00 $1,887.00 $2,309.00 $2,482.00 $2,482.00 $2,482.00 $2,288.00 $2,482.00 $2,057.00 $2,309.00 $2,309.00 $2,113.00 $2,309.00 $2,113.00 $2,309.00 $3,322.00 $3,126.00 $3,322.00 $2,859.00 $3,110.00 $3,110.00 $3,110.00 $2,914.00 $3,110.00 $3,322.00 $3,322.00 $3,126.00 $2,603.00 $2,603.00 $2,408.00 $2,603.00

1" (CDT1, 4)

Page No. 276 276 276 276 276 276 276 324 324 324 324 324 327 327 327 327 327 327 327 327 327 327 327 327 327 327 327 327 327 327 327 327 327 327 327 327 327 327 327 327 327 327 327 327 327 327 327 327 327 327 327 327 327 327

Section 16

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Preferred & Spotlight Delivery Program Price adder per Unit Price 100mm (CDT3) Material R900948133 R900950368 R900958568 R900921152 R900952143 R900939922 R900932993 R900949753 R900964180 R900958045 R900963222 R900959051 R900963720 R900945995 R900951428 R900923501 R900954663 R900963242 R900964591 R900949751 R900934524 R900921154 R900925738 R900962129 R900965034 R900953095 R900953675 R900954679 R900959830 R900964933 R900951208 R900963714 R900947361 R900934542 R978909693 R900940842 R900948609 R900949756 R900949807 R900954697 R900967322 R900957472 R900938883 R900958046 R978870849 R900592969 R900928685 R900595823 0811402107 R902402079 R902403658 R910995633 R902406027 R902420018

Material description 4WRZE10E85-7X/6EG24N9K31/A1D3V 4WRZE10E85-7X/6EG24N9TK31/A1D3V 4WRZE10W6-25-7X/6EG24N9ETK31/F1V 4WRZE10W6-50-7X/6EG24N9ETK31/A1D3V 4WRZE10W6-50-7X/6EG24N9ETK31/F1D3V 4WRZE10W6-50-7X/6EG24N9K31/F1D3V 4WRZE10W6-85-7X/6EG24N9ETK31/A1D3V 4WRZE10W8-85-7X/6EG24N9EK31/F1D3V 4WRZE10W8-85-7X/6EG24N9K31/A1D3V 4WRZE16E100-7X/6EG24N9TK31/A1D3V 4WRZE16E1-100-7X/6EG24N9ETK31/A1D3V 4WRZE16E1-150-7X/6EG24N9ETK31/A1D3V 4WRZE16E150-7X/6EG24N9EK31/F1V 4WRZE16E150-7X/6EG24N9ETK31/A1V 4WRZE16W6-100-7X/6EG24N9ETK31/A1D3V 4WRZE16W6-150-7X/6EG24N9ETK31/A1D3V 4WRZE16W8-150-7X/6EG24ETK31/A1D3M 4WRZE16W8-150-7X/6EG24K31/A1D3M 4WRZE16W8-150-7X/6EG24N9EK31/A1V 4WRZE16W8-150-7X/6EG24N9EK31/F1D3V 4WRZE16W8-150-7X/6EG24N9ETK31/A1D3V 4WRZE16W8-150-7X/6EG24N9ETK31/A1V 4WRZE16W8-150-7X/6EG24N9ETK31/F1D3V 4WRZE16W9-150-7X/6EG24N9ETK31/A1D3V 4WRZE25E1-220-7X/6EG24N9ETK31/A1D3V 4WRZE25E220-7X/6EG24N9ETK31/A1D3V 4WRZE25E3-325-7X/6EG24N9ETK31/F1V 4WRZE25W6-220-7X/6EG24ETK31/A1D3M 4WRZE25W6-220-7X/6EG24N9EK31/A1V 4WRZE25W6-220-7X/6EG24N9EK31/F1V 4WRZE25W6-220-7X/6EG24N9ETK31/A1D3V 4WRZE25W6-220-7X/6EG24N9K31/A1D3V 4WRZE25W6-220-7X/6EG24N9K31/F1V 4WRZE25W6-220-7X/6EG24N9TK31/A1V 4WRZE25W6-325-7X/6EG24N9EK31/F1D3V 4WRZE25W6-325-7X/6EG24N9ETK31/A1V 4WRZE25W6-325-7X/6EG24N9ETK31/F1D3V 4WRZE25W8-325-7X/6EG24N9EK31/F1D3V 4WRZE25W8-325-7X/6EG24N9ETK31/F1D3V 4WRZE32E520-7X/6EG24ETK31/A1D3M 4WRZE32E520-7X/6EG24N9ETK31/F1D3V 4WRZE32E520-7X/6EG24N9K31/A1D3V 4WRZE32E520-7X/6EG24N9TK31/A1D3V 4WRZE32E520-7X/6EG24N9TK31/F1D3V 5-4WE10C3X/CG24N9K4/A12 5-4WE10D3X/CG24N9K4 5-4WE10H3X/CG96N9K4/C 5-4WE10J3X/CG24N9K4 5WRPE10FB70L-2X/G24K0/A1M A10FM28/52W-VRC60N000 A10FM28/52W-VRC66N000 A10FM45/52W-VRC60N000 A10FM45/52W-VRC66N000 A10VM28DG/52W1-VRC60N000

Component Price List

P/S P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P

565

Hierarchy 112131107 112131107 112131107 112131107 112131107 112131107 112131107 112131107 112131107 112131167 112131167 112131167 112131167 112131167 112131167 112131167 112131167 112131167 112131167 112131167 112131167 112131167 112131167 112131167 112131257 112131257 112131257 112131257 112131257 112131257 112131257 112131257 112131257 112131257 112131257 112131257 112131257 112131257 112131257 112131327 112131327 112131327 112131327 112131327 111132103 111132103 111132103 111132103 112611103 815131213 815131213 815131221 815131221 815231111

Delivery 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks

(7/15/06) $2,603.00 $2,603.00 $2,408.00 $2,603.00 $2,603.00 $2,603.00 $2,603.00 $2,760.00 $2,760.00 $2,932.00 $3,105.00 $3,105.00 $2,736.00 $2,736.00 $2,932.00 $2,932.00 $3,050.00 $3,050.00 $2,911.00 $3,105.00 $3,105.00 $2,911.00 $3,105.00 $3,280.00 $3,946.00 $3,733.00 $3,961.00 $3,677.00 $3,537.00 $3,537.00 $3,733.00 $3,733.00 $3,537.00 $3,537.00 $3,733.00 $3,537.00 $3,733.00 $3,946.00 $3,946.00 $5,270.00 $5,325.00 $5,325.00 $5,325.00 $5,325.00 $450.00 $444.00 $583.00 $472.00 $4,053.00 $889.00 $889.00 $977.00 $977.00 $898.00

1" (CDT1, 4)

Page No. 327 327 327 327 327 327 327 327 327 327 327 327 327 327 327 327 327 327 327 327 327 327 327 327 327 327 327 327 327 327 327 327 327 327 327 327 327 327 327 327 327 327 327 327 166 166 166 166 285 52 52 52 52 64

Section 16

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Preferred & Spotlight Delivery Program Price adder per Unit Price 100mm (CDT3) Material R902406022 R902411878 R902430413 R902500291 R902400221 R902425897 R902427638 R902400122 R902400121 R902400477 R902406026 R902400201 R902400481 R910919708 R910921190 R910911006 R910907323 R910920979 R910917244 R910911970 R910906900 R910924428 R910968458 R910930665 R910940045 R910940560 R910911023 R910929630 R910910567 R902430848 R902500502 R910923450 R910913633 R910936662 R910931051 R910916623 R910912430 R910941500 R902500501 R910996193 R910928371 R910992958 R902500500 R910996652 R910932441 R910960372 R910964089 R910984805 R910924186 R902415491 R910925779 R910924316 R910921425 R910932228

Material description A10VM28DG/52W1-VRC61N000 A10VM28DG/52W1-VRC64N000 A10VM28DG/52W1-VRC66N000 A10VM28HZ/52W1-VRC60N000 A10VM28HZ/52W1-VRC66N000 A10VM45DG/52W1-VRC60N000 A10VM45DG/52W1-VRC61N000 A10VM45DG/52W1-VRC64N000 A10VM45DG/52W1-VRC66N000 A10VM45HZ/52W1-VRC60N000 A10VM45HZ/52W1-VRC61N000 A10VM45HZ/52W1-VRC64N000 A10VM45HZ/52W1-VRC66N000 A10VO100DFR/31L-PSC61N00 A10VO100DFR/31L-PSC62K01 A10VO100DFR/31L-PSC62K02 A10VO100DFR/31L-PSC62N00 A10VO100DFR/31R-PSC61N00 A10VO100DFR/31R-PSC62K01 A10VO100DFR/31R-PSC62K02 A10VO100DFR/31R-PSC62N00 A10VO100DFR1/31L-PSC61N00 A10VO100DFR1/31L-PSC62K01 A10VO100DFR1/31L-PSC62K02 A10VO100DFR1/31L-PSC62N00 A10VO100DFR1/31R-PSC61N00 A10VO100DFR1/31R-PSC62K01 A10VO100DFR1/31R-PSC62K02 A10VO100DFR1/31R-PSC62N00 A10VO100DR/31L-PSC61N00 A10VO100DR/31L-PSC62K01 A10VO100DR/31L-PSC62K02 A10VO100DR/31L-PSC62N00 A10VO100DR/31R-PSC61N00 A10VO100DR/31R-PSC62K01 A10VO100DR/31R-PSC62K02 A10VO100DR/31R-PSC62N00 A10VO100DRG/31L-PSC61N00 A10VO100DRG/31L-PSC62K01 A10VO100DRG/31L-PSC62K02 A10VO100DRG/31L-PSC62N00 A10VO100DRG/31R-PSC61N00 A10VO100DRG/31R-PSC62K01 A10VO100DRG/31R-PSC62K02 A10VO100DRG/31R-PSC62N00 A10VO140DFR/31L-PSD61N00 A10VO140DFR/31L-PSD62K01 A10VO140DFR/31L-PSD62K02 A10VO140DFR/31L-PSD62N00 A10VO140DFR/31R-PSD61N00 A10VO140DFR/31R-PSD62K01 A10VO140DFR/31R-PSD62K02 A10VO140DFR/31R-PSD62N00 A10VO140DFR1/31L-PSD61N00

Component Price List

P/S P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P

566

Hierarchy 815231111 815231111 815231111 815231111 815231111 815231121 815231121 815231121 815231121 815231121 815231121 815231121 815231121 814232123 814232123 814232123 814232123 814232123 814232123 814232123 814232123 814232123 814232123 814232123 814232123 814232123 814232123 814232123 814232123 814232123 814232123 814232123 814232123 814232123 814232123 814232123 814232123 814232123 814232123 814232123 814232123 814232123 814232123 814232123 814232123 814232141 814232141 814232141 814232141 814232141 814232141 814232141 814232141 814232141

Delivery 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks

(7/15/06) $898.00 $898.00 $898.00 $1,033.00 $1,033.00 $1,136.00 $1,136.00 $1,136.00 $1,136.00 $1,357.00 $1,357.00 $1,357.00 $1,357.00 $3,236.00 $3,510.00 $3,510.00 $3,236.00 $3,236.00 $3,510.00 $3,510.00 $3,236.00 $3,236.00 $3,510.00 $3,510.00 $3,236.00 $3,236.00 $3,510.00 $3,510.00 $3,236.00 $3,236.00 $3,510.00 $3,510.00 $3,236.00 $3,236.00 $3,510.00 $3,510.00 $3,236.00 $3,236.00 $3,510.00 $3,510.00 $3,236.00 $3,236.00 $3,510.00 $3,510.00 $3,236.00 $4,610.00 $4,940.00 $4,940.00 $4,610.00 $4,610.00 $4,940.00 $4,940.00 $4,610.00 $4,610.00

1" (CDT1, 4)

Page No. 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95

Section 16

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Preferred & Spotlight Delivery Program Price adder per Unit Price 100mm (CDT3) Material R902500508 R910966882 R910920257 R910936425 R910990953 R910940948 R910920255 R910967481 R902500507 R902500506 R910944605 R910967484 R910995070 R910947689 R910926346 R902500111 R910932966 R902500505 R902500159 R902500504 R902500503 R902404174 R910945836 R910910330 R910910039 R910908653 R910940787 R910907114 R910908655 R910908889 R910907402 R910991152 R910976285 R902500457 R910976772 R902401495 R910976487 R910992465 R910976769 R910910556 R910922947 R910910625 R910910568 R910911737 R910923181 R910920960 R910942696 R902401496 R910986799 R910992837 R910987271 R902401497 R910978473 R902400303

Material description A10VO140DFR1/31L-PSD62K01 A10VO140DFR1/31L-PSD62K02 A10VO140DFR1/31L-PSD62N00 A10VO140DFR1/31R-PSD61N00 A10VO140DFR1/31R-PSD62K01 A10VO140DFR1/31R-PSD62K02 A10VO140DFR1/31R-PSD62N00 A10VO140DR/31L-PSD61N00 A10VO140DR/31L-PSD62K01 A10VO140DR/31L-PSD62K02 A10VO140DR/31L-PSD62N00 A10VO140DR/31R-PSD61N00 A10VO140DR/31R-PSD62K01 A10VO140DR/31R-PSD62K02 A10VO140DR/31R-PSD62N00 A10VO140DRG/31L-PSD61N00 A10VO140DRG/31L-PSD62K01 A10VO140DRG/31L-PSD62K02 A10VO140DRG/31L-PSD62N00 A10VO140DRG/31R-PSD61N00 A10VO140DRG/31R-PSD62K01 A10VO140DRG/31R-PSD62K02 A10VO140DRG/31R-PSD62N00 A10VO28DFR/31L-PSC61N00 A10VO28DFR/31L-PSC62K01 A10VO28DFR/31L-PSC62K02 A10VO28DFR/31L-PSC62N00 A10VO28DFR/31R-PSC61N00 A10VO28DFR/31R-PSC62K01 A10VO28DFR/31R-PSC62K02 A10VO28DFR/31R-PSC62N00 A10VO28DFR/52L-PRC62K68 A10VO28DFR/52L-PSC61N00 A10VO28DFR/52L-PSC62N00 A10VO28DFR/52L-PSC64N00 A10VO28DFR/52R-PRC62K68 A10VO28DFR/52R-PSC61N00 A10VO28DFR/52R-PSC62N00 A10VO28DFR/52R-PSC64N00 A10VO28DFR1/31L-PSC61N00 A10VO28DFR1/31L-PSC62K01 A10VO28DFR1/31L-PSC62K02 A10VO28DFR1/31L-PSC62N00 A10VO28DFR1/31R-PSC61N00 A10VO28DFR1/31R-PSC62K01 A10VO28DFR1/31R-PSC62K02 A10VO28DFR1/31R-PSC62N00 A10VO28DFR1/52L-PRC62K68 A10VO28DFR1/52L-PSC61N00 A10VO28DFR1/52L-PSC62N00 A10VO28DFR1/52L-PSC64N00 A10VO28DFR1/52R-PRC62K68 A10VO28DFR1/52R-PSC61N00 A10VO28DFR1/52R-PSC62N00

Component Price List

P/S P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P

567

Hierarchy 814232141 814232141 814232141 814232141 814232141 814232141 814232141 814232141 814232141 814232141 814232141 814232141 814232141 814232141 814232141 814232141 814232141 814232141 814232141 814232141 814232141 814232141 814232141 814232111 814232111 814232111 814232111 814232111 814232111 814232111 814232111 814232111 814232111 814232111 814232111 814232111 814232111 814232111 814232111 814232111 814232111 814232111 814232111 814232111 814232111 814232111 814232111 814232111 814232111 814232111 814232111 814232111 814232111 814232111

Delivery 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks

(7/15/06) $4,940.00 $4,940.00 $4,610.00 $4,610.00 $4,940.00 $4,940.00 $4,610.00 $4,236.00 $4,566.00 $4,566.00 $4,236.00 $4,236.00 $4,566.00 $4,566.00 $4,236.00 $4,236.00 $4,566.00 $4,566.00 $4,236.00 $4,236.00 $4,566.00 $4,566.00 $4,236.00 $1,193.00 $1,334.00 $1,334.00 $1,193.00 $1,193.00 $1,334.00 $1,334.00 $1,193.00 $1,203.00 $1,062.00 $1,062.00 $1,062.00 $1,203.00 $1,062.00 $1,062.00 $1,062.00 $1,193.00 $1,334.00 $1,334.00 $1,193.00 $1,193.00 $1,334.00 $1,334.00 $1,193.00 $1,203.00 $1,062.00 $1,062.00 $1,062.00 $1,203.00 $1,062.00 $1,062.00

1" (CDT1, 4)

Page No. 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 99 99 99 99 99 99 99

Section 16

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Preferred & Spotlight Delivery Program Price adder per Unit Price 100mm (CDT3) Material R910979350 R910908605 R910911830 R910909460 R910912013 R910915421 R910913825 R910909159 R902401498 R902401499 R902426043 R910993045 R902406028 R910984372 R902401461 R910983084 R910944080 R910929576 R910931935 R910941110 R910966020 R910929962 R910944997 R910928418 R902406000 R902402509 R902406001 R902500327 R902406002 R910976584 R902406003 R910976766 R910940366 R910909949 R910910030 R910908124 R910905696 R910907404 R910908888 R910943655 R902401053 R910975255 R902403845 R910972815 R902406004 R910990157 R902400300 R910970014 R910914939 R910916472 R910932495 R910909288 R910943343 R910916931

Material description A10VO28DFR1/52R-PSC64N00 A10VO28DR/31L-PSC61N00 A10VO28DR/31L-PSC62K01 A10VO28DR/31L-PSC62N00 A10VO28DR/31R-PSC61N00 A10VO28DR/31R-PSC62K01 A10VO28DR/31R-PSC62K02 A10VO28DR/31R-PSC62N00 A10VO28DR/52L-PRC62K68 A10VO28DR/52L-PSC61N00 A10VO28DR/52L-PSC62N00 A10VO28DR/52L-PSC64N00 A10VO28DR/52R-PRC62K68 A10VO28DR/52R-PSC61N00 A10VO28DR/52R-PSC62N00 A10VO28DR/52R-PSC64N00 A10VO28DRG/31L-PSC61N00 A10VO28DRG/31L-PSC62K01 A10VO28DRG/31L-PSC62K02 A10VO28DRG/31L-PSC62N00 A10VO28DRG/31R-PSC61N00 A10VO28DRG/31R-PSC62K01 A10VO28DRG/31R-PSC62K02 A10VO28DRG/31R-PSC62N00 A10VO28DRG/52L-PRC62K68 A10VO28DRG/52L-PSC61N00 A10VO28DRG/52L-PSC62N00 A10VO28DRG/52L-PSC64N00 A10VO28DRG/52R-PRC62K68 A10VO28DRG/52R-PSC61N00 A10VO28DRG/52R-PSC62N00 A10VO28DRG/52R-PSC64N00 A10VO45DFR/31L-PSC61N00 A10VO45DFR/31L-PSC62K01 A10VO45DFR/31L-PSC62K02 A10VO45DFR/31L-PSC62N00 A10VO45DFR/31R-PSC61N00 A10VO45DFR/31R-PSC62K01 A10VO45DFR/31R-PSC62K02 A10VO45DFR/31R-PSC62N00 A10VO45DFR/52L-PRC62K04 A10VO45DFR/52L-PSC61N00 A10VO45DFR/52L-PSC62N00 A10VO45DFR/52L-PSC64N00 A10VO45DFR/52R-PRC62K04 A10VO45DFR/52R-PSC61N00 A10VO45DFR/52R-PSC62N00 A10VO45DFR/52R-PSC64N00 A10VO45DFR1/31L-PSC61N00 A10VO45DFR1/31L-PSC62K01 A10VO45DFR1/31L-PSC62K02 A10VO45DFR1/31L-PSC62N00 A10VO45DFR1/31R-PSC61N00 A10VO45DFR1/31R-PSC62K01

Component Price List

P/S P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P

568

Hierarchy 814232111 814232111 814232111 814232111 814232111 814232111 814232111 814232111 814232111 814232111 814232111 814232111 814232111 814232111 814232111 814232111 814232111 814232111 814232111 814232111 814232111 814232111 814232111 814232111 814232111 814232111 814232111 814232111 814232111 814232111 814232111 814232111 814232121 814232121 814232121 814232121 814232121 814232121 814232121 814232121 814232121 814232121 814232121 814232121 814232121 814232121 814232121 814232121 814232121 814232121 814232121 814232121 814232121 814232121

Delivery 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks

(7/15/06) $1,062.00 $1,193.00 $1,334.00 $1,193.00 $1,193.00 $1,334.00 $1,334.00 $1,193.00 $1,203.00 $1,062.00 $1,062.00 $1,062.00 $1,203.00 $1,062.00 $1,062.00 $1,062.00 $1,193.00 $1,334.00 $1,334.00 $1,193.00 $1,193.00 $1,334.00 $1,334.00 $1,193.00 $1,203.00 $1,062.00 $1,062.00 $1,062.00 $1,203.00 $1,062.00 $1,062.00 $1,062.00 $1,471.00 $1,636.00 $1,636.00 $1,471.00 $1,471.00 $1,636.00 $1,636.00 $1,471.00 $1,459.00 $1,260.00 $1,260.00 $1,260.00 $1,459.00 $1,260.00 $1,260.00 $1,260.00 $1,471.00 $1,636.00 $1,636.00 $1,471.00 $1,471.00 $1,636.00

1" (CDT1, 4)

Page No. 99 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 95 95 95 95 95 95

Section 16

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Preferred & Spotlight Delivery Program Price adder per Unit Price 100mm (CDT3) Material R910920557 R910910181 R902400475 R910983571 R902400341 R910966170 R902406005 R910975491 R910985626 R910966718 R910910311 R910917466 R910911223 R910909446 R910910995 R910910044 R910915423 R910909824 R902406006 R902406007 R902400311 R910984529 R902406008 R902406009 R902426054 R902400322 R910939170 R910940745 R902401005 R910927101 R910946866 R910940008 R910965232 R910919978 R902406010 R910975616 R902401404 R902406011 R902406012 R910983637 R902406013 R902400271 R910992210 R910990809 R910979367 R910997186 R910988141 R910990988 R910979368 R902400288 R910987326 R902426557 R910976294 R910978418

Material description A10VO45DFR1/31R-PSC62K02 A10VO45DFR1/31R-PSC62N00 A10VO45DFR1/52L-PRC62K04 A10VO45DFR1/52L-PSC61N00 A10VO45DFR1/52L-PSC62N00 A10VO45DFR1/52L-PSC64N00 A10VO45DFR1/52R-PRC62K04 A10VO45DFR1/52R-PSC61N00 A10VO45DFR1/52R-PSC62N00 A10VO45DFR1/52R-PSC64N00 A10VO45DR/31L-PSC61N00 A10VO45DR/31L-PSC62K01 A10VO45DR/31L-PSC62K02 A10VO45DR/31L-PSC62N00 A10VO45DR/31R-PSC61N00 A10VO45DR/31R-PSC62K01 A10VO45DR/31R-PSC62K02 A10VO45DR/31R-PSC62N00 A10VO45DR/52L-PRC62K04 A10VO45DR/52L-PSC61N00 A10VO45DR/52L-PSC62N00 A10VO45DR/52L-PSC64N00 A10VO45DR/52R-PRC62K04 A10VO45DR/52R-PSC61N00 A10VO45DR/52R-PSC62N00 A10VO45DR/52R-PSC64N00 A10VO45DRG/31L-PSC61N00 A10VO45DRG/31L-PSC62K01 A10VO45DRG/31L-PSC62K02 A10VO45DRG/31L-PSC62N00 A10VO45DRG/31R-PSC61N00 A10VO45DRG/31R-PSC62K01 A10VO45DRG/31R-PSC62K02 A10VO45DRG/31R-PSC62N00 A10VO45DRG/52L-PRC62K04 A10VO45DRG/52L-PSC61N00 A10VO45DRG/52L-PSC62N00 A10VO45DRG/52L-PSC64N00 A10VO45DRG/52R-PRC62K04 A10VO45DRG/52R-PSC61N00 A10VO45DRG/52R-PSC62N00 A10VO45DRG/52R-PSC64N00 A10VO60DFR/52L-PSC61N00 A10VO60DFR/52L-PSC62N00 A10VO60DFR/52L-PSD61N00 A10VO60DFR/52L-PSD62N00 A10VO60DFR/52R-PSC61N00 A10VO60DFR/52R-PSC62N00 A10VO60DFR/52R-PSD61N00 A10VO60DFR/52R-PSD62N00 A10VO60DFR1/52L-PSC61N00 A10VO60DFR1/52L-PSC62N00 A10VO60DFR1/52L-PSD61N00 A10VO60DFR1/52L-PSD62N00

Component Price List

P/S P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P

569

Hierarchy 814232121 814232121 814232121 814232121 814232121 814232121 814232121 814232121 814232121 814232121 814232121 814232121 814232121 814232121 814232121 814232121 814232121 814232121 814232121 814232121 814232121 814232121 814232121 814232121 814232121 814232121 814232121 814232121 814232121 814232121 814232121 814232121 814232121 814232121 814232121 814232121 814232121 814232121 814232121 814232121 814232121 814232121 814232322 814232322 814232322 814232322 814232322 814232322 814232322 814232322 814232322 814232322 814232322 814232322

Delivery 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks

(7/15/06) $1,636.00 $1,471.00 $1,459.00 $1,260.00 $1,260.00 $1,260.00 $1,459.00 $1,260.00 $1,260.00 $1,260.00 $1,471.00 $1,636.00 $1,636.00 $1,471.00 $1,471.00 $1,636.00 $1,636.00 $1,471.00 $1,459.00 $1,260.00 $1,260.00 $1,260.00 $1,459.00 $1,260.00 $1,260.00 $1,260.00 $1,471.00 $1,636.00 $1,636.00 $1,471.00 $1,471.00 $1,636.00 $1,636.00 $1,471.00 $1,459.00 $1,260.00 $1,260.00 $1,260.00 $1,459.00 $1,260.00 $1,260.00 $1,260.00 $1,595.00 $1,595.00 $1,595.00 $1,595.00 $1,595.00 $1,595.00 $1,595.00 $1,595.00 $1,595.00 $1,595.00 $1,595.00 $1,595.00

1" (CDT1, 4)

Page No. 95 95 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99

Section 16

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Preferred & Spotlight Delivery Program Price adder per Unit Price 100mm (CDT3) Material R910990159 R902405137 R910974886 R910984482 R910990125 R902406014 R910990624 R902406017 R902406015 R902406016 R902406018 R902406019 R902400410 R902401171 R902400327 R902400273 R902401010 R902401216 R902400254 R902400307 R902400029 R902401025 R902406040 R902400426 R910990742 R902401176 R902400063 R902400494 R902401066 R902401008 R902401181 R902406039 R902401160 R902406038 R902401092 R902400350 R902400293 R902401486 R902406037 R902401155 R902401308 R902401138 R902401249 R902401115 R902406224 R902438335 R902433002 R902406235 R902500157 R910947666 R910947413 R910937515 R910946934 R910974677

Material description A10VO60DFR1/52R-PSC61N00 A10VO60DFR1/52R-PSC62N00 A10VO60DFR1/52R-PSD61N00 A10VO60DFR1/52R-PSD62N00 A10VO60DR/52L-PSC61N00 A10VO60DR/52L-PSC62N00 A10VO60DR/52L-PSD61N00 A10VO60DR/52L-PSD62N00 A10VO60DR/52R-PSC61N00 A10VO60DR/52R-PSC62N00 A10VO60DR/52R-PSD61N00 A10VO60DR/52R-PSD62N00 A10VO71DFR/31L-PSC91N00 A10VO71DFR/31L-PSC92K01 A10VO71DFR/31L-PSC92K02 A10VO71DFR/31L-PSC92N00 A10VO71DFR/31R-PSC91N00 A10VO71DFR/31R-PSC92K01 A10VO71DFR/31R-PSC92K02 A10VO71DFR/31R-PSC92N00 A10VO71DFR1/31L-PSC91N00 A10VO71DFR1/31L-PSC92K01 A10VO71DFR1/31L-PSC92K02 A10VO71DFR1/31L-PSC92N00 A10VO71DFR1/31R-PSC91N00 A10VO71DFR1/31R-PSC92K01 A10VO71DFR1/31R-PSC92K02 A10VO71DFR1/31R-PSC92N00 A10VO71DR/31L-PSC91N00 A10VO71DR/31L-PSC92K01 A10VO71DR/31L-PSC92K02 A10VO71DR/31L-PSC92N00 A10VO71DR/31R-PSC91N00 A10VO71DR/31R-PSC92K01 A10VO71DR/31R-PSC92K02 A10VO71DR/31R-PSC92N00 A10VO71DRG/31L-PSC91N00 A10VO71DRG/31L-PSC92K01 A10VO71DRG/31L-PSC92K02 A10VO71DRG/31L-PSC92N00 A10VO71DRG/31R-PSC91N00 A10VO71DRG/31R-PSC92K01 A10VO71DRG/31R-PSC92K02 A10VO71DRG/31R-PSC92N00 A10VSO10DFR/52R-PKC64N00 A10VSO10DR/52R-PKC64N00 A10VSO10DR/52R-VKC64N00-S1768 A10VSO10DRG/52R-PKC64N00 A10VSO18DFR/31L-PSC62K01 A10VSO18DFR/31L-PSC62N00 A10VSO18DFR/31R-PKC62K01 A10VSO18DFR/31R-PKC62K40 A10VSO18DFR/31R-PKC62N00 A10VSO18DFR/31R-PSC62K01

Component Price List

P/S P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P

570

Hierarchy 814232322 814232322 814232322 814232322 814232322 814232322 814232322 814232322 814232322 814232322 814232322 814232322 814232122 814232122 814232122 814232122 814232122 814232122 814232122 814232122 814232122 814232122 814232122 814232122 814232122 814232122 814232122 814232122 814232122 814232122 814232122 814232122 814232122 814232122 814232122 814232122 814232122 814232122 814232122 814232122 814232122 814232122 814232122 814232122 814232611 814232611 811232611 814232611 814232412 814232412 814232412 814232412 814232412 814232412

Delivery 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 weeks

(7/15/06) $1,595.00 $1,595.00 $1,595.00 $1,595.00 $1,595.00 $1,595.00 $1,595.00 $1,595.00 $1,595.00 $1,595.00 $1,595.00 $1,595.00 $2,124.00 $2,317.00 $2,317.00 $2,124.00 $2,124.00 $2,317.00 $2,317.00 $2,124.00 $2,124.00 $2,317.00 $2,317.00 $2,124.00 $2,124.00 $2,317.00 $2,317.00 $2,124.00 $2,124.00 $2,317.00 $2,317.00 $2,124.00 $2,124.00 $2,317.00 $2,317.00 $2,124.00 $2,124.00 $2,317.00 $2,317.00 $2,124.00 $2,124.00 $2,317.00 $2,317.00 $2,124.00 $960.00 $960.00 $1,063.00 $960.00 $1,187.00 $1,062.00 $1,159.00 $1,159.00 $1,033.00 $1,187.00

1" (CDT1, 4)

Page No. 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 99 99 99 99 95 95 95 95 95 95

Section 16

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Preferred & Spotlight Delivery Program Price adder per Unit Price 100mm (CDT3) Material R910946939 R910974032 R910946936 R910945527 R910947182 R902406033 R910961895 R910983980 R910940516 R910960393 R910948645 R902406030 R902406025 R910987771 R902500108 R910944906 R910969812 R910948142 R902447030 R902447045 R902447050 R902447054 R902447056 R902447062 R902447052 R902447035 R902447040 R902447065 R902447032 R902447047 R902447051 R902447055 R902447057 R902447063 R902447067 R902447053 R902447037 R902447042 R902447066 not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned

Material description A10VSO18DFR/31R-PSC62N00 A10VSO18DFR1/31L-PSC62K01 A10VSO18DFR1/31L-PSC62N00 A10VSO18DFR1/31R-PSC62K01 A10VSO18DFR1/31R-PSC62N00 A10VSO18DR/31L-PSC62K01 A10VSO18DR/31L-PSC62N00 A10VSO18DR/31R-PKC62K01 A10VSO18DR/31R-PKC62N00 A10VSO18DR/31R-PSC62K01 A10VSO18DR/31R-PSC62N00 A10VSO18DRG/31L-PSC62K01 A10VSO18DRG/31L-PSC62N00 A10VSO18DRG/31R-PKC62K01 A10VSO18DRG/31R-PKC62K40 A10VSO18DRG/31R-PKC62N00 A10VSO18DRG/31R-PSC62K01 A10VSO18DRG/31R-PSC62N00 A4 125/180-U01 THRU DRIVE KT A4 125/180-U04 THRU DRIVE KT A4 125/180-U07 THRU DRIVE KT A4 125/180-U15 THRU DRIVE KT A4 125/180-U16 THRU DRIVE KT A4 125/180-U17 THRU DRIVE KT A4 125/180-U24 THRU DRIVE KT A4 125/180-U52 THRU DRIVE KT A4 125/180-U68 THRU DRIVE KT A4 180-U78 THRU DRIVE KT A4 250/355-U01 THRU DRIVE KT A4 250/355-U04 THRU DRIVE KT A4 250/355-U07 THRU DRIVE KT A4 250/355-U15 THRU DRIVE KT A4 250/355-U16 THRU DRIVE KT A4 250/355-U17 THRU DRIVE KT A4 250/355-U18 THRU DRIVE KT A4 250/355-U24 THRU DRIVE KT A4 250/355-U52 THRU DRIVE KT A4 250/355-U68 THRU DRIVE KT A4 250/355-U78 THRU DRIVE KT AA10VG18MD1/10L-NSC66F004S-E AA10VG18MD1/10L-NSC66F014S-E AA10VG18MD1/10L-NSC66F024S-E AA10VG18MD1/10R-NSC66F004S-E AA10VG18MD1/10R-NSC66F014S-E AA10VG18MD1/10R-NSC66F024S-E AA10VG28EP31/10L-NSC60F005DP AA10VG28EP31/10L-NSC60F005SP AA10VG28EP31/10L-NSC60F015DP AA10VG28EP31/10L-NSC60F015SP AA10VG28EP31/10L-NSC60F025DP AA10VG28EP31/10L-NSC60F025SP AA10VG28EP31/10R-NSC60F005DP AA10VG28EP31/10R-NSC60F005SP AA10VG28EP31/10R-NSC60F015DP

Component Price List

P/S P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P

571

Hierarchy 814232412 814232412 814232412 814232412 814232412 814232412 814232412 814232412 814232412 814232412 814232412 814232412 814232412 814232412 814232412 814232412 814232412 814232412 819920000 819920000 819920000 819920000 819920000 819920000 819920000 819920000 819920000 819920000 819920000 819920000 819920000 819920000 819920000 819920000 819920000 819920000 819920000 819920000 819920000 811231112 811231112 811231112 811231112 811231112 811231112 811231113 811231113 811231113 811231113 811231113 811231113 811231113 811231113 811231113

Delivery 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 weeks 4 weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS

(7/15/06) $1,062.00 $1,187.00 $1,062.00 $1,187.00 $1,062.00 $1,187.00 $1,062.00 $1,159.00 $1,033.00 $1,187.00 $1,062.00 $1,187.00 $1,062.00 $1,159.00 $1,159.00 $1,033.00 $1,159.00 $1,062.00 $306.00 $306.00 $306.00 $306.00 $306.00 $424.00 $306.00 $306.00 $306.00 $363.00 $424.00 $424.00 $424.00 $424.00 $424.00 $306.00 $511.00 $424.00 $424.00 $424.00 $511.00 $1,626.00 $1,906.00 $1,922.00 $1,626.00 $1,906.00 $1,922.00 $2,574.00 $2,574.00 $2,855.00 $2,855.00 $2,870.00 $2,870.00 $2,574.00 $2,574.00 $2,855.00

1" (CDT1, 4)

Page No. 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 76 76 76 76 76 76 76 76 76 76 76 76 76 76 76 76 76 76 76 76 76 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114

Section 16

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Preferred & Spotlight Delivery Program Price adder per Unit Price 100mm (CDT3) Material not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned

Material description AA10VG28EP31/10R-NSC60F015SP AA10VG28EP31/10R-NSC60F025DP AA10VG28EP31/10R-NSC60F025SP AA10VG28EP41/10L-NSC60F005DP AA10VG28EP41/10L-NSC60F005SP AA10VG28EP41/10L-NSC60F015DP AA10VG28EP41/10L-NSC60F015SP AA10VG28EP41/10L-NSC60F025DP AA10VG28EP41/10L-NSC60F025SP AA10VG28EP41/10R-NSC60F005DP AA10VG28EP41/10R-NSC60F005SP AA10VG28EP41/10R-NSC60F015DP AA10VG28EP41/10R-NSC60F015SP AA10VG28EP41/10R-NSC60F025DP AA10VG28EP41/10R-NSC60F025SP AA10VG28HD1/10L-NSC60F005D AA10VG28HD1/10L-NSC60F005S AA10VG28HD1/10L-NSC60F015D AA10VG28HD1/10L-NSC60F015S AA10VG28HD1/10L-NSC60F025D AA10VG28HD1/10L-NSC60F025S AA10VG28HD1/10R-NSC60F005D AA10VG28HD1/10R-NSC60F005S AA10VG28HD1/10R-NSC60F015D AA10VG28HD1/10R-NSC60F015S AA10VG28HD1/10R-NSC60F025D AA10VG28HD1/10R-NSC60F025S AA10VG28HW1/10L-NSC60F005D AA10VG28HW1/10L-NSC60F005S AA10VG28HW1/10L-NSC60F015D AA10VG28HW1/10L-NSC60F015S AA10VG28HW1/10L-NSC60F025D AA10VG28HW1/10L-NSC60F025S AA10VG28HW1/10R-NSC60F005D AA10VG28HW1/10R-NSC60F005S AA10VG28HW1/10R-NSC60F015D AA10VG28HW1/10R-NSC60F015S AA10VG28HW1/10R-NSC60F025D AA10VG28HW1/10R-NSC60F025S AA10VG45EP31/10L-NSC60F005DP AA10VG45EP31/10L-NSC60F005SP AA10VG45EP31/10L-NSC60F015DP AA10VG45EP31/10L-NSC60F015SP AA10VG45EP31/10L-NSC60F025DP AA10VG45EP31/10L-NSC60F025SP AA10VG45EP31/10R-NSC60F005DP AA10VG45EP31/10R-NSC60F005SP AA10VG45EP31/10R-NSC60F015DP AA10VG45EP31/10R-NSC60F015SP AA10VG45EP31/10R-NSC60F025DP AA10VG45EP31/10R-NSC60F025SP AA10VG45EP41/10L-NSC60F005DP AA10VG45EP41/10L-NSC60F005SP AA10VG45EP41/10L-NSC60F015DP

Component Price List

P/S P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P

572

Hierarchy 811231113 811231113 811231113 811231113 811231113 811231113 811231113 811231113 811231113 811231113 811231113 811231113 811231113 811231113 811231113 811231113 811231113 811231113 811231113 811231113 811231113 811231113 811231113 811231113 811231113 811231113 811231113 811231113 811231113 811231113 811231113 811231113 811231113 811231113 811231113 811231113 811231113 811231113 811231113 811231121 811231121 811231121 811231121 811231121 811231121 811231121 811231121 811231121 811231121 811231121 811231121 811231121 811231121 811231121

Delivery 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS

(7/15/06) $2,855.00 $2,870.00 $2,870.00 $2,574.00 $2,574.00 $2,855.00 $2,855.00 $2,870.00 $2,870.00 $2,574.00 $2,574.00 $2,855.00 $2,855.00 $2,870.00 $2,870.00 $2,335.00 $2,335.00 $2,615.00 $2,615.00 $2,631.00 $2,631.00 $2,335.00 $2,335.00 $2,615.00 $2,615.00 $2,631.00 $2,631.00 $2,069.00 $2,069.00 $2,349.00 $2,349.00 $2,365.00 $2,365.00 $2,069.00 $2,069.00 $2,349.00 $2,349.00 $2,365.00 $2,365.00 $2,927.00 $2,927.00 $3,236.00 $3,236.00 $3,257.00 $3,257.00 $2,927.00 $2,927.00 $3,236.00 $3,236.00 $3,257.00 $3,257.00 $2,927.00 $2,927.00 $3,236.00

1" (CDT1, 4)

Page No. 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114

Section 16

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Preferred & Spotlight Delivery Program Price adder per Unit Price 100mm (CDT3) Material not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned R910913620 R910913645 R910911017 R910961351 R910913640 R902408360 R910912782 R910911890 R910908603 R902500093 R910999832 R910999215 R910975714 R902405624 R902500117 R910943522 R902405352 R910922747 R910923144 R902500130 R910923215

Material description AA10VG45EP41/10L-NSC60F015SP AA10VG45EP41/10L-NSC60F025DP AA10VG45EP41/10L-NSC60F025SP AA10VG45EP41/10R-NSC60F005DP AA10VG45EP41/10R-NSC60F005SP AA10VG45EP41/10R-NSC60F015DP AA10VG45EP41/10R-NSC60F015SP AA10VG45EP41/10R-NSC60F025DP AA10VG45EP41/10R-NSC60F025SP AA10VG45HD1/10L-NSC60F005D AA10VG45HD1/10L-NSC60F005S AA10VG45HD1/10L-NSC60F015D AA10VG45HD1/10L-NSC60F015S AA10VG45HD1/10L-NSC60F025D AA10VG45HD1/10L-NSC60F025S AA10VG45HD1/10R-NSC60F005D AA10VG45HD1/10R-NSC60F005S AA10VG45HD1/10R-NSC60F015D AA10VG45HD1/10R-NSC60F015S AA10VG45HD1/10R-NSC60F025D AA10VG45HD1/10R-NSC60F025S AA10VG45HW1/10L-NSC60F005D AA10VG45HW1/10L-NSC60F005S AA10VG45HW1/10L-NSC60F015D AA10VG45HW1/10L-NSC60F015S AA10VG45HW1/10L-NSC60F025D AA10VG45HW1/10L-NSC60F025S AA10VG45HW1/10R-NSC60F005D AA10VG45HW1/10R-NSC60F005S AA10VG45HW1/10R-NSC60F015D AA10VG45HW1/10R-NSC60F015S AA10VG45HW1/10R-NSC60F025D AA10VG45HW1/10R-NSC60F025S AA10VSO100DFR/31R-PKC62K01 AA10VSO100DFR/31R-PKC62K02 AA10VSO100DFR/31R-PKC62K03 AA10VSO100DFR/31R-PKC62K04 AA10VSO100DFR/31R-PKC62K05 AA10VSO100DFR/31R-PKC62K07 AA10VSO100DFR/31R-PKC62K08 AA10VSO100DFR/31R-PKC62K38 AA10VSO100DFR/31R-PKC62N00 AA10VSO100DR/31R-PKC62K01 AA10VSO100DR/31R-PKC62K03 AA10VSO100DR/31R-PKC62K05 AA10VSO100DR/31R-PKC62K08 AA10VSO100DR/31R-PKC62K38 AA10VSO100DR/31R-PKC62K40 AA10VSO100DR/31R-PKC62N00 AA10VSO100DRG/31R-PKC62N00 AA10VSO140DFR/31R-PKD62K03 AA10VSO140DFR/31R-PKD62K05 AA10VSO140DFR/31R-PKD62K07 AA10VSO140DFR/31R-PKD62K08

Component Price List

P/S P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P

573

Hierarchy 811231121 811231121 811231121 811231121 811231121 811231121 811231121 811231121 811231121 811231121 811231121 811231121 811231121 811231121 811231121 811231121 811231121 811231121 811231121 811231121 811231121 811231121 811231121 811231121 811231121 811231121 811231121 811231121 811231121 811231121 811231121 811231121 811231121 814232423 814232423 814232423 814232423 814232423 814232423 814232423 814232423 814232423 814232423 814232423 814232423 814232423 814232423 814232423 814232423 814232423 814232441 814232441 814232441 814232441

Delivery 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS

(7/15/06) $3,236.00 $3,257.00 $3,257.00 $2,927.00 $2,927.00 $3,236.00 $3,236.00 $3,257.00 $3,257.00 $2,674.00 $2,674.00 $2,984.00 $2,984.00 $3,005.00 $3,005.00 $2,674.00 $2,674.00 $2,984.00 $2,984.00 $3,005.00 $3,005.00 $2,398.00 $2,398.00 $2,708.00 $2,708.00 $2,729.00 $2,729.00 $2,398.00 $2,398.00 $2,708.00 $2,708.00 $2,729.00 $2,729.00 $3,617.00 $3,617.00 $3,617.00 $3,617.00 $3,617.00 $3,617.00 $3,617.00 $3,617.00 $3,345.00 $3,617.00 $3,617.00 $3,617.00 $3,617.00 $3,617.00 $3,617.00 $3,345.00 $3,345.00 $5,457.00 $5,457.00 $5,457.00 $5,457.00

1" (CDT1, 4)

Page No. 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103

Section 16

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Preferred & Spotlight Delivery Program Price adder per Unit Price 100mm (CDT3) Material R910929109 R910923223 R910936493 R910921680 R902500259 R902500055 R910993420 R902500232 R902500033 R910986272 R902500056 R902500158 R902500150 R910928863 R902500264 R902500265 R902500028 R902500266 R902403526 R902500134 R910928882 R910909275 R910966000 R910910133 R910936261 R910939606 R910994846 R902400247 R902400018 R902400358 R910939604 R910966024 R902401281 R902401127 R902401128 R910940792 R910909279 R910986201 R910907990 R910911088 R910907984 R910936245 R910939612 R910964862 R910930737 R910966131 R902400345 R910940544 R902400269 R902400337 R902400314 R902400387 R902400382 R910965956

Material description AA10VSO140DFR/31R-PKD62K21 AA10VSO140DFR/31R-PKD62K38 AA10VSO140DFR/31R-PKD62K40 AA10VSO140DFR/31R-PKD62N00 AA10VSO140DR/31R-PKD62K01 AA10VSO140DR/31R-PKD62K02 AA10VSO140DR/31R-PKD62K03 AA10VSO140DR/31R-PKD62K05 AA10VSO140DR/31R-PKD62K08 AA10VSO140DR/31R-PKD62K17 AA10VSO140DR/31R-PKD62K21 AA10VSO140DR/31R-PKD62K38 AA10VSO140DR/31R-PKD62K40 AA10VSO140DR/31R-PKD62N00 AA10VSO140DRG/31R-PKD62K03 AA10VSO140DRG/31R-PKD62K05 AA10VSO140DRG/31R-PKD62K07 AA10VSO140DRG/31R-PKD62K08 AA10VSO140DRG/31R-PKD62K21 AA10VSO140DRG/31R-PKD62K38 AA10VSO140DRG/31R-PKD62N00 AA10VSO28DFR/31R-PKC62K01 AA10VSO28DFR/31R-PKC62K02 AA10VSO28DFR/31R-PKC62K03 AA10VSO28DFR/31R-PKC62K40 AA10VSO28DFR/31R-PKC62N00 AA10VSO28DR/31R-PKC62K01 AA10VSO28DR/31R-PKC62K02 AA10VSO28DR/31R-PKC62K03 AA10VSO28DR/31R-PKC62K40 AA10VSO28DR/31R-PKC62N00 AA10VSO28DRG/31R-PKC62K01 AA10VSO28DRG/31R-PKC62K02 AA10VSO28DRG/31R-PKC62K03 AA10VSO28DRG/31R-PKC62K40 AA10VSO28DRG/31R-PKC62N00 AA10VSO45DFR/31R-PKC62K01 AA10VSO45DFR/31R-PKC62K02 AA10VSO45DFR/31R-PKC62K03 AA10VSO45DFR/31R-PKC62K03 AA10VSO45DFR/31R-PKC62K05 AA10VSO45DFR/31R-PKC62K40 AA10VSO45DFR/31R-PKC62N00 AA10VSO45DR/31R-PKC62K02 AA10VSO45DR/31R-PKC62K03 AA10VSO45DR/31R-PKC62K05 AA10VSO45DR/31R-PKC62K40 AA10VSO45DR/31R-PKC62N00 AA10VSO45DRG/31R-PKC62K01 AA10VSO45DRG/31R-PKC62K02 AA10VSO45DRG/31R-PKC62K04 AA10VSO45DRG/31R-PKC62K05 AA10VSO45DRG/31R-PKC62K40 AA10VSO45DRG/31R-PKC62N00

Component Price List

P/S P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P

574

Hierarchy 814232441 814232441 814232441 814232441 814232441 814232441 814232441 814232441 814232441 814232441 814232441 814232441 814232441 814232441 814232441 814232441 814232441 814232441 814232441 814232441 814232441 814232413 814232413 814232413 814232413 814232413 814232413 814232413 814232413 814232413 814232413 814232413 814232413 814232413 814232413 814232413 814232421 814232421 814232421 814232111 814232421 814232421 814232421 814232421 814232421 814232421 814232421 814232421 814232421 814232421 814232421 814232421 814232421 814232421

Delivery 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 weeks 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS

(7/15/06) $5,457.00 $5,457.00 $5,457.00 $5,128.00 $5,043.00 $5,043.00 $5,043.00 $5,043.00 $5,043.00 $5,043.00 $5,043.00 $5,043.00 $5,043.00 $4,713.00 $5,043.00 $5,043.00 $5,043.00 $5,043.00 $5,043.00 $5,043.00 $4,713.00 $1,448.00 $1,448.00 $1,448.00 $1,448.00 $1,306.00 $1,448.00 $1,448.00 $1,448.00 $1,448.00 $1,306.00 $1,448.00 $1,448.00 $1,448.00 $1,448.00 $1,306.00 $1,777.00 $1,777.00 $1,777.00 $1,334.00 $1,777.00 $1,777.00 $1,613.00 $1,777.00 $1,777.00 $1,777.00 $1,777.00 $1,613.00 $1,777.00 $1,777.00 $1,777.00 $1,777.00 $1,777.00 $1,613.00

1" (CDT1, 4)

Page No. 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103

Section 16

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Preferred & Spotlight Delivery Program Price adder per Unit Price 100mm (CDT3) Material R902400480 R902400118 R902401009 R902400357 R902400129 R902400154 R902400458 R902400347 R902400202 R902401039 R902400263 R902400333 R902401203 R902400305 R902400425 R902400434 R902400256 R902401095 R902401117 R902400217 R902401004 R902017474 R909606878 R909613455 R902046546 R902046954 R902018580 R909606879 R902062566 R902070267 R909609230 R902044992 R902046991 R909606919 R902019765 R902003585 R902094347 R902112693 R902081666 R902108358 R902097455 R902089378 R902037423 R902050287 R902032963 R902075881 R902030119 R902096482 R902032982 R902104773 R902046918 R902044229 R902090564 R902042738

Material description AA10VSO71DFR/31R-PKC92K01 AA10VSO71DFR/31R-PKC92K02 AA10VSO71DFR/31R-PKC92K03 AA10VSO71DFR/31R-PKC92K04 AA10VSO71DFR/31R-PKC92K05 AA10VSO71DFR/31R-PKC92K08 AA10VSO71DFR/31R-PKC92K40 AA10VSO71DFR/31R-PKC92N00 AA10VSO71DR/31R-PKC92K01 AA10VSO71DR/31R-PKC92K02 AA10VSO71DR/31R-PKC92K03 AA10VSO71DR/31R-PKC92K05 AA10VSO71DR/31R-PKC92K07 AA10VSO71DR/31R-PKC92K08 AA10VSO71DR/31R-PKC92K40 AA10VSO71DR/31R-PKC92N00 AA10VSO71DRG/31R-PKC92K01 AA10VSO71DRG/31R-PKC92K03 AA10VSO71DRG/31R-PKC92K08 AA10VSO71DRG/31R-PKC92K40 AA10VSO71DRG/31R-PKC92N00 AA11VLO130DR/10L-NSD62N00 AA11VLO130DR/10R-NSD62N00 AA11VLO130DRG/10L-NSD62N00 AA11VLO130DRS/10L-NSD62K02 AA11VLO130DRS/10L-NSD62K04 AA11VLO130DRS/10L-NSD62K07 AA11VLO130DRS/10L-NSD62N00 AA11VLO130DRS/10R-NSD62K02 AA11VLO130DRS/10R-NSD62K17 AA11VLO130DRS/10R-NSD62N00 AA11VLO130LRD/10R-NSD62N00 AA11VLO130LRDS/10L-NSD62K17 AA11VLO130LRDS/10L-NSD62N00 AA11VLO130LRDS/10R-NSD62K01 AA11VLO130LRDS/10R-NSD62N00 AA11VLO145DRS/11L-NSD62N00 AA11VLO145DRS/11R-NSD62K17 AA11VLO145DRS/11R-NSD62N00 AA11VLO145LRDS/11R-NSD62K02 AA11VLO145LRDS/11R-NSD62K07 AA11VLO145LRDS/11R-NSD62N00 AA11VLO190DR/11L-NSD62N00 AA11VLO190DRS/11L-NSD62K04 AA11VLO190DRS/11L-NSD62N00 AA11VLO190DRS/11R-NSD62K02 AA11VLO190DRS/11R-NSD62N00 AA11VLO190LRD/11R-NSD62K07 AA11VLO190LRD/11R-NSD62N00 AA11VLO190LRDH2/11L-NSD62K02 AA11VLO190LRDH2/11L-NSD62N00 AA11VLO190LRDS/11L-NSD62K04 AA11VLO190LRDS/11R-NPD62N00 AA11VLO190LRDS/11R-NSD62K02

Component Price List

P/S P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P

575

Hierarchy 814232422 814232422 814232422 814232422 814232422 814232422 814232422 814232422 814232422 814232422 814232422 814232422 814232422 814232422 814232422 814232422 814232422 814232422 814232422 814232422 814232422 814234231 814234231 814234231 814234231 814234231 814234231 814234231 814234231 814234231 814234231 814234231 814234231 814234231 814234231 814234231 814234241 814234241 814234241 814234241 814234241 814234241 814234243 814234243 814234243 814234243 814234243 814234243 814234243 814234243 814234243 814234243 814234243 814234243

Delivery 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks

(7/15/06) $2,527.00 $2,527.00 $2,527.00 $2,527.00 $2,527.00 $2,527.00 $2,527.00 $2,334.00 $2,527.00 $2,527.00 $2,527.00 $2,527.00 $2,527.00 $2,527.00 $2,527.00 $2,334.00 $2,527.00 $2,527.00 $2,527.00 $2,527.00 $2,334.00 $6,557.00 $6,557.00 $6,696.00 $7,077.00 $7,092.00 $7,265.00 $6,696.00 $7,077.00 $7,247.00 $6,696.00 $7,105.00 $7,795.00 $7,244.00 $7,593.00 $7,244.00 $7,159.00 $7,414.00 $7,159.00 $8,093.00 $8,279.00 $7,710.00 $8,897.00 $9,495.00 $9,068.00 $9,481.00 $9,068.00 $9,757.00 $9,163.00 $9,986.00 $9,574.00 $9,761.00 $8,699.00 $9,747.00

1" (CDT1, 4)

Page No. 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91

Section 16

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Preferred & Spotlight Delivery Program Price adder per Unit Price 100mm (CDT3) Material R902062561 R902046207 R902042644 R902088323 R902044772 R902062532 R902046509 R902064552 R902100815 R902108017 R902037201 R902030152 R902079116 R902087743 R902022005 R909606343 R902039268 R902016292 R902016317 R902053486 R902073388 R902026800 R902066860 R909602372 R902075519 R902050038 R902102093 R902087324 R909601057 R902042946 R902048451 R909601871 R902027773 R902039012 R902096446 R902096447 R909608951 R902050050 R902036245 R902051259 R909601730 R902032908 R902046197 R909602011 R902046053 R902010260 R902002720 R902039182 R902044816 R902042944 R902064128 R902064129 R902087560 R902044850

Material description AA11VLO190LRDS/11R-NSD62K04 AA11VLO190LRDS/11R-NSD62K07 AA11VLO190LRDS/11R-NSD62N00 AA11VLO190LRS/11R-NSD62K01 AA11VLO260DR/11R-NSD62N00 AA11VLO260DRG/11L-NSD62N00 AA11VLO260DRG/11R-NSD62N00 AA11VLO260DRS/11L-NSD62N00 AA11VLO260LRD/11R-NSD62N00 AA11VLO260LRDH2/11L-NSD62K02 AA11VLO260LRDH2/11L-NSD62K17 AA11VLO260LRDH2/11L-NSD62N00 AA11VO130DRS/10L-NSD62K07 AA11VO130DRS/10L-NSD62K17 AA11VO130DRS/10L-NSD62N00 AA11VO130DRS/10R-NSD62K07 AA11VO130DRS/10R-NSD62N00 AA11VO130LRD/10L-NSD62N00 AA11VO130LRDS/10L-NSD62N00 AA11VO130LRDS/10R-NSD62K01 AA11VO40DRG/10L-NSC62N00 AA11VO40DRS/10L-NSC62N00 AA11VO40LRD/10L-NSC62N00 AA11VO40LRDS/10L-NSC62N00 AA11VO40LRDS/10R-NSC62N00 AA11VO40LRG/10L-NSC62N00 AA11VO60DRG/10L-NSC62N00 AA11VO60DRG/10R-NSC62K07 AA11VO60DRS/10L-NSC62N00 AA11VO60DRS/10R-NSC62N00 AA11VO60LRD/10L-NSC62N00 AA11VO60LRDS/10L-NSC62N00 AA11VO60LRDS/10R-NSC62K01 AA11VO75DR/10L-NSD62K02 AA11VO75DRS/10L-NSD62K01 AA11VO75DRS/10L-NSD62K02 AA11VO75DRS/10L-NSD62K07 AA11VO75DRS/10L-NSD62N00 AA11VO75DRS/10R-NSD62N00 AA11VO75LRDS/10L-NSD62N00 AA11VO75LRDS/10R-NSD62N00 AA11VO95DRG/10L-NSD62N00 AA11VO95DRS/10L-NSD62K02 AA11VO95DRS/10L-NSD62K04 AA11VO95DRS/10L-NSD62K07 AA11VO95DRS/10L-NSD62K17 AA11VO95DRS/10L-NSD62N00 AA11VO95DRS/10R-NSD62K02 AA11VO95DRS/10R-NSD62K04 AA11VO95DRS/10R-NSD62K07 AA11VO95DRS/10R-NSD62K17 AA11VO95DRS/10R-NSD62N00 AA11VO95LRDH2/10L-NSD62N00 AA11VO95LRDS/10R-NSD62K01

Component Price List

P/S P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P

576

Hierarchy 814234243 814234243 814234243 814234243 814234254 814234254 814234254 814234254 814234254 814234254 814234254 814234254 814234231 814234231 814234231 814234231 814234231 814234231 814234231 814234231 814234221 814234221 814234221 814234221 814234221 814234221 814234223 814234223 814234223 814234223 814234223 814234223 814234223 814234224 814234224 814234224 814234224 814234224 814234224 814234224 814234224 814234225 814234225 814234225 814234225 814234225 814234225 814234225 814234225 814234225 814234225 814234225 814234225 814234225

Delivery 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks 4 Weeks

(7/15/06) $9,761.00 $9,687.00 $9,334.00 $9,574.00 $11,580.00 $11,174.00 $11,174.00 $11,174.00 $11,844.00 $12,697.00 $12,517.00 $12,255.00 $6,958.00 $6,939.00 $6,387.00 $6,958.00 $6,387.00 $6,796.00 $7,172.00 $7,521.00 $3,778.00 $3,778.00 $4,190.00 $4,084.00 $4,084.00 $4,126.00 $4,312.00 $4,883.00 $4,312.00 $4,312.00 $4,729.00 $4,792.00 $4,957.00 $5,027.00 $5,062.00 $5,094.00 $5,282.00 $4,712.00 $4,712.00 $5,192.00 $5,192.00 $5,819.00 $5,632.00 $5,646.00 $5,819.00 $5,801.00 $5,249.00 $5,632.00 $5,646.00 $5,819.00 $5,801.00 $5,249.00 $5,980.00 $6,174.00

1" (CDT1, 4)

Page No. 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91

Section 16

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Preferred & Spotlight Delivery Program Price adder per Unit Price 100mm (CDT3) Material R909601674 R909416550 R909409681 R909421614 R902028609 R909409203 R909408999 R909417126 R909408971 R902011966 R902011964 not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned R902024048 R902024258 R902104775 not assigned R902029496 not assigned R902024066 not assigned not assigned R902024079 R902044087 not assigned R902024048 R902024258 R902104775 not assigned R902029496 not assigned R902024066

Material description AA11VO95LRDS/10R-NSD62N00 AA2FM107/61W-VSD510 AA2FM125/61W-VSD520 AA2FM16/61W-VSC530 AA2FM160/61W-VSD510 AA2FM180/61W-VSD510 AA2FM32/61W-VSD520 AA2FM45/61W-VSD520 AA2FM63/61W-VSD520 AA2FM80/61W-VQDN520 AA2FM90/61W-VQDN520 AA4VG125EP3D1/32L-NSF52F001DP AA4VG125EP3D1/32L-NSF52F001SP AA4VG125EP3D1/32L-NSF52F011DP AA4VG125EP3D1/32L-NSF52F011SP AA4VG125EP3D1/32L-NSF52F021DP AA4VG125EP3D1/32L-NSF52F021SP AA4VG125EP3D1/32R-NSF52F001DP AA4VG125EP3D1/32R-NSF52F001SP AA4VG125EP3D1/32R-NSF52F011DP AA4VG125EP3D1/32R-NSF52F011SP AA4VG125EP3D1/32R-NSF52F021DP AA4VG125EP3D1/32R-NSF52F021SP AA4VG125EP4D1/32L-NSF52F001DP AA4VG125EP4D1/32L-NSF52F001SP AA4VG125EP4D1/32L-NSF52F011DP AA4VG125EP4D1/32L-NSF52F011SP AA4VG125EP4D1/32L-NSF52F021DP AA4VG125EP4D1/32L-NSF52F021SP AA4VG125EP4D1/32R-NSF52F001DP AA4VG125EP4D1/32R-NSF52F001SP AA4VG125EP4D1/32R-NSF52F011DP AA4VG125EP4D1/32R-NSF52F011SP AA4VG125EP4D1/32R-NSF52F021DP AA4VG125EP4D1/32R-NSF52F021SP AA4VG125HD1/32L-NSF52F001D AA4VG125HD1/32L-NSF52F001S AA4VG125HD1/32L-NSF52F011D AA4VG125HD1/32L-NSF52F011S AA4VG125HD1/32L-NSF52F021D AA4VG125HD1/32L-NSF52F021S AA4VG125HD1/32R-NSF52F001D AA4VG125HD1/32R-NSF52F001S AA4VG125HD1/32R-NSF52F011D AA4VG125HD1/32R-NSF52F011S AA4VG125HD1/32R-NSF52F021D AA4VG125HD1/32R-NSF52F021S AA4VG125HWD1/32L-NSF52F001D AA4VG125HWD1/32L-NSF52F001S AA4VG125HWD1/32L-NSF52F011D AA4VG125HWD1/32L-NSF52F011S AA4VG125HWD1/32L-NSF52F021D AA4VG125HWD1/32L-NSF52F021S AA4VG125HWD1/32R-NSF52F001D

Component Price List

P/S P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P

577

Hierarchy 814234225 812113131 812113132 812113115 812113141 812113142 812113121 812113122 812113124 812113125 812113126 811233131 811233131 811233131 811233131 811233131 811233131 811233131 811233131 811233131 811233131 811233131 811233131 811233131 811233131 811233131 811233131 811233131 811233131 811233131 811233131 811233131 811233131 811233131 811233131 811233131 811233131 811233131 811233131 811233131 811233131 811233131 811233131 811233131 811233131 811233131 811233131 811233131 811233131 811233131 811233131 811233131 811233131 811233131

Delivery 4 Weeks 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS

(7/15/06) $5,800.00 $3,387.00 $3,926.00 $1,387.00 $4,633.00 $4,865.00 $1,793.00 $2,136.00 $2,586.00 $2,863.00 $3,059.00 $8,097.00 $8,097.00 $8,559.00 $8,559.00 $8,626.00 $8,626.00 $8,097.00 $8,097.00 $8,559.00 $8,559.00 $8,626.00 $8,626.00 $8,097.00 $8,097.00 $8,559.00 $8,559.00 $8,626.00 $8,626.00 $8,097.00 $8,097.00 $8,559.00 $8,559.00 $8,626.00 $8,626.00 $7,924.00 $7,924.00 $8,385.00 $8,385.00 $8,452.00 $8,452.00 $7,924.00 $7,924.00 $8,385.00 $8,385.00 $8,452.00 $8,452.00 $7,530.00 $7,530.00 $7,991.00 $7,991.00 $8,058.00 $8,058.00 $7,530.00

1" (CDT1, 4)

Page No. 91 47 47 47 47 47 47 47 47 47 47 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68

Section 16

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Preferred & Spotlight Delivery Program Price adder per Unit Price 100mm (CDT3) Material not assigned not assigned R902024079 R902044087 not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned R902020675 R902030007 R902030400 not assigned not assigned not assigned R902032308 R902020664 not assigned R902022768 R902044128 R902020662 R902020675 R902030007 R902030400 not assigned not assigned not assigned R902032308 R902020664 not assigned R902022768 R902044128 R902020662 not assigned not assigned

Material description AA4VG125HWD1/32R-NSF52F001S AA4VG125HWD1/32R-NSF52F011D AA4VG125HWD1/32R-NSF52F011S AA4VG125HWD1/32R-NSF52F021D AA4VG125HWD1/32R-NSF52F021S AA4VG56EP3D1/32L-NSC52F005DP AA4VG56EP3D1/32L-NSC52F005SP AA4VG56EP3D1/32L-NSC52F015DP AA4VG56EP3D1/32L-NSC52F015SP AA4VG56EP3D1/32L-NSC52F025DP AA4VG56EP3D1/32L-NSC52F025SP AA4VG56EP3D1/32R-NSC52F005DP AA4VG56EP3D1/32R-NSC52F005SP AA4VG56EP3D1/32R-NSC52F015DP AA4VG56EP3D1/32R-NSC52F015SP AA4VG56EP3D1/32R-NSC52F025DP AA4VG56EP3D1/32R-NSC52F025SP AA4VG56EP4D1/32L-NSC52F005DP AA4VG56EP4D1/32L-NSC52F015DP AA4VG56EP4D1/32L-NSC52F015SP AA4VG56EP4D1/32L-NSC52F025DP AA4VG56EP4D1/32L-NSC52F025SP AA4VG56EP4D1/32R-NSC52F005DP AA4VG56EP4D1/32R-NSC52F005SP AA4VG56EP4D1/32R-NSC52F015DP AA4VG56EP4D1/32R-NSC52F015SP AA4VG56EP4D1/32R-NSC52F025DP AA4VG56EP4D1/32R-NSC52F025SP AA4VG56HD1/32L-NSC52F005D AA4VG56HD1/32L-NSC52F005S AA4VG56HD1/32L-NSC52F015D AA4VG56HD1/32L-NSC52F015S AA4VG56HD1/32L-NSC52F025D AA4VG56HD1/32L-NSC52F025S AA4VG56HD1/32R-NSC52F005D AA4VG56HD1/32R-NSC52F005S AA4VG56HD1/32R-NSC52F015D AA4VG56HD1/32R-NSC52F015S AA4VG56HD1/32R-NSC52F025D AA4VG56HD1/32R-NSC52F025S AA4VG56HWD1/32L-NSC52F005D AA4VG56HWD1/32L-NSC52F005S AA4VG56HWD1/32L-NSC52F015D AA4VG56HWD1/32L-NSC52F015S AA4VG56HWD1/32L-NSC52F025D AA4VG56HWD1/32L-NSC52F025S AA4VG56HWD1/32R-NSC52F005D AA4VG56HWD1/32R-NSC52F005S AA4VG56HWD1/32R-NSC52F015D AA4VG56HWD1/32R-NSC52F015S AA4VG56HWD1/32R-NSC52F025D AA4VG56HWD1/32R-NSC52F025S AA4VG71EP3D1/32L-NSF52F001DP AA4VG71EP3D1/32L-NSF52F001SP

Component Price List

P/S P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P

578

Hierarchy 811233131 811233131 811233131 811233131 811233131 811253123 811253123 811233123 811233123 811233123 811233123 811233123 811233123 811233123 811233123 811233123 811233123 811233123 811233123 811233123 811233123 811233123 811233123 811233123 811233123 811233123 811233123 811233123 811233123 811233123 811233123 811233123 811233123 811233123 811233123 811233123 811233123 811233123 811233123 811233123 811233123 811233123 811233123 811233123 811233123 811233123 811233123 811233123 811233123 811233123 811233123 811233123 811233124 811233124

Delivery 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS

(7/15/06) $7,530.00 $7,991.00 $7,991.00 $8,058.00 $8,058.00 $4,248.00 $4,248.00 $4,529.00 $4,529.00 $4,640.00 $4,640.00 $4,248.00 $4,248.00 $4,529.00 $4,529.00 $4,640.00 $4,640.00 $4,248.00 $4,529.00 $4,529.00 $4,640.00 $4,640.00 $4,248.00 $4,248.00 $4,529.00 $4,529.00 $4,640.00 $4,640.00 $4,019.00 $4,019.00 $4,300.00 $4,300.00 $4,411.00 $4,411.00 $4,019.00 $4,019.00 $4,300.00 $4,300.00 $4,411.00 $4,411.00 $3,742.00 $3,742.00 $4,023.00 $4,023.00 $4,134.00 $4,134.00 $3,742.00 $3,742.00 $4,023.00 $4,023.00 $4,134.00 $4,134.00 $4,621.00 $4,621.00

1" (CDT1, 4)

Page No. 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68

Section 16

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Preferred & Spotlight Delivery Program Price adder per Unit Price 100mm (CDT3) Material not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned R902022389 R902022649 R902032653 not assigned R902007823 not assigned R902022361 R902022646 not assigned R902022652 R902022391 not assigned R902022389 R902022649 R902032653 not assigned R902007823 not assigned R902022361 R902022646 not assigned R902022652 R902022391 not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned

Material description AA4VG71EP3D1/32L-NSF52F011DP AA4VG71EP3D1/32L-NSF52F011SP AA4VG71EP3D1/32L-NSF52F021DP AA4VG71EP3D1/32L-NSF52F021SP AA4VG71EP3D1/32R-NSF52F001DP AA4VG71EP3D1/32R-NSF52F001SP AA4VG71EP3D1/32R-NSF52F011DP AA4VG71EP3D1/32R-NSF52F011SP AA4VG71EP3D1/32R-NSF52F021DP AA4VG71EP3D1/32R-NSF52F021SP AA4VG71EP4D1/32L-NSF52F001DP AA4VG71EP4D1/32L-NSF52F001SP AA4VG71EP4D1/32L-NSF52F011DP AA4VG71EP4D1/32L-NSF52F011SP AA4VG71EP4D1/32L-NSF52F021DP AA4VG71EP4D1/32L-NSF52F021SP AA4VG71EP4D1/32R-NSF52F001DP AA4VG71EP4D1/32R-NSF52F001SP AA4VG71EP4D1/32R-NSF52F011DP AA4VG71EP4D1/32R-NSF52F011SP AA4VG71EP4D1/32R-NSF52F021DP AA4VG71EP4D1/32R-NSF52F021SP AA4VG71HD1/32L-NSF52F001D AA4VG71HD1/32L-NSF52F001S AA4VG71HD1/32L-NSF52F011D AA4VG71HD1/32L-NSF52F011S AA4VG71HD1/32L-NSF52F021D AA4VG71HD1/32L-NSF52F021S AA4VG71HD1/32R-NSF52F001D AA4VG71HD1/32R-NSF52F001S AA4VG71HD1/32R-NSF52F011D AA4VG71HD1/32R-NSF52F011S AA4VG71HD1/32R-NSF52F021D AA4VG71HD1/32R-NSF52F021S AA4VG71HWD1/32L-NSF52F001D AA4VG71HWD1/32L-NSF52F001S AA4VG71HWD1/32L-NSF52F011D AA4VG71HWD1/32L-NSF52F011S AA4VG71HWD1/32L-NSF52F021D AA4VG71HWD1/32L-NSF52F021S AA4VG71HWD1/32R-NSF52F001D AA4VG71HWD1/32R-NSF52F001S AA4VG71HWD1/32R-NSF52F011D AA4VG71HWD1/32R-NSF52F011S AA4VG71HWD1/32R-NSF52F021D AA4VG71HWD1/32R-NSF52F021S AA4VG90EP3D1/32L-NSF52F001DP AA4VG90EP3D1/32L-NSF52F001SP AA4VG90EP3D1/32L-NSF52F011DP AA4VG90EP3D1/32L-NSF52F011SP AA4VG90EP3D1/32L-NSF52F021DP AA4VG90EP3D1/32L-NSF52F021SP AA4VG90EP3D1/32R-NSF52F001DP AA4VG90EP3D1/32R-NSF52F001SP

Component Price List

P/S P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P

579

Hierarchy 811233124 811233124 811233124 811233124 811233124 811233124 811233124 811233124 811233124 811233124 811233124 811233124 811233124 811233124 811233124 811233124 811233124 811233124 811233124 811233124 811233124 811233124 811233124 811233124 811233124 811233124 811233124 811233124 811233124 811233124 811233124 811233124 811233124 811233124 811233124 811233124 811233124 811233124 811233124 811233124 811233124 811233124 811233124 811233124 811233124 811233124 811233125 811233125 811233125 811233125 811233125 811233125 811233125 811233125

Delivery 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS

(7/15/06) $4,902.00 $4,902.00 $5,013.00 $5,013.00 $4,621.00 $4,621.00 $4,902.00 $4,902.00 $5,013.00 $5,013.00 $4,621.00 $4,621.00 $4,902.00 $4,902.00 $5,013.00 $5,013.00 $4,621.00 $4,621.00 $4,902.00 $4,902.00 $5,013.00 $5,013.00 $4,389.00 $4,389.00 $4,670.00 $4,670.00 $4,781.00 $4,781.00 $4,389.00 $4,389.00 $4,670.00 $4,670.00 $4,781.00 $4,781.00 $4,112.00 $4,112.00 $4,393.00 $4,393.00 $4,504.00 $4,504.00 $4,112.00 $4,112.00 $4,393.00 $4,393.00 $4,504.00 $4,504.00 $5,108.00 $5,108.00 $5,389.00 $5,389.00 $5,501.00 $5,501.00 $5,108.00 $5,108.00

1" (CDT1, 4)

Page No. 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68

Section 16

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Preferred & Spotlight Delivery Program Price adder per Unit Price 100mm (CDT3) Material not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned R902023304 R902026548 R902094352 not assigned not assigned not assigned R902023303 R902023558 not assigned R902023560 not assigned R902023562 R902023304 R902026548 R902094352 not assigned not assigned not assigned R902023303 not assigned R902023560 not assigned R902023562 R902406637 R902406306 R910988315 R902406400 R902406401 R902500472 R902446064 R902446067 R902451164 R902455830 R902451165 R902446024 R902453291 R902446069 R902449863

Material description AA4VG90EP3D1/32R-NSF52F011DP AA4VG90EP3D1/32R-NSF52F011SP AA4VG90EP3D1/32R-NSF52F021DP AA4VG90EP3D1/32R-NSF52F021SP AA4VG90EP4D1/32L-NSF52F001DP AA4VG90EP4D1/32L-NSF52F001SP AA4VG90EP4D1/32L-NSF52F011DP AA4VG90EP4D1/32L-NSF52F011SP AA4VG90EP4D1/32L-NSF52F021DP AA4VG90EP4D1/32L-NSF52F021SP AA4VG90EP4D1/32R-NSF52F001DP AA4VG90EP4D1/32R-NSF52F001SP AA4VG90EP4D1/32R-NSF52F011DP AA4VG90EP4D1/32R-NSF52F011SP AA4VG90EP4D1/32R-NSF52F021DP AA4VG90EP4D1/32R-NSF52F021SP AA4VG90HD1/32L-NSF52F001D AA4VG90HD1/32L-NSF52F001S AA4VG90HD1/32L-NSF52F011D AA4VG90HD1/32L-NSF52F011S AA4VG90HD1/32L-NSF52F021D AA4VG90HD1/32L-NSF52F021S AA4VG90HD1/32R-NSF52F001D AA4VG90HD1/32R-NSF52F001S AA4VG90HD1/32R-NSF52F011D AA4VG90HD1/32R-NSF52F011S AA4VG90HD1/32R-NSF52F021D AA4VG90HD1/32R-NSF52F021S AA4VG90HWD1/32L-NSF52F001D AA4VG90HWD1/32L-NSF52F001S AA4VG90HWD1/32L-NSF52F011D AA4VG90HWD1/32L-NSF52F011S AA4VG90HWD1/32L-NSF52F021D AA4VG90HWD1/32L-NSF52F021S AA4VG90HWD1/32R-NSF52F001D AA4VG90HWD1/32R-NSF52F011D AA4VG90HWD1/32R-NSF52F011S AA4VG90HWD1/32R-NSF52F021D AA4VG90HWD1/32R-NSF52F021S AA4VSO 40 DFR /10R-PKD63N00 E AA4VSO 40 DR /10R-PKD63N00 E AA4VSO 40 DRG /10R-PKD63N00 AA4VSO 71 DFR /10R-PKD63N00 E AA4VSO 71 DR /10R-PKD63N00 E AA4VSO 71 DRG /10R-PKD63N00 E AA4VSO 125 DFR /30R-VKD75U99 E AA4VSO 125 DR /30R-FKD75U99 E AA4VSO 125 DR /30R-VKD75U99 E AA4VSO 180 DFR /30R-FKD75U99 E AA4VSO 180 DFR /30R-VKD75U99 E AA4VSO 180 DR /30R-VKD75U99 E AA4VSO 180 DR /30R-VSD75U99 E AA4VSO 180 DR /30R-FKD75U99 E AA4VSO 180 DRG /30R-FKD75U99 E

Component Price List

P/S P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P

580

Hierarchy 811233125 811233125 811233125 811233125 811233125 811233125 811233125 811233125 811233125 811233125 811233125 811233125 811233125 811233125 811233125 811233125 811233125 811233125 811233125 811233125 811233125 811233125 811233125 811233125 811233125 811233125 811233125 811233125 811233125 811233125 811233125 811233125 811233125 811233125 811233125 811233125 811233125 811233125 811233125 814234321 814234321 814234321 814234322 814234322 814234322 814234331 814234331 814234331 814234341 814234341 814234341 814234341 814234341 814234341

Delivery 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS

(7/15/06) $5,389.00 $5,389.00 $5,501.00 $5,501.00 $5,108.00 $5,108.00 $5,389.00 $5,389.00 $5,501.00 $5,501.00 $5,108.00 $5,108.00 $5,389.00 $5,389.00 $5,501.00 $5,501.00 $4,996.00 $4,996.00 $5,277.00 $5,277.00 $5,388.00 $5,388.00 $4,996.00 $4,996.00 $5,277.00 $5,277.00 $5,388.00 $5,388.00 $4,683.00 $4,683.00 $4,964.00 $4,964.00 $5,075.00 $5,075.00 $4,683.00 $4,964.00 $4,964.00 $5,075.00 $5,075.00 $5,467.00 $4,672.00 $4,672.00 $6,319.00 $5,527.00 $5,527.00 $7,826.00 $8,189.00 $7,033.00 $11,625.00 $10,297.00 $9,504.00 $9,504.00 $10,832.00 $10,832.00

1" (CDT1, 4)

Page No. 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 73 73 73 73 73 73 73 73 73 73 73 73 73 73 73

Section 16

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Preferred & Spotlight Delivery Program Price adder per Unit Price 100mm (CDT3) Material R902455522 R902453292 R902451163 R902447831 R902444798 R902452613 R902449865 R902454171 R902445974 not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned R902092299 R902092719 R902092299 R902092719 R902092098 R902092101 not assigned R902092491 not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned R902092167 R902092048 not assigned R902092740 not assigned R902092740 not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned R902092095 R902092107 not assigned R902092142 R902092093 not assigned not assigned R902092090 R902092631 R902092049 not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned R902092147

Material description AA4VSO 180 DRG /30R-VKD75U99 E AA4VSO 180 DRG /30R-VSD75U99 E AA4VSO 250 DFR /30R-VKD75U99 E AA4VSO 250 DR /30R-FSD75U99 E AA4VSO 250 DR /30R-VKD75U99 E AA4VSO 250 DR /30R-VSD75U99 E AA4VSO 250 DRG /30R-FKD75U99 E AA4VSO 250 DRG /30R-VSD75U99 E AA4VSO250DR /30R-FKD75U99 E AA6VM107EP1/63W-VSD520PB-E AA6VM107EP1/63W-VSD527PB-E AA6VM107EP2/63W-VSD520PB-E AA6VM107EP2/63W-VSD527PB-E AA6VM107EZ1/63W-VSD520PB-E AA6VM107EZ1/63W-VSD527PB-E AA6VM107EZ2/63W-VSD520PB-E AA6VM107EZ2/63W-VSD527PB-E AA6VM107HA1/63W-VSD520A-E AA6VM107HA1/63W-VSD527A-E AA6VM107HA1T/63W-VSD520A-E AA6VM107HA1T/63W-VSD527A-E AA6VM107HA2/63W-VSD520A-E AA6VM107HA2/63W-VSD527A-E AA6VM107HA2T/63W-VSD520A-E AA6VM107HA2T/63W-VSD527A-E AA6VM107HD1/63W-VSD520B-E AA6VM107HD1/63W-VSD527B-E AA6VM160EP1/63W-VSD520PB-E AA6VM160EP1/63W-VSD527PB-E AA6VM160EP2/63W-VSD520PB-E AA6VM160EP2/63W-VSD527PB-E AA6VM160EZ1/63W-VSD520PB-E AA6VM160EZ1/63W-VSD527PB-E AA6VM160EZ2/63W-VSD520PB-E AA6VM160EZ2/63W-VSD527PB-E AA6VM160HA1/63W-VSD520A-E AA6VM160HA1/63W-VSD527A-E AA6VM160HA1T/63W-VSD520A-E AA6VM160HA1T/63W-VSD527A-E AA6VM160HA2/63W-VSD520A-E AA6VM160HA2/63W-VSD527A-E AA6VM160HA2T/63W-VSD520A-E AA6VM160HA2T/63W-VSD527A-E AA6VM160HD1/63W-VSD520B-E AA6VM160HD1/63W-VSD527B-E AA6VM55EP1/63W-VSD520PB-E AA6VM55EP1/63W-VSD527PB-E AA6VM55EP2/63W-VSD520PB-E AA6VM55EP2/63W-VSD527PB-E AA6VM55EZ1/63W-VSD520PB-E AA6VM55EZ1/63W-VSD527PB-E AA6VM55EZ2/63W-VSD520PB-E AA6VM55EZ2/63W-VSD527PB-E AA6VM55HA1/63W-VSD520A-E

Component Price List

P/S P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P

581

Hierarchy 814234341 814234341 814234351 814234351 814234351 814234351 814234351 814234351 814234351 812213131 812213131 812213131 812213131 812213131 812213131 812213131 812213131 812213131 812213131 812213131 812213131 812213131 812213131 812213131 812213131 812213131 812213131 812213142 812213142 812213142 812213142 812213142 812213142 812213142 812213142 812213142 812213142 812213142 812213142 812213142 812213142 812213142 812213142 812213142 812213142 812213121 812213121 812213121 812213121 812213121 812213121 812213121 812213121 812213121

Delivery 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS

(7/15/06) $9,504.00 $9,504.00 $12,515.00 $13,333.00 $11,722.00 $11,722.00 $13,333.00 $11,722.00 $13,333.00 $5,078.00 $5,413.00 $5,078.00 $5,413.00 $4,991.00 $5,326.00 $4,991.00 $5,326.00 $4,764.00 $5,099.00 $4,764.00 $5,099.00 $4,764.00 $5,099.00 $4,764.00 $5,099.00 $4,764.00 $5,099.00 $6,763.00 $7,098.00 $6,763.00 $7,098.00 $6,596.00 $6,931.00 $6,596.00 $6,931.00 $6,420.00 $6,755.00 $6,420.00 $6,755.00 $6,420.00 $6,755.00 $6,420.00 $6,755.00 $6,420.00 $6,755.00 $3,628.00 $3,962.00 $3,628.00 $3,962.00 $3,573.00 $3,908.00 $3,573.00 $3,908.00 $3,343.00

1" (CDT1, 4)

Page No. 73 73 73 73 73 73 73 73 73 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60

Section 16

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Preferred & Spotlight Delivery Program Price adder per Unit Price 100mm (CDT3) Material R902092728 not assigned not assigned not assigned R902092054 not assigned R902092082 not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned R902092633 not assigned R902092633 not assigned R902092233 not assigned R902092087 R902092129 not assigned not assigned not assigned not assigned R902092070 R902092047 R978908744 R978908745 R978908746 R978908747 R978908748 R978908749 R978908750 R978908751 0538103015 0538103013 0811106033 1531316016 1531316005 1531316022 1531316026 R978715255 R978715258 R978715257 R900973925 R978908210 R978908211 R978908209 R978912378 R978908220 R978908217 9511290007 9511290013

Material description AA6VM55HA1/63W-VSD527A-E AA6VM55HA1T/63W-VSD520A-E AA6VM55HA1T/63W-VSD527A-E AA6VM55HA2/63W-VSD520A-E AA6VM55HA2/63W-VSD527A-E AA6VM55HA2T/63W-VSD520A-E AA6VM55HA2T/63W-VSD527A-E AA6VM55HD1/63W-VSD520B-E AA6VM55HD1/63W-VSD527B-E AA6VM80EP1/63W-VSC520PB-E AA6VM80EP1/63W-VSC527PB-E AA6VM80EP2/63W-VSC520PB-E AA6VM80EP2/63W-VSC527PB-E AA6VM80EZ1/63W-VSC520PB-E AA6VM80EZ1/63W-VSC527PB-E AA6VM80EZ2/63W-VSC520PB-E AA6VM80EZ2/63W-VSC527PB-E AA6VM80HA1/63W-VSC520A-E AA6VM80HA1/63W-VSC527A-E AA6VM80HA1T/63W-VSC520A-E AA6VM80HA1T/63W-VSC527A-E AA6VM80HA2/63W-VSC520A-E AA6VM80HA2/63W-VSC527A-E AA6VM80HA2T/63W-VSC520A-E AA6VM80HA2T/63W-VSC527A-E AA6VM80HD1/63W-VSC520B-E AA6VM80HD1/63W-VSC527B-E ABM6PN-1X/01D2-01GM ABM6PN-1X/02D2-01GM ABM6PN-1X/03D2-01GM ABM6PN-1X/04D2-01GM ABM6PN-1X/05D2-01GM ABM6PN-1X/06D2-01GM ABM6PN-1X/07D2-01GM ABM6PN-1X/08D2-01GM ACCUMCHARGEKITMETRICDIAPHW/ADAPT ACCUMCHARGEKITUSTHRDBLADDER&DIAPHRA ACCUMCHARGINGVLV60-210BAR ACCUMCLAMPFORDIA.145-155M8 ACCUMCLAMPHY/DIA224-230M1250L ACCUMCLAMPHY/VGBKS160-1702L ACCUMCLAMPHY/VGBKS218-22810-35L ADC354F10 ADC458F10(REPLS987619) ADP151F10 AF6EA4X/XV/12 AP10-16-1X/A-12 AP10-16-1X/D-12 AP6-10-1X/A-12 AP6-10-1X/D-01 AP6-10-1X/D-12 AP6-16-1X/D-12 AZ-M-F-12-008-UQR12ML AZ-M-F-12-008-UQR12ML-S0022

Component Price List

P/S P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P S P P S P S P P P

582

Hierarchy 812213121 812213121 812213121 812213121 812213121 812213121 812213121 812213121 812213121 812213122 812213122 812213122 812213122 812213122 812213122 812213122 812213122 812213122 812213122 812213122 812213122 812213122 812213122 812213122 812213122 812213122 812213122 143377060 143377060 143377060 143377060 143377060 143377060 143377060 143377060 124832000 124832000 124831000 124834000 124834000 124834000 124834000 124831000 124831000 124831000 111921000 143173100 143173100 143173060 143173060 143173060 143173060 833130001 833130001

Delivery 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS

(7/15/06) $3,677.00 $3,343.00 $3,677.00 $3,343.00 $3,677.00 $3,343.00 $3,677.00 $3,343.00 $3,677.00 $4,348.00 $4,683.00 $4,348.00 $4,683.00 $4,275.00 $4,610.00 $4,275.00 $4,610.00 $4,042.00 $4,377.00 $4,042.00 $4,377.00 $4,042.00 $4,377.00 $4,042.00 $4,377.00 $4,042.00 $4,377.00 $360.00 $485.00 $630.00 $757.00 $904.00 $1,046.00 $1,192.00 $1,324.00 $489.00 $353.00 $642.00 $42.00 $105.00 $54.00 $95.00 $735.00 $643.00 $245.00 $140.00 $205.00 $279.00 $74.00 $121.00 $121.00 $285.00 $298.00 $320.00

1" (CDT1, 4)

Page No. 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 483 483 483 483 483 483 483 483 466 466 466 466 466 466 466 466 466 466 478 487 487 487 487 487 487 8 8

Section 16

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Preferred & Spotlight Delivery Program Price adder per Unit Price 100mm (CDT3) Material 9511290008 9511290014 9511290009 9511290015 9511290010 9511290016 9511290011 9511290017 9511290012 9511290018 9510290044 9510290036 9510290021 9510290015 9510290045 9510290037 9510290022 9510290259 9510290005 9510290046 9510290214 9510290038 9510290023 9510290191 9510290017 9510290047 9510290254 9510290039 9510290024 9510290209 9510290018 9510290048 9510290215 9510290040 9510290025 9510290133 9510290004 9510290130 9510290255 9510290127 9510290122 9510290210 9510290056 9510290131 9510290256 9510290128 9510290123 9510290211 9510290125 9510290132 9510290257 9510290129 9510290124 9510290212

Material description AZ-M-F-12-011-UQR12ML AZ-M-F-12-011-UQR12ML-S0022 AZ-M-F-12-014-UQR12ML AZ-M-F-12-014-UQR12ML-S0022 AZ-M-F-12-016-UQR12ML AZ-M-F-12-016-UQR12ML-S0022 AZ-M-F-12-019-UQR12ML AZ-M-F-12-019-UQR12ML-S0022 AZ-M-F-12-022-UQR12ML AZ-M-F-12-022-UQR12ML-S0022 AZPF-12-004LQR12MB AZPF-12-004LRR12MB AZPF-12-004RQR12MB AZPF-12-004RRR12MB AZPF-12-005LQR12MB AZPF-12-005LRR12MB AZPF-12-005RQR12MB AZPF-12-005RQR12MB-S0022 AZPF-12-005RRR12MB AZPF-12-008LQR12MB AZPF-12-008LQR12MB-S0022 AZPF-12-008LRR12MB AZPF-12-008RQR12MB AZPF-12-008RQR12MB-S0022 AZPF-12-008RRR12MB AZPF-12-011LQR12MB AZPF-12-011LQR12MB-S0022 AZPF-12-011LRR12MB AZPF-12-011RQR12MB AZPF-12-011RQR12MB-S0022 AZPF-12-011RRR12MB AZPF-12-014LQR12MB AZPF-12-014LQR12MB-S0022 AZPF-12-014LRR12MB AZPF-12-014RQR12MB AZPF-12-014RQR12MB-S0022 AZPF-12-014RRR12MB AZPF-12-016LQR12MB AZPF-12-016LQR12MB-S0022 AZPF-12-016LRR12MB AZPF-12-016RQR12MB AZPF-12-016RQR12MB-S0022 AZPF-12-016RRR12MB AZPF-12-019LQR12MB AZPF-12-019LQR12MB-S0022 AZPF-12-019LRR12MB AZPF-12-019RQR12MB AZPF-12-019RQR12MB-S0022 AZPF-12-019RRR12MB AZPF-12-022LQR12MB AZPF-12-022LQR12MB-S0022 AZPF-12-022LRR12MB AZPF-12-022RQR12MB AZPF-12-022RQR12MB-S0022

Component Price List

P/S P P P P P P P P P P S S S S S S S P S S P S S P S S P S S P S S P S S P S S P S S P S S P S S P S S P S S P

583

Hierarchy 833130001 833130001 833130001 833130001 833130001 833130001 833130001 833130001 833130001 833130001 831130000 831130000 831130000 831130000 831130000 831130000 831130000 831130000 831130000 831130000 831130000 831130000 831130000 831130000 831130000 831130000 831130000 831130000 831130000 831130000 831130000 831130000 831130000 831130000 831130000 831130000 831130000 831130000 831130000 831130000 831130000 831130000 831130000 831130000 831130000 831130000 831130000 831130000 831130000 831130000 831130000 831130000 831130000 831130000

Delivery 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS

(7/15/06) $298.00 $320.00 $299.00 $321.00 $300.00 $322.00 $301.00 $323.00 $303.00 $325.00 $222.00 $222.00 $222.00 $222.00 $223.00 $223.00 $223.00 $245.00 $223.00 $224.00 $246.00 $224.00 $224.00 $246.00 $224.00 $225.00 $247.00 $225.00 $225.00 $247.00 $225.00 $226.00 $248.00 $226.00 $226.00 $248.00 $226.00 $227.00 $249.00 $227.00 $227.00 $249.00 $227.00 $228.00 $250.00 $228.00 $228.00 $250.00 $228.00 $230.00 $252.00 $230.00 $230.00 $252.00

1" (CDT1, 4)

Page No. 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Section 16

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Preferred & Spotlight Delivery Program Price adder per Unit Price 100mm (CDT3) Material 9510290126 9510290118 9510290117 9510290112 9510290111 9510290121 9510290120 9510290115 9510290114 9510490014 9510490054 9510490034 9510490094 9510490004 9510490044 9510490024 9510490084 9510490015 9510490055 9510490035 9510490095 9510490005 9510490045 9510490025 9510490085 9510490017 9510490057 9510490037 9510490097 9510490007 9510490047 9510490027 9510490087 9510490019 9510490059 9510490039 9510490099 9510490009 9510490049 9510490029 9510490089 9510490020 9510490060 9510490040 9510490100 9510490010 9510490050 9510490030 9510490090 9510390007 9510390001 9510390049 9510390073 9510390008

Material description AZPF-12-022RRR12MB AZPF-12-025LQR12MB AZPF-12-025LRR12MB AZPF-12-025RQR12MB AZPF-12-025RRR12MB AZPF-12-028LQR12MB AZPF-12-028LRR12MB AZPF-12-028RQR12MB AZPF-12-028RRR12MB AZ-P-G-22-032-LDC12MB AZ-P-G-22-032-LDC40MB AZ-P-G-22-032-LQC12MB AZ-P-G-22-032-LQC40MB AZ-P-G-22-032-RDC12MB AZ-P-G-22-032-RDC40MB AZ-P-G-22-032-RQC12MB AZ-P-G-22-032-RQC40MB AZ-P-G-22-036-LDC12MB AZ-P-G-22-036-LDC40MB AZ-P-G-22-036-LQC12MB AZ-P-G-22-036-LQC40MB AZ-P-G-22-036-RDC12MB AZ-P-G-22-036-RDC40MB AZ-P-G-22-036-RQC12MB AZ-P-G-22-036-RQC40MB AZ-P-G-22-045-LDC12MB AZ-P-G-22-045-LDC40MB AZ-P-G-22-045-LQC12MB AZ-P-G-22-045-LQC40MB AZ-P-G-22-045-RDC12MB AZ-P-G-22-045-RDC40MB AZ-P-G-22-045-RQC12MB AZ-P-G-22-045-RQC40MB AZ-P-G-22-056-LDC12MB AZ-P-G-22-056-LDC40MB AZ-P-G-22-056-LQC12MB AZ-P-G-22-056-LQC40MB AZ-P-G-22-056-RDC12MB AZ-P-G-22-056-RDC40MB AZ-P-G-22-056-RQC12MB AZ-P-G-22-056-RQC40MB AZ-P-G-22-063-LDC12MB AZ-P-G-22-063-LDC40MB AZ-P-G-22-063-LQC12MB AZ-P-G-22-063-LQC40MB AZ-P-G-22-063-RDC12MB AZ-P-G-22-063-RDC40MB AZ-P-G-22-063-RQC12MB AZ-P-G-22-063-RQC40MB AZ-P-N-12-020-LDC12MB AZ-P-N-12-020-RDC12MB AZ-P-N-12-020-RQC12MB AZ-P-N-12-020-RQR12MB AZ-P-N-12-022-LDC12MB

Component Price List

P/S S S S S S S S S S S S P P S S P P S S P P S S P P S S P P S S P P S S P P S S P P S S P P S S P P S S S S S

584

Hierarchy 831130000 831130000 831130000 831130000 831130000 831130000 831130000 831130000 831130000 831160000 831160000 831160000 831160000 831160000 831160000 831160000 831160000 831160000 831160000 831160000 831160000 831160000 831160000 831160000 831160000 831160000 831160000 831160000 831160000 831160000 831160000 831160000 831160000 831160000 831160000 831160000 831160000 831160000 831160000 831160000 831160000 831160000 831160000 831160000 831160000 831160000 831160000 831160000 831160000 831150000 831150000 831150000 831150000 831150000

Delivery 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS

(7/15/06) $230.00 $247.00 $247.00 $247.00 $247.00 $250.00 $250.00 $250.00 $250.00 $361.00 $361.00 $361.00 $361.00 $361.00 $361.00 $361.00 $361.00 $367.00 $367.00 $367.00 $367.00 $367.00 $367.00 $367.00 $367.00 $377.00 $377.00 $377.00 $377.00 $377.00 $377.00 $377.00 $377.00 $399.00 $399.00 $399.00 $399.00 $399.00 $399.00 $399.00 $399.00 $437.00 $437.00 $437.00 $437.00 $437.00 $437.00 $437.00 $437.00 $280.00 $280.00 $280.00 $280.00 $282.00

1" (CDT1, 4)

Page No. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Section 16

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Preferred & Spotlight Delivery Program Price adder per Unit Price 100mm (CDT3) Material 9510390014 9510390002 9510390087 9510390050 9510390074 9510390135 9510390009 9510390003 9510390051 9510390075 9510390010 9510390095 9510390016 9510390004 9510390052 9510390076 9510390137 9510390113 9510390011 9510390017 9510390005 9510390090 9510390053 9510390077 9510390138 9510390012 9510390018 9510390006 9510390054 9510390078 9510390139 R978901866 R978904359 R978901880 R978901867 R978904360 R978901881 R978901868 R978904361 R978901882 R978901869 R978904362 R978901883 R978901870 R978904363 R978901884 R978901871 R978901885 R978901859 R978903697 R978904351 R978901873 R978901860 R978903698

Material description AZ-P-N-12-022-RDC12MA AZ-P-N-12-022-RDC12MB AZ-P-N-12-022-RPR12MA AZ-P-N-12-022-RQC12MB AZ-P-N-12-022-RQR12MB AZ-P-N-12-022-RXR12MA AZ-P-N-12-025-LDC12MB AZ-P-N-12-025-RDC12MB AZ-P-N-12-025-RQC12MB AZ-P-N-12-025-RQR12MB AZ-P-N-12-028-LDC12MB AZ-P-N-12-028-LPR12MA AZ-P-N-12-028-RDC12MA AZ-P-N-12-028-RDC12MB AZ-P-N-12-028-RQC12MB AZ-P-N-12-028-RQR12MB AZ-P-N-12-028-RXR12MA AZ-P-N-12-028-RXR12MB-S0075 AZ-P-N-12-032-LDC12MB AZ-P-N-12-032-RDC12MA AZ-P-N-12-032-RDC12MB AZ-P-N-12-032-RPR12MA AZ-P-N-12-032-RQC12MB AZ-P-N-12-032-RQR12MB AZ-P-N-12-032-RXR12MA AZ-P-N-12-036-LDC12MB AZ-P-N-12-036-RDC12MA AZ-P-N-12-036-RDC12MB AZ-P-N-12-036-RQC12MB AZ-P-N-12-036-RQR12MB AZ-P-N-12-036-RXR12MA BM10PN-1X/01A3-12 BM10PN-1X/01A3-12RCS BM10PN-1X/01D3-12 BM10PN-1X/02A3-12 BM10PN-1X/02A3-12RCS BM10PN-1X/02D3-12 BM10PN-1X/03A3-12 BM10PN-1X/03A3-12RCS BM10PN-1X/03D3-12 BM10PN-1X/04A3-12 BM10PN-1X/04A3-12RCS BM10PN-1X/04D3-12 BM10PN-1X/05A3-12 BM10PN-1X/05A3-12RCS BM10PN-1X/05D3-12 BM10PN-1X/06A3-12 BM10PN-1X/06D3-12 BM6PN-1X/01A2-12 BM6PN-1X/01A2-12RCI BM6PN-1X/01A2-12RCS BM6PN-1X/01D2-12 BM6PN-1X/02A2-12 BM6PN-1X/02A2-12RCI

Component Price List

P/S P S P S S P S S S S S P P S S S P P S P S P S S P S P S S S P S P P S P P S P P S P P S P P S P S P P P S P

585

Hierarchy 831150000 831150000 831150000 831150000 831150000 831150000 831150000 831150000 831150000 831150000 831150000 831150000 831150000 831150000 831150000 831150000 831150000 831150000 831150000 831150000 831150000 831150000 831150000 831150000 831150000 831150000 831150000 831150000 831150000 831150000 831150000 143375100 143375100 143375100 143375100 143375100 143375100 143375100 143375100 143375100 143375100 143375100 143375100 143375100 143375100 143375100 143375100 143375100 143375060 143375060 143375060 143375060 143375060 143375060

Delivery 4 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS

(7/15/06) $321.00 $282.00 $321.00 $282.00 $282.00 $309.00 $286.00 $286.00 $286.00 $286.00 $291.00 $330.00 $330.00 $291.00 $291.00 $291.00 $318.00 $318.00 $296.00 $335.00 $296.00 $335.00 $296.00 $296.00 $323.00 $301.00 $340.00 $301.00 $301.00 $301.00 $328.00 $102.00 $129.00 $232.00 $166.00 $194.00 $340.00 $225.00 $254.00 $419.00 $287.00 $315.00 $519.00 $346.00 $374.00 $632.00 $410.00 $777.00 $82.00 $109.00 $109.00 $138.00 $107.00 $134.00

1" (CDT1, 4)

Page No. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 482 482 482 482 482 482 482 482 482 482 482 482 482 482 482 482 482 482 482 482 482 482 482

Section 16

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Preferred & Spotlight Delivery Program Price adder per Unit Price 100mm (CDT3) Material R978904352 R978901874 R978901861 R978903699 R978904353 R978901875 R978901862 R978903700 R978904354 R978901876 R978901863 R978903701 R978904355 R978901877 R978901864 R978901878 R978901865 R978901879 R978902784 R978902785 1834486001 R900217552 R900212896 R900212618 R900216354 R900212619 R900216355 R900212620 R900219111 R900212897 R900212616 R900216594 R900212617 R900222239 R900215400 R900218736 R900212621 R900212882 R900219113 R900214997 R900219114 R900212879 R900219115 R900212622 R900219116 R900212623 R900212624 R900212881 R900217553 R900212130 R978016333 R978010269 R978018373 R978010270

Material description BM6PN-1X/02A2-12RCS BM6PN-1X/02D2-12 BM6PN-1X/03A2-12 BM6PN-1X/03A2-12RCI BM6PN-1X/03A2-12RCS BM6PN-1X/03D2-12 BM6PN-1X/04A2-12 BM6PN-1X/04A2-12RCI BM6PN-1X/04A2-12RCS BM6PN-1X/04D2-12 BM6PN-1X/05A2-12 BM6PN-1X/05A2-12RCI BM6PN-1X/05A2-12RCS BM6PN-1X/05D2-12 BM6PN-1X/06A2-12 BM6PN-1X/06D2-12 BM6PN-1X/07A2-12 BM6PN-1X/07D2-12 BM6PN-1X/08A2-12 BM6PN-1X/08D2-12 CARD HOLDER R CARTASSYPVV1-1X/018R CARTASSYPVV1-1X/027R CARTASSYPVV1-1X/036R CARTASSYPVV1-1X/040R CARTASSYPVV1-1X/046R CARTASSYPVV2-1X/040R CARTASSYPVV2-1X/045R CARTASSYPVV2-1X/045RD CARTASSYPVV2-1X/055R CARTASSYPVV2-1X/055RD CARTASSYPVV2-1X/060R CARTASSYPVV2-1X/060RD CARTASSYPVV2-1X/068LD CARTASSYPVV2-1X/068R CARTASSYPVV2-1X/068RD CARTASSYPVV4-1X/069R CARTASSYPVV4-1X/082R CARTASSYPVV4-1X/082RD CARTASSYPVV4-1X/098R CARTASSYPVV4-1X/098RD CARTASSYPVV4-1X/113R CARTASSYPVV4-1X/113RD CARTASSYPVV4-1X/122R CARTASSYPVV4-1X/122RD CARTASSYPVV5-1X/139R CARTASSYPVV5-1X/154R CARTASSYPVV5-1X/162R CARTASSYPVV5-1X/183R CARTASSYPVV5-1X/193R CDT1MF1/1.50/0.63/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MF1/1.50/0.63/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MF1/1.50/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MF1/1.50/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW

Component Price List

P/S P P S P P P S P P P S P P P S P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P S S S S

586

Hierarchy 143375060 143375060 143375060 143375060 143375060 143375060 143375060 143375060 143375060 143375060 143375060 143375060 143375060 143375060 143375060 143375060 143375060 143375060 143375060 143375060 115182008 121000920 121000920 121000920 121000920 121000920 121000920 121000920 121000920 121000920 121000920 121000920 121000920 121000920 121000920 121000920 121000920 121000920 121000920 121000920 121000920 121000920 121000920 121000920 121000920 121000920 121000920 121000920 121000920 121000920 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101*

Delivery 4 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS

(7/15/06) $134.00 $223.00 $139.00 $167.00 $167.00 $305.00 $178.00 $205.00 $205.00 $373.00 $210.00 $237.00 $237.00 $477.00 $245.00 $558.00 $277.00 $634.00 $310.00 $764.00 $171.00 $597.00 $597.00 $597.00 $597.00 $597.00 $712.00 $712.00 $712.00 $712.00 $712.00 $712.00 $712.00 $712.00 $712.00 $712.00 $833.00 $833.00 $833.00 $833.00 $833.00 $833.00 $833.00 $833.00 $833.00 $1,125.00 $1,125.00 $1,125.00 $1,125.00 $1,125.00 $432.00 $257.00 $488.00 $313.00

1" (CDT1, 4)

$5 $5 $6 $6

Page No. 482 482 482 482 482 482 482 482 482 482 482 482 482 482 482 482 482 482 482 482 403 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 490 490 490 490

Section 16

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Preferred & Spotlight Delivery Program Price adder per Unit Price 100mm (CDT3) Material R978010271 R978023890 R978010272 R978013140 R978010274 R978027518 R978010275 R978013171 R978010278 R978025419 R978010279 R978011891 R978010282 R978027519 R978010283 R978021984 R978027520 R978010313 R978027702 R978010314 R978010315 R978027521 R978010316 R978018073 R978010318 R978027522 R978010319 R978024890 R978010322 R978027523 R978010323 R978027524 R978010326 R978027525 R978010327 R978027526 R978027527 R978010355 R978027528 R978010356 R978010357 R978023862 R978027529 R978018105 R978010360 R978027530 R978010361 R978017878 R978010364 R978012966 R978010365 R978027531 R978010368 R978027532

Material description CDT1MF1/2.00/0.63/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MF1/2.00/0.63/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MF1/2.00/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MF1/2.00/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MF1/2.50/0.63/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MF1/2.50/0.63/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MF1/2.50/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MF1/2.50/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MF1/3.25/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MF1/3.25/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MF1/3.25/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MF1/3.25/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MF1/4.00/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MF1/4.00/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MF1/4.00/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MF1/4.00/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MF2/1.50/0.63/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MF2/1.50/0.63/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MF2/1.50/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MF2/1.50/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MF2/2.00/0.63/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MF2/2.00/0.63/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MF2/2.00/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MF2/2.00/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MF2/2.50/0.63/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MF2/2.50/0.63/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MF2/2.50/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MF2/2.50/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MF2/3.25/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MF2/3.25/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MF2/3.25/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MF2/3.25/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MF2/4.00/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MF2/4.00/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MF2/4.00/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MF2/4.00/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MP1/1.50/0.63/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MP1/1.50/0.63/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MP1/1.50/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MP1/1.50/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MP1/2.00/0.63/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MP1/2.00/0.63/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MP1/2.00/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MP1/2.00/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MP1/2.50/0.63/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MP1/2.50/0.63/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MP1/2.50/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MP1/2.50/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MP1/3.25/1.00/....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MP1/3.25/1.00/....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MP1/3.25/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MP1/3.25/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MP1/4.00/1.00/....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MP1/4.00/1.00/....Z10/S11HHUMWW

Component Price List

P/S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S

587

Hierarchy 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101*

Delivery 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS

(7/15/06) $454.00 $280.00 $530.00 $356.00 $468.00 $293.00 $546.00 $371.00 $596.00 $386.00 $704.00 $494.00 $649.00 $439.00 $760.00 $550.00 $432.00 $257.00 $488.00 $313.00 $454.00 $280.00 $530.00 $356.00 $468.00 $293.00 $546.00 $371.00 $596.00 $386.00 $704.00 $494.00 $649.00 $439.00 $760.00 $550.00 $461.00 $286.00 $488.00 $313.00 $479.00 $305.00 $560.00 $385.00 $496.00 $321.00 $579.00 $405.00 $621.00 $411.00 $726.00 $516.00 $681.00 $471.00

1" (CDT1, 4) $6 $6 $6 $6 $6 $6 $6 $6 $10 $10 $12 $12 $10 $10 $14 $14 $5 $5 $6 $6 $6 $6 $6 $6 $6 $6 $6 $6 $10 $10 $12 $12 $10 $10 $14 $14 $5 $5 $6 $6 $6 $6 $6 $6 $6 $6 $6 $6 $10 $10 $12 $12 $10 $10

Page No. 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490

Section 16

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Preferred & Spotlight Delivery Program Price adder per Unit Price 100mm (CDT3) Material R978010369 R978027533 R978027534 R978010399 R978027535 R978010400 R978010401 R978027536 R978010402 R978027537 R978010404 R978027538 R978185526 R978010406 R978010408 R978027539 R978010409 R978027540 R978010412 R978024912 R978010413 R978026121 R978027541 R978025011 R978027542 R978027543 R978027544 R978027545 R978027546 R978027547 R978027548 R978027549 R978027550 R978027551 R978027552 R978027553 R978027554 R978027555 R978027556 R978027557 R978027558 R978027559 R978027560 R978024680 R978027561 R978027562 R978027563 R978027564 R978027565 R978027566 R978027567 R978027568 R978027569 R978027570

Material description CDT1MP1/4.00/1.38/....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MP1/4.00/1.38/....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MS2/1.50/0.63/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MS2/1.50/0.63/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MS2/1.50/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MS2/1.50/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MS2/2.00/0.63/....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MS2/2.00/0.63/....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MS2/2.00/1.00/....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MS2/2.00/1.00/....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MS2/2.50/0.63/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MS2/2.50/0.63/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MS2/2.50/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MS2/2.50/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MS2/3.25/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MS2/3.25/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MS2/3.25/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MS2/3.25/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MS2/4.00/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MS2/4.00/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MS2/4.00/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MS2/4.00/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MS4/1.50/0.63/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MS4/1.50/0.63/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MS4/1.50/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MS4/1.50/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MS4/2.00/0.63/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MS4/2.00/0.63/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MS4/2.00/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MS4/2.00/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MS4/2.50/0.63/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MS4/2.50/0.63/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MS4/2.50/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MS4/2.50/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MS4/3.25/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MS4/3.25/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MS4/3.25/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MS4/3.25/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MS4/4.00/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MS4/4.00/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MS4/4.00/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MS4/4.00/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MX0/1.50/0.63/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MX0/1.50/0.63/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MX0/1.50/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MX0/1.50/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MX0/2.00/0.63/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MX0/2.00/0.63/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MX0/2.00/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MX0/2.00/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MX0/2.50/0.63/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MX0/2.50/0.63/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MX0/2.50/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MX0/2.50/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW

Component Price List

P/S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S

588

Hierarchy 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101*

Delivery 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS

(7/15/06) $786.00 $576.00 $461.00 $286.00 $488.00 $313.00 $479.00 $305.00 $560.00 $385.00 $496.00 $321.00 $579.00 $405.00 $621.00 $411.00 $726.00 $516.00 $681.00 $471.00 $786.00 $576.00 $432.00 $257.00 $488.00 $313.00 $454.00 $280.00 $530.00 $356.00 $468.00 $293.00 $546.00 $371.00 $596.00 $386.00 $704.00 $494.00 $649.00 $439.00 $760.00 $550.00 $424.00 $249.60 $479.00 $305.00 $449.00 $275.00 $522.00 $347.00 $461.00 $286.00 $539.00 $364.00

1" (CDT1, 4) $14 $14 $5 $5 $6 $6 $6 $6 $6 $6 $6 $6 $6 $6 $10 $10 $12 $12 $10 $10 $14 $14 $5 $5 $6 $6 $6 $6 $6 $6 $6 $6 $6 $6 $10 $10 $12 $12 $10 $10 $14 $14 $5 $5 $6 $6 $6 $6 $6 $6 $6 $6 $6 $6

Page No. 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490

Section 16

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Preferred & Spotlight Delivery Program Price adder per Unit Price 100mm (CDT3) Material R978027571 R978027572 R978027573 R978027574 R978027575 R978027576 R978027577 R978027578 R978027579 R978027580 R978027581 R978027582 R978027583 R978027584 R978027585 R978027586 R978027587 R978027588 R978027589 R978027590 R978027591 R978027592 R978027593 R978027594 R978027595 R978027596 R978027597 R978027598 R978027599 R978027600 R978027601 R978027602 R978027603 R978027604 R978027605 R978027606 R978027607 R978027608 R978027609 R978027610 R978027611 R978027612 R978027613 R978027614 R978027615 R978027616 R978027617 R978027618 R978027619 R978027620 R978027621 R978027622 R978027623 R978027624

Material description CDT1MX0/3.25/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MX0/3.25/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MX0/3.25/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MX0/3.25/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MX0/4.00/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MX0/4.00/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MX0/4.00/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MX0/4.00/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MX1/1.50/0.63/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MX1/1.50/0.63/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MX1/1.50/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MX1/1.50/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MX1/2.00/0.63/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MX1/2.00/0.63/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MX1/2.00/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MX1/2.00/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MX1/2.50/0.63/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MX1/2.50/0.63/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MX1/2.50/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MX1/2.50/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MX1/3.25/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MX1/3.25/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MX1/3.25/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MX1/3.25/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MX1/4.00/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MX1/4.00/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MX1/4.00/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MX1/4.00/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MX2/1.50/0.63/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MX2/1.50/0.63/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MX2/1.50/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MX2/1.50/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MX2/2.00/0.63/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MX2/2.00/0.63/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MX2/2.00/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MX2/2.00/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MX2/2.50/0.63/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MX2/2.50/0.63/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MX2/2.50/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MX2/2.50/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MX2/3.25/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MX2/3.25/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MX2/3.25/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MX2/3.25/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MX2/4.00/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MX2/4.00/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MX2/4.00/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MX2/4.00/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MX3/1.50/0.63/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MX3/1.50/0.63/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MX3/1.50/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MX3/1.50/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MX3/2.00/0.63/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MX3/2.00/0.63/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW

Component Price List

P/S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S

589

Hierarchy 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101*

Delivery 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS

(7/15/06) $578.00 $368.00 $700.00 $490.00 $643.00 $433.00 $737.00 $527.00 $424.00 $250.00 $479.00 $305.00 $449.00 $275.00 $522.00 $347.00 $461.00 $286.00 $539.00 $364.00 $578.00 $368.00 $700.00 $490.00 $643.00 $433.00 $737.00 $527.00 $424.00 $250.00 $479.00 $305.00 $449.00 $275.00 $522.00 $347.00 $461.00 $286.00 $539.00 $364.00 $578.00 $368.00 $700.00 $490.00 $643.00 $433.00 $737.00 $527.00 $424.00 $250.00 $479.00 $305.00 $449.00 $275.00

1" (CDT1, 4) $10 $10 $12 $12 $10 $10 $14 $14 $5 $5 $6 $6 $6 $6 $6 $6 $6 $6 $6 $6 $10 $10 $12 $12 $10 $10 $14 $14 $5 $5 $6 $6 $6 $6 $6 $6 $6 $6 $6 $6 $10 $10 $12 $12 $10 $10 $14 $14 $5 $5 $6 $6 $6 $6

Page No. 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490

Section 16

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Preferred & Spotlight Delivery Program Price adder per Unit Price 100mm (CDT3) Material R978027625 R978027626 R978027627 R978027628 R978027629 R978027630 R978027631 R978027632 R978027633 R978027634 R978027635 R978027636 R978027637 R978027638 R900972805 R900958188 R900962750 R900962752 R900700338 R900958529 R900972976 R900966666 R900958198 R900972979 R900966668 R900960542 R900960610 R900973851 R900743917 R900717505 R900972721 R900958820 R900712337 R900959965 R900965935 R900965987 R900966669 R900969310 R900246350 R900710447 R900977004 R978917368 R978917369 R978917356 R978917357 R978917358 R978917359 R978917360 R978917361 R978917362 R978917363 R978917364 R978917365 R978917366

Material description CDT1MX3/2.00/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MX3/2.00/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MX3/2.50/0.63/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MX3/2.50/0.63/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MX3/2.50/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MX3/2.50/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MX3/3.25/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MX3/3.25/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MX3/3.25/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MX3/3.25/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MX3/4.00/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MX3/4.00/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT1MX3/4.00/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT1MX3/4.00/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT3ME5/100/45/....Z10/B1HHDMWW CDT3ME5/100/70/....Z10/B1HHDMWW CDT3ME5/25/12/....Z10/B1HHDMWW CDT3ME5/25/18/....Z10/B1HHDMWW CDT3ME5/32/14/....Z10/B1HHDMWW CDT3ME5/32/22/....Z10/B1HHDMWW CDT3ME5/40/18/....Z10/B1HHDMWW CDT3ME5/40/28/....Z10/B1HHDMWW CDT3ME5/50/22/....Z10/B1HHDMWW CDT3ME5/50/36/....Z10/B1HHDMWW CDT3ME5/63/28/....Z10/B1HHDMWW CDT3ME5/63/45/....Z10/B1HHDMWW CDT3ME5/80/36/....Z10/B1HHDMWW CDT3ME5/80/56/....Z10/B1HHDMWW CDT3ME6/100/45/....Z10/B1HHDMWW CDT3ME6/100/70/....Z10/B1HHDMWW CDT3ME6/25/12/....Z10/B1HHDMWW CDT3ME6/25/18/....Z10/B1HHDMWW CDT3ME6/32/14/....Z10/B1HHDMWW CDT3ME6/32/22/....Z10/B1HHDMWW CDT3ME6/40/18/....Z10/B1HHDMWW CDT3ME6/40/28/....Z10/B1HHDMWW CDT3ME6/50/22/....Z10/B1HHDMWW CDT3ME6/50/36/....Z10/B1HHDMWW CDT3ME6/63/28/....Z10/B1HHDMWW CDT3ME6/80/36/....Z10/B1HHDMWW CDT3ME6/80/56/....Z10/B1HHDMWW CDT3MP1/100/45/....Z10/B1HHDMWW CDT3MP1/100/70/....Z10/B1HHDMWW CDT3MP1/25/12/....Z10/B1HHDMWW CDT3MP1/25/18/....Z10/B1HHDMWW CDT3MP1/32/14/....Z10/B1HHDMWW CDT3MP1/32/22/....Z10/B1HHDMWW CDT3MP1/40/18/....Z10/B1HHDMWW CDT3MP1/40/28/....Z10/B1HHDMWW CDT3MP1/50/22/....Z10/B1HHDMWW CDT3MP1/50/36/....Z10/B1HHDMWW CDT3MP1/63/28/....Z10/B1HHDMWW CDT3MP1/63/45/....Z10/B1HHDMWW CDT3MP1/80/36/....Z10/B1HHDMWW

Component Price List

P/S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P

590

Hierarchy 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 13111101* 1311130** 1311130** 1311130** 1311130** 1311130** 1311130** 1311130** 1311130** 1311130** 1311130** 1311130** 1311130** 1311130** 1311130** 1311130** 1311130** 1311130** 1311130** 1311130** 1311130** 1311130** 1311130** 1311130** 1311130** 1311130** 1311130** 1311130** 1311130** 1311130** 1311130** 1311130** 1311130** 1311130** 1311130** 1311130** 1311130** 1311130** 1311130** 1311130** 1311130**

Delivery 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS

(7/15/06) $522.00 $347.00 $461.00 $286.00 $539.00 $364.00 $578.00 $368.00 $700.00 $490.00 $643.00 $433.00 $737.00 $527.00 $1,280.00 $1,506.00 $545.00 $560.00 $569.00 $595.00 $632.00 $676.00 $714.00 $783.00 $862.00 $966.00 $1,029.00 $1,179.00 $1,280.00 $1,506.00 $545.00 $560.00 $569.00 $595.00 $632.00 $676.00 $714.00 $783.00 $862.00 $1,029.00 $1,179.00 $1,334.00 $1,570.00 $569.00 $581.00 $591.00 $620.00 $656.00 $705.00 $744.00 $815.00 $898.00 $1,008.00 $1,070.00

1" (CDT1, 4) $6 $6 $6 $6 $6 $6 $10 $10 $12 $12 $10 $10 $14 $14 $68 $94 $24 $26 $25 $28 $26 $33 $34 $41 $40 $50 $57 $70 $68 $94 $24 $26 $25 $28 $26 $33 $34 $41 $40 $57 $70 $68 $94 $24 $26 $25 $28 $26 $33 $34 $41 $40 $50 $57

Page No. 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 492 492 492 492 492 492 492 492 492 492 492 492 492 492 492 492 492 492 492 492 492 492 492 492 492 492 492 492 492 492 492 492 492 492 492 492 492 492 492 492

Section 16

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Preferred & Spotlight Delivery Program Price adder per Unit Price 100mm (CDT3) Material R978917367 R978917371 R900247995 R900975149 R900246351 R900962878 R900972820 R900965936 R900706511 R900965082 R900732427 R900708239 R978917370 R978003329 R978003328 R978003331 R978003330 R978003377 R978003376 R978003379 R978003378 R978003425 R978003424 R978003427 R978003426 R978003473 R978003472 R978003475 R978003474 R978003521 R978003520 R978003523 R978003522 R978003333 R978003332 R978003335 R978003334 R978003381 R978003380 R978003383 R978003382 R978003429 R978003428 R978003431 R978003430 R978003477 R978003476 R978003479 R978003478 R978003525 R978003524 R978003527 R978003526 R978003337

Material description CDT3MP1/80/56/....Z10/B1HHDMWW CDT3MS2/100/70/....Z10/B1HHDMWW CDT3MS2/25/12/....Z10/B1HHDMWW CDT3MS2/25/18/....Z10/B1HHDMWW CDT3MS2/32/14/....Z10/B1HHDMWW CDT3MS2/32/22/....Z10/B1HHDMWW CDT3MS2/40/18/....Z10/B1HHDMWW CDT3MS2/40/28/....Z10/B1HHDMWW CDT3MS2/50/22/....Z10/B1HHDMWW CDT3MS2/50/36/....Z10/B1HHDMWW CDT3MS2/63/28/....Z10/B1HHDMWW CDT3MS2/63/45/....Z10/B1HHDMWW CDT3MS2/80/36/....Z10/B1HHDMWW CDT4ME5/1.50/0.63/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4ME5/1.50/0.63/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4ME5/1.50/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4ME5/1.50/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4ME5/2.00/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4ME5/2.00/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4ME5/2.00/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4ME5/2.00/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4ME5/2.50/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4ME5/2.50/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4ME5/2.50/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4ME5/2.50/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4ME5/3.25/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4ME5/3.25/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4ME5/3.25/1.75/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4ME5/3.25/1.75/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4ME5/4.00/1.75/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4ME5/4.00/1.75/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4ME5/4.00/2.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4ME5/4.00/2.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MF1/1.50/0.63/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MF1/1.50/0.63/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MF1/1.50/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MF1/1.50/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MF1/2.00/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MF1/2.00/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MF1/2.00/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MF1/2.00/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MF1/2.50/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MF1/2.50/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MF1/2.50/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MF1/2.50/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MF1/3.25/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MF1/3.25/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MF1/3.25/1.75/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MF1/3.25/1.75/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MF1/4.00/1.75/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MF1/4.00/1.75/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MF1/4.00/2.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MF1/4.00/2.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MF2/1.50/0.63/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW

Component Price List

P/S P P P P P P P P P P P P P S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S

591

Hierarchy 1311130** 1311130** 1311130** 1311130** 1311130** 1311130** 1311130** 1311130** 1311130** 1311130** 1311130** 1311130** 1311130** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140**

Delivery 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 4 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS

(7/15/06) $1,230.00 $1,596.00 $577.00 $590.00 $602.00 $634.00 $668.00 $714.00 $754.00 $828.00 $911.00 $1,024.00 $1,086.00 $601.00 $408.00 $678.00 $485.00 $692.00 $479.00 $778.00 $566.00 $778.00 $532.00 $879.00 $633.00 $940.00 $659.00 $1,067.00 $786.00 $1,149.00 $812.00 $1,295.00 $958.00 $570.00 $378.00 $645.00 $451.00 $657.00 $445.00 $738.00 $526.00 $740.00 $495.00 $835.00 $590.00 $894.00 $614.00 $1,011.00 $730.00 $1,093.00 $756.00 $1,227.00 $890.00 $570.00

1" (CDT1, 4) $70 $94 $24 $26 $25 $28 $26 $33 $34 $41 $40 $50 $57 $7 $7 $7 $7 $9 $9 $10 $10 $10 $10 $11 $11 $13 $13 $14 $14 $16 $16 $19 $19 $7 $7 $7 $7 $9 $9 $10 $10 $10 $10 $11 $11 $13 $13 $14 $14 $16 $16 $19 $19 $7

Page No. 492 492 492 492 492 492 492 492 492 492 492 492 492 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494

Section 16

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Preferred & Spotlight Delivery Program Price adder per Unit Price 100mm (CDT3) Material R978003336 R978003339 R978003338 R978003385 R978003384 R978003387 R978003386 R978003433 R978003432 R978003435 R978003434 R978003481 R978003480 R978003483 R978003482 R978003529 R978003528 R978003531 R978003530 R978003341 R978003340 R978003343 R978003342 R978003389 R978003388 R978003391 R978003390 R978003437 R978003436 R978003439 R978003438 R978003485 R978002455 R978003487 R978003486 R978003533 R978003532 R978003535 R978003534 R978003345 R978003344 R978003347 R978003346 R978003393 R978003392 R978003395 R978003394 R978003441 R978003440 R978003443 R978003442 R978003489 R978003488 R978003491

Material description CDT4MF2/1.50/0.63/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MF2/1.50/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MF2/1.50/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MF2/2.00/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MF2/2.00/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MF2/2.00/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MF2/2.00/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MF2/2.50/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MF2/2.50/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MF2/2.50/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MF2/2.50/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MF2/3.25/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MF2/3.25/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MF2/3.25/1.75/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MF2/3.25/1.75/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MF2/4.00/1.75/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MF2/4.00/1.75/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MF2/4.00/2.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MF2/4.00/2.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MP1/1.50/0.63/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MP1/1.50/0.63/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MP1/1.50/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MP1/1.50/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MP1/2.00/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MP1/2.00/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MP1/2.00/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MP1/2.00/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MP1/2.50/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MP1/2.50/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MP1/2.50/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MP1/2.50/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MP1/3.25/1.38/....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MP1/3.25/1.38/....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MP1/3.25/1.75/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MP1/3.25/1.75/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MP1/4.00/1.75/....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MP1/4.00/1.75/....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MP1/4.00/2.00/....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MP1/4.00/2.00/....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MS2/1.50/0.63/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MS2/1.50/0.63/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MS2/1.50/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MS2/1.50/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MS2/2.00/1.00/....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MS2/2.00/1.00/....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MS2/2.00/1.38/....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MS2/2.00/1.38/....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MS2/2.50/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MS2/2.50/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MS2/2.50/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MS2/2.50/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MS2/3.25/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MS2/3.25/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MS2/3.25/1.75/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW

Component Price List

P/S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S

592

Hierarchy 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140**

Delivery 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS

(7/15/06) $378.00 $645.00 $451.00 $657.00 $445.00 $738.00 $526.00 $740.00 $495.00 $835.00 $590.00 $894.00 $614.00 $1,011.00 $730.00 $1,093.00 $756.00 $1,227.00 $890.00 $601.00 $408.00 $678.00 $485.00 $692.00 $479.00 $778.00 $566.00 $778.00 $532.00 $879.00 $633.00 $940.00 $659.00 $1,067.00 $786.00 $1,149.00 $812.00 $1,295.00 $958.00 $601.00 $408.00 $678.00 $485.00 $692.00 $479.00 $778.00 $566.00 $778.00 $532.00 $879.00 $633.00 $940.00 $659.00 $1,067.00

1" (CDT1, 4) $7 $7 $7 $9 $9 $10 $10 $10 $10 $11 $11 $13 $13 $14 $14 $16 $16 $19 $19 $7 $7 $7 $7 $9 $9 $10 $10 $10 $10 $11 $11 $13 $13 $14 $14 $16 $16 $19 $19 $7 $7 $7 $7 $9 $9 $10 $10 $10 $10 $11 $11 $13 $13 $14

Page No. 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494

Section 16

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Preferred & Spotlight Delivery Program Price adder per Unit Price 100mm (CDT3) Material R978003490 R978003537 R978003536 R978003539 R978003538 R978003349 R978003348 R978003351 R978003350 R978003397 R978003396 R978003399 R978003398 R978003445 R978003444 R978003447 R978003446 R978003493 R978003492 R978003495 R978003494 R978003541 R978003540 R978003543 R978003542 R978003321 R978003320 R978003323 R978003322 R978003369 R978003368 R978003371 R978003370 R978003417 R978003416 R978003419 R978003418 R978003465 R978003464 R978003467 R978003466 R978003513 R978003512 R978003515 R978003514 R978003325 R978003324 R978003327 R978003326 R978003373 R978003372 R978003375 R978003374 R978003421

Material description CDT4MS2/3.25/1.75/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MS2/4.00/1.75/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MS2/4.00/1.75/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MS2/4.00/2.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MS2/4.00/2.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MS4/1.50/0.63/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MS4/1.50/0.63/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MS4/1.50/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MS4/1.50/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MS4/2.00/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MS4/2.00/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MS4/2.00/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MS4/2.00/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MS4/2.50/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MS4/2.50/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MS4/2.50/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MS4/2.50/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MS4/3.25/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MS4/3.25/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MS4/3.25/1.75/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MS4/3.25/1.75/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MS4/4.00/1.75/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MS4/4.00/1.75/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MS4/4.00/2.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MS4/4.00/2.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MT1/1.50/0.63/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MT1/1.50/0.63/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MT1/1.50/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MT1/1.50/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MT1/2.00/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MT1/2.00/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MT1/2.00/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MT1/2.00/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MT1/2.50/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MT1/2.50/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MT1/2.50/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MT1/2.50/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MT1/3.25/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MT1/3.25/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MT1/3.25/1.75/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MT1/3.25/1.75/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MT1/4.00/1.75/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MT1/4.00/1.75/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MT1/4.00/2.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MT1/4.00/2.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MT2/1.50/0.63/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MT2/1.50/0.63/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MT2/1.50/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MT2/1.50/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MT2/2.00/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MT2/2.00/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MT2/2.00/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MT2/2.00/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MT2/2.50/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW

Component Price List

P/S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S

593

Hierarchy 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140** 1311140**

Delivery 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS 2 WKS

(7/15/06) $786.00 $1,149.00 $812.00 $1,295.00 $958.00 $570.00 $378.00 $645.00 $451.00 $657.00 $445.00 $738.00 $526.00 $740.00 $495.00 $835.00 $590.00 $894.00 $614.00 $1,011.00 $730.00 $1,093.00 $756.00 $1,227.00 $890.00 $601.00 $408.00 $678.00 $485.00 $692.00 $479.00 $778.00 $566.00 $778.00 $532.00 $879.00 $633.00 $940.00 $659.00 $1,067.00 $786.00 $1,149.00 $812.00 $1,295.00 $958.00 $601.00 $408.00 $678.00 $485.00 $692.00 $479.00 $778.00 $566.00 $778.00

1" (CDT1, 4) $14 $16 $16 $19 $19 $7 $7 $7 $7 $9 $9 $10 $10 $10 $10 $11 $11 $13 $13 $14 $14 $16 $16 $19 $19 $7 $7 $7 $7 $9 $9 $10 $10 $10 $10 $11 $11 $13 $13 $14 $14 $16 $16 $19 $19 $7 $7 $7 $7 $9 $9 $10 $10 $10

Page No. 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494

Section 16

Electric Drives and Controls

Hydraulics

Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies

Pneumatics

Service

Preferred & Spotlight Delivery Program Price adder per Unit Price 100mm (CDT3) Material R978003420 R978003423 R978003422 R978003469 R978003468 R978003471 R978003470 R978003517 R978003516 R978003519 R978003518 R978003305 R978003304 R978003307 R978003306 R978003353 R978003352 R978003355 R978003354 R978003401 R978003400 R978003403 R978003402 R978003449 R978003448 R978003451 R978003450 R978003497 R978003496 R978003499 R978003498 R978003309 R978003308 R978003311 R978003310 R978003357 R978003356 R978003359 R978003358 R978003405 R978003404 R978003407 R978003406 R978003453 R978003452 R978003455 R978003454 R978003501 R978003500 R978003503 R978003502 R978003313 R978003312 R978003315

Material description CDT4MT2/2.50/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MT2/2.50/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MT2/2.50/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MT2/3.25/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MT2/3.25/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MT2/3.25/1.75/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MT2/3.25/1.75/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MT2/4.00/1.75/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MT2/4.00/1.75/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MT2/4.00/2.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MT2/4.00/2.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MX0/1.50/0.63/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MX0/1.50/0.63/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MX0/1.50/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MX0/1.50/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MX0/2.00/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MX0/2.00/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MX0/2.00/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MX0/2.00/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MX0/2.50/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MX0/2.50/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MX0/2.50/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MX0/2.50/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MX0/3.25/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MX0/3.25/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MX0/3.25/1.75/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MX0/3.25/1.75/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MX0/4.00/1.75/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MX0/4.00/1.75/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MX0/4.00/2.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MX0/4.00/2.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MX1/1.50/0.63/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MX1/1.50/0.63/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MX1/1.50/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MX1/1.50/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MX1/2.00/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MX1/2.00/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MX1/2.00/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MX1/2.00/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MX1/2.50/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MX1/2.50/1.00/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MX1/2.50/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MX1/2.50/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MX1/3.25/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MX1/3.25/1.38/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MX1/3.25/1.75/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MX1/3.25/1.75/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MX1/4.00/1.75/.....Z10/S11HHDMWW CDT4MX1/4.00/1.75/.....Z10/S11HHUMWW CDT4MX1/4.00/2.00/.....Z